00001^1 a {al'-fah}\n\nof Hebrew origin; TDNT - 1:1,*; letter\n\nAV - Alpha 4; 4\n\n1) first letter of Greek alphabet\n2) Christ is the Alpha to indicate that he is the beginning and the end
00002^2 Aaron {ah-ar-ohn'}\n\nof Hebrew origin 0175; TDNT - 1:3,1; pr n m\n\nAV - Aaron 5; 5\n\nAaron = "light-bringer"\n1) the brother of Moses, the first high priest of Israel and head\n   of the whole priestly order
00003^3 Abaddon {ab-ad-dohn'}\n\nof Hebrew origin 011; TDNT - 1:4,1; pr n m\n\nAV - Abaddon 1; 1\n\nAbaddon = "destruction"\n1) ruin\n2) destruction\n3) the place of destruction\n4) the name of the angel-prince of the infernal regions, the\n   minister of death and the author of havoc on the earth
00004^4 abares {ab-ar-ace'}\n\nfrom 1 (as a negative particle) and 922;; adj\n\nAV - not burdensome 1; 1\n\n1) not burdensome\n2) not heavy\n3) light without weight
00005^5 Abba {ab-bah'}\n\nof Aramaic origin 02; TDNT - 1:5,1; n\n\nAV - Abba 3; 3\n\nAbba = "father"\n1) father, customary title used of God in prayer. Whenever it occurs\n   in the New Testament it has the Greek interpretation joined to it,\n   that is apparently to be explained by the fact that the Chaldee\n   "ABBA" through frequent use in prayer, gradually acquired the\n   nature of a most sacred proper name, to which the Greek speaking\n   Jews added the name from their own tongue.
00006^6 Abel {ab'-el}\n\nof Hebrew origin 01893; TDNT - *,2; pr n m\n\nAV - Abel 4; 4\n\nAbel = "vanity (that is: transitory)"\n1) the second son of Adam, murdered by his brother Cain
00007^7 Abia {ab-ee-ah'}\n\nof Hebrew origin 029;; pr n m\n\nAV - Abia 3; 3\n\nAbijah = "my father is Jah (Jehovah)"\n1) a priest, the head of a priestly family from whom when David\n   divided the priests into 24 classes, Abia was the 8th order\n2) son and successor to Rehoboam on the throne of Judah
00008^8 Abiathar {ab-ee-ath'-ar}\n\nof Hebrew origin 054;; pr n m\n\nAV - Abiathar 1; 1\n\nAbiathar = "father of abundance"\n1) the name of a high priest
00009^9 Abilene {ab-ee-lay-nay'}\n\nof foreign origin, cf 58;; pr n loc\n\nAV - Abilene 1; 1\n\nAbilene = "grassy meadow"\n1) a region of Syria between Lebanon and Hermon towards Phoenicia, 18\n   miles (29 km) from Damascus and Heliopolis in a\n   remarkable gorge called "Suk Wadi Barada".
00010^10 Abioud {ab-ee-ood'}\n\nof Hebrew origin 031;; pr n loc\n\nAV - Abiud 2; 2\n\nAbiud = "my father is majesty"\n1) the son of Bela and grandson of Benjamin (1 Ch. 8:3)
00011^11 Abraam {ab-rah-am'}\n\nof Hebrew origin 085; TDNT - 1:8,2; pr n m\n\nAV - Abraham 73; 73\n\nAbraham = "father of a multitude"\n1) the son of Terah and the founder of the Jewish nation
00012^12 abussos {ab'-us-sos}\n\nfrom 1 (as a negative particle) and a variation of 1037;\n   TDNT - 1:9,2; n f\n\nAV - bottomless pit 5, deep 2, bottomless 2; 9\n\n1) bottomless\n2) unbounded\n3) the abyss\n   3a) the pit\n   3b) the immeasurable depth\n   3c) of Orcus, a very deep gulf or chasm in the lowest parts\n       of the earth used as the common receptacle of the dead and\n       especially as the abode of demons
00013^13 Agabos {ag'-ab-os}\n\nof Hebrew origin, cf 02285;; pr n m\n\nAV - Agabus 2; 2\n\nAgabus = "locust"\n1) a Christian prophet
00014^14 agathoergeo {ag-ath-er-gheh'-o}\n\nfrom 18 and 2041; TDNT - 1:17,3; v\n\nAV - do good 1; 1\n\n1) to work good, to do good, to do well, act rightly
00015^15 agathopoieo {ag-ath-op-oy-eh'-o}\n\nfrom 17; TDNT - 1:17,3; v\n\nAV - do good 7, well doing 2, do well 2; 11\n\n1) to do good, do something which profits others\n   1a) to be a good help to someone\n   1b) to do someone a favour\n   1c) to benefit\n2) to do well, do right
00016^16 agathopoiia {ag-ath-op-oy-ee'-ah}\n\nfrom 17; TDNT - 1:17,3; n f\n\nAV - well doing 1; 1\n\n1) a course of right action, well doing, virtue
00017^17 agathopoios {ag-ath-op-oy-os'}\n\nfrom 18 and 4160; TDNT - 1:17,3; adj\n\nAV - do well 1; 1\n\n1) acting rightly, doing well, virtuous
00018^18 agathos {ag-ath-os'}\n\na primary word; TDNT - 1:10,3; adj\n\nAV - good 77, good thing 14, that which is good+3588 8,\n     the thing which is good+3588 1, well 1, benefit 1; 102\n\n1) of good constitution or nature\n2) useful, salutary\n3) good, pleasant, agreeable, joyful, happy\n4) excellent, distinguished\n5) upright, honourable
00019^19 agathosune {ag-ath-o-soo'-nay}\n\nfrom 18; TDNT - 1:18,3; n f\n\nAV - goodness 4; 4\n\n1) uprightness of heart and life, goodness, kindness
00020^20 agalliasis {ag-al-lee'-as-is}\n\nfrom 21; TDNT - 1:19,4; n f\n\nAV - gladness 3, joy 1, exceeding joy 1; 5\n\n1) exultation, extreme joy, gladness\n\nAt feasts, people were anointed with the "oil of gladness".  Paul, in\nHe. 1:9, is alluding to this inaugural ceremony of anointing, and\nuses it as an emblem of the divine power and majesty to which to\nwhich the Son of God has been exalted.
00021^21 agalliao {ag-al-lee-ah'-o}\n\nfrom agan (much) and 242; TDNT - 1:19, *; v\n\nAV - rejoice 7, be exceeding glad 1, be glad 1, greatly rejoice 1,\n     with exceeding joy 1; 11\n\n1) to exult, rejoice exceedingly, be exceeding glad
00022^22 agamos {ag'-am-os}\n\nfrom 1 (as a negative particle) and 1062;; adj\n\nAV - unmarried 4; 4\n\n1) unmarried, unwedded, single
00023^23 aganakteo {ag-an-ak-teh'-o}\n\nfrom agan (much) and achthos (grief, akin to the base of 43);; v\n\nAV - have indignation 2, be much displeased 2, with indignation 2,\n     be sore displeased 1; 7\n\n1) to be indignant, moved with indignation, be very displeased
00024^24 aganaktesis {ag-an-ak'-tay-sis}\n\nfrom 23;; n f\n\nAV - indignation 1; 1\n\n1) indignation, irritation, vexation
00025^25 agapao {ag-ap-ah'-o}\n\nperhaps from agan (much) [or cf 5368]; TDNT - 1:21,5; v\n\nAV - love 135, beloved 7; 142\n\n1) of persons\n   1a) to welcome, to entertain, to be fond of, to love dearly\n2) of things\n   2a) to be well pleased, to be contented at or with a thing
00026^26 agape {ag-ah'-pay}\n\nfrom 25; TDNT - 1:21,5; n f\n\nAV - love 86, charity 27, dear 1, charitably+2596 1,\n     feast of charity 1; 116\n\n1) brotherly love, affection, good will, love, benevolence\n2) love feasts
00027^27 agapetos {ag-ap-ay-tos'}\n\nfrom 25; TDNT - 1:21,5; adj\n\nAV - beloved 47, dearly beloved 9, well beloved 3, dear 3; 62\n\n1) beloved, esteemed, dear, favourite, worthy of love
00028^28 Hagar {ag'-ar}\n\nof Hebrew origin 01904; TDNT - 1:55,10; pr n f\n\nAV - Agar 2; 2\n\nHagar = "flight"\n1) Abraham's concubine and mother to Ishmael
00029^29 aggareuo {ang-ar-yew'-o}\n\nof foreign origin, cf 0104;; v\n\nAV - compel to go 3; 3\n\n1) to employ a courier, dispatch a mounted messenger, press into\n   public service, compel to go\n\nIn Persia, mounted couriers were kept at regular intervals\nthroughout Persia for carrying the royal dispatches.
00030^30 aggeion {ang-eye'-on}\n\nfrom aggos (a pail, perhaps as bent, cf base of 43);; n n\n\nAV - vessel 2; 2\n\n1) a vessel, receptacle, a pail, a reservoir
00031^31 aggelia {ang-el-ee'-ah}\n\nfrom 32; TDNT - 1:56,10; n f\n\nAV - message 1; 1\n\n1) message, announcement, news\n2) a proclamation, command, order
00032^32 aggelos {ang'-el-os}\n\nfrom aggello [probably derived from 71, cf 34] (to bring tidings);\n   TDNT - 1:74,12; n m\n\nAV - angel 179, messenger 7; 186\n\n1) a messenger, envoy, one who is sent, an angel, a messenger\n   from God
00033^33 age {ag'-eh}\n\nimperative of 71;; inter\n\nAV - go to 2; 2\n\n1) go to, come!, come now!
00034^34 agele {ag-el'-ay}\n\nfrom 71 [cf 32];; n f\n\nAV - herd 8; 8\n\n1) herd or oxen or cattle, a herd or company
00035^35 agenealogetos {ag-en-eh-al-og'-ay-tos}\n\nfrom 1 (as negative particle) and 1075; TDNT - 1:665,114; adj\n\nAV - without descent 1; 1\n\n1) one whose descent there is no record of, without genealogy
00036^36 agenes {ag-en-ace'}\n\nfrom 1 (as negative particle) and 1085;; adj\n\nAV - base things 1; 1\n\n1) ignoble, coward, mean, base, of no family, that is: low born
00037^37 hagiazo {hag-ee-ad'-zo}\n\nfrom 40; TDNT - 1:111,14; v\n\nAV - sanctify 26, hallow 2, be holy 1; 29\n\n1) to render or acknowledge, or to be venerable or hallow\n2) to separate from profane things and dedicate to God\n   2a) consecrate things to God\n   2b) dedicate people to God\n3) to purify\n   3a) to cleanse externally\n   3b) to purify by expiation: free from the guilt of sin\n   3c) to purify internally by renewing of the soul
00038^38 hagiasmos {hag-ee-as-mos'}\n\nfrom 37; TDNT - 1:113,14; n m\n\nAV - holiness 5, sanctification 5; 10\n\n1) consecration, purification\n2) the effect of consecration\n   2a) sanctification of heart and life
00039^39 hagion {hag'-ee-on}\n\nneuter of 40;; adj\n\nAV - sanctuary 4, holy place 3, holiest of all 3, holiness 1; 11\n\n1) reverend, worthy of veneration\n   1a) of things which on account of some connection with God\n       possess a certain distinction and claim to reverence, as\n       places sacred to God which are not to be profaned\n   1b) of persons whose services God employs, for example, apostles\n2) set apart for God, to be as it were, exclusively his\n3) services and offerings\n   3a) prepared for God with solemn rite, pure, clean\n4) in a moral sense, pure sinless upright holy
00040^40 hagios {hag'-ee-os}\n\nfrom hagos (an awful thing) [cf 53, 2282]; TDNT - 1:88,14; adj\n\nAV - holy 161, saints 61, Holy One 4, misc 3; 229\n\n1) most holy thing, a saint
00041^41 hagiotes {hag-ee-ot'-ace}\n\nfrom 40; TDNT - 1:114,14; n f\n\nAV - holiness 1; 1\n\n1) sanctity\n2) in a moral sense: holiness
00042^42 hagiosune {hag-ee-o-soo'-nay}\n\nfrom 40; TDNT - 1:114,14; n f\n\nAV - holiness 3; 3\n\n1) majesty, holiness\n2) moral purity
00043^43 agkale {ang-kal'-ay}\n\nfrom agkos (a bend, "ache");; n f\n\nAV - arm 1; 1\n\n1) the curve or inner angle of the arm, the bent arm\n2) anything closely enfolding, as the arms of the sea, etc.
00044^44 agkistron {ang'-kis-tron}\n\nfrom the same as 43;; n n\n\nAV - hook 1; 1\n\n1) a fishing hook, a small hook
00045^45 agkura {ang'-koo-rah}\n\nfrom the same as 43;; n f\n\nAV - anchor 4; 4\n\n1) an anchor\n2) metaph. any stay or safeguard\n\nAncient anchors resembled modern ones in form: they were of iron,\nprovided with a stock, and with two teeth-like extremities often\nbut by no means without flukes.
00046^46 agnaphos {ag'-naf-os}\n\nfrom 1 (as a negative particle) and the same as 1102;; adj\n\nAV - new 2; 2\n\n1) unmilled, unfulled, undressed, unprocessed, new
00047^47 hagneia {hag-ni'-ah}\n\nfrom 53; TDNT - 1:123,19; n f\n\nAV - purity 2; 2\n\n1) purity, sinlessness of life
00048^48 hagnizo {hag-nid'-zo}\n\nfrom 53; TDNT - 1:123,19; v\n\nAV - purify 5, purify (one's) self 2; 7\n\n1) ceremonially\n   1a) to make pure, purify, cleanse\n2) morally
00049^49 hagnismos {hag-nis-mos'}\n\nfrom 48; TDNT - 1:124,19; n m\n\nAV - purification 1; 1\n\n1) purification, expiation
00050^50 agnoeo {ag-no-eh'-o}\n\nfrom 1 (as a negative particle) and 3539; TDNT - 1:115,18; v\n\nAV - be ignorant 7, ignorant 4, know not 4, understand not 3,\n     ignorantly 2, unknown 2; 22\n\n1) to be ignorant, not to know\n2) not to understand, unknown\n3) to err or sin through mistake, to be wrong
00051^51 agnoema {ag-no'-ay-mah}\n\nfrom 50; TDNT - 1:115,18; n n\n\nAV - error 1; 1\n\n1) a sin committed through ignorance or thoughtlessness
00052^52 agnoia {ag'-noy-ah}\n\nfrom 50; TDNT - 1:116,18; n f\n\nAV - ignorance 4; 4\n\n1) lack of knowledge, ignorance\n   1a) esp.  of divine things\n   1b) of moral blindness
00053^53 hagnos {hag-nos'}\n\nfrom the same as 40; TDNT - 1:122,19; adj\n\nAV - pure 4, chaste 3, clear 1; 8\n\n1) exciting reverence, venerable, sacred\n2) pure\n   2a) pure from carnality, chaste, modest\n   2b) pure from every fault, immaculate\n   2c) clean
00054^54 hagnotes {hag-not'-ace}\n\nfrom 53; TDNT - 1:124,19; n f\n\nAV - pureness 1; 1\n\n1) purity, chastity, uprightness of life
00055^55 hagnos {hag-noce'}\n\nfrom 53;; adv\n\nAV - sincerely 1; 1\n\n1) chaste, clean, pure, with sincerity
00056^56 agnosia {ag-no-see'-ah}\n\nfrom 1 (as negative particle) and 1108; TDNT - 1:116,18; n f\n\nAV - not the knowledge 1, ignorance 1; 2\n\n1) not knowing, ignorance
00057^57 agnostos {ag'-noce-tos'}\n\nfrom 1 (as negative particle) and 1110; TDNT - 1:119,18; adj\n\nAV - unknown 1; 1\n\n1) unknown, forgotten
00058^58 agora {ag-or-ah'}\n\nfrom ageiro (to gather, probably akin to 1453);; n f\n\nAV - market 6, marketplace 4, street 1; 11\n\n1) any assembly, especially of the people\n2) the place of assembly\n   2a) for public debating,\n   2b) for elections\n   2c) for trials\n   2d) for buying and selling\n   2e) for all kinds of business\n3) market place, street
00059^59 agorazo {ag-or-ad'-zo}\n\nfrom 58; TDNT - 1:124,19; v\n\nAV - buy 28, redeem 3; 31\n\n1) to be in the market place, to attend it\n2) to do business there, buy or sell\n3) of idle people: to haunt the market place, lounge there
00060^60 agoraios {ag-or-ah'-yos}\n\nfrom 58;; adj\n\nAV - baser sort 1, law 1; 2\n\n1) in, of or belonging to the market place\n2) frequenting the market place\n   2a) hucksters, petty traffickers, retail dealers\n   2b) idlers, loungers, the common sort, low, mean vulgar\n3) generally, proper to the assembly, suited to forensic\n   speaking, business-like transactions
00061^61 agra {ag'-rah}\n\nfrom 71;; n f\n\nAV - draught 2; 2\n\n1) a catching, hunting\n2) that which is taken in hunting, the booty, prey\n   2a) of birds or beasts, game\n   2b) of fish, a draught or haul
00062^62 agrammatos {ag-ram-mat-os}\n\nfrom 1 (as negative particle) and 1121;; adj\n\nAV - unlearned 1; 1\n\n1) illiterate, unlearned
00063^63 agrauleo {ag-row-leh'-o}\n\nfrom 68 and 832 (in the sense of 833);; v\n\nAV - abide in the field 1; 1\n\n1) to live in the fields, be under the open sky, even at night
00064^64 agreuo {ag-rew'-o}\n\nfrom 61;; v\n\nAV - catch 1; 1\n\n1) to hunt, to take by hunting, catch\n2) metaph. to hunt after, pursue eagerly
00065^65 agrielaios {ag-ree-el'-ah-yos}\n\nfrom 66 and 1636;; adj\n\nAV - wild olive tree 1, olive tree which is wild 1; 2\n\n1) of or belonging to the oleaster or wild olive\n2) the oleaster, wild olive tree
00066^66 agrios {ag'-ree-os}\n\nfrom 68;; adj\n\nAV - wild 2, raging 1; 3\n\n1) living or growing in the fields or woods\n   1a) of animals, wild, savage\n   1b) of countries, wild, uncultivated, unreclaimed\n2) of men and animals in a moral sense, wild savage, fierce\n   2a) boorish, rude\n   2b) of any violent passion, vehement, furious
00067^67 Agrippas {ag-rip'-pas}\n\napparently from 66 and 2462;; n pr m\n\nAV - Agrippa 12; 12\n\nAgrippa = "Hero like"\n1) Name of a ruling family in Israel at the time of Christ\n\nSee 2264 for discussion of the Herods.
00068^68 agros {ag-ros'}\n\nfrom 71;; n m\n\nAV - field 22, country 8, land 4, farm 1, piece of ground 1; 36\n\n1) land\n   1a) the field, the country\n   1b) a piece of land, bit of tillage\n   1c) the farms, country seats, neighbouring hamlets
00069^69 agrupneo {ag-roop-neh'-o}\n\nultimately from 1 (as negative particle) and 5258; TDNT - 2:338,195; v\n\nAV - watch 4; 4\n\n1) to be sleepless, keep awake, watch\n2) to be circumspect, attentive, ready
00070^70 agrupnia {ag-roop-nee'-ah}\n\nfrom 69;; n f\n\nAV - watching 2; 2\n\n1) sleeplessness, watching
00071^71 ago {ag'-o}\n\na primary word;; v\n\nAV - bring 45, lead 12, go 7, bring forth 2, misc 5, vr bring 1; 72\n\n1) to lead, take with one\n   1a) to lead by laying hold of, and this way to bring to the\n       point of destination: of an animal\n   1b) to lead by accompanying to (into) a place\n   1c) to lead with one's self, attach to one's self as an attendant\n   1d) to conduct, bring\n   1e) to lead away, to a court of justice, magistrate, etc.\n2) to lead,\n   2a) to lead, guide, direct\n   2b) to lead through, conduct to: to something\n   2c) to move, impel: of forces and influences on the mind\n3) to pass a day, keep or celebrate a feast, etc.\n4) to go, depart
00072^72 agoge {ag-o-gay'}\n\nreduplicated from 71; TDNT - 1:128,20; n f\n\nAV - manner of life 1; 1\n\n1) a leading\n2) metaph.: conduct\n   2a) a conducting, training, education, discipline\n   2b) the life led, way or course of life
00073^73 agon {ag-one'}\n\nfrom 71; TDNT - 1:135,20; n m\n\nAV - conflict 2, fight 2, contention 1, race 1; 6\n\n1) an assembly,\n   1a)  a place of assembly: especially an assembly met to see games\n   1b) the place of contest, the arena or stadium\n2) the assembly of the Greeks at their national games\n   2a) hence the contest for a prize at their games\n   2b) generally, any struggle or contest\n   2c) a battle\n   2d) an action at law, trial
00074^74 agonia {ag-o-nee'-ah}\n\nfrom 73; TDNT - 1:140,20; n f\n\nAV - agony 1; 1\n\n1) a struggle for victory\n   1a) gymnastic exercise, wrestling\n2) of severe mental struggles and emotions, agony, anguish
00075^75 agonizomai {ag-o-nid'-zom-ahee}\n\nfrom 73; TDNT - 1:135,20; v\n\nAV - strive 3, fight 3, labour fervently 1; 7\n\n1) to enter a contest: contend in the gymnastic games\n2) to contend with adversaries, fight\n3) metaph. to contend, struggle, with difficulties and dangers\n4) to endeavour with strenuous zeal, strive: to obtain something
00076^76 Adam {ad-am'}\n\nof Hebrew origin 0121; TDNT - 1:141,21; n pr m\n\nAV - Adam 9; 9\n\nAdam = "the red earth"\n1) Adam, the first man, the parent of the whole human family
00077^77 adapanos {ad-ap'-an-os}\n\nfrom 1 (as negative particle) and 1160;; adj\n\nAV - without charge 1; 1\n\n1) without expense, requiring no outlay, costing nothing
00078^78 Addi {ad-dee'}\n\nprobably of Hebrew origin, cf 05716;; n pr m\n\nAV - Addi 1; 1\n\nAddi = "ornament"\n1) son of Cosam, and father of Melchi in our Lord's genealogy
00079^79 adelphe {ad-el-fay'}\n\nfrom 80; TDNT - 1:144,22; n f\n\nAV - sister 24; 24\n\n1) a full, own sister\n2) one connected by the tie of the Christian religion
00080^80 adelphos {ad-el-fos'}\n\nfrom 1 (as a connective particle) and delphus (the womb);\n   TDNT - 1:144,22; n m\n\nAV - brethren 226, brother 113, brother's 6, brother's way 1; 346\n\n1) a brother, whether born of the same two parents or only of the\n   same father or mother\n2) having the same national ancestor, belonging to the same\n   people, or countryman\n3) any fellow or man\n4) a fellow believer, united to another by the bond of affection\n5) an associate in employment or office\n6) brethren in Christ\n   6a) his brothers by blood\n   6b) all men\n   6c) apostles\n   6d) Christians, as those who are exalted to the same heavenly place
00081^81 adelphotes {ad-el-fot'-ace}\n\nfrom 80; TDNT - 1:144,22; n f\n\nAV - brotherhood 1, brethren 1; 2\n\n1) brotherhood, brotherly kindness\n2) a family of brothers, the brotherhood
00082^82 adelos {ad'-ay-los}\n\nfrom 1 (as a negative particle) and 1212;; adj\n\nAV - appear not 1, uncertain 1; 2\n\n1) not manifest, indistinct, uncertain, obscure
00083^83 adelotes {ad-ay-lot'-ace}\n\nfrom 82;; n f\n\nAV - uncertain 1; 1\n\n1) uncertainty
00084^84 adelos {ad-ay'-loce}\n\nfrom 82;; adv\n\nAV - uncertainly 1; 1\n\n1) uncertainly
00085^85 ademoneo {ad-ay-mon-eh'-o}\n\nfrom a derivative of adeo (to be sated to loathing);; v\n\nAV - be very heavy 2, be full of heaviness 1; 3\n\n1) to be troubled, great distress or anguish, depressed
00086^86 hades {hah'-dace}\n\nfrom 1 (as negative particle) and 1492; TDNT - 1:146,22; n pr loc\n\nAV - hell 10, grave 1; 11\n\n1) name Hades or Pluto, the god of the lower regions\n2) Orcus, the nether world, the realm of the dead\n3) later use of this word: the grave, death, hell\n\nIn Biblical Greek it is associated with Orcus, the infernal regions,\na dark and dismal place in the very depths of the earth, the common\nreceptacle of disembodied spirits. Usually Hades is just the abode of\nthe wicked, Lu. 16:23, Rev. 20:13,14; a very uncomfortable place. TDNT.
00087^87 adiakritos {ad-ee-ak'-ree-tos}\n\nfrom 1 (as a negative particle) and a derivative of 1252;\n   TDNT - 3:950,469; adj\n\nAV - without partiality 1; 1\n\n1) undistinguished, unintelligible\n2) without dubiousness, ambiguity or uncertainty
00088^88 adialeiptos {ad-ee-al'-ipe-tos}\n\nfrom 1 (as a negative particle) and a derivative of a compound of\n   1223 and 3007;; adj\n\nAV - continual 1, without ceasing 1; 2\n\n1) unintermitted, unceasing, continual
00089^89 adialeiptos {ad-ee-al-ipe'-toce}\n\nfrom 88;; adv\n\nAV - without ceasing 4; 4\n\n1) without intermission, incessantly, without ceasing
00090^90 adiaphthoria {ad-ee-af-thor-ee'-ah}\n\n\nfrom a derivative of a compound of 1 (as a negative particle) and a\n   derivative of 1311; see also apthoria {af-thor-ee'ah} (TDNT 9:103); n f\n\nAV - uncorruptness 1; 1\n\n1) incorruptibility, soundness, integrity\n   1a) of mind
00091^91 adikeo {ad-ee-keh'-o}\n\nfrom 94; TDNT - 1:157,22; v\n\nAV - hurt 10, do wrong 8, wrong 2, suffer wrong 2, be unjust 2,\n     take wrong 1, injure 1, be an offender 1, vr hope; 28\n\n1) absolutely\n   1a) to act unjustly or wickedly, to sin,\n   1b) to be a criminal, to have violated the laws in some way\n   1c) to do wrong\n   1d) to do hurt\n2) transitively\n   2a) to do some wrong or sin in some respect\n   2b) to wrong some one, act wickedly towards him\n   2c) to hurt, damage, harm
00092^92 adikema {ad-eek'-ay-mah}\n\nfrom 91; TDNT - 1:161,22; n n\n\nAV - matter of wrong 1, evil doing 1, iniquity 1; 3\n\n1) a misdeed, evil doing, iniquity
00093^93 adikia {ad-ee-kee'-ah}\n\nfrom 94; TDNT - 1:153,22; n f\n\nAV - unrighteousness 16, iniquity 6, unjust 2, wrong 1; 25\n\n1) injustice, of a judge\n2) unrighteousness of heart and life\n3) a deed violating law and justice, act of unrighteousness
00094^94 adikos {ad'-ee-kos}\n\nfrom 1 (as a negative particle) and 1349; TDNT - 1:149,22; adj\n\nAV - unjust 8, unrighteous 4; 12\n\n1) descriptive of one who violates or has violated justice\n   1a) unjust\n   1b) unrighteous, sinful\n   1c) of one who deals fraudulently with others, deceitful
00095^95 adikos {ad-ee'-koce}\n\nfrom 94;; adv\n\nAV - wrongfully 1; 1\n\n1) unjustly, undeserved, without fault
00096^96 adokimos {ad-ok'-ee-mos}\n\nfrom 1 (as a negative particle) and 1384; TDNT - 2:255,181; adj\n\nAV - reprobate 6, castaway 1, rejected 1; 8\n\n1) not standing the test, not approved\n   1a) properly used of metals and coins\n2) that which does not prove itself such as it ought\n   2a) unfit for, unproved, spurious, reprobate
00097^97 adolos {ad'-ol-os}\n\nfrom 1 (as a negative particle), and 1388;; adj\n\nAV - sincere 1; 1\n\n1) guileless\n   1a) in things: unmixed, unadulterated, pure\n   1b) in persons: without dishonest intent, guileless
00098^98 Adramuttenos {ad-ram-oot-tay-nos'}\n\nfrom Adramutteion (a place in Asia Minor);; n pr loc\n\nAV - Adramyttium 1; 1\n\nAdramyttium = "I shall abide in death"\n1) Adramyttium, a seaport of Mysia
00099^99 Adrias {ad-ree'-as}\n\nfrom Adria (a place near its shore);; n pr loc\n\nAV - Adria 1; 1\n\nAdriatic = "without wood"\n1) Adriatic Sea, Adrias, the sea between Greece and Italy
00100^100 hadrotes {had-rot'-ace}\n\nfrom hadros (stout);; n f\n\nAV - abundance 1; 1\n\n1) bountiful collection, great abundance\n2) thickness, ripeness, fulness, esp. of the body
00101^101 adunateo {ad-oo-nat-eh'-o}\n\nfrom 102; TDNT - 2:284,186; v\n\nAV - be impossible 2; 2\n\n1) impossible\n   1a) not to have strength, power, or ability, to be weak\n   1b) can not be done, to be impossible
00102^102 adunatos {ad-oo'-nat-os}\n\nfrom 1 (as a negative particle) and 1415; TDNT - 2:284,186; adj\n\nAV - impossible 6, impotent 1, could not do 1, weak 1,\n     not possible 1; 10\n\n1) without strength, impotent, powerless, weakly, disabled\n2) unable to be done, impossible
00103^103 ado {ad'-o}'\n\na primary word; TDNT - 1:163,24; v\n\nAV - sing 5; 5\n\n1) to the praise of anyone, to sing
00104^104 aei {ah-eye'}\n\nfrom an obsolete primary noun (apparently meaning continued\n   duration);; adv\n\nAV - alway 4, always 3, ever 1; 8\n\n1) perpetually, incessantly\n2) invariably, at any and every time: when according to the\n   circumstances something is or ought to be done again
00105^105 aetos {ah-et-os'}\n\nfrom the same as 109;; n m\n\nAV - eagle 4; 4\n\n1) an eagle: since eagles do not usually go in quest of carrion,\n   this may to a vulture that resembles an eagle\n2) an eagle as a standard (Roman Military)
00106^106 azumos {ad'-zoo-mos}\n\nfrom 1 (as a negative particle) and 2219; TDNT - 2:902,302; adj\n\nAV - unleavened bread 8, unleavened 1; 9\n\n1) unfermented, free from leaven or yeast\n   1a) of the unleavened loaves used in the paschal feast of the Jews\n   1b) metaph. free from faults or the "leaven of iniquity"
00107^107 Azor {ad-zore'}\n\nof Hebrew origin, cf 05809;; n pr m\n\nAV - Azor 2; 2\n\nAzor = "helper"\n1) A son of Eliakim, in the line of our Lord. Mat. 1:13,14.
00108^108 Azotos {ad'-zo-tos}\n\nof Hebrew origin 0795;; n pr loc\n\nAV - Azotus 1; 1\n\nAshdod or Azotus = "a stronghold"\n1) one of the five chief cities of the Philistines, lying between\n   Ashkelon and Jamnia and near the Mediterranean
00109^109 aer {ah-ayr'}\n\nfrom aemi (to breathe unconsciously, i.e. respire; by analogy, to\n   blow); TDNT - 1:165,25; n m\n\nAV - air 7; 7\n\n1) the air, particularly the lower and denser air as distinguished\n   from the higher and rarer air\n2) the atmospheric region
00110^110 athanasia {ath-an-as-ee'-ah}\n\nfrom a compound of 1 (as a negative particle) and 2288;\n   TDNT - 3:22,312; n f\n\nAV - immortality 3; 3\n\n1) undying, immortality, everlasting
00111^111 athemitos {ath-em'-ee-tos}\n\nfrom 1 (as a negative particle) and a derivative of themis\n   (statute, from the base of 5087); TDNT - 1:166,25; adj\n\nAV - unlawful thing 1, abominable 1, 2\n\n1) contrary to law and justice, prohibited by law, illicit, criminal
00112^112 atheos {ath'-eh-os}\n\nfrom 1 (as a negative particle) and 2316; TDNT - 3:120,322; adj\n\nAV - without God 1; 1\n\n1) without God, knowing and worshipping no God\n2) denying the gods, esp. the recognised gods of the state\n3) godless, ungodly\n4) abandoned by the gods
00113^113 athesmos {ath'-es-mos}\n\nfrom 1 (as a negative particle) and a derivative of 5087 (in the\n   sense of enacting); TDNT - 1:167,25; adj\n\nAV - wicked 2; 2\n\n1) one who breaks through the restraint of law and gratifies his lusts
00114^114 atheteo {ath-et-eh'-o}\n\nfrom a compound of 1 (as a negative particle) and a derivative of\n   5087; TDNT - 8:158,1176; v\n\nAV - despise 8, reject 4, bring to nothing 1, frustrate 1,\n     disannul 1, cast off 1; 16\n\n1) to do away with, to set aside, disregard\n2) to thwart the efficacy of anything, nullify, make void, frustrate\n3) to reject, to refuse, to slight
00115^115 athetesis {ath-et'-ay-sis}\n\nfrom 114; TDNT - 8:158,1176; n f\n\nAV - disannulling 1, to put away + 1519 1; 2\n\n1) abolition, disannulling, put away, rejection
00116^116 Athenai {ath-ay-nahee}\n\nplural of Athene (the goddess of wisdom, who was reputed to have\n   founded the city);; n pr loc\n\nAV - Athens 6; 6\n\nAthens = "uncertainty"\n1) A famous city in Greece, the capital of Attica, and the chief\n   seat of learning and civilisation during the golden period of\n   the history of Greece
00117^117 Athenaios {ath-ay-nah'-yos}\n\nfrom 116;; adj\n\nAV - Athenians 1, of Athens 1; 2\n\n1) a person who lives in Athens, an Athenian
00118^118 athleo {ath-leh'-o}\n\nfrom athlos (a contest in the public lists); TDNT - 1:167,25; v\n\nAV - strive 2; 2\n\n1) to engage in a contest, contend in public games,\n   contend for a prize\n2) to endure, suffer
00119^119 athlesis {ath'-lay-sis}\n\nfrom 118; TDNT - 1:167,25; n f\n\nAV - fight 1; 1\n\n1) to contest, to combat, to strive, struggle, hard trial
00120^120 athumeo {ath-oo-meh'-o}\n\nfrom a compound of 1 (as a negative particle) and 2372;; v\n\nAV - be discouraged 1; 1\n\n1) to be disheartened, dispirited, broken in spirit
00121^121 athoos {ath'-o-os}\n\nfrom 1 (as a negative particle) and probably a derivative of 5087\n   (meaning a penalty);; adj\n\nAV - innocent 2; 2\n\n1) not guilty, innocent, unpunished
00122^122 aigeos {ah'-ee-ghi-os}\n\nfrom aix (a goat);; adj\n\nAV - goatskin + 1192 1; 1\n\n1) of a goat, goatskin
00123^123 aigialos {ahee-ghee-al-os'}\n\nfrom aisso (to rush) and 251 (in the sense of the sea);; n m\n\nAV - shore 6; 6\n\n1) the shore of the sea, the beach
00124^124 Aiguptios {ahee-goop'-tee-os}\n\nfrom 125;; adj\n\nAV - Egyptian 3, Egyptians 2; 5\n\n1) an Egyptian
00125^125 Aiguptos {ah'-ee-goop-tos}\n\nof uncertain derivation;; n pr loc\n\nAV - Egypt 24; 24\n\nEgypt = "double straits"\n1) a country occupying the northeast angle of Africa\n2) metaph. Jerusalem, for the Jews persecuting the Christ and his\n   followers, and so to be likened to the Egyptians treating the Jews
00126^126 aidios {ah-id'-ee-os}\n\nfrom 104; TDNT - 1:168,25; adj\n\nAV - eternal 1, everlasting 1; 2\n\n1) eternal, everlasting\n\nFor Synonyms see entry 5801
00127^127 aidos {ahee-doce'}\n\nperhaps from 1 (as a negative particle) and 1492 (through the\n   idea of downcast eyes); TDNT - 1:169,26; n f\n\nAV - shamefacedness 1, reverence 1; 2\n\n1) a sense of shame or honour, modesty, bashfulness, reverence,\n   regard for others, respect
00128^128 Aithiops {ahee-thee'-ops}\n\nfrom aitho (to scorch) and ops (the face, from 3700);; n m\n\nAV - Ethiopian 2; 2\n\nEthiopian = "black"\n1) an Ethiopian
00129^129 haima {hah'-ee-mah}\n\nof uncertain derivation; TDNT - 1:172,26; n m\n\nAV - blood 99; 99\n\n1) blood\n   1a) of man or animals\n   1b) refers to the seat of life\n   1c) of those things that resemble blood, grape juice\n2) blood shed, to be shed by violence, slay, murder
00130^130 haimatekchusia {hahee-mat-ek-khoo-see'-ah}\n\nfrom 129 and a derivative of 1632; TDNT - 1:176,26; n f\n\nAV - shedding of blood 1; 1\n\n1) shedding of blood
00131^131 haimorrheo {hahee-mor-hreh'-o}\n\nfrom 129 and 4482;; v\n\nAV - diseased with an issue of blood 1; 1\n\n1) to suffer from a flow of blood, to have a discharge of blood,\n   to lose blood
00132^132 Aineas {ahee-neh'-as}\n\nof uncertain derivation;; n pr m\n\nAV - Aeneas 2; 2\n\nAeneas = "laudable"\n1) the name of a paralytic cured by Peter at Lydia
00133^133 ainesis {ah'-ee-nes-is}\n\nfrom 134;; n f\n\nAV - praise 1; 1\n\n1) praise, a thank offering
00134^134 aineo {ahee-neh'-o}\n\nfrom 136; TDNT - 1:177,27; v\n\nAV - praise 9; 9\n\n1) to praise, extol, to sing praises in honour to God\n2) to allow, recommend\n3) to promise or vow
00135^135 ainigma {ah'-ee-nig-ma}\n\nfrom a derivative of 136 (in its primary sense); TDNT - 1:178,27; n n\n\nAV - darkly + 1722 1; 1\n\n1) an obscure saying, enigma, riddle\n2) an obscure thing
00136^136 ainos {ah'-ee-nos}\n\napparently a primary word, properly, a story, but used in the sense\n   of 1868; TDNT - 1:177,27; n m\n\nAV - praise 2; 2\n\n1) a saying, proverb\n2) praise, laudatory discourse
00137^137 Ainon {ahee-nohn'}\n\nof Hebrew origin, a derivative of 05869;; n pr loc\n\nAV - Aenon 1; 1\n\nAenon meaning "springs"\n1) the name of a place "near to Salim" at which John baptised
00138^138 haireomai {hahee-reh'-om-ahee}\n\nprobably akin to 142; TDNT - 1:180,27; v\n\nAV - choose 3; 3\n\n1) to take for oneself, to prefer, choose\n2) to choose by vote, elect to office
00139^139 hairesis {hah'-ee-res-is}\n\nfrom 138; TDNT - 1:180,27; n f\n\nAV - sect 5, heresy 4; 9\n\n1) act of taking, capture: e.g. storming a city\n2) choosing, choice\n3) that which is chosen\n4) a body of men following their own tenets (sect or party)\n   4a) of the Sadducees\n   4b) of the Pharisees\n   4c) of the Christians\n5) dissensions arising from diversity of opinions and aims
00140^140 hairetizo {hahee-ret-id'-zo}\n\nfrom a derivative of 138; TDNT - 1:184,27; v\n\nAV - choose 1; 1\n\n1) to choose\n2) to belong to a sect
00141^141 hairetikos {hahee-ret-ee-kos'}\n\nfrom the same as 140; TDNT - 1:184,27; adj\n\nAV - that is a heretic 1; 1\n\n1) fitted or able to take or choose a thing\n2) schismatic, factious, a follower of a false doctrine\n3) heretic
00142^142 airo {ah'-ee-ro}\n\na primary root; TDNT - 1:185,28; v\n\nAV - take up 32, take away 25, take 25, away with 5, lift up 4,\n     bear 3, misc 8; 102\n\n1) to raise up, elevate, lift up\n   1a) to raise from the ground, take up: stones\n   1b) to raise upwards, elevate, lift up: the hand\n   1c) to draw up: a fish\n2) to take upon one's self and carry what has been raised up, to bear\n3) to bear away what has been raised, carry off\n   3a) to move from its place\n   3b) to take off or away what is attached to anything\n   3c) to remove\n   3d) to carry off, carry away with one\n   3e) to appropriate what is taken\n   3f) to take away from another what is his or what is committed\n       to him, to take by force\n   3g) to take and apply to any use\n   3h) to take from among the living, either by a natural death,\n       or by violence\n   3i) cause to cease
00143^143 aisthanomai {ahee-sthan'-om-ahee}\n\nof uncertain derivation; TDNT - 1:187,29; v\n\nAV - perceive 1; 1\n\n1) to perceive\n   1a) by the bodily senses\n   1b) with the mind, understand
00144^144 aisthesis {ah'-ee-sthay-sis}\n\nfrom 143; TDNT - 1:187,29; n f\n\nAV - judgment 1; 1\n\n1) perception, not only by the senses but by the intellect\n2) cognition, discernment\n   2a) of moral discernment in ethical matters
00145^145 aistheterion {ahee-sthay-tay'-ree-on}\n\nfrom a derivative of 143; TDNT - 1:187,29; n n\n\nAV - senses 1; 1\n\n1) faculty of the mind for perceiving, understanding, judging
00146^146 aischrokerdes {ahee-skhrok-er-dace'}\n\nfrom 150 and kerdos (gain);; adj\n\nAV - greedy of filthy lucre 2, given to filthy lucre 1; 3\n\n1) eager for base gain, greedy for money
00147^147 aischrokerdos {ahee-skhrok-er-doce'}\n\nfrom 146;; adv\n\nAV - for filthy lucre 1; 1\n\n1) eagerness for base gain
00148^148 aischrologia {ahee-skhrol-og-ee'-ah}\n\nfrom 150 and 3056;; n f\n\nAV - filthy communication 1; 1\n\n1) foul speaking, low and obscene speech
00149^149 aischron {ahee-skhron'}\n\nfrom 150;; n n\n\nAV - shame 3; 3\n\n1) shame, base, dishonourable
00150^150 aischros {ahee-skhros'}\n\nfrom the same as 153; TDNT - 1:189,29; adj\n\nAV - filthy 1; 1\n\n1) filthy, baseness, dishonour
00151^151 aischrotes {ahee-skhrot'-ace}\n\nfrom 150; TDNT - 1:189,29; n f\n\nAV - filthiness 1; 1\n\n1) obscenity, filthiness
00152^152 aischune {ahee-skhoo'-nay}\n\nfrom 153; TDNT - 1:189,29; n f\n\nAV - shame 5, dishonesty 1; 6\n\n1) the confusion of one who is ashamed of anything, sense of shame\n2) ignominy, disgrace, dishonour\n3) a thing to be ashamed of
00153^153 aischuno {ahee-skhoo'-no}\n\nfrom aischos (disfigurement, i.e. disgrace); TDNT - 1:189,29; v\n\nAV - be ashamed 5; 5\n\n1) to disfigure\n2) to dishonour\n3) to suffuse with shame, make ashamed, be ashamed
00154^154 aiteo {ahee-teh'-o}\n\nof uncertain derivation; TDNT - 1:191,30; v\n\nAV - ask 48, desire 17, beg 2, require 2, crave 1, call for 1; 71\n\n1) to ask, beg, call for, crave, desire, require\n\nFor Synonyms see entry 5802
00155^155 aitema {ah'-ee-tay-mah}\n\nfrom 154; TDNT - 1:193,30; n n\n\nAV - require 1, request 1, petition 1; 3\n\n1) petition, request, required
00156^156 aitia {ahee-tee'-a}\n\nfrom the same as 154;; n f\n\nAV - cause 9, wherefore + 1223 & 3739 3, accusation 3, fault 3,\n     case 1, crime 1; 20\n\n1) cause, reason\n2) cause for which one is worthy of punishment, crime\n3) charge of crime, accusation
00157^157 aitiooma {ahee-tee'-am-ah}\n\nfrom a derivative of 156;; n n\n\nAV - complaint 1; 1\n\n1) to accuse, bring a charge against, complaint\n\nFor Synonyms see entry 5803
00158^158 aition {ah'-ee-tee-on}\n\nfrom 159;; n n\n\nAV - fault 2, cause 2; 4\n\n1) cause, fault
00159^159 aitios {ah'-ee-tee-os}\n\nfrom the same as 154;; adj\n\nAV - author 1; 1\n\n1) that which is the cause of anything resides, causative, causing\n   1a) the author\n       1a1) of a cause\n       1a2) of crime or offence
00160^160 aiphnidios {aheef-nid'-ee-os}\n\nfrom a compound of 1 (as a negative particle) and 5316 [cf 1810];; adj\n\nAV - unawares 1, sudden 1; 2\n\n1) unexpected, sudden, unforeseen
00161^161 aichmalosia {aheekh-mal-o-see'-ah}\n\nfrom 164; TDNT - 1:195,31; n f\n\nAV - captivity 3; 3\n\n1) captivity
00162^162 aichmaloteuo {aheekh-mal-o-tew'-o}\n\nfrom 164; TDNT - 1:195,31; v\n\nAV - lead captive 2; 2\n\n1) to make captive, take captive, capture
00163^163 aichmalotizo {aheekh-mal-o-tid'-zo}\n\nfrom 164; TDNT - 1:195,31; v\n\nAV - bring into captivity 2, lead away captive 1; 3\n\n1) to lead away captive\n2) metaph. to capture ones mind, captivate
00164^164 aichmalotos {aheekh-mal-o-tos'}\n\nfrom aichme (a spear) and a derivative of the same as 259;\n   TDNT - 1:195,31; adj\n\nAV - captive 1; 1\n\n1) a captive
00165^165 aion {ahee-ohn'}\n\nfrom the same as 104; TDNT - 1:197,31; n m\n\nAV - ever 71, world 38, never + 3364 + 1519 + 3588 6, evermore 4,\n     age 2, eternal 2, misc 5; 128\n\n1) for ever, an unbroken age, perpetuity of time, eternity\n2) the worlds, universe\n3) period of time, age
00166^166 aionios {ahee-o'-nee-os}\n\nfrom 165; TDNT - 1:208,31; adj\n\nAV - eternal 42, everlasting 25, the world began + 5550 2,\n     since the world began + 5550 1, for ever 1; 71\n\n1) without beginning and end, that which always has been and\n   always will be\n2) without beginning\n3) without end, never to cease, everlasting\n\nFor Synonyms see entry 5801
00167^167 akatharsia {ak-ath-ar-see'-ah}\n\nfrom 169; TDNT - 3:427,381; n f\n\nAV - uncleanness 10; 10\n\n1) uncleanness\n   1a) physical\n   1b) in a moral sense: the impurity of lustful, luxurious,\n       profligate living\n       1b1) of impure motives
00168^168 akathartes {ak-ath-ar'-tace}\n\nfrom 169;; n f\n\nAV - filthiness 1; 1\n\n1) impurity, filthiness
00169^169 akathartos {ak-ath'-ar-tos}\n\nfrom 1 (as a negative particle) and a presumed derivative of 2508\n   (meaning cleansed); TDNT - 3:427,381; adj\n\nAV - unclean 28, foul 2; 30\n\n1) not cleansed, unclean\n   1a) in a ceremonial sense: that which must be abstained from\n       according to the levitical law\n   1b) in a moral sense: unclean in thought and life
00170^170 akaireomai {ak-ahee-reh'-om-ahee}\n\nfrom a compound of 1 (as a negative particle) and 2540 (meaning\n   unseasonable); TDNT - 3:462,*; v\n\nAV - lack of opportunity 1; 1\n\n1) to lack opportunity
00171^171 akairos {ak-ah'-ee-roce}\n\nfrom the same as 170; TDNT - 3:462,389; adv\n\nAV - out of season 1; 1\n\n1) unseasonable
00172^172 akakos {ak'-ak-os}\n\nfrom 1 (as a negative particle) and 2556; TDNT - 3:482,391; adj\n\nAV - simple 1, harmless 1; 2\n\n1) without guile or fraud, harmless, free from guilt\n2) fearing no evil from others, distrusting no one
00173^173 akantha {ak'-an-thah}\n\nprobably from the same as 188;; n f\n\nAV - thorns 14; 14\n\n1) thorn, bramble\n2) bush, brier, a thorny plant
00174^174 akanthinos {ak-an'-thee-nos}\n\nfrom 173;; adj\n\nAV - of thorns 2; 2\n\n1) thorny, woven out of twigs of a thorny plant
00175^175 akarpos {ak'-ar-pos}\n\nfrom 1 (as a negative particle) and 2590; TDNT - 3:616,416; adj\n\nAV - unfruitful 6, without fruit 1; 7\n\n1) metaph. without fruit, barren, not yielding what it ought to yield
00176^176 akatagnostos {ak-at-ag'-noce-tos}\n\nfrom 1 (as a negative particle) and a derivative of 2607;\n   TDNT - 1:714,119; adj\n\nAV - cannot be condemned 1; 1\n\n1) that cannot be condemned, not to be censored
00177^177 akatakaluptos {ak-at-ak-al'-oop-tos}\n\nfrom 1 (as a negative particle) and 2619 a derivative of a compound\n   of 2596 and 2572;; adj\n\nAV - uncovered 2; 2\n\n1) not covered, unveiled
00178^178 akatakritos {ak-at-ak'-ree-tos}\n\nfrom 1 (as a negative particle) and a derivative of 2632;\n   TDNT - 3:952,469; adj\n\nAV - uncondemned 2; 2\n\n1) uncondemned, punished without being tried
00179^179 akatalutos {ak-at-al'-oo-tos}\n\nfrom 1 (as a negative particle) and a derivative of 2647;\n   TDNT - 4:338,543; adj\n\nAV - endless 1; 1\n\n1) indissoluble, not subject to destruction
00180^180 akatapaustos {ak-at-ap'-ow-stos}\n\nfrom 1 (as a negative particle) and a derivative of 2664;; adj\n\nAV - cannot cease 1; 1\n\n1) unable to stop, unceasing\n2) not quieted, that cannot be quieted
00181^181 akatastasia {ak-at-as-tah-see'-ah}\n\nfrom 182; TDNT - 3:446,387; n f\n\nAV - confusion 2, tumult 2, commotion 1; 5\n\n1) instability, a state of disorder, disturbance, confusion
00182^182 akatastatos {ak-at-as'-tat-os}\n\nfrom 1 (as a negative particle) and a derivative of 2525;\n   TDNT - 3:447,387; adj\n\nAV - unstable 1; 1\n\n1) unstable, inconstant, restless
00183^183 akataschetos {ak-at-as'-khet-os}\n\nfrom 1 (as a negative particle) and a derivative of 2722;; adj\n\nAV - unruly 1; 1\n\n1) that can not be restrained
00184^184 Akeldama {ak-el-dam-ah'}\n\nof Aramaic origin [corresponding to 02506 and 01818];; n pr loc\n\nAV - Aceldama 1; 1\n\nAceldama = "Field of Blood"\n1) a field purchased with Judas's betrayal money, located near\n   Jerusalem
00185^185 akeraios {ak-er'-ah-yos}\n\nfrom 1 (as a negative particle) and a presumed derivative of\n   2767; TDNT - 1:209,33; adj\n\nAV - harmless 2, simple 1; 3\n\n1) unmixed, pure as in wines or metals\n2) of the mind, without a mixture of evil, free from guile,\n   innocent, simple
00186^186 aklines {ak-lee-nace'}\n\nfrom 1 (as a negative particle) and 2827;; adj\n\nAV - without wavering 1; 1\n\n1) not inclining, firm, unmoved
00187^187 akmazo {ak-mad'-zo}\n\nfrom the same as 188;; v\n\nAV - be fully ripe 1; 1\n\n1) to flourish, come to maturity
00188^188 akmen {ak-mane'}\n\naccusative case of a noun ("acme") akin to ake (a point) and\n   meaning the same;; adv\n\nAV - yet 1; 1\n\n1) a point\n2) extremity, climax, acme, highest degree\n3) the present time
00189^189 akoe {ak-o-ay'}\n\nfrom 191; TDNT - 1:221,34; n f\n\nAV - hearing 10, ears 4, fame 3, rumour 2, report 2, audience 1,\n     misc 2; 24\n\n1) the sense of hearing\n2) the organ of hearing, the ear\n3) the thing heard\n   3a) instruction, namely oral\n       3a1) of preaching the gospel\n   3b) hearsay, report or rumour
00190^0190 akoloutheo {ak-ol-oo-theh'-o}\n\nfrom 1 (as a particle of union) and keleuthos (a road);\n   TDNT - 1:210,33; v\n\nAV - follow 91, reach 1; 92\n\n1) to follow one who precedes, join him as his attendant,\n   accompany him\n2) to join one as a disciple, become or be his disciple\n   2a) side with his party
00191^191 akouo {ak-oo'-o}\n\na root; TDNT - 1:216,34; v\n\nAV - hear 418, hearken 6, give audience 3, hearer 2, misc 8; 437\n\n1) to be endowed with the faculty of hearing, not deaf\n2) to hear\n   2b) to attend to, consider what is or has been said\n   2c) to understand, perceive the sense of what is said\n3) to hear something\n   3a) to perceive by the ear what is announced in one's presence\n   3b) to get by hearing learn\n   3c) a thing comes to one's ears, to find out, learn\n   3d) to give ear to a teaching or a teacher\n   3e) to comprehend, to understand
00192^192 akrasia {ak-ras-ee'-a}\n\nfrom 193; TDNT - 2:339,196; n f\n\nAV - excess 1, incontinency 1; 2\n\n1) want of self-control, incontinence, intemperance
00193^193 akrates {ak-rat'-ace}\n\nfrom 1 (as a negative particle) and 2904; TDNT - 2:339,196; adj\n\nAV - incontinent 1; 1\n\n1) without self-control, intemperate
00194^194 akratos {ak'-rat-os}\n\nfrom 1 (as a negative particle) and a presumed derivative of 2767;; adj\n\nAV - without mixture 1; 1\n\n1) unmixed, pure
00195^195 akribeia {ak-ree'-bi-ah}\n\nfrom the same as 196;; n f\n\nAV - perfect manner 1; 1\n\n1) exactness, exactest care: in accordance with the strictness of the\n   Mosaic law
00196^196 akribestatos {ak-ree-bes'-ta-tos}\n\nsuperlative of akribes (a derivative of the same as 206);; adj\n\nAV - most straitest 1; 1\n\n1) exact, careful\n2) of the strictest sect: the most precise and rigorous in\n   interpreting the Mosaic law, and in observing even the more\n   minute precepts of the law and tradition
00197^197 akribesteron {ak-ree-bes'-ter-on}\n\nneuter of the comparative of the same as 196;; adj\n\nAV - more perfectly 3, more perfect 1; 4\n\n1) more exactly, more perfectly
00198^198 akriboo {ak-ree-bo'-o}\n\nfrom the same as 196;; v\n\nAV - enquire diligently 2; 2\n\n1) to know accurately, to do exactly\n2) to investigate diligently
00199^199 akribos {ak-ree-boce'}\n\nfrom the same as 196;; adv\n\nAV - diligently 2, perfect 1, perfectly 1, circumspectly 1; 5\n\n1) exactly, accurately, diligently
00200^200 akris {ak-rece'}\n\napparently from the same as 206;; n f\n\nAV - locust 4; 4\n\n1) a locust, particularly that species which especially infests\n   oriental countries, stripping fields and trees. Numberless swarms\n   of them almost every spring are carried by the wind from Arabia\n   into Palestine, and having devastated that country, migrate to\n   regions farther north, until they perish by falling into the sea.\n   The Orientals accustomed to feed upon locusts, either raw or\n   roasted and seasoned with salt (or prepared in other ways), and\n   the Israelites also were permitted to eat them.
00201^201 akroaterion {ak-ro-at-ay'-ree-on}\n\nfrom 202;; n n\n\nAV - place of hearing 1; 1\n\n1) a place set aside for hearing and deciding cases
00202^202 akroates {ak-ro-at-ace'}\n\nfrom akroaomai (to listen, apparently an intens. of 191);; n m\n\nAV - hearer 4; 4\n\n1) a hearer
00203^203 akrobustia {ak-rob-oos-tee'-ah}\n\nfrom 206 and probably a modified form of posthe (the penis or\n   male sexual organ); TDNT - 1:225,36; n f\n\nAV - uncircumcision 16, being circumcised 2, uncircumcised + 2192 1,\n     though not circumcised 1; 20\n\n1) having the foreskin, uncircumcised\n2) a Gentile\n3) a condition in which the corrupt desires rooted in the flesh\n   were not yet extinct
00204^204 akrogoniaios {ak-rog-o-nee-ah'-yos}\n\nfrom 206 and 1137; TDNT - 1:792,137; adj\n\nAV - chief corner 2; 2\n\n1) placed at an extreme corner, the corner foundation stone
00205^205 akrothinion {ak-roth-in'-ee-on}\n\nfrom 206 and this (a heap);; n n\n\nAV - spoils 1; 1\n\n1) top of the heap, the first fruits\n   1a) best of the spoils or crops\n2) the Greeks customarily selected from the topmost part of the\n   heaps and offered this to the gods
00206^206 akron {ak'-ron}\n\nneuter of an adj. probably akin to the base of 188;; adj\n\nAV - uttermost part 2, one end 1, other + 846 1, tip 1, top 1; 6\n\n1) the farthest bounds, uttermost parts, end, highest, extreme\n   1a) of the earth\n   1b) of heaven
00207^207 Akulas {ak-oo'-las}\n\nprobably for Latin aquila (an eagle);; n pr m\n\nAV - Aquila 6; 6\n\nAquila = "an eagle"\n1) a Jew of Pontus, a tent maker convert to Christ, companion and\n   ally of Paul in propagating Christianity
00208^208 akuroo {ak-oo-ro'-o}\n\nfrom 1 (as a negative particle) and 2964; TDNT - 3:1099,494; v\n\nAV - make of none effect 2, disannul 1; 3\n\n1) to render void, deprive of force and authority
00209^209 akolutos {ak-o-loo'-toce}\n\nfrom a compound of 1 (as a negative particle) and a derivative of 2967;; adv\n\nAV - no man forbidding him 1; 1\n\n1) without hindrances, freely
00210^210 akon {ak'-ohn} or hekon {hek-ohn'}\n\nfrom 1 (as a negative particle) and 1635; TDNT - 2:469,221; adj\n\nAV - against (one's) will 1; 1\n\n1) not of one's own will, unwillingly, against the will
00211^211 alabastron {al-ab'-as-tron}\n\nfrom alabastros (of uncertain derivation), the name of a stone;; n n\n\nAV - alabaster box 3, box 1; 4\n\n1) a box made of alabaster in which unguents are preserved
00212^212 alazoneia {al-ad-zon-i'-a}\n\nfrom 213; TDNT - 1:226,36; n f\n\nAV - boasting 1, pride 1; 2\n\n1) empty, braggart talk\n2) an insolent and empty assurance, which trusts in its own\n   power and resources and shamefully despises and violates\n   divine laws and human rights\n3) an impious and empty presumption which trusts in the\n   stability of earthy things
00213^213 alazon {al-ad-zone'}\n\nfrom ale (vagrancy); TDNT - 1:226,36; n m\n\nAV - boaster 2; 2\n\n1) an empty pretender, a boaster
00214^214 alalazo {al-al-ad'-zo}\n\nfrom alale ( a shout, "halloo"); TDNT - 1:227,36; v\n\nAV - wail 1, tinkle 1; 2\n\n1) to repeat frequently the cry "alala" as soldiers used to do on\n   entering into battle\n2) to utter a joyful sound\n3) to wail, lament\n4) to ring loudly, to clang\n\nFor Synonyms see entry 5804
00215^215 alaletos {al-al'-ay-tos}\n\nfrom 1 (as a negative particle) and a derivative of 2980;; adj\n\nAV - which cannot be uttered 1; 1\n\n1) not to be uttered, not expressed in words
00216^216 alalos {al'-al-os}\n\nfrom 1 (as a negative particle) and 2980;; adj\n\nAV - dumb 3; 3\n\n1) speechless, dumb, wanting the faculty of speech
00217^217 halas {hal'-as}\n\nfrom 251; TDNT - 1:228,36; n n\n\nAV - salt 8; 8\n\n1) salt with which food is seasoned and sacrifices are sprinkled\n2) those kinds of saline matter used to fertilise arable land\n3) salt is a symbol of lasting concord, because it protects food\n   from putrefaction and preserves it unchanged. Accordingly, in\n   the solemn ratification of compacts, the orientals were, and\n   are to this day, accustomed to partake of salt together\n4) wisdom and grace exhibited in speech
00218^218 aleipho {al-i'-fo}\n\nfrom 1 (as particle of union) and the base of 3045; TDNT - 1:229,37; v\n\nAV - anoint 9; 9\n\n1) to anoint\n\nFor Synonyms see entry 5805
00219^219 alektorophonia {al-ek-tor-of-o-nee'-ah}\n\nfrom 220 and 5456;; n f\n\nAV - cockcrowing 1; 1\n\n1) the crowing of a cock or rooster, cock-crowing\n   1a) used of the third watch of the night
00220^220 alektor {al-ek'-tore}\n\nfrom (to ward off);; n m\n\nAV - cock 12; 12\n\n1) a cock, or male of any bird, a rooster
00221^221 Alexandreus {al-ex-and-reuce'}\n\nfrom (the city so called);; n m\n\nAV - Alexandrian 1, born at Alexander + 1085 1; 2\n\n1) a native or resident of Alexandria in Egypt
00222^222 Alexandrinos {al-ex-an-dree'-nos}\n\nfrom the same as 221;; adj\n\nAV - of Alexandria 2; 2\n\n1) a native or resident of Alexandria in Egypt\n2) of Alexandria or belonging to Alexandria
00223^223 Alexandros {al-ex'-an-dros}\n\nfrom the same as (the first part of) 220 and 435;; n pr m\n\nAV - Alexander 6; 6\n\nAlexander = "man defender"\n1) son of Simon of Cyrene who carried Jesus's cross, Mk 15:21\n2) a certain man of the kindred of the high priest, Acts 4:6\n3) a certain Jew, Acts 19:33\n4) a certain coppersmith who opposed the Apostle Paul, 1 Ti. 1:20
00224^224 aleuron {al'-yoo-ron}\n\nfrom aleo (to grind);; n n\n\nAV - meal 2; 2\n\n1) wheat flour, meal
00225^225 aletheia {al-ay'-thi-a}\n\nfrom 227; TDNT - 1:232,37; n f\n\nAV - truth 107, truly + 1909 1, true 1, verity 1; 110\n\n1) objectively\n  1a) what is true in any matter under consideration\n     1a1) truly, in truth, according to truth\n     1a2) of a truth, in reality, in fact, certainly\n  1b) what is true in things appertaining to God and the duties\n     of man, moral and religious truth\n     1b1) in the greatest latitude\n     1b2) the true notions of God which are open to human reason\n          without his supernatural intervention\n  1c) the truth as taught in the Christian religion, respecting God\n      and the execution of his purposes through Christ, and respecting\n      the duties of man, opposing alike to the superstitions of the\n      Gentiles and the inventions of the Jews, and the corrupt opinions\n      and precepts of false teachers even among Christians\n2) subjectively\n  2a) truth as a personal excellence\n     2a1) that candour of mind which is free from affection, pretence,\n          simulation, falsehood, deceit
00226^226 aletheuo {al-ayth-yoo'-o}\n\nfrom 227; TDNT - 1:251,37; v\n\nAV - tell the truth 1, speak the truth 1; 2\n\n1) to speak or tell the truth\n   1a) to teach the truth\n   1b) to profess the truth
00227^227 alethes {al-ay-thace'}\n\nfrom 1 (as a negative particle) and 2990; TDNT - 1:247,37; adj\n\nAV - true 23, truly 1, truth 1; 25\n\n1) true\n2) loving the truth, speaking the truth, truthful
00228^228 alethinos {al-ay-thee-nos'}\n\nfrom 227; TDNT - 1:249,37; adj\n\nAV - true 27; 27\n\n1) that which has not only the name and resemblance, but the real\n   nature corresponding to the name, in every respect corresponding\n   to the idea signified by the name, real, true genuine\n   1a) opposite to what is fictitious, counterfeit, imaginary,\n       simulated or pretended\n   1b) it contrasts realities with their semblances\n   1c) opposite to what is imperfect defective, frail, uncertain\n2) true, veracious, sincere
00229^229 aletho {al-ay'-tho}\n\nfrom the same as 224;; v\n\nAV - grinding 2; 2\n\n1) to grind\n\nIt was the custom to send women and female slaves to the mill houses\nto turn the hand mills.
00230^230 alethos {al-ay-thoce'}\n\nfrom 227;; adv\n\nAV - of a truth 6, indeed 6, surely 3, truly 2, very 1, misc 3; 21\n\n1) truly, of a truth, in reality, most certainly
00231^231 halieus {hal-ee-yoos'}\n\nfrom 251;; n m\n\nAV - fishers 4, fishermen 1; 5\n\n1) a fisherman, fisher
00232^232 halieuo {hal-ee-yoo'-o}\n\nfrom 231;; v\n\nAV - a fishing 1; 1\n\n1) to fish
00233^233 halizo {hal-id'-zo}\n\nfrom 251;; v\n\nAV - to salt 3; 3\n\n1) to salt, season with salt, sprinkle with salt
00234^234 alisgema {al-is'-ghem-ah}\n\nfrom alisgeo (to soil);; n n\n\nAV - pollution 1; 1\n\n1) pollution, condemnation
00235^235 alla {al-lah'}\n\nneuter plural of 243;; conj\n\nAV - but 573, yea 15, yet 11, nevertheless 10, howbeit 9, nay 4,\n     therefore 3, save 2, not tr 2, misc 8; 637\n\n1) but\n   1a) nevertheless, notwithstanding\n   1b) an objection\n   1c) an exception\n   1d) a restriction\n   1e) nay, rather, yea, moreover\n   1f) forms a transition to the cardinal matter
00236^236 allasso {al-las'-so}\n\nfrom 243; TDNT - 1:251,40; v\n\nAV - change 6; 6\n\n1) to change, to exchange one thing for another, to transform
00237^237 allachothen {al-lakh-oth'-en}\n\nfrom 243;; adv\n\nAV - some other way 1; 1\n\n1) from another place
00238^238 allegoreo {al-lay-gor-eh'-o}\n\nfrom 243 and agoreo (to harangue, cf 58); TDNT - 1:260,42; v\n\nAV - be an allegory 1; 1\n\n1) to speak allegorically or in a figure
00239^239 allelouia {al-lay-loo'-ee-ah}\n\nof Hebrew origin from  01984 and 03050; TDNT - 1:264,43; interj imper\n\nAV - alleluia 4; 4\n\n1) praise ye the Lord, Hallelujah
00240^240 allelon {al-lay'-lone}\n\ngen. plural from 243 reduplicated;; pron pl reciprocal\n\nAV - one another 76, themselves 12, yourselves 3, misc 9; 100\n\n1) one another, reciprocally, mutually
00241^241 allogenes {al-log-en-ace'}\n\nfrom 243 and 1085; TDNT - 1:266,43; adj\n\nAV - stranger 1; 1\n\n1) sprung from another tribe, a foreigner, alien
00242^242 hallomai {hal'-lom-ahee}\n\nmiddle voice of apparently a primary verb;; v\n\nAV - leap 2, spring up 1; 3\n\n1) to leap\n2) to spring up, gush up: of water
00243^243 allos {al'-los}\n\na primary word; TDNT - 1:264,43; adj\n\nAV - other(s) 81, another 62, some 11, one 4, misc 2; 160\n\n1) another, other\n\nFor Synonyms see entry 5806
00244^244 allotriepiskopos {al-lot-ree-ep-is'-kop-os}\n\nfrom 245 and 1985; TDNT - 2:620,244; n m\n\nAV - a busybody in other men's matters 1; 1\n\n1) one who takes the supervision of affairs pertaining to others\n   and in no wise to himself, a meddler in other men's affairs
00245^245 allotrios {al-lot'-ree-os}\n\nfrom 243; TDNT - 1:265,43; adj\n\nAV - stranger 4, another man's 4, strange 2, other men's 2, other 1,\n     alien 1; 14\n\n1) belonging to another\n2) foreign, strange, not of one's own family, alien, an enemy
00246^246 allophulos {al-lof'-oo-los}\n\nfrom 243 and 5443; TDNT - 1:267,43; adj\n\nAV - one of another nation 1; 1\n\n1) foreign
00247^247 allos {al'-loce}\n\nfrom 243;; adv\n\nAV - otherwise 1; 1\n\n1) otherwise
00248^248 aloao {al-o-ah'-o}\n\nfrom the same as 257;; v\n\nAV - tread out the corn 2, thresh 1; 3\n\n1) to thresh
00249^249 alogos {al'-og-os}\n\nfrom 1 (as a negative particle) and 3056; TDNT - 4:141,505; adj\n\nAV - brute 2, unreasonable 1; 3\n\n1) destitute of reason\n2) contrary to reason, absurd
00250^250 aloe {al-o-ay'}\n\nof foreign origin [cf 0174];; n f\n\nAV - aloes 1; 1\n\n1) aloe, aloes\n\nThe name of an aromatic tree which grows in eastern India and Cochin\nChina, and whose soft and bitter wood the Orientals used in\nfumigation and in embalming the dead.  The tree grows to a height of\n120 feet (40 m) and a girth of 12 feet (4 m).
00251^251 hals {halce]\n\na primary word;; n m\n\nAV - salt 1; 1\n\n1) salt
00252^252 halukos {hal-oo-kos'}\n\nfrom 251;; adj\n\nAV - salt 1; 1\n\n1) salt
00253^253 alupoteros {al-oo-pot'-er-os} or alupos {al'-oo-pos}\n\ncomparative of a compound of 1 (as a negative particle) and 3077;\n   TDNT - 4:323,*; adj\n\nAV - less sorrowful 1; 1\n\n1) free from pain or grief
00254^254 halusis {hal'-oo-sis}\n\nof uncertain derivation;; n f\n\nAV - chain 10, bonds 1; 11\n\n1) a chain, bond by which the body or any part of it (hands, feet) is bound
00255^255 alusiteles {al-oo-sit-el-ace'}\n\nfrom 1 (as a negative particle) and the base of 3081;; adj\n\nAV - unprofitable 1; 1\n\n1) unprofitable, hurtful, pernicious
00256^256 Alphaios {al-fah'-yos}\n\nof Hebrew origin [cf 02501];; n pr m\n\nAV - Alphaeus (father of James) 4, Alphaeus (father of Levi) 1; 5\n\nAlphaeus = "changing"\n1) The father of Levi the publican (Mk 2:14)\n2) The father of James the less, so called, one of the apostles
00257^257 halon {hal'-ohn}\n\nprobably from the base of 1507;; n f\n\nAV - floor 2; 2\n\n1) a ground plot or threshing floor, i.e. a place in the field made\n   hard after the harvest by a roller, where grain was threshed out
00258^258 alopex {al-o'-pakes}\n\nof uncertain derivation;; n f\n\nAV - fox 3; 3\n\n1) a fox\n2) metaph. a sly or crafty man
00259^259 halosis {hal'-o-sis}\n\nfrom a collateral form of 138;; n f\n\nAV - to be taken + 1519 1; 1\n\n1) a catching, capture, to be taken
00260^260 hama {ham'-ah}\n\na primary particle;;\n\nAV - together 3, withal 3, with 1, and 1, misc 2; 10\n\nadv.\n1)  at the same time, at once, together\nprep.\n2) together with\n\nFor Synonyms see entry 5807
00261^261 amathes {am-ath-ace'}\n\nfrom 1 (as a negative particle) and 3129;; adj\n\nAV - unlearned 1; 1\n\n1) unlearned, ignorant
00262^262 amarantinos {am-ar-an'-tee-nos}\n\nfrom 263;; adj\n\nAV - that fadeth not away 1; 1\n\n1) composed of amaranth\n   1a) a flower so called because it never withers or fades, and when\n       plucked off revives if moistened with water\n   1b) a symbol of perpetuity and immortality
00263^263 amarantos {am-ar'-an-tos}\n\nfrom 1 (as a negative particle) and a presumed derivative of 3133;; adj\n\nAV - that fadeth not away 1; 1\n\n1) not fading away, unfading, perennial (See 262)
00264^264 hamartano {ham-ar-tan'-o}\n\nperhaps from 1 (as a negative particle) and the base of 3313;\n   TDNT - 1:267,44; v\n\nAV - sin 38, trespass 3, offend 1, for your faults 1; 43\n\n1) to be without a share in\n2) to miss the mark\n3) to err, be mistaken\n4) to miss or wander from the path of uprightness and\n   honour, to do or go wrong\n5) to wander from the law of God, violate God's law, sin
00265^265 hamartema {ham-ar'-tay-mah}\n\nfrom 264; TDNT - 1:267,44; n n\n\nAV - sin 4; 4\n\n1) sin, evil deed
00266^266 hamartia {ham-ar-tee'-ah}\n\nfrom 264; TDNT - 1:267,44; n f\n\nAV - sin 172, sinful 1, offense 1; 174\n\n1) equivalent to 264\n  1a) to be without a share in\n  1b) to miss the mark\n  1c) to err, be mistaken\n  1d) to miss or wander from the path of uprightness and honour,\n      to do or go wrong\n  1e) to wander from the law of God, violate God's law, sin\n2) that which is done wrong, sin, an offence, a violation of the\n   divine law in thought or in act\n3) collectively, the complex or aggregate of sins committed\n   either by a single person or by many
00267^267 amarturos {am-ar'-too-ros}\n\nfrom 1 (as a negative particle) and a form of 3144;; adj\n\nAV - without witness 1; 1\n\n1) without witness or testimony, unattested
00268^268 hamartolos {ham-ar-to-los'}\n\nfrom 264; TDNT - 1:317,51; adj\n\nAV - sinner 43, sinful 4; 47\n\n1) devoted to sin, a sinner\n  1a) not free from sin\n  1b) pre-eminently sinful, especially wicked\n     1b1) all wicked men\n     1b2) specifically of men stained with certain definite vices or crimes\n          1b2a) tax collectors, heathen
00269^269 amachos {am'-akh-os}\n\nfrom 1 (as a negative particle) and 3163; TDNT - 4:527,573; adj\n\nAV - not a brawler 1, no brawler 1; 2\n\n1) not to be withstood, invincible\n2) not contentious\n3) abstaining from fighting
00270^270 amao {am-ah'-o}\n\nfrom 260;; v\n\nAV - reap down 1; 1\n\n1) to reap, mow down
00271^271 amethustos {am-eth'-oos-tos}\n\nfrom 1 (as a negative particle) and a derivative of 3184;; n f\n\nAV - amethyst 1; 1\n\n1) amethyst, a precious stone of a violet and purple colour
00272^272 ameleo {am-el-eh'-o}\n\nfrom 1 (as a negative particle) and 3199;; v\n\nAV - neglect 2, make light of 1, regard not 1, be negligent 1; 5\n\n1) to be careless of, to neglect
00273^273 amemptos {am'-emp-tos}\n\nfrom 1 (as a negative particle) and a derivative of 3201;\n   TDNT - 4:571,580; adj\n\nAV - blameless 3, unblameable 1, faultless 1; 5\n\n1) blameless, deserving no censure, free from fault or defect
00274^274 amemptos {am-emp'-toce}\n\nfrom 273;; adv\n\nAV - unblameably 1, blameless 1; 2\n\n1) blameless, so that there is no cause for censure
00275^275 amerimnos {am-er'-im-nos}\n\nfrom 1 (as a negative particle) and 3308; TDNT - 4:593,584; adj\n\nAV - secure + 4060 1, without carefulness 1; 2\n\n1) free from anxiety, free from care
00276^276 ametathetos {am-et-ath'-et-os}\n\nfrom 1 (as a negative particle) and a derivative of 3346;; adj\n\nAV - immutability 1, immutable 1; 2\n\n1) not transposed, not to be transferred, fixed, unalterable
00277^277 ametakinetos {am-et-ak-in'-ay-tos}\n\nfrom 1 (as a negative particle) and a derivative of 3334;; adj\n\nAV - unmoveable 1; 1\n\n1) not to be moved from its place, unmoved\n2) metaph. firmly persistent
00278^278 ametameletos {am-et-am-el'-ay-tos}\n\nfrom 1 (as a negative particle) and a presumed derivative of\n   3338; TDNT - 4:626,589; adj\n\nAV - without repentance 1, not to be repented of 1; 2\n\n1) not repentant of, unregretted
00279^279 ametanoetos {am-et-an-o'-ay-tos}\n\nfrom 1 (as a negative particle) and a presumed derivative of\n   3340; TDNT - 4:1009,636; adj\n\nAV - impenitent 1; 1\n\n1) admitting no change of mind, unrepented, impenitent
00280^280 ametros {am'-et-ros}\n\nfrom 1 (as a negative particle) and 3358; TDNT - 4:632,590; adj\n\nAV - things without measure 2; 2\n\n1) without measure, immense
00281^281 amen {am-ane'}\n\nof Hebrew origin 0543; TDNT - 1:335,53; particle indeclinable\n\nAV - verily 101, amen 51; 152\n\n1) firm\n   1a) metaph. faithful\n2) verily, amen\n  2a) at the beginning of a discourse - surely, truly, of a\n      truth\n  2b) at the end - so it is, so be it, may it be fulfilled. It was a\n      custom, which passed over from the synagogues to the Christian\n      assemblies, that when he who had read or discoursed, had\n      offered up solemn prayer to God, the others responded Amen, and\n      thus made the substance of what was uttered their own.
00282^282 ametor {am-ay'-tore}\n\nfrom 1 (as a negative particle) and 3384;; n m\n\nAV - without mother 1; 1\n\n1) born without a mother\n2) bereft of a mother\n3) born of a base or unknown mother\n4) unmotherly, not worthy of the name of mother
00283^283 amiantos {am-ee'-an-tos}\n\nfrom 1 (as a negative particle) and a derivative of 3392;\n   TDNT - 4:647,593; adj\n\nAV - undefiled 4; 4\n\n1) not defiled, unsoiled\n  1a) free from that by which the nature of a thing is deformed\n      and debased, or its force and vigour impaired
00284^284 Aminadab {am-ee-nad-ab'}\n\nof Hebrew origin 05992;; n pr m\n\nAV - Aminadab 3; 3\n\nAmminadab = "one of the prince's people"\n1) an ancestor of Christ
00285^285 ammos {am'-mos}\n\nperhaps from 260;; n f\n\nAV - sand 5; 5\n\n1) sand, sandy ground
00286^286 amnos {am-nos'}\n\napparently a primary word; TDNT - 1:338,54; n m\n\nAV - lamb 4; 4\n\n1) a lamb
00287^287 amoibe {am-oy-bay'}\n\nfrom ameibo (to exchange);; n f\n\nAV - requite + 591 1; 1\n\n1) requital, recompence
00288^288 ampelos {am'-pel-os}\n\nprobably from the base of 297 and that of 257; TDNT - 1:342,54; n f\n\nAV - vine 8; 8\n\n1) a vine
00289^289 ampelourgos {am-pel-oor-gos'}\n\nfrom 288 and 2041;; n m\n\nAV - dresser of vineyard 1; 1\n\n1) a vinedresser
00290^290 ampelon {am-pel-ohn'}\n\nfrom 288;; n m\n\nAV - vineyard 23; 23\n\n1) a vineyard
00291^291 Amplias {am-plee'-as}\n\ncontracted for Latin ampliatus [enlarged];; n pr m\n\nAV - Amplias 1; 1\n\nAmplias = "large"\n1) a Christian living in Rome
00292^292 amunomai {am-oo'-nom-ahee}\n\nmiddle voice of a primary verb;; v\n\nAV - defend 1; 1\n\n1) defend\n   1a) to ward off, keep off\n   1b) to aid or assist anyone\n   1c) to defend one's self against anyone\n   1d) to take vengeance on anyone
00293^293 amphiblestron {am-fib'-lace-tron}\n\nfrom a compound of the base of 297 and 906;; n n\n\nAV - net 2; 2\n\n1) anything thrown around one to impede his motions, as chains,\n   a garment, a net for fishing\n\nFor Synonyms see entry 5808
00294^294 amphiennumi {am-fee-en'-noo-mee}\n\nfrom the base of 297 and hennumi (to invest);; v\n\nAV - clothes 4; 4\n\n1) to put on, to clothe
00295^295 Amphipolis {am-fip'-ol-is}\n\nfrom the base of 297 and 4172;; n pr loc\n\nAV - Amphipolis 1; 1\n\nAmphipolis = "a city surrounded by the sea"\n1) a city in Macedonia Prima, so called because the Strymon flowed\n   around it
00296^296 amphodon {am'-fod-on}\n\nfrom the base of 297 and 3598;; n n\n\nAV - place where two ways meet 1; 1\n\n1) a road around anything, a street
00297^297 amphoteros {am-fot'-er-os}\n\ncomparative of amphi (around);; adj\n\nAV - both 14; 14\n\n1) both of two, both the one and the other
00298^298 amometos {am-o'-may-tos}\n\nfrom 1 (as a negative particle) and a derivative of 3469;\n   TDNT - 4:831,619; adj\n\nAV - without rebuke 1, blameless 1; 2\n\n1) that cannot be censured, blameless
00299^299 amomos {am'-o-mos}\n\nfrom 1 (as a negative particle) and 3470; TDNT - 4:830,619; adj\n\nAV - without rebuke 2, without blame 1, unblameable 1,\n     without spot 1, faultless 1, without fault 1; 7\n\n1) without blemish\n   1a) as a sacrifice without spot or blemish\n2) morally: without blemish, faultless, unblameable
00300^300 Amon {am-one'}\n\nof Hebrew origin 0526;; n pr m\n\nAV - Amon 2; 2\n\nAmon = "builder"\n1) a king of Judah, son of Manasseh, and father of Josiah
00301^301 Amos {am-oce'}\n\nof Hebrew origin 0531;; n pr m\n\nAV - Amos 1; 1\n\nAmos =  "burden"\n1) an ancestor of Christ
00302^302 an {an}\n\na primary particle;; particle\n\nAV - whosoever 35, whatsoever 7, whomsoever 5, whereinsoever 1,\n     what things soever 1, whatsoever + 3745 7, an many as + 3745 4,\n     whosoever + 3745 2, what things so ever + 3745 1,\n     wherewith soever + 3745 1, whithersoever + 3699 4,\n     wheresoever + 3699 2, whatsoever + 3748 5, whosoever + 3748 3,\n     whose soever + 5100 2, not tr 111; 191\n\n1) has no exact English equivalent, see definitions under AV
00303^303 ana {an-ah'}\n\na primary prep and adv;; prep\n\nAV - by 3, apiece 2, every man 2, each 1, several 1, two and two + 1417 1,\n     among 1, through 1, between 1, by 1, in 1; 15\n\n1) into the midst, in the midst, amidst, among, between
00304^304 anabathmos {an-ab-ath-mos'}\n\nfrom 305 [cf 898];; n m\n\nAV - stairs 2; 2\n\n1) an ascent\n2) a means of going up, a flight of stairs, stairs
00305^305 anabaino {an-ab-ah'-ee-no}\n\nfrom 303 and the base of 939; TDNT - 1:519,90; v\n\nAV - go up 37, come up 10, ascend 10, ascend up 8, climb up 2,\n     spring up 2, grow up 2, come 2, enter 2, arise 2, rise up 2,\n     misc 2, vr ascend 1; 82\n\n1) ascend\n   1a) to go up\n   1b) to rise, mount, be borne up, spring up
00306^306 anaballomai {an-ab-al'-lom-ahee}\n\nmiddle voice from 303 and 906;; v\n\nAV - defer 1; 1\n\n1) to throw or toss up\n2) to put back or off, delay, postpone
00307^307 anabibazo {an-ab-ee-bad'-zo}\n\nfrom 303 and a derivative of the base of 939;; v\n\nAV - draw 1; 1\n\n1) to cause to go up or ascend, to draw up
00308^308 anablepo {an-ab-lep'-o}\n\nfrom 303 and 991;; v\n\nAV - receive sight 15, look up 9, look 1, see 1; 26\n\n1) to look up\n2) to recover (lost) sight
00309^309 anablepsis {an-ab'-lep-sis}\n\nfrom 308;; n f\n\nAV - recovering of sight 1; 1\n\n1) recovery of sight
00310^310 anaboao {an-ab-o-ah'-o}\n\nfrom 303 and 994;; v\n\nAV - cry 1, cry aloud 1, cry out 1; 3\n\n1) to raise a cry, to cry out
00311^311 anabole {an-ab-ol-ay'}\n\nfrom 306;; n f\n\nAV - delay + 4160 1; 1\n\n1) delay, a putting off
00312^312 anaggello {an-ang-el'-lo}\n\nfrom 303 and the base of 32; TDNT - 1:61,10; v\n\nAV - tell 6, show 6, declare 3, rehearse 1, speak 1, report 1; 18\n\n1) to announce, make known\n2) to report, bring back tidings, rehearse
00313^313 anagennao {an-ag-en-nah'-o}\n\nfrom 303 and 1080; TDNT - 1:673,114; v\n\nAV - begat again 1, be born again 1; 2\n\n1) to produce again, be born again, born anew\n2) metaph. to have one's mind changed so that he lives a new life and\n   one conformed to the will of God
00314^314 anaginosko {an-ag-in-oce'-ko}\n\nfrom 303 and 1097; TDNT - 1:343,55; v\n\nAV - read 33; 33\n\n1) to distinguish between, to recognise, to know accurately,\n   to acknowledge\n2) to read
00315^315 anagkazo {an-ang-kad'-zo}\n\nfrom 318; TDNT - 1:344,55; v\n\nAV - compel 5, constrain 4; 9\n\n1) to necessitate, compel, drive to, constrain\n   1a) by force, threats, etc.\n   1b) by permission, entreaties, etc.\n   1c) by other means
00316^316 anagkaios {an-ang-kah'-yos}\n\nfrom 318; TDNT - 1:344,55; adj\n\nAV - necessary 5, near 1, more needful 1, of necessity 1; 8\n\n1) necessary\n   1a) what one can not do without, indispensable\n   1b) connected by bonds of nature or friendship\n   1c) what ought according to the law of duty be done, what is\n       required by the circumstances
00317^317 anagkastos {an-ang-kas-toce'}\n\nfrom a derivative of 315;; adv\n\nAV - by constraint 1; 1\n\n1) by force or constrain
00318^318 anagke {an-ang-kay'}\n\nfrom 303 and the base of 43; TDNT - 1:344,55; n f\n\nAV - necessity 7, must needs 3, distress 3, must of necessity 2,\n     need + 2192 1, necessary 1, needful 1; 18\n\n1) necessity, imposed either by the circumstances, or by law of\n   duty regarding to one's advantage, custom, argument\n2) calamity, distress, straits
00319^319 anagnorizomai {an-ag-no-rid'-zom-ahee}\n\nmiddle voice from 303 and 1107;; v\n\nAV - be made known 1; 1\n\n1) to recognise
00320^320 anagnosis {an-ag'-no-sis}\n\nfrom 314; TDNT - 1:343,55\n\nAV - reading 3; 3\n\n1) knowing\n   1a) a knowing again, owning\n   1b) reading
00321^321 anago {an-ag'-o}\n\nfrom 303 and 71;; v\n\nAV - bring 3, loose 3, sail 3, launch 3, depart 3, misc 9; 24\n\n1) to lead up, to lead or bring into a higher place\n2) of navigators: launch out, set sail, put to sea
00322^322 anadeiknumi {an-ad-ike'-noo-mee}\n\nfrom 303 and 1166; TDNT - 2:30,141; v\n\nAV - appoint 1, show 1; 2\n\n1) to proclaim any one as elected to office\n2) to announce as appointed a king, general, etc.\n3) to lift up anything on high and exhibit it for all to behold
00323^323 anadeixis {an-ad'-ike-sis}\n\nfrom 322; TDNT - 2:31,141; n f\n\nAV - showing 1; 1\n\n1) a pointing out, a public showing forth\n2) a proclaiming, announcing, inaugurating of such as are elected to office
00324^324 anadechomai {an-ad-ekh'-om-ahee}\n\nfrom 303 and 1209;; v\n\nAV - receive 2; 2\n\n1) to take up, take upon's self, undertake, assume\n2) to receive, entertain anyone hospitably
00325^325 anadidomi {an-ad-eed'-om-ee}\n\nfrom 303 and 1325;; v\n\nAV - deliver 1; 1\n\n1) to give forth, send up, so the earth producing plants,\n   yielding fruit etc.\n2) to deliver up, hand over
00326^326 anazao {an-ad-zah'-o}\n\nfrom 303 and 2198; TDNT - 2:872,290; v\n\nAV - be alive again 2, revive 2, live again 1; 5\n\n1) live again, recover life\n   1a) to be restored to a correct life\n       1a1) of one who returns to a better moral state\n   1b) to revive, regain strength and vigour
00327^327 anazeteo {an-ad-zay-teh'-o}\n\nfrom 303 and 2212;; v\n\nAV - seek 2; 2\n\n1) to seek out, search through, make diligent search
00328^328 anazonnumi {an-ad-zone'-noo-mee}\n\nfrom 303 and 2224;; v\n\nAV - gird up 1; 1\n\n1) to gird up\n2) metaph. be prepared\n   2a) a metaphor derived from the practice of the Orientals, who in\n       order to be unimpeded in their movements were accustomed, when\n       starting a journey or engaging in any work, to bind their long\n       flowing garments closely around their bodies and fastened them\n       with a leather belt.
00329^329 anazopureo {an-ad-zo-poor-eh'-o}\n\nfrom 303 and a compound of the base of 2226 and 4442;; v\n\nAV - stir up 1; 1\n\n1) to kindle up, inflame one's mind, strength, zeal
00330^330 anathallo {an-ath-al'-lo}\n\nfrom 303 and thallo (to flourish);; v\n\nAV - flourish 1; 1\n\n1) to shoot up, sprout again, grow green again, flourish again
00331^331 anathema {an-ath'-em-ah}\n\nfrom 394; TDNT - 1:354,57; n n\n\nAV - accursed 4, anathema 1, bind under a great curse + 332 1; 6\n\n1) a thing set up or laid by in order to be kept\n   1a) specifically, an offering resulting from a vow, which after being\n       consecrated to a god was hung upon the walls or columns of the\n       temple, or put in some other conspicuous place\n2) a thing devoted to God without hope of being redeemed, and if an\n   animal, to be slain; therefore a person or thing doomed to destruction\n   2a) a curse\n   2b) a man accursed, devoted to the direst of woes
00332^332 anathematizo {an-ath-em-at-id'-zo}\n\nfrom 331; TDNT - 1:355,57; v\n\nAV - curse 1, bind under a curse 1, bind with an oath 1,\n     bind under a great curse + 331 1; 4\n\n1) to devote to destruction\n2) to declare one's self liable to the severest divine penalties
00333^333 anathaoreo {an-ath-eh-o-reh'-o}\n\nfrom 303 and 2334;; v\n\nAV - behold 1, consider 1; 2\n\n1) to look at attentively, to consider well, to observe accurately
00334^334 anathema {an-ath'-ay-mah}\n\nfrom 394 [like 331, but in a good sense]; TDNT - 1:354,57; n n\n\nAV - gift 1; 1\n\n1) a gift consecrated and laid up in a temple\n2) an offering resulting from a vow
00335^335 anaideia {an-ah'-ee-die-ah'}\n\nfrom a compound of 1 (as a negative particle [cf 427]) and 127;; n f\n\nAV - importunity 1; 1\n\n1) shamelessness, impudence
00336^336 anairesis {an-ah'-ee-res-is}\n\nfrom 337;; n f\n\nAV - death 2; 2\n\n1) a destroying, killing, murder
00337^337 anaireo {an-ahee-reh'-o}\n\nfrom 303 and (the active of) 138;; v\n\nAV - kill 10, slay 8, put to death 2, take up 1, do 1, take away 1; 23\n\n1) to take up, to lift up (from the ground)\n   1a) to take up for myself as mine\n   1b) to own (an exposed infant)\n2) to take away, abolish\n   2a) to do away with or abrogate customs or ordinances\n   2b) to put out of the way, kill slay a man
00338^338 anaitios {an-ah'-ee-tee-os}\n\nfrom 1 (as a negative particle) and 159 (in the sense of 156);; adj\n\nAV - blameless 1, guiltless 1; 2\n\n1) guiltless, innocent
00339^339 anakathizo {an-ak-ath-id'-zo}\n\nfrom 303 and 2523;; v\n\nAV - sit up 2; 2\n\n1) to raise one's self and sit upright, to sit up, erect
00340^340 anakainizo {an-ak-ahee-nid'-zo}\n\nfrom 303 and a derivative of 2537; TDNT - 3:451,388; v\n\nAV - renew 1; 1\n\n1) to renew, renovate
00341^341 anakainoo {an-ak-ahee-no'-o}\n\nfrom 303 and a derivative of 2537; TDNT - 3:452,388; v\n\nAV - renew 2; 2\n\n1) to cause to grow up, new, to make new\n   1a) new strength and vigour is given to one\n   1b) to be changed into a new kind of life as opposed to the\n       former corrupt state
00342^342 anakainosis {an-ak-ah'-ee-no-sis}\n\nfrom 341; TDNT - 3:453,388; n f\n\nAV - renewing 2; 2\n\n1) a renewal, renovation, complete change for the better
00343^343 anakalupto {an-ak-al-oop'-to}\n\nfrom 303 (in the sense of reversal) and 2572; TDNT - 3:560,405; v\n\nAV - untaken away + 3361 1, open 1; 2\n\n1) to unveil or uncover (by drawing back a veil)
00344^344 anakampto {an-ak-amp'-to}\n\nfrom 303 and 2578;; v\n\nAV - return 3, turn again 1; 4\n\n1) to bend back, to turn back\n2) to return
00345^345 anakeimai {an-ak-i'-mahee}\n\nfrom 303 and 2749; TDNT - 3:654,425; v\n\nAV - sit at meat 5, guests 2, sit 2, sit down 1, be set down 1,\n     lie 1, lean 1, at the table 1; 14\n\n1) to lie at a table, eat together, dine
00346^346 anakephalaiomai {an-ak-ef-al-ah'-ee-om-ahee}\n\nfrom 303 and 2775 (in its original sense); TDNT - 3:681,429; v\n\nAV - briefly comprehend 1, gather together in one 1; 2\n\n1) to sum up (again), to repeat summarily, to condense into a summary
00347^347 anaklino {an-ak-lee'-no}\n\nfrom 303 and 2827;; v\n\nAV - sit down 3, make sit down 2, sit down to meat 1,\n     make sit down to meat 1, lay 1; 8\n\n1) to lean against, lean upon\n   1a) to lay down\n   1b) to make or bid to recline
00348^348 anakopto {an-ak-op'-to}\n\nfrom 303 and 2875;; v\n\nAV - hinder 1; 1\n\n1) to beat back, check (as in the course of a ship)
00349^349 anakrazo {an-ak-rad'-zo}\n\nfrom 303 and 2896; TDNT - 3:898,465; v\n\nAV - cry out 5; 5\n\n1) to raise a cry from the depth of the throat, to cry out
00350^350 anakrino {an-ak-ree'-no}\n\nfrom 303 and 2919; TDNT - 3:943,469; v\n\nAV - examine 6, judge 6, ask question 2, search 1, discern 1; 16\n\n1) examine or judge\n  1a) to investigate, examine, enquire into, scrutinise, sift, question\n      1a1) specifically in a forensic sense of a judge to hold an\n           investigation\n      1a2) to interrogate, examine the accused or witnesses\n  1b) to judge of, estimate, determine (the excellence or defects of\n      any person or thing
00351^351 anakrisis {an-ak'-ree-sis}\n\nfrom 350; TDNT - 3:943,469; n f\n\nAV - examination 1; 1\n\n1) an examination\n2) as a law term among the Greeks, the preliminary investigation held for\n   the purposes of gathering evidences for the information of the judges
00352^352 anakupto {an-ak-oop'-to}\n\nfrom 303 (in the sense of reversal) and 2955;; v\n\nAV - lift up (one's) self 3, look up 1; 4\n\n1) to raise or lift one's self up\n   1a) one's body\n   1b) one's soul\n       1b1) to be elated or exalted
00353^353 analambano {an-al-am-ban'-o}\n\nfrom 303 and 2983; TDNT - 4:7,495; v\n\nAV - take up 4, receive up 3, take 3, take in 2, take into 1; 13\n\n1) to take up, raise\n2) to take up (a thing in order to carry or use it)
00354^354 analepsis {an-al'-ape-sis}\n\nfrom 353; TDNT - 4:7,495; n f\n\nAV - receive up 1; 1\n\n1) a taking up
00355^355 analisko {an-al-is'-ko}\n\nfrom 303 and a form of the alternate of 138;; v\n\nAV - consume 3; 3\n\n1) to expend\n   1a) to consume, e.g. spend money\n2) to consume, use up, destroy
00356^356 analogia {an-al-og-ee'-ah}\n\nfrom a compound of 303 and 3056; TDNT - 1:347,56; n f\n\nAV - proportion 1; 1\n\n1) proportion
00357^357 analogizomai {an-al-og-id'-zom-ahee}\n\nmiddle voice from 356;; v\n\nAV - consider 1; 1\n\n1) to think over, consider, ponder
00358^358 analos {an'-al-os}\n\nfrom 1 (as a negative particle) and 251;; adj\n\nAV - lose saltness + 1096 1; 1\n\n1) without salt, unsalted
00359^359 analusis {an-al'-oo-sis}\n\nfrom 360; TDNT - 4:337,543; n f\n\nAV - departure 1; 1\n\n1) an unloosing (as of things woven)\n2) a dissolving (into separate parts)\n3) departure\n   3a) a metaphor drawn from loosing from moorings preparatory to\n       setting sail
00360^360 analuo {an-al-oo'-o}\n\nfrom 303 and 3089; TDNT - 4:337,543; v\n\nAV - return 1, depart 1; 2\n\n1) to unloose, undo again\n2) to depart, break up, to depart from life, to return
00361^361 anamartetos {an-am-ar'-tay-tos}\n\nfrom 1 (as a negative particle) and a presumed derivative of 264;\n   TDNT - 1:333,51; adj\n\nAV - without sin 1; 1\n\n1) sinless\n   1a) of one who has not sinned\n   1b) of one who cannot sin
00362^362 anemeno {an-am-en'-o}\n\nfrom 303 and 3306;; v\n\nAV - wait for 1; 1\n\n1) to wait for one (with the added notion of patience and trust)
00363^363 anamimnesko {an-am-im-nace'-ko}\n\nfrom 303 and 3403;; v\n\nAV - call to remembrance 2, call to mind 1, bring to remembrance 1,\n     remember 1, put to remembrance 1; 6\n\n1) to call to remembrance, to remind, to admonish\n2) to remember, to remember and weigh well and consider
00364^364 anamnesis {an-am'-nay-sis}\n\nfrom 363; TDNT - 1:348,56; n f\n\nAV - remembrance 3, remembrance again 1; 4\n\n1) a remembering, recollection\n\nFor Synonyms see entry 5809
00365^365 ananeoo {an-an-neh-o'-o}\n\nfrom 303 and a derivative of 3501; TDNT - 4:899,628; v\n\nAV - renew 1; 1\n\n1) to renew (in the mind)
00366^366 ananepho {an-an-ay'-fo}\n\nfrom 303 and 3525;; v\n\nAV - recover (one's) self 1; 1\n\n1) to return to soberness
00367^367 Ananias {an-an-ee'-as}\n\nof Hebrew origin 02608;; n pr m\n\nAV - Ananias (of Damascus) 6, Ananias (of Jerusalem) 3,\n     Ananias (high priest) 2; 11\n\nAnanias = "whom Jehovah has graciously given"\n1) a certain Christian at Jerusalem, the husband of Sapphira Acts 5:1-6\n2) a Christian at Damascus Acts 9:10-18\n3) a son of Nedebaeus, and high priest of the Jews c. A.D.\n   47-59. In the year 66, he was slain by the Sacarii. Acts 23:2
00368^368 anantirrhetos {an-an-tir'-hray-tos}\n\nfrom 1 (as a negative particle) and a presumed derivative of a\n   compound of 473 and 4483;; adj\n\nAV - can not be spoken against + 5607 1; 1\n\n1) not to be contradicted, undeniable
00369^369 anantirrhetos {an-an-tir-hray'-toce}\n\nfrom 368;; adv\n\nAV - without gainsaying 1; 1\n\n1) without contradiction
00370^370 anaxios {an-ax'-ee-os}\n\nfrom 1 (as a negative particle) and 514; TDNT - 1:379,63; adj\n\nAV - unworthy 1; 1\n\n1) unworthy, unfit for a thing
00371^371 anaxios {an-ax-ee'-oce}\n\nfrom 370;; adv\n\nAV - unworthily 2; 2\n\n1) in an unworthy manner
00372^372 anapausis {an-ap'-ow-sis}\n\nfrom 373; TDNT - 1:350,56; n f\n\nAV - rest 4, rest + 2192 1; 5\n\n1) intermission, cessation of any motion, business or labour\n2) rest, recreation\n\nFor Synonyms see entry 5810
00373^373 anapauo {an-ap-ow'-o}\n\nfrom 303 and 3973; TDNT - 1:350,56; v\n\nAV - rest 4, refresh 4, take rest 2, give rest 1, take ease 1; 12\n\n1) to cause or permit one to cease from any movement or labour\n   in order to recover and collect his strength\n2) to give rest, refresh, to give one's self rest, take rest\n3) to keep quiet, of calm and patient expectation
00374^374 anapeitho {an-ap-i'-tho}\n\nfrom 303 and 3982;; v\n\nAV - persuade 1; 1\n\n1) to stir up by persuasion, to solicit, incite
00375^375 anapempo {an-ap-em'-po}\n\nfrom 303 and 3992;; v\n\nAV - send 2, send again 2; 4\n\n1) to send up\n   1a) to a higher place\n   1b) to a person higher in office, authority, or power\n2) to send back
00376^376 anaperos {an-ap'-ay-ros}\n\nfrom 303 (in the sense of intensity) and peros (maimed);; adj\n\nAV - maimed 2; 2\n\n1) disabled in the limbs, maimed, crippled\n2) injured in, or bereft of, some member of the body
00377^377 anapipto {an-ap-ip'-to}\n\nfrom 303 and 4098;; v\n\nAV - sit down 7, sit down to meat 2, be set down 1, lean 1; 11\n\n1) to lie back, lie down\n2) to recline at a table, to sit back
00378^378 anapleroo {an-ap-lay-ro'-o}\n\nfrom 303 and 4137; TDNT - 6:305,867; v\n\nAV - fulfil 2, supply 2, occupy 1, fill up 1; 6\n\n1) to fill up, make full, e.g. a ditch\n2) to supply
00379^379 anapologetos {an-ap-ol-og'-ay-tos}\n\nfrom 1 (as a negative particle) and a presumed derivative of 626;; adj\n\nAV - without excuse 1, inexcusable 1; 2\n\n1) without defense or excuse\n2) that which cannot be defended, inexcusable
00380^380 anaptusso {an-ap-toos'-o}\n\nfrom 303 (in the sense of reversal) and 4428;; v\n\nAV - open 1; 1\n\n1) to unroll\n   1a) the books of the Hebrews were rolls fastened to [one or] two\n       smooth rods and furnished with handles, so that they could be\n       rolled up and unrolled
00381^381 anapto {an-ap'-to}\n\nfrom 303 and 681;; v\n\nAV - kindle 3; 3\n\n1) to light up, kindle
00382^382 anarithmetos {an-ar-ith'-may-tos}\n\nfrom 1 (as a negative particle) and a derivative of 705;; adj\n\nAV - innumerable 1; 1\n\n1) innumerable
00383^383 anaseio {an-as-i'-o}\n\nfrom 303 and 4579;; v\n\nAV - move 1, stir up 1; 2\n\n1) to shake up\n2) to stir up, excite, rouse
00384^384 anaskeuazo {an-ask-yoo-ad'-zo}\n\nfrom 303 (in the sense of reversal) and a derivative of 4632;; v\n\nAV - subvert 1; 1\n\n1) to pack up baggage in order to carry it away to another place\n   1a) to move one's furniture (when setting out for some other place)\n2) of an enemy\n   2a) dismantling, plundering\n3) of a place\n   3a) to overthrow, ravage destroy towns lands etc.\n4) to turn away violently from a right state, to unsettle, subvert
00385^385 anaspao {an-as-pah'-o}\n\nfrom 303 and 4685;; v\n\nAV - pull out 1, draw out 1; 2\n\n1) to draw up
00386^386 anastasis {an-as'-tas-is}\n\nfrom 450; TDNT - 1:371,60; n f\n\nAV - resurrection 39, rising again 1, that should rise 1,\n     raised to life again + 1537 1; 42\n\n1) a raising up, rising (e.g. from a seat)\n2) a rising from the dead\n   2a) that of Christ\n   2b) that of all men at the end of this present age\n   2c) the resurrection of certain ones history who were restored\n       to life (Heb. 11:35)
00387^387 anastatoo {an-as-tat-o'-o}\n\nfrom a derivative of 450 (in the sense of removal);; v\n\nAV - turn upside down 1, make an uproar 1, trouble 1; 3\n\n1) to stir up, excite, unsettle\n   1a) to excite tumults and seditions in the state\n   1b) to upset, unsettle, minds by disseminating religious error
00388^388 anastauroo {an-as-tow-ro'-o}\n\nfrom 303 and 4717; TDNT - 7:583,1071; v\n\nAV - crucify afresh 1; 1\n\n1) to raise up upon a cross, crucify
00389^389 anastenazo {an-as-ten-ad'-zo}\n\nfrom 303 and 4727;; v\n\nAV - sigh deeply 1; 1\n\n1) to draw up deep sighs from the bottom of the breast, to sigh deeply
00390^390 anastrepho {an-as-tref'-o}\n\nfrom 303 and 4762; TDNT - 7:715,1093; v\n\nAV - return 2, have conversation 2, live 2, abide 1, overthrow 1,\n     behave (one's) self 1, be used 1, pass 1; 11\n\n1) to turn upside down, overturn\n2) to turn back\n3) to turn hither and thither, to turn one's self about, sojourn\n   dwell in a place\n4) metaph. to conduct one's self, behave one's self, live
00391^391 anastrophe {an-as-trof-ay'}\n\nfrom 390; TDNT - 7:715,1093; n f\n\nAV - conversation 13; 13\n\n1) manner of life, conduct, behaviour, deportment
00392^392 anatassomai {an-at-as'-som-ahee}\n\nfrom 303 and the middle voice of 5021; TDNT - 8:32,*; v\n\nAV - set forth in order 1; 1\n\n1) to put together in order, arrange, compose
00393^393 anatello {an-at-el'-lo}\n\nfrom 303 and the base of 5056; TDNT - 1:351,57; v\n\nAV - be up 2, rise 2, spring up 1, make rise 1, at the rising of 1,\n     spring 1, arise 1; 9\n\n1) rise\n   1a) to cause to rise\n       1a1) of the earth bring forth plants\n   1b) to rise, arise, to rise from, be descended from\n       1b1) of sun moon and stars)
00394^394 anatithemi {an-at-ith'-em-ahee}\n\nfrom 303 and the middle voice of 5087; TDNT - 1:353,57; v\n\nAV - declare 1, communicate 1; 2\n\n1) to set forth (in words), communicate
00395^395 anatole {an-at-ol-ay'}\n\nfrom 393; TDNT - 1:352,57; n f\n\nAV - east 9, dayspring 1; 10\n\n1) a rising (of the sun and stars)\n2) the east (the direction of the sun's rising)
00396^396 anatrepo {an-at-rep'-o}\n\nfrom 303 and the base of 5157;; v\n\nAV - overthrow 1, subvert 1; 2\n\n1) to overthrow, overturn, destroy\n2) to subvert
00397^397 anatrepho {an-at-ref'-o}\n\nfrom 303 and 5142;; v\n\nAV - nourish 1, nourish up 1, bring up 1; 3\n\n1) to nurse up, nourish up\n   1a) of young children and animals nourished to promote growth\n2) to bring up\n   2a) with the predominant idea of forming the mind
00398^398 anaphaino {an-af-ah'-ee-no}\n\nfrom 303 and 5316;; v\n\nAV - appear 1, discover 1; 2\n\n1) to bring to light, hold up to view, show\n2) to appear, be made apparent
00399^399 anaphero {an-af-er'-o}\n\nfrom 303 and 5342; TDNT - 9:60,1252; v\n\nAV - offer up 3, bear 2, offer 2, bring up 1, lead up 1, carry up 1; 10\n\n1) to carry or bring up, to lead up\n   1a) men to a higher place\n2) to put upon the altar, to bring to the altar, to offer\n3) to lift up one's self, to take upon one's self\n   3a) to place on one's self anything as a load to be carried\n   3b) to sustain, i.e. their punishment
00400^400 anaphoneo {an-af-o-neh'-o}\n\nfrom 303 and 5455;; v\n\nAV - speak out 1; 1\n\n1) to cry out with a loud voice, call aloud, exclaim
00401^401 anachusis {an-akh'-oo-sis}\n\nfrom a comparative of 303 and cheo (to pour);; n f\n\nAV - excess 1; 1\n\n1) an overflowing, a pouring out\n2) metaph. the excess (flood) of riot in which a dissolute life\n   pours itself forth
00402^402 anachoreo {an-akh-o-reh'-o}\n\nfrom 303 and 5562;; v\n\nAV - depart 8, withdraw (one's) self 2, go aside 2, turn aside 1,\n     give place 1; 14\n\n1) to go back, return\n2) to withdraw\n   2a) so as to leave a room\n   2b) of those who through fear seek some other place, or shun sight
00403^403 anapsuxis {an-aps'-ook-sis}\n\nfrom 404; TDNT - 9:664,1342; n f\n\nAV - refreshing 1; 1\n\n1) a cooling, refreshing
00404^404 anapsucho {an-aps-oo'-kho}\n\nfrom 303 and 5594; TDNT - 9:663,1342; v\n\nAV - refresh 1; 1\n\n1) to cool again, to cool off, recover from the effects of heat\n   1a) to refresh (one's spirit)\n2) to recover breath, take the air, cool off, revive, refresh one's self
00405^405 andrapodistes {an-drap-od-is-tace'}\n\nfrom a derivative of a compound of 435 and 4228;; n m\n\nAV - manstealer 1; 1\n\n1) a slave-dealer, kidnapper, man-stealer\n   1a) of one who unjustly reduces free men to slavery\n   1b) of one who steals the slaves of others and sells them
00406^406 Andreas {an-dreh'-as}\n\nfrom 435;; n pr m\n\nAV - Andrew 13; 13\n\nAndrew = "manly"\n1) A native of Bethsaida in Galilee, brother of Simon Peter, a\n   disciple of John the Baptist, and afterwards an apostle of\n   Christ. He is said to have been crucified at Patrae in Archaia.
00407^407 andrizomai {an-drid'-zom-ahee}\n\nmiddle voice from 435; TDNT - 1:360,59; v\n\nAV - quit you like men 1; 1\n\n1) to make a man of or make brave\n2) to show one's self a man, be brave
00408^408 Andronikos {an-dron'-ee-kos}\n\nfrom 435 and 3534;; n pr m\n\nAV - Andronicus 1; 1\n\nAndronicus = "man of victory"\n1) a Jewish Christian and a kinsman of Paul
00409^409 androphonos {an-drof-on'-os}\n\nfrom 435 and 5408;; n m\n\nAV - manslayer 1; 1\n\n1) a murderer
00410^410 anegkletos {an-eng'-klay-tos}\n\nfrom 1 (as a negative particle) and a derivative of 1458;\n   TDNT - 1:356,58; adj\n\nAV - blameless 4, unreproveable 1; 5\n\n1) that cannot be called into to account, unreproveable, unaccused, blameless
00411^411 anekdiegetos {an-ek-dee-ay'-gay-tos}\n\nfrom 1 (as a negative particle) and a presumed derivative of 1555;; adj\n\nAV - unspeakable 1; 1\n\n1) the unspeakable, indescribable
00412^412 aneklaletos {an-ek-lal'-ay-tos}\n\nfrom 1 (as a negative particle) and a presumed derivative of 1583;; adj\n\nAV - unspeakable 1; 1\n\n1) unspeakable
00413^413 anekleiptos {an-ek'-lipe-tos}\n\nfrom 1 (as a negative particle) and a presumed derivative of 1587;; adj\n\nAV - not to fail 1; 1\n\n1) unfailing
00414^414 anektoteros {an-ek-tot'-er-os}\n\ncomparative of a derivative of 430; TDNT - 1:359,*; adj\n\nAV - more tolerable 6; 6\n\n1) bearable, tolerable
00415^415 aneleemon {an-eleh-ay'-mone}\n\nfrom 1 (as a negative particle) and 1655; TDNT - 2:487,222; adj\n\nAV - unmerciful 1; 1\n\n1) without mercy, merciless
00416^416 anemizo {an-em-id'-zo}\n\nfrom 417;; v\n\nAV - driven with the wind 1; 1\n\n1) to agitate or drive by the wind
00417^417 anemos {an'-em-os}\n\nfrom the base of 109;; n m\n\nAV - wind 31; 31\n\n1) wind, a violent agitation and stream of air\n2) a very strong tempestuous wind\n3) the four principal or cardinal winds, hence the four corners of heaven
00418^418 anendektos {an-en'-dek-tos}\n\nfrom 1 (as a negative particle) and a derivative of the same as 1735;; adj\n\nAV - impossible 1; 1\n\n1) that cannot be admitted, inadmissible, unallowable, improper
00419^419 anexereunetos {an-ex-er-yoo'-nay-tos}\n\nfrom 1 (as a negative particle) and a presumed derivative of\n   1830; TDNT - 1:357,58; adj\n\nAV - unsearchable 1; 1\n\n1) that cannot be searched out
00420^420 anexikakos {an-ex-ik'-ak-os}\n\nfrom 430 and 2556; TDNT - 3:486,391; adj\n\nAV - patient 1; 1\n\n1) patient of ills and wrongs, forbearing
00421^421 anexichniastos {an-ex-ikh-nee'-as-tos}\n\nfrom 1 (as a negative particle) and a presumed derivative of a\n   compound of 1537 and a derivative of 2487; TDNT - 1:358,58; adj\n\nAV - past finding out 1, unsearchable 1; 2\n\n1) that cannot be searched out, that cannot be comprehended
00422^422 anepaischuntos {an-ep-ah'-ee-skhoon-tos}\n\nfrom 1 (as a negative particle) and a presumed derivative of a\n   compound of 1909 and 153;; adj\n\nAV - that needeth not to be ashamed 1; 1\n\n1) having no cause to be ashamed
00423^423 anepileptos {an-ep-eel'-ape-tos}\n\nfrom 1 (as a negative particle) and a derivative of 1949;\n   TDNT - 4:9,495; adj\n\nAV - blameless 2, unrebukeable 1; 3\n\n1) not apprehended, that cannot be laid hold of\n2) that cannot be reprehended, not open to censure, irreproachable
00424^424 anerchomai {an-erkh'-om-ahee}\n\nfrom 303 and 2064;; v\n\nAV - go up 3; 3\n\n1) to go up\n2) to go up to a higher place: to Jerusalem
00425^425 anesis {an'-es-is}\n\nfrom 447; TDNT - 1:367,60; n f\n\nAV - rest 3, liberty 1, be eased 1; 5\n\n1) a loosening, relaxing\n   1a) spoken of a more tolerable condition in captivity, to be held\n       in less vigorous confinement\n   1b) relief, rest, from persecutions\n\nFor Synonyms see entry 5810
00426^426 anetazo {an-et-ad'-zo}\n\nfrom 303 and etazo (to test);; v\n\nAV - examine 2; 2\n\n1) to investigate, to examine\n2) to examine judicially
00427^427 aneu {an'-yoo}\n\na primary particle;; prep\n\nAV - without 3; 3\n\n1) without one's will or intervention
00428^428 aneuthetos {an-yoo'-the-tos}\n\nfrom 1 (as a negative particle) and 2111;; adj\n\nAV - not commodious 1; 1\n\n1) not convenient, not commodious, not fit
00429^429 aneurisko {an-yoo-ris'-ko}\n\nfrom 303 and 2147;; v\n\nAV - find 2; 2\n\n1) to find out by search
00430^430 anechomai {an-ekh'-om-ahee}\n\nmiddle voice from 303 and 2192; TDNT - 1:359,*; v\n\nAV - suffer 7, bear with 4, forbear 2, endure 2; 15\n\n1) to hold up\n2) to hold one's self erect and firm\n3) to sustain, to bear, to endure
00431^431 anepsios {an-eps'-ee-os}\n\nfrom 1 (as a particle of union) and an obsolete nepos (a brood);; n m\n\nAV - sister's son 1; 1\n\n1) a cousin
00432^432 anethon {an'-ay-thon}\n\nprobably of foreign origin;; n n\n\nAV - anise 1; 1\n\n1) anise, dill\n   1a) a used plant used as a spice and for medicine
00433^433 aneko {an-ay'-ko}\n\nfrom 303 and 2240; TDNT - 1:360,*; v\n\nAV - be convenient 2, be fit 1; 3\n\n1) to have come up to, arrived at, to reach to\n2) to pertain to what is due, duty, as was fitting
00434^434 anemeros {an-ay'-mer-os}\n\nfrom 1 (as a negative particle) and hemeros (lame);; adj\n\nAV - fierce 1; 1\n\n1) not tame, savage, fierce
00435^435 aner {an'-ayr}\n\na primary word cf 444; TDNT - 1:360,59; n m\n\nAV - man 156, husband 50, sir 6, fellow 1, not tr 2; 215\n\n1) with reference to sex\n   1a) of a male\n   1b) of a husband\n   1c) of a betrothed or future husband\n2) with reference to age, and to distinguish an adult man from a boy\n3) any male\n4) used generically of a group of both men and women
00436^436 anthistemi {anth-is'-tay-mee}\n\nfrom 473 and 2476;; v\n\nAV - resist 9, withstand 5; 14\n\n1) to set one's self against, to withstand, resist, oppose\n2) to set against
00437^437 anthomologeomai {anth-om-ol-og-eh'-om-ahee}\n\nfrom 473 and the middle voice of 3670; TDNT - 5:199,687; v\n\nAV - give thanks 1; 1\n\n1) to reply by professing or by confessing\n2) to agree mutually (in turn), to make a compact\n3) to acknowledge in the presence of\n   3a) to give thanks
00438^438 anthos {anth'-os}\n\na primary word;; n n\n\nAV - flower 4; 4\n\n1) a flower
00439^439 anthrakia {anth-rak-ee-ah'}\n\nfrom 440;; n f\n\nAV - fire of coals 2; 2\n\n1) a heap of burning coals
00440^440 anthrax {anth'-rax}\n\nof uncertain derivation;; adj\n\nAV - coals of fire 1; 1\n\n1) a burning or live coal\n\nA proverbial expression signifying to call up, by favours you confer\non your enemy, the memory in him of the wrong he has done you (which\nshall pain him as if live coals were heaped on his head), that he may\nthe more readily repent. The Arabians call things that cause very\nacute mental pain "burning coals of the heart" and "fire of the liver".
00441^441 anthropareskos {anth-ro-par'-es-kos}\n\nfrom 444 and 700; TDNT - 1:465,77; adj\n\nAV - menpleasers 2; 2\n\n1) studying to please man, courting the favour of men
00442^442 anthropinos {anth-ro'-pee-nos}\n\nfrom 444; TDNT - 1:366,59; adj\n\nAV - man's 3, after the manner of man 1, of man 1, common to man 1,\n     mankind + 5449 1; 7\n\n1) human\n   1a) applied to things belonging to men
00443^443 anthropoktonos {anth-ro-pok-ton'-os}\n\nfrom 444 and kteine (to kill);; adj\n\nAV - murderer 3; 3\n\n1) a manslayer, murderer\n\nFor Synonyms see entry 5811
00444^444 anthropos {anth'-ro-pos}\n\nfrom 435 and ops (the countenance, from 3700); man-faced, i.e. a\n   human being; TDNT - 1:364,59; n m\n\nAV - man 552, not tr 4, misc 3; 559\n\n1) a human being, whether male or female\n   1a) generically, to include all human individuals\n   1b) to distinguish man from beings of a different order\n       1b1) of animals and plants\n       1b2) of from God and  Christ\n       1b3) of the angels\n   1c) with the added notion of weakness, by which man is led\n       into a mistake or prompted to sin\n   1d) with the adjunct notion of contempt or disdainful pity\n   1e) with reference to two fold nature of man, body and soul\n   1f) with reference to the two fold nature of man, the corrupt\n       and the truly Christian man, conformed to the nature of God\n   1g) with reference to sex, a male\n2) indefinitely, someone, a man, one\n3) in the plural, people\n4) joined with other words, merchantman
00445^445 anthupateuo {anth-oo-pat-yoo'-o}\n\nfrom 446;; v\n\nAV - be deputy 1; 1\n\n1) to be a proconsul
00446^0446 anthupatos {anth-oo'-pat-os}\n\nfrom 473 and a superlative of 5228;; n m\n\nAV - deputy 4; 4\n\n1) a proconsul\n   1a) the emperor Augustus divided the Roman provinces into\n       senatorial and imperial. The former were governed by\n       proconsuls; the later by legates of the emperor, sometimes\n       called propraetors
00447^447 aniemi {an-ee'-ay-mee}\n\nfrom 303 and hiemi (to send); TDNT - 1:367,60; v\n\nAV - loose 2, forbear 1, leave 1; 4\n\n1) to send back, relax, loosen\n2) to give up, omit, calm\n3) to leave, not to uphold, to let sink
00448^448 anileos {an-ee'-leh-oce}\n\nfrom 1 (as a negative particle) and 2436; TDNT - 2:487,*; adj\n\nAV - without mercy 1; 1\n\n1) without mercy, merciless
00449^449 aniptos {an'-ip-tos}\n\nfrom 1 (as a negative particle) and a presumed derivative of\n   3538; TDNT - 4:947,635; adj\n\nAV - unwashen 3; 3\n\n1) unwashed
00450^450 anistemi {an-is'-tay-mee}\n\nfrom 303 and 2476; TDNT - 1:368,60; v\n\nAV - arise 38, rise 19, rise up 16, rise again 13, raise up 11,\n     stand up 8, raise up again 2, misc 5; 112\n\n1) to cause to rise up, raise up\n   1a) raise up from laying down\n   1b) to raise up from the dead\n   1c) to raise up, cause to be born, to cause to appear, bring forward\n2) to rise, stand up\n   2a) of persons lying down, of persons lying on the ground\n   2b) of persons seated\n   2c) of those who leave a place to go elsewhere\n       2c1) of those who prepare themselves for a journey\n   2d) of the dead\n3) at arise, appear, stand forth\n   3a) of kings prophets, priests, leaders of insurgents\n   3b) of those about to enter into conversation or dispute with anyone,\n       or to undertake some business, or attempt something against others\n   3c) to rise up against any one
00451^451 Anna {an'-nah}\n\nof Hebrew origin 02584;; n pr f\n\nAV - Anna 1; 1\n\nAnna = "grace"\n1) A prophetess in Jerusalem at the time of the Lord's presentation\n   in the Temple. She was of the tribe of Asher.
00452^452 Annas {an'-nas}\n\nof Hebrew origin 02608;; n pr m\n\nAV - Annas 4; 4\n\nAnnas = "humble"\n1) high priest of the Jews, elevated to the priesthood by Quirinius\n   the governor of Syria c. 6 or 7 A.D., but afterwards deposed by\n   Valerius Gratus, the procurator of Judaea, who put in his place,\n   first Ismael, son of Phabi, and shortly after Eleazar, son of\n   Annas. From the latter, the office passed to Simon; from Simon c.\n   18 A.D. to Caiaphas; but Annas even after he had been put out of\n   office, continued to have great influence.
00453^453 anoetos {an-o'-ay-tos}\n\nfrom 1 (as a negative particle) and a derivative of 3539;\n   TDNT - 4:961,636; adj\n\nAV - foolish 4, fool 1, unwise 1; 6\n\n1) not understood, unintelligible\n2) not understanding, unwise, foolish
00454^454 anoia {an'-oy-ah}\n\nfrom a compound of 1 (as a negative particle) and 3563;\n   TDNT - 4:962,636; n f\n\nAV - madness 1, folly 1; 2\n\n1) want of understanding, folly\n2) madness expressing itself in rage
00455^455 anoigo {an-oy'-go}\n\nfrom 303 and oigo (to open);; v\n\nAV - open 77; 77\n\n1) to open
00456^456 anoikodomeo {an-oy-kod-om-eh'-o}\n\nfrom 303 and 3618;; v\n\nAV - build again 2; 2\n\n1) to build again
00457^457 anoixis {an'-oix-is}\n\nfrom 455;; n f\n\nAV - that (one) may open + 1722 1; 1\n\n1) an opening
00458^458 anomia {an-om-ee'-ah}\n\nfrom 459; TDNT - 4:1085,646; n f\n\nAV - iniquity 12, unrighteousness 1, transgress the law + 4160 1,\n     transgression of the law 1; 15\n\n1) the condition of without law\n   1a) because ignorant of it\n   1b) because of violating it\n2) contempt and violation of law, iniquity, wickedness
00459^459 anomos {an'-om-os}\n\nfrom 1 (as a negative particle) and 3551; TDNT - 4:1086,646; adj\n\nAV - without law 4, transgressor 2, wicked 2, lawless 1, unlawful 1; 10\n\n1) destitute of (the Mosaic) law\n   1a) of the Gentiles\n2) departing from the law, a violator of the law, lawless, wicked
00460^460 anomos {an-om'-oce}\n\nfrom 459;; adv\n\nAV - without law 2; 2\n\n1) without the law, without the knowledge of the law\n2) to sin in ignorance of the Mosaic law\n3) live ignorant of law and discipline
00461^461 anorthoo {an-orth-o'-o}\n\nfrom 303 and a derivative of the base of 3717;; v\n\nAV - make straight 1, set up 1, lift up 1; 3\n\n1) to set up, make erect\n   1a) of a deformed person\n2) to rear again, build anew
00462^462 anosios {an-os'-ee-os}\n\nfrom 1 (as a negative particle) and 3741; TDNT - 5:492,734; adj\n\nAV - unholy 2; 2\n\n1) unholy, impious, wicked
00463^463 anoche {an-okh-ay'}\n\nfrom 430; TDNT - 1:359,58; n f\n\nAV - forbearance 2; 2\n\n1) toleration, forbearance
00464^464 antagonizomai {an-tag-o-nid'-zom-ahee}\n\nfrom 473 and 75; TDNT - 1:134,20; v\n\nAV - strive against 1; 1\n\n1) to struggle, fight
00465^465 antallagma {an-tal'-ag-mah}\n\nfrom a compound of 473 and 236; TDNT - 1:252,40; n n\n\nAV - in exchange 2; 2\n\n1) that which is given in place of another thing by way of exchange\n2) what is given either in order to keep or to acquire anything
00466^466 antanapleroo {an-tan-ap-lay-ro'-o}\n\nfrom 473 and 378; TDNT - 6:307,867; v\n\nAV - fill up 1; 1\n\n1) to fill up in turn\n   1a) in Col 1:24, the meaning is, 'what is wanting in the\n       afflictions of Christ to be borne by me, that I supply in\n       order to repay the benefits which Christ conferred on me by\n       filling up the measure of the afflictions laid upon me'.
00467^467 antapodidomi {an-tap-od-ee'-do-mee}\n\nfrom 473 and 591; TDNT - 2:169,166; v\n\nAV - recompense 4, recompense again 1, repay 1, render 1; 7\n\n1) in a good sense, to repay, requite\n2) in a bad sense, penalty and vengeance
00468^468 antapodoma {an-tap-od'-om-ah}\n\nfrom 467; TDNT - 2:169,166; n n\n\nAV - recompense 2; 2\n\n1) the thing paid back, requital
00469^469 antapodosis {an-tap-od'-os-is}\n\nfrom 467; TDNT - 2:169,166; n f\n\nAV - reward 1; 1\n\n1) recompence, to reward or repay someone
00470^470 antapokrinomai {an-tap-ok-ree'-nom-ahee}\n\nfrom 473 and 611; TDNT - 3:944,469; v\n\nAV - answer again 1, reply again 1; 2\n\n1) to contradict in reply, to answer by contradiction, reply against
00471^471 antepo {an-tep'-o}\n\nfrom 473 and 2036;; v\n\nAV - gainsay 1, say against 1; 2\n\n1) to speak against, gainsay
00472^472 antechomai {an-tekh'-om-ahee}\n\nfrom 473 and the middle voice of 2192; TDNT - 2:827,286; v\n\nAV - hold to 2, support 1, holdfast 1, 4\n\n1) to hold before or against, hold back, withstand, endure\n2) to keep one's self directly opposite to any one, hold to him\n   firmly, cleave to, paying heed to him
00473^473 anti {an-tee'}\n\na primary particle; TDNT - 1:372,61; prep\n\nAV - for 15, because + 3639 4, for ... cause 1, therefore + 3639 1,\n    in the room of 1; 22\n\n1) over against, opposite to, before\n2) for, instead of, in place of (something)\n   2a) instead of\n   2b) for\n   2c) for that, because\n   2d) wherefore, for this cause
00474^474 antiballo {an-tee-bal'-lo}\n\nfrom 473 and 906;; v\n\nAV - have 1; 1\n\n1) to throw in turn
00475^475 antidiatithemai {an-tee-dee-at-eeth'-em-ahee}\n\nfrom 473 and 1303;; v\n\nAV - oppose (one's) self 1; 1\n\n1) to place one's self in opposition, to oppose, to dispose in\n   turn, to take in hand in turn, to retaliate
00476^476 antidikos {an-tid'-ee-kos}\n\nfrom 473 and 1349; TDNT - 1:373,62; n m\n\nAV - adversary 5; 5\n\n1) opponent\n   1a) an opponent in a suit of law\n   1b) an adversary, enemy
00477^477 antithesis {an-tith'-es-is}\n\nfrom a compound of 473 and 5087; TDNT - 1:373,*; n f\n\nAV - opposition 1; 1\n\n1) opposition, that which is opposed
00478^478 antikathistemi {an-tee-kath-is'-tay-mee}\n\nfrom 473 and 2525;; v\n\nAV - resist 1; 1\n\n1) to put in place of another\n2) to place in opposition\n   2a) to dispose troops, set an army in line of battle\n   2b) to stand against, resist
00479^479 antikaleo {an-tee-kal-eh'-o}\n\nfrom 473 and 2564; TDNT - 3:496,394; v\n\nAV - bid again 1; 1\n\n1) to invite in turn
00480^480 antikeimai {an-tik'-i-mahee}\n\nfrom 473 and 2749; TDNT - 3:655,425; v\n\nAV - adversary 5, be contrary 2, oppose 1; 8\n\n1) to be set over against, opposite to\n2) to oppose, be adverse to, withstand
00481^481 antikru {an-tee-kroo'}\n\nprol. from 473;; adv\n\nAV - over against 1; 1\n\n1) over against, opposite
00482^482 antilambanomai {an-tee-lam-ban'-om-ahee}\n\nfrom 473 and the middle voice of 2983; TDNT - 1:375,62; v\n\nAV - help 1, support 1, partaker 1, 3\n\n1) to lay hold of, hold fast to anything\n2) to take a person or thing in order as it were to be held, to\n   take to, embrace\n3) to help, to be a partaker of, partake of (the benefits of the\n   services rendered by the slaves)
00483^483 antilego {an-til'-eg-o}\n\nfrom 473 and 3004;; v\n\nAV - speak against 5, deny 1, contradict 1, gainsay 1, gainsayer 1,\n     answer again 1; 10\n\n1) to speak against, gainsay, contradict\n2) to oppose one's self to one, decline to obey him, declare one's\n   self against him, refuse to have anything you do with him
00484^484 antilepsis {an-til'-ape-sis}\n\nfrom 482; TDNT - 1:375,62; n f\n\nAV - help 1; 1\n\n1) a laying hold of, apprehension, perception, objection of a disputant\n2) in NT, to aid, help
00485^485 antilogia {an-tee-log-ee'-ah}\n\nfrom a derivative of 483;; n f\n\nAV - contradiction 2, strife 1, gainsaying 1; 4\n\n1) gainsaying, contradiction\n2) opposition, rebellion
00486^486 antiloidoreo {an-tee-loy-dor-eh'-o}\n\nfrom 473 and 3058; TDNT - 4:293,538; v\n\nAV - revile again 1; 1\n\n1) to revile in turn, to retort railing
00487^487 antilutron {an-til'-oo-tron}\n\nfrom 473 and 3083; TDNT - 4:349,543; n n\n\nAV - ransom 1; 1\n\n1) what is given in exchange for another as the price of his\n   redemption, ransom
00488^488 antimetreo {an-tee-met-reh'-o}\n\nfrom 473 and 3354;; v\n\nAV - measure again 2; 2\n\n1) to measure back, to measure in return, repay
00489^489 antimisthia {an-tee-mis-thee'-ah}\n\nfrom a compound of 473 and 3408; TDNT - 4:695,599; n f\n\nAV - recompense 2; 2\n\n1) a reward given in compensation, requital, recompence
00490^490 Antiocheia {an-tee-okh'-i-ah}\n\nfrom Antiochus (a Syrian king);; n pr loc\n\nAV - Antioch 18; 18\n\nAntioch = 'driven against"\n1) Capital of Syria, situated on the river Orontes, founded by\n   Seleucus Nicanor in 300 B.C. and named in honour of his\n   father, Antiochus. Many Greek-Jews lived there and it was here\n   that the followers of Christ were first called Christians.\n2) A city in Pisidia on the borders Phrygia, founded by Seleucus\n   Nicanor. Under the Romans it became a "colonia" and was also\n   called Caesarea
00491^491 Antiocheus {an-tee-okh-yoos'}\n\nfrom 490;; n m\n\nAV - of Antioch 1; 1\n\n1) an Antiochian, a native of Antioch
00492^492 antiparerchomai {an-tee-par-er'-khom-ahee}\n\nfrom 473 and 3928;; v\n\nAV - pass by on the other side 2; 2\n\n1) to pass by opposite to
00493^493 Antipas {an-tee'-pas}\n\ncontracted for a compound of 473 and a derivative of 3962;; n pr m\n\nAV - Antipas 1; 1\n\nAntipas = "like the father"\n1) a Christian of Pergamos who suffered martyrdom
00494^494 Antipatris {an-tip-at-rece'}\n\nfrom the same as 493;; n pr loc\n\nAV - Antipatris 1; 1\n\nAntipatris = "for forefather"\n1) a city situated between Joppa and Caesarea, in a very fertile\n   region, not far from the coast; rebuilt by Herod the Great and\n   named Antipatris in honour of his father Antipater
00495^495 antiperan {an-tee-per'-an}\n\nfrom 473 and 4008;; adv\n\nAV - over against 1; 1\n\n1) over against, on the opposite shore, on the other side
00496^496 antipipto {an-tee-pip'-to}\n\nfrom 473 and 4098 (including its alternate);; v\n\nAV - resist 1; 1\n\n1) to fall upon, run against\n2) to be adverse, oppose, strive against
00497^497 antistrateuomai {an-tee-strat-yoo'-om-ahee}\n\nfrom 473 and 4754;; v\n\nAV - war against 1; 1\n\n1) to make a military expedition, or take the field, against anyone\n2) to oppose, war against
00498^498 antitassomai {an-tee-tas'-som-ahee}\n\nfrom 473 and the middle voice of 5021;; v\n\nAV - resist 4, oppose (one's) self 1; 5\n\n1) to range in battle against\n2) to oppose one's self, resist
00499^499 antitupos {an-teet'-oo-pon}\n\nneuter of a compound of 473 and 5179; TDNT - 8:246,1193; adj\n\nAV - figure 1, like figure whereinto 1, 2\n\n1) a thing formed after some pattern\n2) a thing resembling another, its counterpart\n   2a) something in the Messianic times which answers to the type,\n       as baptism corresponds to the deluge (1 Pet 3:21)
00500^500 antichristos {an-tee'-khris-tos}\n\nfrom 473 and 5547; TDNT - 9:493,1322; n m\n\nAV - antichrist 5; 5\n\n1) the adversary of the Messiah
00501^501 antleo {ant-leh-o}\n\nfrom antlos (the hold of a ship);; v\n\nAV - draw 3, draw out 1; 4\n\n1) to draw out of a ship's bilge-water, to bale or pump out\n2) to draw water
00502^502 antlema {ant'-lay-mah}\n\nfrom 501;; n n\n\nAV - nothing to draw with + 3777 1; 1\n\n1) what is drawn\n2) the act of drawing water\n3) a thing to draw with, e.g. bucket and rope let down into a well
00503^503 antophthalmeo {ant-of-thal-meh'-o}\n\nfrom a compound of 473 and 3788;; v\n\nAV - bear up into 1; 1\n\n1) to look against or straight at\n2) metaph. to bear up against, withstand
00504^504 anudros {an'-oo-dros}\n\nfrom 1 (as a negative particle) and 5204;; adj\n\nAV - dry 2, without water 2; 4\n\n1) without water
00505^505 anupokritos {an-oo-pok'-ree-tos}\n\nfrom 1 (as a negative particle) and a presumed derivative of\n   5271; TDNT - 8:570,1235; adj\n\nAV - unfeigned 4, without dissimulation 1, without hypocrisy 1; 6\n\n1) unfeigned, undisguised, sincere
00506^506 anupotaktos {an-oo-pot'-ak-tos}\n\nfrom 1 (as a negative particle) and a presumed derivative of\n   5293; TDNT - 8:47,1156; adj\n\nAV - unruly 2, disobedient 1, that is not put under 1; 4\n\n1) not made subject, unsubjected\n2) that cannot be subjected to control, disobedient, unruly, refractory
00507^507 ano {an'-o}\n\nfrom 473; TDNT - 1:376,63; adv\n\nAV - above 5, up 2, high 1, brim 1; 9\n\n1) up, upwards, above, on high\n2) of the quarters of the heaven, northward\n3) of countries, inland, up from the coast\n4) of time, formerly
00508^508 anogeon {an-ogue'-eh-on}\n\nfrom 507 and 1093;; n n\n\nAV - upper room 2; 2\n\n1) anything above the ground\n2) a room in the upper part of a house
00509^509 anothen {an'-o-then}\n\nfrom 507; TDNT - 1:378,63; adv\n\nAV - from above 5, top 3, again 2, from the first 1,\n     from the beginning 1, not tr 1; 13\n\n1) from above, from a higher place\n   1a) of things which come from heaven or God\n2) from the first, from the beginning, from the very first\n3) anew, over again
00510^510 anoterikos {an-o-ter-ee-kos'}\n\nfrom 511;; adj\n\nAV - upper 1; 1\n\n1) upper
00511^511 anoteros {an-o'-ter-os}\n\ncomparative degree of 507; TDNT - 1:376,*; adj n\n\nAV - higher 1, above 1; 2\n\n1) higher\n   1a) of motion: to a higher place, up higher\n   1b) of rest:  in a higher place, above
00512^512 anopheles {an-o-fel'-ace}\n\nfrom 1 (as a negative particle) and the base of 5624;; adj\n\nAV - unprofitable 1, unprofitableness 1; 2\n\n1) unprofitable, useless
00513^513 axine {ax-ee'-nay}\n\nprobably from agnumi (to break, cf 4486);; n f\n\nAV - axe 2; 2\n\n1) an axe
00514^514 axios {ax'-ee-os}\n\nprobably from 71; TDNT - 1:379,63; adj\n\nAV - worthy 35, meet 4, due reward 1, unworthy + 3756 1; 41\n\n1) weighing, having weight, having the weight of another\n   thing of like value, worth as much\n2) befitting, congruous, corresponding to a thing\n3) of one who has merited anything worthy\n   3a) both in a good and a bad sense
00515^515 axioo {ax-ee-o'-o}\n\nfrom 514; TDNT - 1:380,63; v\n\nAV - count worthy 3, think worthy 2, think good 1, desire 1; 7\n\n1) to think meet, fit, right\n2) to judge worthy, deem, deserving
00516^516 axios {ax-ee'-oce}\n\nfrom 514;; adv\n\nAV - worthy 3, as becometh 2, after a godly sort + 2316 1; 6\n\n1) suitably, worthily, in a manner worthy of
00517^517 aoratos {ah-or'-at-os}\n\nfrom 1 (as a negative particle) and 3707; TDNT - 5:368,706; adj\n\nAV - invisible 4, invisible things 1; 5\n\n1) unseen, or that which can not be seen, e.g. invisible
00518^518 apaggello {ap-ang-el'-lo}\n\nfrom 575 and the base of 32; TDNT - 1:64,10; v\n\nAV - tell 26, show 10, declare 3, report 2, bring word 1,\n     bring word again 1, show again 1, vr show; 45\n\n1) to bring tidings (from a person or a thing), bring word, report\n2) to proclaim, to make known openly, declare
00519^519 apagchomai {ap-ang'-khom-ahee}\n\nfrom 575 and agcho (to choke akin to the base of 43);; v\n\nAV - hang (one's) self 1; 1\n\n1) to throttle, strangle, in order to put out of the way or kill\n2) to hang one's self, to end one's life by hanging
00520^520 apago {ap-ag'-o}\n\nfrom 575 and 71;; v\n\nAV - lead away 10, lead 2, put to death 1, bring 1, take away 1,\n     carry away 1; 16\n\n1) to lead away\n   1a) esp. of those who are led off to trial, prison, or punishment
00521^521 apaideutos {ap-ah'-ee-dyoo-tos}\n\nfrom 1 (as a negative particle) and a derivative of 3811;\n   TDNT - 5:596,753; adj\n\nAV - unlearned 1; 1\n\n1) without instruction, and disciple, uneducated, ignorant, rude
00522^522 apairo {ap-ah'-ee-ro}\n\nfrom 575 and 142;; v\n\nAV - take away 2, take 1; 3\n\n1) to lift off, take or carry away\n2) to be taken away from anyone
00523^523 apaiteo {ap-ah'-ee-teh-o}\n\nfrom 575 and 154; TDNT - 1:193,30\n\nAV - ask again 1, requite 1, 2\n\n1) to ask back, demand back, exact something due
00524^524 apalgeo {ap-alg-eh'-o}\n\nfrom 575 and algeo (to smart);; v\n\nAV - be past feeling 1; 1\n\n1) to cease to feel pain or grief\n   1a) to bear troubles with greater equanimity, cease to feel pain at\n   1b) to become callous, insensible to pain, apathetic
00525^525 apallasso {ap-al-las'-so}\n\nfrom 575 and 236; TDNT - 1:252,40; v\n\nAV - deliver 2, depart 1; 3\n\n1) to remove, release, to be removed, to depart\n2) to set free, deliver
00526^526 apallotrioo {ap-al-lot-ree-o'-o}\n\nfrom 575 and a derivative of 245; TDNT - 1:265,43; v\n\nAV - be alienated with + 5607 2, be alien 1; 3\n\n1) to alienate, estrange\n2) to be shut out from one's fellowship and intimacy
00527^527 apalos {ap-al-os'}\n\nof uncertain derivation;; adj\n\nAV - tender 2; 2\n\n1) tender\n   1a) of a branch of a tree that is full of sap
00528^528 apantao {ap-an-tah'-o}\n\nfrom 575 and a derivative of 473;; v\n\nAV - meet 7; 7\n\n1) to go to meet, to meet\n   1a) in a military sense: a hostile meeting
00529^529 apantesis {ap-an'-tay-sis}\n\nfrom 528; TDNT - 1:380,64; n f\n\nAV - to meet + 1519 4; 4\n\n1) to meet one
00530^530 hapax {hap'-ax}\n\nprobably from 537; TDNT - 1:381,64; adv\n\nAV - once 15; 15\n\n1) once, one time\n2) once for all
00531^531 aparabatos {ap-ar-ab'-at-os}\n\nfrom 1 (as a negative particle) and a derivative of 3845;\n   TDNT - 5:742,772; adj\n\nAV - unchangeable 1; 1\n\n1) unviolated, not to be violated, inviolable\n2) unchangeable and therefore not liable to pass to a successor
00532^532 aparaskeuastos {ap-ar-ask-yoo'-as-tos}\n\nfrom 1 (as a negative particle) and a derivative of 3903;; adj\n\nAV - unprepared 1; 1\n\n1) unprepared
00533^533 aparneomai {ap-ar-neh'-om-ahee}\n\nfrom 575 and 720; TDNT - 1:471,*; v\n\nAV - deny 13; 13\n\n1) to deny\n   1a) to affirm that one has no acquaintance or connection with someone\n   1b) to forget one's self, lose sight of one's self and one's\n       own interests
00534^534 aparti {ap-ar'-tee}\n\nfrom 575 and 737;; adv\n\nAV - from henceforth 1; 1\n\n1) from now, henceforth
00535^535 apartismos {ap-ar-tis-mos'}\n\nfrom a derivative of 534;; n m\n\nAV - finish 1; 1\n\n1) completion
00536^536 aparche {ap-ar-khay'}\n\nfrom a compound of 575 and 756; TDNT - 1:484,81; n f\n\nAV - firstfruits 8; 8\n\n1) to offer firstlings or firstfruits\n2) to take away the firstfruits of the productions of the earth which\n   was offered to God. The first portion of the dough, from which sacred\n   loaves were to be prepared. Hence term used of persons consecrated\n   to God for all time.\n3) persons superior in excellence to others of the same class
00537^537 hapas {hap'-as}\n\nfrom 1 (as a particle of union) and 3956; TDNT - 5:886,795; adj\n\nAV - all 34, all things 5, whole 3, every one 1, every 1; 44\n\n1) quite, all, the whole, all together, all
00538^538 apatao {ap-at-ah'-o}\n\nof uncertain derivation; TDNT - 1:384,65; v\n\nAV - deceive 4; 4\n\n1) to cheat, beguile, deceive
00539^539 apate {ap-at'-ay}\n\nfrom 538; TDNT - 1:385,65; n f\n\nAV - deceitfulness 3, deceitful 1, deceit 1, deceivableness 1,\n     deceivings 1; 7\n\n1) deceit, deceitfulness
00540^540 apator {ap-at'-ore}\n\nfrom 1 (as a negative particle) and 3962; TDNT - 5:1019,805; n m\n\nAV - without father 1; 1\n\n1) whose father is not recorded in the genealogies
00541^541 apaugasma {ap-ow'-gas-mah}\n\nfrom a compound of 575 and 826; TDNT - 1:508,87; n n\n\nAV - brightness 1; 1\n\n1) reflected brightness\n   1a) of Christ in that he perfectly reflects the majesty of God\n2) effulgence\n   2a) shining forth, of a light coming from a luminous body (Vine)\n   2b) out-raying (Vincent)
00542^542 apeido {ap-i'-do}\n\nfrom 575 and the same as 1492;; v\n\nAV - see 1; 1\n\n1) to look away from one thing and at another\n2) to look at from somewhere, either from a distance or from a\n   certain present condition of things\n3) to perceive
00543^543 apeitheia {ap-i'-thi-ah}\n\nfrom 545; TDNT - 6:11,818; n f\n\nAV - unbelief 4, disobedient 3; 7\n\n1) obstinacy, obstinate opposition to the divine will
00544^544 apeitheo {ap-i-theh'-o}\n\nfrom 545; TDNT - 6:10,818; v\n\nAV - believe not 8, disobedient 4, obey not 3, unbelieving 1; 16\n\n1) not to allow one's self to be persuaded\n   1a) to refuse or withhold belief\n   1b) to refuse belief and obedience\n2) not to comply with
00545^545 apeithes {ap-i-thace'}\n\nfrom 1 (as a negative particle) and 3982; TDNT - 6:10,818; adj\n\nAV - disobedient 6; 6\n\n1) impersuasible, not compliant, disobedient, contumacious
00546^546 apeileo {ap-i-leh'-o}\n\nof uncertain derivation;; v\n\nAV - threaten 2; 2\n\n1) to threaten, menace
00547^547 apeile {ap-i-lay'}\n\nfrom 546;; n f\n\nAV - threatening 3, straitly 1; 4\n\n1) a threatening, threat
00548^548 apeimi {ap'-i-mee}\n\nfrom 575 and 1510;; v\n\nAV - be absent 6, absent 1; 7\n\n1) to go away, depart
00549^549 apeimi {ap'-i-mee}\n\nfrom 575 and eimi (to go);; v\n\nAV - go 1; 1\n\n1) to go away, depart
00550^550 apeipomen {ap-i-pom'-ane}\n\nreflexive past of a compound of 575 and 2036;; v\n\nAV - renounce 1; 1\n\n1) to speak out, set forth, declare\n2) to forbid\n3) to give up, renounce
00551^551 apeirastos {ap-i'-ras-tos}\n\nfrom 1 (as a negative particle) and a presumed derivative of\n   3987; TDNT - 6:23,822; adj\n\nAV - cannot be tempted + 2076 1; 1\n\n1) that can not be tempted by evil, not liable to temptation to sin
00552^552 apeiros {ap'-i-ros}\n\nfrom 1 (as a negative particle) and 3984;; adj\n\nAV - unskilful 1; 1\n\n1) inexperienced in, without experience of
00553^553 apekdechomai {ap-ek-dekh'-om-ahee}\n\nfrom 575 and 1551; TDNT - 2:56,146; v\n\nAV - wait for 5, look for 2; 7\n\n1) assiduously and patiently waiting for
00554^554 apekduomai {ap-ek-doo'-om-ahee}\n\nmiddle voice from 575 and 1562; TDNT - 2:318,*; v\n\nAV - spoil 1, put off 1; 2\n\n1) wholly put off from one's self\n   1a) denoting separation from what is put off\n2) wholly to strip off for one's self (for one's own advantage)\n3) despoil, disarm
00555^555 apekdusis {ap-ek'-doo-sis}\n\nfrom 554; TDNT - 2:321,192; n f\n\nAV - putting off 1; 1\n\n1) a putting off, laying aside
00556^556 apelauno {ap-el-ow'-no}\n\nfrom 575 and 1643;; v\n\nAV - drive 1; 1\n\n1) to drive away, drive off
00557^557 apelegmos {ap-el-eg-mos'}\n\nfrom a compound of 575 and 1651;; n m\n\nAV - nought 1; 1\n\n1) censure, repudiation of a thing shown to be worthless
00558^558 apeleutheros {ap-el-yoo'-ther-os}\n\nfrom 575 and 1658; TDNT - 2:487,224; n m\n\nAV - freeman 1; 1\n\n1) a slave that has been released from servitude, a freeman
00559^559 Apelles {ap-el-lace'}\n\nof Latin origin;; n pr m\n\nAV - Apelles 1; 1\n\nApelles = "called"\n1) a certain Christian
00560^560 apelpizo {ap-el-pid'-zo}\n\nfrom 575 and 1679; TDNT - 2:533,229; v\n\nAV - hope for again 1; 1\n\n1) nothing despairing\n2) despairing of no one\n3) causing no one to despair
00561^561 apenanti {ap-en'-an-tee}\n\nfrom 575 and 1725;; prep\n\nAV - over against 2, before 2, in the presence of 1, contrary 1; 6\n\n1) over against, opposite\n2) in sight of, before\n3) in opposition to, against
00562^562 aperantos {ap-er'-an-tos}\n\nfrom 1 (as a negative particle) and a secondary derivative of 4008;; adj\n\nAV - endless 1; 1\n\n1) that can not be passed through, boundless, endless
00563^563 aperispastos {ap-er-is-pas-toce'}\n\nfrom a compound of 1 (as a negative participle) and a presumed\n   derivative of 4049;; adv\n\nAV - without distraction 1; 1\n\n1) without distraction, without solicitude or anxiety or care
00564^564 aperitmetos {ap-er-eet'-may-tos}\n\nfrom 1 (as a negative particle) and a presumed derivative of\n   4059; TDNT - 6:72,831; adj\n\nAV - uncircumcised 1; 1\n\n1) uncircumcised\n   1a) metaph. those whose heart and ears are covered,\n       i.e. whose soul and senses are closed to divine admonition
00565^565 aperchomai {ap-erkh'-om-ahee}\n\nfrom 575 and 2064; TDNT - 2:675,257; v\n\nAV - go 53, depart 27, go (one's) way 16, go away 14, come 4, misc 6; 120\n\n1) to go away, depart\n   1a) to go away in order to follow any one, go after him, to\n       follow his party, follow him as a leader\n2) to go away\n   2a) of departing evils and sufferings\n   2b) of good things taken away from one\n   2c) of an evanescent state of things
00566^566 apechei {ap-ekh'-i}\n\nthird person singular present indicative active of 568 used\n   impersonally;; v\n\nAV - be enough 1; 1\n\n1) it is sufficient, it is enough
00567^567 apechomai {ap-ekh'-om-ahee}\n\nmiddle voice (reflexively) of 568;; v\n\nAV - abstain 6; 6\n\n1) to hold one's self off, refrain, abstain
00568^568 apecho {ap-ekh'-o}\n\nfrom 575 and 2192; TDNT - 2:828,286; v\n\nAV - be 5, have 4, receive 2; 11\n\n1) have\n   1a) to hold back, keep off, prevent\n   1b) to have wholly or in full, to have received\n   1c) it is enough, sufficient\n2) to be away, absent, distant\n3) to hold one's self off, abstain
00569^569 apisteo {ap-is-teh'-o}\n\nfrom 571; TDNT - 6:174,849; v\n\nAV - believe not 7; 7\n\n1) to betray a trust, be unfaithful\n2) to have no belief, disbelieve
00570^570 apistia {ap-is-tee'-ah}\n\nfrom 571; TDNT - 6:174,849; n f\n\nAV - unbelief 12; 12\n\n1) unfaithfulness, faithless\n2) want of faith, unbelief\n3) weakness of faith
00571^571 apistos {ap'-is-tos}\n\nfrom 1 (as a negative particle) and 4103; TDNT - 6:174,849; adj\n\nAV - that believe not 6, unbelieving 5, faithless 4, unbeliever 4,\n     infidel 2, thing incredible 1, which believe not 1; 23\n\n1) unfaithful, faithless, (not to be trusted, perfidious)\n2) incredible\n   2a) of things\n3) unbelieving, incredulous\n   3a) without trust (in God)
00572^572 haplotes {hap-lot'-ace}\n\nfrom 573; TDNT - 1:386,65; n f\n\nAV - simplicity 3, singleness 2, liberality 1, bountifulness 1,\n     liberty 1; 8\n\n1) singleness, simplicity, sincerity, mental honesty\n   1a) the virtue of one who is free from pretence and hypocrisy\n2) not self seeking, openness of heart manifesting itself by generousity
00573^573 haplous {hap-looce'}\n\nprobably from 1 (as a particle of union) and the base of 4120;\n   TDNT - 1:386,65; adj\n\nAV - single 2; 2\n\n1) simple, single\n2) whole\n3) good fulfilling its office, sound\n   3a) of the eye
00574^574 haplos {hap-loce'}\n\nfrom 573 (in the objective sense of 572);; adv\n\nAV - liberal 1; 1\n\n1) simply, openly, frankly, sincerely
00575^575 apo {apo'}\n\na primary particle;; preposition\n\nAV - from 392, of 129, out of 48, for 10, off 10, by 9, at 9,\n     in 6, since + 3739 5, on 5, not tr. 15, misc. 31; 669\n\n1) of separation\n   1a) of local separation, after verbs of motion from a place\n       i.e. of departing, of fleeing, ...\n   1b) of separation of a part from the whole\n       1b1) where of a whole some part is taken\n   1c) of any kind of separation of one thing from another by\n       which the union or fellowship of the two is destroyed\n   1d) of a state of separation, that is of distance\n       1d1) physical, of distance of place\n       1d2) temporal, of distance of time\n2) of origin\n   2a) of the place whence anything is, comes, befalls, is taken\n   2b) of origin of a cause
00576^576 apobaino {ap-ob-ah'-ee-no}\n\nfrom 575 and the base of 939;; v\n\nAV - turn 2, go out 1, come 1; 4\n\n1) to come down from, i.e. a ship\n2) to turn out, result, to be the outcome
00577^577 apoballo {ap-ob-al'-lo}\n\nfrom 575 and 906;; v\n\nAV - cast away 2; 2\n\n1) to throw off, cast away
00578^578 apoblepo {ap-ob-lep'-o}\n\nfrom 575 and 991;; v\n\nAV - have respect 1; 1\n\n1) to turn the eyes away from other things and fix them on some one thing\n   1a) to look at attentively\n2) to look with steadfast mental gaze
00579^579 apobletos {ap-ob'-lay-tos}\n\nfrom 577;; adj\n\nAV - be refused 1; 1\n\n1) thrown away, to be thrown away, rejected, despised, abominated\n   1a) as unclean
00580^580 apobole {ap-ob-ol-ay'}\n\nfrom 577; n f\n\nAV - loss 1, casting away 1; 2\n\n1) rejection, repudiation\n   1a) to throw away from one's self, cast off, repudiate\n2) a losing, a loss
00581^581 apogenomenos {ap-og-en-om'-en-os}\n\npast participle of a compound of 575 and 1096; TDNT - 1:686,*; v\n\nAV - being dead 1; 1\n\n1) to be removed from, depart\n2) to die, to die to anything
00582^582 apographe {ap-og-raf-ay'}\n\nfrom 583;; n f\n\nAV - taxing 2; 2\n\n1) a writing off, transcript (from some pattern)\n2) an enrolment or registration in the public records of persons together\n   with their income and property, as the basis of a census or valuation,\n   i.e. that it might appear how much tax should be levied upon each one
00583^583 apographo {ap-og-raf'-o}\n\nfrom 575 and 1125;; v\n\nAV - tax 3, write 1; 4\n\n1) to write off, copy (from some pattern)\n2) to enter in a register or records\n   2a) spec. to enter in public records the names of men, their\n       property and income\n   2b) to enrol
00584^584 apodeiknumi {ap-od-ike'-noo-mee}\n\nfrom 575 and 1166;; v\n\nAV - approve 1, prove 1, set forth 1, show 1; 4\n\n1) to point away from one's self, to point out, show forth, to\n   expose to view, exhibit\n2) to declare, to show, to prove what kind of person anyone is,\n   to prove by arguments, demonstrate
00585^585 apodeixis {ap-od'-ike-sis}\n\nfrom 584;; n f\n\nAV - demonstration 1; 1\n\n1) a making manifest, showing forth\n2) a demonstration, proof
00586^586 apodekatoo {ap-od-ek-at-o'-o}\n\nfrom 575 and 1183;; v\n\nAV - pay tithe 1, tithe 1, give tithe 1, take tithe 1; 4\n\n1) to give, pay a tithe of anything\n2) to exact receive a tenth from anyone
00587^587 apodektos {ap-od'-ek-tos}\n\nfrom 588; TDNT - 2:58,146; adj\n\nAV - acceptable 2; 2\n\n1) accepted, acceptable, agreeable
00588^588 apodechomai {ap-od-ekh'-om-ahee}\n\nfrom 575 and 1209; TDNT - 2:55,146; v\n\nAV - receive 3, receive gladly 2, accept 1; 6\n\n1) to accept from, receive\n2) to accept what is offered from without
00589^589 apodemeo {ap-od-ay-meh'-o}\n\nfrom 590;; v\n\nAV - go into a far country 3, take (one's) journey 2,\n     travel into a far country 1; 6\n\n1) to go away into foreign parts, go abroad
00590^590 apodemos {ap-od'-ay-mos}\n\nfrom 575 and 1218;; adj\n\nAV - taking a far journey 1; 1\n\n1) away from one's people, go abroad
00591^591 apodidomi {ap-od-eed'-o-mee}\n\nfrom 575 and 1325; TDNT - 2:167,166; v\n\nAV - pay 9, give 9, render 9, reward 7, sell 3, yield 2, misc 9; 48\n\n1) to deliver, to give away for one's own profit what is one's\n   own, to sell\n2) to pay off, discharge what is due\n   2a) a debt, wages, tribute, taxes, produce due\n   2b) things promised under oath\n   2c) conjugal duty\n   2d) to render account\n3) to give back, restore\n4) to requite, recompense in a good or a bad sense
00592^592 apodiorizo {ap-od-ee-or-id'-zo}\n\nfrom 575 and a compound of 223 and 3724; TDNT - 5:455,728; v\n\nAV - separate (one's) self 1; 1\n\n1) to disjoin, part, separate from another\n2) making divisions or separations
00593^593 apodokimazo {ap-od-ok-ee-mad'-zo}\n\nfrom 575 and 1381; TDNT - 2:255,181; v\n\nAV - reject 7, disallow 2; 9\n\n1) to disapprove, reject, repudiate
00594^594 apodoche {ap-od-okh-ay'}\n\nfrom 588; TDNT - 2:55,146; n f\n\nAV - acceptation 2; 2\n\n1) reception, admission, acceptance, approbation
00595^595 apothesis {ap-oth'-es-is}\n\nfrom 659;; n f\n\nAV - putting away 1, must put off + 2076 1; 2\n\n1) a putting off or away
00596^596 apotheke {ap-oth-ay'-kay}\n\nfrom 659;; n f\n\nAV - barn 4, garner 2; 6\n\n1) a place in which anything is laid by or up\n2) a storehouse, granary
00597^597 apothesaurizo {ap-oth-ay-sow-rid'-zo}\n\nfrom 575 and 2343;; v\n\nAV - lay in store 1; 1\n\n1) to put away, lay by in store, to treasure away\n2) to store up abundance for future use
00598^598 apothlibo {ap-oth-lee'-bo}\n\nfrom 575 and 2346;; v\n\nAV - press 1; 1\n\n1) to press on all sides, squeeze, press hard\n   1a) of pressing out grapes and olives
00599^599 apothnesko {ap-oth-nace'-ko}\n\nfrom 575 and 2348; TDNT - 3:7,312; v\n\nAV - die 98, be dead 29, be at the point of death + 3195 1,\n     perish 1, lie a dying 1, be slain + 5408 1, vr dead 1; 112\n\n1) to die\n   1a) of the natural death of man\n   1b) of the violent death of man or animals\n   1c) to perish by means of something\n   1d) of trees which dry up, of seeds which rot when planted\n   1e) of eternal death, to be subject to eternal misery in hell
00600^600 apokathistemi {ap-ok-ath-is'-tay-mee}\n\nfrom 575 and 2525; TDNT - 1:387,65; v\n\nAV - restore 7, restore again 1; 8\n\n1) to restore to its former state\n2) to be in its former state
00601^601 apokalupto {ap-ok-al-oop'-to}\n\nfrom 575 and 2572; TDNT - 3:563,405; v\n\nAV - reveal 26; 26\n\n1) to uncover, lay open what has been veiled or covered up\n   1a)  disclose, make bare\n2) to make known, make manifest, disclose what before was unknown\n\nFor Synonyms see entry 5812
00602^602 apokalupsis {ap-ok-al'-oop-sis}\n\nfrom 601; TDNT - 3:563,405; n f\n\nAV - revelation 12, be revealed 2, to lighten + 1519 1,\n     manifestation 1, coming 1, appearing 1; 18\n\n1) laying bear, making naked\n2) a disclosure of truth, instruction\n   2a) concerning things before unknown\n   2b) used of events by which things or states or persons\n       hitherto withdrawn from view are made visible to all\n3) manifestation, appearance
00603^603 apokaradokia {ap-ok-ar-ad-ok-ee'-ah}\n\nfrom a comparative of 575 and a compound of kara (the head) and\n   1380 (in the sense of watching); TDNT - 1:393,66; n f\n\nAV - earnest expectation 2; 2\n\n1) anxious and persistent expectation
00604^604 apokatallasso {ap-ok-at-al-las'-so}\n\nfrom 575 and 2644; TDNT - 1:258,40; v\n\nAV - reconcile 3; 3\n\n1) to reconcile completely\n2) to reconcile back again\n3) bring back a former state of harmony
00605^605 apokatastasis {ap-ok-at-as'-tas-is}\n\nfrom 600; TDNT - 1:389,65; n f\n\nAV - restitution 1; 1\n\n1) restoration\n   1a) of a true theocracy\n   1b) of the perfect state before the fall
00606^606 apokeimai {ap-ok'-i-mahee}\n\nfrom 575 and 2749; TDNT - 3:655,425; v\n\nAV - lay up 3, appoint 1; 4\n\n1) to be laid away, laid by, reserved\n2) reserved for one, awaiting him
00607^607 apokephalizo {ap-ok-ef-al-id'-zo}\n\nfrom 575 and 2776;; v\n\nAV - behead 4; 4\n\n1) to cut off the head, behead, decapitate
00608^608 apokleio {ap-ok-li'-o}\n\nfrom 575 and 2808;; v\n\nAV - shut up 1; 1\n\n1) to shut up
00609^609 apokopto {ap-ok-op'-to}\n\nfrom 575 and 2875; TDNT - 3:852,453; v\n\nAV - cut off 6; 6\n\n1) to cut off, amputate
00610^610 apokrima {ap-ok'-ree-mah}\n\nfrom 611 (in its original sense of judging); TDNT - 3:945,469; n n\n\nAV - sentence 1; 1\n\n1) an answer\n  1a) 2Co. 1:9 where the meaning is "on asking myself whether I should\n      come out safe from mortal peril, I answered 'I must Die'"
00611^611 apokrinomai {ap-ok-ree'-nom-ahee}\n\nfrom 575 and krino; TDNT - 3:944,*; v\n\nAV - answer 250; 250\n\n1) to give an answer to a question proposed, to answer\n2) to begin to speak, but always where something has preceded\n   (either said or done) to which the remarks refer
00612^612 apokrisis {ap-ok'-ree-sis}\n\nfrom 611; TDNT - 3:946,469; n f\n\nAV - answer 4; 4\n\n1) a replying, an answer
00613^613 apokrupto {ap-ok-roop'-to}\n\nfrom 575 and 2928; TDNT - 3:957,476; v\n\nAV - hide 6; 6\n\n1) to hide\n2) concealing, keeping secret
00614^614 apokruphos {ap-ok'-roo-fos}\n\nfrom 613; TDNT - 3:957,476; adj\n\nAV - hid 2, kept secret 1; 3\n\n1) hidden, secret\n2) stored up
00615^615 apokteino {ap-ok-ti'-no}\n\nfrom 575 and kteino (to slay);; v\n\nAV - kill 55, slay 14, put to death 6; 75\n\n1) to kill in any way whatever\n   1a) to destroy, to allow to perish\n2) metaph. to extinguish, abolish\n   2a) to inflict mortal death\n   2b) to deprive of spiritual life and procure eternal misery in hell
00616^616 apokueo {ap-ok-oo-eh'-o}\n\nfrom 575 and the base of 2949;; v\n\nAV - bring forth 1, begat 1; 2\n\n1) to bring forth\n   1a) from the womb\n   1b) give birth to\n2) produce
00617^617 apokulio {ap-ok-oo-lee'-o}\n\nfrom 575 and 2947;; v\n\nAV - roll away 3, roll back 1; 4\n\n1) to roll off or away
00618^618 apolambano {ap-ol-am-ban'-o}\n\nfrom 575 and 2983;; v\n\nAV - receive 10, take aside 1, receive ... again 1; 12\n\n1) to receive\n   1a) of what is due or promised\n2) to take again or back, to recover\n   2a) to receive by way of retribution\n3) to take from others, take apart or aside\n4) to receive any one hospitably
00619^619 apolausis {ap-ol'-ow-sis}\n\nfrom a comparative of 575 and lauo (to enjoy);; n f\n\nAV - to enjoy + 1519, enjoy the pleasures + 2192 1; 2\n\n1) enjoyment
00620^620 apoleipo {ap-ol-ipe'-o}\n\nfrom 575 and 3007;; v\n\nAV - leave 3, remain 3; 6\n\n1) to leave, to leave behind\n2) to desert or forsake
00621^621 apoleicho {ap-ol-i'-kho}\n\nfrom 575 and leicho (to "lick");; v\n\nAV - lick 1; 1\n\n1) to lick off, lick up
00622^622 apollumi {ap-ol'-loo-mee}\n\nfrom 575 and the base of 3639; TDNT - 1:394,67; v\n\nAV - perish 33, destroy 26, lose 22, be lost 5, lost 4, misc 2; 92\n\n1) to destroy\n   1a) to put out of the way entirely, abolish, put an end to ruin\n   1b) render useless\n   1c) to kill\n   1d) to declare that one must be put to death\n   1e) metaph. to devote or give over to eternal misery in hell\n   1f) to perish, to be lost, ruined, destroyed\n2) to destroy\n   2a) to lose
00623^623 Apolluon {ap-ol-loo'-ohn}\n\nactive participle of 622; TDNT - 1:397,67; n pr m\n\nAV - Apollyon 1; 1\n\nApollyon = "Destroyer"\n1) the angel of the bottomless pit, the Destroyer
00624^624 Apollonia {ap-ol-lo-nee'-ah}\n\nfrom the pagan deity Apollon (i.e. the sun, from 622);; n pr loc\n\nAV - Apollonia 1; 1\n\nApollonia = "belonging to Apollo"\n1) a maritime city of Macedonia, about a day's journey from Amphipolis
00625^625 Apollos {ap-ol-loce'}\n\nprobably from the same as 624;; n pr m\n\nAV - Apollos 10; 10\n\nApollos = " given by Apollo"\n\n1) a learned Jew from Alexandria and mighty in the scriptures who\n   became a Christian and a teacher of Christianity
00626^626 apologeomai {ap-ol-og-eh'-om-ahee}\n\nmiddle voice from a compound of 575 and 3056;; v\n\nAV - answer 3, answer for (one's) self 3, make defence 1, excuse 1,\n     excuse (one's) self 1, speak for (one's) self 1; 10\n\n1) to defend one's self, make one's defence\n2) to defend a person or a thing\n3) to give a full account of\n   3a) to calculate or consider well
00627^627 apologia {ap-ol-og-ee'-ah}\n\nfrom the same as 626;; n f\n\nAV - defence 3, answer 3, answer for (one's) self 1,\n     clearing of (one's) self 1; 8\n\n1) verbal defence, speech in defence\n2) a reasoned statement or argument
00628^628 apolouo {ap-ol-oo'-o}\n\nfrom 575 and 3068; TDNT - 4:295,538; v\n\nAV - wash away 1, wash 1; 2\n\n1) to wash off or away
00629^629 apolutrosis {ap-ol-oo'-tro-sis}\n\nfrom a compound of 575 and 3083; TDNT - 4:351,*; n f\n\nAV - redemption 9, deliverance 1; 10\n\n1) a releasing effected by payment of ransom\n   1a) redemption, deliverance\n   1b) liberation procured by the payment of a ransom
00630^630 apoluo {ap-ol-oo'-o}\n\nfrom 575 and 3089;; v\n\nAV - release 17, put away 14, send away 13, let go 13, set at liberty 2,\n     let depart 2, dismiss 2, misc 6; 69\n\n1) to set free\n2) to let go, dismiss, (to detain no longer)\n   2a) a petitioner to whom liberty to depart is given by a\n       decisive answer\n   2b) to bid depart, send away\n3) to let go free, release\n   3a) a captive i.e. to loose his bonds and bid him depart, to\n       give him liberty to depart\n   3b) to acquit one accused of a crime and set him at liberty\n   3c) indulgently to grant a prisoner leave to depart\n   3d) to release a debtor, i.e. not to press one's claim against\n       him, to remit his debt\n4) used of divorce, to dismiss from the house, to repudiate. The\n   wife of a Greek or Roman may divorce her husband.\n5) to send one's self away, to depart
00631^631 apomassomai {ap-om-as'-som-ahee}\n\nmiddle voice from 575 and masso (to squeeze, knead, smear);; v\n\nAV - wipe off 1; 1\n\n1) to wipe off\n2) to wipe off one's self, to wipe of for one's self
00632^632 aponemo {ap-on-em'-o}\n\nfrom 575 and the base of 3551;; v\n\nAV - give 1; 1\n\n1) to assign, portion out
00633^633 aponipto {ap-on-ip'-to}\n\nfrom 575 and 3538;; v\n\nAV - wash 1; 1\n\n1) to wash off\n1) to wash off one's self, to wash off for one's self
00634^634 apopipto {ap-op-ip'-to}\n\nfrom 575 and 4098;; v\n\nAV - fall 1; 1\n\n1) to fall off, slip down from
00635^635 apoplanao {ap-op-lan-ah'-o}\n\nfrom 575 and 4105; TDNT - 6:228,857; v\n\nAV - seduce 1, err 1; 2\n\n1) to cause to go astray\n2) to lead away from the truth to error\n3) to go astray, stray away from
00636^636 apopleo {ap-op-leh'-o}\n\nfrom 575 and 4126;; v\n\nAV - sail 4; 4\n\n1) to sail away, depart by ship, set sail
00637^637 apopluno {ap-op-loo'-no}\n\nfrom 575 and 4150;; v\n\nAV - wash 1; 1\n\n1) to wash off
00638^638 apopnigo {ap-op-nee'-go}\n\nfrom 575 and 4155; TDNT - 6:455,895; v\n\nAV - choke 3; 3\n\n1) to choke\n   1a) to suffocate with water, drown
00639^639 aporeo {ap-or-eh'-o}\n\nfrom a compound of 1 (as a negative particle) and the base of 4198;; v\n\nAV - doubt 2, be perplexed 1, stand in doubt 1; 4\n\n1) to be without resources, to be in straits, to be left wanting,\n   to be embarrassed, to be in doubt, not to know which way to turn\n2) to be at a loss with one's self, be in doubt\n3) not to know how to decide or what to do, to be perplexed
00640^640 aporia {ap-or-ee'-a}\n\nfrom the same as 639;; n f\n\nAV - perplexity 1; 1\n\n1) the state of one who is in perplexity
00641^641 aporrhipto {ap-or-hrip'-to}\n\nfrom 575 and 4496; TDNT - 6:991,*; v\n\nAV - cast (one's) self 1; 1\n\n1) to throw away, cast down\n2) to cast one's self down
00642^642 aporphanizo {ap-or-fan-id'-zo}\n\nfrom 575 and a derivative of 3737;; v\n\nAV - take 1; 1\n\n1) to bereave of a parent or parents
00643^643 aposkeuazo {ap-osk-yoo-ad'-zo}\n\nfrom 575 and a derivative of 4632;; v\n\nAV - take up (one's) carriages 1; 1\n\n1) to carry off goods and chattels\n2) to pack up and carry off\n3) to carry off one's personal property or provide for its carrying away
00644^644 aposkiasma {ap-os-kee'-as-mah}\n\nfrom a compound of 575 and a derivative of 4639; TDNT - 7:399,1044; n n\n\nAV - shadow 1; 1\n\n1) a shade cast by one object on another, a shadow
00645^645 apospao {ap-os-pah'-o}\n\nfrom 575 and 4685;; v\n\nAV - draw 1, withdraw 1, draw away 1, be gotten 1; 4\n\n1) to draw off, tear away
00646^646 apostasia {ap-os-tas-ee'-ah}\n\nfeminine of the same as 647; TDNT - 1:513,88; n f\n\nAV - to forsake + 575 1, falling away 1; 2\n\n1) a falling away, defection, apostasy
00647^647 apostasion {ap-os-tas'-ee-on}\n\nneuter of a (presumed) adj. from a derivative of 868;; n n\n\nAV - divorcement 2, writing of divorcement 1; 3\n\n1) divorce, repudiation\n2) a bill of divorce
00648^648 apostegazo {ap-os-teg-ad'-zo}\n\nfrom 575 and a derivative of 4721;; v\n\nAV - uncover 1; 1\n\n1) to uncover, take off the roof
00649^649 apostello {ap-os-tel'-lo}\n\nfrom 575 and 4724; TDNT - 1:398,67; v\n\nAV - send 110, send forth 15, send away 4, send out 2, misc 2; 133\n\n1) to order (one) to go to a place appointed\n2) to send away, dismiss\n   2a) to allow one to depart, that he may be in a state of\n       liberty\n   2b) to order one to depart, send off\n   2c) to drive away\n\nFor Synonyms see entry 5813
00650^650 apostereo {ap-os-ter-eh'-o}\n\nfrom 575 and stereo (to deprive);; v\n\nAV - defraud 4, destitute 1, keep back by fraud 1; 6\n\n1) to defraud, rob, despoil
00651^651 apostole {ap-os-tol-ay'}\n\nfrom 649; TDNT - 1:446,67; n f\n\nAV - apostleship 4; 4\n\n1) a sending away\n   1a) of the sending off of a fleet\n   1b) of consuls with an army, i.e. of an expedition\n2) a sending away, i.e. a dismissal, release\n3) a thing sent, esp. of gifts\n4) in the NT, the office and dignity of the apostles of Christ, apostleship
00652^652 apostolos {ap-os'-tol-os}\n\nfrom 649; TDNT - 1:407,67; n m\n\nAV - apostle 78, messenger 2, he that is sent 1; 81\n\n1) a delegate, messenger, one sent forth with orders\n   1a) specifically applied to the twelve apostles of Christ\n   1b) in a broader sense applied to other eminent Christian teachers\n       1b1) of Barnabas\n       1b2) of Timothy and Silvanus
00653^653 apostomatizo {ap-os-tom-at-id'-zo}\n\nfrom 575 and a (presumed) derivative of 4750;; v\n\nAV - provoke to speak 1; 1\n\n1) to recite from memory\n   1a) to repeat to a pupil (anything) for him to commit to memory\n2) to ply with questions, to catechise, and so to entice to answers
00654^654 apostrepho {ap-os-tref'-o}\n\nfrom 575 and 4762; TDNT - 7:719,1093; v\n\nAV - turn away 4, turn away from 2, put up again 1, turn from 1,\n     bring again 1, pervert 1; 10\n\n1) to turn away\n   1a) to remove anything from anyone\n   1b) to turn him away from allegiance to any one\n   1c) tempt to defect\n2) to turn back, return, bring back\n   2a) of putting a sword back in its sheath\n   2b) of Judas returning money to temple\n3) to turn one's self away, turn back, return\n4) to turn one's self away from, deserting
00655^655 apostugeo {ap-os-toog-eh'-o}\n\nfrom 575 and the base of 4767;; v\n\nAV - abhor 1; 1\n\n1) to dislike, abhor, have a horror of
00656^656 aposunagogos {ap-os-oon-ag'-o-gos}\n\nfrom 575 and 4864; TDNT - 7:848,1107; adj\n\nAV - be put out of the synagogue + 1096 2,\n     put out of the synagogue + 4160 1; 3\n\n1) excluded from sacred assemblies of Israelites, excommunicated
00657^657 apotassomai {ap-ot-as'-som-ahee}\n\nmiddle voice from 575 and 5021; TDNT - 8:33,*; v\n\nAV - bid farewell 2, take leave 2, send away 1, forsake 1; 6\n\n1) to set apart, separate\n   1a) to separate one's self, withdraw one's self from anyone\n       1a1) to take leave of, bid farewell to\n   1b) to renounce, forsake
00658^658 apoteleo {ap-ot-el-eh'-o}\n\nfrom 575 and 5055;; v\n\nAV - finish 1; 1\n\n1) to perfect, to bring quite to an end\n2) accomplish
00659^659 apotithemi {ap-ot-eeth'-ay-mee}\n\nfrom 575 and 5087;; v\n\nAV - put off 2, lay aside 2, lay down 1,\n     cast off 1, put away 1, lay apart 1; 8\n\n1) to put off or aside or away
00660^660 apotinasso {ap-ot-in-as'-so}\n\nfrom 575 and tinasso (to jostle);; v\n\nAV - shake off 2; 2\n\n1) to shake off
00661^661 apotino {ap-ot-ee'-no}\n\nfrom 575 and 5099;; v\n\nAV - repay 1; 1\n\n1) to pay off, repay
00662^662 apotolmao {ap-ot-ol-mah'-o}\n\nfrom 575 and 5111; TDNT - 8:181,1183; v\n\nAV - be very bold 1; 1\n\n1) to assume boldness, make bold
00663^663 apotomia {ap-ot-om-ee'-ah}\n\nfrom the base of 664; TDNT - 8:106,1169; n f\n\nAV - severity 2; 2\n\n1) severity, roughness, rigour
00664^664 apotomos {ap-ot-om'-oce}\n\nfrom a derivative of a comparative of 575 and temno (to cut);\n   TDNT - 8:106,1169; adv\n\nAV - sharpness 1, sharply 1; 2\n\n1) abruptly, precipitously\n2) sharply, severely, curtly
00665^665 apotrepo {ap-ot-rep'-o}\n\nfrom 575 and the base of 5157;; v\n\nAV - turn away 1; 1\n\n1) to turn one's self away from\n2) to shun, avoid
00666^666 apousia {ap-oo-see'-ah}\n\nfrom the participle of 548;; n f\n\nAV - absence 1; 1\n\n1) absence
00667^667 apophero {ap-of-er'-o}\n\nfrom 575 and 5342;; v\n\nAV - carry away 3, carry 1, bring 1; 5\n\n1) to carry off or bring away
00668^668 apopheugo {ap-of-yoo'-go}\n\nfrom 575 and 5343;; v\n\nAV - escape 2, escape from 1; 3\n\n1) to flee from, escape
00669^669 apophtheggomai {ap-of-theng'-om-ahee}\n\nfrom 575 and 5350; TDNT - 1:447,75; v\n\nAV - utterance 1, speak forth 1, say 1; 3\n\n1) to speak out, speak forth, pronounce\n   1a) not a word of everyday speech but one "belonging to dignified\n       and elevated discourse"
00670^670 apophortizomai {ap-of-or-tid'-zom-ahee}\n\nfrom 575 and the middle voice of 5412;; v\n\nAV - unlade 1; 1\n\n1) to lay down a load, unlade, discharge\n   1a) of sailors lightening ship during a storm to avoid shipwreck
00671^671 apochresis {ap-okh'-ray-sis}\n\nfrom a compound of 575 and 5530;; n f\n\nAV - using 1; 1\n\n1) abuse, misuse
00672^672 apochoreo {ap-okh-o-reh'-o}\n\nfrom 575 and 5562;; v\n\nAV - depart 3; 3\n\n1) to go away, depart
00673^673 apochorizo {ap-okh-o-rid'-zo}\n\nfrom 575 and 5563;; v\n\nAV - depart asunder 1, depart 1; 2\n\n1) to separate, sever\n2) to part asunder\n3) to separate one's self, depart from
00674^674 apopsucho {ap-ops-oo'-kho}\n\nfrom 575 and 5594;; v\n\nAV - heart failing 1; 1\n\n1) to breathe out life, expire\n2) to faint or swoon away
00675^675 Appios {ap'-pee-os}\n\nof Latin origin;; n pr loc\n\nAV - Appii 1; 1\n\nAppius = "the market place of Appius"\n1) a town in Italy, 39 miles (60 km) from Rome on the Appian Way
00676^676 aprositos {ap-ros'-ee-tos}\n\nfrom 1 (as a negative particle) and a derivative of a comparative\n   of 4314 and eimi (to go);; adj\n\nAV - which no man can approach unto 1; 1\n\n1) unapproachable, inaccessible
00677^677 aproskopos {ap-ros'-kop-os}\n\nfrom 1 (as a negative particle) and a presumed derivative of\n   4350; TDNT - 6:745,946; adj\n\nAV - void of offense 1, none offence 1, without offence 1; 3\n\n1) having nothing to strike against, not causing to stumble\n   1a) of a smooth road\n   1b) metaph. of not leading others to sin by one's mode of life\n2) not striking against or stumbling\n   2a) metaph. not led into sin, blameless\n3) without offense, not troubled by a consciousness of sin
00678^678 aprosopoleptos {ap-ros-o-pol-ape'-tos}\n\nfrom a compound of 1 (as a negative particle) and a presumed\n   derivative of a presumed compound of 4383 and 2983 [cf 4381];\n   TDNT - 6:779,950; adv\n\nAV - without respect of persons 1; 1\n\n1) without respect of persons, impartial
00679^679 aptaistos {ap-tah'-ee-stos}\n\nfrom 1 (as a negative particle) and a derivative of 4417;; adj\n\nAV - keep from falling + 5442 1; 1\n\n1) not stumbling, standing firm, exempt from falling
00680^680 haptomai {hap'-tom-ahee}\n\nreflexive of 681;; v\n\nAV - touch 36; 36\n\n1) to fasten one's self to, adhere to, cling to\n   1a) to touch\n   1b) of carnal intercourse with a women or cohabitation\n   1c) of levitical practice of having no fellowship with heathen\n       practices. Things not to be touched appear to be both women\n       and certain kinds of food, so celibacy and abstinence of\n       certain kinds of food and drink are recommended.\n   1d) to touch, assail anyone
00681^681 hapto {hap'-to}\n\na primary word;; v\n\nAV - light 3, kindle 1; 4\n\n1) to fasten to, adhere to\n   1a) to fasten fire to a thing, kindle, set of fire
00682^682 Apphia {ap-fee'-a}\n\nprobably of foreign origin;; n pr f\n\nAV - Apphia 1; 1\n\nApphia = "fruitful"\n1) a Christian member of Philemon's household
00683^683 apotheomai {ap-o-theh'-om-ahee} or apothomai {ap-o'-thom-ahee}\n\nfrom 575 and the middle voice of otheo or otho (to shove);\n   TDNT - 1:448,*; v\n\nAV - cast away 2, thrust away 1, put from 1, thrust from 1,\n     put away 1; 6\n\n1) to thrust away, push away, repel\n2) to thrust away from one's self, to drive away from one's self\n   2a) repudiate, reject, refuse
00684^684 apoleia {ap-o'-li-a}\n\nfrom a presumed derivative of 622; TDNT - 1:396,67; n f\n\nAV - perdition 8, destruction 5, waste 2, damnable 1, to die + 1519 1,\n     perish + 1498 + 1519 1, pernicious 1; 20\n\n1) destroying, utter destruction\n   1a) of vessels\n2) a perishing, ruin, destruction\n   2a) of money\n   2b) the destruction which consists of eternal misery in hell
00685^685 ara {ar-ah'}\n\nprobably from 142; TDNT - 1:448,75; n f\n\nAV - cursing 1; 1\n\n1) a prayer, a supplication\n2) an imprecation, curse, malediction
00686^686 ara {ar'-ah}\n\nprobably from 142 (through the idea of drawing a conclusion);; part\n\nAV - therefore + 3767 7, so then + 3767 4, now therefore + 3767 1,\n     then + 1065 2, wherefore + 1065 1, haply + 1065 1, not tr 7,\n     misc 7; 51\n\n1) therefore, so then, wherefore
00687^687 ara {ar'-ah}\n\na form of 686, denoting an interrogation to which a negative\n   answer is presumed;; part\n\nAV - therefore 1, not tr 2; 3\n\n1) a Greek interrogative particle that implies anxiety or\n   impatience on the part of the questioner
00688^688 Arabia {ar-ab-ee'-ah}\n\nof Hebrew origin 06152;; n pr loc\n\nAV - Arabia 2; 2\n\nArabia = "desert or barren"\n1) a well known peninsula of Asia lying towards Africa, and bounded\n   by Egypt, Palestine, Syria, Mesopotamia, Babylonia, the Gulf of\n   Arabia, the Persian Gulf, the Red Sea and the Indian Ocean
00689^689 Aram {ar-am'}\n\nof Hebrew origin 07410;; n pr m\n\nAV - Aram 3; 3\n\nAram or Ram = "high"\n1) an ancestor of Christ
00690^690 Araps {ar'-aps}\n\nfrom 688;; n m\n\nAV - Arabians 1; 1\n\n1) an Arabian
00691^691 argeo {arg-eh'-o}\n\nfrom 692; TDNT - 1:452,76; v\n\nAV - linger 1; 1\n\n1) to be idle, inactive, to linger, delay
00692^692 argos {ar-gos'}\n\nfrom 1 (as a negative particle) and 2041; TDNT - 1:452,76; adj\n\nAV - idle 6, slow 1, barren 1; 8\n\n1) free from labour, at leisure\n2) lazy, shunning the labour which one ought to perform\n\nFor Synonyms see entry 5814
00693^693 argureos {ar-goo'-reh-os}\n\nfrom 696;; adj\n\nAV - silver 2, of silver 1; 3\n\n1) of silver, silvery
00694^694 argurion {ar-goo'-ree-on}\n\nneuter of a presumed derivative of 696;; n n\n\nAV - money 11, piece of silver 5, silver 3, silver piece 1; 20\n\n1) silver\n2) money\n3) a silver coin, silver piece, a shekel
00695^695 argurokopos {ar-goo-rok-op'-os}\n\nfrom 696 and 2875;; n m\n\nAV - silversmith 1; 1\n\n1) a silversmith
00696^696 arguros {ar'-goo-ros}\n\nfrom argos (shining);; n m\n\nAV - silver 5; 5\n\n1) silver\n   1a) 1 Cor. 3:12 refers to the silver with which the columns of\n       noble buildings were covered and the rafters adorned\n   1b) things made of silver\n       1b1) vessels\n       1b2) images of gods
00697^697 Areios Pagos {ar'-i-os pag'-os}\n\nfrom Ares (the name of the Greek deity of war) and a derivative\n   of 4078;; n pr loc\n\nAV - Areopagus 1, Mars Hill 1; 2\n\nAreopagus = "martial peak"\n1) a rocky height in the city of Athens, opposite the western end\n   of the Acropolis toward the west.\n\nThis hill belonged to (Ares) Mars and was called Mar's Hill; so\ncalled, because, as the story went, Mars, having slain Halirrhothius,\nson of Neptune, for the attempted violation of his daughter Alicippe,\nwas tried for the murder here before twelve gods as judges.  This\nplace was the location where the judges convened who, by appointment\nof Solon, had jurisdiction of capital offences, (as wilful murder,\narson, poisoning, malicious wounding, and breach of established\nreligious usages).  The court itself was called Areopagus from the\nplace where it sat, also "Areum judicium" an "curia". To that hill\nthe apostle Paul was not led to defend himself before judges, but\nthat he might set forth his opinions on divine subjects to a greater\nmultitude of people, flocking together there and eager to hear\nsomething new.
00698^698 Areopagites {ar-eh-op-ag-ee'-tace}\n\nfrom 697;; n m\n\nAV - Areopagite 1; 1\n\n1) a member of the court of Areopagus, an Areopagite
00699^699 areskeia {ar-es'-ki-ah}\n\nfrom a derivative of 700; TDNT - 1:456,77; n f\n\nAV - pleasing 1; 1\n\n1) desire to please
00700^700 aresko {ar-es'-ko}\n\nprobably from 142 (through the idea of exciting emotion);\n   TDNT - 1:455,77; v\n\nAV - please 17; 17\n\n1) to please\n2) to strive to please\n   2a) to accommodate one's self to the opinions desires and interests\n       of others
00701^701 arestos {ar-es-tos'}\n\nfrom 700; TDNT - 1:456,77; adj\n\nAV - those things that please 1, reason 1, please + 2076 1,\n     those things that are pleasing 1; 4\n\n1) pleasing, agreeable
00702^702 Aretas {ar-et'-as}\n\nof foreign origin;; n pr m\n\nAV - Aretas 1; 1\n\nAretes = "graver"\n1) An Arabian king\n\nHe made war in 36 A.D. on his son-in-law Herod Antipas for having\ndivorced his daughter; and with such success as completely to\ndestroy his army. In consequence of this, Vitellius, governor of\nSyria, being order by Tiberius to march an army against Aretes,\nprepared for war. But Tiberius meantime having died, (Mar. 16, 37),\nhe recalled his troops from march, dismissed them to winter\nquarters, and departed for Rome. After his departure Aretas held\nsway over the region of Damascus (how acquired we do not know), and\nplaced an ethnarch over the city, who tried to capture Paul.
00703^703 arete {ar-et'-ay}\n\nfrom the same as 730; TDNT - 1:457,77; n f\n\nAV - virtue 4,  praise 1; 5\n\n1) a virtuous course of thought, feeling and action\n   1a) virtue, moral goodness\n2) any particular moral excellence, as modesty, purity
00704^704 aren {ar-ane'}\n\nperhaps the same as 730; TDNT - 1:340,54; n m\n\nAV - lamb 1; 1\n\n1) a sheep, a lamb
00705^705 arithmeo {ar-ith-meh'-o}\n\nfrom 706; TDNT - 1:461,78; v\n\nAV - number 3; 3\n\n1) to number
00706^706 arithmos {ar-ith-mos'}\n\nfrom 142; TDNT - 1:461,78; n m\n\nAV - number 18; 18\n\n1) a fixed and definite number\n2) an indefinite number, a multitude
00707^707 Arimathaia {ar-ee-math-ah'-ee-ah}\n\nof Hebrew origin 07414;; n pr loc\n\nAV - Arimathaea 4; 4\n\nArimathaea = "heights"\n1) the name of several cities in Palestine The one mentioned in Mat.\n   27:57, Mk 15:43, Lk. 23:51, Jn 19:38 appears to have been the same\n   as the birthplace of Samuel in Mount Ephraim.
00708^708 Aristarchos {ar-is'-tar-khos}\n\nfrom the same as 712 and 757;; n pr m\n\nAV - Aristarchus 5; 5\n\nAristarchus = "the best ruler"\n1) a certain Christian of Thessalonica, and accompanied Paul on his\n   third missionary journey
00709^709 aristao {ar-is-tah'-o}\n\nfrom 712;; v\n\nAV - dine 3; 3\n\n1) to breakfast\n2) by later usage, to dine
00710^710 aristeros {ar-is-ter-os'}\n\napparently a comparative of the same as 712;; adj\n\nAV - left hand 1, left 1, on the left 1; 3\n\n1) left
00711^711 Aristoboulos {ar-is-tob'-oo-los}\n\nfrom the same as 712 and 1012;; n pr m\n\nAV - Aristobulus 1; 1\n\nAristobulus = "the best councillor"\n1) a certain Christian
00712^712 ariston {ar'-is-ton}\n\napparently neuter of a superlative from the same as 730;; n n\n\nAV - dinner 3; 3\n\n1) the first food taken early in the morning before work, breakfast\n2) later usage: dinner
00713^713 arketos {ar-ket-os'}\n\nfrom 714; TDNT - 1:464,78; adj\n\nAV - sufficient 1, enough 1, suffice 1; 3\n\n1) sufficient, enough
00714^714 arkeo {ar-keh'-o}\n\napparently a primary word [but probably akin to 142 through the\n   idea of raising a barrier]; TDNT - 1:464,78; v\n\nAV - be content 3, be sufficient 2, be enough 1, suffice 1, content 1; 8\n\n1) to be possessed of unfailing strength\n   1a) to be strong, to suffice, to be enough\n       1a1) to defend, ward off\n   1b) to be satisfied, to be contented
00715^715 arktos {ark'-tos}\n\nprobably from 714;; n m/f\n\nAV - bear 1; 1\n\n1) a bear
00716^716 harma {har'-mah}\n\nprobably from 142 [perhaps with 1 (as a particle of union)\n   prefixed];; n n\n\nAV - chariot 4; 4\n\n1) a chariot\n2) of war chariots (i.e. armed with scythes)\n3) chariots (drawn with many horses)
00717^717 Armageddon {ar-mag-ed-dohn'}\n\nof Hebrew origin 02022 and 04023; TDNT - 1:468,79; n pr loc\n\nAV - Armageddon 1; 1\n\nArmageddon = "the hill or city of Megiddo"\n1) In Rev. 16:16 the scene of a the struggle of good and evil is\n   suggested by that battle plain of Esdraelon, which was famous for\n   two great victories, of Barak over the Canaanites, and of Gideon\n   over the Midianites; and for two great disasters, the deaths of\n   Saul and Josiah. Hence in Revelation a place of great slaughter,\n   the scene of a terrible retribution upon the wicked. The RSV\n   translates the name as Har-Magedon, i.e. the hill (as Ar is the\n   city) of Megiddo.
00718^718 harmozo {har-mod'-zo}\n\nfrom 719;; v\n\nAV - espouse 1; 1\n\n1) to join, to fit together\n   1a) of carpenter's, fastening together beams and planks to build\n       houses, ships, etc.\n2) to betroth a daughter to any one\n   2a) to join to one's self, i.e. to marry the daughter of any one\n   2b) to betroth, to give one in marriage to any one
00719^719 harmos {har-mos'}\n\nfrom the same as 716;; n m\n\nAV - joint 1; 1\n\n1) a joining, a joint
00720^720 arneomai {ar-neh'-om-ahee}\n\nperhaps from 1 (as a negative particle) and the middle voice of\n   4483; TDNT - 1:469,79; v\n\nAV - deny 29, refuse 2; 31\n\n1) to deny\n2) to deny someone\n  2a) to deny one's self\n      2a1) to disregard his own interests or to prove false to himself\n      2a2) act entirely unlike himself\n3) to deny, abnegate, abjure\n4) not to accept, to reject, to refuse something offered
00721^721 arnion {ar-nee'-on}\n\ndiminutive from 704; TDNT - 1:340,*; n n\n\nAV - Lamb i.e. Christ 28, lamb 2; 30\n\n1) a little lamb, a lamb
00722^722 arotrioo {ar-ot-ree-o'-o}\n\nfrom 723;; v\n\nAV - plow 3; 3\n\n1) to plough
00723^723 arotron {ar'-ot-ron}\n\nfrom aroo (to till);; n n\n\nAV - plough 1; 1\n\n1) a plough
00724^724 harpage {har-pag-ay'}\n\nfrom 726;; n f\n\nAV - extortion 1, ravening 1, spoiling 1; 3\n\n1) the act of plundering, robbery\n2) plunder spoil
00725^725 harpagmos {har-pag-mos'}\n\nfrom 726; TDNT - 1:473,80; n m\n\nAV - robbery 1; 1\n\n1) the act of seizing, robbery\n2) a thing seized or to be seized\n   2a) booty to deem anything a prize\n   2b) a thing to be seized upon or to be held fast, retained
00726^726 harpazo {har-pad'-zo}\n\nfrom a derivative of 138; TDNT - 1:472,80; v\n\nAV - catch up 4, take by force 3, catch away 2, pluck 2,\n     catch 1, pull 1; 13\n\n1) to seize, carry off by force\n2) to seize on, claim for one's self eagerly\n3) to snatch out or away
00727^727 harpax {har'-pax}\n\nfrom 726;; adj\n\nAV - extortioner 4, ravening 1; 5\n\n1) rapacious, ravenous\n2) a extortioner, a robber
00728^728 arrhabon {ar-hrab-ohn'}\n\nof Hebrew origin 06162; TDNT - 1:475,80; n m\n\nAV - earnest 3; 3\n\n1) an earnest\n   1a) money which in purchases is given as a pledge or downpayment\n       that the full amount will subsequently be paid
00729^729 arrhaphos {ar'-hhraf-os}\n\nfrom 1 (as a negative particle) and a presumed derivative of the\n   same as 4476;; n m\n\nAV - without seam 1; 1\n\n1) not sewed together, without a seam
00730^730 arrhen {ar'-hrane} or arsen {ar'-sane}\n\nprobably from 142;; adj\n\nAV - male 4, man 3, man child 1, man child + 5207 1; 9\n\n1) a male
00731^731 arrhetos {ar'-hray-tos}\n\nfrom 1 (as a negative particle) and the same as 4490;; adj\n\nAV - unspeakable 1; 1\n\n1) unsaid, unspoken\n2) unspeakable (on account of its sacredness)
00732^732 arrhostos {ar'-hroce-tos}\n\nfrom 1 (as a negative particle) and a presumed derivative of 4517;; v\n\nAV - sick 2, sick folk 1, be sick 1, sickly 1; 5\n\n1) without strength, weak, sick
00733^733 arsenokoites {ar-sen-ok-oy'-tace}\n\nfrom 730 and 2845;; n m\n\nAV - abuser of (one's) self with mankind 1,\n     defile (one's) self with mankind 1; 2\n\n1) one who lies with a male as with a female, sodomite, homosexual
00734^734 Artemas {ar-tem-as'}\n\ncontracted from a compound of 735 and 1435;; n pr m\n\nAV - Artemas 1; 1\n\nArtemas = "gift of Artemis"\n1) a friend of Paul the apostle
00735^735 Artemis {ar'-tem-is}\n\nprobably from the same as 736;; n pr f\n\nAV - Diana 5; 5\n\nDiana = "complete light: flow restrained"\n\n1) Artemis, that is to say the so called Tauric or Persian or\n   Ephesian Artemis, the goddess of many Asiatic people, to be\n   distinguished from the Artemis of the Greeks, the sister of\n   Apollo. A very splendid temple was built to her at Ephesus, which\n   was set on fire by Herostratus and reduced to ashes; but\n   afterwards in the times of Alexander the Great, it was rebuilt in\n   a style of greater magnificence.
00736^736 artemon {ar-tem'-ohn}\n\nfrom a derivative of 737;; n m\n\nAV - mainsail 1; 1\n\n1) a top-sail or foresail of a ship
00737^737 arti {ar'-tee}\n\nfrom a derivative of 142 (cf 740) through the idea of suspension;\n   TDNT - 4:1106,658; adv\n\nAV - now 24, henceforth + 575 2, hereafter + 575 2, this present 2,\n    hitherto + 2193 2, misc 4; 36\n\n1) just now, this moment\n2) now at this time, at this very time, this moment\n\nFor Synonyms see entry 5815
00738^738 artigennetos {ar-teeg-en'-nay-tos}\n\nfrom 737 and 1084; TDNT - 1:672,114; adj\n\nAV - newborn 1; 1\n\n1) just born, newborn
00739^739 artios {ar'-tee-os}\n\nfrom 737; TDNT - 1:475,80; adj\n\nAV - perfect 1; 1\n\n1) fitted\n2) complete, perfect\n   2a) having reference apparently to "special aptitude for given uses"
00740^740 artos {ar'-tos}\n\nfrom 142; TDNT - 1:477,80; n m\n\nAV - bread 72, loaf 23, shewbread + 4286 + 3588 4; 99\n\n1) food composed of flour mixed with water and baked\n   1a) the Israelites made it in the form of an oblong or round\n       cake, as thick as one's thumb, and as large as a plate or\n       platter hence it was not to be cut but broken\n   1b) loaves were consecrated to the Lord\n   1c) of the bread used at the love-feasts and at the Lord's Table\n2) food of any kind
00741^741 artuo {ar-too'-o}\n\nfrom a presumed derivative of 142;; v\n\nAV - season 3; 3\n\n1) to prepare, arrange, with respect to food\n2) to season, make savory
00742^742 Arphaxad {ar-fax-ad'}\n\nof Hebrew origin 0775;; n pr m\n\nAV - Arphaxad 1; 1\n\nArphaxad = "stronghold of Chaldees"\n1) the son of Shem and ancestor of Eber
00743^743 archaggelos {ar-khang'-el-os}\n\nfrom 757 and 32; TDNT - 1:87,12; n m\n\nAV - archangel 2; 2\n\n1) archangel, or chief of the angels\n\nThe Jews, after the exile,  distinguished several orders of angels;\nsome reckoned four angels (according to the four sides of God's\nthrone) of the highest rank; but the majority reckoned seven (after\nthe pattern of the seven Amshaspands, the highest spirits of the\nreligion of Zoroaster)
00744^744 archaios {ar-khah'-yos}\n\nfrom 746; TDNT - 1:486,81; adj\n\nAV - old 8, of old time 3, a good while ago + 575 + 2250 1; 12\n\n1) that has been from the beginning, original, primal, old ancient\n   1a) of men, things, times, conditions\n\nFor Synonyms see entry 5816
00745^745 Archelaos {ar-khel'-ah-os}\n\nfrom 757 and 2994;; n pr m\n\nAV - Archelaus 1; 1\n\nArchelaus = "prince of the people"\n1) A son of Herod the Great by Malthace, the Samaritan woman.\n   He and his brother Antipas were brought up with a certain private\n   man in Rome.  After the death of his father, he ruled as ethnarch\n   over Judaea, Samaria and Idumaea, (with the exception of the cities\n   of Gaza, Gadara and Hipo). The Jews and the Samaritans having\n   accused him at Rome of tyranny, he was banished by the emperor\n   Augustus to Vienna of the Allobroges and died there.
00746^746 arche {ar-khay'}\n\nfrom 756; TDNT - 1:479,81; n f\n\nAV - beginning 40, principality 8, corner 2, first 2, misc 6; 58\n\n1) beginning, origin\n2) the person or thing that commences, the first person or thing\n   in a series, the leader\n3) that by which anything begins to be, the origin, the active cause\n4) the extremity of a thing\n   4a) of the corners of a sail\n5) the first place, principality, rule, magistracy\n   5a) of angels and demons
00747^747 archegos {ar-khay-gos'}\n\nfrom 746 and 71; TDNT - 1:487,81; adj\n\nAV - prince 2, captain 1, author 1; 4\n\n1) the chief leader, prince\n   1a) of Christ\n2) one that takes the lead in any thing and thus affords an\n   example, a predecessor in a matter, pioneer\n3) the author
00748^748 archieratikos {ar-khee-er-at-ee-kos'}\n\nfrom 746 and a derivative of 2413;; adj\n\nAV - of the high priest 1; 1\n\n1) high priestly, pontifical
00749^749 archiereus {ar-khee-er-yuce'}\n\nfrom 746 and 2409; TDNT - 3:265,349; n m\n\nAV - chief priest 64, high priest 58, chief of the priest 1; 123\n\n1) chief priest, high priest\n\nHe above all others was honoured with the title of priest, the chief\nof priests. It was lawful for him to perform the common duties of\nthe priesthood; but his chief duty was, once a year on the day of\natonement, to enter into the Holy of Holies (from which the other\npriests were excluded) and offer sacrifices for his own sins and the\nsins of the people, and to preside over the Sanhedrin, or Supreme\nCouncil, when convened for judicial deliberations.  According to\nMosaic law, no one could aspire to the high priesthood unless he\nwere of the tribe of Aaron and descended from a high priestly\nfamily; and he on whom the office was conferred held it till death.\nBut from the time of Antiochus Epiphanes, when the kings of\nSeleucideae and afterwards the Herodian princes and the Romans\narrogated to themselves the power of appointing the high priests,\nthe office neither remained vested in the pontifical family nor was\nconferred on any for life; but it became venal, and could be\ntransferred from one to another according to the will of civic or\nmilitary rulers. Hence it came to pass, that during the one hundred\nand seven years intervening between Herod the Great and the\ndestruction of the holy city, twenty eight persons held the\npontifical dignity.  2) the high priests, these comprise in addition\nto one holding the high priestly office, both those who had\npreviously discharged it and although disposed, continued to have\ngreat power in the State, as well as the members of the families\nfrom which high priest were created, provided that they had much\ninfluence in public affairs.  3) Used of Christ because by\nundergoing a bloody death he offered himself as an expiatory\nsacrifice to God, and has entered into the heavenly sanctuary where\nhe continually intercedes on our behalf.
00750^750 archipoimen {ar-khee-poy'-mane}\n\nfrom 746 and 4166; TDNT - 6:485,901; n m\n\nAV - chief shepherd 1; 1\n\n1) chief shepherd\n   1a) of Christ the head of the church
00751^751 Archippos {ar'-khip-pos}\n\nfrom 746 and 2462;; n pr m\n\nAV - Archippus 2; 2\n\nArchippus = "master of the horse"\n1) a certain Christian teacher in Colosse
00752^752 archisunagogos {ar-khee-soon-ag'-o-gos}\n\nfrom 746 and 4864; TDNT - 6:844,1107; n m\n\nAV - ruler of the synagogue 7, chief ruler of the synagogue 2; 9\n\n1) ruler of the synagogue. It was his duty to select the readers\n   or teachers in the synagogue, to examine the discourses of the\n   public speakers, and to see that all things were done with\n   decency and in accordance with ancestral usage.
00753^753 architekton {ar-khee-tek'-tone}\n\nfrom 746 and 5045;; n m\n\nAV - masterbuilder 1; 1\n\n1) a master builder, an architect, the superintendent in the\n   erection of buildings
00754^754 architelones {ar-khee-tel-o'-nace}\n\nfrom 746 and 5057;; n m\n\nAV - chief among the publicans 1; 1\n\n1) a chief of tax collectors, chief publican
00755^755 architriklinos {ar-khee-tree'-klee-nos}\n\nfrom 746 and a compound of 5140 and 2827 (a dinner-bed, because\n   composed of three couches);; n m\n\nAV - governor of the feast 2, ruler of the feast 1; 3\n\n1) the superintendent of the dining room, a table master.\n\nIt differs from toast-master, who was one of the guests selected by\nlot to prescribe to the rest the mode of drinking. The table master\nwas to place in order the tables and the couches, arrange the\ncourses, taste the food and wine beforehand, and so forth.
00756^756 archomai {ar'-khom-ahee}\n\nmiddle voice of 757 (through the implication of precedence);\n   TDNT - 1:478,*; v\n\nAV - begin 83, rehearse from the beginning 1; 84\n\n1) to be the first to do (anything), to begin\n2) to be chief, leader, ruler\n3) to begin, make a beginning
00757^757 archo {ar'-kho}\n\na primary word; TDNT - 1:478,81; v\n\nAV - rule over 1, reign over 1; 2\n\n1) to be chief, to lead, to rule
00758^758 archon {ar'-khone}\n\npresent participle of 757; TDNT - 1:488,81; n m\n\nAV - ruler 22, prince 11, chief 2, magistrate 1, chief ruler 1; 37\n\n1) a ruler, commander, chief, leader
00759^759 aroma {ar'-o-mah}\n\nfrom 142 (in the sense of sending off scent);; n n\n\nAV - spices 3, sweet spices 1; 4\n\n1) spice, perfume
00760^760 Asa {as-ah'}\n\nof Hebrew origin 0609;; n pr m\n\nAV - Asa 2; 2\n\nAsa = "physician, or cure"\n1)  son of Abijah and king of Judah
00761^761 asaleutos {as-al'-yoo-tos}\n\nfrom 1 (as a negative particle) and a derivative of 4531;; adj\n\nAV - unmoveable 1, which cannot be moved 1; 2\n\n1) unshaken, unmoved\n2) metaph. not liable to overthrow and disorder, firm stable
00762^762 asbestos {as'-bes-tos}\n\nfrom 1 (as a negative particle) and a derivative of 4570;; adj\n\nAV - unquenchable 2, never shall be quenched 2; 4\n\n1) unquenched, unquenchable\n   1a) of eternal hell fire to punish the damned
00763^763 asebeia {as-eb'-i-ah}\n\nfrom 765; TDNT - 7:185,1010; n f\n\nAV - ungodliness 4, ungodly 2; 6\n\n1) want of reverence towards God, impiety, ungodliness
00764^764 asebeo {as-eb-eh'-o}\n\nfrom 765; TDNT - 7:185,1010; v\n\nAV - live ungodly 1, commit ungodly 1; 2\n\n1) to be ungodly, act impiously
00765^765 asebes {as-eb-ace'}\n\nfrom 1 (as a negative particle) and a presumed derivative of\n   4576; TDNT - 7:185,1010; adj\n\nAV - ungodly 8, ungodly men 1; 9\n\n1) destitute of reverential awe towards God, condemning God, impious
00766^766 aselgeia {as-elg'-i-a}\n\nfrom a compound of 1 (as a negative particle) and a presumed\n   selges (of uncertain derivation, but apparently meaning\n   continent); TDNT - 1:490,83; n f\n\nAV - lasciviousness 6, wantonness 2, filthy 1; 9\n\n1) unbridled lust, excess, licentiousness, lasciviousness,\n   wantonness, outrageousness, shamelessness, insolence
00767^767 asemos {as'-ay-mos}\n\nfrom 1 (as a negative particle) and the base of 4591;\n   TDNT - 7:267,1015; adj\n\nAV - mean 1; 1\n\n1) unmarked or unstamped\n   1a) of money\n2) unknown, of no mark, insignificant, ignoble
00768^768 Aser {as-ayr'}\n\nof Hebrew origin 0836;; n pr m\n\nAV - Aser 2; 2\n\nAsher = "blessed"\n1) the eighth son of Jacob
00769^769 astheneia {as-then'-i-ah}\n\nfrom 772; TDNT - 1:490,83; n f\n\nAV - infirmity 17, weakness 5, disease 1, sickness 1, 24\n\n1) want of strength, weakness, infirmity\n   1a) of the body\n       1a1) its native weakness and frailty\n       1a2) feebleness of health or sickness\n   1b) of the soul\n       1b1) want of strength and capacity requisite\n            1b1a) to understand a thing\n            1b1b) to do things great and glorious\n            1b1c) to restrain corrupt desires\n            1b1d) to bear trials and troubles
00770^770 astheneo {as-then-eh'-o}\n\nfrom 772; TDNT - 1:490,83; v\n\nAV - be weak 12, be sick 10, sick 7, weak 3, impotent man 1,\n     be diseased 1, be made weak 1; 36\n\n1) to be weak, feeble, to be without strength, powerless\n2) to be weak in means, needy, poor\n3) to be feeble, sick
00771^771 asthenema {as-then'-ay-mah}\n\nfrom 770; TDNT - 1:490,83; n n\n\nAV - infirmity 1; 1\n\n1) infirmity\n   1a) of error arising from weakness of mind
00772^772 asthenes {as-then-ace'}\n\nfrom 1 (as a negative particle) and the base of 4599;\n   TDNT - 1:490,83; adj\n\nAV - weak 12, sick 6, weakness 2, weaker 1, weak things 1,\n     impotent 1, more feeble 1, without strength 1; 25\n\n1) weak, infirm, feeble
00773^773 Asia {as-ee'-ah}\n\nof uncertain derivation;; n pr loc\n\nAV - Asia 19; 19\n\nAsia = "orient"\n1) Asia proper or proconsular Asia embracing Mysia, Lydia, Phrygia,\n   and Caria, corresponding closely to Turkey today
00774^774 Asianos {as-ee-an-os'}\n\nfrom 773;; adj\n\nAV - of Asia 1; 1\n\n1) a native of Asia, Asian, Asiatic
00775^775 Asiarches {as-ee-ar'-khace}\n\nfrom 773 and 746;; n m\n\nAV - chief of Asia 1; 1\n\n1) an Asiarch, President of Asia.\n\nEach of the cities of proconsular Asia, at the autumnal equinox,\nassembled its most honourable and opulent citizens, in order to\nselect one to preside over the games to be exhibited that year, at\nhis expense, in the honour of the gods and the Roman Emperor.\nThereupon each city reported the name of the person selected to a\ngeneral assembly held by some leading city, as Ephesus, Smyrna,\nSardis. The general council selected ten out of the number of\ncandidates, and sent them to the proconsul; and the proconsul chose\none of these ten to preside over the rest.
00776^776 asitia {as-ee-tee'-ah}\n\nfrom 777;; n f\n\nAV - abstinence 1; 1\n\n1) abstinence from food (whether voluntary or enforced)
00777^777 asitos {as'-ee-tos}\n\nfrom 1 (as a negative particle) and 4621;; adj\n\nAV - fasting 1; 1\n\n1) fasting, without having eaten
00778^778 askeo {as-keh'-o}\n\nprobably from the same as 4632; TDNT - 1:494,84; v\n\nAV - exercise 1; 1\n\n1) to form by art, to adorn\n2) to exercise (one's) self, take pains, labour, strive
00779^779 askos {as-kos'}\n\nfrom the same as 778;; n m\n\nAV - bottle 12; 12\n\n1) a leathern bag or bottle, in which water or wine was kept
00780^780 asmenos {as-men'-oce}\n\nfrom a derivative of the base of 2237;; adv\n\nAV - gladly 2; 2\n\n1) with joy, gladness
00781^781 asophos {as'-of-os}\n\nfrom 1 (as a negative particle) and 4680;; adj\n\nAV - fool 1; 1\n\n1) unwise, foolish
00782^782 aspazomai {as-pad'-zom-ahee}\n\nfrom 1 (as a particle of union) and a presumed form of 4685;\n   TDNT - 1:496,84; v\n\nAV - salute 42, greet 15, embrace 2, take leave 1; 60\n\n1) to draw to one's self\n   1a) to salute one, greet, bid welcome, wish well to\n   1b) to receive joyfully, welcome\n\nUsed of those accosting anyone; of those who visit one to see him a\nlittle while, departing almost immediately afterwards; to pay\nrespects to a distinguished person by visiting him; of those who\ngreet one whom they meet in the way (even not in the East, Christians\nand Mohammedans do not greet one another); a salutation was made not\nmerely by a slight gesture and a few words, but generally by\nembracing and kissing, a journey was retarded frequently by saluting.
00783^783 aspasmos {as-pas-mos'}\n\nfrom 782; TDNT - 1:496,84; n m\n\nAV - salutation 7, greeting 3; 10\n\n1) a salutation, either oral or written
00784^784 aspilos {as'-pee-los}\n\nfrom 1 (as a negative particle) and 4695; TDNT - 1:502,85; adj\n\nAV - without spot 3, unspotted 1; 4\n\n1) spotless\n2) metaph.\n   2a) free from censure, irreproachable\n   2b) free from vice, unsullied
00785^785 aspis {as-pece'}\n\nof uncertain derivation;; n m\n\nAV - asp 1; 1\n\n1) an asp, a small and most venomous serpent, the bite of which\n  is fatal unless the bitten part be immediately cut away
00786^786 aspondos {as'-pon-dos}\n\nfrom 1 (as a negative particle) and a derivative of 4689;; adj\n\nAV - implacable 1, trucebreakers 1; 2\n\n1) without a treaty or covenant\n   1a) of things not mutually agreed upon\n       e.g. abstinences from hostilities\n2) that cannot be persuaded to enter into a covenant, implacable
00787^787 assarion {as-sar'-ee-on}\n\nof Latin origin;; n n\n\nAV - farthing 2; 2\n\n1) an assarium or assarius, the name of a coin equal to the tenth part\n   of a drachma
00788^788 asson {as'-son}\n\nneuter comparative of the base of 1451;; adv\n\nAV - close 1; 1\n\n1) nearer
00789^789 Assos {as'-sos}\n\nprobably of foreign origin;; n pr loc\n\nAV - Assos 2; 2\n\nAssos = "approaching"\n1) a seaport of the Roman province of Asia in the district anciently\n   called Mysia, on the north shore of the Gulf of Adramyttium, and\n   about 7 miles (11 km) from Lesbos
00790^790 astateo {as-tat-eh'-o}\n\nfrom 1 (as a negative particle) and a derivative of 2476;\n   TDNT - 1:503,86; v\n\nAV - have no certain dwelling place 1; 1\n\n1) to wander about, to rove without a settled abode
00791^791 asteios {as-ti'-os}\n\nfrom astu (a city);; adj\n\nAV - fair 1, proper 1; 2\n\n1) of the city\n2) of polished manners\n3) elegant (of body), comely, fair
00792^792 aster {as-tare'}\n\nprobably from the base of 4766; TDNT - 1:503,86; n m\n\nAV - star 24; 24\n\n1) a star
00793^793 asteriktos {as-tay'-rik-tos}\n\nfrom 1 (as a negative particle) and a presumed derivative of\n   4741; TDNT - 7:653,1085; adj\n\nAV - unstable 2; 2\n\n1) unstable, unsteadfast
00794^794 astorgos {as'-tor-gos}\n\nfrom 1 (as a negative particle) and a presumed derivative of\n   stergo (to cherish affectionately);; adj\n\nAV - without natural affection 2; 2\n\n1) without natural affection, unsociable (Rom 1:31 marg.),\n   inhuman (2Ti. 3:3 RSV), unloving (2Ti. 3:3 NKJV)
00795^795 astocheo {as-tokh-eh'-o}\n\nfrom a compound of 1 (as a negative particle) and stoichos (an aim);; v\n\nAV - err 2, swerve 1; 3\n\n1) to deviate from, miss (the mark)
00796^796 astrape {as-trap-ay'}\n\nfrom 797; TDNT - 1:505,86; n f\n\nAV - lightning 8, light shining 1; 9\n\n1) lightning\n   1a) of the gleam of a lamp
00797^797 astrapto {as-trap'-to}\n\nprobably from 792;; v\n\nAV - lighten 1, shine 1; 2\n\n1) to lighten\n   1a) of dazzling objects
00798^798 astron {as'-tron}\n\nfrom 792; TDNT - 1:503,86; n n\n\nAV - star 4; 4\n\n1) a group of stars, a constellation\n2) a star
00799^799 Asugkritos {as-oong'-kree-tos}\n\nfrom 1 (as a negative particle) and a derivative of 4793;; n pr m\n\nAV - Asyncritus 1; 1\n\nAsyncritus = "incomparable"\n1) an unknown Christian at Rome saluted by Paul
00800^800 asumphonos {as-oom'-fo-nos}\n\nfrom 1 (as a negative particle) and 4859;; adj\n\nAV - agreed not + 5607 1; 1\n\n1) not agreeing in sound, dissonant, inharmonious, at variance
00801^801 asunetos {as-oon'-ay-tos}\n\nfrom 1 (as a negative particle) and 4908; TDNT - 7:888,1119; adj\n\nAV - without understanding 3, foolish 2; 5\n\n1) unintelligent, without understanding, stupid
00802^802 asunthetos {as-oon'-thet-os}\n\nfrom 1 (as a negative particle) and a derivative of 4934;; adj\n\nAV - covenant breaker 1; 1\n\n1) uncompounded, simple\n2) covenant breaking, faithless
00803^803 asphaleia {as-fal'-i-ah}\n\nfrom 804; TDNT - 1:506,87; n f\n\nAV - safety 2, certainty 1; 3\n\n1) firmness, stability\n2) certainty, undoubted truth\n3) security from enemies and dangers, safety
00804^804 asphales {as-fal-ace'}\n\nfrom 1 (as a negative particle) and sphallo (to "fail");\n   TDNT - 1:506,87; adj\n\nAV - certainty 2, certain 1, safe 1, sure 1; 5\n\n1) firm (that which can be relied on)\n2) certain, true\n3) suited to confirm
00805^805 asphalizo {as-fal-id'-zo}\n\nfrom 804; TDNT - 1:506,87; v\n\nAV - make sure 3, make fast 1; 4\n\n1) to make firm, to make secure (against harm)\n2) to be made secure
00806^806 asphalos {as-fal-oce'}\n\nfrom 804; TDNT - 1:506,87; adv\n\nAV - safely 2, assuredly 1; 3\n\n1) safety (so as to prevent escape), assuredly
00807^807 aschemoneo {as-kay-mon-eh'-o}\n\nfrom 809;; v\n\nAV - behave (one's) self uncomely 1, behave (one's) self unseemly 1; 2\n\n1) to act unbecomingly
00808^808 aschemosune {as-kay-mos-oo'-nay}\n\nfrom 809;; n f\n\nAV - that which is unseemly 1, shame 1; 2\n\n1) unseemliness, an unseemly deed\n   1a) of a woman's genitals\n   1b) of one's nakedness, shame
00809^809 askemon {as-kay'-mone}\n\nfrom 1 (as a negative particle) and a presumed derivative of 2192\n   (in the sense of its congener 4976);; adj\n\nAV - uncomely 1; 1\n\n1) deformed\n2) indecent, unseemly
00810^810 asotia {as-o-tee'-ah}\n\nfrom a compound of 1 (as a negative particle) and a presumed\n   derivative of 4982; TDNT - 1:506,87\n\nAV - riot 2, excess 1; 3\n\n1) an abandoned, dissolute life\n2) profligacy, prodigality
00811^811 asotos {as-o'-toce}\n\nfrom the same as 810; TDNT - 1:506,87; adv\n\nAV - riotous 1; 1\n\n1) dissolutely, profligately
00812^812 atakteo {at-ak-teh'-o}\n\nfrom 813; TDNT - 8:47,1156; v\n\nAV - behave (one's) self disorderly 1; 1\n\n1) to be disorderly\n  1a) of soldiers marching out of order or quitting ranks\n  1b) to be neglectful of duty, to be lawless\n  1c) to lead a disorderly life
00813^813 ataktos {at'-ak-tos}\n\nfrom 1 (as a negative particle) and a derivative of 5021;\n   TDNT - 8:47,1156; adj\n\nAV - unruly 1; 1\n\n1) disorderly, out of ranks (often so of soldiers)\n2) irregular, inordinate, immoderate pleasures\n3) deviating from the prescribed order or rule
00814^814 ataktos {at-ak'-toce}\n\nfrom 813; TDNT - 8:47,1156; adv\n\nAV - disorderly 2; 2\n\n1) disorderly, out of ranks (often so of soldiers)\n2) irregular, inordinate, immoderate pleasures\n3) deviating from the prescribed order or rule
00815^815 ateknos {at'-ek-nos}\n\nfrom 1 (as a negative particle) and 5043;; adj\n\nAV - without children 2, childless 1; 3\n\n1) without offspring, childless
00816^816 atenizo {at-en-id'-zo}\n\nfrom a compound of 1 (as a particle of union) and teino (to stretch);; v\n\nAV - look steadfastly 2, behold steadfastly 2, fasten (one's) eyes 2,\n     look earnestly on 1, look earnestly upon 1, look up steadfastly 1,\n     behold earnestly 1, misc 4; 14\n\n1) to fix the eyes on, gaze upon\n2) to look into anything\n3) metaph. to fix one's mind on one as an example
00817^817 ater {at'-er}\n\na particle probably akin to 427;; prep\n\nAV - in the absence of 1, without 1; 2\n\n1) without, apart from
00818^818 atimazo {at-im-ad'-zo}\n\nfrom 820;; v\n\nAV - dishonour 3, entreat shamefully 1, suffer shame 1, despise 1; 6\n\n1) to dishonour, insult, treat with contempt\n   1a) whether in word, deed or thought
00819^819 atimia {at-ee-mee'-ah}\n\nfrom 820;; n f\n\nAV - dishonour 4, vile 1, shame 1, reproach 1; 7\n\n1) dishonour, ignominy, disgrace
00820^820 atimos {at'-ee-mos}\n\nfrom 1 (as a negative particle) and 5092;; adj\n\nAV - without honour 2, despised 1, less honourable 1; 4\n\n1) without honour, unhonoured, dishonoured\n2) base, of less esteem
00821^821 atimoo {at-ee-mo'-o}\n\nfrom 820;; v\n\nAV - handle shamefully 1; 1\n\n1) to dishonour, mark with disgrace
00822^822 atmis {at-mece'}\n\nfrom the same as 109;; n f\n\nAV - vapour 2; 2\n\n1) vapour
00823^823 atomos {at'-om-os}\n\nfrom 1 (as a negative particle) and the base of 5114;; adj\n\nAV - moment 1; 1\n\n1) that cannot be cut in two, or divided, indivisible\n   1a) of a moment of time
00824^824 atopos {at'-op-os}\n\nfrom 1 (as a negative particle) and 5117;; adj\n\nAV - amiss 1, harm 1, unreasonable 1; 3\n\n1) out of place, not befitting, unbecoming\n2) improper, wicked\n3) unrighteous\n4) inconvenient, harmful
00825^825 Attaleia {at-tal'-i-ah}\n\nfrom Attalos (a king of Pergamus);; n pr loc\n\nAV - Attalia 1; 1\n\nAttalia = "Jah's due season"\n1) a maritime city of Pamphylia in Asia, very near the\n   borders of Lycia, built and named by Attalus Philadelphus,\n   king of Pergamos, now called Antali
00826^826 augazo {ow-gad'-zo}\n\nfrom 827; TDNT - 1:507,87; v\n\nAV - shine 1; 1\n\n1) to beam upon, irradiate\n2) to be bright, to shine forth
00827^827 auge {owg'-ay}\n\nof uncertain derivation;; n f\n\nAV - break of day 1; 1\n\n1) brightness, radiance, daylight\n\nFor Synonyms see entry 5817
00828^828 Augoustos {ow'-goos-tos}\n\nfrom Latin ["august"];; n pr m\n\nAV - Augustus 1; 1\n\nAugustus = "venerable"\n1) the first Roman emperor\n2) title conferred upon Roman emperors
00829^829 authades {ow-thad'-ace}\n\nfrom 846 and the base of 2237; TDNT - 1:508,87; adj\n\nAV - self-willed 2; 2\n\n1) self-pleasing, self-willed, arrogant
00830^830 authairetos {ow-thah'-ee-ret-os}\n\nfrom 846 and the same as 140;; adj\n\nAV - willing of (one's) self 2; 2\n\n1) voluntary, of free choice, of one's own accord
00831^831 authenteo {ow-then-teh'-o}\n\nfrom a compound of 846 and an obsolete hentes (a worker);; v\n\nAV - usurp authority over 1; 1\n\n1) one who with his own hands kills another or himself\n2) one who acts on his own authority, autocratic\n3) an absolute master\n4) to govern, exercise dominion over one
00832^832 auleo {ow-leh'-o}\n\nfrom 836;; v\n\nAV - pipe 3; 3\n\n1) to play on the flute, to pipe
00833^833 aule {ow-lay'}\n\nfrom the same as 109;; n f\n\nAV - palace 7, hall 2, sheepfold + 4163 1, fold 1, court 1; 12\n\n1) among the Greeks in Homer's time, an uncovered space around\n   the house, enclosed by a wall, in which the stables stood,\n   hence among the Orientals that roofless enclosure by a wall,\n   in the open country in which the flocks were herded at night,\n   a sheepfold\n2) the uncovered courtyard of the house. In the O.T. particularly\n   of the courts of the tabernacle and of the temple in Jerusalem.\n   The dwellings of the higher classes usually had two, one \n   exterior, between the door and the street; the other interior, \n   surrounded by the buildings of the dwelling itself. The latter\n   is mentioned Mat. 26:69.\n3) the house itself, a palace
00834^834 auletes {ow-lay-tace'}\n\nfrom 832;; n m\n\nAV - minstrel 1, piper 1; 2\n\n1) a flute player
00835^835 aulizomai {ow-lid'-zom-ahee}\n\nmiddle voice from 833;; v\n\nAV - lodge 1, abide 1; 2\n\n1) to lodge in the court-yard, esp. at night\n   1a) of flocks and shepherds\n2) to pass the night in the open air\n3) to pass the night, lodge
00836^836 aulos {ow-los'}\n\nfrom the same as 109;; n m\n\nAV - pipe 1; 1\n\n1) a pipe
00837^837 auxano {owx-an'-o}\n\na prolonged form of a primary verb; TDNT - 8:517,*; v\n\nAV - grow 12, increase 7, give the increase 2, grow up 1; 22\n\n1) to cause to grow, augment\n2) to increase, become greater\n3) to grow, increase\n   3a) of plants\n   3b) of infants\n   3c) of a multitude of people\n   3d) of inward Christian growth
00838^838 auxesis {owx'-ay-sis}\n\nfrom 837;; n f\n\nAV - increase 2; 2\n\n1) increase, growth
00839^839 aurion {ow'-ree-on}\n\nfrom a derivative of the same as 109 (meaning a breeze, i.e. the\n   morning air);; adv\n\nAV - to morrow 9, morrow 5, next day 1; 15\n\n1) tomorrow
00840^840 austeros {ow-stay-ros'}\n\nfrom a (presumed) derivative of the same as 109 (meaning blown);; adj\n\nAV - austere 2; 2\n\n1) of mind and manners: harsh, rough, rigid
00841^841 autarkeia {ow-tar'-ki-ah}\n\nfrom 842; TDNT - 1:466,78; n f\n\nAV - sufficiency 1, contentment 1; 2\n\n1) a perfect condition of life in which no aid or support is needed\n2) sufficiency of the necessities of life\n3) a mind contented with its lot, contentment
00842^842 autarkes {ow-tar'-kace}\n\nfrom 846 and 714; TDNT - 1:466,78; adj\n\nAV - content 1; 1\n\n1) sufficient for one's self, strong enough or processing enough to need\n   no aid or support\n2) independent of external circumstances\n3) contented with one's lot, with one's means, though the slenderest
00843^843 autokatakritos {ow-tok-at-ak'-ree-tos}\n\nfrom 846 and a derivative or 2632; TDNT - 3:952,469; adj\n\nAV - condemned 1; 1\n\n1) self-condemned
00844^844 automatos {ow-tom'-at-os}\n\nfrom 846 and the same as 3155;; adj\n\nAV - of (one's) self 1, of (one's) own accord 1; 2\n\n1) moved by one's own impulse, or acting without the instigation\n   or intervention of another\n2) often used of the earth producing plants of itself, and of the\n   plants themselves and the fruits growing without culture
00845^845 autoptes {ow-top'-tace}\n\nfrom 846 and 3700; TDNT - 5:373,706; n m\n\nAV - eyewitness 1; 1\n\n1) seeing with one's own eye, an eye-witness\n   1a) a medical term: autopsy, a detailed examination
00846^846 autos {ow-tos'}\n\nfrom the particle au [perhaps akin to the base of 109 through the\n   idea of a baffling wind] (backward);; pron\n\nAV - him 1947, them 1148, her 195, it 152, not tr. 36, misc 1676; 5118\n\n1) himself, herself, themselves, itself\n2) he, she, it\n3) the same\n\nWigram's frequency count is 4913 not 5118.
00847^847 autou {ow-too'}\n\ngenitive (i.e. possessive) of 846, used as an adverb of location;; adv\n\nAV - there 3, here 1; 4\n\n1) in that place, there, here
00848^848 hautou {how-too'}\n\ncontracted for 1438;; pron\n\nAV - himself 3, themself 1, them 1; 5\n\n1) of himself, themself, them\n\nWigram, J.B. Smith, and Strong incorrectly listed this number\nfor 846.
00849^849 autocheir {ow-tokh'-ire}\n\nfrom 846 and 5495;; adj\n\nAV - with (one's) own hands 1; 1\n\n1) doing a thing with one's own hands (Often in the tragedians\n   and Attic orators)
00850^850 auchmeros {owkh-may-ros'}\n\nfrom auchmos [probably from a base akin to that of 109] (dust, as\n   dried by wind);; adj\n\nAV - dark 1; 1\n\n1) squalid, dirty\n   1a) since dirty things are destitute of brightness: dark
00851^851 aphaireo {af-ahee-reh'-o}\n\nfrom 575 and 138;; v\n\nAV - take away 7, cut off 2, smite off 1; 10\n\n1) to take from, take away, remove, carry off\n2) to cut off
00852^852 aphanes {af-an-ace'}\n\nfrom 1 (as a negative particle) and 5316;; adj\n\nAV - that is not manifest 1; 1\n\n1) not manifest, hidden
00853^853 aphanizo {af-an-id'-zo}\n\nfrom 852;; v\n\nAV - corrupt 2, disfigure 1, perish 1, vanish away 1; 5\n\n1) to snatch out of sight, to put out of view, to make unseen\n2) to cause to vanish away, to destroy, consume\n3) to deprive of lustre, render unsightly\n   3a) to disfigure
00854^854 aphanismos {af-an-is-mos'}\n\nfrom 853;; n m\n\nAV - vanish away 1; 1\n\n1) disappearance\n2) destruction
00855^855 aphantos {af'-an-tos}\n\nfrom 1 (as a negative particle) and a derivative of 5316;; adj\n\nAV - vanish out of sight + 575 1; 1\n\n1) taken out of sight, made invisible
00856^856 aphedron {af-ed-rone'}\n\nfrom a compound of 575 and the base of 1476;; n m\n\nAV - draught 2; 2\n\n1) a place where the human waste discharges are dumped\n   1a) a privy, sink, toilet
00857^857 apheidia {af-i-dee'-ah}\n\nfrom a compound of 1 (as a negative particle) and 5339;; n f\n\nAV - neglecting 1; 1\n\n1) unsparingly severity
00858^858 aphelotes {af-el-ot'-ace}\n\nfrom a compound of 1 (as a negative particle) and phellos (in the\n   sense of a stone as stubbing the foot);; n f\n\nAV - singleness 1; 1\n\n1) simplicity, singleness
00859^859 aphesis {af'-es-is}\n\nfrom 863; TDNT - 1:509,88; n f\n\nAV - remission 9, forgiveness 6, deliverance 1, liberty 1; 17\n\n1) release from bondage or imprisonment\n2) forgiveness or pardon, of sins (letting them go as if they\n   had never been committed), remission of the penalty
00860^860 haphe {haf-ay'}\n\nfrom 680;; n f\n\nAV - joint 2; 2\n\n1) bond, connection
00861^861 aphtharsia {af-thar-see'-ah}\n\nfrom 862; TDNT - 9:93,1259; n f\n\nAV - incorruption 4, immortality 2, sincerity 2; 8\n\n1) incorruption, perpetuity\n2) purity, sincerity, incorrupt
00862^862 aphthartos {af'-thar-tos}\n\nfrom 1 (as a negative particle) and a derivative of 5351;\n   TDNT - 9:93,1259; adj\n\nAV - incorruptible 4, uncorruptible 1, immortal 1, not corruptible 1; 7\n\n1) uncorrupted, not liable to corruption or decay, imperishable\n   1a) of things\n2) immortal\n   2a) of the risen dead
00863^863 aphiemi {af-ee'-ay-mee}\n\nfrom 575 and hiemi (to send, an intens. form of eimi, to go);\n   TDNT - 1:509,88; v\n\nAV - leave 52, forgive 47, suffer 14, let 8, forsake 6, let alone 6,\n     misc 13; 146\n\n1) to send away\n   1a) to bid going away or depart\n       1a1) of a husband divorcing his wife\n   1b) to send forth, yield up, to expire\n   1c) to let go, let alone, let be\n       1c1) to disregard\n       1c2) to leave, not to discuss now, (a topic)\n            1c21) of teachers, writers and speakers\n       1c3) to omit, neglect\n   1d) to let go, give up a debt, forgive, to remit\n   1e) to give up, keep no longer\n2) to permit, allow, not to hinder, to give up a thing to a person\n3) to leave, go way from one\n   3a) in order to go to another place\n   3b) to depart from any one\n   3c) to depart from one and leave him to himself so that all\n       mutual claims are abandoned\n   3d) to desert wrongfully\n   3e) to go away leaving something behind\n   3f) to leave one by not taking him as a companion\n   3g) to leave on dying, leave behind one\n   3h) to leave so that what is left may remain, leave remaining\n   3i) abandon, leave destitute
00864^864 aphikneomai {af-ik-neh'-om-ahee}\n\nfrom 575 and the base of 2425;; v\n\nAV - come abroad 1; 1\n\n1) to come from a place\n2) to come to, arrive
00865^865 aphilagathos {af-il-ag'-ath-os}\n\nfrom 1 (as a negative particle) and 5358; TDNT - 1:18,3; adj\n\nAV - despiser of those that are good 1; 1\n\n1) opposed to goodness and good men
00866^866 aphilarguros {af-il-ar'-goo-ros}\n\nfrom 1 (as a negative particle) and 5366;; adj\n\nAV - not covetous 1, without covetousness 1; 2\n\n1) not loving money, not avaricious
00867^867 aphixis {af'-ix-is}\n\nfrom 864;; n f\n\nAV - departing 1; 1\n\n1) arrival\n2) departure
00868^868 aphistemi {af-is'-tay-mee}\n\nfrom 575 and 2476; TDNT - 1:512,88; v\n\nAV - depart 10, draw away 1, fall away 1, refrain 1, withdraw self 1,\n    depart from 1; 15\n\n1) to make stand off, cause to withdraw, to remove\n   1a) to excite to revolt\n2) to stand off, to stand aloof\n   2a) to go away, to depart from anyone\n   2b) to desert, withdraw from one\n   2c) to fall away, become faithless\n   2d) to shun, flee from\n   2e) to cease to vex one\n   2f) to withdraw one's self from, to fall away\n   2g) to keep one's self from, absent one's self from
00869^869 aphno {af'-no}\n\nfrom 852 (contraction);; adv\n\nAV - suddenly 3; 3\n\n1) suddenly
00870^870 aphobos {af-ob'-oce}\n\nfrom a compound of 1 (as a negative particle) and 5401;; adv\n\nAV - without fear 4; 4\n\n1) without fear, boldly
00871^871 aphomoioo {af-om-oy-o'-o}\n\nfrom 575 and 3666; TDNT - 5:198,684; v\n\nAV - make like 1; 1\n\n1) to cause a model to pass off into an image or shape like it\n2) to express itself in it, to copy\n3) to produce a facsimile\n4) to be made like, render similar
00872^872 aphorao {af-or-ah'-o}\n\nfrom 575 and 3708;; v\n\nAV - look 1, see 1; 2\n\n1) to turn the eyes away from other things and fix them on something
00873^873 aphorizo {af-or-id'-zo}\n\nfrom 575 and 3724; TDNT - 5:454,728; v\n\nAV - separate 8, divide 1, sever 1; 10\n\n1) to mark off from others by boundaries, to limit, to separate\n   1a) in a bad sense: to exclude as disreputable\n   1b) in a good sense: to appoint, set apart for some purpose
00874^874 aphorme {af-or-may'}\n\nfrom a compound of 575 and 3729; TDNT - 5:472,730; n f\n\nAV - occasion 7; 7\n\n1) a place from which a movement or attack is made, a base of\n   operations\n2) metaph. that by which endeavour is excited and from which it goes forth\n   2a) that which gives occasion and supplies matter for an\n       undertaking, the incentive\n   2b) the resources we avail ourselves of in attempting or\n       performing anything
00875^875 aphrizo {af-rid'-zo}\n\nfrom 876;; v\n\nAV - foam 2; 2\n\n1) to foam
00876^876 aphros {af-ros'}\n\napparently a primary word;; n m\n\nAV - the (one) foameth again + 3326 1; 1\n\n1) foam
00877^877 aphrosune {af-ros-oo'-nay}\n\nfrom 878; TDNT - 9:220,1277; n f\n\nAV - foolishly + 1722 2, foolishness 1, folly 1; 4\n\n1) foolishness, folly, senselessness\n2) thoughtlessness, recklessness
00878^878 aphron {af'-rone}\n\nfrom 1 (as a negative particle) and 5424; TDNT - 9:220,1277; adj\n\nAV - fool 8, foolish 2, unwise 1; 11\n\n1) without reason\n2) senseless, foolish, stupid\n3) without reflection or intelligence, acting rashly
00879^879 aphupnoo {af-oop-no'-o}\n\nfrom a compound of 575 and 5258; TDNT - 8:545,1233; v\n\nAV - fall asleep 1; 1\n\n1) to awaken from sleep\n2) to fall asleep, to fall off to sleep
00880^880 aphonos {af'-o-nos}\n\nfrom 1 (as a negative particle) and 5456;; adj\n\nAV - dumb 3, without signification 1; 4\n\n1) voiceless, dumb\n2) without faculty of speech\n   2a) of idols
00881^881 Achaz {akh-adz'}\n\nof Hebrew origin 0271;; n pr m\n\nAV - Achaz 2; 2\n\nAhaz = "possessor"\n1) the eleventh king of Judah, son of Jotham
00882^882 Achaia {ach-ah-ee'-ah}\n\nof uncertain derivation;; n pr loc\n\nAV - Achaia 11; 11\n\nAchaia = "trouble"\n1) in a restricted sense, the maritime region of northern Peloponnesus\n2) in a broader sense, a Roman province embracing all Greece except\n   Thessaly
00883^883 Achaikos {ach-ah-ee-kos'}\n\nfrom 882;; n pr m\n\nAV - Achaicus 2; 2\n\nAchaicus = "belonging to Achaia"\n1) the name of a Christian in Corinth
00884^884 acharistos {ach-ar'-is-tos}\n\nfrom 1 (as a negative particle) and a presumed derivative of\n   5483; TDNT - 9:372,1298; adj\n\nAV - unthankful 2; 2\n\n1) ungracious\n   1a) unpleasing\n   1b) unthankful
00885^885 Acheim {akh-ime'}\n\nprobably of Hebrew origin cf 03137;; n pr m\n\nAV - Achim 2; 2\n\nAchim = "the Lord will establish"\n1) one of the ancestors of Christ, his name is not mentioned in the OT
00886^886 acheiropoietos {akh-i-rop-oy'-ay-tos}\n\nfrom 1 (as a negative particle) and 5499; TDNT - 9:436,1309; adj\n\nAV - made without hands 2, not made with hands 1; 3\n\n1) not made with hands
00887^887 achlus {akh-looce'}\n\nof uncertain derivation;; n f\n\nAV - mist 1; 1\n\n1) mist, dimness
00888^888 achreios {akh-ri'-os}\n\nfrom 1 (as a negative particle) and a derivative of 5534 [cf 5532];; adj\n\nAV - unprofitable 2; 2\n\n1) useless, good for nothing
00889^889 achreioo {akh-ri-o'-o}\n\nfrom 888;; v\n\nAV - become unprofitable 1; 1\n\n1) make useless, render unserviceable\n   1a) of character
00890^890 achrestos {akh'-race-tos}\n\nfrom 1 (as a negative particle) and 5543;; adj\n\nAV - unprofitable 1; 1\n\n1) useless, unprofitable
00891^891 achri {akh'-ree} or achris {akh'-rece}\n\nakin to 206 (through the idea of a terminus);; prep/conj\n\nAV - until 14, unto 13, till 3, till + 3739 + 302 3, until + 3739 2,\n     while + 3739 2, even to 2, misc 7; 49\n\n1) until, unto, etc.
00892^892 achuron {akh'-oo-ron}\n\nperhaps remotely from cheo (to shed forth);; n n\n\nAV - chaff 2; 2\n\n1) a stalk of grain from which the kernels have been beaten out\n2) straw broken up by a threshing machine, chaff
00893^893 apseudes {aps-yoo-dace'}\n\nfrom 1 (as a negative particle) and 5579; TDNT - 9:594,1339; adj\n\nAV - that cannot lie 1; 1\n\n1) without lie, truthful
00894^894 apsinthos {ap'-sin-thos}\n\nof uncertain derivation;; n f\n\nAV - wormwood 2; 2\n\n1) wormwood\n2) the name of a star which fell into the waters and made them bitter
00895^895 apsuchos {ap'-soo-khos}\n\nfrom 1 (as a negative particle) and 5590;; adj\n\nAV - without life 1; 1\n\n1) without a soul, lifeless
00896^896 Baal {bah'-al}\n\nof Hebrew origin 01168;; n pr m\n\nAV - Baal 1; 1\n\nBaal = "lord"\n1) the supreme male divinity of the Phoenician and Canaanitish\n   nations, as Ashtoreth was their supreme female divinity
00897^897 Babulon {bab-oo-lone'}\n\nof Hebrew origin 0894; TDNT - 1:514,89; n pr loc\n\nAV - Babylon 12; 12\n\nBabylon = "confusion"\n1) a very large and famous city, the residence of the Babylonian\n   kings, situated on both banks of the Euphrates. Cyrus had formerly\n   captured it, but Darius Hystaspis threw down its gates and walls,\n   and Xerxes destroyed the temple of Belis. At length the city was\n   reduced to almost solitude, the population having been drawn off\n   by the neighbouring Seleucia, built on the Tigris by Seleucus\n   Nicanor.\n2) of the territory of Babylonia\n3) allegorically, of Rome as the most corrupt seat of idolatry and the\n   enemy of Christianity
00898^898 bathmos {bath-mos'}\n\nfrom the same as 899;; n m\n\nAV - degree 1; 1\n\n1) threshold, step\n   1a) of a grade of dignity and wholesome influence in the church\n\nFor Synonyms see entry 5818
00899^899 bathos {bath'-os}\n\nfrom the same as 901; TDNT - 1:517,89; n n\n\nAV - depth 5, deep 1, deep + 2596 1, deepness 1, deep thing 1; 9\n\n1) depth, height\n   1a) of "the deep" sea\n   1b) metaph.\n       1b1) deep, extreme, poverty\n       1b2) of the deep things of God
00900^900 bathuno {bath-oo'-no}\n\nfrom 901;; v\n\nAV - dig deep + 4626 1; 1\n\n1) 'the deep' sea (the 'high seas')\n2) deep, extreme poverty, the deep things of God, things hidden\n   and above man's scrutiny, especially divine counsels\n3) to make deep
00901^901 bathus {bath-oos'}\n\nfrom the base of 939;; adj\n\nAV - deep 2, very early in the morning + 3722 1; 3\n\n1) deep
00902^902 baion {bah-ee'-on}\n\na diminutive of a derivative probably of the base of 939;; n n\n\nAV - branch 1; 1\n\n1) a palm branch
00903^903 Balaam {bal-ah-am'}\n\nof Hebrew origin 01109; TDNT - 1:524,91; n pr m\n\nAV - Balaam 3; 3\n\nBalaam meaning "perhaps"\n1) A native of Pethor a city in Mesopotamia, endued by Jehovah with\n   prophetic power. He was hired by Balak to curse the Israelites;\n   and influenced by the love of reward, he wished to gratify Balak;\n   but he was compelled by Jehovah's power to bless them. Hence\n   later the Jews saw him as a most abandoned deceiver.
00904^904 Balak {bal-ak'}\n\nof Hebrew origin 01111;; n pr m\n\nAV - Balac 1; 1\n\nBalak = "a devastator or spoiler"\n1) a king of Moab
00905^905 balantion {bal-an'-tee-on}\n\nprobably remotely from 906 (as a depository); TDNT - 1:525,91; n n\n\nAV - purse 3, bag 1; 4\n\n1) a money bag, purse
00906^906 ballo {bal'-lo}\n\na primary word; TDNT - 1:526,91; v\n\nAV - cast 86, put 13, thrust 5, cast out 4, lay 3, lie 2, misc 12; 125\n\n1) to throw or let go of a thing without caring where it falls\n   1a) to scatter, to throw, cast into\n   1b) to give over to one's care uncertain about the result\n   1c) of fluids\n       1c1) to pour, pour into of rivers\n       1c2) to pour out\n2) to put into, insert
00907^907 baptizo {bap-tid'-zo}\n\nfrom a derivative of 911; TDNT - 1:529,92; verb\n\nAV - baptize (76), wash 2, baptist 1, baptized + 2258 1; 80\n\n1) to dip repeatedly, to immerse, to submerge (of vessels sunk)\n2) to cleanse by dipping or submerging, to wash, to make clean\n   with water, to wash one's self, bathe\n3) to overwhelm
00908^908 baptisma {bap'-tis-mah}\n\nfrom 907; TDNT - 1:545,92; n n\n\nAV - baptism 22; 22\n\n1) immersion, submersion\n   1a) of calamities and afflictions with which one is quite overwhelmed\n   1b) of John's baptism, that purification rite by which men on\n       confessing their sins were bound to spiritual reformation,\n       obtained the pardon of their past sins and became qualified\n       for the benefits of the Messiah's kingdom soon to be set up.\n       This was valid Christian baptism, as this was the only baptism\n       the apostles received and it is not recorded anywhere that\n       they were ever rebaptised after Pentecost.\n   1c) of Christian baptism; a rite of immersion in water as\n       commanded by Christ, by which one after confessing his sins\n       and professing his faith in Christ, having been born again by\n       the Holy Spirit unto a new life, identifies publicly with the\n       fellowship of Christ and the church.
00909^909 baptismos {bap-tis-mos'}\n\nfrom 907; TDNT - 1:545,92; n m\n\nAV - washing 3, baptism 1; 4\n\n1) a washing, purification effected by means of water\n   1a) of washing prescribed by the Mosaic law (Heb 9:10) which seems\n       to mean an exposition of the difference between the washings\n       prescribed by the Mosaic law and Christian baptism
00910^910 Baptistes {bap-tis-tace'}\n\nfrom 907; TDNT - 1:545,92; n m\n\nAV - Baptist 14; 14\n\n1) a baptiser\n2) one who administers the rite of baptism\n3) the surname of John, the forerunner of Christ
00911^911 bapto {bap'-to}\n\na primary word; TDNT - 1:529,92; v\n\nAV - dip 3; 3\n\n1) to dip, dip in, immerse\n2) to dip into dye, to dye, colour
00912^912 Barabbas {bar-ab-bas'}\n\nof Aramaic origin 01247 and 05;; n pr m\n\nAV - Barabbas 11; 11\n\nBarabbas = "son of a father or master"\n1) the captive robber whom the Jews begged Pilate to release\n   instead of Christ
00913^913 Barak {bar-ak'}\n\nof Hebrew origin 01301;; n pr m\n\nAV - Barak 1; 1\n\nBarak = "lightning"\n1) a commander of the Israelites
00914^914 Barachias {bar-akh-ee'-as}\n\nof Hebrew origin 01296;; n pr m\n\nAV - Barachias 1; 1\n\nBarachiah = "Jehovah blesses"\n1) said to be the father of the Zachariah slain in the temple
00915^915 barbaros {bar'-bar-os}\n\nof uncertain derivation; TDNT - 1:546,94; adj\n\nAV - barbarian 5, barbarous 1; 6\n\n1) one whose speech is rude, rough and harsh\n2) one who speaks a foreign or strange language which is not\n   understood by another\n3) used by the Greeks of any foreigner ignorant of the Greek\n   language, whether mental or moral, with the added notion after\n   the Persian war, of rudeness and brutality. The word is used\n   in the N.T. without the idea of reproachfulness.
00916^916 bareo {bar-eh'-o}\n\nfrom 926; TDNT - 1:558,95; v\n\nAV - be heavy 3, be pressed 1, be burdened 1, be charged 1; 6\n\n1) to burden, weigh down, depress
00917^917 bareos {bar-eh'-oce}\n\nfrom 926;; adv\n\nAV - dully 2; 2\n\n1) heavily, with difficulty
00918^918 Bartholomaios {bar-thol-om-ah'-yos}\n\nof Aramaic origin 01247 and 08526;; n pr m\n\nAV - Bartholomew 4; 4\n\nBartholomew = "son of Tolmai"\n1)  one of the twelve apostles of Christ
00919^919 Bariesous {bar-ee-ay-sooce'}\n\nof Aramaic origin 01247 and 03091;; n pr m\n\nAV - Barjesus 1; 1\n\nBarjesus = "son of Jesus"\n1) a certain false prophet
00920^920 Barionas {bar-ee-oo-nas'}\n\nof Aramaic origin 01247 and 03124;; n pr m\n\nAV - Barjona 1; 1\n\nBarjona = "son of Jonah"\n1) the surname of the apostle Peter
00921^921 Barnabas {bar-nab'-as}\n\nof Aramaic origin 01247 and 05029;; n pr m\n\nAV - Barnabas 29; 29\n\nBarnabas = "son of rest"\n1) the surname of Joses or Joseph, a Levite, a native of Cyprus\n   He was a distinguished Christian teacher and companion and\n   colleague of Paul.
00922^922 baros {bar'-os}\n\nprobably from the same as 939 (through the notion of going down;\n   cf 899); TDNT - 1:553,95; n n\n\nAV - burden 4, burdensome + 1722 1, weight 1; 6\n\n1) heaviness, weight, burden, trouble\n\nFor Synonyms see entry 5819
00923^923 Barsabas {bar-sab-as'}\n\nof Aramaic origin 01247 and probably 06634;; n pr m\n\nAV - Joseph 1, Judas 1; 2\n\nBarsabas = "son of Sabas"\n1) the surname of a certain Joseph (Acts 1:23)\n2) the surname of a certain Judas (Acts 15:22)
00924^924 Bartimaios {bar-tim-ah'-yos}\n\nof Aramaic origin 01247 and 02931;; n pr m\n\nAV - Bartimaeus 1; 1\n\nBartimaeus = "son of Timaeus"\n1) a certain blind man
00925^925 baruno {bar-oo'-no}\n\nfrom 926;; v\n\nAV - be overcharged 1; 1\n\n1) to weigh down, overcharge
00926^926 barus {bar-ooce'}\n\nfrom the same as 922; TDNT - 1:556,95; adj\n\nAV - grievous 3, heavy 1, weighty 1, weighter 1; 6\n\n1) heavy in weight\n2) metaph.\n   2a) burdensome\n   2b) severe, stern\n   2c) weighty\n       2c1) of great moment\n   2d) violent, cruel, unsparing
00927^927 barutimos {bar-oo'-tim-os}\n\nfrom 926 and 5092;; adj\n\nAV - very precious 1; 1\n\n1) of weighty, great value, very precious, costly
00928^928 basanizo {bas-an-id'-zo}\n\nfrom 931; TDNT - 1:561,96; v\n\nAV - torment 8, pain 1, toss 1, vex 1, toil 1; 12\n\n1) to test (metals) by the touchstone, which is a black siliceous\n   stone used to test the purity of gold or silver by the colour\n   of the streak produced on it by rubbing it with either metal\n2) to question by applying torture\n3) to torture\n4) to vex with grievous pains (of body or mind), to torment\n5) to be harassed, distressed\n   5a) of those who at sea are struggling with a head wind
00929^929 basanismos {bas-an-is-mos'}\n\nfrom 928; TDNT - 1:561,96; n m\n\nAV - torment 6; 6\n\n1) to torture, a testing by the touchstone, which is a black siliceous\n   stone used to test the purity of gold or silver by the colour of\n   the streak produced on it by rubbing it with either metal\n2) torment, torture\n   2a) the act of tormenting\n   2b) the state or condition of those tormented
00930^930 basanistes {bas-an-is-tace'}\n\nfrom 928; TDNT - 1:561,96; n m\n\nAV - tormentor 1; 1\n\n1) one who elicits the truth by the use of the rack\n   1a) an inquisitor, torturer also used of a jailer doubtless\n       because the business of torturing was also assigned to him
00931^931 basanos {bas'-an-os}\n\nperhaps remotely from the same as 939 (through the notion of\n   going to the bottom); TDNT - 1:561,96; n m\n\nAV - torment 3; 3\n\n1) a touchstone, which is a black siliceous stone used to\n   test the purity of gold or silver by the colour of the\n   streak produced on it by rubbing it with either metal\n2) the rack or instrument of torture by which one is forced\n   to divulge the truth\n3) torture, torment, acute pains\n   3a) of the pains of a disease\n   3b) of those in hell after death
00932^932 basileia {bas-il-i'-ah}\n\nfrom 935; TDNT - 1:579,97; n f\n\nAV - kingdom (of God) 71, kingdom (of heaven) 32,\n     kingdom (general or evil) 20, (Thy or Thine) kingdom 6,\n     His kingdom 6, the kingdom 5, (My) kingdom 4, misc 18; 162\n\n1) royal power, kingship, dominion, rule\n   1a) not to be confused with an actual kingdom but rather the\n       right or authority to rule over a kingdom\n   1b) of the royal power of Jesus as the triumphant Messiah\n   1c) of the royal power and dignity conferred on Christians in the\n       Messiah's kingdom\n2) a kingdom, the territory subject to the rule of a king\n3) used in the N.T. to refer to the reign of the Messiah
00933^933 basileion {bas-il'-i-on}\n\nof 934;; n n\n\nAV - king's court + 3588 1; 1\n\n1) the royal palace
00934^934 basileios {bas-il'-i-os}\n\nfrom 935; TDNT - 1:591,97; adj\n\nAV - royal 1; 1\n\n1) royal, kingly, regal
00935^935 basileus {bas-il-yooce'}\n\nprobably from 939 (through the notion of a foundation of power);\n   TDNT - 1:576,97; n m\n\nAV - king 82, King (of Jews) 21, King (God or Christ) 11,\n     King (of Israel) 4; 118\n\n1) leader of the people, prince, commander, lord of the land, king
00936^936 basileuo {bas-il-yoo'-o}\n\nfrom 935; TDNT - 1:590,97; v\n\nAV - reign 20, king 1, 21\n\n1) to be king, to exercise kingly power, to reign\n   1a) of the governor of a province\n   1b) of the rule of the Messiah\n   1c) of the reign of Christians in the millennium\n2) metaph. to exercise the highest influence, to control
00937^937 basilikos {bas-il-ee-kos'}\n\nfrom 935; TDNT - 1:591,97; adj\n\nAV - nobleman 2, royal 2, king's country + 3588 1; 5\n\n1) of or belong to a king, kingly, royal, regal\n   1a) of a man, the officer or minister of a prince, a courtier\n2) subject to a king\n   2a) of a country\n3) befitting or worthy of a king, royal\n4) metaph. principal, chief
00938^938 basilissa {bas-il'-is-sah}\n\nfrom 936; TDNT - 1:590,97; n f\n\nAV - queen 4; 4\n\n1) queen
00939^939 basis {bas'-ece}\n\nfrom baino (to walk);; n f\n\nAV - foot (sole of) 1; 1\n\n1) a stepping, walking\n2) that with which one steps, the foot
00940^940 baskaino {bas-kah'-ee-no}\n\nakin to 5335; TDNT - 1:594,102; v\n\nAV - bewitch 1; 1\n\n1) to speak ill of one, to slander, traduce him\n2) to bring evil on one by feigning praise or an evil eye\n3) to charm, to bewitch
00941^941 bastazo {bas-tad'-zo}\n\nperhaps remotely derived from the base of 939 (through the idea\n   of removal); TDNT - 1:596,102; v\n\nAV - bear 23, carry 3, take up 1; 27\n\n1) to take up with the hands\n2) to take up in order to carry or bear, to put upon one's self\n   (something) to be carried\n   2a) to bear what is burdensome\n3) to bear, to carry\n   3a) to carry on one's person\n   3b) to sustain, i.e. uphold, support\n4) to bear away, carry off
00942^942 batos {bat'-os}\n\nof Hebrew origin 01324;; n m\n\nAV - bush 4, bramble bush 1; 5\n\n1) a thorn or bramble bush
00943^943 batos {bat'-os}\n\nof uncertain derivation;; n m/f\n\nAV - measure 1; 1\n\n1) a bath, a Jewish measure of liquids of about 8 or 9 gallons\n   (about 40 l.)
00944^944 batrachos {bat'-rakh-os}\n\nof uncertain derivation;; n m\n\nAV - frog 1; 1\n\n1) a frog
00945^945 battologeo {bat-tol-og-eh'-o}\n\nfrom Battos (a proverbial stammerer) and 3056; TDNT - 1:597,103; v\n\nAV - use vain repetitions 1; 1\n\n1) to stammer\n2) to repeat the same things over and over, to use many idle\n   words, to babble, prate. Some suppose the word derived from\n   Battus, a king of Cyrene, who is said to have stuttered;\n   others from Battus, an author of tedious and wordy poems.
00946^946 bdelugma {bdel'-oog-mah}\n\nfrom 948; TDNT - 1:598,103; n n\n\nAV - abomination 6; 6\n\n1) a foul thing, a detestable thing\n   1a) of idols and things pertaining to idolatry
00947^947 bdeluktos {bdel-ook-tos'}\n\nfrom 948; TDNT - 1:598,103; adj\n\nAV - abominable 1; 1\n\n1) abominable, detestable
00948^948 bdelusso {bdel-oos'-so}\n\nfrom a (presumed) derivative of bdeo (to stink); TDNT - 1:598,*; v\n\nAV - abhor 1, abominable 1; 2\n\n1) to render foul, to cause to be abhorred\n2) abominable\n3) to turn one's self away from on account of the stench\n4) metaph. to abhor, detest
00949^949 bebaios {beb'-ah-yos}\n\nfrom the base of 939 (through the idea of basality);\n   TDNT - 1:600,103; adj\n\nAV - stedfast 4, sure 2, firm 1, of force 1, more sure 1; 9\n\n1) stable, fast, firm\n2) metaph. sure, trusty
00950^950 bebaioo {beb-ah-yo'-o}\n\nfrom 949; TDNT - 1:600,103; v\n\nAV - confirm 5, establish 2, stablish 1, 8\n\n1) to make firm, establish, confirm, make sure
00951^951 bebaiosis {beb-ah'-yo-sis}\n\nfrom 950; TDNT - 1:600,103; n f\n\nAV - confirmation 2; 2\n\n1) confirmation
00952^952 bebelos {beb'-ay-los}\n\nfrom the base of 939 and belos (a threshold); TDNT - 1:604,104; adj\n\nAV - profane 4, profane person 1; 5\n\n1) accessible, lawful to be trodden\n   1a) of places\n2) profane\n   2a) unhallowed, common, public place\n   2b) of men, ungodly
00953^953 bebeloo {beb-ay-lo'-o}\n\nfrom 952; TDNT - 1:605,104; v\n\nAV - profane 2; 2\n\n1) to profane, desecrate
00954^954 Beelzeboul {beh-el-zeb-ool'}\n\nof Aramaic origin [by parody on 01176]; TDNT - 1:605,104; n pr m\n\nAV - Beelzebub 7; 7\n\nBeelzebub = "lord of the house"\n1) a name of Satan, the prince of evil spirits
00955^955 Belial {bel-ee'-al} or Beliar {bel-ee'-ar}\n\nof Hebrew origin 01100; TDNT - 1:607,104; n pr m\n\nAV - Belial 1; 1\n\nBelial = "worthless or wicked"\n1) a name of Satan
00956^956 belos {bel'-os}\n\nfrom 906; TDNT - 1:608,104; n n\n\nAV - dart 1; 1\n\n1) a missile, dart, javelin, arrow
00957^957 beltion {bel-tee'-on}\n\na compound of a derivative of 906 (used for the comparative of 18);; adj\n\nAV - very well 1; 1\n\n1) better
00958^958 Beniamin {ben-ee-am-een'}\n\nof Hebrew origin 01144;; n pr m\n\nAV - Benjamin 4; 4\n\nBenjamin = "son of the right hand" or, "son of good fortune"\n1) Jacob's twelfth son\n2) the tribe of Benjamin
00959^959 Bernike {ber-nee'-kay}\n\nfrom a provincial form of 5342 and 3529;; n pr f\n\nAV - Bernice 3; 3\n\nBernice = "bring victory"\n1) the eldest daughter of Herod Agrippa I. Acts 12:1\n\nShe was first married to her uncle Herod, king of Chalcis, and after\nhis death (A.D. 48) she lived under circumstances of great suspicion\nwith her own brother, Agrippa II, in connection with whom she is\nmentioned as having visited Festus on his appointment as procurator\nof Judea.
00960^960 Beroia {ber'-oy-ah}\n\nperhaps a provincial from a derivative of 4008 [Peroea, i.e. the\n   region beyond the coast-line];; n pr loc\n\nAV - Berea 2; 2\n\nBerea = "well watered"\n1) a city in Macedonia, near Pella, at the foot of Mount Bermius
00961^961 Beroiaios {ber-oy-ah'-yos}\n\nfrom 960;; adj\n\nAV - of Berea 1; 1\n\n1) a resident of Berea
00962^962 Bethabara {bay-thab-ar-ah'}\n\nof Hebrew origin 01004 and 05679;; n pr loc\n\nAV - Bethabara 1; 1\n\nBethabara = "house of the ford"\n1) a place beyond Jordan, where John was baptising. This may\n   correspond to Bethbarah (fords of Abarah), the ancient ford\n   of the Jordan on the road to Gilead
00963^963 Bethania {bay-than-ee'-ah}\n\nof Aramaic origin;; n pr loc\n\nAV - Bethany 11; 11\n\nBethany = "house of dates" or, "house of misery"\n1) a village at the Mount of Olives, about two miles (3 km) from\n   Jerusalem, on or near the normal road to Jericho\n2) a town or village on the east bank of the Jordan, where John was\n   baptising
00964^964 Bethesda {bay-thes-dah'}\n\nof Aramaic origin [cf 01004 and 02617];; n pr loc\n\nAV - Bethesda 1; 1\n\nBethesda = "house of mercy" or "flowing water"\n1) the name of a pool near the sheep-gate at Jerusalem, whose waters\n   had curative powers
00965^965 Bethleem {bayth-leh-em'}\n\nof Hebrew origin 01036;; n pr loc\n\nAV - Bethlehem 8; 8\n\nBethlehem = "house of bread"\n1) a village about six miles (10 km) south of Jerusalem
00966^966 Bethsaida {bayth-sahee-dah'}\n\nof Aramaic origin cf 01004 and 06719;; n pr loc\n\nAV - Bethsaida 7; 7\n\nBethsaida = "house of fish"\n1) a small fishing village on the west shore of Lake Gennesaret,\n   home of Andrew, Peter, Philip and John\n2) a village in lower Gaulanitis on the eastern shore of Lake\n   Gennesaret, not far from where the Jordan empties into it
00967^967 Bethphage {bayth-fag-ay'}\n\nof Aramaic origin cf 01004 and 06291;; n pr loc\n\nAV - Bethphage 3; 3\n\nBethphage = "house of unripe figs"\n1) the name of a hamlet between Jericho and Jerusalem, close to Bethany
00968^968 bema {bay'-ma}\n\nfrom the base of 939;; n n\n\nAV - judgment seat 10, throne 1, to set (one's) foot on + 4128 1; 12\n\n1) a step, pace, the space which a foot covers, a foot-breath\n2) a raised place mounted by steps\n   2a) a platform, tribune\n       2a1) of the official seat of a judge\n       2a2) of the judgment seat of Christ\n       2a3) Herod built a structure resembling a throne at Caesarea, from\n            which he viewed the games and made speeches to the people
00969^969 berullos {bay'-rool-los}\n\nof uncertain derivation;; n m/f\n\nAV - beryl 1; 1\n\n1) beryl, a precious stone of a pale green colour
00970^970 bia {bee'-ah}\n\nprobably akin to 970 (through the idea of vital activity);; n f\n\nAV - violence 4; 4\n\n1) strength, whether of body or mind\n2) strength in violent action, force\n\nFor Synonyms see entry 5820
00971^971 biazo {bee-ad'-zo}\n\nfrom 979; TDNT - 1:609,*; v\n\nAV - suffer violence 1, press 1; 2\n\n1) to use force, to apply force\n2) to force, inflict violence on
00972^972 biaios {bee'-ah-yos}\n\nfrom 970;; adj\n\nAV - mighty 1; 1\n\n1) violent, forcible
00973^973 biastes {bee-as-tace'}\n\nfrom 971; TDNT - 1:613,105; n m\n\nAV - violent 1; 1\n\n1) strong, forceful\n2) using force, violent
00974^974 bibliaridion {bib-lee-ar-id'-ee-on}\n\na diminutive of 975;; n n\n\nAV - little book 4; 4\n\n1) a little book
00975^975 biblion {bib-lee'-on}\n\na diminutive of 976; TDNT - 1:617,106; n n\n\nAV - book 29, bill 1, scroll 1, writing 1; 32\n\n1) a small book, a scroll, a written document\n2) a sheet on which something has been written\n   2a) a bill of divorcement
00976^976 biblos {bib'-los}\n\nprimitive root; TDNT - 1:615,106; n n\n\nAV - book 13; 13\n\n1) a written book, a roll, a scroll
00977^977 bibrosko {bib-ro'-sko}\n\na reduplicated and prolonged form of an obsolete primary word\n   [perhaps causative of 1006];; v\n\nAV - eat 1; 1\n\n1) to eat
00978^978 Bithunia {bee-thoo-nee'-ah}\n\nof uncertain derivation;; n pr loc\n\nAV - Bithynia 2; 2\n\nBithynia = "a violent rushing"\n1) a Roman province in Asia Minor, bounded by the Euxine Sea, the\n   Propontis, Mysia, Phrygia, Galatia, Paphlagonia
00979^979 bios {bee'-os}\n\na primary word; TDNT - 2:832,290; n m\n\nAV - life 5, living 5, good 1; 11\n\n1) life\n   1a) life extensively\n       1a1) the period or course of life\n   1b) that by which life is sustained, resources, wealth, goods\n\nFor Synonyms see entry 5821
00980^980 bioo {bee-o'-o}\n\nfrom 979; TDNT - 2:832,280; v\n\nAV - live 1; 1\n\n1) to spend life, live
00981^981 biosis {bee'-o-sis}\n\nfrom 980;; n f\n\nAV - manner of life 1; 1\n\n1) manner of living and acting, way of life
00982^982 biotikos {bee-o-tee-kos'}\n\nfrom a derivative of 980;; adj\n\nAV - things pertaining to this life 1,\n     things that pertain to this life 1, of this life 1; 3\n\n1) pertaining to life and the affairs of this life
00983^983 blaberos {blab-er-os'}\n\nfrom 984;; adj\n\nAV - hurtful 1; 1\n\n1) hurtful, injurious
00984^984 blapto {blap'-to}\n\na primary word;; v\n\nAV - hurt 2; 2\n\n1) to hurt, harm, injure
00985^985 blastano {blas-tan'-o}\n\nfrom blastos (a sprout);; v\n\nAV - spring up 2, bud 1, bring forth 1; 4\n\n1) to sprout, bud, put forth new leaves\n2) to produce
00986^986 Blastos {blas'-tos}\n\nperhaps the same as the base of 985;; n pr m\n\nAV - Blastus 1; 1\n\nBlastus = "sprout"\n1) the chamberlain of Herod Agrippa I
00987^987 blasphemeo {blas-fay-meh'-o}\n\nfrom 989; TDNT - 1:621,107; v\n\nAV - blaspheme 17, speak evil of 10, rail on 2, blasphemer 1,\n     speak blasphemy 1, blasphemously 1, misc 3; 35\n\n1) to speak reproachfully, rail at, revile, calumniate, blaspheme\n2) to be evil spoken of, reviled, railed at
00988^988 blasphemia {blas-fay-me'-ah}\n\nfrom 989; TDNT - 1:621,107; n f\n\nAV - blasphemy 16, railing 2, evil speaking 1; 19\n\n1) slander, detraction, speech injurious, to another's good name\n2) impious and reproachful speech injurious to divine majesty
00989^989 blasphemos {blas'-fay-mos}\n\nfrom a derivative of 984 and 5345; TDNT - 1:621,107; adj\n\nAV - blasphemous 2, blasphemer 2, railing 1; 5\n\n1) speaking evil, slanderous, reproachful, railing, abusive
00990^990 blemma {blem'-mah}\n\nfrom 991;; n n\n\nAV - seeing 1; 1\n\n1) a look, a glance
00991^991 blepo {blep'-o}\n\na primary word; TDNT - 5:315,706; v\n\nAV - see 90, take heed 12, behold 10, beware 4, look on 4,\n     look 3, beware of 3, misc 9; 135\n\n1) to see, discern, of the bodily eye\n   1a) with the bodily eye: to be possessed of sight,\n       have the power of seeing\n   1b) perceive by the use of the eyes: to see, look descry\n   1c) to turn the eyes to anything: to look at, look upon, gaze at\n   1d) to perceive by the senses, to feel\n   1e) to discover by use, to know by experience\n2) metaph. to see with the mind's eye\n   2a) to have (the power of) understanding\n   2b) to discern mentally, observe, perceive, discover, understand\n   2c) to turn the thoughts or direct the mind to a thing, to consider,\n       contemplate, to look at, to weigh carefully, examine\n3) in a geographical sense of places, mountains, buildings, etc.\n   turning towards any quarter, as it were, facing it\n\nFor Synonyms see entry 5822
00992^992 bleteos {blay-teh'-os}\n\nfrom 906;; adj\n\nAV - must be put 2; 2\n\n1) which must be thrown or put
00993^993 Boanerges {bo-an-erg-es'}\n\nof Aramaic origin 01123 and 07266;; n pr m\n\nAV - Boanerges 1; 1\n\nBoanerges = "sons of thunder"\n1) a nickname given to James and John, the sons of Zebedee, by the\n   Lord. The name seems to denote fiery and destructive zeal that\n   may be likened to a thunder storm.
00994^994 boao {bo-ah'-o}\n\napparently a prol. form of a primary word; TDNT - 1:625,108; v\n\nAV - cry 11; 11\n\n1) to raise a cry, of joy pain etc.\n2) to cry, speak with a high, strong voice\n3) to cry to one for help, to implore his aid\n\nFor Synonyms see entry 5823
00995^995 boe {bo-ay'}\n\nfrom 994;; n f\n\nAV - cry 1; 1\n\n1) a cry
00996^996 boetheia {bo-ay'-thi-ah}\n\nfrom 998; TDNT - 1:628,108; n f\n\nAV - help 2; 2\n\n1) help
00997^997 boetheo {bo-ay-theh'-o}\n\nfrom 998; TDNT - 1:628,108; v\n\nAV - help 6, succour 2; 8\n\n1) to help, succour, bring aid
00998^998 boethos {bo-ay-thos'}\n\nfrom 995 and theo (to run); TDNT - 1:628,108; adj\n\nAV - helper 1; 1\n\n1) a helper
00999^999 bothunos {both'-oo-nos}\n\nakin to 900;; n m\n\nAV - ditch 2; pit 1; 3\n\n1) a pit, ditch
01000^1000 bole {bol-ay'}\n\nfrom 906;; n f\n\nAV - cast 1; 1\n\n1) a throw
01001^1001 bolizo {bol-id'-zo}\n\nfrom 1002;; v\n\nAV - sound 2; 2\n\n1) to heave the lead, take a sounding\n   1a) a line and plummet with which mariners sound the depth of the sea
01002^1002 bolis {bol-ece'}\n\nfrom 906;; n f\n\nAV - dart 1; 1\n\n1) a missile, dart, javelin
01003^1003 Booz {bo-oz'}\n\nof Hebrew origin 01162;; n pr m\n\nAV - Booz 3; 3\n\nBoaz = "in him is strength"\n1) a kinsman of Ruth, afterwards her second husband
01004^1004 borboros {bor'-bor-os}\n\nof uncertain derivation;; n m\n\nAV - mire 1; 1\n\n1) dung, mire
01005^1005 borrhas {bor-hras'}\n\nof uncertain derivation;; n m\n\nAV - north 2; 2\n\n1) Boreas, the north-north-east wind\n2) the north
01006^1006 bosko {bos'-ko}\n\na prol. form of a primary verb, cf 977 & 1016;; v\n\nAV - feed 8, keep 1; 9\n\n1) to feed\n   1a) portraying the duty of a Christian teacher to promote in every\n       way the spiritual welfare of the members of the church\n\nFor Synonyms see entry 5824
01007^1007 Bosor {bos-or'}\n\nof Hebrew origin 01160;; n pr m\n\nAV - Bosor 1; 1\n\nBosor = "burning or torch"\n1) the father of Balaam
01008^1008 botane {bot-an'-ay}\n\nfrom 1006;; n f\n\nAV - herb 1; 1\n\n1) an herb fit for fodder, green herb, growing plant
01009^1009 botrus {bot'-rooce}\n\nof uncertain derivation;; n m\n\nAV - cluster of the vine 1; 1\n\n1) a bunch or cluster of grapes
01010^1010 bouleutes {bool-yoo-tace'}\n\nfrom 1011;; n m\n\nAV - counsellor 2; 2\n\n1) a councillor, senator\n2) a member of the Sanhedrin
01011^1011 bouleuo {bool-yoo'-o}\n\nfrom 1012;; v\n\nAV - consult 2, be minded 2, purpose 2, determine 1, take counsel 1; 8\n\n1) to deliberate with one's self, consider\n2) to take counsel, resolve
01012^1012 boule {boo-lay'}\n\nfrom 1014; TDNT - 1:633,108; n f\n\nAV - counsel 10, will 1, advise + 5087 1; 12\n\n1) counsel, purpose
01013^1013 boulema {boo'-lay-mah}\n\nfrom 1014; TDNT - 1:636,108; n n\n\nAV - purpose 1, will 1; 2\n\n1) will, counsel, purpose
01014^1014 boulomai {boo'-lom-ahee}\n\nmiddle voice of a primary verb; TDNT - 1:629,108; v\n\nAV - will 15, would 11, be minded 2, intend 2, be disposed 1,\n     be willing 1, list 1, of his own will 1; 34\n\n1) to will deliberately, have a purpose, be minded\n2) of willing as an affection, to desire
01015^1015 bounos {boo-nos'}\n\nprobably of foreign origin;; n m\n\nAV - hill 2; 2\n\n1) a hill, eminence, mound
01016^1016 bous {booce}\n\nprobably from the base of 1006;; n m\n\nAV - ox 8; 8\n\n1) an ox, a cow
01017^1017 brabeion {brab-i'-on}\n\nfrom brabeus (an umpire of uncertain derivation); TDNT - 1:638,110; n n\n\nAV - prize 2; 2\n\n1) the award to the victor in the games, a prize\n2) metaph. of the heavenly reward for Christian character
01018^1018 brabeuo {brab-yoo'-o}\n\nfrom the same as 1017; TDNT - 1:637,110; v\n\nAV - rule 1; 1\n\n1) to be an umpire\n2) to decide, determine\n3) to direct, control, rule
01019^1019 braduno {brad-oo'-no}\n\nfrom 1021;; v\n\nAV - tarry 1, be slack 1; 2\n\n1) to delay, be slow\n   1a) to render slowly, retard\n   1b) to be long, to tarry, loiter
01020^1020 braduploeo {brad-oo-plo-eh'-o}\n\nfrom 1021 and a prolonged form of 4126;; v\n\nAV - sail slowly 1; 1\n\n1) to sail slowly
01021^1021 bradus {brad-ooce'}\n\nof uncertain affinity;; adj\n\nAV - slow 3; 3\n\n1) slow\n2) metaph. dull, inactive, in mind\n   2a) stupid, slow to apprehend or believe\n\nFor Synonyms see entry 5814
01022^1022 bradutes {brad-oo'-tace}\n\nfrom 1021;; n f\n\nAV - slackness 1; 1\n\n1) slowness, delay
01023^1023 brachion {brakh-ee'-own}\n\nproperly, comparative of 1024, but apparently in the sense of\n   brasso (to wield); TDNT - 1:639,110; n m\n\nAV - arm 3; 3\n\n1) the arm\n   1a) the arm of God is a Hebrew idiom for the might and\n       the power of God
01024^1024 brachus {brakh-ooce'}\n\nof uncertain affinity;; adj\n\nAV - a little 4, a little space 1, a little while 1, few words 1; 7\n\n1) short, small, little\n  1a) of place, a short distance, a little\n  1b) of time, a short time, for a little while
01025^1025 brephos {bref'-os}\n\nof uncertain affin.; TDNT - 5:636,759; n n\n\nAV - babe 5, child 1, infant 1, young child 1; 8\n\n1) an unborn child, embryo, a foetus\n2) a new-born child, an infant, a babe
01026^1026 brecho {brekh'-o}\n\na primary word;; v\n\nAV - rain 3, wash 2, rain + 5205 1; send rain 1; 7\n\n1) to moisten, wet, water\n2) to water with rain, to cause to rain, to pour the rain,\n   to send down like rain
01027^1027 bronte {bron-tay'}\n\nakin to bremo (to roar); TDNT - 1:640,110; n f\n\nAV - thunder 8, thundering 4; 12\n\n1) thunder
01028^1028 broche {brokh-ay'}\n\nfrom 1026;; n f\n\nAV - rain 2; 2\n\n1) a besprinkling, watering, rain\n   1a) used of a heavy shower or violent rainstorm
01029^1029 brochos {brokh'-os}\n\nof uncertain derivation;; n m\n\nAV - snare 1; 1\n\n1) a noose, slip-knot, by which any person or thing is caught,\n   or fastened, or suspended\n2) to throw a noose upon one, a figure borrowed from war or the\n   chase so that by craft or by force one is bound to some necessity,\n   to constrain him to obey some command
01030^1030 brugmos {broog-mos'}\n\nfrom 1031; TDNT - 1:641,110; n m\n\nAV - gnashing 7; 7\n\n1) a gnashing of teeth\n   1a) used to denote extreme anguish and utter despair of men\n       consigned to eternal punishment in hell\n2) snarling, growling: in the sense of biting
01031^1031 brucho {broo'-kho}\n\na primary word; TDNT - 1:641,110; v\n\nAV - gnash 1; 1\n\n1) to grind, gnash with the teeth\n2) to bite, to chew
01032^1032 bruo {broo'-o}\n\na primary word;; v\n\nAV - send forth 1; 1\n\n1) to abound, gush forth, teem with juices\n2) to send forth abundantly, to teem
01033^1033 broma {bro'-mah}\n\nfrom the base of 977; TDNT - 1:642,111; n n\n\nAV - meat 16, victual 1; 17\n\n1) that which is eaten, food
01034^1034 brosimos {bro'-sim-os}\n\nfrom 1035;; adj\n\nAV - meat 1; 1\n\n1) eatable
01035^1035 brosis {bro'-sis}\n\nfrom the base of 977; TDNT - 1:642,111; n f\n\nAV - meat 6, rust 2, morsel of meat 1, eating 1, food 1; 11\n\n1) act of eating\n   1a) in a wider sense, corrosion\n2) that which is eaten, food, ailment\n   2a) of the soul's food, either which refreshes the soul, or\n       nourishes and supports it
01036^1036 buthizo {boo-thid'-zo}\n\nfrom 1037;; v\n\nAV - begin to sink 1, drown 1; 2\n\n1) to plunge into the deep, to sink
01037^1037 buthos {boo-thos'}\n\na variation of 899;; n m\n\nAV - deep 1; 1\n\n1) the bottom or depth of the sea\n2) the sea itself, the deep sea
01038^1038 burseus {boorce-yooce'}\n\nfrom bursa (a hide);; n m\n\nAV - tanner 3; 3\n\n1) a tanner
01039^1039 bussinos {boos'-see-nos}\n\nfrom 1040;; adj\n\nAV - fine linen 4; 4\n\n1) a fine linen (garment)\n2) made of fine linen
01040^1040 bussos {boos'-sos}\n\nof Hebrew origin 0948;; n f\n\nAV - fine linen 2; 2\n\n1) byssus, a species of Egyptian flax\n2) linen made from byssus, very costly, delicate, soft, white and\n   also of a yellow colour
01041^1041 bomos {bo'-mos}\n\nfrom the base of 939;; n m\n\nAV - altar 1; 1\n\n1) an elevated place\n   1a) very often a raised place on which to offer a sacrifice, an altar
01042^1042 gabbatha {gab-bath-ah'}\n\nof Aramaic origin cf 01355;; n pr loc\n\nAV - Gabbatha 1; 1\n\nGabbatha = "elevated or a platform"\n1)  a raised place, elevation
01043^1043 Gabriel {gab-ree-ale'}\n\nof Hebrew origin 01403;; n pr m\n\nAV - Gabriel 2; 2\n\nGabriel = "man of God"\n1) one of the angel princes or chiefs of the angels
01044^1044 gaggraina {gang'-grahee-nah}\n\nfrom graino (to gnaw);; n f\n\nAV - canker 1; 1\n\n1) a gangrene, a disease by which any part of the body suffering\n   from inflammation becomes so corrupted that, unless a remedy be\n   seasonably applied, the evil continually spreads, attacks\n   other parts, and at last eats away the bones
01045^1045 Gad {gad}\n\nof Hebrew origin 01410;; n pr loc\n\nAV - Gad 1; 1\n\nGad = "a troop"\n1) the seventh son of the patriarch Jacob, by Zilpah, Leah's maid
01046^1046 Gadarenos {gad-ar-ay-nos'}\n\nfrom Gadara (a town east of the Jordan);; adj\n\nAV - Gadarenes 3; 3\n\nGadarenes = "reward at the end"\n1) also called Gergesenes, was the capital of Peraea, situated\n   opposite the south extremity of the Lake of Gennesaret to the\n   south-east, but at some distance from the lake on the banks of the\n   river Hieromax
01047^1047 gaza {gad'-zah}\n\nof foreign origin;; n f\n\nAV - treasure 1; 1\n\n1) the royal treasury, treasure, riches
01048^1048 Gaza {gad'-zah}\n\nof Hebrew origin 05804;; n pr loc\n\nAV - Gaza 1; 1\n\nGaza = "the fortified; the strong"\n1) one of the five chief cities of the Philistines in Palestine
01049^1049 gazophulakion {gad-zof-oo-lak'-ee-on}\n\nfrom 1047 and 5438;; n n\n\nAV - treasury 5; 5\n\n1) a repository of treasure, especially of public treasure, a treasury\n\nIt is used to describe the apartments constructed in the courts of\nthe temple, in which the not only the sacred offerings and things\nneedful for the service were kept, but in which the priests, etc,\ndwelt: Neh. 13:7; of the sacred treasury in which not only treasure\nbut also public records were stored, and the property of widows and\norphans was deposited. Josephus speaks of treasuries in the women's\ncourt of Herod's temple. In the N.T.  near the treasury seems to used\nof that receptacle mentioned by the rabbis to which were fitted\nthirteen chests or boxes, i.e.  trumpets, so called from their shape,\nand into which were put the contributions made voluntarily or paid\nyearly by the Jews for the service of the temple and the support of\nthe poor.
01050^1050 Gaios {gah'-ee-os}\n\nof Latin origin;; n pr m\n\nAV - Gaius (of Corinth) 2, Gaius (of Macedonia) 1,\n     Gaius (of Derbe) 1, Gaius (a Christian) 1; 5\n\nGaius = "lord"\n1) a Macedonian who accompanied Paul in his travels\n2) a man from Derbe who went with Paul from Corinth in his last journey\n   to Jerusalem\n3) a man of Corinth who was his host in his second sojourn in that city\n4) an unknown Christian to whom John's third epistle is addressed
01051^1051 gala {gal'-ah}\n\nof uncertain affinity; TDNT - 1:645,111; n n\n\nAV - milk 5; 5\n\n1) milk\n2) a metaph. for the less difficult Christian truths
01052^1052 Galates {gal-at'-ace}\n\nfrom 1053;; n m\n\nAV - Galatians 2; 2\n\n1) a Galatians
01053^1053 Galatia {gal-at-ee'-ah}\n\nof foreign origin;; n pr loc\n\nAV - Galatia 4; 4\n\nGalatia = "land of the Galli, Gauls"\n1) the Roman province of Galatia my be roughly described as the\n   central region of the peninsula of Asia Minor, bounded on the\n   north by Bithynia and Paphlagonia; on the east by Pontus; on\n   the south by Cappadocia and Lycaonia; on the west by Phrygia
01054^1054 Galatikos {gal-at-ee-kos'}\n\nfrom 1053;; adj\n\nAV - of Galatia 2; 2\n\n1) a citizen of Galatia
01055^1055 galene {gal-ay'-nay}\n\nof uncertain derivation;; n f\n\nAV - calm 3; 3\n\n1) calmness, stillness of the sea, a calm
01056^1056 Galilaia {gal-il-ah'-yah}\n\nof Hebrew origin 01551;; n pr loc\n\nAV - Galilee 63; 63\n\nGalilee = "Circuit"\n\n1) the name of a region of northern Palestine, bounded on the north\n   by Syria, on the west by Sidon, Tyre, Ptolemais and their\n   territories and the promontory of Carmel, on the south by Samaria\n   and on the east by the Jordan. It was divided into Upper Galilee\n   and Lower Galilee.
01057^1057 Galilaios {gal-ee-lah'-yos}\n\nfrom 1056;; adj\n\nAV - Galilaean 8, of Galilee 3; 11\n\n1) a native of Galilee
01058^1058 Gallion {gal-lee'-own}\n\nof Latin origin;; n pr m\n\nAV - Gallio 3; 3\n\nGallio = "One who lives on milk"\n1) Junius Annaeus Gallio, the Roman proconsul of Achaia when Paul\n   was at Corinth, 53 A.D., under the emperor Claudius. Acts 18:12. He\n   was brother to Jucius Annaeus Seneca, the philosopher. Jerome\n   in the Chronicle of Eusebius says that he committed suicide in\n   65 A.D. Winer thinks he was put to death by Nero.
01059^1059 Gamaliel {gam-al-ee-ale'}\n\nof Hebrew origin 01583];; n pr m\n\nAV - Gamaliel 2; 2\n\nGamaliel = "my recompenser is God"\n1) a Pharisee and celebrated doctor of the law, who gave prudent\n   worldly advice in the Sanhedrin respecting the treatment of the\n   followers of Jesus of Nazareth. Acts 5:34 ff. (A.D.29.) We learn\n   from Acts 22:3 that he was the preceptor of Paul. He is generally\n   identified with the very celebrated Jewish doctor Gamaliel,\n   grandson of Hillel, and who is referred to as authority in the\n   Jewish Mishna.
01060^1060 gameo {gam-eh'-o}\n\nfrom 1062; TDNT - 1:648,111; v\n\nAV - marry 24, married 3, marry a wife 2, 29\n\n1) to lead in marriage, take to wife\n   1a) to get married, to marry\n   1b) to give one's self in marriage\n2) to give a daughter in marriage
01061^1061 gamisko {gam-is'-ko}\n\nfrom 1062;; v\n\nAV - give in marriage 1; 1\n\n1) give in marriage
01062^1062 gamos {gam'-os}\n\nof uncertain affinity; TDNT - 1:648,111; n m\n\nAV - marriage 9, wedding 7; 16\n\n1) a wedding or marriage festival, a wedding banquet, a wedding feast\n2) marriage, matrimony
01063^1063 gar {gar}\n\na primary particle;; conj\n\nAV - for 1027, misc 28, not tr 12; 1067\n\n1) for
01064^1064 gaster {gas-tare'}\n\nof uncertain derivation;; n f\n\nAV - be with child + 1722 + 2192 5, with child + 1722 + 2192 2,\n     womb 1, belly 1; 9\n\n1) the belly\n2) the womb\n3) the stomach\n   3a) a glutton, gormandiser, a man who is as it were all stomach
01065^1065 ge {gheh}\n\na primary particle of emphasis or qualification (often used with\n   other particles prefixed);; particle\n\nAV - yet 2, at least 1, beside 1, doubtless 1, not tr 6; 11\n\n1) indeed, truly, at least\n2) even\n3) if indeed, seeing that
01066^1066 Gedeon {ghed-eh-own'}\n\nof Hebrew origin 01439;; n pr m\n\nAV - Gedeon 1; 1\n\nGideon = "the cutter down"\n1) a of the judge of Israel who delivered them from the Midianites
01067^1067 geenna {gheh'-en-nah}\n\nof Hebrew origin 01516 and 02011; TDNT - 1:657,113; n f\n\nAV - hell 9, hell fire + 3588 + 4442 3; 12\n\n1) Hell is the place of the future punishment call "Gehenna" or\n   "Gehenna of fire". This was originally the valley of Hinnom,\n   south of Jerusalem, where the filth and dead animals of the\n   city were cast out and burned; a fit symbol of the wicked and\n   their future destruction.
01068^1068 Gethsemane {gheth-say-man-ay'}\n\nof Aramaic origin, cf 01660 and 08081;; n pr loc\n\nAV - Gethsemane 2; 2\n\nGethsemane = "an oil press"\n\n1) the name of a place at the foot of the Mount of Olives,\n   beyond the torrent Kidron
01069^1069 geiton {ghi'-tone}\n\nfrom 1093;; n m/f\n\nAV - neighbour 4; 4\n\n1) a neighbour
01070^1070 gelao {ghel-ah'-o}\n\nof uncertain affinity; TDNT - 1:658,113; v\n\nAV - laugh 2; 2\n\n1) to laugh
01071^1071 gelos {ghel'-os}\n\nfrom 1070; TDNT - 1:658,113; n m\n\nAV - laughter 1; 1\n\n1) laughter
01072^1072 gemizo {ghem-id'-zo}\n\ntransitive from 1073;; v\n\nAV - fill 7, be full 1, fill ... fill 1; 9\n\n1) to fill, fill full
01073^1073 gemo {ghem'-o}\n\na root word;; v\n\nAV - full 8, be full 3; 11\n\n1) to be full, filled, full
01074^1074 genea {ghen-eh-ah'}\n\nfrom (a presumed derivative of) 1085; TDNT - 1:662,114; n f\n\nAV - generation 37, time 2, age 2, nation 1; 42\n\n1) fathered, birth, nativity\n2) that which has been begotten, men of the same stock, a family\n  2a) the several ranks of natural descent, the successive\n      members of a genealogy\n  2b) metaph. a group of men very like each other in endowments,\n      pursuits, character\n      2b1) esp. in a bad sense, a perverse nation\n3) the whole multitude of men living at the same time\n4) an age (i.e. the time ordinarily occupied be each successive\n   generation), a space of 30 - 33 years
01075^1075 genealogeo {ghen-eh-al-og-eh'-o}\n\nfrom 1074 and 3056; TDNT - 1:665,114; v\n\nAV - count (one's) descent 1; 1\n\n1) to recount a family's origin and lineage, trace ancestry\n2) to draw one's origin, derive one's pedigree
01076^1076 genealogia {ghen-eh-al-og-ee'-ah}\n\nfrom the same as 1075; TDNT - 1:663,114; n f\n\nAV - genealogy 2; 2\n\n1) a genealogy, a record of descent or lineage
01077^1077 genesia {ghen-es'-ee-ah}\n\nfrom a derivative of 1078;; n n pl\n\nAV - birthday 2; 2\n\n1) a birthday celebration, a birthday feast\n   1a) the earlier Greeks used this word of funeral commemorations,\n       a festival commemorative of a deceased friend
01078^1078 genesis {ghen'-es-is}\n\nfrom the same as 1074; TDNT - 1:682,117; n f\n\nAV - generation 1, natural 1, nature 1; 3\n\n1) source, origin\n  1a) a book of one's lineage, i.e. in which his ancestry or\n      progeny are enumerated\n2) used of birth, nativity\n3) of that which follows origin, viz. existence, life\n   3a) the wheel of life (Jas 3:6), other explain it, the wheel of\n       human origin which as soon as men are born begins to run, i.e.\n       its course of life
01079^1079 genete {ghen-et-ay}\n\nfrom a presumed derivative of the base of 1074;; n f\n\nAV - birth 1; 1\n\n1) birth, from birth
01080^1080 gennao {ghen-nah'-o}\n\nfrom a variation of 1085; TDNT - 1:665,114; v\n\nAV - begat 49, be born 39, bear 2, gender 2, bring forth 1,\n     be delivered 1, misc 3; 97\n\n1) of men who fathered children\n  1a) to be born\n  1b) to be begotten\n     1b1) of women giving birth to children\n2) metaph.\n  2a) to engender, cause to arise, excite\n  2b) in a Jewish sense, of one who brings others over to his\n      way of life, to convert someone\n  2c) of God making Christ his son\n  2d) of God making men his sons through faith in Christ's work
01081^1081 gennema {ghen'-nay-mah}\n\nfrom 1080; TDNT - 1:672,114; n n\n\nAV - fruit 5, generation 4; 9\n\n1) that which has been born or begotten\n   1a) the offspring or progeny of men or animals\n   1b) the fruits of the earth, the produce of agriculture
01082^1082 Gennesaret {ghen-nay-sar-et'}\n\nof Hebrew origin, cf 03672;; n pr loc\n\nAV - Gennesaret 3; 3\n\nGennesaret = "a harp"\n\n1) a lake also called the sea of Galilee or the sea of Tiberias The\n   lake 12 by 7 miles (20 by 11 km) and 700 feet (210 m) below the\n   Mediterranean Sea.\n2) a very lovely and fertile region on the Sea of Galilee.
01083^1083 gennesis {ghen'-nay-sis}\n\nfrom 1080;; adj\n\nAV - birth 2; 2\n\n1) begat, engendering\n2) nativity, birth
01084^1084 gennetos {ghen-nay-tos'}\n\nfrom 1080; TDNT - 1:672,114; adj\n\nAV - that is born 2; 2\n\n1) begotten, born
01085^1085 genos {ghen'-os}\n\nfrom 1096; TDNT - 1:684,117; n n\n\nAV - kind 5, kindred 3, offspring 3, nation 2, stock 2, born 2,\n     diversity 1, misc. 3; 21\n\n1) kindred\n   1a) offspring\n   1b) family\n   1c) stock, tribe, nation\n       1c1) i.e. nationality or descent from a particular people\n   1d) the aggregate of many individuals of the same nature, kind, sort
01086^1086 Gergesenos {gher-ghes-ay-nos'}\n\nof Hebrew origin 01622;; adj\n\nAV - Gergesenes 1; 1\n\nGergesenes = "a stranger drawing near" ?\n\n1) also called Gadarenes, is assumed to have been located on the\n   eastern shore of Lake Gennesaret
01087^1087 gerousia {gher-oo-see'-ah}\n\nfrom 1088;; n f\n\nAV - senate 1; 1\n\n1) a senate, council of elders\n   1a) to denote the chief council of nations or cities\n   1b) the Sanhedrin
01088^1088 geron {gher'-own}\n\nof uncertain affinity, cf 1094;; n m\n\nAV - old 1; 1\n\n1) an old man
01089^1089 geuomai {ghyoo'-om-ahee}\n\na root word; TDNT - 1:675,117; v\n\nAV - taste 12, eat 3; 15\n\n1) to taste, to try the flavour of\n2) to taste\n   2a) i.e. perceive the flavour of, partake of, enjoy\n   2b) to feel, make trial of, experience\n3) to take food, eat, to take nourishment, eat
01090^1090 georgeo {gheh-or-gheh'-o}\n\nfrom 1092;; v\n\nAV - dress 1; 1\n\n1) to practise agriculture, to till the ground
01091^1091 georgion {gheh-ore'-ghee-on}\n\nfrom a (presumed) derivative of 1092;; n n\n\nAV - husbandry 1; 1\n\n1) a cultivated field, husbandry, tillage
01092^1092 georgos {gheh-ore-gos'}\n\nfrom 1093 and the base of 2041;; n m\n\nAV - husbandman 19; 19\n\n1) a husbandman, tiller of the soil, a vine dresser
01093^1093 ge {ghay}\n\ncontracted from a root word; TDNT - 1:677,116; n f\n\nAV - earth 188, land 42, ground 18, country 2, world 1,\n     earthly + 1537 + 3588 1; 252\n\n1) arable land\n2) the ground, the earth as a standing place\n3) the main land as opposed to the sea or water\n4) the earth as a whole\n   4a) the earth as opposed to the heavens\n   4b) the inhabited earth, the abode of men and animals\n5) a country, land enclosed within fixed boundaries, a tract of\n   land, territory, region
01094^1094 geras {ghay'-ras}\n\nakin to 1088;; n n\n\nAV - old age 1; 1\n\n1) old age
01095^1095 gerasko {ghay-ras'-ko}\n\nfrom 1094;; v\n\nAV - be old 1, wax old 1; 2\n\n1) to grow old\n2) of things and institutions: to fail from age, be obsolescent
01096^1096 ginomai {ghin'-om-ahee}\n\na prolongation and middle voice form of a primary verb;\n   TDNT - 1:681,117; v\n\nAV - be 255, come to pass 82, be made 69, be done 63, come 52,\n     become 47, God forbid + 3361 15, arise 13, have 5, be fulfilled 3,\n     be married to 3, be preferred 3, not tr 14, misc 4, vr done 2; 678\n\n1) to become, i.e. to come into existence, begin to be, receive being\n2) to become, i.e. to come to pass, happen\n   2a) of events\n3) to arise, appear in history, come upon the stage\n   3a) of men appearing in public\n4) to be made, finished\n   4a) of miracles, to be performed, wrought\n5) to become, be made
01097^1097 ginosko {ghin-oce'-ko}\n\na prolonged form of a primary verb; TDNT - 1:689,119; v\n\nAV - know 196, perceive 9, understand 8, misc 10; 223\n\n1) to learn to know, come to know, get a knowledge of perceive, feel\n   1a) to become known\n2) to know, understand, perceive, have knowledge of\n   2a) to understand\n   2b) to know\n3) Jewish idiom for sexual intercourse between a man and a woman\n4) to become acquainted with, to know\n\nFor Synonyms see entry 5825
01098^1098 gleukos {glyoo'-kos}\n\nakin to 1099;; n n\n\nAV - new wine 1; 1\n\n1) the sweet juice pressed the grape, sweet wine
01099^1099 glukus {gloo-koos'}\n\nof uncertain affinity;; adj\n\nAV - sweet 3, fresh 1; 4\n\n1) sweet
01100^1100 glossa {gloce-sah'}\n\nof uncertain affinity; TDNT - 1:719,123; n f\n\nAV - tongue 50; 50\n\n1) the tongue, a member of the body, an organ of speech\n2) a tongue\n   1a) the language or dialect used by a particular people distinct\n       from that of other nations
01101^1101 glossokomon {gloce-sok'-om-on}\n\nfrom 1100 and the base of 2889;; n n\n\nAV - bag 2; 2\n\n1) a case in which to keep mouth-pieces of wind instruments\n2) a small box for other uses\n   2a) esp. a casket, a purse to keep money in
01102^1102 gnapheus {gnaf-yuce'}\n\nby variation for a derivative from knapto (to tease cloth);; n m\n\nAV - fuller 1; 1\n\n1) a fuller
01103^1103 gnesios {gnay'-see-os}\n\nfrom the same as 1077; TDNT - 1:727,125; adj\n\nAV - own 2, sincerely 1, true 1; 4\n\n1) legitimately born, not spurious\n2) true, genuine, sincere
01104^1104 gnesios {gnay-see'-ose}\n\nfrom 1103;; adv\n\nAV - naturally 1; 1\n\n1) genuinely, faithfully, sincerely
01105^1105 gnophos {gnof'-os}\n\nakin to 3509;; n m\n\nAV - blackness 1; 1\n\n1) darkness, gloom
01106^1106 gnome {gno'-may}\n\nfrom 1097; TDNT - 1:717,119\n\nAV - judgment 3, mind 2, purpose + 1096 1, advice 1, will 1,\n     agree + 4160 + 3391 1; 9\n\n1) the faculty of knowledge, mind, reason\n2) that which is thought or known, one's mind\n   2a) view, judgment, opinion\n   2b) mind concerning what ought to be done\n       2b1) by one's self: resolve purpose, intention\n       2b2) by others: judgment, advice\n       2b3) decree
01107^1107 gnorizo {gno-rid'-zo}\n\nfrom a derivative of 1097; TDNT - 1:718,119; v\n\nAV - make known 16, declare 4, certify 1, give to understand 1,\n     do to wit 1, wot 1; 24\n\n1) to make known\n   1a) to become known, be recognised\n2) to know, to gain knowledge of, have thorough knowledge of\n   2a) in earlier Greek it means "to gain a knowledge of" or "have\n       thorough knowledge of"
01108^1108 gnosis {gno'-sis}\n\nfrom 1097; TDNT - 1:689,119; n f\n\nAV - knowledge 28, science 1; 29\n\n1) knowledge signifies in general intelligence, understanding\n   1a) the general knowledge of Christian religion\n   1b) the deeper more perfect and enlarged knowledge of this religion, such as\n       belongs to the more advanced\n   1c) esp. of things lawful and unlawful for Christians\n   1d) moral wisdom, such as is seen in right living\n\nFor Synonyms see entry 5826
01109^1109 gnostes {gnoce'-tace}\n\nfrom 1097;; n m\n\nAV - expert 1; 1\n\n1) an expert, a connoisseur
01110^1110 gnostos {gnoce-tos'}\n\nfrom 1097; TDNT - 1:718,119; adj\n\nAV - known 12, acquaintance 2, notable 1; 15\n\n1) known, notable
01111^1111 gogguzo {gong-good'-zo}\n\nof uncertain derivation; TDNT - 1:728,125; v\n\nAV - murmur 8; 8\n\n1) to murmur, mutter, grumble, say anything against in a low tone\n   1a) of the cooing  of doves\n   1b) of those who confer secretly together\n   1c) of those who discontentedly complain
01112^1112 goggusmos {gong-goos-mos'}\n\nfrom 1111; TDNT - 1:735,125; n m\n\nAV - murmuring 3, grudging 1; 4\n\n1) a murmur, murmuring, muttering\n   1a) a secret debate\n   1b) a secret displeasure not openly avowed
01113^1113 goggustes {gong-goos-tace'}\n\nfrom 1111; TDNT - 1:737,125; n m\n\nAV - murmurer 1; 1\n\n1) a murmurer, one who discontentedly complains (against God)
01114^1114 goes {go'-ace}\n\nfrom goao (to wail); TDNT - 1:737,126; n m\n\nAV - seducer 1; 1\n\n1) a wailer, a howler\n2) a juggler, enchanter (because incantations used to be uttered\n   in a kind of howl)\n3) a deceiver, imposter
01115^1115 Golgotha {gol-goth-ah'}\n\nof Aramaic origin [cf 01538];; n pr loc\n\nAV - Golgotha 3; 3\n\nGolgotha = "skull"\n1) the name of a place outside Jerusalem where Jesus was crucified;\n   so called, apparently because its form resembled a skull
01116^1116 Gomorrha {gom'-or-hrhah}\n\nof Hebrew origin 06017;; n pr loc\n\nAV - Gomorrha 5; 5\n\nGomorrha = "submersion"\n1) a city in eastern part of Judah that was destroyed when the Lord\n   rained fire and brimstone on it; now covered by the Dead Sea
01117^1117 gomos {gom'-os}\n\nfrom 1073;; n m\n\nAV - merchandise 2, burden 1; 3\n\n1) a lading or freight of a ship, cargo, merchandise conveyed in a ship\n2) any merchandise
01118^1118 goneus {gon-yooce'}\n\nfrom the base of 1096;; n m\n\nAV - parents 19; 19\n\n1) fathers, parent, the parents
01119^1119 gonu {gon-oo'}\n\nof uncertain affinity; TDNT - 1:738,126; n n\n\nAV - knee 7, kneel + 5087 + 3588 5; 12\n\n1) the knee, to kneel down
01120^1120 gonupeteo {gon-oo-pet-eh'-o}\n\nfrom a compound of 1119 and the alternate of 4098; TDNT - 1:738,126; v\n\nAV - kneel down to 2, bow the knee 1, kneel to 1; 4\n\n1) to fall on the knees, the act of imploring aid, and of\n   expressing reverence and honour
01121^1121 gramma {gram'-mah}\n\nfrom 1125; TDNT - 1:761,128; n n\n\nAV - letter 9, bill 2, writing 1, learning 1, scripture 1,\n     written + 1722 1; 15\n\n1) a letter\n2) any writing, a document or record\n   2a) a note of hand, bill, bond, account, written\n       acknowledgement of a debt\n   2b) a letter, an epistle\n   2c) the sacred writings (of the OT)\n3) letters, i.e. learning\n   3a) of sacred learning
01122^1122 grammateus {gram-mat-yooce'}\n\nfrom 1121; TDNT - 1:740,127; n m\n\nAV - scribe 66, townclerk 1; 67\n\n1) a clerk, scribe, esp.a public servant, secretary, recorder,\n   whose office and influence differed in different states\n2) in the Bible, a man learned in the Mosaic law and in the sacred\n   writings, an interpreter, teacher. Scribes examined the more\n   difficult and subtle questions of the law; added to the Mosaic\n   law decisions of various kinds thought to elucidate its meaning\n   and scope, and did this to the detriment of religion.  Since the\n   advice of men skilled in the law was needed in the examination in\n   the causes and the solution of the difficult questions, they were\n   enrolled in the Sanhedrin; and are mentioned in connection with\n   the priests and elders of the people. See a Bible Dictionary for\n   more information on the scribes.\n3) a religious teacher: so instructed that from his learning and\n   ability to teach advantage may redound to the kingdom of heaven
01123^1123 graptos {grap-tos'}\n\nfrom 1125;; adj\n\nAV - written 1; 1\n\n1) written
01124^1124 graphe {graf-ay'}\n\nof uncertain affinity; TDNT - 1:749,128; n f\n\nAV - scripture 51; 51\n\n1) a writing, thing written\n2) the Scripture, used to denote either the book itself, or\n   its contents\n3) a certain portion or section of the Holy Scripture
01125^1125 grapho {graf'-o}\n\na root word; TDNT - 1:742,128; v\n\nAV - write 206, writing 1, describe 1, vr write 1; 209\n\n1) to write, with reference to the form of the letters\n   1a) to delineate (or form) letters on a tablet, parchment,\n       paper, or other material\n2) to write, with reference to the contents of the writing\n   2a) to express in written characters\n   2b) to commit to writing (things not to be forgotten), write\n       down, record\n   2c) used of those things which stand written in the sacred\n       books (of the OT)\n   2d) to write to one, i.e. by writing (in a written epistle) to\n       give information, directions\n3) to fill with writing\n4) to draw up in writing, compose
01126^1126 graodes {grah-o'-dace}\n\nfrom graus (an old woman) and 1491;; adj\n\nAV - old wife 1; 1\n\n1) old womanish, old wives, an old woman
01127^1127 gregoreuo {gray-gor-yoo'-o}\n\nfrom 1453; TDNT - 2:338,195; v\n\nAV - watch 21, wake 1, be vigilant 1; 23\n\n1) to watch\n2) metaph. give strict attention to, be cautious, active\n   2a) to take heed lest through remission and indolence some\n       destructive calamity suddenly overtake one
01128^1128 gumnazo {goom-nad'-zo}\n\nfrom 1131; TDNT - 1:775,133; v\n\nAV - exercise 4; 4\n\n1) to exercise naked (in a palaestra or school of athletics)\n2) to exercise vigorously, in any way, either the body or the mind
01129^1129 gumnasia {goom-nas-ee'-ah}\n\nfrom 1128; TDNT - 1:775,133; n f\n\nAV - exercise 1; 1\n\n1) the exercise of the body in a palaestra or school of athletics\n2) any exercise whatever\n   2a) the exercise of conscientiousness relative to the body\n       such as is characteristic of ascetics and consists in abstinence\n       from matrimony and certain kinds of food
01130^1130 gumneteuo {goom-nayt-yoo'-o}\n\nfrom a derivative of 1131;; v\n\nAV - be naked 1; 1\n\n1) to be lightly or poorly clad\n2) to be a light armed soldier
01131^1131 gumnos {goom-nos'}\n\nof uncertain affinity; TDNT - 1:773,133; adj\n\nAV - naked 14, bare 1; 15\n\n1) properly\n   1a) unclad, without clothing, the naked body\n   1b) ill clad\n   1c) clad in undergarments only (the outer garments or cloak\n       being laid aside)\n   1d) of the soul, whose garment is the body, stripped of the\n       body, without a body\n2) metaph.\n   2a) naked, i.e. open, lay bare\n   2b) only, mere, bare, i.e. mere grain not the plant itself
01132^1132 gumnotes {goom-not'-ace}\n\nfrom 1131; TDNT - 1:775,133; n f\n\nAV - nakedness 3; 3\n\n1) nakedness of the body
01133^1133 gunaikarion {goo-nahee-kar'-ee-on}\n\na diminutive from 1135;; n n\n\nAV - silly woman 1; 1\n\n1) a little woman: used contemptuously
01134^1134 gunaikeios {goo-nahee-ki'-os}\n\nfrom 1135;; adj\n\nAV - wife 1; 1\n\n1) of or belonging to a woman, feminine, female
01135^1135 gune {goo-nay'}\n\nprobably from the base of 1096; TDNT - 1:776,134; n f\n\nAV - women 129, wife 92; 221\n\n1) a woman of any age, whether a virgin, or married, or a widow\n2) a wife\n   2a) of a betrothed woman
01136^1136 Gog {gogue}\n\nof Hebrew origin 01463; TDNT - 1:789,136; n pr loc\n\nAV - Gog 1; 1\n\nGog = "mountain"\n1) the king of the land of Magog who will come from the north\n   and attack the land of Israel
01137^1137 gonia {go-nee'-ah}\n\nprobably akin to 1119; TDNT - 1:791,137; n f\n\nAV - corner 8, quarter 1, 9\n\n1) corner\n   1a) an external angle, a corner\n   1b) internal corner, i.e. a secret place
01138^1138 Dabid {dab-eed'}\n\nof Hebrew origin 01732; TDNT - 8:478,*; n pr m\n\nAV - David 59; 59\n\n1) second king of Israel, and ancestor of Jesus Christ
01139^1139 daimonizomai {dahee-mon-id'-zom-ahee}\n\nmiddle voice from 1142; TDNT - 2:19,137; v\n\nAV - possessed with devils 4, possessed with the devil 3,\n     of the devils 2, vexed with a devil 1, possessed with a devil 1,\n     have a devil 1; 13\n\n1) to be under the power of a demon.\n\nIn the NT, these are persons, afflicted with especially severe\ndiseases, either bodily or mentally, (such as paralysis, blindness,\ndeafness, loss of speech, epilepsy, melancholy, insanity, etc.)\nwhose bodies in the opinion of the Jews demons had entered, and so\nheld possession of them as not only to afflict them with ills, but\nalso to dethrone the reason and take its place themselves;\naccordingly the possessed were wont to express the mind and\nconsciousness of the demons dwelling in them; and their cure was\nthought to require the expulsion of the demon.
01140^1140 daimonion {dahee-mon'-ee-on}\n\nneuter of a derivative of 1142; TDNT - 2:1,137; n n\n\nAV - devil 59, god 1; 60\n\n1) the divine power, deity, divinity\n2) a spirit, a being inferior to God, superior to men\n3) evil spirits or the messengers and ministers of the devil
01141^1141 daimoniodes {dahee-mon-ee-o'-dace}\n\nfrom 1140 and 1142; TDNT - 2:20,137; adj\n\nAV - devilish 1; 1\n\n1) resembling or proceeding from an evil spirit, demon-like
01142^1142 daimon {dah'-ee-mown}\n\nfrom daio (to distribute fortunes); TDNT - 2:1,137; n m/f\n\nAV - devils 4, devil 1; 5\n\n1) a god, a goddess\n   1a) an inferior deity, whether good or bad\n2) in the NT, an evil spirit
01143^1143 dakno {dak'-no}\n\na prolonged form of a primary root;; v\n\nAV - bite 1; 1\n\n1) to bite with the teeth\n2) metaph., to wound the soul, cut lacerate, rend with reproaches
01144^1144 dakru {dak'-roo} or dakruon {dak'-roo-on}\n\nof uncertain affinity;; n n\n\nAV - tear 11; 11\n\n1) a tear
01145^1145 dakruo {dak-roo'-o}\n\nfrom 1144;; v\n\nAV - weep 1; 1\n\n1) to weep, shed tears\n\nFor Synonyms see entry 5804
01146^1146 daktulios {dak-too'-lee-os}\n\nfrom 1147;; n m\n\nAV - ring 1; 1\n\n1) a ring (on the finger)
01147^1147 daktulos {dak'-too-los}\n\nprobably from 1176; TDNT - 2:20,140; n m\n\nAV - finger 8; 8\n\n1) a finger
01148^1148 Dalmanoutha {dal-man-oo-thah'}\n\nprobably of Aramaic origin;; n pr loc\n\nAV - Dalmanutha 1; 1\n\nDalmanutha = "slow firebrand"\n1) is a town on the west side of the Sea of Galilee, near Magdala
01149^1149 Dalmatia {dal-mat-ee'-ah}\n\nprobably of foreign derivation;; n pr loc\n\nAV - Dalmatia 1; 1\n\nDalmatia = "a priestly robe"\n1) a part of Illyricum on the Adriatic Sea; on the east adjoining\n   Pannonia and upper Moesia, on the north separated from Liburia by\n   the river Titus, and extending southwards as far as the river\n   Drinus and the city Lissus
01150^1150 damazo {dam-ad'-zo}\n\na variation of an obsolete primary of the same meaning;; v\n\nAV - tame 4; 4\n\n1) to tame\n2) curb, restrain
01151^1151 damalis {dam'-al-is}\n\nprobably from the base of 1150;; n f\n\nAV - heifer 1; 1\n\n1) a young cow, heifer\n   1a) of the red heifer with whose ashes, by the Mosaic law,\n       those were to be sprinkled who had become defiled
01152^1152 Damaris {dam'-ar-is}\n\nprobably from the base of 1150;; n pr f\n\nAV - Damaris 1; 1\n\nDamaris = "a heifer"\n1) an Athenian woman converted to Christianity by Paul's preaching
01153^1153 Damaskenos {dam-as-kay-nos'}\n\nfrom 1154;; adj\n\nAV - Damascenes 1; 1\n\n1) of Damascus
01154^1154 Damaskos {dam-as-kos'}\n\nof Hebrew origin 01834;; n pr loc\n\nAV - Damascus 15; 15\n\nDamascus = "silent is the sackcloth weaver"\n1) one of the most ancient and most important cities of Syria lying\n   in almost lovely and fertile plain at the eastern base of the\n   Antilibanus
01155^1155 daneizo {dan-ide'-zo}\n\nfrom 1156;; v\n\nAV - lend 3, borrow 1; 4\n\n1) to lend money\n2) to have money lent to one's self\n3) to take a loan, borrow\n\nFor Synonyms see entry 5827
01156^1156 daneion {dan'-i-on}\n\nfrom danos (a gift);; n n\n\nAV - debt 1; 1\n\n1) a loan
01157^1157 daneistes {dan-ice-tace'}\n\nfrom 1155;; n m\n\nAV - creditor 1; 1\n\n1) a money lender, creditor
01158^1158 Daniel {dan-ee-ale'}\n\nof Hebrew origin 01840;; n pr m\n\nAV - Daniel 2; 2\n\nDaniel = "judgment of God"\n1) the name of a Jewish prophet, noted for his wisdom and prophecies
01159^1159 dapanao {dap-an-ah'-o}\n\nfrom 1160;; v\n\nAV - spend 3, be at charges with 1, consume 1; 5\n\n1) to incur expense, expend, spend\n2) in a bad sense: to waste, squander, consume
01160^1160 dapane {dap-an'-ay}\n\nfrom dapto (to devour);; n f\n\nAV - cost 1; 1\n\n1) expense, cost
01161^1161 de {deh}\n\na primary particle (adversative or continuative);; conj\n\nAV - but 1237, and 935, now 166, then 132, also 18, yet 16, yea 13,\n     so 13, moreover 13, nevertheless 11, for 4, even 3, misc 9,\n     not tr 300; 2870\n\n1) but, moreover, and,  etc.\n\nFrequency count based on Scrivener's 1894 Greek New Testament. J.B.\nSmith listed no count.
01162^1162 deesis {deh'-ay-sis}\n\nfrom 1189; TDNT - 2:40,144; n f\n\nAV - prayer 12, supplication 6, request 1; 19\n\n1) need, indigence, want, privation, penury\n2) a seeking, asking, entreating, entreaty to God or to man\n\nFor Synonyms see entry 5828
01163^1163 dei {die}\n\nthird person singular active present of 1210; TDNT - 2:21,140; v\n\nAV - must 58, ought 31, must needs 5, should 4, misc 7, vr ought 1 ; 106\n\n1) it is necessary, there is need of, it behooves, is right and proper\n   1a) necessity lying in the nature of the case\n   1b) necessity brought on by circumstances or by the conduct of\n       others toward us.\n   1c) necessity in reference to what is required to attain some end\n   1d) a necessity of law and command, of duty, equity\n   1e) necessity established by the counsel and decree of God,\n       especially by that purpose of his which relates to the\n       salvation of men by the intervention of Christ and which is\n       disclosed in the Old Testament prophecies\n       1e1) concerning what Christ was destined finally to undergo, his\n            sufferings, death, resurrection, ascension\n\nFor Synonyms see entry 5829
01164^1164 deigma {digh'-mah}\n\nfrom the base of 1166;; n n\n\nAV - example 1; 1\n\n1) a thing shown\n2) a specimen of any thing, example, pattern
01165^1165 deigmatizo {digh-mat-id'-zo}\n\nfrom 1164; TDNT - 2:31,141; v\n\nAV - make a show 1; 1\n\n1) to make an example of, to show as an example
01166^1166 deiknuo {dike-noo'-o}\n\na prolonged form of an obsolete primary of the same meaning;\n   TDNT - 2:25,*; v\n\nAV - show 31; 31\n\n1) to show, expose to the eyes\n2) metaph.\n   2a) to give evidence or proof of a thing\n   2b) to show by words or teach
01167^1167 deilia {di-lee'-ah}\n\nfrom 1169;; n f\n\nAV - fear 1; 1\n\n1) timidity, fearfulness, cowardice\n\nFor Synonyms see entry 5835
01168^1168 deiliao {di-lee-ah'-o}\n\nfrom 1167;; v\n\nAV - be afraid 1; 1\n\n1) to be timid, fearful
01169^1169 deilos {di-los'}\n\nfrom deos (dread);; adj\n\nAV - fearful 3; 3\n\n1) timid, fearful
01170^1170 deina {di'-nah}\n\nprobably from the same as 1171 (through the idea of forgetting\n   the name as fearful, i.e. strange);; n m/f/n\n\nAV - such a man 1; 1\n\n1) such a one, a certain one, i.e. one whose name I cannot call\n   on the instant, or whose name it is of no importance to mention
01171^1171 deinos {di-noce'}\n\nfrom a derivative of the same as 1169;; adv\n\nAV - grievously 1, vehemently 1; 2\n\n1) terribly, grievously
01172^1172 deipneo {dipe-neh'-o}\n\nfrom 1173; TDNT - 2:34,143; v\n\nAV - sup 3, supper 1; 4\n\n1) to sup
01173^1173 deipnon {dipe'-non}\n\nfrom the same as 1160; TDNT - 2:34,143; n n\n\nAV - supper 13, feast 3; 16\n\n1) supper, especially a formal meal usually held at the evening,\n   1a) used of the Messiah's feast, symbolising salvation in the\n       kingdom\n2) food taken at evening
01174^1174 deisidaimonesteros {dice-ee-dahee-mon-es'-ter-os}\n\nthe compound of a derivative of the base of 1169 and 1142;\n   TDNT - 2:20,*; adj\n\nAV - too superstitious 1; 1\n\n1) in a good sense\n   1a) reverencing god or the gods, pious, religious\n2) in a bad sense\n   2a) superstitious
01175^1175 deisidaimonia {dice-ee-dahee-mon-ee'-ah}\n\nfrom the same as 1174; TDNT - 2:20,137; n f\n\nAV - superstition 1; 1\n\n1) in a good sense\n   1a) reverencing god or the gods, pious, religious\n2) in a bad sense\n   2a) superstitious\n3) religious
01176^1176 deka {dek'-ah}\n\na primary number; TDNT - 2:36,143; n indecl\n\nAV - ten 24, eighteen + 2532 + 3638 3; 27\n\n1) ten
01177^1177 dekaduo {dek-ad-oo'-o}\n\nfrom 1176 and 1417;; n indecl\n\nAV - twelve 2; 2\n\n1) twelve
01178^1178 dekapente {dek-ap-en'-teh}\n\nfrom 1176 and 4002;; n indecl\n\nAV - fifteen 3; 3\n\n1) fifteen
01179^1179 Dekapolis {dek-ap'-ol-is}\n\nfrom 1176 and 4172;; n pr loc\n\nAV - Decapolis 3; 3\n\nDecapolis = "ten cities"\n1) a track of land so called from the ten cities that were in it\n   1a) according to Pliny, these cities were:\n       Damascus, Opoton, Philadelphia, Raphana, Scythopolis,\n       Gadara, Hippondion, Pella, Galasa, and Canatha (Gill)
01180^1180 dekatessares {dek-at-es'-sar-es}\n\nfrom 1176 and 5064;; n indecl\n\nAV - fourteen 5; 5\n\n1) fourteen
01181^1181 dekate {dek-at'-ay}\n\nfeminine of 1182;; adj\n\nAV - tithe 2, tenth part 1, tenth 1; 4\n\n1) a tenth part of anything, a tithe\n   1a) the tenth party of booty taken from an enemy\n   1b) the tithes of fruits of the earth and of flocks, which by the\n       law of Moses were presented to the Levites in the congregation\n       of Israel
01182^1182 dekatos {dek'-at-os}\n\nordinal from 1176;; adj\n\nAV - tenth 3; 3\n\n1) the tenth
01183^1183 dekatoo {dek-at-o'-o}\n\nfrom 1181;; v\n\nAV - receive tithes 1, pay tithes 1; 2\n\n1) to exact or receive the tenth part\n2) to pay tithes
01184^1184 dektos {dek-tos'}\n\nfrom 1209; TDNT - 2:58,146; adj\n\nAV - accepted 3, acceptable 2; 5\n\n1) accepted, acceptable
01185^1185 deleazo {del-eh-ad'-zo}\n\nfrom the base of 1388;; v\n\nAV - entice 1, beguile 1, allure 1; 3\n\n1) to bait, catch by a bait\n2) metaph. to beguile by blanishments, allure, entice, deceive
01186^1186 dendron {den'-dron}\n\nprobably from drus (an oak);; n n\n\nAV - tree 26; 26\n\n1) a tree
01187^1187 dexiolabos {dex-ee-ol-ab'-os}\n\nfrom 1188 and 2983;; n m\n\nAV - spearmen 1; 1\n\n1) throwing with the right hand, a slinger, an archer, javelinmen
01188^1188 dexios {dex-ee-os'}\n\nfrom 1209; TDNT - 2:37,143; adj\n\nAV - right hand 39, right 12, right side 2; 53\n\n1) the right, the right hand\n2)) metaph.\n    2a) a place of honour or authority
01189^1189 deomai {deh'-om-ahee}\n\nmiddle voice of 1210; TDNT - 2:40,144; v\n\nAV - pray 12, beseech 9, make request 1; 22\n\n1) to want, lack\n2) to desire, long for\n3) to ask, beg\n   3a) the thing asked for\n   3b) to pray, make supplications\n\nFor Synonyms see entry 5802
01190^1190 Derbaios {der-bah'-ee-os}\n\nfrom 1191;; adj\n\nAV - of Derbe 1; 1\n\n1) a native of Derbe
01191^1191 Derbe {der-bay'}\n\nof foreign origin;; n pr loc\n\nAV - Derbe 3; 3\n\nDerbe = "tanner: tanner of skin: coverer with skin"\n1) a city of Lycaonia, on the confines of Isauria
01192^1192 derma {der'-mah}\n\nfrom 1194;; n n\n\nAV - skin + 122 1; 1\n\n1) a skin, hide, leather
01193^1193 dermatinos {der-mat'-ee-nos}\n\nfrom 1192;; adj\n\nAV - leathern 1, of a skin 1; 2\n\n1) made of skin, leathern
01194^1194 dero {der'-o}\n\na root word;; v\n\nAV - beat 12, smite 3; 15\n\n1) to flay, skin\n2) to beat, thrash, smite
01195^1195 desmeuo {des-myoo'-o}\n\nfrom a (presumed) derivative of 1196;; v\n\nAV - bind 2; 2\n\n1) to put in chains\n2) to bind up, bind together
01196^1196 desmeo {des-meh'-o}\n\nfrom 1199;; v\n\nAV - bind 1; 1\n\n1) to bind, tie
01197^1197 desme {des-may'}\n\nfrom 1196;; n f\n\nAV - bundle 1; 1\n\n1) a bundle
01198^1198 desmios {des'-mee-os}\n\nfrom 1199; TDNT - 2:43,145; adj\n\nAV - prisoner 14, be in bonds 1, in bonds 1; 16\n\n1) bound, in bonds, a captive, a prisoner
01199^1199 desmon {des-mon'} or desmos {des-mos'}\n\nneuter and masculine respectively from 1210; TDNT - 2:43,*; n m\n\nAV - bond 15, band 3, string 1, chain 1; 20\n\n1) a band or bond
01200^1200 desmophulax {des-mof-oo'-lax}\n\nfrom 1199 and 5441;; n m\n\nAV - keeper of the prison 2, jailor 1; 3\n\n1) a keeper of a prison, a jailor
01201^1201 desmoterion {des-mo-tay'-ree-on}\n\nfrom a derivative of 1199 (equivalent to 1196);; n n\n\nAV - prison 4; 4\n\n1) a prison, a jail
01202^1202 desmotes {des-mo'-tace}\n\nfrom the same as 1201;; n m\n\nAV - prisoner 2; 2\n\n1) one bound, a prisoner
01203^1203 despotes {des-pot'-ace}\n\nperhaps from 1210 and posis (a husband); TDNT - 2:44,145; n m\n\nAV - Lord 5, master 5; 10\n\n1) a master, Lord\n\nFor Synonyms see entry 5830
01204^1204 deuro {dyoo'-ro}\n\nof uncertain affinity;; adv\n\nAV - come 6, come hither 2, hitherto + 891 + 3588 1; 9\n\n1) of place,\n   1a) hither to this place\n   1b) in urging and calling, here! come!\n2) of time, hither to, now
01205^1205 deute {dyoo'-teh}\n\nfrom 1204 and an imperative form of eimi (to go);; adv\n\nAV - come 12, follow + 3694 1; 13\n\n1) come hither, come here, come\n2) interjection, come!, come now!
01206^1206 deuteraios {dyoo-ter-ah'-yos}\n\nfrom 1208;; adj\n\nAV - next day 1; 1\n\n1) of or belonging to the second\n2) of one who comes or does a thing, on the second day
01207^1207 deuteroprotos {dyoo-ter-op'-ro-tos}\n\nfrom 1208 and 4413;; adj\n\nAV - second after the first 1; 1\n\n1) second-first\n2) the second of the first Sabbaths after the feast of the Passover
01208^1208 deuteros {dyoo'-ter-os}\n\nas the compare of 1417;; adj\n\nAV - second 34, the second time + 1537 4, the second time 4,\n     again + 1537 2, again 1, secondarily 1, afterward 1; 47\n\n1) the second, the other of two
01209^1209 dechomai {dekh'-om-ahee}\n\nmiddle voice of a primary verb; TDNT - 2:50,146; v\n\nAV - receive 52, take 4, accept 2, take up 1; 59\n\n1) to take with the hand\n   1a) to take hold of, take up\n2) to take up, receive\n   2a) used of a place receiving one\n   2b) to receive or grant access to, a visitor, not to refuse\n       intercourse or friendship\n       2b1) to receive hospitality\n       2b2) to receive into one's family to bring up or educate\n  2c) of the thing offered in speaking, teaching, instructing\n       2c1) to receive favourably, give ear to, embrace, make one's own,\n            approve, not to reject\n  2d) to receive. i.e. to take upon one's self, sustain, bear, endure\n3) to receive, get\n   3a) to learn\n\nFor Synonyms see entry 5877
01210^1210 deo {deh'-o}\n\na root; TDNT - 2:60,148; v\n\nAV - bind 37, tie 4, knit 1, be in bonds 1, wind 1; 44\n\n1) to bind tie, fasten\n   1a) to bind, fasten with chains, to throw into chains\n   1b) metaph.\n       1b1) Satan is said to bind a woman bent together by means of a\n            demon, as his messenger, taking possession of the woman\n            and preventing her from standing upright\n       1b2) to bind, put under obligation, of the law, duty etc.\n            1b2a) to be bound to one, a wife, a husband\n        1b3) to forbid, prohibit, declare to be illicit
01211^1211 de {day}\n\nprobably akin to 1161;; particle\n\nAV - also 1, now 1, and 1, therefore 1, doubtless 1, not tr 1; 6\n\n1) now, then, verily, in truth, really, surely, certainly\n2) forthwith, at once
01212^1212 delos {day'-los}\n\nof uncertain derivation;; adj\n\nAV - bewray + 4160 1, manifest 1, evident 1, certain 1; 4\n\n1) clear, evident, manifest\n\nFor Synonyms see entry 5812
01213^1213 deloo {day-lo'-o}\n\nfrom 1212; TDNT - 2:61,148; v\n\nAV - declare 3, signify 3, show 1; 7\n\n1) to make manifest\n2) to make known by relating, to declare\n3) to give one to understand, to indicate, signify\n\nFor Synonyms see entry 5831
01214^1214 Demas {day-mas'}\n\nprobably for 1216;; n pr m\n\nAV - Demas 3; 3\n\nDemas = "governor of the people"\n1) a companion of Paul, who deserted the apostle when he was a\n   prisoner at Rome and returned to Thessalonica
01215^1215 demegoreo {day-may-gor-eh'-o}\n\nfrom a compound of 1218 and 58;; v\n\nAV - make an oration 1; 1\n\n1) to address a public assembly, make a speech to the people
01216^1216 Demetrios {day-may'-tree-os}\n\nfrom Demeter (Ceres);; n pr m\n\nAV - Demetrius 3; 3\n\nDemetrius = "belonging to Ceres"\n1) a heathen silversmith at Ephesus\n2) a certain Christian, 3Jo 12
01217^1217 demiourgos {day-me-oor-gos'}\n\nfrom 1218 and 2041; TDNT - 2:62,149; n m\n\nAV - maker 1; 1\n\n1) a workman for the public\n2) the author of any work, an artisan, framer, builder
01218^1218 demos {day'-mos}\n\nfrom 1210; TDNT - 2:63,149; n m\n\nAV - people 4; 4\n\n1) the people, the mass of people assembled in a public place\n\nFor Synonyms see entry 5832
01219^1219 demosios {day-mos'ee-os}\n\nfrom 1218;; adj\n\nAV - common 1, openly 1, publicly 2; 4\n\n1) belonging to the people or state, public\n2) publicly, in public places, in full view of all
01220^1220 denarion {day-nar'-ee-on}\n\nof Latin origin;; n n\n\nAV - penny 9, pence 5, pennyworth 2; 16\n\ndenarius = "containing ten"\n1) A Roman silver coin in NT time. It took its name from it being\n   equal to ten "asses", a number after 217 B.C. increased to\n   sixteen (about 3.898 grams or .1375 oz.). It was the principal\n   silver coin of the Roman empire. From the parable of the\n   labourers in the vineyard, it would seem that a denarius was then\n   the ordinary pay for a day's wages. (Mt.  20:2-13)
01221^1221 depote {day'-pot-eh}\n\nfrom 1211 and 4218;; adv\n\nAV - whatsoever +3769 1; 1\n\n1) now at length\n2) at any time\n3) at last\n4) just exactly
01222^1222 depou {day'-poo}\n\nfrom 1211 and 4225;; adv\n\nAV - verily 1; 1\n\n1) it is used when something is affirmed in a slightly ironical\n   manner, as if with an pretence of uncertainty\n   1a) perhaps\n   1b) doubtless\n   1c) verily\n   1d) truly
01223^1223 dia {dee-ah'}\n\na primary preposition denoting the channel of an act;\n   TDNT - 2:65,149; prep\n\nAV - by 241, through 88, with 16, for 58, for ... sake 47,\n     therefore + 5124 44, for this cause + 5124 14, because 53,\n     misc 86; 647\n\n1) through\n   1a) of place\n       1a1) with\n       1a2) in\n   1b) of time\n       1b1) throughout\n       1b2) during\n   1c) of means\n       1c1) by\n       1c2) by the means of\n2) through\n   2a) the ground or reason by which something is or is not done\n       2a1) by reason of\n       2a2) on account of\n       2a3) because of for this reason\n       2a4) therefore\n       2a5) on this account
01224^1224 diabaino {dee-ab-ah'-ee-no}\n\nfrom 1223 and the base of 939;; v\n\nAV - pass 1, come over 1, pass through 1; 3\n\n1) to pass through, cross over
01225^1225 diaballo {dee-ab-al'-lo}\n\nfrom 1223 and 906; TDNT - 2:71,150; v\n\nAV - accuse 1; 1\n\n1) to throw over or across, to send over\n2) to traduce, calumniate, slander, accuse, defame
01226^1226 diabebaioomai {dee-ab-eb-ahee-o'-om-ahee}\n\nmiddle voice of a compound of 1223 and 950;; v\n\nAV - affirm 1, affirm constantly 1; 2\n\n1) to affirm strongly, assert confidently
01227^1227 diablepo {dee-ab-lep'-o}\n\nfrom 1223 and 991;; v\n\nAV - see clearly 2; 2\n\n1) to look through, penetrate by vision\n   1a) to look fixedly, stare straight before one\n   1b) to see clearly
01228^1228 diabolos {dee-ab'-ol-os}\n\nfrom 1225; TDNT - 2:72,150; adj\n\nAV - devil 35, false accuser 2, slanderer 1; 38\n\n1) prone to slander, slanderous, accusing falsely\n   1a) a calumniator, false accuser, slanderer,\n2) metaph. applied to a man who, by opposing the cause of God, may be\n   said to act the part of the devil or to side with him\n\nSatan the prince of the demons, the author of evil, persecuting good\nmen, estranging mankind from God and enticing them to sin,\nafflicting them with diseases by means of demons who take possession\nof their bodies at his bidding.
01229^1229 diaggello {de-ang-gel'-lo}\n\nfrom 1223 and the base of 32; TDNT - 1:67,10; v\n\nAV - preach 1, signify 1, declare 1; 3\n\n1) to carry a message through, announce everywhere, through places,\n   through assemblies of men etc.\n2) to publish abroad, declare
01230^1230 diaginomai {dee-ag-in'-om-ahee}\n\nfrom 1223 and 1096;; v\n\nAV - be past 1, after 1, be spent 1; 3\n\n1) to be through, continue\n2) to be between, intervene, used of time, to have intervened,\n   elapsed, passed meanwhile
01231^1231 diaginosko {dee-ag-in-o'-sko}\n\nfrom 1223 and 1097;; v\n\nAV - enquire 1, know the uttermost 1; 2\n\n1) to distinguish, i.e. to know accurately, ascertain exactly\n2) in a legal sense, to examine, determine, decide
01232^1232 diagnorizo {dee-ag-no-rid'-zo}\n\nfrom 1123 and 1107;; v\n\nAV - make known abroad 1; 1\n\n1) to publish abroad, make known thoroughly\n2) to discriminate
01233^1233 diagnosis {dee-ag'-no-sis}\n\nfrom 1231;; n f\n\nAV - hearing 1; 1\n\n1) to distinguish\n2) in a legal sense, examination, opinion, decision
01234^1234 diagogguzo {dee-ag-ong-good'-zo}\n\nfrom 1223 and 1111; TDNT - 1:735,125; v\n\nAV - murmur 2; 2\n\n1) to murmur\n   1a) either of a whole crowd, or among one another\n   1b) always used of many indignantly complaining
01235^1235 diagregoreo {dee-ag-ray-gor-eh'-o}\n\nfrom 1223 and 1127;; v\n\nAV - be awake 1; 1\n\n1) to watch through\n2) to remain awake\n3) to be fully awake
01236^1236 diago {dee-ag'-o}\n\nfrom 1223 and 71;; v\n\nAV - lead a life + 979 1, living 1; 2\n\n1) to lead through, lead across, send across\n2) to pass, to live
01237^1237 diadechomai {dee-ad-ekh'-om-ahee}\n\nfrom 1223 and 1209;; v\n\nAV - come after 1; 1\n\n1) to receive through another, anything left or bequeathed by\n   him, to receive in succession, receive in turn, succeed to
01238^1238 diadema {dee-ad'-ay-mah}\n\nfrom a compound of 1223 and 1210;; n n\n\nAV - crown 3; 3\n\n1) a diadem\n   1a) a blue band marked with white which Persian kings used to bind\n       on the turban or tiara\n   1b) the kingly ornament for the head, the crown\n\nFor Synonyms see entry 5833
01239^1239 diadidomai {dee-ad-id'-o-mee}\n\nfrom 1223 and 1325;; v\n\nAV - distribute 2, make distribution 1, divide 1, give 1; 5\n\n1) to distribute, divide among several\n2) to give over, deliver
01240^1240 diadochos {dee-ad'-okh-os}\n\nfrom 1237;; n m\n\nAV - come into (one's) room + 2983 1; 1\n\n1) succeeding, a successor
01241^1241 diazonnumi {dee-az-own'-noo-mee}\n\nfrom 1223 and 2224; TDNT - 5:302,702; v\n\nAV - gird 3; 3\n\n1) to bind or gird all around\n2) to gird one's self with a thing, gird a thing around one's self
01242^1242 diatheke {dee-ath-ay'-kay}\n\nfrom 1303; TDNT - 2:106,157; n f\n\nAV - covenant 20, testament 13; 33\n\n1) a disposition, arrangement, of any sort, which one wishes to\n   be valid, the last disposition which one makes of his earthly\n   possessions after his death, a testament or will\n2) a compact, a covenant, a testament\n   2a) God's covenant with Noah, etc.
01243^1243 diairesis {dee-ah'-ee-res-is}\n\nfrom 1244; TDNT - 1:184,27; n f\n\nAV - diversity 2, difference 1, 3\n\n1) division, distribution\n2) distinction, difference\n   2a) in particular, a distinction arising from a different\n       distribution to different persons
01244^1244 diaireo {dee-ahee-reh'-o}\n\nfrom 1223 and 138; TDNT - 1:184,27; v\n\nAV - divide 2; 2\n\n1) to divide into parts, to part, to tear, cleave or cut asunder\n2) to distribute
01245^1245 diakatharizo {dee-ak-ath-ar-id'-zo}\n\nfrom 1223 and 2511;; v\n\nAV - throughly purged 2; 2\n\n1) to cleanse thoroughly
01246^1246 diakatelegchomai {dee-ak-at-el-eng'-khom-ahee}\n\nmiddle voice from 1223 and a compound of 2596 and 1651;; v\n\nAV - convince 1; 1\n\n1) to confute with rivalry and effort or in a contest
01247^1247 diakoneo {dee-ak-on-eh'-o}\n\nfrom 1249; TDNT - 2:81,152; v\n\nAV - minister unto 15, serve 10, minister 7, misc 5; 37\n\n1)) to be a servant, attendant, domestic, to serve, wait upon\n   1a) to minister to one, render ministering offices to\n       1a1) to be served, ministered unto\n   1b) to wait at a table and offer food and drink to the guests,\n       1b1) of women preparing food\n   1c) to minister i.e. supply food and necessities of life\n       1c1) to relieve one's necessities (e.g. by collecting alms),\n            to provide take care of, distribute, the things necessary\n            to sustain life\n       1c2) to take care of the poor and the sick, who administer the\n            office of a deacon\n       1c3) in Christian churches to serve as deacons\n   1d) to minister\n       1d1) to attend to anything, that may serve another's interests\n       1d2) to minister a thing to one, to serve one or by supplying\n            any thing
01248^1248 diakonia {dee-ak-on-ee'-ah}\n\nfrom 1249; TDNT - 2:87,152; n f\n\nAV - ministry 16, ministration 6, ministering 3, misc 9; 34\n\n1) service, ministering, esp. of those who execute the commands of others\n2) of those who by the command of God proclaim and promote\n   religion among men\n   2a) of the office of Moses\n   2b) of the office of the apostles and its administration\n   2c) of the office of prophets, evangelists, elders etc.\n3) the ministration of those who render to others the offices of\n   Christian affection esp. those who help meet need by either\n   collecting or distributing of charities\n4) the office of the deacon in the church\n5) the service of those who prepare and present food
01249^1249 diakonos {dee-ak'-on-os}\n\nprobably from an obsolete diako (to run on errands, cf\n   1377); TDNT - 2:88,152; n m/f\n\nAV - minister 20, servant 8, deacon 3; 31\n\n1) one who executes the commands of another, esp. of a master,\n   a servant, attendant, minister\n   1a) the servant of a king\n   1b) a deacon, one who, by virtue of the office assigned to him\n       by the church, cares for the poor and has charge of and\n       distributes the money collected for their use\n   1c) a waiter, one who serves food and drink\n\nFor Synonyms see entry 5834
01250^1250 diakosioi {dee-ak-os'-ee-oy}\n\nfrom 1364 and 1540;; adj\n\nAV - two hundred 8; 8\n\n1) two hundred
01251^1251 diakouomai {dee-ak-oo'-om-ahee}\n\nmiddle voice from 1223 and 191;; v\n\nAV - hear 1; 1\n\n1) to hear one through, hear to the end, hear with care, hear fully
01252^1252 diakrino {dee-ak-ree'-no}\n\nfrom 1223 and 2919; TDNT - 3:946,469; v\n\nAV - doubt 5, judge 3, discern 2, contend 2, waver 2, misc 5; 19\n\n1) to separate, make a distinction, discriminate, to prefer\n2) to learn by discrimination, to try, decide\n   2a) to determine, give judgment, decide a dispute\n3) to withdraw from one, desert\n4) to separate one's self in a hostile spirit, to oppose, strive\n   with dispute, contend\n5) to be at variance with one's self, hesitate, doubt
01253^1253 diakrisis {dee-ak'-ree-sis}\n\nfrom 1252; TDNT - 3:949,469; n f\n\nAV - discerning 1, discern 1, disputation 1; 3\n\n1) a distinguishing, discerning, judging
01254^1254 diakoluo {dee-ak-o-loo'-o}\n\nfrom 1223 and 2967;; v\n\nAV - forbid 1; 1\n\n1) to hinder, prevent
01255^1255 dialaleo {dee-al-al-eh'-o}\n\nfrom 1223 and 2980;; v\n\nAV - noise abroad 1, commune 1; 2\n\n1) to converse together, to talk with
01256^1256 dialegomai {dee-al-eg'-om-ahee}\n\nmiddle voice from 1223 and 3004; TDNT - 2:93,155; v\n\nAV - dispute 6, reason with 2, reason 2, preach unto 1,\n     preach 1, speak 1; 13\n\n1) to think different things with one's self, mingle thought with thought\n   1a) to ponder, revolve in mind\n2) to converse, discourse with one, argue, discuss
01257^1257 dialeipo {dee-al-i'-po}\n\nfrom 1223 and 3007; TDNT - 4:194,*; v\n\nAV - cease 1; 1\n\n1) to interpose a delay, to intermit, leave off for a time\n   something already begun
01258^1258 dialektos {dee-al'-ek-tos}\n\nfrom 1256;; n f\n\nAV - tongue 5, language 1; 6\n\n1) conversation, speech, discourse, language\n2) the tongue or language peculiar to any people
01259^1259 diallasso {dee-al-las'-so}\n\nfrom 1223 and 236; TDNT - 1:253,40; v\n\nAV - reconcile 1; 1\n\n1) to change\n2) to change the mind of anyone, to reconcile\n3) to be reconciled, to renew friendship with one
01260^1260 dialogizomai {dee-al-og-id'-zom-ahee}\n\nfrom 1223 and 3049; TDNT - 2:95,155; v\n\nAV - reason 11, dispute 1, cast in the mind 1, muse 1, think 1,\n     consider 1; 16\n\n1) to bring together different reasons, to reckon up the\n   reasons, to reason, revolve in one's mind, deliberate
01261^1261 dialogismos {dee-al-og-is-mos'}\n\nfrom 1260; TDNT - 2:96,155; n m\n\nAV - thought 9, reasoning 1, imagination 1, doubtful 1,\n     disputing 1, doubting 1; 14\n\n1) the thinking of a man deliberating with himself\n   1a) a thought, inward reasoning\n   1b) purpose, design\n2) a deliberating, questioning about what is true\n   2a) hesitation, doubting\n   2b) disputing, arguing
01262^1262 dialuo {dee-al-oo'-o}\n\nfrom 1223 and 3089;; v\n\nAV - scatter 1; 1\n\n1) to dissolve
01263^1263 diamarturomai {dee-am-ar-too'-rom-ahee}\n\nfrom 1223 and 3140; TDNT - 4:510,564; v\n\nAV - testify 11, charge 3, witness 1; 15\n\n1) to testify\n   1a) earnestly, religiously to charge\n2) to attest, testify to, solemnly affirm\n   2a) to give solemn testimony to one\n   2b) to confirm a thing by testimony, to testify,\n       cause it to be believed
01264^1264 diamachomai {dee-am-akh'-om-ahee}\n\nfrom 1223 and 3164;; v\n\nAV - strive 1; 1\n\n1) to fight out\n2) contend fiercely
01265^1265 diameno {dee-am-en'-o}\n\nfrom 1223 and 3306;; v\n\nAV - continue 3, remain 2; 5\n\n1) to stay permanently, remain permanently, continue
01266^1266 diamerizo {dee-am-er-id'-zo}\n\nfrom 1223 and 3307;; v\n\nAV - part 6, divide 5, cloven 1; 12\n\n1) to cleave asunder, cut in pieces\n2) to be divided into opposing parts, to be at variance, in dissension\n3) to distribute
01267^1267 diamerismos {dee-am-er-is-mos'}\n\nfrom 1266;; n m\n\nAV - division 1; 1\n\n1) a parting, distribution\n2) disunion, dissension
01268^1268 dianemo {dee-an-em'-o}\n\nfrom 1223 and the base of 3551;; v\n\nAV - spread 1; 1\n\n1) to distribute, divide
01269^1269 dianeuo {dee-an-yoo'-o}\n\nfrom 1223 and 3506;; v\n\nAV - beckoned + 2258 1; 1\n\n1) to express one's meaning by a sign, nod to, beckon to, wink at
01270^1270 dianoema {dee-an-o'-ay-mah}\n\nfrom a compound of 1223 and 3539; TDNT - 4:968,636; n n\n\nAV - thought 1; 1\n\n1) a thought
01271^1271 dianoia {dee-an'-oy-ah}\n\nfrom 1223 and 3563; TDNT - 4:963,636; n f\n\nAV - mind 9, understanding 3, imagination 1; 13\n\n1) the mind as a faculty of understanding, feeling, desiring\n2) understanding\n3) mind, i.e. spirit, way of thinking and feeling\n4) thoughts, either good or bad
01272^1272 dianoigo {dee-an-oy'-go}\n\nfrom 1223 and 455;; v\n\nAV - open 8; 8\n\n1) to open by dividing or drawing asunder, to open thoroughly\n   (what had been closed)\n   1a) a male opening the womb (the closed matrix), i.e. the first-born\n   1b) of the eyes and the ears\n   1c) to open the mind of one, i.e. to cause to understand a thing\n       1c1) to open one's soul, i.e. to rouse in one the faculty of\n            understanding or the desire of learning
01273^1273 dianuktereuo {dee-an-ook-ter-yoo'-o}\n\nfrom 1223 and a derivative of 3571;; v\n\nAV - continued all night + 2258 1; 1\n\n1) to spend the night, to pass the whole night
01274^1274 dianuo {dee-an-oo'-o}\n\nfrom 1223 and anuo (to effect);; v\n\nAV - finish 1; 1\n\n1) to accomplish fully, bring quite to an end, finish
01275^1275 diapantos {dee-ap-an-tos'}\n\nfrom 1223 and the genit. of 3956;; adv\n\nAV - always 5, continually 2; 7\n\n1) constantly, always, continually
01276^1276 diaperao {dee-ap-er-ah'-o}\n\nfrom 1223 and a derivative of the base of 4008;; v\n\nAV - pass over 3, go over 1, pass 1, sail over 1; 6\n\n1) to pass over, cross over, i.e. a river, a lake
01277^1277 diapleo {dee-ap-leh'-o}\n\nfrom 1223 and 4126;; v\n\nAV - sail over 1; 1\n\n1) to sail across
01278^1278 diaponeo {dee-ap-on-eh'-o}\n\nfrom 1223 and a derivative of 4192;; v\n\nAV - grieve 2; 2\n\n1) to work out laboriously, make complete by labour\n  1a) to exert one's self, strive\n  1b) to manage with pains, accomplish with great labour\n  1c) to be troubled, displeased, offended, pained, to be worked up
01279^1279 diaporeuomai {dee-ap-or-yoo'-om-ahee}\n\nfrom 1223 and 4198;; v\n\nAV - go through 3, pass by 1, in (one's) journey 1; 5\n\n1) to cause to pass through a place\n2) to carry across\n3) to journey through a place, go through\n4) to travel through
01280^1280 diaporeo {dee-ap-or-eh'-o}\n\nfrom 1223 and 639;; v\n\nAV - doubt 2, be perplexed 1, be much perplexed 1, be in doubt 1; 5\n\n1) to be entirely at loss, to be in perplexity
01281^1281 diapragmateuomai {dee-ap-rag-mat-yoo'-om-ahee}\n\nfrom 1223 and 4231; TDNT - 6:641,927; v\n\nAV - gain by trading 1; 1\n\n1) thoroughly, earnestly to undertake a business\n2) to undertake a business for sake of gain
01282^1282 diaprio {dee-ap-ree'-o}\n\nfrom 1223 and the base of 4249;; v\n\nAV - be cut to the heart 1, be cut 1; 2\n\n1) to saw asunder or in two, to divide by a saw\n2) to be sawn through mentally, i.e. to be rent with vexation
01283^1283 diarpazo {dee-ar-pad'-zo}\n\nfrom 1223 and 726;; v\n\nAV - spoil 4; 4\n\n1) to plunder
01284^1284 diarrhesso {dee-ar-hrayce'-so}\n\nfrom 1223 and 4486;; v\n\nAV - rend 3, break 2; 5\n\n1) to break asunder, burst through, rend asunder\n2) to rend, which was done by the Jews to their clothes in cases of\n   extreme indignation or in deep grief
01285^1285 diasapheo {dee-as-af-eh'-o}\n\nfrom 1223 and saphes (clear);; v\n\nAV - tell unto 1; 1\n\n1) to make clear or plain, to explain, unfold, declare\n2) of things done, to declare i.e. to tell, announce, narrate
01286^1286 diaseio {dee-as-i'-o}\n\nfrom 1223 and 4579;; v\n\nAV - do violence to 1; 1\n\n1) to shake thoroughly\n2) to make to tremble\n3) to terrify\n4) to agitate\n5) to extort from one by intimidation money or other property
01287^1287 diaskorpizo {dee-as-kor-pid'-zo}\n\nfrom 1223 and 4650; TDNT - 7:418,1048; v\n\nAV - straw 2, scatter abroad 2, scatter 2, waste 2, disperse 1; 9\n\n1) to scatter abroad, disperse, to winnow\n   1a) to throw the grain a considerable distance, or up into the air,\n       that it may be separated from the chaff\n   1b) to gather the wheat, freed from the chaff into the granary\n   1c) to winnow grain
01288^1288 diaspao {dee-as-pah'-o}\n\nfrom 1223 and 4685;; v\n\nAV - pluck asunder 1, pull in pieces 1; 2\n\n1) to rend asunder, break asunder\n   1a) of a man, to tear in pieces
01289^1289 diaspeiro {dee-as-pi'-ro}\n\nfrom 1223 and 4687;; v\n\nAV - scatter abroad 3; 3\n\n1) to scatter abroad, disperse
01290^1290 diaspora {dee-as-por-ah'}\n\nfrom 1289; TDNT - 2:98,156; n f\n\nAV - dispersed 1, scatter abroad 1, scattered 1; 3\n\n1) a scattering, dispersion\n   1a) of Israelites dispersed among foreign nations\n   1b) of the Christians scattered abroad among the Gentiles
01291^1291 diastellomai {dee-as-tel'-lom-ahee}\n\nmiddle voice from 1223 and 4724; TDNT - 7:591,*; v\n\nAV - charge 6, give commandment 1, be commanded 1; 8\n\n1) to draw asunder, divide, distinguish, dispose, order\n2) to open one's self i.e. one's mind, to set forth distinctly\n3) to admonish, order, charge
01292^1292 diastema {dee-as'-tay-mah}\n\nfrom 1339;; n n\n\nAV - space 1; 1\n\n1) an interval, distance, space of time
01293^1293 diastole {dee-as-tol-ay'}\n\nfrom 1291; TDNT - 7:592,1074; n f\n\nAV - difference 2, distinction 1; 3\n\n1) a distinction, difference\n   1a) of the different sounds musical instruments make
01294^1294 diastrepho {dee-as-tref'-o}\n\nfrom 1223 and 4762; TDNT - 7:717,1093; v\n\nAV - perverse 4, pervert 2, turn away 1; 7\n\n1) to distort, turn aside\n   1a) to oppose, plot against the saving purposes and plans of God\n2) to turn aside from the right path, to pervert, corrupt
01295^1295 diasozo {dee-as-odze'-o}\n\nfrom 1223 and 4982;; v\n\nAV - escape 2, save 2, make perfectly whole 1, escape safe 1,\n     bring safe 1, heal 1; 8\n\n1) to preserve through danger, to bring safely through\n   1a) to save, i.e. cure one who is sick, bring him through\n2) to save, keep from perishing\n3) to save out of danger, rescue
01296^1296 diatage {dee-at-ag-ay'}\n\nfrom 1299; TDNT - 8:36,1156; n f\n\nAV - disposition 1, ordinance 1; 2\n\n1) a disposition, arrangement, ordinance
01297^1297 diatagma {dee-at'-ag-mah}\n\nfrom 1299;; n n\n\nAV - commandment 1; 1\n\n1) an injunction, mandate
01298^1298 diatarasso {dee-at-ar-as'-so}\n\nfrom 1223 and 5015;; v\n\nAV - trouble 1; 1\n\n1) to agitate greatly, trouble greatly
01299^1299 diatasso {dee-at-as'-so}\n\nfrom 1223 and 5021; TDNT - 8:34,1156; v\n\nAV - command 7, appoint 4, ordain 3, set in order 1, give order 1; 16\n\n1) to arrange, appoint, ordain, prescribe, give order
01300^1300 diateleo {dee-at-el-eh'-o}\n\nfrom 1223 and 5055;; v\n\nAV - continue 1; 1\n\n1) to bring thoroughly to an end, accomplish
01301^1301 diatereo {dee-at-ay-reh'-o}\n\nfrom 1223 and 5083; TDNT - 8:151,1174; v\n\nAV - keep 2; 2\n\n1) to keep continually or carefully
01302^1302 diati {dee-at-ee'}\n\nfrom 1223 and 5101;; pron\n\nAV - why 23, wherefore 4; 27\n\n1) through, by, with, because of, for the sake of
01303^1303 diatithemai {dee-at-ith'-em-ahee}\n\nmiddle voice from 1223 and 5087; TDNT - 2:104,157; v\n\nAV - make 3, testator 2, appoint 2; 7\n\n1) to arrange, dispose of, one's own affairs\n   1a) of something that belongs to one\n   1b) to dispose of by will, make a testament\n2) to make a covenant, enter into a covenant, with one
01304^1304 diatribo {dee-at-ree'-bo}\n\nfrom 1223 and the base of 5147;; v\n\nAV - abide 5, tarry 2, continue 2, be 1; 10\n\n1) to rub between, rub hard\n2) to wear away, consume\n3) to spend, pass time
01305^1305 diatrophe {dee-at-rof-ay'}\n\nfrom a compound of 1223 and 5142;; n f\n\nAV - food 1; 1\n\n1) sustenance
01306^1306 diaugazo {dee-ow-gad'-zo}\n\nfrom 1223 and 826;; v\n\nAV - dawn 1; 1\n\n1) to shine through, to dawn\n   1a) of daylight breaking through the darkness of night
01307^1307 diaphanes {dee-af-an-ace'}\n\nfrom 1223 and 5316;; adj\n\nAV - transparent 1; 1\n\n1) transparent, translucent
01308^1308 diaphero {dee-af-er'-o}\n\nfrom 1223 and 5342; TDNT - 9:62,1252\n\nAV - be better 3, be of more value 2, differ from 2, should carry 1,\n     publish 1, drive up and down 1, misc 3; 13\n\n1) to bear or carry through any place\n2) to carry different ways\n   2a) to carry in different directions, to different places\n       2a1) of people who are carried hither and thither in a ship,\n            driven to and fro\n   2b) to differ, to test, prove, the good things that differ,\n       2b1) to distinguish between good and evil, lawful and unlawful,\n            to approve of things that excel, to differ from one\n       2b2) to excel, surpass one\n   2c) impersonally, it makes a difference, it matters,\n       is of importance
01309^1309 diapheugo {dee-af-yoo'-go}\n\nfrom 1223 and 5343;; v\n\nAV - escape 1; 1\n\n1) to flee through danger, to escape
01310^1310 diaphemizo {dee-af-ay-mid'-zo}\n\nfrom 1223 and a derivative of 5345;; v\n\nAV - spread abroad (one's) fame 1, be commonly reported 1,\n     blaze abroad 1; 3\n\n1) to spread abroad, blaze abroad\n2) to spread abroad his fame or renown
01311^1311 diaphtheiro {dee-af-thi'-ro}\n\nfrom 1225 and 5351; TDNT - 9:93,1259; v\n\nAV - destroy 3, corrupt 2, perish 1; 6\n\n1) to change for the worse, to corrupt\n   1a) of minds, morals\n2) to destroy, ruin\n   2a) to consume\n       2a1) of bodily vigour and strength\n       2a2) of the worm or moth that eats provisions, clothing, etc.\n   2b) to destroy, to kill
01312^1312 diaphthora {dee-af-thor-ah'}\n\nfrom 1311; TDNT - 9:93,1259; n f\n\nAV - corruption 6; 6\n\n1) corruption, destruction\n2) in the NT that destruction which is effected by the decay of the\n   body after death
01313^1313 diaphoros {dee-af'-or-os}\n\nfrom 1308; TDNT - 9:62,1259; adj\n\nAV - more excellent 2, differing 1, divers 1; 4\n\n1) different, varying in kind\n2) excellent, surpassing
01314^1314 diaphulasso {dee-af-oo-las'-so}\n\nfrom 1223 and 5442;; v\n\nAV - keep 1; 1\n\n1) to guard carefully\n   1a) the LXX used this esp. of God's providential care
01315^1315 diacheirizomai {dee-akh-i-rid'-zom-ahee}\n\nfrom 1223 and a derivative of 5495;; v\n\nAV - slay 1, kill 1; 2\n\n1) to move by the use of the hands, take in hand, manage,\n   administer, govern\n2) to lay hands on, slay, kill [with one's own hand]
01316^1316 diachorizomai {dee-akh-o-rid'-zom-ahee}\n\nfrom 1223 and the middle voice of 5563;; v\n\nAV - depart 1; 1\n\n1) to separate thoroughly or wholly\n2) to separate one's self, depart
01317^1317 didaktikos {did-ak-tik-os'}\n\nfrom 1318; TDNT - 2:165,161; adj\n\nAV - apt to teach 2; 2\n\n1) apt and skilful in teaching
01318^1318 didaktos {did-ak-tos'}\n\nfrom 1321; TDNT - 2:165,161; adj\n\nAV - which (one) teacheth 2, taught 1; 3\n\n1) that can be taught\n2) taught, instructed by one\n3) teachings, precepts
01319^1319 didaskalia {did-as-kal-ee'-ah}\n\nfrom 1320; TDNT - 2:160,161; n f\n\nAV - doctrine 19, teaching 1, learning 1; 21\n\n1) teaching, instruction\n2) teaching\n   2a) that which is taught, doctrine\n   2b) teachings, precepts
01320^1320 didaskalos {did-as'-kal-os}\n\nfrom 1321; TDNT - 2:148,161; n m\n\nAV - Master (Jesus) 40, teacher 10, master 7, doctor 1; 58\n\n1) a teacher\n2) in the NT one who teaches concerning the things of God, and the\n   duties of man\n   1a) one who is fitted to teach, or thinks himself so\n   1b) the teachers of the Jewish religion\n   1c) of those who by their great power as teachers draw crowds\n       around them i.e. John the Baptist, Jesus\n   1d) by preeminence used of Jesus by himself, as one who showed\n       men the way of salvation\n   1e) of the apostles, and of Paul\n   1f) of those who in the religious assemblies of the Christians,\n       undertook the work of teaching, with the special assistance of\n       the Holy Spirit\n   1g) of false teachers among Christians
01321^1321 didasko {did-as'-ko}\n\na prolonged (causative) form of a primary verb dao (to learn);\n   TDNT - 2:135,161; v\n\nAV - teach 93, taught + 2258 4; 97\n\n1) to teach\n   1a) to hold discourse with others in order to instruct them,\n       deliver didactic discourses\n   1b) to be a teacher\n   1c) to discharge the office of a teacher, conduct one's self\n       as a teacher\n2) to teach one\n   2a) to impart instruction\n   2b) instill doctrine into one\n   2c) the thing taught or enjoined\n   2d) to explain or expound a thing\n   2f) to teach one something
01322^1322 didache {did-akh-ay'}\n\nfrom 1321; TDNT - 2:163,161; n f\n\nAV - doctrine 29, has been taught 1; 30\n\n1) teaching\n   1a) that which is taught\n   1b) doctrine, teaching, concerning something\n2) the act of teaching, instruction\n   2a) in religious assemblies of the Christians, to speak in the way\n       of teaching, in distinction from other modes of speaking in\n       public
01323^1323 didrachmon {did'-rakh-mon}\n\nfrom 1364 and 1406;; n n\n\nAV - tribute 1, tribute money 1; 2\n\n1) a didrachmon or double drachma, a silver coin equal to two\n   Attic drachmas or one Alexandrian, or one half a shekel
01324^1324 Didumos {did'-oo-mos}\n\nprolongation from 1364;; n pr m\n\nAV - Didymus 3; 3\n\nDidymus = "two fold or twain"\n1) a surname for the apostle Thomas
01325^1325 didomi {did'-o-mee}\n\na prolonged form of a primary verb (which is used as an altern.\n   in most of the tenses); TDNT - 2:166,166; v\n\nAV - give 365, grant 10, put 5, show 4, deliver 2, make 2, misc 25; 413\n\n1) to give\n2) to give something to someone\n   2a) of one's own accord to give one something, to his advantage\n       2a1) to bestow a gift\n   2b) to grant, give to one asking, let have\n   2c) to supply, furnish, necessary things\n   2d) to give over, deliver\n       2d1) to reach out, extend, present\n       2d2) of a writing\n       2d3) to give over to one's care, intrust, commit\n            2d3a) something to be administered\n            2d3b) to give or commit to some one something to be\n                  religiously observed\n   2e) to give what is due or obligatory, to pay: wages or reward\n   2f) to furnish, endue\n3) to give\n   3a) to cause, profuse, give forth from one's self\n       3a1) to give, hand out lots\n   3b) to appoint to an office\n   3c) to cause to come forth, i.e. as the sea, death and Hell are said\n       to give up the dead who have been engulfed or received by them\n   3c) to give one to someone as his own\n       3c1) as an object of his saving care\n       3c2) to give one to someone, to follow him as a leader and master\n       3c3) to give one to someone to care for his interests\n       3c4) to give one to someone to whom he already belonged, to return\n4) to grant or permit one\n   4a) to commission\n\nFor Synonyms see entry 5836
01326^1326 diegeiro {dee-eg-i'-ro}\n\nfrom 1223 and 1453;; v\n\nAV - awake 2, arise 2, stir up 2, raise 1; 7\n\n1) to wake up, awaken, arouse (from sleep)\n   1a) of the sea, which begins to be agitated, to rise\n   1b) metaph.\n       1b1) to arouse the mind\n       1b2) stir up, render active
01327^1327 diexodos {dee-ex'-od-os}\n\nfrom 1223 and 1841; TDNT - 5:103,666; n f\n\nAV - highway + 3598 + 3588 1; 1\n\n1) a way out through, outlet, exit\n   1a) literally the ways through which ways go out\n   1b) the places before the city where the roads from the country\n       terminate, therefore outlets of the country highways, also\n       entrances into the city\n   1c) of boundaries of countries
01328^1328 diermeneutes {dee-er-main-yoo-tace'}\n\nfrom 1329; TDNT - 2:661,256; n m\n\nAV - interpreter 1; 1\n\n1) an interpreter
01329^1329 diermeneuo {dee-er-main-yoo'-o}\n\nfrom 1223 and 2059; TDNT - 2:661,256; v\n\nAV - interpret 4, by interpretation 1, expound 1; 6\n\n1) to unfold the meaning of what is said, explain, expound\n2) to translate into one's native language
01330^1330 dierchomai {dee-er'-khom-ahee}\n\nfrom 1223 and 2064; TDNT - 2:676,257; v\n\nAV - pass 8, pass through 7, go 7, go over 3, go through 2,\n     walk 2, misc 13, vr to go 1; 43\n\n1) to go through, pass through\n   1a) to go, walk, journey, pass through a place\n   1b) to travel the road which leads through a place, go, pass,\n       travel through a region\n2) to go different places\n   2a) of people, to go abroad\n   2b) of a report, to spread, go abroad
01331^1331 dierotao {dee-er-o-tah'-o}\n\nfrom 1223 and 2065;; v\n\nAV - make enquiry for 1; 1\n\n1) to ask through\n   1a) ask many, one after another\n   1b) to find out by asking, enquire out
01332^1332 dietes {dee-et-ace'}\n\nfrom 1364 and 2094;; adj\n\nAV - two years old 1; 1\n\n1) of two years, two years old
01333^1333 dietia {dee-et-ee'-a}\n\nfrom 1332;; n f\n\nAV - two years 2; 2\n\n1) the space of two years
01334^1334 diegeomai {dee-ayg-eh'-om-ahee}\n\nfrom 1223 and 2233;; v\n\nAV - tell 4, declare 3, show 1; 8\n\n1) to lead or carry a narration through to the end\n2) set forth, recount, relate in full, describe
01335^1335 diegesis {dee-ayg'-es-is}\n\nfrom 1334; TDNT - 2:909,303; n f\n\nAV - declaration 1; 1\n\n1) a narration, narrative
01336^1336 dienekes {dee-ay-nek-es'}\n\nneuter of a compound of 1223 and a derivative of an alternate of\n   5342;; adj\n\nAV - continually + 1519 2, for ever + 1519 2; 4\n\n1) continuously, continuous
01337^1337 dithalassos {dee-thal'-as-sos}\n\nfrom 1364 and 2281;; adj\n\nAV - where two seas meet 1; 1\n\n1) resembling or forming two seas: thus of the Euxine Sea\n2) lying between two seas, i.e. washed on both sides by the sea\n   2a) an isthmus or tongue of land, the extremity of which is\n       covered by the waves\n   2b) a projecting reef or bar against which the waves dash\n       on both sides
01338^1338 diikneomai {dee-ik-neh'-om-ahee}\n\nfrom 1223 and the base of 2425;; v\n\nAV - pierce 1; 1\n\n1) to go through, penetrate, pierce
01339^1339 diistemi {dee-is'-tay-mee}\n\nfrom 1223 and 2476;; v\n\nAV - the space of ... after 1, go further 1, be parted 1; 3\n\n1) to place separately, put asunder, disjoin\n2) to stand apart, to part, depart
01340^1340 diischurizomai {dee-is-khoo-rid'-zom-ahee}\n\nfrom 1223 and a derivative of 2478;; v\n\nAV - confidently affirm 1, constantly affirm 1; 2\n\n1) to lean upon\n2) to affirm stoutly, assert confidently
01341^1341 dikaiokrisia {dik-ah-yok-ris-ee'-ah}\n\nfrom 1342 and 2920; TDNT - 2:224,168; n f\n\nAV - righteous judgment 1; 1\n\n1) righteous judgment
01342^1342 dikaios {dik'-ah-yos}\n\nfrom 1349; TDNT - 2:182,168; adj\n\nAV - righteous 41, just 33, right 5, meet 2; 81\n\n1) righteous, observing divine laws\n   1a) in a wide sense, upright, righteous, virtuous, keeping the\n       commands of God\n       1a1) of those who seem to themselves to be righteous, who pride\n            themselves to be righteous, who pride themselves in their\n            virtues, whether real or imagined\n       1a2) innocent, faultless, guiltless\n       1a3) used of him whose way of thinking, feeling, and acting is\n            wholly conformed to the will of God, and who therefore\n            needs no rectification in the heart or life\n            1a3a) only Christ truly\n       1a4) approved of or acceptable of God\n   1b) in a narrower sense, rendering to each his due and that in a\n       judicial sense, passing just judgment on others, whether\n       expressed in words or shown by the manner of dealing with them
01343^1343 dikaiosune {dik-ah-yos-oo'-nay}\n\nfrom 1342; TDNT - 2:192,168; n f\n\nAV - righteousness 92; 92\n\n1) in a broad sense: state of him who is as he ought to be,\n   righteousness, the condition acceptable to God\n   1a) the doctrine concerning the way in which man may attain a\n       state approved of God\n   1b) integrity, virtue, purity of life, rightness, correctness\n       of thinking feeling, and acting\n2) in a narrower sense, justice or the virtue which gives each his due
01344^1344 dikaioo {dik-ah-yo'-o}\n\nfrom 1342; TDNT - 2:211,168; v\n\nAV - justify 37, be freed 1, be righteous 1, justifier 1; 40\n\n1) to render righteous or such he ought to be\n2) to show, exhibit, evince, one to be righteous, such as he is\n   and wishes himself to be considered\n3) to declare, pronounce, one to be just, righteous, or such as\n   he ought to be
01345^1345 dikaioma {dik-ah'-yo-mah}\n\nfrom 1344; TDNT - 2:219,168; n n\n\nAV - righteousness 4, ordinance 3, judgment 2, justification 1; 10\n\n1) that which has been deemed right so as to have force of law\n   1a) what has been established, and ordained by law, an ordinance\n   1b) a judicial decision, sentence\n       1b1) of God\n           1b1a) either the favourable judgment by which he acquits\n                 man and declares them acceptable to Him\n           1b1b) unfavourable: sentence of condemnation\n2) a righteous act or deed
01346^1346 dikaios {dik-ah'-yoce}\n\nfrom 1342;; adv\n\nAV - justly 2, righteously 2, to righteousness 1; 5\n\n1) just, agreeably to right\n2) properly, as is right\n3) uprightly, agreeable to the law of rectitude
01347^1347 dikaiosis {dik-ah'-yo-sis}\n\nfrom 1344; TDNT - 2:223,168; n f\n\nAV - justification 2; 2\n\n1) the act of God declaring men free from guilt and acceptable to him\n2) abjuring to be righteous, justification
01348^1348 dikastes {dik-as-tace'}\n\nfrom a derivative of 1349;; n m\n\nAV - judge 3; 3\n\n1) a judge, arbitrator, umpire\n\nFor Synonyms see entry 5838
01349^1349 dike {dee'-kay}\n\nprobably from 1166; TDNT - 2:178,168; n f\n\nAV - vengeance 2, judgment 1, punish + 5099 1; 4\n\n1) custom, usage\n2) right, just\n3) a suit at law\n4) a judicial hearing, judicial decision, esp. sentence of condemnation\n5) execution of a sentence, punishment\n   5a) to suffer punishment\n6) the goddess Justice, avenging justice
01350^1350 diktuon {dik'-too-on}\n\nprobably from a primary verb diko (to cast);; n n\n\nAV - net 12; 12\n\n1) a net\n\nFor Synonyms see entry 5808
01351^1351 dilogos {dil'-og-os}\n\nfrom 1364 and 3056;; v\n\nAV - doubletongued 1; 1\n\n1) saying the same thing twice, repeating\n2) double tongued, double in speech, saying one thing with one\n   person another with another (with the intent to deceive)
01352^1352 dio {dee-o'}\n\nfrom 1223 and 3739;; conj\n\nAV - wherefore 41, therefore 10, for which cause 2; 53\n\n1) wherefore, on account off
01353^1353 diodeuo {dee-od-yoo'-o}\n\nfrom 1223 and 3593;; v\n\nAV - go throughout 1, pass through 1; 2\n\n1) to pass or travel through\n2) to travel here and there, go about
01354^1354 Dionusios {dee-on-oo'-see-os}\n\nfrom Dionusos (Bacchus);; n pr m\n\nAV - Dionysius 1; 1\n\nDionysius = "devoted to Bacchus"\n\n1) an Athenian, a member of the Areopagus, converted to Christianity\n   by Paul
01355^1355 dioper {dee-op'-er}\n\nfrom 1352 and 4007;; conj\n\nAV - wherefore 3; 3\n\n1) on which very account
01356^1356 diopetes {dee-op-et'-ace}\n\nfrom the alternate of 2203 and the alternate of 4098;; adj\n\nAV - which fell down from Jupiter 1; 1\n\n1) fallen from Zeus, i.e. from heaven\n2) an image of the Ephesian Artemis which was supposed to have fallen\n   from heaven
01357^1357 diorthosis {dee-or'-tho-sis}\n\nfrom a compound of 1223 and a derivative of 3717, meaning to\n   straighten thoroughly; TDNT - 5:450,727; n f\n\nAV - reformation 1; 1\n\n1) in a physical sense, a making straight, restoring to its\n   natural and normal condition something which in some way\n   protrudes or has got out of line, as broken or misshapen limbs\n2) of acts and institutions, reformation
01358^1358 diorusso {dee-or-oos'-so}\n\nfrom 1223 and 3736;; v\n\nAV - break through 2, be broken up 1, be broken through 1; 4\n\n1) to dig through: a house
01359^1359 Dioskouroi {dee-os'-koo-roy}\n\nfrom the alternate of 2203 and a form of the base of 2877;; n pr m\n\nAV - Castor and Pollux 1; 1\n\n1) Castor and Pollux, were the twin sons of Jupiter and Leda, and\n   were regarded as the tutelary divinities of sailors
01360^1360 dioti {dee-ot'-ee}\n\nfrom 1223 and 3754;; conj\n\nAV - because 10, for 8, because that 3, therefore 1; 22\n\n1) on this account that, because\n2) for
01361^1361 Diotrephes {dee-ot-ref-ace'}\n\nfrom the alternate of 2203 and 5142;; n pr m\n\nAV - Diotrephes 1; 1\n\nDiotrephes = "nourished by Jove"\n1) a proud arrogant Christian mentioned in 3 Jo. 9
01362^1362 diplous {dip-looce'}\n\nfrom 1364 and (probably) the base of 4119;; adj\n\nAV - double 3, twofold more 1; 4\n\n1) twofold, double
01363^1363 diploo {dip-lo'-o}\n\nfrom 1362;; v\n\nAV - double 1; 1\n\n1) to double
01364^1364 dis {dece}\n\nfrom 1417;; adv\n\nAV - twice 4, again 2; 6\n\n1) twice
01365^1365 distazo {dis-tad'-zo}\n\nfrom 1364;; v\n\nAV - doubt 2; 2\n\n1) to doubt, waiver
01366^1366 distomos {dis'-tom-os}\n\nfrom 1364 and 4750;; adj\n\nAV - twoedged 2, with two edges 1; 3\n\n1) having a double mouth as a river\n   1a) used of the edge of the sword and of other weapons,\n       so has the meaning of two-edged
01367^1367 dischilioi {dis-khil'-ee-oy}\n\nfrom 1364 and 5507;; adj\n\nAV - two thousand 1; 1\n\n1) two thousand
01368^1368 diulizo {dee-oo-lid'-zo}\n\nfrom 1223 and hulizo {hoo-lid'-zo} (to filter);; v\n\nAV - strain at 1; 1\n\n1) to filter through, strain through, pour through a filter, strain out
01369^1369 dichazo {dee-khad'-zo}\n\nfrom a derivative of 1364;; v\n\nAV - to set at variance 1; 1\n\n1) to cut into two parts, cleave asunder, sever
01370^1370 dichostasia {dee-khos-tas-ee'-ah}\n\nfrom a derivative of 1364 and 4714; TDNT - 1:514,88; n f\n\nAV - division 2, sedition 1; 3\n\n1) dissension, division
01371^1371 dichotomeo {dee-khot-om-eh'-o}\n\nfrom a compound of a derivative of 1364 and a derivative of temno\n   (to cut); TDNT - 2:225,177; v\n\nAV - cut sunder 1, cut in asunder 1; 2\n\n1) to cut into two parts\n   1a) of the cruel method of punishment used by the Hebrews and\n       others of cutting one in two\n2) cut up by scourging, scourge severely
01372^1372 dipsao {dip-sah'-o}\n\nfrom a variation of 1373; TDNT - 2:226,177; v\n\nAV - thirst 10, be thirsty 3, be athirst 3; 16\n\n1) to suffer thirst, suffer from thirst\n   1a) figuratively, those who are said to thirst who painfully feel\n       their want of, and eagerly long for, those things by which the\n       soul is refreshed, supported, strengthened
01373^1373 dipsos {dip'-sos}\n\nof uncertain affinity; TDNT - 2:226,; n n\n\nAV - thirst 1; 1\n\n1) thirst
01374^1374 dipsuchos {dip'-soo-khos}\n\nfrom 1364 and 5590; TDNT - 9:665,1342; adj\n\nAV - double minded 2; 2\n\n1) double minded\n  1a) wavering, uncertain, doubting\n  1b) divided in interest
01375^1375 diogmos {dee-ogue-mos'}\n\nfrom 1377;; n m\n\nAV - persecution 10; 10\n\n1) persecution
01376^1376 dioktes {dee-oke'-tace}\n\nfrom 1377; TDNT - 2:229, *; n m\n\nAV - persecutor 1; 1\n\n1) persecutor
01377^1377 dioko {dee-o'-ko}\n\na prolonged (and causative) form of a primary verb dio (to flee;\n   cf the base of 1169 and 1249); TDNT - 2:229,177; v\n\nAV - persecute 28, follow after 6, follow 4,\n     suffer persecution 3, misc 3; 44\n\n1) to make to run or flee, put to flight, drive away\n2) to run swiftly in order to catch a person or thing, to run after\n   2a) to press on: figuratively of one who in a race runs\n       swiftly to reach the goal\n   2b) to pursue (in a hostile manner)\n3) in any way whatever to harass, trouble, molest one\n   3a) to persecute\n   3b) to be mistreated, suffer persecution on account of something\n4) without the idea of hostility, to run after, follow after: someone\n5) metaph., to pursue\n   5a) to seek after eagerly, earnestly endeavour to acquire
01378^1378 dogma {dog'-mah}\n\nfrom the base of 1380; TDNT - 2:230,178; n n\n\nAV - decree 3, ordinance 2; 5\n\n1) doctrine, decree, ordinance\n   1a) of public decrees\n   1b) of the Roman Senate\n   1c) of rulers\n2) the rules and requirements of the law of Moses; carrying a\n   suggestion of severity and of threatened judgment\n3) of certain decrees of the apostles relative to right living
01379^1379 dogmatizo {dog-mat-id'-zo}\n\nfrom 1378; TDNT - 2:230,178; v\n\nAV - be subject to ordinances 1; 1\n\n1) to decree, command, enjoin, lay down an ordinance
01380^1380 dokeo {dok-eh'-o}\n\na prolonged form of a primary verb, doko {dok'-o} (used only in\n   an alternate in certain tenses; cf the base of 1166) of\n   the same meaning; TDNT - 2:232,178; v\n\nAV - think 33, seem 13, suppose 7, seem good 3, please 2, misc 5; 63\n\n1) to be of opinion, think, suppose\n2) to seem, to be accounted, reputed\n3) it seems to me\n   3a) I think, judge: thus in question\n   3b) it seems good to, pleased me, I determined\n\nFor Synonyms see entry 5837
01381^1381 dokimazo {dok-im-ad'-zo}\n\nfrom 1384; TDNT - 2:255,181; v\n\nAV - prove 10, try 4, approve 3, discern 2, allow 2, like 1,\n     examine 1; 23\n\n1) to test, examine, prove, scrutinise (to see whether a thing\n   is genuine or not), as metals\n2) to recognise as genuine after examination, to approve, deem worthy
01382^1382 dokime {dok-ee-may'}\n\nfrom the same as 1384; TDNT - 2:255,181; n f\n\nAV - proof 3, experience 2, trial 1, experiment 1; 7\n\n1) proving, trial\n2) approved, tried character\n3) a proof, a specimen of tried worth
01383^1383 dokimion {dok-im'-ee-on}\n\na presumed derivative of 1382; TDNT - 2:255,181; n n\n\nAV - trying 1, trial 1; 2\n\n1) the proving\n2) that by which something is tried or proved, a test
01384^1384 dokimos {dok'-ee-mos}\n\nfrom 1380; TDNT - 2:255,183; adj\n\nAV - approved 6, tried 1; 7\n\n1) accepted, particularly of coins and money.\n2) accepted, pleasing, acceptable
01385^1385 dokos {dok-os'}\n\nfrom 1209 (through the idea of holding up);; n f\n\nAV - beam 6; 6\n\n1) a beam
01386^1386 dolios {dol'-ee-os}\n\nfrom 1388;; adj\n\nAV - deceitful 1; 1\n\n1) deceitful
01387^1387 dolioo {dol-ee-o'-o}\n\nfrom 1386;; v\n\nAV - use deceit 1; 1\n\n1) to deceive, use deceit
01388^1388 dolos {dol'-os}\n\nfrom an obsolete primary verb, dello (probably meant to decoy;\n   cf 1185);; n m\n\nAV - guile 7, subtilty 2, deceit 2, craft 1; 12\n\n1) craft, deceit, guile
01389^1389 doloo {dol-o'-o}\n\nfrom 1388;; v\n\nAV - handle ... deceitfully 1; 1\n\n1) to ensnare\n2) to corrupt
01390^1390 doma {dom'-ah}\n\nfrom the base of 1325;; n n\n\nAV - gift 4; 4\n\n1) a gift\n\nFor Synonyms see entry 5839
01391^1391 doxa {dox'-ah}\n\nfrom the base of 1380; TDNT - 2:233,178; n f\n\nAV - glory 145, glorious 10, honour 6, praise 4, dignity 2,\n     worship 1; 168\n\n1) opinion, judgment, view\n2) opinion, estimate, whether good or bad concerning someone\n   2a) in the NT always a good opinion concerning one, resulting\n       in praise, honour, and glory\n3) splendour, brightness\n   3a) of the moon, sun, stars\n   3b) magnificence, excellence, preeminence, dignity, grace\n   3c) majesty\n       3c1) a thing belonging to God\n            3c1) the kingly majesty which belongs to him as supreme\n                 ruler, majesty in the sense of the absolute\n                 perfection of the deity\n       3c2) a thing belonging to Christ\n            3c2a) the kingly majesty of the Messiah\n            3c2b) the absolutely perfect inward or personal\n                  excellency of Christ; the majesty\n       3c3) of the angels\n            3c3a) as apparent in their exterior brightness\n4) a most glorious condition, most exalted state\n   4a) of that condition with God the Father in heaven to which\n       Christ was raised after he had achieved his work on earth\n   4b) the glorious condition of blessedness into which is\n       appointed and promised that true Christians shall enter\n       after their Saviour's return from heaven
01392^1392 doxazo {dox-ad'-zo}\n\nfrom 1391; TDNT - 2:253,178; v\n\nAV - glorify 54, honour 3, have glory 2, magnify 1, make glorious 1,\n     full of glory 1; 62\n\n1) to think, suppose, be of opinion\n2) to praise, extol, magnify, celebrate\n3) to honour, do honour to, hold in honour\n4) to make glorious, adorn with lustre, clothe with splendour\n   4a) to impart glory to something, render it excellent\n   4b) to make renowned, render illustrious\n       4b1) to cause the dignity and worth of some person or thing to\n            become manifest and acknowledged
01393^1393 Dorkas {dor-kas'}\n\na primitive root;; n pr f\n\nAV - Dorcas 2; 2\n\nDorcas = "gazelle"\n1) the name of a woman Peter raised from the dead
01394^1394 dosis {dos'-is}\n\nfrom the base of 1325;; n f\n\nAV - giving 1, gift 1; 2\n\n1) a giving\n2) a gift\n\nFor Synonyms see entry 5839
01395^1395 dotes {dot'-ace}\n\nfrom the base of 1325;; n m\n\nAV - giver 1; 1\n\n1) a giver, bestower
01396^1396 doulagogeo {doo-lag-ogue-eh'-o}\n\nfrom a presumed compound of 1401 and 71; TDNT - 2:279,182; v\n\nAV - bring into subjection 1; 1\n\n1) to lead away into slavery, claim as one's slave\n2) to make a slave and to treat as a slave i.e. with severity, subject\n   to stern and rigid discipline
01397^1397 douleia {doo-li'-ah}\n\nfrom 1398; TDNT - 2:261,182; n f\n\nAV - bondage 5; 5\n\n1) slavery, bondage, the condition of a slave
01398^1398 douleuo {dool-yoo'-o}\n\nfrom 1401; TDNT - 2:261,182; v\n\nAV - serve 18, be in bondage 4, do service 3; 25\n\n1) to be a slave, serve, do service\n   1a) of a nation in subjection to other nations\n2) metaph. to obey, submit to\n   2a) in a good sense, to yield obedience\n   2b) in a bad sense, of those who become slaves to some base\n       power, to yield to, give one's self up to
01399^1399 doule {doo'-lay}\n\nfeminine of 1401; TDNT - 2:261,182; n f\n\nAV - handmaiden 2, handmaid 1; 3\n\n1) a female slave, bondmaid, handmaid
01400^1400 doulon {doo'-lon}\n\nfrom 1401;; n n\n\nAV - servant 2; 2\n\n1) a slave, bondman, man of servile condition\n  1a) a slave\n  1b) metaph., one who gives himself up to another's will\n      those whose service is used by Christ in extending and\n      advancing His cause among men\n  1c) devoted to another to the disregard of one's own interests\n2) a servant, attendant
01401^1401 doulos {doo'-los}\n\nfrom 1210; TDNT - 2:261,182; adj\n\nAV - servant 118, bond 6, bondman 1; 125\n\n1) a slave, bondman, man of servile condition\n  1a) a slave\n  1b) metaph., one who gives himself up to another's will\n      those whose service is used by Christ in extending and\n      advancing His cause among men\n  1c) devoted to another to the disregard of one's own interests\n2) a servant, attendant
01402^1402 douloo {doo-lo'-o}\n\nfrom 1401; TDNT - 2:279,182; n m\n\nAV - become servant 2, bring into bondage 2, be under bondage 1,\n     given 1, make servant 1, in bondage 1; 8\n\n1) to make a slave of, reduce to bondage\n2) metaph. give myself wholly to one's needs and service,\n   make myself a bondman to him\n\nFor Synonyms see entry 5834
01403^1403 doche {dokh-ay'}\n\nfrom 1209; TDNT - 2:54,146; n f\n\nAV - feast 2; 2\n\n1) a feast, banquet
01404^1404 drakon {drak'-own}\n\nprobably from an alternate form of derkomai (to look);\n   TDNT - 2:281,186; n m\n\nAV - dragon 13; 13\n\n1) a dragon, a great serpent, a name for Satan
01405^1405 drassomai {dras'-som-ahee}\n\nperhaps akin to the base of 1404 (through the idea of capturing);; v\n\nAV - take 1; 1\n\n1) to grasp with the hand, take
01406^1406 drachme {drakh-may'}\n\nfrom 1405;; n f\n\nAV - piece 2, piece of silver 1; 3\n\n1) a drachma, a Greek silver coin about the same weight as a\n   Roman denarius
01407^1407 drepanon {drep'-an-on}\n\nfrom drepo (to pluck);; n n\n\nAV - sickle 8; 8\n\n1) a sickle, a pruning-hook, a hooked vine knife, such as\n   reapers and vinedressers use
01408^1408 dromos {drom'-os}\n\nfrom the alternate of 5143; TDNT - 8:233,1189; n m\n\nAV - course 3; 3\n\n1) a course\n   1a) in the NT figuratively, the course of life or of office
01409^1409 Drousilla {droo'-sil-lah}\n\na diminutive of Drusus (a Roman name);; n pr f\n\nAV - Drusilla 1; 1\n\nDrusilla = "watered by the dew"\n1) the daughter of Agrippa the elder, wife of Felix, the governor of\n   Judaea, a most licentious woman
01410^1410 dunamai {doo'-nam-ahee}\n\nof uncertain affinity; TDNT - 2:284,186; v\n\nAV - can (could) 100, cannot + 3756 45, be able 37, may (might) 18,\n     able 3, misc 7; 210\n\n1) to be able, have power whether by virtue of one's own ability and\n   resources, or of a state of mind, or through favourable\n   circumstances, or by permission of law or custom\n2) to be able to do something\n3) to be capable, strong and powerful
01411^1411 dunamis {doo'-nam-is}\n\nfrom 1410; TDNT - 2:284,186; n f\n\nAV - power 77, mighty work 11, strength 7, miracle 7, might 4,\n     virtue 3, mighty 2, misc 9; 120\n\n1) strength power, ability\n   1a) inherent power, power residing in a thing by virtue of its\n       nature, or which a person or thing exerts and puts forth\n   1b) power for performing miracles\n   1c) moral power and excellence of soul\n   1d) the power and influence which belong to riches and wealth\n   1e) power and resources arising from numbers\n   1f) power consisting in or resting upon armies, forces, hosts\n\nFor Synonyms see entry 5820
01412^1412 dunamoo {doo-nam-o'-o}\n\nfrom 1411; TDNT - 2:284,186; v\n\nAV - strengthen 1; 1\n\n1) to make strong, confirm, strengthen
01413^1413 dunastes {doo-nas'-tace}\n\nfrom 1410; TDNT - 2:284,186; n m\n\nAV - mighty 1, of great authority 1, Potentate 1; 3\n\n1) a prince, a potentate\n2) a courtier, high officer, royal minister of great authority
01414^1414 dunateo {doo-nat-eh'-o}\n\nfrom 1415; TDNT - 2:284,186; v\n\nAV - be mighty 1; 1\n\n1) to be powerful or mighty\n2) show one's self powerful\n3) to be able, have power
01415^1415 dunatos {doo-nat-os'}\n\nfrom 1410; TDNT - 2:284,186; adj\n\nAV - possible 13, able 10, mighty 6, strong 3, could 1,\n     power 1, mighty man 1; 35\n\n1) able, powerful, mighty, strong\n   1a) mighty in wealth and influence\n   1b) strong in soul\n       1b1) to bear calamities and trials with fortitude and patience\n       1b2) strong in Christian virtue\n2) to be able (to do something)\n   2a) mighty, excelling in something\n   2b) having power for something
01416^1416 duno {doo'-no} or dumi {doo'-mee} or duo {doo'-o}\n\nprolonged forms of an obsolete primary duo {doo'-o} (to sink);\n   TDNT - 2:318,192; v\n\nAV - set 2; 2\n\n1) to go into, enter\n2) go under, be plunged into, sink in\n   2a) used in the NT of the setting of the sun
01417^1417 duo {doo'-o}\n\na primary numeral;; n indecl\n\nAV - two 122, twain 10, both 2, two and two + 303 1; 135\n\n1) the two, the twain
01418^1418 dus- {doos}\n\na primary inseparable particle of uncertain derivation;; particle\n\nAV - hard or difficult, always used as a word prefix; 0\n\n1) prefix conveying the idea of difficulty, opposition,\n   injuriousness, similar to our "mis-" or "un-" prefixes\n\nSince this is always used as a prefix, this Strong's number is not\nlisted in the NT.
01419^1419 dusbastaktos {doos-bas'-tak-tos}\n\nfrom 1418 and a derivative of 941;; adj\n\nAV - grievous to be borne 2; 2\n\n1) hard to be borne
01420^1420 dusenteria {doos-en-ter-ee'-ah}\n\nfrom 1418 and a comparative of 1787 (meaning a bowel);; n n\n\nAV - bloody flux 1; 1\n\n1) dysentery, bowel ailment
01421^1421 dusermeneutos {doos-er-mane'-yoo-tos}\n\nfrom 1418 and a presumed derivative of 2059;; adj\n\nAV - hard to be uttered 1; 1\n\n1) hard to interpret, difficult to explain
01422^1422 duskolos {doo'-kol-os}\n\nfrom 1418 and kolon (food);; adj\n\nAV - hard 1; 1\n\n1) hard to find agreeable food for, fastidious about food\n2) difficult to please, always finding fault\n3) difficult
01423^1423 duskolos {doos-kol'-oce}\n\nfrom 1422;; adv\n\nAV - hardly 3; 3\n\n1) with difficulty
01424^1424 dusme {doos-may'}\n\nfrom 1416;; n f\n\nAV - west 5; 5\n\n1) the setting of the sun\n2) the region of the sunset, the west
01425^1425 dusnoetos {doos-no'-ay-tos}\n\nfrom 1418 and a derivative of 3539; TDNT - 4:963,636; adj\n\nAV - hard to be understood 1; 1\n\n1) hard to be understood
01426^1426 dusphemia {doos-fay-mee'-ah}\n\nfrom a compound of 1418 and 5345;; n f\n\nAV - evil report 1; 1\n\n1) the condition of one who is defamed\n   1a) ill-repute, and the action of one who uses disgraceful language
01427^1427 dodeka {do'-dek-ah}\n\nfrom 1417 and 1176; TDNT - 2:321,192; n indecl\n\nAV - twelve 72; 72\n\n1) twelve\n   1a) the twelve apostles of Jesus, so called by way of eminence
01428^1428 dodekatos {do-dek'-at-os}\n\nfrom 1427; TDNT - 2:321,192; adj\n\nAV - twelfth 1; 1\n\n1) twelfth
01429^1429 dodekaphulon {do-dek-af'-oo-lon}\n\nfrom 1427 and 5443; TDNT - 2:321,192; n n\n\nAV - twelve tribes 1; 1\n\n1) the twelve tribes, used collectively of the Israelitish\n   people, as consisting of the twelve tribes
01430^1430 doma {do'-mah}\n\nfrom demo (to build);; n n\n\nAV - house top 7; 7\n\n1) a building, house\n2) a part of a building, dining room, hall\n3) house top, roof\n   3a) the house tops of the Orientals were (and still are) level and\n       frequented not only for walking, but also for meditation and\n       prayer
01431^1431 dorea {do-reh-ah'}\n\nfrom 1435; TDNT - 2:166,166; n f\n\nAV - gift 11; 11\n\n1) a gift\n\nFor Synonyms see entry 5839
01432^1432 dorean {do-reh-an'}\n\naccusative case of 1431 as adverb; TDNT - 2:167,166; adj\n\nAV - freely 6, without a cause 1, in vain 1, for nought 1; 9\n\n1) freely, undeservedly
01433^1433 doreomai {do-reh'-om-ahee}\n\nmiddle voice from 1435; TDNT - 2:166,166; v\n\nAV - give 3; 3\n\n1) to present, bestow\n\nFor Synonyms see entry 5836
01434^1434 dorema {do'-ray-mah}\n\nfrom 1433; TDNT - 2:166,166; n n\n\nAV - gift 2; 2\n\n1) a gift, bounty, benefaction
01435^1435 doron {do'-ron}\n\na present; TDNT - 2:166,166; n n\n\nAV - gift 18, offering 1; 19\n\n1) a gift, present\n   1a) gifts offered in expression of honour\n      1a1) of sacrifices and other gifts offered to God\n      1a2) of money cast into the treasury for the purposes of the\n           temple and for the support of the poor\n2) the offering of a gift or of gifts\n\nFor Synonyms see entry 5839
01436^1436 ea {eh'-ah}\n\napparent imperative of 1439;; interj\n\nAV - alone 2; 2\n\n1) interjection expressive of indignation, or of wonder mixed\n   with fear, ha! ah!
01437^ 1437 ean {e-an'}\n\nfrom 1487 and 302;; conj\n\nAV - if 200, whosoever + 3769 14, whatsoever + 3739 16, though 14,\n     misc 31; 275\n\n1) if, in case\n\nPreceding count adjusted to remove occurrences where 1437 is used in\na phrase that has another Strong's number assigned to it. J.B. Smith\nlists count at 341.
01438^1438 heautou {heh-ow-too'} (including all other cases)\n\nfrom a reflexive pronoun otherwise obsolete and the genitive case\n   (dative case or accusative case) of 846;; pron\n\nAV - himself 110, themselves 57, yourselves 36, ourselves 20,\n     his 19, their 15, itself 9, misc 73; 339\n\n1) himself, herself, itself, themselves
01439^1439 eao {eh-ah'-o}\n\nof uncertain affinity;; v\n\nAV - suffer 9, let alone 1, leave 1, let 1, commit 1; 13\n\n1) to allow, permit, let\n2) to allow one to do as he wishes, not to restrain, to let alone\n3) to give up, let go, leave
01440^1440 hebdomekonta {heb-dom-ay'-kon-tah}\n\nfrom 1442 and a modified form of 1176; TDNT - 2:627,249; n indecl\n\nAV - seventy 2, three score and ten 1,\n     three score and fifteen + 4002 1; 5\n\n1) seventy\n   1a) the seventy disciples whom Jesus sent out in addition to the\n       twelve apostles
01441^1441 hebdomekontakis {heb-dom-ay-kon-tak-is}\n\nfrom 1440; TDNT - 2:627,249; adv\n\nAV - seventy times 1; 1\n\n1) seventy times seven times\n   1a) countless times
01442^1442 hebdomos {heb'-dom-os}\n\nordinal from 2033; TDNT - 2:627,249; adj\n\nAV - seventh 9; 9\n\n1) seventh
01443^1443 Eber {eb-er'}\n\nof Hebrew origin 05677;; n pr m\n\nAV - Heber 1; 1\n\nEber or Hebrew = "the region beyond"\n1) the son of Salah, and great grandson of Shem,  one of Abraham's\n   ancestors
01444^1444 Hebraikos {heb-rah-ee-kos'}\n\nfrom 1443; TDNT - 3:356,372; adj\n\nAV - Hebrew 1; 1\n\n1) Hebrew
01445^1445 Hebraios {heb-rah'-yos}\n\nfrom 1443; TDNT - 3:356,372; n m\n\nAV - Hebrew 5; 5\n\n1) Hebrew\n   1a) any one of the Jewish or Israelitish nations\n2) in a narrower sense, those who live in Palestine and use the\n   language of the country\n3) all Jewish Christians, whether they spoke Aramaic or Greek
01446^1446 Hebrais {heb-rah-is'}\n\nfrom 1443; TDNT - 3:356,372; n f\n\nAV - Hebrew 3; 3\n\n1) Hebrew, the Hebrew language, not that however in which the OT\n   was written but the Chaldee, which at the time of Jesus and\n   the apostles had long superseded it in Palestine
01447^1447 Hebraisti {heb-rah-is-tee'}\n\nfrom 1446; TDNT - 3:356,372; adv\n\nAV - in the Hebrew tongue 3, in the Hebrew 2, in Hebrew 1; 6\n\n1) in Hebrew, i.e. in Chaldee
01448^1448 eggizo {eng-id'-zo}\n\nfrom 1451; TDNT - 2:330,194; v\n\nAV - draw nigh 12, be at hand 9, come nigh 8, come near 5,\n     draw near 4, misc 5; 43\n\n1) to bring near, to join one thing to another\n2) to draw or come near to, to approach
01449^1449 eggrapho {eng-graf'-o}\n\nfrom 1722 and 1125; TDNT - 1:769,128; v\n\nAV - write 2; 2\n\n1) to engrave, inscribe, write in or on\n   1a) to record, enrol
01450^1450 egguos {eng'-goo-os}\n\nfrom 1722 and guion (a limb); TDNT - 2:329,194; adj\n\nAV - surety 1; 1\n\n1) a surety, a sponsor
01451^1451 eggus {eng-goos'}\n\nfrom a primary verb agcho (to squeeze or throttle; akin to the\n   base of 43); TDNT - 2:330,194; adv\n\nAV - nigh 13, at hand 6, nigh at hand 4, near 4, from 1, nigh unto 1,\n     ready 1; 30\n\n1) near, of place and position\n   1a) near\n   1b) those who are near access to God\n       1b1) Jews, as opposed to those who are alien from God and his\n            blessings\n       1b2) The Rabbis used the term "to make nigh" as equivalent to\n            "to make a proselyte"\n2) of time\n   2a) of times imminent and soon to come pass
01452^1452 egguteron {eng-goo'-ter-on}\n\nfrom the comparative of 1451;; adv n\n\nAV - nearer 1; 1\n\n1) nearer
01453^1453 egeiro {eg-i'-ro}\n\nprobably akin to the base of 58 (through the idea of collecting\n   one's faculties); TDNT - 2:333,195; v\n\nAV - rise 36, raise 28, arise 27, raise up 23, rise up 8,\n     rise again 5, raise again 4, misc 10; 141\n\n1) to arouse, cause to rise\n   1a) to arouse from sleep, to awake\n   1b) to arouse from the sleep of death, to recall the dead to life\n   1c) to cause to rise from a seat or bed etc.\n   1d) to raise up, produce, cause to appear\n       1d1) to cause to appear, bring before the public\n       1d2) to raise up, stir up, against one\n       1d3) to raise up i.e. cause to be born\n       1d4) of buildings, to raise up, construct, erect
01454^1454 egersis {eg'-er-sis}\n\nfrom 1453; TDNT - 2:337,195; n f\n\nAV - resurrection 1; 1\n\n1) a rousing, excitation\n2) a rising up\n3) resurrection from the dead
01455^1455 egkathetos {eng-kath'-et-os}\n\nfrom 1722 and a derivative of 2524;; adj\n\nAV - spy 1; 1\n\n1) secretly to lie in wait, a spy\n2) one who is bribed by others to entrap a man by crafty words
01456^1456 egkainia {eng-kah'-ee-nee-ah}\n\nplural of a presumed compound from 1722 and 2537;; n n\n\nAV - feast of dedication 1; 1\n\n1) dedication, consecration\n   1a) in particular the annual feast celebrated eight days beginning\n       in the 25th of Chislev (middle of our December), instituted by\n       Judas Maccabaeus [164 BC] in memory of the cleansing of the\n       temple from the pollution of Antiochus Epiphanes
01457^1457 egkainizo {eng-kahee-nid'-zo}\n\nfrom 1456; TDNT - 3:453,388; v\n\nAV - dedicate 1, consecrate 1; 2\n\n1) to renew\n2) to do anew, again\n3) to initiate, consecrate, dedication
01458^1458 egkaleo {eng-kal-eh'-o}\n\nfrom 1722 and 2564; TDNT - 3:496,394; v\n\nAV - accuse 4, implead 1, call in question 1,\n     lay anything to the charge 1; 7\n\n1) to come forward as accuser against, bring charge against\n2) to be accused
01459^1459 egkataleipo {eng-kat-al-i'-po}\n\nfrom 1722 and 2641;; v\n\nAV - forsake 7, leave 2; 9\n\n1) abandon, desert\n   1a) leave in straits, leave helpless\n   1b) totally abandoned, utterly forsaken\n2) to leave behind among, to leave surviving
01460^1460 egkatoikeo {eng-kat-oy-keh'-o}\n\nfrom 1722 and 2730;; v\n\nAV - dwell among 1; 1\n\n1) to dwell among
01461^1461 egkentrizo {eng-ken-trid'-zo}\n\nfrom 1722 and a derivative of 2759;; v\n\nAV - graff in 4, graff 1, graff into 1; 6\n\n1) to cut into for the sake of inserting a scion\n2) to inoculate, ingraft, graft in
01462^1462 egklema {eng'-klay-mah}\n\nfrom 1458; TDNT - 3:496,394; n n\n\nAV - laid to (one's) charge 1, crime laid against (one) 1; 2\n\n1) accusation: the crime of which one is accused\n\nFor Synonyms see entry 5803
01463^1463 egkomboomai {eng-kom-bo'-om-ahee}\n\nmiddle voice from 1722 and komboo (to gird); TDNT - 2:339,196; v\n\nAV - be clothed with 1; 1\n\n1) knot or band by which two things are fastened together, to\n   fasten or gird one's self\n\nThis was the white scarf or apron of slaves, which was fastened to\nthe belt of the vest and distinguished slaves from freemen, hence in\n1 Pet. 5:5, "gird yourselves with humility as your servile garb"\nmeans by putting on humility, show your subjection one to another.\nAlso, this refers to the overalls which slaves wore to keep clean\nwhile working, an exceedingly humble garment.
01464^1464 egkope {eng-kop-ay'}\n\nfrom 1465; TDNT - 3:855,453; n f\n\nAV - hinder 1; 1\n\n1) a cutting (made in a road to impede an enemy in pursuit)\n2) a hindrance
01465^1465 egkopto {eng-kop'-to}\n\nfrom 1722 and 2875; TDNT - 3:855,453; v\n\nAV - hinder 3, be tedious unto 1; 4\n\n1) to cut into, to impede one's course by cutting off his way\n2) hinder
01466^1466 egkrateia {eng-krat'-i-ah}\n\nfrom 1468; TDNT - 2:339,196; n f\n\nAV - temperance 4; 4\n\n1) self-control (the virtue of one who masters his desires and\n   passions, esp. his sensual appetites)
01467^1467 egkrateuomai {eng-krat-yoo'-om-ahee}\n\nmiddle voice from 1468; TDNT - 2:339,196; v\n\nAV - can contain 1, be temperate 1; 2\n\n1) to be self-controlled, continent\n   1a) to exhibit self-government, conduct, one's self temperately\n   1b) in a figure drawn from athletes, who in preparing themselves\n       for the games abstained from unwholesome food, wine, and\n       sexual indulgence
01468^1468 egkrates {eng-krat-ace'}\n\nfrom 1722 and 2904; TDNT - 2:339,196; adj\n\nAV - temperate 1; 1\n\n1) strong, robust\n2) having power over, possessed of (a thing)\n3) mastering, controlling, curbing, restraining\n   3a) controlling one's self, temperate, continent
01469^1469 egkrino {eng-kree'-no}\n\nfrom 1722 and 2919; TDNT - 3:951,469; v\n\nAV - make of the number 1; 1\n\n1) to reckon among, judge among\n2) to judge one worthy of being admitted to a certain class
01470^1470 ekgrupto {eng-kroop'-to}\n\nfrom 1722 and 2928;; v\n\nAV - hide in 2; 2\n\n1) to conceal in something\n2) to mingle one thing with another
01471^1471 egkuos {eng'-koo-os}\n\nfrom 1722 and the base of 2949;; adj\n\nAV - great with child 1; 1\n\n1) big with child, pregnant
01472^1472 egchrio {eng-khree'-o}\n\nfrom 1722 and 5548;; v\n\nAV - anoint 1; 1\n\n1) to rub in, besmirch, anoint\n2) to anoint one's self
01473^1473 ego {eg-o'}\n\na primary pronoun of the first person I (only expressed when\n   emphatic); TDNT - 2:343,196; pron\n\nAV - I 365, my 2, me 2, not tr 1; 370\n\n1) I, me, my
01474^1474 edaphizo {ed-af-id'-zo}\n\nfrom 1475;; v\n\nAV - lay even with the ground 1; 1\n\n1) to throw to the ground\n   1a) both of cities and buildings, to raze, level with the earth\n   1b) metaph. of men
01475^1475 edaphos {ed'-af-os}\n\nfrom the base of 1476;; n n\n\nAV - ground 1; 1\n\n1) bottom, base, ground
01476^1476 hedraios {hed-rah'-yos}\n\nfrom a derivative of hezomai (to sit); TDNT - 2:362,200; adj\n\nAV - steadfast 2, settled 1; 3\n\n1) sitting, sedentary\n2) firm, immovable, steadfast
01477^1477 hedraioma {hed-rah'-yo-mah}\n\nfrom a derivative of 1476; TDNT - 2:362,200; n n\n\nAV - ground 1; 1\n\n1) a stay, prop, support
01478^1478 Ezekias {ed-zek-ee'-as}\n\nof Hebrew origin 02396;; n pr m\n\nAV - Ezekias 2; 2\n\nHezekiah = "the might of Jehovah"\n1) the twelfth king of Judah
01479^1479 ethelothreskeia {eth-el-oth-race-ki'-ah}\n\nfrom 2309 and 2356; TDNT - 3:155,337; n f\n\nAV - will worship 1; 1\n\n1) voluntary, arbitrary worship\n   1a) worship which one prescribes and devises for himself,\n       contrary to the contents and nature of faith which ought\n       to be directed to Christ\n   1b) said of the misdirected zeal and the practice of ascetics
01480^1480 ethizo {eth-id'-zo}\n\nfrom 1485;; v\n\nAV - custom 1; 1\n\n1) to accustomed, usage, custom
01481^1481 ethnarches {eth-nar'-khace}\n\nfrom 1484 and 746;; n m\n\nAV - governor 1; 1\n\n1) an ethnarch, one set over a people as ruler, but without the\n   authority and name of a king
01482^1482 ethnikos {eth-nee-kos'}\n\nfrom 1484; TDNT - 2:372,201; n m\n\nAV - heathen 1, heathen man 1; 2\n\n1) adapted to the genius or customs of a people, peculiar to a\n   people, national\n2) suited to the manners or language of foreigners, strange, foreign\n3) in the NT savouring of the nature of pagans, alien to the\n   worship of the true God, heathenish\n   3a) of the pagan, the Gentile
01483^1483 ethnikos {eth-nee-koce'}\n\nfrom 1482;; adv\n\nAV - after the manner of Gentiles 1; 1\n\n1) like the Gentiles
01484^1484 ethnos {eth'-nos}\n\nprobably from 1486; TDNT - 2:364,201; n n\n\nAV - Gentiles 93, nation 64, heathen 5, people 2; 164\n\n1) a multitude (whether of men or of beasts) associated or\n   living together\n   1a) a company, troop, swarm\n2) a multitude of individuals of the same nature or genus\n   2a) the human family\n3) a tribe, nation, people group\n4) in the OT, foreign nations not worshipping the true God, pagans,\n   Gentiles\n5) Paul uses the term for Gentile Christians
01485^1485 ethos {eth'-os}\n\nfrom 1486; TDNT - 2:372,202; n n\n\nAV - custom 7, manner 4, be wont 1; 12\n\n1) custom\n2) usage prescribed by law, institute, prescription, rite
01486^1486 etho {eth'-o}\n\na root word;; v\n\nAV - be wont 2, - as his custom was + 2596 + 3588 1,\n     as his manner was + 2596 + 3588 1; 4\n\n1) to be accustomed, used, wont\n2) that which is wont\n3) usage, custom
01487^1487 ei {i}\n\na primary particle of conditionality;; conj\n\nAV - if 242, whether 20, that 6, not tr 19, misc 3; 290\n\n1) if, whether
01488^1488 ei {i}\n\nsecond person singular present of 1510;; v\n\nAV - thou art 81, be 11; 92\n\n1) you are, thou art
01489^1489 eige {i'-gheh}\n\nfrom 1487 and 1065;; conj\n\nAV - if so be that 2, if 2, if yet 1; 5\n\n1) if, indeed, inasmuch, as, since
01490^1490 ei de me(ge) {i deh may'-(gheh)}\n\nfrom 1487, 1161, and 3361 (sometimes with 1065 added);; conj\n\nAV - or else 3, else 4, if not 2, if otherwise 2, if not 1,\n     or else 1, otherwise 1; 14\n\n1) otherwise, but if not
01491^1491 eidos {i'-dos}\n\nfrom 1492; TDNT - 2:373,202; n n\n\nAV - shape 2, fashion 1, sight 1, appearance 1; 5\n\n1) the external or outward appearance, form figure, shape\n2) form, kind
01492^1492 eido {i'-do} or oida {oy'-da}\n\na root word; TDNT - 5:116, 673; v\n\nAV - know 282, cannot tell + 3756 8, know how 7, wist 6, misc 19,\n     see 314, behold 16, look 5, perceive 5, vr see 3, vr know 1; 666\n\n1) to see\n   1a) to perceive with the eyes\n   1b) to perceive by any of the senses\n   1c) to perceive, notice, discern, discover\n   1d) to see\n       1d1) i.e. to turn the eyes, the mind, the attention to anything\n       1d2) to pay attention, observe\n       1d3) to see about something\n            1d31) i.e. to ascertain what must be done about it\n       1d4) to inspect, examine\n       1d5) to look at, behold\n   1e) to experience any state or condition\n   1f) to see i.e. have an interview with, to visit\n2) to know\n   2a) to know of anything\n   2b) to know, i.e. get knowledge of, understand, perceive\n       2b1) of any fact\n       2b2) the force and meaning of something which has definite meaning\n       2b3) to know how, to be skilled in\n   2c) to have regard for one, cherish, pay attention to (1Th. 5:12)\n\nFor Synonyms see entry 5825
01493^1493 eidoleion {i-do-li'-on}\n\nfrom a presumed derivative of 1497; TDNT - 2:379,202; n n\n\nAV - idol's temple 1; 1\n\n1) an idol's temple, temple consecrated to idols
01494^1494 eidolothuton {i-do-loth'-oo-ton}\n\nneuter of a compound of 1497 and a presumed derivative of 2380;\n   TDNT - 2:378,202; adj\n\nAV - things offered unto idols 4, things offered in sacrifice to idols 3,\n     things sacrificed unto idols 2, meats offered to idols 1; 10\n\n1) sacrificed to idols, the flesh left over from the heathen sacrifices\n   1a) it was either eaten at the feasts or sold (by the poor and the\n       miserly) in the market
01495^1495 eidololatreia {i-do-lol-at-ri'-ah}\n\nfrom 1497 and 2999; TDNT - 2:379,202; n f\n\nAV - idolatry 4; 4\n\n1) the worship of false gods, idolatry\n   1a) of the formal sacrificial feats held in honour of false gods\n   1b) of avarice, as a worship of Mammon\n2) in the plural, the vices springing from idolatry and peculiar to it
01496^1496 eidololatres {i-do-lol-at'-race}\n\nfrom 1497 and the base of 3000; TDNT - 2:379,202; n m\n\nAV - idolater 7; 7\n\n1) a worshipper of false gods, a idolater\n   1a) used of any one even Christian, participant in any way in the\n       worship of the heathen, esp. one who attends their sacrificial\n       feasts and eats of the remains of offered victims\n2) a covetous man as a worshipper of Mammon
01497^1497 eidolon {i'-do-lon}\n\nfrom 1491; an image (i.e. for worship); TDNT - 2:375,202; n n\n\nAV - idol 11; 11\n\n1) an image, likeness\n   1a) i.e. whatever represents the form of an object, either real\n       or imaginary\n   1b) used of the shades of the departed, apparitions, spectres,\n       phantoms of the mind, etc.\n2) the image of an heathen god\n3) a false god
01498^1498 eien {i'-ane}\n\noptative (i.e. English subjunctive) present of 1510 (including\n   the other person);; v\n\nAV - should be 3, be 3, meant 2, might be 1, should mean 1, wert 1,\n     not tr 1; 12\n\n1) to be, to exist, to happen, to be present
01499^1499 ei kai {i kahee}\n\nfrom 1487 and 2532;; conj\n\nAV - though 14, if 4, and if 2, if that 1, if also 1; 22\n\n1) even, if, although
01500^1500 eike {i-kay'}\n\nprobably from 1502 (through the idea of failure); TDNT - 2:380,203; adv\n\nAV - in vain 5, without a cause 1, vainly 1; 7\n\n1) inconsiderably, without purpose, without just cause\n2) in vain\n   2a) without success or effort
01501^1501 eikosi {i'-kos-ee}\n\nof uncertain affinity;; n indecl\n\nAV - twenty 12; 12\n\n1) twenty
01502^1502 eiko {i'-ko}\n\napparently a root word;; v\n\nAV - give place 1; 1\n\n1) to yield
01503^1503 eiko {i'-ko}\n\napparently a root word [perhaps akin to 1502 through the idea\n   of faintness as a copy];; v\n\nAV - be like 2; 2\n\n1) to be like
01504^1504 eikon {i-kone'}\n\nfrom 1503; TDNT - 2:381,203; n f\n\nAV - image 23; 23\n\n1) an image, figure, likeness\n  1a) an image of the things (the heavenly things)\n      1a1) used of the moral likeness of renewed men to God\n      1a2) the image of the Son of God, into which true Christians\n           are transformed, is likeness not only to the heavenly body,\n           but also to the most holy and blessed state of mind,\n           which Christ possesses\n  1b) the image of one\n      1b1) one in whom the likeness of any one is seen\n      1b2) applied to man on account of his power of command\n      1b3) to Christ on account of his divine nature and absolute\n           moral excellence
01505^1505 heilikrineia {i-lik-ree'-ni-ah}\n\nfrom 1506; TDNT - 2:397,206; n f\n\nAV - sincerity 3; 3\n\n1) purity, sincerity, ingenuousness
01506^1506 heilikrines {i-lik-ree-nace'}\n\nfrom heile (the sun's ray) and 2919; TDNT - 2:397,206; adj\n\nAV - sincere 1, pure 1; 2\n\n1) pure, sincere, unsullied\n2) found pure when unfolded and examined by the sun's light\n\nFor Synonyms see entry 5840
01507^1507 heilisso {hi-lis'-so}\n\na prolonged form of a primary but defective verb heilo (of the\n   same meaning);; v\n\nAV - roll together 1; 1\n\n1) to roll up or together
01508^1508 ei me {i may}\n\nfrom 1487 and 3361;; conj\n\nAV - but 53, save 16, except 6, if not 5, not tr 1, misc 1; 91\n\n1) if not, except, but
01509^1509 ei me ti {i may tee}\n\nfrom 1508 and the neuter of 5100;; conj\n\nAV - except 3; 3\n\n1) unless indeed, except, unless perhaps
01510^1510 eimi {i-mee'}\n\nthe first person singular present indicative; a prolonged form of\n   a primary and defective verb; TDNT - 2:398,206; v\n\nAV - I am + 1473 74, am 55, it is I + 1473 6, be 2, I was + 1473 1,\n     have been 1, not tr 7; 146\n\n1) to be, to exist, to happen, to be present
01511^1511 einai {i'-nahee}\n\npresent infinitive from 1510;; v\n\nAV - to be 33, be 28, was 15, is 14, am 7, are 6, were 4,\n     not tr 11, misc 8; 126\n\n1) to be, to exist, to happen, to be present
01512^1512 ei per {i per}\n\nfrom 1487 and 4007;; conj\n\nAV - if so be that 3, though 1, seeing 1, if so be 1; 6\n\n1) if indeed, since, if after all
01513^1513 ei pos {i poce}\n\nfrom 1487 and 4458;; conj\n\nAV - if by any means 4; 4\n\n1) if indeed, since, if after all
01514^1514 eireneuo {i-rane-yoo'-o}\n\nfrom 1515; TDNT - 2:417,207; v\n\nAV - have peace 1, live peaceably 1, live in peace 1, be at peace 1; 4\n\n1) to make peace\n2) to cultivate or keep peace, harmony\n3) to be at peace, live in peace
01515^1515 eirene {i-ray'-nay}\n\nprobably from a primary verb eiro (to join); TDNT - 2:400,207; n f\n\nAV - peace 89, one 1, rest 1, quietness 1; 92\n\n1) a state of national tranquillity\n   1a) exemption from the rage and havoc of war\n2) peace between individuals, i.e. harmony, concord\n3) security, safety, prosperity, felicity, (because peace and\n   harmony make and keep things safe and prosperous)\n4) of the Messiah's peace\n   4a) the way that leads to peace (salvation)\n5) of Christianity, the tranquil state of a soul assured of its\n   salvation through Christ, and so fearing nothing from God and\n   content with its earthly lot, of whatsoever sort that is\n6) the blessed state of devout and upright men after death
01516^1516 eirenikos {i-ray-nee-kos'}\n\nfrom 1515; TDNT - 2:418,207; adj\n\nAV - peaceable 2\n\n1) relating to peace\n2) peaceable, pacific, loving peace\n3) bring peace with it, peaceful, salutary
01517^1517 eirenopoieo {i-ray-nop-oy-eh'-o}\n\nfrom 1518; TDNT - 2:419,207; v\n\nAV - make peace 1; 1\n\n1) to make peace, establish harmony
01518^1518 eirenopoios {i-ray-nop-oy-os'}\n\nfrom 1518 and 4160; TDNT - 2:419,207; adj\n\nAV - peacemakers 1; 1\n\n1) a peacemaker\n2) pacific, loving peace
01519^1519 eis {ice}\n\na primary preposition; TDNT - 2:420,211; prep\n\nAV - into 573, to 281, unto 207, for 140, in 138, on 58,\n     toward 29, against 26, misc 321; 1773\n\n1) into, unto, to, towards, for, among\n\nWigram's frequency count is 1770 not 1773.
01520^1520 heis {hice}\n\n(including the neuter [etc.] hen); TDNT - 2:434,214; numeral\n\nAV - one 229, a 9, other 6, some 6, not tr 4, misc 17; 271\n\n1) one
01521^1521 eisago {ice-ag'-o}\n\nfrom 1519 and 71;; v\n\nAV - bring in 5, bring 4, lead 1; 10\n\n1) to lead in\n2) to bring in, the place into which not being expressly stated
01522^1522 eisakouo {ice-ak-oo'-o}\n\nfrom 1519 and 191; TDNT - 1:222,34; v\n\nAV - hear 5; 5\n\n1) to give heed to, comply with admonition, to obey\n2) to listen to, assent to, a request, to be heard, have request\n   granted\n   2a) of persons offering prayers to God\n   2b) of prayers offered up
01523^1523 eisdechomai {ice-dekh'-om-ahee}\n\nfrom 1519 and 1209; TDNT - 2:57,146; v\n\nAV - receive 1; 1\n\n1) to receive kindly, to treat with favour
01524^1524 eiseimi {ice'-i-mee}\n\nfrom 1519 and eimi (to go);; v\n\nAV - go 2, go in 1, enter 1; 4\n\n1) to go into, enter
01525^1525 eiserchomai {ice-er'-khom-ahee}\n\nfrom 1519 and 2064; TDNT - 2:676,257; v\n\nAV - enter 107, go 22, come in 19, go in 18, enter in 17,\n     come 14, arise 1;  198\n\n1) to go out or come in: to enter\n   1a) of men or animals, as into a house or a city\n   1b) of Satan taking possession of the body of a person\n   1c) of things: as food, that enters into the eater's mouth\n2) metaph.\n   2a) of entrance into any condition, state of things, society,\n       employment\n       2a1) to arise, come into existence, begin to be\n       2a2) of men, to come before the public\n       2a3) to come into life\n  2b) of thoughts that come into the mind
01526^1526 eisi {i-see'}\n\nthird person plural present indicative of 1510;; v\n\nAV - are 135, be 14, were 7, have 2, not tr 1, misc 4; 163\n\n1) are, be, were, etc.
01527^1527 heis kath heis {hice kath hice}\n\nfrom 1520 repeated with 2596 inserted; ; idiom\n\nAV - one by one 2; 2\n\n1) one after another
01528^1528 eiskaleo {ice-kal-eh'-o}\n\nfrom 1519 and 2564; TDNT - 3:496,394; v\n\nAV - call in 1; 1\n\n1) to call into one's self, to invite in to one's house
01529^1529 eisodos {ice'-od-os}\n\nfrom 1519 and 3598; TDNT - 5:103,666; n f\n\nAV - coming 1, entering in 1, entrance in 1, to enter into + 1519 1,\n     entrance 1; 5\n\n1) an entrance\n   1a) the place or way leading into a place (as a gate)\n   1b) the act of entering
01530^1530 eispedao {ice-pay-dah'-o}\n\nfrom 1519 and pedao (to leap);; v\n\nAV - run in 1, spring in 1; 2\n\n1) to spring in, to rush in impetuously
01531^1531 eisporeuomai {ice-por-yoo'-om-ahee}\n\nfrom 1519 and 4198; TDNT - 6:578,915; v\n\nAV - enter 9, enter in 4, come in 3, go 1; 17\n\n1) to go into, enter\n   1a) of persons\n   1b) of things\n       1b1) to be carried into or put into\n       1b2) as food into a mouth\n2) metaph. of affections entering the soul
01532^1532 eistrecho {ice-trekh'-o}\n\nfrom 1519 and 5143;; v\n\nAV - run in 1; 1\n\n1) to run in
01533^1533 eisphero {ice-fer'-o}\n\nfrom 1519 and 5342; TDNT - 9:64,1252; v\n\nAV - bring 3, bring in 2, lead 2; 7\n\n1) to bring into, in or to\n2) to lead into
01534^1534 eita {i'-tah}\n\nof uncertain affinity;; adv\n\nAV - then 11, after that 3, afterward 1, furthermore 1; 16\n\n1) then\n2) next, after that
01535^1535 eite {i'-teh}\n\nfrom 1487 and 5037;; conj\n\nAV - or 33, whether 28, or whether 3, if 1; 65\n\n1) if ... if\n2) whether ... or
01536^1536 ei tis {i tis}\n\nfrom 1487 and 5100;; pron\n\nAV - if any man 35, if any 19, if a man 8, if any thing 6,\n     if ought 3, whosoever 2, misc 6; 79\n\n1) whoever, whatever
01537^1537 ek {ek} or ex {ex}\n\na primary preposition denoting origin (the point whence action or\n   motion proceeds), from, out (of place, time, or cause; literal\n   or figurative;; prep\n\nAV - of 367, from 181, out of 162, by 55, on 34, with 25, misc 97; 921\n\n1) out of, from, by, away from
01538^1538 hekastos {hek'-as-tos}\n\nas if a superlative of hekas (afar);; adj\n\nAV - every man 39, every one 20, every 17, misc 7; 83\n\n1) each, every
01539^1539 hekastote {hek-as'-tot-eh}\n\nas if from 1538 and 5119;; adv\n\nAV - always 1; 1\n\n1) at every time, always
01540^1540 hekaton {hek-at-on'}\n\nof uncertain affinity;; n indecl\n\nAV - hundred 15, hundredfold 2; 17\n\n1) a hundred
01541^1541 hekatontaetes {hek-at-on-tah-et'-ace}\n\nfrom 1540 and 2094;; adj\n\nAV - hundred years old 1; 1\n\n1) centenarian, a hundred years old
01542^1542 hekatontaplasion {hek-at-on-ta-plah-sec'-own}\n\nfrom 1540 and a presumed derivative of 4111;; adj\n\nAV - hundredfold 3; 3\n\n1) hundredfold, a hundred times as much
01543^1543 hekatontarches {hek-at-on-tar'-khace}\n  or hekatontarchos {hek-at-on'-tar-khos}\n\nfrom 1540 and 757;; n m\n\nAV - centurion 21; 21\n\n1) an officer in the Roman army
01544^1544 ekballo {ek-bal'-lo}\n\nfrom 1537 and 906; TDNT - 1:527,91; v\n\nAV - cast out 45, cast 11, bring forth 3, pull out 3, send forth 3,\n     misc 17; 82\n\n1) to cast out, drive out, to send out\n   1a) with notion of violence\n       1a1) to drive out (cast out)\n       1a2) to cast out\n            1a2a) of the world, i.e. be deprived of the power and\n                  influence he exercises in the world\n            1a2b) a thing: excrement from the belly into the sink\n       1a3) to expel a person from a society: to banish from a family\n       1a4) to compel one to depart; to bid one depart, in stern\n            though not violent language\n       1a5) so employed that the rapid motion of the one going is\n            transferred to the one sending forth\n            1a51) to command or cause one to depart in haste\n       1a6) to draw out with force, tear out\n       1a7) with implication of force overcoming opposite force\n            1a7a) to cause a thing to move straight on its intended goal\n       1a8) to reject with contempt, to cast off or away\n   1b) without the notion of violence\n       1b1) to draw out, extract, one thing inserted in another\n       1b2) to bring out of, to draw or bring forth\n       1b3) to except, to leave out, i.e. not receive\n       1b4) to lead one forth or away somewhere with a force which he\n            cannot resist
01545^1545 ekbasis {ek'-bas-is}\n\nfrom a compound of 1537 and the base of 939 (meaning to go out);; n f\n\nAV - way of escape 1, end 1; 2\n\n1) an egress, way out, exit\n   1a) applied figuratively to the way of escape from temptation\n2) the issue referring to the end of one's life\n   2a) Heb 13:7 refers not only to end of physical life, but the\n       manner in which they closed a well spent life as exhibited\n       by their spirit in dying
01546^1546 ekbole {ek-bol-ay'}\n\nfrom 1544;; n f\n\nAV - lighten the ship + 4060 1; 1\n\n1) a casting out\n2) the throwing overboard of goods and lading whereby sailors\n   lighten a ship in a storm to keep her from sinking
01547^1547 ekgamizo {ek-gam-id'-zo}\n\nfrom 1537 and a form of 1061 [cf 1548];; v\n\nAV - give in marriage 5; 5\n\n1) to give away in marriage: a daughter\n2) to marry, to be given in marriage
01548^1548 ekgamisko {ek-gam-is'-ko}\n\nfrom 1537 and 1061;; v\n\nAV - give in marriage 2; 2\n\n1) to give away in marriage: a daughter\n2) to marry, to be given in marriage
01549^1549 ekgonon {ek'-gon-on}\n\nneuter of a derivative of a compound of 1537 and 1096;; adj\n\nAV - nephew 1; 1\n\n1) sprung from one, born, begotten\n2) a son, daughter, offspring, children, descendants\n3) grandchildren
01550^1550 ekdapanao {ek-dap-an-ah'-o}\n\nfrom 1537 and 1159;; v\n\nAV - spend 1; 1\n\n1) to exhaust by expending, to spend wholly, use up,\n2) to spend one's self wholly
01551^1551 ekdechomai {ek-dekh'-om-ahee}\n\nfrom 1537 and 1209; TDNT - 2:56,146; v\n\nAV - wait for 3, look for 2, tarry for 1, expect 1, wait 1; 8\n\n1) to receive, accept\n2) to look for, expect, wait for, await
01552^1552 ekdelos {ek'-day-los}\n\nfrom 1537 and 1212;; adj\n\nAV - manifest 1; 1\n\n1) evident, clear, conspicuous
01553^1553 ekdemeo {ek-day-meh'-o}\n\nfrom a compound of 1537 and 1218; TDNT - 2:63,149; v\n\nAV - be absent 3; 3\n\n1) to go abroad\n2) emigrate, depart\n3) to be or live abroad
01554^1554 ekdidomi {ek-did-o'-mee}\n\nfrom 1537 and 1325;; v\n\nAV - let out 3, let forth 1; 4\n\n1) to give out of one's house, power, hand, stores\n2) to give out, give up, give over\n3) to let out for hire\n4) to farm out\n5) to let out for one's advantage
01555^1555 ekdiegeomai {ek-dee-ayg-eh'-om-ahee}\n\nfrom 1537 and a compound of 1223 and 2233;; v\n\nAV - declare 2; 2\n\n1) to narrate in full or wholly\n2) to relate, tell, declare
01556^1556 ekdikeo {ek-dik-eh'-o}\n\nfrom 1558; TDNT - 2:442,215; v\n\nAV - avenge 5, revenge 1; 6\n\n1) to vindicate one's right, do one justice\n   1a) to protect, defend, one person from another\n2) to avenge a thing\n   2a) to punish a person for a thing
01557^1557 ekdikesis {ek-dik'-ay-sis}\n\nfrom 1556; TDNT - 2:445,215; n f\n\nAV - vengeance 4, avenge + 4060 3, revenge 1, punishment 1, 9\n\n1) a revenging, vengeance, punishment
01558^1558 ekdikos {ek'-dik-os}\n\nfrom 1537 and 1349; TDNT - 2:444,215; adj\n\nAV - avenger 1, revenger 1; 2\n\n1) without law and justice\n2) exacting penalty from one\n   2a) an avenger, punisher
01559^1559 ekdioko {ek-dee-o'-ko}\n\nfrom 1537 and 1377;; v\n\nAV - persecute 2; 2\n\n1) to drive out, banish\n2) to pursue\n   2a) to persecute, oppress with calamities
01560^1560 ekdotos {ek'-dot-os}\n\nfrom 1537 and a derivative of 1325;; adj\n\nAV - be delivered 1; 1\n\n1) given over, delivered up\n   1a) to enemies, or to the power, the will, of some one
01561^1561 ekdoche {ek-dokh-ay'}\n\nfrom 1551;; n f\n\nAV - look for 1; 1\n\n1) the act or manner of receiving from\n   1a) reception\n   1b) succession\n   1c) interpretation\n   1d) expectation, waiting
01562^1562 ekduo {ek-doo'-o}\n\nfrom 1537 and the base of 1416; TDNT - 2:318,192; v\n\nAV - strip 2, take off from 2, unclothe 1; 5\n\n1) to take off\n   1a) to strip one of his garments\n2) to take off from one's self, to put off the one's raiments\n3) fig., to put off the body, the clothing of the soul
01563^1563 ekei {ek-i'}\n\nof uncertain affinity;; adv\n\nAV - there 86, thither 7, not tr 3, misc 3; 98\n\n1) there, in or to that place
01564^1564 ekeithen {ek-i'-then}\n\nfrom 1563;; adv\n\nAV - thence 16, from thence 9, from that place 1, there 1; 27\n\n1) thence, from that place
01565^1565 ekeinos {ek-i'-nos}\n\nfrom 1563;; pron\n\nAV - that 99, those 40, he 40, the same 20, they 14, misc 38; 251\n\n1) he, she it, etc.
01566^1566 ekeise {ek-i'-seh}\n\nfrom 1563;; adv\n\nAV - there 2; 2\n\n1) there, at that place
01567^1567 ekzeteo {ek-zay-teh'-o}\n\nfrom 1537 and 2212; TDNT - 2:894,300; v\n\nAV - require 2, seek after 2, diligently 1, seek carefully 1,\n     enquire 1; 7\n\n1) to seek out, search for\n2) to seek out, i.e. investigate, scrutinise\n3) to seek out for one's self, beg, crave\n4) to demand back, require
01568^1568 ekthambeo {ek-tham-beh'-o}\n\nfrom 1569; TDNT - 3:4,*; v\n\nAV - be affrighted 2, sore amazed 1, greatly amazed 1; 4\n\n1) to throw into terror or amazement\n   1a) to alarm thoroughly, to terrify\n2) to be struck with amazement\n   2a) to be thoroughly amazed, astounded\n   2b) to be struck with terror
01569^1569 ekthambos {ek'-tham-bos}\n\nfrom 1537 and 2285; TDNT - 3:4,312; adj\n\nAV - greatly wondering 1; 1\n\n1) quite astonished, amazed\n2) terrifying, dreadful\n3) wonder or marvel greatly
01570^1570 ekthetos {ek'-thet-os}\n\nfrom 1537 and a derivative of 5087;; adj\n\nAV - cast out 1; 1\n\n1) cast out, exposed
01571^1571 ekkathairo {ek-kath-ah'-ee-ro}\n\nfrom 1537 and 2508; TDNT - 3:430,381; v\n\nAV - purge out 1, purge 1; 2\n\n1) to cleanse out, clean thoroughly, to cleanse
01572^1572 ekkaio {ek-kah'-yo}\n\nfrom 1537 and 2545;; v\n\nAV - burn 1; 1\n\n1) to burn out\n2) to set on fire\n3) to be kindled, to burn
01573^1573 ekkakeo {ek-kak-eh'-o} or egkakeo {eng-kak-eh'-o}\n\nfrom 1537 and 2556; TDNT 3:486,*; v\n\nAV - faint 4, be weary 2; 6\n\n1) to be utterly spiritless, to be wearied out, exhausted
01574^1574 ekkenteo {ek-ken-teh'-o}\n\nfrom 1537 and the base of 2759; TDNT - 2:446,216; v\n\nAV - pierce 2; 2\n\n1) to put out, dig out\n2) to dig through, transfix, pierce
01575^1575 ekklao {ek-klah'-o}\n\nfrom 1537 and 2806;; v\n\nAV - break off 3; 3\n\n1) to break off, to cut off
01576^1576 ekkleio {ek-kli'-o}\n\nfrom 1537 and 2808;; v\n\nAV - exclude 2; 2\n\n1) to shut out, to turn out of doors\n2) to prevent the approach of one
01577^1577 ekklesia {ek-klay-see'-ah}\n\nfrom a compound of 1537 and a derivative of 2564; TDNT - 3:501,394; n f\n\nAV - church 115, assembly 3; 118\n\n1) a gathering of citizens called out from their homes into some\n   public place, an assembly\n   1a) an assembly of the people convened at the public place of the\n       council for the purpose of deliberating\n   1b) the assembly of the Israelites\n   1c) any gathering or throng of men assembled by chance,\n       tumultuously\n   1d) in a Christian sense\n       1d1) an assembly of Christians gathered for worship in a\n            religious meeting\n       1d2) a company of Christian, or of those who, hoping for\n            eternal salvation through Jesus Christ, observe their own\n            religious rites, hold their own religious meetings, and\n            manage their own affairs, according to regulations\n            prescribed for the body for order's sake\n       1d3) those who anywhere, in a city, village, constitute such a\n            company and are united into one body\n       1d4) the whole body of Christians scattered throughout the earth\n       1d5) the assembly of faithful Christians already dead and\n             received into heaven
01578^1578 ekklino {ek-klee'-no}\n\nfrom 1537 and 2827;; v\n\nAV - eschew 1, avoid 1, go out of the way 1; 3\n\n1) to turn aside, deviate (from the right way and course)\n2) to turn (one's self) away, to turn away from, keep aloof from\n   one's society\n3) to shun one
01579^1579 ekkolumbao {ek-kol-oom-bah'-o}\n\nfrom 1537 and 2860;; v\n\nAV - swim out 1; 1\n\n1) to swim out of
01580^1580 ekkomizo {ek-kom-id'-zo}\n\nfrom 1537 and 2865;; v\n\nAV - carry out 1; 1\n\n1) to carry out\n   1a) a dead man for burial
01581^1581 ekkopto {ek-kop'-to}\n\nfrom 1537 and 2875; TDNT - 3:857,453; v\n\nAV - cut off 4, hewn down 3, cut down 2, cut out 1, be hindered 1; 11\n\n1) to cut out, cut off\n   1a) of a tree\n2) metaph. to cut off occasion
01582^1582 ekkremamai {ek-krem'-am-ahee}\n\nmiddle voice from 1537 and 2910; TDNT - 3:915,468; v\n\nAV - be very attentive 1; 1\n\n1) to hang from
01583^1583 eklaleo {ek-lal-eh'-o}\n\nfrom 1537 and 2980;; v\n\nAV - tell 1; 1\n\n1) to speak out, divulge
01584^1584 eklampo {ek-lam'-po}\n\nfrom 1537 and 2989; TDNT - 4:16,497; v\n\nAV - shine forth 1; 1\n\n1) to shine forth
01585^1585 eklanthanomai {ek-lan-than'-om-ahee}\n\nmiddle voice from 1537 and 2990;; v\n\nAV - forget 1; 1\n\n1) to cause to forget\n2) to forget
01586^1586 eklegomai {ek-leg'-om-ahee}\n\nmiddle voice from 1537 and 3004 (in its primary sense);\n   TDNT - 4:144,505; v\n\nAV - choose 19, choose out 1, make choice 1; 21\n\n1) to pick out, choose, to pick or choose out for one's self\n   1a) choosing one out of many, i.e. Jesus choosing his disciples\n   1b) choosing one for an office\n   1c) of God choosing whom he judged fit to receive his favours\n       and separated from the rest of mankind to be peculiarly his\n       own and to be attended continually by his gracious oversight\n       1c1) i.e. the Israelites\n   1d) of God the Father choosing Christians, as those whom he\n       set apart from the irreligious multitude as dear unto\n       himself, and whom he has rendered, through faith in Christ,\n       citizens in the Messianic kingdom: (James 2:5) so that the\n       ground of the choice lies in Christ and his merits only
01587^1587 ekleipo {ek-li'-po}\n\nfrom 1537 and 3007;; v\n\nAV - fail 3; 3\n\n1) fail\n   1a) to leave out, omit, pass by\n   1b) to leave, quit\n2) to fail\n   2a) to leave off, cease, stop\n   2b) of the failing or eclipse of the light of the sun and the moon
01588^1588 eklektos {ek-lek-tos'}\n\nfrom 1586; TDNT - 4:181,505; adj\n\nAV - elect 16, chosen 7; 23\n\n1) picked out, chosen\n   1a) chosen by God,\n       1a1) to obtain salvation through Christ\n            1a1a) Christians are called "chosen or elect" of God\n       1a2) the Messiah in called "elect", as appointed by God to the\n            most exalted office conceivable\n       1a3) choice, select, i.e. the best of its kind or class,\n            excellence preeminent: applied to certain individual\n            Christians
01589^1589 ekloge {ek-log-ay'}\n\nfrom 1586; TDNT - 4:176,505; n f\n\nAV - election 6, chosen 1; 7\n\n1) the act of picking out, choosing\n   1a) of the act of God's free will by which before the foundation of\n       the world he decreed his blessings to certain persons\n   1b) the decree made from choice by which he determined to bless\n       certain persons through Christ by grace alone\n2) a thing or person chosen\n   2a) of persons: God's elect
01590^1590 ekluo {ek-loo'-o}\n\nfrom 1537 and 3089;; v\n\nAV - faint 5, faint + 2258 1; 6\n\n1) to loose, unloose, to set free\n2) to dissolve, metaph., to weaken, relax, exhaust\n   2a) to have one's strength relaxed, to be enfeebled through\n       exhaustion, to grow weak, grow weary, be tired out\n   2b) to despond, become faint hearted
01591^1591 ekmasso {ek-mas'-so}\n\nfrom 1537 and the base of 3145;; v\n\nAV - wipe 5; 5\n\n1) to wipe off, to wipe away
01592^1592 ekmukterizo {ek-mook-ter-id'-zo}\n\nfrom 1537 and 3456; TDNT - 4:796,614; v\n\nAV - deride 2; 2\n\n1) to deride by turning up the nose, to sneer at, to scoff at
01593^1593 ekneuo {ek-nyoo'-o}\n\nfrom 1537 and 3506;; v\n\nAV - convey away 1; 1\n\n1) to bend to one side\n2) to take one's self away, to turn one's self, to avoid a thing\n3) to swim away, escape by swimming\n4) to escape, slip away secretly
01594^1594 eknepho {ek-nay'-fo}\n\nfrom 1537 and 3525; TDNT - 4:941,633; v\n\nAV - awake 1; 1\n\n1) to return to one's self from drunkenness, become sober\n2) metaph. to return to soberness of mind
01595^1595 hekousion {hek-oo'-see-on}\n\nneuter of a derivative from 1635; TDNT - 2:470,*; adj\n\nAV - willingly + 2596 1; 1\n\n1) voluntary
01596^1596 hekousios {hek-oo-see'-ose}\n\nfrom the same as 1595; TDNT - *,221; adv\n\nAV - wilfully 1, willingly 1; 2\n\n1) voluntarily, willingly, of one's own accord\n   1a) to sin wilfully as opposed to sins committed inconsiderately,\n       and from ignorance or from weakness
01597^1597 ekpalai {eh'-pal-ahee}\n\nfrom 1537 and 3819;; adv\n\nAV - of a long time 1, of old 1; 2\n\n1) from of old\n2) of a long time
01598^1598 ekpeirazo {ek-pi-rad'-zo}\n\nfrom 1537 and 3985; TDNT - 6:23,822; v\n\nAV - tempt 4; 4\n\n1) to prove, test, thoroughly\n2) to put to proof God's character and power
01599^1599 ekpempo {ek-pem'-po}\n\nfrom 1537 and 3992;; v\n\nAV - send forth 1, send away 1; 2\n\n1) to send away, send forth
01600^1600 ekpetannumi {ek-pet-an'-noo-mee}\n\nfrom 1537 and a form of 4072;; v\n\nAV - stretch forth 1; 1\n\n1) to spread out, stretch forth
01601^1601 ekpipto {ek-pip'-to}\n\nfrom 1537 and 4098; TDNT - 6:167,846; v\n\nAV - fall 7, fall off 2, be cast 1, take none effect 1,\n     fall away 1, fail 1, vr fallen 1; 14\n\n1) to fall out of, to fall down from, to fall off\n2) metaph.\n   2a) to fall from a thing, to lose it\n   2b) to perish, to fall\n       2b1) to fall from a place from which one cannot keep\n       2b2) fall from a position\n       2b3) to fall powerless, to fall to the ground, be without\n            effect\n            2b3a) of the divine promise of salvation
01602^1602 ekpleo {ek-pleh'-o}\n\nfrom 1537 and 4126;; v\n\nAV - sail 1, sail thence 1, sail away 1; 3\n\n1) to sail from, sail away, depart by ship
01603^1603 ekpleroo {ek-play-ro'-o}\n\nfrom 1537 and 4137; TDNT - 6:307,867; v\n\nAV - fulfil 1; 1\n\n1) to fill full, to fill up completely\n2) metaph. to fulfil, make good
01604^1604 ekplerosis {ek-play'-ro-sis}\n\nfrom 1603; TDNT - 6:308,867; n f\n\nAV - accomplishment 1; 1\n\n1) a completing, fulfilment
01605^1605 ekplesso {ek-place'-so}\n\nfrom 1537 and 4141;; v\n\nAV - be astonished 10, be amazed 3; 13\n\n1) to strike out, expel by a blow, drive out or away\n2) to cast off by a blow, to drive out\n   2a) commonly, to strike one out of self-possession, to strike\n       with panic, shock, astonish\n3) to be struck with amazement, astonished, amazed\n\nFor Synonyms see entry 5841
01606^1606 ekpneo {ek-pneh'-o}\n\nfrom 1537 and 4154; TDNT - 6:452,876; v\n\nAV - give up the ghost 3; 3\n\n1) to breathe out, breathe out one's life, breathe one's last, expire
01607^1607 ekporeuomai {ek-por-yoo'-om-ahee}\n\nfrom 1537 and 4198; TDNT - 6:578,915; v\n\nAV - proceed 10, go out 6, go 5, come 4, depart 3, go forth 2,\n     misc 4, vr go forth 1; 35\n\n1) to go forth, go out, depart\n2) metaph.\n   2a) to come forth, to issue, to proceed\n       2a1) of feelings, affections, deeds, sayings\n   2b) to flow forth\n       2b1) of a river\n   2c) to project, from the mouth of one\n   2d) to spread abroad, of a rumour
01608^1608 ekporneuo {ek-porn-yoo'-o}\n\nfrom 1537 and 4203; TDNT - 6:579,918; v\n\nAV - give (one's) self over to fornication 1; 1\n\n1) to go a whoring, "give one's self over to fornication"
01609^1609 ekptuo {ek-ptoo'-o}\n\nfrom 1537 and 4429; TDNT - 2:448,216; v\n\nAV - reject 1; 1\n\n1) to spit out\n2) reject, spurn, loathe
01610^1610 ekrizoo {ek-rid-zo'-o}\n\nfrom 1537 and 4492; TDNT - 6:991,985; v\n\nAV - root up 2, pluck up by the root 2; 4\n\n1) to root out, pluck up by the roots
01611^1611 ekstasis {ek'-stas-is}\n\nfrom 1839; TDNT - 2:449,217; n f\n\nAV - trance 3, be amazed + 3083 2, amazement 1, astonishment 1; 7\n\n1) any casting down of a thing from its proper place or state,\n   displacement\n2) a throwing of the mind out of its normal state, alienation of\n   mind, whether such as makes a lunatic or that of a man who by\n   some sudden emotion is transported as it were out of himself,\n   so that in this rapt condition, although he is awake, his mind\n   is drawn off from all surrounding objects and wholly fixed on\n   things divine that he sees nothing but the forms and images\n   lying within, and thinks that he perceives with his bodily\n   eyes and ears realities shown him by God.\n3) amazement, the state of one who, either owing to the\n   importance or the novelty of an event, is thrown into a state\n   of blended fear and wonderment
01612^1612 ekstrepho {ek-stref'-o}\n\nfrom 1537 and 4762;; v\n\nAV - subvert 1; 1\n\n1) to turn or twist out, tear up\n2) to turn inside out, invert\n3) to change for the worse, pervert, corrupt
01613^1613 ektarasso {ek-tar-as'-so}\n\nfrom 1537 and 5015;; v\n\nAV - exceedingly trouble 1; 1\n\n1) to agitate, trouble, exceedingly
01614^1614 ekteino {ek-ti'-no}\n\nfrom 1537 and teino (to stretch); TDNT - 2:460,219; v\n\nAV - stretch forth 10, put forth 3, stretch out 2, cast 1; 16\n\n1) to stretch out, stretch forth\n   1a) over, towards, against one
01615^1615 ekteleo {ek-tel-eh'-o}\n\nfrom 1537 and 5055;; v\n\nAV - finish 2; 2\n\n1) to finish, complete
01616^1616 ekteneia {ek-ten'-i-ah}\n\nfrom 1618; TDNT - 2:464,219; n f\n\nAV - instantly + 1722 1; 1\n\n1) extension\n2) intentness (of mind), earnestness
01617^1617 ektenesteron {ek-ten-es'-ter-on}\n\nneuter of the comparative of 1618; TDNT - 2:463,219; adj\n\nAV - more earnestly 1; 1\n\n1) more intently, more earnestly
01618^1618 ektenes {ek-ten-ace'}\n\nfrom 1614; TDNT - 2:463,219; adj\n\nAV - without ceasing 1, fervent 1; 2\n\n1) stretched out\n2) metaph. intent, earnestly, assiduously
01619^1619 ektenos {ek-ten-oce'}\n\nfrom 1618;; adv\n\nAV - fervently 1; 1\n\n1) earnestly, fervently, intensely
01620^1620 ektithemi {ek-tith'-ay-mee}\n\nfrom 1537 and 5087;; v\n\nAV - expound 3, cast out 1; 4\n\n1) to place or set out, put outside, expose\n2) to set up, exhibit\n3) metaph. to set forth, declare, expound
01621^1621 ektinasso {ek-tin-as'-so}\n\nfrom 1537 and tinasso (to swing);; v\n\nAV - shake off 3, shake 1; 4\n\n1) to shake off so that something adhering shall fall\n   1a) by this symbolic act a person, expresses extreme contempt for\n       another and refuses to have any further dealings with him\n   1b) to shake off for (the cleansing of) one's self
01622^1622 ektos {ek-tos'}\n\nfrom 1537;; adv\n\nAV - out of 2, outside 1, other than 1, without 1, be excepted 1,\n     except + 1508 1, unless + 1508 1, but + 1508 1; 9\n\n1) outside, beyond\n2) the outside, exterior\n3) outside of\n4) beyond, besides, except
01623^1623 hektos {hek'-tos}\n\nordinal from 1803;; adj\n\nAV - sixth 14; 14\n\n1) the sixth
01624^1624 ektrepo {ek-trep'-o}\n\nfrom 1537 and the base of 5157;; v\n\nAV - turn aside 2, avoid 1, turn 1, turn out of the way 1; 5\n\n1) to turn or twist out\n   1a) in a medical sense used of dislocated limbs\n2) to turn off or aside\n3) to be turned aside\n4) to turn aside\n5) to turn away from, to shun a thing, to avoid meeting or\n   associating with one
01625^1625 ektrepho {ek-tref'-o}\n\nfrom 1537 and 5142;; v\n\nAV - nourish 1, bring up 1; 2\n\n1) to nourish up to maturity, to nourish\n2) to nurture, bring up
01626^1626 ektroma {ek'-tro-mah}\n\nfrom a comparative of 1537 and titrosko (to wound);\n   TDNT - 2:465,220; n n\n\nAV - born out of due time 1; 1\n\n1) an abortion, abortive birth\n2) an untimely birth
01627^1627 ekphero {ek-fer'-o}\n\nfrom 1537 and 5342;; v\n\nAV - carry out 3, bring forth 2, carry forth 1, bear 1; 7\n\n1) to carry out, to bear forth\n   1a) the dead for burial\n2) to bring i.e. lead out\n3) to bring forth, i.e. produce\n   3a) of the earth bearing plants
01628^1628 ekpheugo {ek-fyoo'-go}\n\nfrom 1537 and 5343;; v\n\nAV - escape 5, flee 2; 7\n\n1) to flee out of, flee away\n  1a) to seek safety in flight\n  1b) to escape
01629^1629 ekphobeo {ek-fob-eh'-o}\n\nfrom 1537 and 5399;; v\n\nAV - terrify 1; 1\n\n1) to frighten away, to terrify\n2) to throw into violent flight
01630^1630 ekphobos {ek'-fob-os}\n\nfrom 1537 and 5401;; adj\n\nAV - sore afraid 1, exceedingly fear + 1510 1; 2\n\n1) stricken with fear or terror, exceedingly, frightened, terrified
01631^1631 ekphuo {ek-foo'-o}\n\nfrom 1537 and 5453;; v\n\nAV - put forth 2; 2\n\n1) to generate or produce from\n2) to cause to grow out
01632^1632 ekcheo {ek-kheh'-o} or (by variation) ekchuno {ek-khoo'-no}\n\nfrom 1537; TDNT - 2:467,220; v\n\nAV - pour out 12, shed 4, shed forth 1, spill 1, run out 1, shed 5,\n     run greedily 1, shed abroad 1, gush out 1, spill 1; 28\n\n1) to pour out, shed forth\n2) metaph. to bestow or distribute largely
01633^1633 ekchoreo {ek-kho-reh'-o}\n\nfrom 1537 and 5562;; v\n\nAV - depart out 1; 1\n\n1) to depart from\n2) to remove from in the sense of fleeing from
01634^1634 ekpsucho {ek-psoo'-kho}\n\nfrom 1537 and 5594;; v\n\nAV - give up the ghost 2, yield up the ghost 1, 3\n\n1) to expire, to breathe out one's life
01635^1635 hekon {hek-own'}\n\nof uncertain affinity; TDNT - 2:469,221; adj\n\nAV - willingly 2; 2\n\n1) unforced, voluntary, willing\n2) of one's own will\n3) of one's own accord
01636^1636 elaia {el-ah'-yah}\n\nfrom a presumed derivative from an obsolete primary;; n f\n\nAV - olives 11, olive tree 3, olive berries 1; 15\n\n1) an olive tree\n2) an olive, the fruit of an olive tree
01637^1637 elaion {el'-ah-yon}\n\nfrom the same as 1636; TDNT - 2:470,221; n n\n\nAV - oil 11; 11\n\n1) olive oil\n   1a) for fuel for lamps\n   1b) for healing the sick\n   1c) for anointing the head and body at feasts\n   1d) mentioned among articles of commerce
01638^1638 elaion {el-ah-yone'}\n\nfrom 1636;; n m\n\nAV - Olivet 1; 1\n\n1) an olive orchard, a place planted with olive trees\n   1a) Mount of Olives
01639^1639 Elamites {el-am-ee'-tace}\n\nof Hebrew origin 05867;; n m\n\nAV - Elamites 1; 1\n\n1) an Elamite, i.e. an inhabitant of the province of Elymais, a\n   region stretching southwards to the Persian Gulf, but boundaries of\n   which are variously given
01640^1640 elasson {el-as'-sone} or elatton (el-at-tone'}\n\ncomparative of the same as 1646; TDNT - 4:648,593; v\n\nAV - worse 1, younger 1, under 1, less 1; 4\n\n1) less\n   1a) in age (younger)\n   1b) in rank\n   1c) in excellence, worse
01641^1641 elattoneo {el-at-ton-eh-o}\n\nfrom 1640;; v\n\nAV - have lack 1; 1\n\n1) to be less, inferior, (in possessions)\n2) to make less, diminish
01642^1642 elattoo {el-at-to'-o}\n\nfrom 1640;; v\n\nAV - make lower 2, decrease 1; 3\n\n1) to make less or inferior: in dignity\n2) to be made less or inferior: in dignity\n3) to decrease in authority or popularity
01643^1643 elauno {el-ow'-no}\n\na prolonged form of a primary verb (obsolete except in certain\n   tenses as an altern. of this) of uncertain affin;; v\n\nAV - row 2, drive 2, carry 1; 5\n\n1) to drive\n   1a) of the wind driving ships or clouds\n   1b) of sailors propelling a vessel by oars, to row\n   1c) to be carried in a ship, to sail\n   1d) of demons driving to some place the men whom they possess
01644^1644 elaphria {el-af-ree'-ah}\n\nfrom 1645;; n f\n\nAV - lightness 1; 1\n\n1) lightness\n   1a) used of levity and fickleness of mind
01645^1645 elaphros {el-af-ros'}\n\nprobably akin to 1643 and the base of 1640;; adj\n\nAV - light 2; 2\n\n1) light in weight, quick, agile
01646^1646 elachistos {el-akh'-is-tos}\n\nsuperlative of elachus (short); used as equivalent to 3398;\n   TDNT - 4:648,593; adj\n\nAV - least 9, very small 2, smallest 1, very little 1; 13\n\n1) smallest least\n   1a) in size\n   1b) in amount: of management of affairs\n   1c) in importance: what is the least moment\n   1d) in authority: of commandments\n   1e) in the estimation of men: of persons\n   1f) in rank and excellence: of persons
01647^1647 elachistoteros {el-akh-is-tot'-er-os}\n\ncomparative of 1646;; adj\n\nAV - less than the least 1; 1\n\n1) less than the least, lower the lowest
01648^1648 Eleazar {el-eh-ad'-zar}\n\nof Hebrew origin 0499;; n pr m\n\nAV - Eleazar 2; 2\n\nEleazar = "help of God"\n1) one of the ancestors of Christ
01649^1649 elegxis {el'-eng-xis} or elegmos {el-eg-mos'}\n\nfrom 1651; TDNT - 2:476,221; n f\n\nAV - rebuke + 2192 1; 1\n\n1) refutation, rebuke
01650^1650 elegchos {el'-eng-khos}\n\nfrom 1651; TDNT - 2:476,221; n m\n\nAV - reproof 1, evidence 1; 2\n\n1) a proof, that by which a thing is proved or tested\n2) conviction
01651^1651 elegcho {el-eng'-kho}\n\nof uncertain affinity; TDNT - 2:473,221; v\n\nAV - reprove 6, rebuke 5, convince 4, tell (one's) fault 1,\n     convict 1; 17\n\n1) to convict, refute, confute\n   1a) generally with a suggestion of shame of the person convicted\n   1b) by conviction to bring to the light, to expose\n2) to find fault with, correct\n   2a) by word\n       2a1) to reprehend severely, chide, admonish, reprove\n       2a2) to call to account, show one his fault, demand an explanation\n   2b) by deed\n       2b1) to chasten, to punish
01652^1652 eleeinos {el-eh-i-nos'}\n\nfrom 1656;; adj\n\nAV - miserable 2; 2\n\n1) to be pitied, miserable
01653^1653 eleeo {el-eh-eh'-o}\n\nfrom 1656; TDNT - 2:477,222; v\n\nAV - have mercy on 14, obtain mercy 8, show mercy 2,\n     have compassion 1, have compassion on 1, have pity on 1,\n     have mercy 1, have mercy upon 1, receive mercy 1; 31\n\n1) to have mercy on\n2) to help one afflicted or seeking aid\n3) to help the afflicted, to bring help to the wretched\n4) to experience mercy\n\nFor Synonyms see entry 5842
01654^1654 eleemosune {el-eh-ay-mos-oo'-nay}\n\nfrom 1656; TDNT - 2:485,222; n f\n\nAV - alms 13, almsdeeds 1; 14\n\n1) mercy, pity\n   1a) esp. as exhibited in giving alms, charity\n2) the benefaction itself, a donation to the poor, alms
01655^1655 eleemon {el-eh-ay'-mone}\n\nfrom 1653; TDNT - 2:485,222; adj\n\nAV - merciful 2; 2\n\n1) merciful
01656^1656 eleos {el'-eh-os}\n\nof uncertain affinity; TDNT - 2:477,222; n n\n\nAV - mercy 28; 28\n\n1) mercy: kindness or good will towards the miserable and the\n   afflicted, joined with a desire to help them\n   1a) of men towards men: to exercise the virtue of mercy, show\n       one's self merciful\n   1b) of God towards men: in general providence; the mercy and\n       clemency of God in providing and offering to men salvation\n       by Christ\n   1c) the mercy of Christ, whereby at his return to judgment he\n       will bless true Christians with eternal life
01657^1657 eleutheria {el-yoo-ther-ee'-ah}\n\nfrom 1658; TDNT - 2:487,224; n f\n\nAV - liberty 11; 11\n\n1) liberty to do or to omit things having no relationship to salvation\n2) fancied liberty\n   2a) licence, the liberty to do as one pleases\n3) true liberty is living as we should not as we please
01658^1658 eleutheros {el-yoo'-ther-os}\n\nprobably from the alternate of 2064; TDNT - 2:487,224; adj\n\nAV - free 18, free woman 3, at liberty 1, free man 1; 23\n\n1) freeborn\n   1a) in a civil sense, one who is not a slave\n   1b) of one who ceases to be a slave, freed, manumitted\n2) free, exempt, unrestrained, not bound by an obligation\n3) in an ethical sense: free from the yoke of the Mosaic Law
01659^1659 eleutheroo {el-yoo-ther-o'-o}\n\nfrom 1658; TDNT - 2:487,224; v\n\nAV - make free 6, deliver 1; 7\n\n1) to make free\n2) set at liberty: from the dominion of sin
01660^1660 eleusis {el'-yoo-sis}\n\nfrom the alternate of 2064; TDNT - 2:675,257; n f\n\nAV - coming 1; 1\n\n1) a coming, advent
01661^1661 elephantinos {el-ef-an'-tee-nos}\n\nfrom elephas (an "elephant");; adj\n\nAV - ivory 1; 1\n\n1) of ivory
01662^1662 Eliakeim {el-ee-ak-ime'}\n\nof Hebrew origin 0471;; n pr m\n\nAV - Eliakim 3; 3\n\nEliakim = "raising up by God"\n1) the eldest son of Abiud or Judah, bother of Joseph,\n   and father of Azor Mt. 1:13\n2) son of Melea, and father of Jonan Lk 3:30,31
01663^1663 Eliezer {el-ee-ed'-zer}\n\nof Hebrew origin 0461;; n pr m\n\nAV - Eliezer 1; 1\n\nEliezer = "God is his help"\n1) the son of Jorim, in the genealogy of Christ. Lk. 3:29
01664^1664 Elioud {el-ee-ood'}\n\nof Hebrew origin 0410 and 01935;; n pr m\n\nAV - Eliud 2; 2\n\nEliud = "God his Praise"\n1)  the son of Achim in the genealogy of Christ. Mt. 1:15
01665^1665 Elisabet {el-ee-sab'-et}\n\nof Hebrew origin 0472;; n pr f\n\nAV - Elisabeth 9; 9\n\nElisabeth = "oath of God"\n1) the wife of Zacharias and mother of John the Baptist, of the\n   priestly family, and a relative of Mary, Lk. 1:36
01666^1666 Elissaios {el-is-sah'-yos}\n\nof Hebrew origin 0477;; n pr m\n\nAV - Eliseus 1; 1\n\nEliseus or Elisha = "God his salvation"\n1) a distinguished OT prophet, the disciple, companion, and successor\n   of Elijah
01667^1667 helisso {hel-is'-so}\n\na form of 1507;; v\n\nAV - fold them up 1; 1\n\n1) to roll up, fold together
01668^1668 helkos {hel'-kos}\n\nprobably from 1670;; n n\n\nAV - sore 3; 3\n\n1) a wound, esp. a wound producing a discharge pus\n2) a sore, an ulcer
01669^1669 helkoo {hel-ko'-o}\n\nfrom 1668;; v\n\nAV - full of sores 1; 1\n\n1) to make sore, cause to ulcerate\n2) to be ulcerated\n3) full of sores
01670^1670 helkuo {hel-koo'-o} or helko {hel'-ko}\n\nprobably akin to 138; TDNT - 2:503,227; v\n\nAV - draw 8; 8\n\n1) to draw, drag off\n2) metaph., to draw by inward power, lead, impel
01671^1671 Hellas {hel-las'}\n\nof uncertain affinity; TDNT - 2:504,227; n pr loc\n\nAV - Greece 1; 1\n\nGreece = "unstable: the miry one"\n1) a country in southern Europe
01672^1672 Hellen {hel'-lane}\n\nfrom 1671; TDNT - 2:504,227; n m\n\nAV - Greek 20, Gentile 7; 27\n\n1) a Greek either by nationality, whether a native of the main\n   land or of the Greek islands or colonies\n2) in a wider sense the name embraces all nations not Jews that\n   made the language, customs, and learning of the Greeks their own;\n   the primary reference is to a difference of religion and worship
01673^1673 Hellenikos {hel-lay-nee-kos'}\n\nfrom 1672; TDNT - 2:504,227; adj\n\nAV - Greek 2; 2\n\n1) a Grecian
01674^1674 Hellenis {hel-lay-nis'}\n\nfeminine of 1672; TDNT - 2:504,227; n f\n\nAV - Greek 2; 2\n\n1) a Greek women\n2) a Gentile women, not a Jewess
01675^1675 Hellenistes {hel-lay-nis-tace'}\n\nfrom a derivative of 1672; TDNT - 2:504,227; n m\n\nAV - Grecians 3; 3\n\n1) a Hellenist\n   1a) one who imitates the manners and customs or the worship of the\n       Greeks, and use the Greek tongue\n   1b) used in the NT of Jews born in foreign lands and speaking Greek
01676^1676 Hellenisti {hel-lay-nis-tee'}\n\nfrom the same as 1675; TDNT - 2:504,227; adv\n\nAV - Greek 2; 2\n\n1) in Greek, the Greek language
01677^1677 ellogeo {el-log-eh'-o}\n\nfrom 1722 and 3056 (in the sense of account); TDNT - 2:516,229; v\n\nAV - impute 1, put on (one's) account 1; 2\n\n1) to reckon in, set to one's account, lay to one's charge, impute
01678^1678 Elmodam {el-mo-dam'}\n\nof Hebrew origin, perhaps for 0486;; n pr m\n\nAV - Elmodam 1; 1\n\nElmodam = "measure"\n1) son of Er, in the genealogy of Joseph, Lk. 3:28
01679^1679 elpizo {el-pid'-zo}\n\nfrom 1680; TDNT - 2:517,229; v\n\nAV - trust 18, hope 10, hope for 2, things hoped for 1, vr hope 1; 32\n\n1) to hope\n   1a) in a religious sense, to wait for salvation with joy and\n       full confidence\n2) hopefully to trust in
01680^1680 elpis {el-pece'}\n\nfrom a primary elpo (to anticipate, usually with pleasure);\n   TDNT - 2:517,229; n f\n\nAV - hope 53, faith 1; 54\n\n1) expectation of evil, fear\n2) expectation of good, hope\n   2a) in the Christian sense\n       2a1) joyful and confident expectation of eternal salvation\n3) on hope, in hope, having hope\n   3a) the author of hope, or he who is its foundation\n   3b) the thing hoped for
01681^1681 Elumas {el-oo'-mas}\n\nof foreign origin;; n pr m\n\nAV - Elymas 1; 1\n\nElymas = "a wise man"\n1) the Arabic name of the Jewish magnus or sorcerer Barjesus, Act 13:6
01682^1682 eloi {el-o-ee'}\n\nof Aramaic origin, 0426 with pronominal stuff.;; n m\n\nAV - Eloi 2; 2\n\nEloi = "my God"\n1) Aramaic for the phrase "my God"
01683^1683 emautou {em-ow-too'}\n\ngenitive case compound of 1700 and 846;; pron\n\nAV - myself 29, me 4, mine own self 2, mine own 1, I myself 1; 37\n\n1) I, me, myself etc.
01684^1684 embaino {em-ba'-hee-no}\n\nfrom 1722 and the base of 939;; v\n\nAV - enter 8, come 2, get 2, go 2, take + 1519 2, go up 1,\n     step in 1; 18\n\n1) to go into, step into
01685^1685 emballo {em-bal'-lo}\n\nfrom 1722 and 906;; v\n\nAV - cast 1; 1\n\n1) to throw in, cast into
01686^1686 embapto {em-bap'-to}\n\nfrom 1722 and 911;; v\n\nAV - dip 3; 3\n\n1) to dip in
01687^1687 embateuo {em-bat-yoo'-o}\n\nfrom 1722 and a presumed derivative of the base of 939;\n   TDNT - 2:535,232; v\n\nAV - intrude into 1; 1\n\n1) to enter, to frequent, haunt\n  1a) often of the gods frequenting favourite sports\n  1b) often to come into possession of a thing\n  1c) to invade, make hostile incursion into\n2) to enter\n  2a) to go into details in narrating\n  2b) to investigate, search into, scrutinise minutely
01688^1688 embibazo {em-bib-ad'-zo}\n\nfrom 1722 and bibazo (to mount, causative of 1684);; v\n\nAV - put 1; 1\n\n1) to put in or on, lead in, cause to enter
01689^1689 emblepo {em-blep'-o}\n\nfrom 1722 and 991;; v\n\nAV - behold 5, look upon 4, see 1, gaze up 1, can see 1; 12\n\n1) to turn one's eyes on\n2) look at\n3) metaph. to look at with the mind, to consider
01690^1690 embrimaomai {em-brim-ah'-om-ahee}\n\nfrom 1722 and brimaomai (to snort with anger);; v\n\nAV - straitly charge 2, groan 2, murmur against 1; 5\n\n1) to charge with earnest admonition, sternly to charge,\n   threatened to enjoin
01691^1691 eme {em-eh'}\n\na prolonged form of 3165;; pron acc\n\nAV - me 83, I 2, my 2, myself 1; 88\n\n1) I, me, myself, etc.
01692^1692 emeo {em-eh'-o}\n\nof uncertain affinity;; v\n\nAV - spue 1; 1\n\n1) to vomit, vomit forth, throw up
01693^1693 emmainomai {em-mah'-ee-nom-ahee}\n\nfrom 1722 and 3105;; v\n\nAV - mad against 1; 1\n\n1) to rage against one
01694^1694 Emmanouel {em-man-oo-ale'}\n\nof Hebrew origin 06005;; n pr m\n\nAV - Emmanuel 1; 1\n\nEmmanuel = "God with us"\n1) the title applied to the Messiah, born of the virgin, Mt 1:23,\n   Is. 7:14, because Jesus was God united with man, and showed\n   that God was dwelling with man
01695^1695 Emmaous {em-mah-ooce'}\n\nprobably of Hebrew origin, cf 03222;; n pr loc\n\nAV - Emmaus 1; 1\n\nEmmaus = "warm baths"\n1) the village to which the two disciples were going when our Lord\n   appeared to them on the way, on the day of resurrection. Lk.\n   24:13. Luke makes its distance from Jerusalem, sixty stadia, or\n   7.5 miles (12 km); and Josephus mentions "a village called\n   Emmaus" at the same distance. The site of Emmaus remains yet to\n   be identified.
01696^1696 emmeno {em-men'-o}\n\nfrom 1722 and 3306; TDNT - 4:576,581; v\n\nAV - continue 3; 3\n\n1) to remain in, continue\n2) to persevere in anything, a state of mind etc.\n3) to hold fast, to be true to, abide by, keep
01697^1697 Emmor {em-mor'}\n\nof Hebrew origin 02544;; n pr m\n\nAV - Emmor 1; 1\n\nEmmor = "an ass"\n1) the father of Sychem, Act. 7:16
01698^1698 emoi {em-oy'}\n\na prolonged form of 3427;; pron dat\n\nAV - me 86, I 6, mine 2, my 1, 95\n\n1) I, me, myself, etc.
01699^1699 emos {em-os'}\n\nfrom the oblique cases of 1473 (1698, 1700, 1691);; pron\n\nAV - my 50, mine 12, mine own 11, of me 4, I 1; 78\n\n1) my, mine, etc.
01700^1700 emou {em-oo'}\n\na prolonged form of 1473;; pron genn/abl\n\nAV - me 97, my 11, mine 1; 109\n\n1) me, my, mine, etc.
01701^1701 empaigmos {emp-aheeg-mos'}\n\nfrom 1702; TDNT - 5:635,758; n m\n\nAV - mocking 1; 1\n\n1) a mocking, scoffing
01702^1702 empaizo {emp-aheed'-zo}\n\nfrom 1722 and 3815; TDNT - 5:630,758; v\n\nAV - mock 13; 13\n\n1) to play with, trifle with\n   1a) to mock\n   1b) to delude, deceive
01703^1703 empaiktes {emp-aheek-tace'}\n\nfrom 1702; TDNT - 5:635,758; n m\n\nAV - mockers 1, scoffers 1; 2\n\n1) a mocker, a scoffer
01704^1704 emperipateo {em-per-ee-pat-eh'-o}\n\nfrom 1722 and 4043; TDNT - 5:940,804; v\n\nAV - walk in 1; 1\n\n1) to go about in, walk in
01705^1705 empiplemi {em-pip'-lay-mee} or empletho {em-play'-tho}\n\nfrom 1722 and the base of 4118; TDNT - 6:128,840; v\n\nAV - fill 4, be full 1; 5\n\n1) to fill up, fill full\n2) to take one's fill of, glut one's desire for, satisfy, satiate
01706^1706 empipto {em-pip'-to}\n\nfrom 1722 and 4098;; v\n\nAV - fall 7; 7\n\n1) to fall into\n   1a) to fall among robbers\n   1b) fall into one's power
01707^1707 empleko {em-plek'-o}\n\nfrom 1722 and 4120;; v\n\nAV - entangle (one's) self with 1, entangle therein + 5125 1; 2\n\n1) to inweave\n1) of a thing: to entangle, involve in
01708^1708 emploke {em-plok-ay'}\n\nfrom 1707;; n f\n\nAV - plaiting 1; 1\n\n1) an interweaving, braiding, a knot\n2) an elaborate gathering of one's hair into knots
01709^1709 empneo {emp-neh'-o}\n\nfrom 1722 and 4154; TDNT - 6:452,876; v\n\nAV - breathe out 1; 1\n\n1) to breathe in or on\n2) to inhale\n   2a) threatenings and slaughter were so to speak the element from\n       which he drew his breath
01710^1710 emporeuomai {em-por-yoo'-om-ahee}\n\nfrom 1722 and 4198;; v\n\nAV - buy and sell 1, make merchandise 1, vr buy and sell 1; 3\n\n1) to go a trading, to travel for business, to traffic, trade\n2) of a thing, to import for sale\n3) to deal in\n4) to use a person or a thing for gain
01711^1711 emporia {em-por-ee'-ah}\n\nfrom 1713;; n f\n\nAV - merchandise 1; 1\n\n1) trade, merchandise
01712^1712 emporion {em-por'-ee-on}\n\nfrom 1713;; n n\n\nAV - merchandise 1; 1\n\n1) a place were trade is carried on, esp. a seaport\n   1a) a mart, an emporium
01713^1713 emporos {em'-por-os}\n\nfrom 1722 and the base of 4198;; n m\n\nAV - merchant 5; 5\n\n1) one on a journey, whether by sea or by land, esp. for trade\n2) a merchant as opposed to a retailer or petty tradesman
01714^1714 empretho {em-pray'-tho}\n\nfrom 1722 and pretho (to blow a flame);; v\n\nAV - burn up 1; 1\n\n1) to burn\n2) destroy by fire
01715^1715 emprosthen {em'-pros-then}\n\nfrom 1722 and 4314;; adv\n\nAV - before 41, in (one's) sight 2, of 1, against 1,\n     in the sight of 1, in the presence of 1, at 1; 48\n\n1) in front, before\n   1a) before, i.e. in that local region which is in front of a\n       person or thing\n   1b) before, in the presence of, i.e. opposite to, over against one\n   1c) before, in the sight of\n   1d) before, denoting rank
01716^1716 emptuo {emp-too'-o}\n\nfrom 1722 and 4429;; v\n\nAV - spit upon 2, spit on 2, spit 2; 6\n\n1) to spit upon
01717^1717 emphanes {em-fan-ace'}\n\nfrom a compound of 1722 and 5316;; adj\n\nAV - show openly + 1325 + 1096 1, manifest 1; 2\n\n1) manifest\n   1a) fig. of God giving proofs of his saving grace and thus\n       manifesting himself
01718^1718 emphanizo {em-fan-id'-zo}\n\nfrom 1717; TDNT - 9:7,1244; v\n\nAV - inform 3, be manifest 2, appear 2, signify 1, show 1,\n     declare plainly 1; 10\n\n1) to manifest, exhibit to view\n2) to show one's self, come to view, appear, be manifest\n3) to indicate, disclose, declare, make known\n\nFor Synonyms see entry 5831
01719^1719 emphobos {em'-fob-os}\n\nfrom 1722 and 5401;; adj\n\nAV - afraid 3, affrighted 2, tremble + 1096 1; 6\n\n1) thrown into fear, terrified, affrighted
01720^1720 emphusao {em-foo-sah'-o}\n\nfrom 1722 and phusao (to puff) [cf 5453]; TDNT - 2:536,232; v\n\nAV - breathe on 1; 1\n\n1) to blow or breathe upon
01721^1721 emphutos {em'-foo-tos}\n\nfrom 1722 and a derivative of 5453;; adj\n\nAV - engrafted 1; 1\n\n1) inborn, implanted by nature, implanted by others instruction
01722^1722 en {en}\n\na primary preposition denoting (fixed) position (in place, time\n   or state), and (by implication) instrumentality (medially or\n   constructively), i.e. a relation of rest (intermediate between\n   1519 and 1537); TDNT - 2:537,233; prep\n\nAV - in 1874, by 141, with 134, among 117, at 112, on 46,\n     through 37, misc 321; 2782\n\n1) in, by, with etc.\n\nWigram's frequency count is 2798 not 2782.
01723^1723 enagkalizomai {en-ang-kal-id'-zom-ahee}\n\nfrom 1722 and a derivative of 43;; v\n\nAV - take in (one's) arms 1, take up in (one's) arms 1; 2\n\n1) to take into one's arms, embrace
01724^1724 enalios {en-al'-ee-os}\n\nfrom 1722 and 251;; adj\n\nAV - things in the sea 1; 1\n\n1) that which is in the sea, marine
01725^1725 enanti {en'-an-tee}\n\nfrom 1722 and 473;; adv\n\nAV - before 1; 1\n\n1) before
01726^1726 enantion {en-an-tee'-on}\n\nfrom 1727;; prep\n\nAV - before 4, in the sight of 1; 5\n\n1) over against, opposite\n   1a) of place, opposite, contrary (of the wind)\n2) metaph.\n   2a) opposed as an adversary, hostile, antagonistic in feeling or act\n   2b) an opponent
01727^1727 enantios {en-an-tee'-os}\n\nfrom 1725;; adj\n\nAV - contrary 6, against 2; 8\n\n1) over against, opposite\n   1a) of place, opposite, contrary (of the wind)\n2) metaph.\n   2a) opposed as an adversary, hostile, antagonistic in feeling or act\n   2b) an opponent
01728^1728 enarchomai {en-ar'-khom-ahee}\n\nfrom 1722 and 756;; v\n\nAV - begin 2; 2\n\n1) to begin, to make a beginning
01729^1729 endees {en-deh-ace'}\n\nfrom a compound of 1722 and 1210 (in the sense of lacking);; adj\n\nAV - lack 1; 1\n\n1) needy, destitute
01730^1730 endeigma {en'-dighe-mah}\n\nfrom 1731;; n n\n\nAV - manifest token 1; 1\n\n1) token, evidence, proof
01731^1731 endeiknumi {en-dike'-noo-mee}\n\nfrom 1722 and 1166;; v\n\nAV - show 9, show forth 1, do 1, vr show 1; 12\n\n1) to point out\n   1a) to show, demonstrate, prove, whether by arguments or by acts\n2) to manifest, display, put forth
01732^1732 endeixis {en'-dike-sis}\n\nfrom 1731;; n f\n\nAV - to declare + 1519 1, to declare + 4214 1, proof 1,\n     evident token 1; 4\n\n1) demonstration, proof\n   1a) manifestation made by act\n   1b) sign, evidence
01733^1733 hendeka {hen'-dek-ah}\n\nfrom (the neuter of) 1520 and 1176;; n indecl\n\nAV - eleven 6; 6\n\n1) eleven\n   1a) of the eleven disciples alive after the death of Judas
01734^1734 hendekatos {hen-dek'-at-os}\n\nordinal from 1733;; adj\n\nAV - eleventh 3; 3\n\n1) eleventh
01735^1735 endechetai {en-dekh'-et-ahee}\n\nthird person singular present of a compound of 1722 and 1209;; v\n\nAV - it can be 1; 1\n\n1) to receive, admit, approve, allow\n2) it can be allowed, is possible, may be
01736^1736 endemeo {en-day-meh'-o}\n\nfrom a compound of 1722 and 1218; TDNT - 2:63,149; v\n\nAV - be at home 1, be present 1, present 1; 3\n\n1) to be among one's own people, dwell in one's own country,\n   stay at home
01737^1737 endidusko {en-did-oos'-ko}\n\na prolonged form of 1746;; v\n\nAV - wear 1, clothe with 1; 2\n\n1) to put on, clothe, to put on one's self, be clothed in
01738^1738 endikos {en'-dee-kos}\n\nfrom 1722 and 1349;; adj\n\nAV - just 2; 2\n\n1) according to right, righteous, just
01739^1739 endomesis {en-dom'-ay-sis}\n\nfrom a compound of 1722 and a derivative of the base of 1218;; n f\n\nAV - building 1; 1\n\n1) that which is build in\n   1a) the material built into a wall, i.e. of which the wall\n       is composed\n   1b) a mole built into the sea to form a breakwater, and so\n       construct a harbour
01740^1740 edoxazo {en-dox-ad'-zo}\n\nfrom 1741; TDNT - 2:254,178; v\n\nAV - glorify 2; 2\n\n1) glorify, adorn with glory
01741^1741 endoxos {en'-dox-os}\n\nfrom 1722 and 1391; TDNT - 2:254,178; adj\n\nAV - glorious 2, gorgeously 1, honourable 1; 4\n\n1) held in good or in great esteem, of high repute\n  1a) illustrious, honourable, esteemed\n  1b) notable, glorious\n  1c) splendid\n      1c1) of clothing\n      1c2) fig., free from sins
01742^1742 enduma {en'-doo-mah}\n\nfrom 1746;; n n\n\nAV - raiment 5, garment 2, clothing 1; 8\n\n1) garment, raiment, cloak, an outer garment
01743^1743 endunamoo {en-doo-nam-o'-o}\n\nfrom 1722 and 1412; TDNT - 2:284,186; v\n\nAV - be strong 3, strengthen 2, increase in strength 1, enable 1,\n     be made strong 1; 8\n\n1) to be strong, endue with strength, strengthen\n2) to receive strength, be strengthened, increase in strength\n3) in a bad sense\n   3a) be bold, headstrong
01744^1744 enduno {en-doo'-no}\n\nfrom 1772 and 1416;; v\n\nAV - creep 1; 1\n\n1) to put on, to envelop in, to hide in\n   1a) literally: to put on, clothe with a garment\n   1b) metaph. put on armour\n2) to creep into, insinuate one's self into, to enter
01745^1745 endusis {en'-doo-sis}\n\nfrom 1746;; n f\n\nAV - put on 1; 1\n\n1) a putting on
01746^1746 enduo {en-doo'-o}\n\nfrom 1722 and 1416 (in the sense of sinking into a garment);\n   TDNT - 2:319,192; v\n\nAV - put on 18, clothed with 2, clothed in 2, have on 2,\n     clothe with 1, be endued 1, arrayed in 1, be clothed 1,\n     vr put on 1; 29\n\n1) to sink into (clothing), put on, clothe one's self
01747^1747 enedra {en-ed'-rah}\n\nfrom 1722 and the base of 1476;; n f\n\nAV - laying with + 4160 1; 1\n\n1) a lying in wait, an ambush
01748^1748 enedreuo {en-ed-ryoo'-o}\n\nfrom 1747;; v\n\nAV - lie in wait for 1, lay wait for 1; 2\n\n1) to lie in wait for, to lay wait for, prepare a trap for
01749^1749 enedron {en'-ed-ron}\n\nfrom the same as 1747;; n n\n\nAV - lying in wait 1; 1\n\n1) a lying in wait for, an ambush
01750^1750 eneileo {en-i-leh'-o}\n\nfrom 1772 and the base of 1507;; v\n\nAV - wrap in 1; 1\n\n1) to roll in, wind up
01751^1751 eneimi {en'-i-mee}\n\nfrom 1772 and 1510;; v\n\nAV - such things as (one) has + 3588 1; 1\n\n1) to be in, what is within, i.e. the soul
01752^1752 heneka {hen'-ek-ah} or heneken {hen'-ek-en} or heineken {hi'-nek-en}\n\nof uncertain affinity;; prep\n\nAV - for ... sake 14, for ... cause 5, for 2, because + 3739 1,\n     wherefore + 5101 1, by reason of 1, that ... might 1; 25\n\n1) on account of, for the sake of, for\n2) for this cause, therefore
01753^1753 energeia {en-erg'-i-ah}\n\nfrom 1756; TDNT - 2:652,251; n f\n\nAV - working 4, effectual working 2, operation 1, strong 1; 8\n\n1) working, efficiency\n   1a) in the NT used only of superhuman power, whether of God\n        or of the Devil\n\nFor Synonyms see entry 5820
01754^1754 energeo {en-erg-eh'-o}\n\nfrom 1756; TDNT - 2:652,251; v\n\nAV - work 12, show forth (one's) self 2, wrought 1, be effectual 1,\n     effectually work 1, effectual fervent 1, work effectually in 1,\n     be might in 1, to do 1; 21\n\n1) to be operative, be at work, put forth power\n   1a) to work for one, aid one\n2) to effect\n3) to display one's activity, show one's self operative
01755^1755 energema {en-erg'-ay-mah}\n\nfrom 1754; TDNT - 2:652,251; n n\n\nAV - operation 1, working 1; 2\n\n1) thing wrought\n2) effect operation
01756^1756 energes {en-er-gace'}\n\nfrom 1722 and 2041; TDNT - 2:652,251; adj\n\nAV - effectual 2, powerful 1; 3\n\n1) active
01757^1757 eneulogeo {en-yoo-log-eh'-o}\n\nfrom 1722 and 2127; TDNT - 2:765,275; v\n\nAV - bless 2; 2\n\n1) to confer benefits on, to bless
01758^1758 enecho {en-ekh'-o}\n\nfrom 1722 and 2192; TDNT - 2:828,286; v\n\nAV - have a quarrel with 1, urge 1, entangle with 1; 3\n\n1) to have within, to hold in\n   1a) to be held, entangled, be held ensnared\n   1b) to be engaged with, set one's self against, hold a grudge\n       against someone
01759^1759 enthade {en-thad'-eh}\n\nfrom a prolonged form of 1722;; adv\n\nAV - hither 4, here 3, there 1; 8\n\n1) here\n2) hither
01760^1760 enthumeomai {en-thoo-meh'-om-ahee}\n\nfrom a compound of 1722 and 2372; TDNT - 3:172,339; v\n\nAV - think 3; 3\n\n1) to bring to mind, revolve in mind, ponder\n2) to think, to deliberate
01761^1761 enthumesis {en-thoo'-may-sis}\n\nfrom 1760; TDNT - 3:172,339; n f\n\nAV - thought 3, device 1; 4\n\n1) a thinking, consideration\n2) thoughts
01762^1762 eni {en'-ee}\n\ncontraction for the third person singular present indicative of 1751;; v\n\nAV - there is 4, is 1; 5\n\n1) is in, is among, has place, is present\n2) it can be, is possible, is lawful
01763^1763 eniautos {en-ee-ow-tos'}\n\nprolongation from a primary enos (a year);; n m\n\nAV - year 14; 14\n\n1) a year, in a wider sense, for some fixed definite period of time\n\nFor Synonyms see entry 5843
01764^1764 enistemi {en-is'-tay-mee}\n\nfrom 1722 and 2476; TDNT - 2:543,234; v\n\nAV - present 3, things present 2, be at hand 1, come 1; 7\n\n1) to place in or among, to put in\n2) to be upon, impend, threaten\n3) close at hand\n4) present
01765^1765 enischuo {en-is-khoo'-o}\n\nfrom 1722 and 2480;; v\n\nAV - strengthen 2; 2\n\n1) to grow strong, to receive strength\n2) to make strong, to strengthen
01766^1766 ennatos {en'-nat-os}\n\nordinal from 1767;; adj\n\nAV - ninth 10; 10\n\n1) ninth\n   1a) the ninth hour corresponds to our 3 o'clock in the afternoon\n       for the sixth hour of the Jews coincides with the twelfth of\n       the day as divided by our method, and the first hour of the\n       day is 6 A.M. to us
01767^1767 ennea {en-neh'-ah}\n\na primary number;; n indecl\n\nAV - nine 1; 1\n\n1) nine
01768^1768 ennenekontaennea {en-nen-ay-kon-tah-en-neh'-ah}\n\nfrom a (tenth) multiple of 1767 and 1767 itself;; n indecl\n\nAV - ninety nine 4; 4\n\n1) ninety nine
01769^1769 enneos {en-neh-os'}\n\nfrom 1770;; adj\n\nAV - speechless 1; 1\n\n1) dumb, mute, destitute of power of speech\n2) unable to speak for terror, struck dumb, astounded
01770^1770 enneuo {en-nyoo'-o}\n\nfrom 1722 and 3506;; v\n\nAV - make signs 1; 1\n\n1) to nod to, signify or express by a nod or a sign
01771^1771 ennoia {en'-noy-ah}\n\nfrom a compound of 1722 and 3563; TDNT - 4:968,636; n f\n\nAV - intent 1, mind 1; 2\n\n1) the act of thinking, consideration, meditation\n2) a thought, notion, conception\n3) mind, understanding, will, manner of feeling, and thinking
01772^1772 ennomos {en'-nom-os}\n\nfrom 1722 and 3551; TDNT - 4:1087,646; adj\n\nAV - lawful 1, under law 1; 2\n\n1) bound to the law\n2) bound by the law, lawful\n3) lawful, regular
01773^1773 ennuchon {en'-noo-khon}\n\nneuter of a compound of 1722 and 3571;; adj\n\nAV - a great while before day + 3129 1; 1\n\n1) nightly, nocturnal
01774^1774 enoikeo {en-oy-keh'-o}\n\nfrom 1722 and 3611;; v\n\nAV - dwell in 5, vr dwell in 1; 6\n\n1) to dwell in\n2) metaph. to dwell in one and influence him (for good)
01775^1775 henotes {hen-ot-ace'}\n\nfrom 1520;; n f\n\nAV - unity 2; 2\n\n1) unity\n2) unanimity, agreement
01776^1776 enochleo {en-okh-leh'-o}\n\nfrom 1722 and 3791;; v\n\nAV - trouble 1; 1\n\n1) to excite, disturbance, to trouble, annoy
01777^1777 enochos {en'-okh-os}\n\nfrom 1758; TDNT - 2:828,286; adj\n\nAV - in danger of 5, guilty of 4, subject to 1; 10\n\n1) bound, under obligation, subject to, liable\n   1a) used of one who is held by, possessed with love, and\n       zeal for anything\n   1b) in a forensic sense, denoting the connection of a person\n       either with his crime, or with the penalty or trial, or\n       with that against whom or which he has offended\n       1b1) guilty, worthy of punishment\n       1b2) guilty of anything\n       1b3) of the crime\n       1b4) of the penalty\n       1b5) liable to this or that tribunal i.e. the punishment to by\n            imposed by this or that tribunal\n       1b6) of the place where punishment is to be suffered
01778^1778 entalma {en'-tal-mah}\n\nfrom 1781;; n n\n\nAV - commandment 3; 3\n\n1) a precept
01779^1779 entaphiazo {en-taf-ee-ad'-zo}\n\nfrom a compound of 1722 and 5028;; v\n\nAV - burial 1, bury 1; 2\n\n1) to prepare a body for burial, by the use of every requisite\n   provision and funeral adornment, that is, baths, vestments,\n   flowers, wreathes, perfumes, libations, etc.\n2) to lay out a corpse
01780^1780 entaphiasmos {en-taf-ee-as-mos'}\n\nfrom 1779;; n m\n\nAV - burying 2; 2\n\n1) preparation of a body for burial
01781^1781 entellomai {en-tel'-lom-ahee}\n\nfrom 1722 and the base of 5056; TDNT - 2:544,234; v\n\nAV - command 10, give commandment 3, give charge 2,\n     enjoin 1, charge 1; 17\n\n1) to order, command to be done, enjoin\n\nFor Synonyms see entry 5844
01782^1782 enteuthen {ent-yoo'-then}\n\nfrom the same as 1759;; adv\n\nAV - hence 6, on either side + 2534 4, from hence 3; 13\n\n1) from this place, hence\n2) on the one side and on the other, on each side
01783^1783 enteuxis {ent'-yook-sis}\n\nfrom 1793; TDNT - 8:244,1191; n f\n\nAV - intercession 1, prayer 1; 2\n\n1) a falling in with, meeting with\n   1a) an interview\n       1a1) a coming together\n       1a2) to visit\n       1a3) converse or for any other cause\n   1b) that for which an interview is held\n       1b1) a conference or conversation\n       1b2) a petition, supplication\n\nFor Synonyms see entry 5828
01784^1784 entimos {en'-tee-mos}\n\nfrom 1722 and 5092;; adj\n\nAV - precious 2, dear 1, more honourable 1, in reputation 1; 5\n\n1) held in honour, prized, precious
01785^1785 entole {en-tol-ay'}\n\nfrom 1781; TDNT - 2:545,234; n f\n\nAV - commandment 69, precept 2; 71\n\n1) an order, command, charge, precept, injunction\n   1a) that which is prescribed to one by reason of his office\n2) a commandment\n   2a) a prescribed rule in accordance with which a thing is done\n       2a1) a precept relating to lineage, of the Mosaic precept\n            concerning the priesthood\n       2a2) ethically used of the commandments in the Mosaic law or\n            Jewish tradition
01786^1786 entopios {en-top'-ee-os}\n\nfrom 1722 and 5117;; adj\n\nAV - of that place 1; 1\n\n1) a dweller in a place\n2) a resident or native of a place
01787^1787 entos {en-tos'}\n\nfrom 1722;; prep\n\nAV - within 2; 2\n\n1) within, inside\n   1a) within you i.e. in the midst of you\n   1b) within you i.e. your soul
01788^1788 entrepo {en-trep'-o}\n\nfrom 1722 and the base of 5157;; v\n\nAV - reverence 4, regard 2, be ashamed 2, shame 1; 9\n\n1) to shame one\n2) to be ashamed\n3) to reverence a person\n4) to turn about
01789^1789 entrepho {en-tref'-o}\n\nfrom 1722 and 5142;; v\n\nAV - nourish up in 1; 1\n\n1) to nourish in: a person or a thing\n2) metaph. to educate, form the mind
01790^1790 entromos {en'-trom-os}\n\nfrom 1722 and 5156;; adj\n\nAV - tremble + 1096 1, trembling 1, quake 1; 3\n\n1) trembling, terrified
01791^1791 entrope {en-trop-ay'}\n\nfrom 1788;; n f\n\nAV - shame 2; 2\n\n1) shame\n2) respect, reverence
01792^1792 entruphao {en-troo-fah'-o}\n\nfrom 1722 and 5171;; v\n\nAV - sport (one's) self 1; 1\n\n1) to live in luxury, live delicately or luxuriously, to revel in\n2) to take delight in
01793^1793 entugchano {en-toong-khan'-o}\n\nfrom 1722 and 5177; TDNT - 8:242,1191; v\n\nAV - make intercession 4, deal 1; 5\n\n1) to light upon a person or a thing, fall in with, hit upon, a\n   person or a thing\n2) to go to or meet a person, esp. for the purpose of conversation,\n   consultation, or supplication\n3) to pray, entreat\n4) make intercession for any one
01794^1794 entulisso {en-too-lis'-so}\n\nfrom 1722 and tulisso (to twist, probably akin to 1507);; v\n\nAV - wrap in 2, wrap together 1; 3\n\n1) to roll up, wrap together
01795^1795 entupoo {en-too-po'-o}\n\nfrom 1722 and a derivative of 5179;; v\n\nAV - engrave 1; 1\n\n1) to engrave, imprint (a figure)
01796^1796 enubrizo {en-oo-brid'-zo}\n\nfrom 1722 and 5195; TDNT - 8:295,1200; v\n\nAV - do despite unto 1; 1\n\n1) to insult
01797^1797 enupniazomai {en-oop-nee-ad'-zom-ahee}\n\nmiddle voice from 1798; TDNT - 8:545,1233; v\n\nAV - dream 1, filthy dreamer 1; 2\n\n1) to dream (divinely suggested) dreams\n2) metaph., to be beguiled with sensual images and carried away\n   to an impious course of conduct
01798^1798 enupnion {en-oop'-nee-on}\n\nfrom 1722 and 5258; TDNT - 8:545,1233; n n\n\nAV - dream 1; 1\n\n1) a dream
01799^1799 enopion {en-o'-pee-on}\n\nneuter of a compound of 1722 and a derivative of 3700;; prep\n\nAV - before 64, in the sight of 16, in the presence of 7,\n     in (one's) sight 5, in (one's) presence 2, to 1, not tr 2; 97\n\n1) in the presence of, before\n   1a) of occupied place: in that place which is before, or over against,\n       opposite, any one and towards which another turns his eyes
01800^1800 Enos. {en-oce'}\n\nof Hebrew origin 0583;; n pr m\n\nAV - Enos 1; 1\n\nEnos = "mortal man"\n1) the son of Seth
01801^1801 enotizomai {en-o-tid'-zom-ahee}\n\nmiddle voice from a compound of 1722 and 3775; TDNT - 5:559,744; v\n\nAV - hearken to 1; 1\n\n1) to receive into the ear, to give ear to, listen
01802^1802 Enoch {en-oche'}\n\nof Hebrew origin 02585; TDNT - 2:556,237; n pr m\n\nAV - Enoch 3; 3\n\nEnoch = "dedicated"\n1) the son of Jared and father of Methuselah
01803^1803 hex {hex}\n\na primary numeral;; n indecl\n\nAV - six 13; 13\n\n1) six
01804^1804 exaggello {ex-ang-el'-lo}\n\nfrom 1537 and the base of 32; TDNT - 1:69,10; v\n\nAV - show forth 1; 1\n\n1) to tell out or forth\n2) to declare abroad, divulge, publish\n3) to make known by praising or proclaiming, to celebrate
01805^1805 exagorazo {ex-ag-or-ad'-zo}\n\nfrom 1537 and 59; TDNT - 1:124,19; v\n\nAV - redeem 4; 4\n\n1) to redeem\n   1a) by payment of a price to recover from the power of another,\n       to ransom, buy off\n   1b) metaph. of Christ freeing the elect from the dominion of the\n       Mosaic Law at the price of his vicarious death\n2) to buy up, to buy up for one's self, for one's use\n   2a) to make wise and sacred use of every opportunity for doing\n       good, so that zeal and well doing are as it were the purchase\n       money by which we make the time our own
01806^1806 exago {ex-ag'-o}\n\nfrom 1537 and 71;; v\n\nAV - lead out 6, bring out 5, bring forth 1, fetch out 1; 13\n\n1) to lead out
01807^1807 exaireo {ex-ahee-reh'-o}\n\nfrom 1537 and 138;; v\n\nAV - deliver 5, pluck out 2, rescue 1; 8\n\n1) to pluck out, draw out, i.e. root out\n2) to choose out (for one's self), select, one person from many\n3) to rescue, deliver
01808^1808 exairo {ex-ah'-ee-ro}\n\nfrom 1537 and 142;; v\n\nAV - take away 1, put away 1; 2\n\n1) to lift up or take away out of a place\n2) to remove
01809^1809 exaiteomai {ex-ahee-teh'-om-ahee}\n\nmiddle voice from 1537 and 154; TDNT - 1:194,*; v\n\nAV - desire 1; 1\n\n1) to ask from, demand of\n   1a) to ask or beg for one's self, to ask that one be given up to\n       one from the power of another\n   1b) in a good sense,\n       1b1) to beg one from another\n       1b2) ask for the pardon\n       1b3) the safety of some one\n   1c) in a bad sense\n       1c1) for torture\n       1c2) for punishment
01810^1810 exaiphnes {ex-ah'-eef-nace}\n\nfrom 1537 and the base of 160;; adv\n\nAV - suddenly 5; 5\n\n1) of a sudden, suddenly, unexpectedly
01811^1811 exakoloutheo {ex-ak-ol-oo-theh'-o}\n\nfrom 1537 and 190; TDNT - 1:215,33; v\n\nAV - follow 3; 3\n\n1) to follow out or up, tread in one's steps\n   1a) metaph., to imitate one's ways of acting\n   1b) to follow one's authority\n   1c) to comply with, yield to
01812^1812 hexakosioi {hex-ak-os'-ee-oy}\n\nplural ordinal from 1803 and 1540;; adj\n\nAV - six hundred 2; 2\n\n1) six hundred
01813^1813 exaleipho {ex-al-i'-fo}\n\nfrom 1537 and 218;; v\n\nAV - blot out 3, wipe away 2; 5\n\n1) to anoint or wash in every part\n   1a) to besmear: i.e. cover with lime (to whitewash or plaster)\n2) to wipe off, wipe away\n   2a) to obliterate, erase, wipe out, blot out
01814^1814 exallomai {ex-al'-lom-ahee}\n\nfrom 1537 and 242;; v\n\nAV - leap up 1; 1\n\n1) to leap up
01815^1815 exanastasis {ex-an-as'-tas-is}\n\nfrom 1817; TDNT - 1:371,60; n f\n\nAV - resurrection 1; 1\n\n1) a rising up, a rising again\n2) resurrection
01816^1816 exanatello {ex-an-at-el'-lo}\n\nfrom 1537 and 393;; v\n\nAV - spring up 2; 2\n\n1) to make spring up, cause to shoot forth\n2) to spring up
01817^1817 exanistemi {ex-an-is'-tay-mee}\n\nfrom 1537 and 450; TDNT - 1:368,60; v\n\nAV - raise up 2, rise up 1; 3\n\n1) to make to rise up, to rise up, to produce\n2) to rise (in an assembly to speak)
01818^1818 exapatao {ex-ap-at-ah'-o}\n\nfrom 1537 and 538; TDNT - 1:384,65; v\n\nAV - deceive 4, beguile 1; 5\n\n1) to deceive
01819^1819 exapina {ex-ap'-ee-nah}\n\nfrom 1537 and a derivative of the same as 160;; adv\n\nAV - suddenly 1; 1\n\n1) suddenly
01820^1820 exaporeomai {ex-ap-or-eh'-om-ahee}\n\nmiddle voice from 1537 and 639;; v\n\nAV - despair 1, in despair 1; 2\n\n1) to be utterly at loss, be utterly destitute of measures or\n   resources, to renounce all hope, be in despair
01821^1821 exapostello {ex-ap-os-tel'-lo}\n\nfrom 1537 and 649; TDNT - 1:406,67; v\n\nAV - send away 4, send forth 4, send 2, send out 1; 11\n\n1) to send forth\n2) to send away
01822^1822 exartizo {ex-ar-tid'-zo}\n\nfrom 1537 and a derivative of 739; TDNT - 1:475,80; v\n\nAV - accomplish + 1096 1, thoroughly furnish 1; 2\n\n1) to complete, finish\n   1a) to furnish perfectly\n   1b) to finish, accomplish, (as it were, to render the days\n       complete)
01823^1823 exastrapto {ex-as-trap'-to}\n\nfrom 1537 and 797;; v\n\nAV - glistening 1; 1\n\n1) to send forth lightning, to lighten\n2) to flash out like lightning, to shine, be radiant\n   2a) of garments
01824^1824 exautes {ex-ow'-tace}\n\nfrom 1537 and the genitive case singular feminine of 846 (5610\n   being understood);; adv\n\nAV - immediately 3, by and by 1, straightway 1, presently 1; 6\n\n1) on the instant, forthwith
01825^1825 exegeiro {ex-eg-i'-ro}\n\nfrom 1537 and 1453; TDNT - 2:338,195; v\n\nAV - raise up 2; 2\n\n1) to arouse, raise up (from sleep)\n2) to rouse up, stir up, incite
01826^1826 exeimi {ex'-i-mee}\n\nfrom 1537 and eimi (to go);; v\n\nAV - depart 2, go out 1, get 1; 4\n\n1) to go forth, go out
01827^1827 exelegcho {ex-el-eng'-kho}\n\nfrom 1537 and 1651;; v\n\nAV - convince 1; 1\n\n1) to prove to be in the wrong, convict
01828^1828 exelko {ex-el'-ko}\n\nfrom 1537 and 1670;; v\n\nAV - draw away 1; 1\n\n1) to draw out\n2) metaph. lure forth: in hunting and fishing as game is lured\n   from its hiding place, so man by lure is allured from the\n   safety of self-restraint to sin. In Jas 1:14, the language\n   of the hunting is transferred to the seduction of a harlot.
01829^1829 exerama {ex-er'-am-ah}\n\nfrom a comparative of 1537 and a presumed erao (to spue);; n n\n\nAV - vomit 1; 1\n\n1) vomit\n2) what is cast out by vomiting
01830^1830 exereunao {ex-er-yoo-nah'-o}\n\nfrom 1537 and 2045; TDNT - 2:655,255; v\n\nAV - search diligently 1; 1\n\n1) to search out, search anxiously and diligently
01831^1831 exerchomai {ex-er'-khom-ahee}\n\nfrom 1537 and 2064; TDNT - 2:678,257; v\n\nAV - go out 60, come 34, depart 28, go 25, go forth 25,\n     come out 23, come forth 9, misc 18; 222\n\n1) to go or come forth of\n   1a) with mention of the place out of which one goes, or the\n       point from which he departs\n       1a1) of those who leave a place of their own accord\n       1a2) of those who are expelled or cast out\n2) metaph.\n   2a) to go out of an assembly, i.e. forsake it\n   2b) to come forth from physically, arise from, to be born of\n   2c) to go forth from one's power, escape from it in safety\n   2d) to come forth (from privacy) into the world, before the\n       public, (of those who by novelty of opinion attract attention)\n   2e) of things\n       2e1) of reports, rumours, messages, precepts\n       2e2) to be made known, declared\n       2e3) to be spread, to be proclaimed\n       2e4) to come forth\n            2e4a) emitted as from the heart or the mouth\n            2e4b) to flow forth from the body\n            2e4c) to emanate, issue\n                  2e4c1) used of a sudden flash of lightning\n                  2e4c2) used of a thing vanishing\n                  2e4c3) used of a hope which has disappeared
01832^1832 exesti {ex'-es-tee}\n\nthird person singular present indicative of a compound of 1537\n   and 1510; TDNT - 2:560,238; v\n\nAV - be lawful 29, may 2, let 1; 32\n\n1) it is lawful
01833^1833 exetazo {ex-et-ad'-zo}\n\nfrom 1537 and etazo (to examine);; v\n\nAV - search 1, enquire 1, ask 1; 3\n\n1) to search out\n   1a) to examine strictly, enquire\n   1b) enquire of someone
01834^1834 exegeomai {ex-ayg-eh'-om-ahee}\n\nfrom 1537 and 2233; TDNT - 2:908,303; v\n\nAV - declare 5, tell 1; 6\n\n1) to lead out, be leader, go before\n2) metaph., to draw out in narrative, unfold a teaching\n   2a) to recount, rehearse\n   2b) to unfold, declare\n       2b1) the things relating to God\n       2b2) used in Greek writing of the interpretation of things\n            sacred and divine, oracles, dreams, etc.
01835^1835 hexekonta {hex-ay'-kon-tah}\n\nthe tenth multiple of 1803;; n indecl\n\nAV - threescore 5, sixty 3, sixtyfold 1; 9\n\n1) sixty
01836^1836 hexes {hex-ace'}\n\nfrom 2192 (in the sense of taking hold of, i.e. adjoining);; adv\n\nAV - next 1, next day 1, day after 1, day following 1, morrow 1; 5\n\n1) successively in order\n2) the next following, the next in succession
01837^1837 execheomai {ex-ay-kheh'-om-ahee}\n\nmiddle voice from 1537 and 2278;; v\n\nAV - sound out 1; 1\n\n1) to sound forth, emit, sound, resound
01838^1838 hexis {hex'-is}\n\nfrom 2192;; n f\n\nAV - use 1; 1\n\n1) a habit whether of body or mind\n2) a power acquired by custom, practice, use
01839^1839 existemi {ex-is'-tay-mee}\n\nfrom 1537 and 2476; TDNT - 2:459,217; v\n\nAV - be amazed 6, be astonished 5, bewitch 2,\n     be beside (one's) self 2, make astonished 1, wonder 1; 17\n\n1) to throw out of position, displace\n   1a) to amaze, to astonish, throw into wonderment\n   1b) to be amazed, astounded\n   1c) to be out of one's mind, besides one's self, insane
01840^1840 exischuo {ex-is-khoo'-o}\n\nfrom 1537 and 2480;; v\n\nAV - be able 1; 1\n\n1) to be eminently able, able, to have full strength
01841^1841 exodos {ex'-od-os}\n\nfrom 1537 and 3598; TDNT - 5:103,666; n m\n\nAV - decease 2, departing 1; 3\n\n1) exit i.e. departure\n2) the close of one's career, one's final fate\n3) departure from life, decease
01842^1842 exolothreuo {ex-ol-oth-ryoo'-o}\n\nfrom 1537 and 3645; TDNT - 5:170,681; v\n\nAV - destroy 1; 1\n\n1) to destroy out of its place, destroy utterly, to extirpate
01843^1843 exomologeo {ex-om-ol-og-eh'-o}\n\nfrom 1537 and 3670; TDNT - 5:199,687; v\n\nAV - confess 8, thank 2, promise 1; 11\n\n1) to confess\n2) to profess\n   2a) acknowledge openly and joyfully\n   2b) to one's honour: to celebrate, give praise to\n   2c) to profess that one will do something, to promise, agree, engage
01844^1844 exorkizo {ex-or-kid'-zo}\n\nfrom 1537 and 3726; TDNT - 5:464,729; v\n\nAV - adjure 1; 1\n\n1) to extract an oath, to force to an oath\n2) to adjure
01845^1845 exorkistes {ex-or-kis-tace'}\n\nfrom 1844; TDNT - 5:464,729; n m\n\nAV - exorcist 1; 1\n\n1) he who extracts an oath of one\n2) an exorcist\n   2a) one who employs a formula of conjuration for expelling demons
01846^1846 exorusso {ex-or-oos'-so}\n\nfrom 1537 and 3736;; v\n\nAV - break up 1, pluck down 1; 2\n\n1) to dig out, to pluck out (the eyes)\n2) to dig through
01847^1847 exoudenoo {ex-oo-den-o'-o}\n\nfrom 1537 and a derivative of the neuter of 3762;; v\n\nAV - be set at nought 1; 1\n\n1) to hold and treat as of no account, utterly to despise\n2) to set at nought, treat with contempt
01848^1848 exoutheneo {ex-oo-then-eh'-o}\n\na variation of 1847;; v\n\nAV - despise 6, set at nought 3, esteem lease 1, contemptible 1; 11\n\n1) to make of no account, despise utterly
01849^1849 exousia {ex-oo-see'-ah}\n\nfrom 1832 (in the sense of ability); TDNT - 2:562,238; n f\n\nAV - power 69, authority 29, right 2, liberty 1, jurisdiction 1,\n     strength 1; 103\n\n1) power of choice, liberty of doing as one pleases\n   1a) leave or permission\n2) physical and mental power\n   2a) the ability or strength with which one is endued, which\n       he either possesses or exercises\n3) the power of authority (influence) and of right (privilege)\n4) the power of rule or government (the power of him whose will\n   and commands must be submitted to by others and obeyed)\n   4a) universally\n       4a1) authority over mankind\n   4b) specifically\n       4b1) the power of judicial decisions\n       4b2) of authority to manage domestic affairs\n   4c) metonymically\n       4c1) a thing subject to authority or rule\n            4c1a) jurisdiction\n       4c2) one who possesses authority\n            4c2a) a ruler, a human magistrate\n            4c2b) the leading and more powerful among created beings\n                  superior to man, spiritual potentates\n   4d) a sign of the husband's authority over his wife\n       4d1) the veil with which propriety required a women to cover\n            herself\n   4e) the sign of regal authority, a crown\n\nFor Synonyms see entry 5820
01850^1850 exousiazo {ex-oo-see-ad'-zo}\n\nfrom 1849; TDNT - 2:574,238; v\n\nAV - have power of 2, exercise authority upon 1,\n     bring under power 1; 4\n\n1) to have power or authority, use power\n   1a) to be master of any one, exercise authority over one\n   1b) to be master of the body\n       1b1) to have full and entire authority over the body\n       1b2) to hold the body subject to one's will\n   1c) to be brought under the power of anyone
01851^1851 exoche {ex-okh-ay'}\n\nfrom a compound of 1537 and 2192 (meaning to stand out);; n f\n\nAV - principal + 2596 1; 1\n\n1) any prominence or projection, as a peak or summit of a mountain\n   1a) in medical writing a proturbance, swelling, wart, etc.\n2) metaph. eminence, excellence, superiority
01852^1852 exupnizo {ex-oop-nid'-zo}\n\nfrom 1853; TDNT - 8:545,1233; v\n\nAV - awake out of sleep 1; 1\n\n1) to wake up, awaken out of a sleep
01853^1853 exupnos {ex'-oop-nos}\n\nfrom 1537 and 5258; TDNT - 8:545,1233; adj\n\nAV - awake out of sleep + 1096 1; 1\n\n1) roused out of a sleep
01854^1854 exo {ex'-o}\n\nfrom 1537; TDNT - 2:575,240; adv\n\n\nAV - without 23, out 16, out of 15, forth 8, outward 1,\n     strange 1, away 1; 65\n\n1) without, out of doors
01855^1855 exothen {ex'-o-then}\n\nfrom 1854;; adv\n\n\nAV - without 4, outside 2, from without 2, outward 2, outwardly 1; 11\n\n1) from without, outward
01856^1856 exotheo {ex-o-theh'-o} or exotho {ex-o'-tho}\n\nfrom 1537 and otheo (to push);; v\n\n\nAV - drive out 1, thrust in 1, 2\n\n1) to thrust out\n2) expel from one's abode\n3) to propel, drive
01857^1857 exoteros {ex-o'-ter-os}\n\ncomparative of 1854;; adj\n\nAV - outer 3; 3\n\n1) outer
01858^1858 heortazo {heh-or-tad'-zo}\n\nfrom 1859;; v\n\nAV - keep the feast 1; 1\n\n1) to keep a feast day, celebrate a feast
01859^1859 heorte {heh-or-tay'}\n\nof uncertain affinity;; n f\n\nAV - feast 26, holy day 1; 27\n\n1) a feast day, festival
01860^1860 epaggelia {ep-ang-el-ee'-ah}\n\nfrom 1861; TDNT - 2:576,240; n f\n\nAV - promise 52, message 1; 53\n\n1) announcement\n2) promise\n   2a) the act of promising, a promise given or to be given\n   2b) a promised good or blessing
01861^1861 epaggello {ep-ang-el'-lo}\n\nfrom 1909 and the base of 32; TDNT - 2:576,240; v\n\nAV - promise 11, profess 2, make promise 2; 15\n\n1) to announce that one is about to do or furnish something\n   1a) to promise (of one's own accord) to engage voluntarily\n2) to profess\n   2a) an art, to profess one's skill in something
01862^1862 epaggelma {ep-ang'-el-mah}\n\nfrom 1861; TDNT - 2:585,240; n n\n\nAV - promise 2; 2\n\n1) a promise
01863^1863 epago {ep-ag'-o}\n\nfrom 1909 and 71;; v\n\nAV - bring 1, bring upon 1, bring in upon 1; 3\n\n1) to lead or bring upon\n2) to bring a thing on one\n   2a) to cause something to befall one, usually something evil
01864^1864 epagonizomai {ep-ag-o-nid'-zom-ahee}\n\nfrom 1909 and 75; TDNT - 1:134,20; v\n\nAV - earnestly contend for 1; 1\n\n1) to contend
01865^1865 epathroizo {ep-ath-roid'-zo}\n\nfrom 1909 and athroizo (to assemble);; v\n\nAV - gather thick together 1; 1\n\n1) to gather together (to others already present)
01866^1866 Epainetos {ep-a'-hee-net-os}\n\nfrom 1867;; n pr m\n\nAV - Epaenetus 1; 1\n\nEpaenetus = "praiseworthy"\n1) a Christian at Rome, greeted by the Paul in Rom. 16:5
01867^1867 epaineo {ep-ahee-neh'-o}\n\nfrom 1909 and 134;; v\n\nAV - praise 4, laud 1, commend 1; 6\n\n1) to approve, to praise
01868^1868 epainos {ep'-ahee-nos}\n\nfrom 1909 and the base of 134; TDNT - 2:586,242\n\nAV - praise 11; 11\n\n1) approbation, commendation, praise
01869^1869 epairo {ep-ahee'-ro}\n\nfrom 1909 and 142; TDNT - 1:186,28; v\n\nAV - lift up 15, exalt (one's) self 2, take up 1, hoisted up 1; 19\n\n1) to lift up, raise up, raise on high\n2) metaph. to be lifted up with pride, to exalt one's self
01870^1870 epaischunomai {ep-ahee-skhoo'-nom-ahee}\n\nfrom 1909 and 153; TDNT - 1:189,*; v\n\nAV - be ashamed 11; 11\n\n1) to be ashamed
01871^1871 epaiteo {ep-ahee-teh'-o}\n\nfrom 1909 and 154;; v\n\nAV - to beg 1; 1\n\n1) to ask besides, ask for more\n2) to ask again and again, importunately\n3) to beg, to ask alms
01872^1872 epakoloutheo {ep-ak-ol-oo-theh'-o}\n\nfrom 1909 and 190; TDNT - 1:215,33; v\n\nAV - follow 3, follow after 1; 4\n\n1) to follow (close) upon, follow after\n2) to tread in one's footsteps i.e. to imitate his example
01873^1873 epakouo {ep-ak-oo'-o}\n\nfrom 1909 and 191; TDNT - 1:222,34; v\n\nAV - hear 1; 1\n\n1) to give ear to, listen to\n   1a) to perceive by the ear\n2) to listen to\n   2a) to hear with favour, grant one's request
01874^1874 epakroaomai {ep-ak-ro-ah'-om-ahee}\n\nfrom 1909 and the base of 202;; v\n\nAV - hear 1; 1\n\n1) to listen to
01875^1875 epan {ep-an'}\n\nfrom 1909 and 302;; conj\n\nAV - when 3; 3\n\n1) after, when
01876^1876 epanagkes {ep-an'-ang-kes}\n\nfrom a presumed compound of 1909 and 318;; adj n\n\nAV - necessary 1; 1\n\n1) necessarily
01877^1877 epanago {ep-an-ag'-o}\n\nfrom 1909 and 321;; v\n\nAV - return 1, thrust out 1, launch out 1; 3\n\n1) to lead up upon\n   1a) a ship upon the deep, to put out\n2) to lead back\n3) to return
01878^1878 epanamimnesko {ep-an-ah-mim-nace'-ko}\n\nfrom 1909 and 363;; v\n\nAV - put in mind 1; 1\n\n1) to recall to mind again\n2) reminding one
01879^1879 epanapauomai {ep-an-ah-pow'-om-ahee}\n\nmiddle voice from 1909 and 373; TDNT - 1:351,*; v\n\nAV - rest 1, rest in 1; 2\n\n1) to cause to rest upon anything\n2) to rest upon anything\n3) to settle upon, fix its abode upon
01880^1880 epanerchomai {ep-an-er'-khom-ahee}\n\nfrom 1909 and 424;; v\n\nAV - come again 1, return 1; 2\n\n1) to return, come back again
01881^1881 epanistamai {ep-an-is'-tam-ahee}\n\nmiddle voice from 1909 and 450;; v\n\nAV - rise up against 2; 2\n\n1) to cause to rise up against, to raise up against
01882^1882 epanorthosis {ep-an-or'-tho-sis}\n\nfrom a compound of 1909 and 461; TDNT - 5:450,727; n f\n\nAV - correction 1; 1\n\n1) restoration to an upright or right state\n2) correction, improvement of life or character
01883^1883 epano {ep-an'-o}\n\nfrom 1909 and 507;; adv\n\nAV - over 6, on 4, thereon + 846 3, upon 3, above 3, more than 1; 20\n\n1) above\n   1a) of place\n   1b) of number: more than
01884^1884 eparkeo {ep-ar-keh'-o}\n\nfrom 1909 and 714;; v\n\nAV - relieve 3; 3\n\n1) to avail or be strong enough for\n   1a) to ward off or drive away, a thing for another's advantage\n       1a1) a thing from anyone, to defend\n   1b) to aid, give assistance, relieve\n       1b1) to give aid from one's own resources
01885^1885 eparchia {ep-ar-khee'-ah}\n\nfrom a compound of 1909 and 757 (meaning a governor of a\n   district, "eparch");; n f\n\nAV - province 2; 2\n\n1) the office of a governor or prefect\n2) the region subject to a prefect\n   2a) a province of the Roman empire, either a larger province, or an\n       appendage to a larger province, as Palestine was to that of Syria
01886^1886 epaulis {ep'-ow-lis}\n\nfrom 1909 and an equivalent of 833;; n f\n\nAV - habitation 1; 1\n\n1) a farm\n2) a dwelling
01887^1887 epaurion {ep-ow'-ree-on}\n\nfrom 1909 and 839;; adv\n\nAV - morrow 7, next day 6, day following 2, next day after 1,\n     morrow after 1; 17\n\n1) on the morrow, the next day
01888^1888 epautophoro {ep-ow-tof-o'-ro}\n\nfrom 1909 and 846 and (the dative case singular of) a derivative\n   of phor (a thief);; adv\n\nAV - in the very act (thief) 1; 1\n\n1) in the act\n2) caught in the act of theft\n3) caught in the act of perpetuating any other crime
01889^1889 Epaphras {ep-af-ras'}\n\ncontracted from 1891;; n pr m\n\nAV - Epaphras 3; 3\n\nEpaphras = "lovely"\n1) a Christian man mentioned in Paul's epistles
01890^1890 epaphrizo {ep-af-rid'-zo}\n\nfrom 1909 and 875;; v\n\nAV - foam out 1; 1\n\n1) to foam up\n2) to cast out as foam, foam out
01891^1891 Epaphroditos {ep-af-rod'-ee-tos}\n\nfrom 1909 (in the sense of devoted to) and Aphrodite (Venus);; n pr m\n\nAV - Epaphroditus 3; 3\n\nEpaphroditus = "lovely"\n1) an associate with Paul in the ministry
01892^1892 epegeiro {ep-eg-i'-ro}\n\nfrom 1909 and 1453;; v\n\nAV - raise 1, stir up 1; 2\n\n1) to raise or excite against
01893^1893 epei {ep-i'}\n\nfrom 1909 and 1487;; conj\n\nAV - because 7, otherwise 4, for then 3, else 3, seeing 3,\n     forasmuch as 2, for that 1, misc 4; 27\n\n1) when, since\n   1a) of time: after\n   1b) of cause: since, seeing that, because
01894^1894 epeide {ep-i-day'}\n\nfrom 1893 and 1211;; conj\n\nAV - for 3, because 2, seeing 2, forasmuch as 1, after that 1,\n     since 1, for that 1; 11\n\n1) when now, since now\n   1a) of time: when now, after that\n   1b) of cause: since, seeing that, forasmuch as
01895^1895 epeideper {ep-i-day'-per}\n\nfrom 1894 and 4007;; conj\n\nAV - forasmuch as 1; 1\n\n1) seeing that, forasmuch as
01896^1896 epeidon {ep-i'-don}\n\nand other moods and persons of the same tense, from 1909 and 1492;; v\n\nAV - look on 1, behold 1; 2\n\n1) to look upon, to regard
01897^1897 epeiper {ep-i'-per}\n\nfrom 1893 and 4007;; conj\n\nAV - seeing 1; 1\n\n1) since indeed, since at all events
01898^1898 epeisagoge {ep-ice-ag-o-gay'}\n\nfrom a compound of 1909 and 1521;; n f\n\nAV - bringing in 1; 1\n\n1) a bringing in besides or in addition to what is or has been\n   brought in\n   1a) used of the introduction of a new wife in the place of one\n       repudiated\n   1b) to come in besides or to those who are already within\n       1b1) to enter afterwards\n   1c) to come in upon, come upon by entering\n       1c1) to enter against
01899^1899 epeita {ep'-i-tah}\n\nfrom 1909 and 1534;; adv\n\nAV - then 9, after that 4, afterward(s) 3; 16\n\n1) thereupon, thereafter, then, afterwards
01900^1900 epekeina {ep-ek'-i-nah}\n\nfrom 1909 and (the accusative case plural neuter of) 1565;; adv\n\nAV - beyond 1; 1\n\n1) beyond
01901^1901 epekteinomai {ep-ek-ti'-nom-ahee}\n\nmiddle voice from 1909 and 1614;; v\n\nAV - reach forth unto 1; 1\n\n1) to stretch out to or towards\n2) to stretch (one's self) forward to
01902^1902 ependuomai {ep-en-doo'-om-ahee}\n\nmiddle voice from 1909 and 1746; TDNT - 2:320,*; v\n\nAV - be clothed upon 2; 2\n\n1) to put on over
01903^1903 ependutes {ep-en-doo'-tace}\n\nfrom 1902;; n m\n\nAV - fisher's coat 1; 1\n\n1) an upper garment\n   1a) John 21:7 seems to denote a kind of linen blouse or frock\n       which fishermen used to wear at their work
01904^1904 eperchomai {ep-er'-khom-ahee}\n\nfrom 1909 and 2064; TDNT - 2:680,257; v\n\nAV - come 6, come upon 2, come on 1, come thither 1; 10\n\n1) to come to arrive\n   1a) of time, come on, be at hand, be future\n2) to come upon, overtake, one\n   2a) of sleep\n   2b) of disease\n   2c) of calamities\n   2d) of the Holy Spirit, descending and operating in one\n   2e) of an enemy attacking one
01905^1905 eperotao {ep-er-o-tah'-o}\n\nfrom 1909 and 2065; TDNT - 2:687,262; v\n\nAV - ask 53, demand 2, desire 1, ask question 1, question 1,\n     ask after 1; 59\n\n1) to accost one with an enquiry, put a question to, enquiry of,\n   ask, interrogate\n2) to address one with a request or demand\n   2a) to ask of or demand of one
01906^1906 eperotema {ep-er-o'-tay-mah}\n\nfrom 1905; TDNT - 2:688,262; n n\n\nAV - answer 1; 1\n\n1) an enquiry, a question\n2) a demand\n3) earnestly seeking\n   3a) craving, an intense desire
01907^1907 epecho {ep-ekh'-o}\n\nfrom 1909 and 2192;; v\n\nAV - mark 1, give heed unto 1, stay 1, hold forth 1,\n     take heed unto 1; 5\n\n1) to have or hold upon, apply, to observe, attend to\n   1a) to give attention to\n2) to hold towards, hold forth, present\n3) to check\n   3a) delay, stop, stay
01908^1908 epereazo {ep-ay-reh-ad'-zo}\n\nfrom a comparative of 1909 and (probably) areia (threats);; v\n\nAV - despitefully use 2, falsely accuse 1; 3\n\n1) to insult\n2) to treat abusively, use despitefully\n3) to revile\n4) in a forensic sense, to accuse falsely\n5) to threaten
01909^1909 epi {ep-ee'}\n\na root;; prep\n\nAV - on 196, in 120, upon 159, unto 41, to 41, misc 338; 895\n\n1) upon, on, at, by, before\n2) of position, on, at, by, over, against\n3) to, over, on, at, across, against
01910^1910 epibaino {ep-ee-bah'-ee-no}\n\nfrom 1909 and the base of 939;; v\n\nAV - sit 1, come 1, go aboard 1, take + 1519 1, come into 1,\n     enter into 1; 6\n\n1) to get upon, mount\n   1a) to embark in\n   1b) to go aboard (a ship)\n2) to set foot in, enter
01911^1911 epiballo {ep-ee-bal'-lo}\n\nfrom 1909 and 906; TDNT - 1:528,91; v\n\nAV - lay 8, put 3, lay on 1, beat 1, cast on 1, think thereon 1,\n      fall 1, stretch forth 1, cast upon 1; 18\n\n1) to cast upon, to lay upon\n   1a) used of seizing one to lead him off as a prisoner\n   1b) to put (i.e. sew) on\n2) to throw one's self upon, rush in\n   2a) used of waves rushing into a ship\n   2b) to put one's mind upon a thing\n   2c) attend to\n3) it belongs to me, falls to my share
01912^1912 epibareo {ep-ee-bar-eh'-o}\n\nfrom 1909 and 916;; v\n\nAV - overcharge 1, be chargeable unto 1, be chargeable to 1; 3\n\n1) to put a burden upon, to load\n2) to be burdensome
01913^1913 epibibazo {ep-ee-bee-bad'-zo}\n\nfrom 1909 and a redupl. deriv. of the base of 939 [cf 307];; v\n\nAV - set on 2, set thereon 1; 3\n\n1) to cause to mount\n2) to place upon
01914^1914 epiblepo {ep-ee-blep'-o}\n\nfrom 1909 and 991;; v\n\nAV - regard 1, look 1, have respect to 1; 3\n\n1) to turn the eyes upon, to look upon, gaze upon\n2) to look up to, regard\n3) to have regard for, to regard
01915^1915 epiblema {ep-ib'-lay-mah}\n\nfrom 1911;; n n\n\nAV - piece 4; 4\n\n1) that which is thrown or put upon a thing, or that which is\n   added to it\n   1a) an addition\n   1b) that which is sewed on to cover a rent, a patch
01916^1916 epiboao {ep-ee-bo-ah'-o}\n\nfrom 1909 and 994;; v\n\nAV - cry 1; 1\n\n1) to cry out to, cry out
01917^1917 epiboule {ep-ee-boo-lay'}\n\nfrom a presumed compound of 1909 and 1014;; n f\n\nAV - lying in wait 1, lay wait for + 1096 1,\n     lay wait + 3195 + 2071 1, - laying await 1; 4\n\n1) a plan formed against one, a plot
01918^1918 epigambreuo {ep-ee-gam-bryoo'-o}\n\nfrom 1909 and a derivative of 1062;; v\n\nAV - marry 1; 1\n\n1) to be related to by marriage, enter into affinity with\n   1a) become any one's father-in-law or son-in-law\n   1b) to marry the widow of a brother who has died childless
01919^1919 epigeios {ep-ig'-i-os}\n\nfrom 1909 and 1093; TDNT - 1:680,116; adj\n\nAV - earthly 4, terrestrial 2, in earth 1; 7\n\n1) existing upon the earth, earthly, terrestrial
01920^1920 epiginomai {ep-ig-in'-om-ahee}\n\nfrom 1909 and 1096;; v\n\nAV - blow 1; 1\n\n1) to become or happen afterwards\n   1a) to be born after\n2) to come to, arrive: of time\n3) to arise, spring up, come on
01921^1921 epiginosko {ep-ig-in-oce'-ko}\n\nfrom 1909 and 1097; TDNT - 1:689,119; v\n\nAV - know 30, acknowledge 5, perceive 3, take knowledge of 2,\n     have knowledge of 1, know well 1; 42\n\n1) to become thoroughly acquainted with, to know thoroughly\n   1a) to know accurately, know well\n2) to know\n   2a) to recognise\n       2a1) by sight, hearing, of certain signs, to perceive\n            who a person is\n   2b) to know i.e. to perceive\n   2c) to know i.e. to find out, ascertain\n   2d) to know i.e. to understand
01922^1922 epignosis {ep-ig'-no-sis}\n\nfrom 1921; TDNT - 1:689,119; n f\n\nAV - knowledge 16, acknowledging 3, acknowledgement 1; 20\n\n1) precise and correct knowledge\n   1a) used in the NT of the knowledge of things ethical and divine
01923^1923 epigraphe {ep-ig-raf-ay'}\n\nfrom 1924;; n f\n\nAV - superscription 5; 5\n\n1) an inscription, title\n   1a) in the NT of an inscription in black letters upon a\n       whitened tablet\n   1b) of the inscription on a coin
01924^1924 epigrapho {ep-ee-graf'-o}\n\nfrom 1909 and 1125;; v\n\nAV - write 2, write over 1, write thereon 1,\n     with this inscription + 1722 + 3639 1; 5\n\n1) to write upon, inscribe\n2) metaph. to write upon the mind
01925^1925 epideiknumi {ep-ee-dike'-noo-mee}\n\nfrom 1909 and 1166;; v\n\nAV - show 9; 9\n\n1) to exhibit, show\n   1a) to bring forth to view, to show\n       1a1) furnish to be looked at, produce what may looked at\n       1a2) to display something belonging to one's self\n   1b) to prove, demonstrate, set forth to be known and acknowledged
01926^1926 epidechomai {ep-ee-dekh'-om-ahee}\n\nfrom 1909 and 1209;; v\n\nAV - receive 2; 2\n\n1) to receive hospitality\n2) to admit, i.e. not to reject
01927^1927 epidemeo {ep-ee-day-meh'-o}\n\nfrom a compound of 1909 and 1218;; v\n\nAV - be there 1, stranger 1; 2\n\n1) to be present among one's people, in one's city or one's native land\n2) to be a sojourner\n   2a) of a foreign resident, among any people, in any country
01928^1928 epidiatassomai {ep-ee-dee-ah-tas'-som-ahee}\n\nmiddle voice from 1909 and 1299;; v\n\nAV - add thereto 1; 1\n\n1) to ordain besides, to add something to what has been ordained
01929^1929 epididomi {ep-ee-did'-o-mee}\n\nfrom 1909 and 1325;; v\n\nAV - give 7, deliver 1, offer 1, let drive + 5342 1, deliver unto 1; 11\n\n1) to hand, give by hand\n2) to give over\n   2a) give up to the power or will of one
01930^1930 epidiorthoo {ep-ee-dee-or-tho'-o}\n\nfrom 1909 and a derivative of 3717;; v\n\nAV - set in order 1; 1\n\n1) to set in order besides or further
01931^1931 epiduo {ep-ee-doo'-o}\n\nfrom 1909 and 1416;; v\n\nAV - go down 1; 1\n\n1) to go down, set (of the sun)
01932^1932 epieikeia {ep-ee-i'-ki-ah}\n\nfrom 1933; TDNT - 2:588,243; n f\n\nAV - clemency 1, gentleness 1; 2\n\n1) mildness, gentleness, fairness
01933^1933 epieikes {ep-ee-i-kace'}\n\nfrom 1909 and 1503; TDNT - 2:588,243; adj\n\nAV - gentle 3, patient 1, moderation 1; 5\n\n1) seemingly, suitable\n2) equitable, fair, mild, gentle
01934^1934 epizeteo {ep-eed-zay-teh'-o}\n\nfrom 1909 and 2212; TDNT - 2:895,300; v\n\nAV - seek after 5, seek 3, desire 3, seek for 2, enquire 1; 14\n\n1) to enquire for, seek for, search for, seek diligently\n2) to wish for, crave\n3) to demand, clamour for
01935^1935 epithanatios {ep-ee-than-at'-ee-os}\n\nfrom 1909 and 2288;; adj\n\nAV - appoint to death 1; 1\n\n1) doomed to death
01936^1936 epithesis {ep-ith'-es-is}\n\nfrom 2007; TDNT - 8:159,1176; n f\n\nAV - laying on 3, putting on 1; 4\n\n1) a laying on, imposition\n\nThe imposition of hands was a sacred rite transmitted by the Jews to\nthe Christians, and employed in praying for another, or in\nconferring upon him divine blessings, especially bodily health, or\nthe Holy Spirit (at the administration of baptism and the\ninauguration to their office of the teachers and ministers of the\nchurch).
01937^1937 epithumeo {ep-ee-thoo-meh'-o}\n\nfrom 1909 and 2372; TDNT - 3:168,339; v\n\nAV - desire 8, covet 3, lust 3, lust after 1, fain 1; 16\n\n1) to turn upon a thing\n2) to have a desire for, long for, to desire\n3) to lust after, covet\n   3a) of those who seek things forbidden
01938^1938 epithumetes {ep-ee-thoo-may-tace'}\n\nfrom 1937; TDNT - 3:172,339; n m\n\nAV - lust after + 1510 1; 1\n\n1) one who longs for, a craver, lover, one eager for
01939^1939 epithumia {ep-ee-thoo-mee'-ah}\n\nfrom 1937; TDNT - 3:168,339; n f\n\nAV - lust 31, concupiscence 3, desire 3, lust after 1; 38\n\n1) desire, craving, longing, desire for what is forbidden, lust\n\nFor Synonyms see entry 5845
01940^1940 epikathizo {ep-ee-kath-id'-zo}\n\nfrom 1909 and 2523;; v\n\nAV - set 1, vr set 1; 2\n\n1) to cause to sit upon, to set upon\n2) to sit upon
01941^1941 epikaleomai {ep-ee-kal-eh'-om-ahee}\n\nmiddle voice from 1909 and 2564; TDNT - 3:496,*; v\n\nAV - call on 7, be (one's) surname 6, be surnamed 5, call upon 4,\n     appeal unto 4, call 4, appeal to 1, appeal 1; 32\n\n1) to put a name upon, to surname\n   1a) to permit one's self to be surnamed\n2) to be named after someone\n3) to call something to one\n   3a) to cry out upon or against one\n   3b) to charge something to one as a crime or reproach\n   3c) to summon one on any charge, prosecute one for a crime\n   3d) to blame one for, accuse one of\n4) to invoke\n   4a) to call upon for one's self, in one's behalf\n       4a1) any one as a helper\n       4a2) as my witness\n       4a3) as my judge\n       4a4) to appeal unto\n5) to call upon by pronouncing the name of Jehovah\n   5a) an expression finding its explanation in the fact that prayers\n       addressed to God ordinarily began with an invocation of the\n       divine name
01942^1942 epikaluma {ep-ee-kal'-oo-mah}\n\nfrom 1943;; n n\n\nAV - cloke 1; 1\n\n1) a covering, veil\n2) metaph. a pretext, cloak
01943^1943 epikalupto {ep-ee-kal-oop'-to}\n\nfrom 1909 and 2572;; v\n\nAV - cover 1; 1\n\n1) to cover over
01944^1944 epikataratos {ep-ee-kat-ar'-at-os}\n\nfrom 1909 and a derivative of 2672; TDNT - 1:451,75; adj\n\nAV - cursed 3; 3\n\n1) accursed, execrable, exposed to divine vengeance, lying under\n   God's curse
01945^1945 epikeimai {ep-ik'-i-mahee}\n\nfrom 1909 and 2749; TDNT - 3:655,425; v\n\nAV - press upon 1, be instant 1, lie 1, be laid thereon 1,\n     lie on 1, be laid upon 1, be imposed on 1; 7\n\n1) to lie upon or over, rest upon, be laid or placed upon\n   1a) on the burning coals\n2) metaph.\n   2a) of things, of the pressure of a violent tempest\n   2b) of men, to press upon, to be urgent
01946^1946 Epikoureios {ep-ee-koo'-ri-os}\n\nfrom Epikouros [cf 1947] (a noted philosopher);; adj\n\nAV - Epicurean 1; 1\n\nEpicurean = "a helper: defender"\n1) belonging to the sect of Epicurius, the philosopher
01947^1947 epikouria {ep-ee-koo-ree'-ah}\n\nfrom a compound of 1909 and a (prolonged) form of the base of\n   2877 (in the sense of servant);; n f\n\nAV - help 1; 1\n\n1) aid, succour, help
01948^1948 epikrino {ep-ee-kree'-no}\n\nfrom 1909 and 2919;; v\n\nAV - give sentence 1; 1\n\n1) to adjudge, approve by one's decision, decree, give sentence
01949^1949 epilambanomai {ep-ee-lam-ban'-om-ahee}\n\nmiddle voice from 1909 and 2983; TDNT - 4:9,*; v\n\nAV - take 7, take by 3, catch 2, take on 2, lay hold on 2,\n     take hold of 2, lay hold upon 1; 19\n\n1) to take in addition, to lay hold of, take possession of,\n   overtake, attain, attain to\n   1a) to lay hold of or to seize upon anything with the hands,\n       to take hold of, lay hold of\n   1b) metaph. to rescue one from peril, to help, succour
01950^1950 epilanthanomai {ep-ee-lan-than'-om-ahee}\n\nmiddle voice from 1909 and 2990;; v\n\nAV - forget 7, be forgetful 1; 8\n\n1) to forget\n2) neglecting, no longer caring for\n2) forgotten, given over to oblivion, i.e. uncared for
01951^1951 epilegomai {ep-ee-leg'-om-ahee}\n\nmiddle voice from 1909 and 3004;; v\n\nAV - be called 1, choose 1; 2\n\n1) to say besides\n2) to surname\n3) to choose for\n4) to choose for one's self
01952^1952 epileipo {ep-ee-li'-po}\n\nfrom 1909 and 3007;; v\n\nAV - fail 1; 1\n\n1) to fail, not to suffer for (any purpose, for the\n   attainment of an end)
01953^1953 epilesmone {ep-ee-lace-mon-ay'}\n\nfrom a derivative of 1950;; n f\n\nAV - forgetful 1; 1\n\n1) forgetfulness
01954^1954 epiloipos {ep-il'-oy-pos}\n\nfrom 1909 and 3062;; adj\n\nAV - rest 1; 1\n\n1) remaining besides, left over
01955^1955 epilusis {ep-il'-oo-sis}\n\nfrom 1956; TDNT - 4:337,543; n f\n\nAV - interpretation 1; 1\n\n1) a loosening, unloosing\n2) metaph. interpretation
01956^1956 epiluo {ep-ee-loo'-o}\n\nfrom 1909 and 3089; TDNT - 4:337,543; v\n\nAV - expound 1, determine 1; 2\n\n1) to unloose, untie\n2) to clear (a controversy), decide, settle\n3) to explain (what is obscure and hard to understand)
01957^1957 epimartureo {ep-ee-mar-too-reh'-o}\n\nfrom 1909 and 3140; TDNT - 4:508,564; v\n\nAV - testify 1; 1\n\n1) to bear witness to, establish by testimony
01958^1958 epimeleia {ep-ee-mel'-i-ah}\n\nfrom 1959;; n f\n\nAV - refresh (one's) self + 5177 1; 1\n\n1) care, attention
01959^1959 epimeleomai {ep-ee-mel-eh'-om-ahee}\n\nmiddle voice from 1909 and the same as 3199;; v\n\nAV - take care of 3; 3\n\n1) to take care of a person or thing
01960^1960 epimelos {ep-ee-mel-oce'}\n\nfrom a derivative of 1959;; adv\n\nAV - diligently 1; 1\n\n1) diligently, carefully
01961^1961 epimeno {ep-ee-men'-o}\n\nfrom 1909 and 3306;; v\n\nAV - tarry 7, continue in 5, continue 2, abide 2, abide in 1,\n     abide still 1; 18\n\n1) to stay at or with, to tarry still, still to abide, to continue,\n   remain\n   1a) of tarrying in a place\n   1b) to persevere, continue\n       1b1) of the thing continued in\n       1b2) in the work of teaching\n       1b3) of the blessing for which one keeps himself fit\n       1b4) denoting the action persisted in
01962^1962 epineuo {ep-een-yoo'-o}\n\nfrom 1909 and 3506;; v\n\nAV - consent 1; 1\n\n1) to nod to\n2) to express approval, to assent
01963^1963 epinoia {ep-in'-oy-ah}\n\nfrom 1909 and 3563;; n f\n\nAV - thought 1; 1\n\n1) thought, purpose
01964^1964 epiorkeo {ep-ee-or-keh'-o}\n\nfrom 1965; TDNT - 5:466,729; v\n\nAV - forswear (one's) self 1; 1\n\n1) to swear falsely, forswear one's self
01965^1965 epiorkos {ep-ee'-or-kos}\n\nfrom 1909 and 3727; TDNT - 5:466,729; adj\n\nAV - perjured person 1; 1\n\n1) a false swearer, a perjurer
01966^1966 epiousa {ep-ee-oo'-sah}\n\nfeminine singular participle of a comparative of 1909 and heimi\n   (to go);; participle\n\nAV - next day 2, following 2, next 1; 5\n\n1) to come upon, approach\n   1a) of time, to come on, be at hand, next, following,\n       on the following day
01967^1967 epiousios {ep-ee-oo'-see-os}\n\nperhaps from the same as 1966; TDNT - 2:590,243; adj\n\nAV - daily 2; 2\n\n1) word found in the phrase\n   1a) the bread of our necessity\n   1b) the bread that suffices for each day
01968^1968 epipipto {ep-ee-pip'-to}\n\nfrom 1909 and 4098;; v\n\nAV - fall 10, fall on 1, press 1, lie 1; 13\n\n1) to fall upon, to rush or press upon\n   1a) to lie upon one\n   1b) to fall into one's embrace\n   1c) to fall back upon\n2) metaph.\n   2a) to fall upon one i.e. to seize, take possession of him\n       2a1) of the Holy Spirit, in his inspiration and impulse\n       2a2) of reproaches cast upon one
01969^1969 epiplesso {ep-ee-place'-so}\n\nfrom 1909 and 4141;; v\n\nAV - rebuke 1; 1\n\n1) to strike upon, beat upon\n2) to chastise with words, to chide, upbraid, rebuke
01970^1970 epipnigo {ep-ee-pnee'-go}\n\nfrom 1909 and 4155;; v\n\nAV - choke 1; 1\n\n1) to throttle upon, to overgrow, to choke
01971^1971 epipotheo {ep-ee-poth-eh'-o}\n\nfrom 1909 and potheo (to yearn);; v\n\nAV - greatly desire 2, long 1, earnestly desire 1, long after 1,\n     greatly long after 1, lust 1, desire 1, longed after + 2258 1; 9\n\n1) to long for, desire\n2) to pursue with love, to long after\n3) to lust, harbour forbidden desire
01972^1972 epipothesis {ep-ee-poth'-ay-sis}\n\nfrom 1971;; n f\n\nAV - earnestly desire 1, vehemently desire 1; 2\n\n1) longing
01973^1973 epipothetos {ep-ee-poth'-ay-tos}\n\nfrom 1909 and a derivative of the latter part of 1971;; adj\n\nAV - longed for 1; 1\n\n1) longed for
01974^1974 epipothia {ep-ee-poth-ee'-ah}\n\nfrom 1971;; n f\n\nAV - great desire 1; 1\n\n1) longing
01975^1975 epiporeuomai {ep-ee-por-yoo'-om-ahee}\n\nfrom 1909 and 4198;; v\n\nAV - come 1; 1\n\n1) to go or journey to\n2) to go to, traverse\n   2a) regions, cities\n3) to make a hostile inroad, overrun, march over
01976^1976 epirrhapto {ep-ir-hrap'-to}\n\nfrom 1909 and the base of 4476;; v\n\nAV - sew 1; 1\n\n1) to sew upon, sew to
01977^1977 epirrhipto {ep-ir-hrip'-to}\n\nfrom 1909 and 4496; TDNT - 6:991,987; v\n\nAV - cast 2; 2\n\n1) to throw upon, place upon
01978^1978 episemos {ep-is'-ay-mos}\n\nfrom 1909 and some form of the base of 4591; TDNT - 7:267,1015; adj\n\nAV - notable 1, of note 1; 2\n\n1) having a mark on it, marked, stamped, coined\n2) marked\n   2a) in a good sense\n       2a1) of note, illustrious\n   2b) in a bad sense\n       2b1) notorious, infamous
01979^1979 episitismos {ep-ee-sit-is-mos'}\n\nfrom a compound of 1909 and a derivative of 4621;; n m\n\nAV - victuals 1; 1\n\n1) foraging, providing food\n2) supplies, provisions, food
01980^1980 episkeptomai {ep-ee-skep'-tom-ahee}\n\nmiddle voice from 1909 and the base of 4649; TDNT - 2:599,244; v\n\nAV - visit 10, look out 1; 11\n\n1) to look upon or after, to inspect, examine with the eyes\n   1a) in order to see how he is, i.e. to visit, go to see one\n       1a1) the poor and afflicted, the sick\n   1b) to look upon in order to help or to benefit\n       1b1) to look after, have care for, provide for: of God\n   1c) to look (about) for, look out (one to choose, employ, etc.)
01981^1981 episkenoo {ep-ee-skay-no'-o}\n\nfrom 1909 and 4637; TDNT - 7:386,1040; v\n\nAV - rest 1; 1\n\n1) to fix a tent or habitation on\n   1a) to take possession of and live in the houses\n       1a1) of the citizens\n       1a2) of the power of Christ descending upon one, working within\n            him and giving him help
01982^1982 episkiazo {ep-ee-skee-ad'-zo}\n\nfrom 1909 and a derivative of 4639; TDNT - 7:399,1044; v\n\nAV - overshadow 5; 5\n\n1) to throw a shadow upon, to envelop in a shadow, to overshadow\n\nFrom a vaporous cloud that casts a shadow the word is transferred to\na shining cloud surrounding and enveloping persons with brightness.\nUsed of the Holy Spirit exerting creative energy upon the womb of\nthe virgin Mary and impregnating it (a use of the word which seems\nto have been drawn from the familiar OT idea of a cloud as\nsymbolising the immediate presence and power of God)
01983^1983 episkopeo {ep-ee-skop-eh'-o}\n\nfrom 1909 and 4648; TDNT - 2:599,244; v\n\nAV - look diligently 1, take the oversight 1; 2\n\n1) to look upon, inspect, oversee, look after, care for\n   1a) of the care of the church which rested upon the elders\n   1b) to look carefully, beware
01984^1984 episkope {ep-is-kop-ay'}\n\nfrom 1980; TDNT - 2:606,244; n f\n\nAV - visitation 2, bishoprick 1, office of a bishop 1; 4\n\n1) investigation, inspection, visitation\n   1a) that act by which God looks into and searches out the\n       ways, deeds character, of men, in order to adjudge them\n       their lot accordingly, whether joyous or sad\n   1b) oversight\n       1b1) overseership, office, charge, the office of an elder\n       1b2) the overseer or presiding officers of a Christian church
01985^1985 episkopos {ep-is'-kop-os}\n\nfrom 1909 and 4649 (in the sense of 1983); TDNT - 2:608,244; n m\n\nAV - bishop 6, overseer 1; 7\n\n1) an overseer\n   1a) a man charged with the duty of seeing that things to be done\n       by others are done rightly, any curator, guardian or\n       superintendent\n   1b) the superintendent, elder, or overseer of a Christian church
01986^1986 epispaomai {ep-ee-spah'-om-ahee}\n\nfrom 1909 and 4685;; v\n\nAV - become circumcised 1; 1\n\n1) to draw on (let him not draw on his foreskin)\n\nFrom the days of Antiochus Epiphanes [B.C. 175-164] down, there had\nbeen Jews who, in order to conceal from heathen persecutors or\nscoffers the external sign of their nationality, circumcision,\nsought artificially to compel nature to reproduce the prepuce, by\nextending or drawing forward with an iron instrument the remnant of\nit still left, so as to cover the glands.
01987^1987 epistamai {ep-is'-tam-ahee}\n\napparently a middle voice of 2186 (with 3563 implied);; v\n\nAV - know 13, understand 1; 14\n\n1) to put one's attention on, fix one's thoughts on, to turn\n   one's self or one's mind to, put one's thought upon a thing\n   1a) to be acquainted with, to understand\n   1b) to know\n\nFor Synonyms see entry 5825
01988^1988 epistates {ep-is-tat'-ace}\n\nfrom 1909 and a presumed derivative of 2476; TDNT - 2:622,248; n m\n\nAV - Master 7; 7\n\n1) any sort of superintendent or overseer
01989^1989 epistello {ep-ee-stel'-lo}\n\nfrom 1909 and 4724; TDNT - 7:593,1074; v\n\nAV - write 1, write unto 1, write a letter unto 1; 3\n\n1) to send one a message, command\n2) to write a letter\n3) to enjoin by letter, to write instructions
01990^1990 epistemon {ep-ee-stay'-mone}\n\nfrom 1987;; adj\n\nAV - endued with knowledge 1; 1\n\n1) intelligent, experienced, one having the knowledge of an expert
01991^1991 episterizo {ep-ee-stay-rid'-zo}\n\nfrom 1909 and 4741; TDNT - 7:653,1085; v\n\nAV - confirm 3, strengthen 1; 4\n\n1) to establish besides, strengthen more\n2) to render more firm, confirm
01992^1992 epistole {ep-is-tol-ay'}\n\nfrom 1989; TDNT - 7:593,1074; n f\n\nAV - epistle 15, letter 9; 24\n\n1) a letter, epistle
01993^1993 epistomizo {ep-ee-stom-id'-zo}\n\nfrom 1909 and 4750;; v\n\nAV - stop the mouth 1; 1\n\n1) to bridle or stop up the mouth\n2) metaph. to stop the mouth, reduce to silence
01994^1994 epistrepho {ep-ee-stref'-o}\n\nfrom 1909 and 4762; TDNT - 7:722,1093; v\n\nAV - turn 16, be converted 6, return 6, turn about 4,\n     turn again 3, misc 4; 39\n\n1) transitively\n   1a) to turn to\n       1a1) to the worship of the true God\n   1b) to cause to return, to bring back\n       1b1) to the love and obedience of God\n       1b2) to the love for the children\n       1b3) to love wisdom and righteousness\n2) intransitively\n   2a) to turn to one's self\n   2b) to turn one's self about, turn back\n   2c) to return, turn back, come back
01995^1995 epistrophe {ep-is-trof-ay'}\n\nfrom 1994; TDNT - 7:722,1093; n f\n\nAV - conversion 1; 1\n\n1) conversion (of the Gentiles from idolatry to the true God)
01996^1996 episunago {ep-ee-soon-ag'-o}\n\nfrom 1909 and 4863;; v\n\nAV - gather together 5, gather 2; 7\n\n1) to gather together besides, to bring together to others\n   already assembled\n2) to gather together against\n3) to gather together in one place
01997^1997 episunagoge {ep-ee-soon-ag-o-gay'}\n\nfrom 1996; TDNT - 7:841,1107; n f\n\nAV - gathering together 1, assembling together 1; 2\n\n1) a gathering together in one place\n2) the (religious) assembly (of Christians)
01998^1998 episuntrecho {ep-ee-soon-trekh'-o}\n\nfrom 1909 and 4936;; v\n\nAV - come running together 1; 1\n\n1) to run together besides\n   1a) to others already gathered
01999^1999 episustasis {ep-ee-soo'-stas-is}\n\nfrom the middle voice of a compound of 1909 and 4921;; n f\n\nAV - that which comes upon 1, a raising up + 4160 1; 2\n\n1) a hostile banding together or concourse\n   1a) to excite to a riotous gathering of the people to make a mob\n   1b) a troublesome throng of persons seeking help, counsel, comfort\n   1c) throng to one
02000^2000 episphales {ep-ee-sfal-ace'}\n\nfrom a compound of 1909 and sphallo (to trip);; adj\n\nAV - dangerous 1; 1\n\n1) prone to fall
02001^2001 epischo {ep-is-khoo'-o}\n\nfrom 1909 and 2480;; v\n\nAV - be more fierce 1; 1\n\n1) to give additional strength, to make stronger\n2) to receive greater strength, grow stronger
02002^2002 episoreuo {ep-ee-so-ryoo'-o}\n\nfrom 1909 and 4987; TDNT - 7:1094,1150; v\n\nAV - heap 1; 1\n\n1) to heap up, accumulate in piles
02003^2003 epitage {ep-ee-tag-ay'}\n\nfrom 2004; TDNT - 8:36,1156; n f\n\nAV - commandment 6, authority 1; 7\n\n1) an injunction, mandate, command
02004^2004 epitasso {ep-ee-tas'-so}\n\nfrom 1909 and 5021;; v\n\nAV - command 8, charge 1, enjoin 1; 10\n\n1) to enjoin upon, order, command, charge
02005^2005 epiteleo {ep-ee-tel-eh'-o}\n\nfrom 1909 and 5055; TDNT - 8:61,1161; v\n\nAV - perform 3, perfect 2, accomplish 2, finish 1, performance 1,\n     make 1, do 1; 11\n\n1) to bring to an end, accomplish, perfect, execute, complete\n   1a) to take upon one's self\n   1b) to make an end for one's self\n       1b1) to leave off\n2) to appoint to, impose upon
02006^2006 epitedeios {ep-ee-tay'-di-os}\n\nfrom epitedes (enough);; adj\n\nAV - things which are needful 1; 1\n\n1) fit, suitable, convenient, advantageous\n2) needful, esp. of the necessities of life
02007^2007 epitithemi {ep-ee-tith'-ay-mee}\n\nfrom 1909 and 5087; TDNT - 8:159,1176; v\n\nAV - lay on 10, lay 7, put 6, lay upon 4, put on 3, put upon 2,\n     set 2, not tr 1, misc 7; 42\n\n1) in the active voice\n   1a) to put or lay upon\n   1b) to add to\n2) in the middle voice\n   2a) to have put on, bid to be laid on\n   2b) to lay or throw one's self upon\n   2c) to attack one, to make an assault on one
02008^2008 epitimao {ep-ee-tee-mah'-o}\n\nfrom 1909 and 5091; TDNT - 2:623,249; v\n\nAV - rebuke 24, charge 4, straightly charge 1; 29\n\n1) to show honour to, to honour\n2) to raise the price of\n3) to adjudge, award, in the sense of merited penalty\n4) to tax with fault, rate, chide, rebuke, reprove, censure severely\n   4a) to admonish or charge sharply
02009^2009 epitimia {ep-ee-tee-mee'-ah}\n\nfrom a compound of 1909 and 5092; TDNT - 2:627,249; n f\n\nAV - punishment 1; 1\n\n1) punishment
02010^2010 epitrepo {ep-ee-trep'-o}\n\nfrom 1909 and the base of 5157;; v\n\nAV - suffer 10, permit 4, give leave 2, give liberty 1,\n     give license 1, let 1; 19\n\n1) to turn to, transfer, commit, instruct\n2) to permit, allow, give leave
02011^2011 epitrope {ep-ee-trop-ay'}\n\nfrom 2010;; n f\n\nAV - commission 1; 1\n\n1) permission, power, commission
02012^2012 epitropos {ep-it'-rop-os}\n\nfrom 1909 and 5158 (in the sense of 2011);; n m\n\nAV - steward 2, tutor 1; 3\n\n1) one to whose care or honour anything has been instructed\n  1a) a curator, a guardian\n  1b) a steward or manager of a household, or of lands\n      1b1) overseer\n  1c) one who has the care and tutelage of children, either\n      where the father is dead (a guardian of minors), or where\n      the father is still alive
02013^2013 epitugchano {ep-ee-toong-khan'-o}\n\nfrom 1909 and 5177;; v\n\nAV - obtain 5; 5\n\n1) to light or hit upon any person or thing\n2) to attain to, obtain
02014^2014 epiphaino {ep-ee-fah'-ee-no}\n\nfrom 1909 and 5316; TDNT - 9:7,1244; v\n\nAV - appear 3, give light 1; 4\n\n1) to show to or upon\n   1a) to bring to light\n2) to appear, become visible\n   2a) of stars\n3) to become clearly known, to show one's self
02015^2015 epiphaneia {ep-if-an'-i-ah}\n\nfrom 2016; TDNT - 9:7,1244; n f\n\nAV - appearing 5, brightness 1; 6\n\n1) an appearing, appearance\n\nOften used of the glorious manifestation of the gods, and esp. of\ntheir advent to help; in the NT the advent of Christ, -- not only\nthat which has already taken place and by which his presence and\npower appear in the saving light he has shed upon mankind, but also\nthat illustrious return from heaven to earth to occur in the future.
02016^2016 epiphanes {ep-if-an-ace'}\n\nfrom 2014; TDNT - 9:7,1244; adj\n\nAV - notable 1; 1\n\n1) conspicuous, manifest, illustrious
02017^2017 epiphausko {ep-ee-fows'-ko}\n\na form of 2014; TDNT - 9:310,*; v\n\nAV - give light 1; 1\n\n1) to shine upon\n   1a) Christ will pour upon you the divine truth as the sun gives\n       light to men aroused from sleep
02018^2018 epiphero {ep-ee-fer'-o}\n\nfrom 1909 and 5342;; v\n\nAV - bring 2, take 1, add 1, bring against 1; 5\n\n1) to bring upon, bring forward\n   1a) used of accusers\n2) to lay upon, to inflict\n3) to bring upon, i.e. in addition, to add, increase\n4) to put upon, cast upon, impose
02019^2019 epiphoneo {ep-ee-fo-neh'-o}\n\nfrom 1909 and 5455;; v\n\nAV - cry 1, give a shout 1, cry against 1; 3\n\n1) to call out to, shout
02020^2020 epiphosko {ep-ee-foce'-ko}\n\na form of 2017; TDNT - 9:310,1293; v\n\nAV - begin to dawn 1, draw on 1; 2\n\n1) to grow light, to dawn
02021^2021 epicheireo {ep-ee-khi-reh'-o}\n\nfrom 1909 and 5495;; v\n\nAV - take in hand 1, go about 1, take upon 1; 3\n\n1) to put the hand to\n2) to take in hand, undertake, attempt
02022^2022 epicheo {ep-ee-kheh'-o}\n\nfrom 1909 and cheo (to pour);; v\n\nAV - pour in 1; 1\n\n1) to pour upon
02023^2023 epichoregeo {ep-ee-khor-ayg-eh'-o}\n\nfrom 1909 and 5524;; v\n\nAV - minister 2, minister nourishment 1, add 1, minister unto 1; 5\n\n1) to supply, furnish, present\n2) to be supplied, ministered to, assisted
02024^2024 epichoregia {ep-ee-khor-ayg-ee'-ah}\n\nfrom 2023;; n f\n\nAV - supply 2; 2\n\n1) a supplying, supply
02025^2025 epichrio {ep-ee-khree'-o}\n\nfrom 1909 and 5548;; v\n\nAV - anoint 1, anoint + 1909 1; 2\n\n1) to spread on, anoint anything upon anything
02026^2026 epoikodomeo {ep-oy-kod-om-eh'-o}\n\nfrom 1909 and 3618; TDNT - 5:147,674; v\n\nAV - build up 3, build thereupon 2, build 2, build thereon 1; 8\n\n1) to build upon, build up\n\nTo finish the structure of which the foundation has already been\nlaid, to give constant increase in Christian knowledge and in a life\nconformed thereto.
02027^2027 epokello {ep-ok-el'-lo}\n\nfrom 1909 and okello (to urge);; v\n\nAV - run aground 1; 1\n\n1) to drive upon, strike against\n   1a) to run a ship aground
02028^2028 eponomazo {ep-on-om-ad'-zo}\n\nfrom 1909 and 3687; TDNT - 5:282,694; v\n\nAV - call 1; 1\n\n1) to put a name upon, name\n2) to be named
02029^2029 epopteuo {ep-opt-yoo'-o}\n\nfrom 1909 and a derivative of 3700; TDNT - 5:373,706; v\n\nAV - behold 2; 2\n\n1) to be an overseer\n2) to look upon, view attentively\n3) to watch
02030^2030 epoptes {ep-op'-tace}\n\nfrom 1909 and a presumed derivative of 3700; TDNT - 5:373,706; n m\n\nAV - eyewitness 1; 1\n\n1) an overseer, inspector\n2) spectator, eye witness of anything\n\nThis was the name given to those who had attained to the third, i.e\nthe highest grade of the Eleusinian mysteries; these were celebrated\nannually at Eleusis and Athens in ancient times, in memory of the\nabduction and return of Persephone and in honour of Demeter and\nBacchus.
02031^2031 epos {ep'-os}\n\nfrom 2036;; n n\n\nAV - say + 2036 1; 1\n\n1) a word
02032^2032 epouranios {ep-oo-ran'-ee-os}\n\nfrom 1909 and 3772; TDNT - 5:538,736; adj\n\nAV - heavenly 16, celestial 2, in heaven 1, high 1; 20\n\n1) existing in heaven\n   1a) things that take place in heaven\n   1b) the heavenly regions\n       1b1) heaven itself, the abode of God and angels\n       1b2) the lower heavens, of the stars\n       1b3) the heavens, of the clouds\n   1c) the heavenly temple or sanctuary\n2) of heavenly origin or nature
02033^2033 hepta {hep-tah'}\n\na primary number; TDNT - 2:627,249; n indecl\n\nAV - seven 86, seventh 1; 87\n\n1) seven
02034^2034 heptakis {hep-tak-is'}\n\nfrom 2033; TDNT - 2:627,249; adv\n\nAV - seven times 4; 4\n\n1) seven times
02035^2035 heptakischilioi {hep-tak-is-khil'-ee-oy}\n\nfrom 2034 and 5507; TDNT - 2:627,249; n\n\nAV - seven thousand 1; 1\n\n1) seven thousand
02036^2036 epo {ep'-o}\n\na primary verb (used only in the definite past tense, the others\n   being borrowed from 2046, 4483, and 5346);; v\n\nAV - say 859, speak 57, tell 41, command 8, bid 5, misc 6, vr say 1; 977\n\n1) to speak, say
02037^2037 Erastos {er'-as-tos}\n\nfrom erao (to love);; n pr m\n\nAV - Erastus 3; 3\n\nErastus = "beloved"\n1) a companion of the apostle Paul\n2) the chamberlain or rather the public treasurer, of Corinth
02038^2038 ergazomai {er-gad'-zom-ahee}\n\nmiddle voice from 2041; TDNT - 2:635,251; v\n\nAV - work 22, wrought 7, do 3, minister about 1,\n     forbear working + 3361 1, labour for 1, labour 1, commit 1,\n     trade by 1, trade 1; 39\n\n1) to work, labour, do work\n2) to trade, to make gains by trading, "do business"\n3) to do, work out\n   3a) exercise, perform, commit\n   3b) to cause to exist, produce\n4) to work for, earn by working, to acquire
02039^2039 ergasia {er-gas-ee'-ah}\n\nfrom 2040; TDNT - 2:635,251; n f\n\nAV - gain 3, craft 1, diligence 1, work 1; 6\n\n1) a working, performing\n2) work, business\n3) gain got by work, profit\n4) endeavour, pains
02040^2040 ergates {er-gat'-ace}\n\nfrom 2041; TDNT - 2:635,251; n m\n\nAV - labourer 10, workman 3, worker 3; 16\n\n1) a workman, a labourer\n   1a) usually one who works for hire esp. an agricultural worker\n2) one who does, a worker, perpetrator
02041^2041 ergon {er'-gon}\n\nfrom a primary (but obsolete) ergo (to work); TDNT - 2:635,251; n n\n\nAV - work 152, deed 22, doing 1, labour 1; 176\n\n1) business, employment, that which any one is occupied\n   1a) that which one undertakes to do, enterprise, undertaking\n2) any product whatever, any thing accomplished by hand, art,\n   industry, or mind\n3) an act, deed, thing done: the idea of working is emphasised in\n   opp. to that which is less than work
02042^2042 erethizo {er-eth-id'-zo}\n\nfrom a presumed prolonged form of 2054;; v\n\nAV - provoke 2; 2\n\n1) to stir up, excite, stimulate, to provoke
02043^2043 ereido {er-i'-do}\n\nof obscure affinity;; v\n\nAV - stick fast 1; 1\n\n1) to fix, prop firmly
02044^2044 ereugomai {er-yoog'-om-ahee}\n\nof uncertain affinity;; v\n\nAV - utter 1; 1\n\n1) to spit or spew out\n2) to be emptied, discharge itself, used of streams\n   2a) to empty, discharge, cast forth, used of rivers and waters\n3) to pour forth words, to speak out, utter
02045^2045 ereunao {er-yoo-nah'-o}\n\napparently from 2046 (through the idea of enquiry);\n   TDNT - 2:655,255; v\n\nAV - search 6; 6\n\n1) to search, examine into
02046^2046 ereo {er-eh'-o}\n\nprobably a fuller form of 4483, an alternate for 2036 in cert. tenses;; v\n\nAV - say 57, speak 7, tell 4, speak of 2, call 1; 71\n\n1) to utter, speak, say
02047^2047 eremia {er-ay-mee'-ah}\n\nfrom 2048; TDNT - 2:657,255; n f\n\nAV - wilderness 3, desert 1; 4\n\n1) a solitude, an uninhabited region, a waste
02048^2048 eremos {er'-ay-mos}\n\nof uncertain affinity; TDNT - 2:657,255; adjective\n\nAV - wilderness 32, desert 13, desolate 4, solitary 1; 50\n\n1) solitary, lonely, desolate, uninhabited\n  1a) used of places\n     1a1) a desert, wilderness\n     1a2) deserted places, lonely regions\n     1a3) an uncultivated region fit for pasturage\n  1b) used of persons\n     1b1) deserted by others\n     1b2) deprived of the aid and protection of others,\n          especially of friends, acquaintances, kindred\n     1b3) bereft\n         1b3a) of a flock deserted by the shepherd\n         1b3b) of a women neglected by her husband,\n               from whom the husband withholds himself
02049^2049 eremoo {er-ay-mo'-o}\n\nfrom 2048; TDNT - 2:657,255; v\n\nAV - bring to desolation 2, desolate 1, come to nought 1,\n     make desolate 1; 5\n\n1) to make desolate, lay waste\n2) to ruin, bring to desolation\n3) to despoil one, strip her of her treasures
02050^2050 eremosis {er-ay'-mo-sis}\n\nfrom 2049; TDNT - 2:660,255; n f\n\nAV - desolation 3; 3\n\n1) a making desolate, desolation
02051^2051 erizo {er-id'-zo}\n\nfrom 2054;; v\n\nAV - strive 1; 1\n\n1) to wrangle, engage in strife\n   1a) used to describe the calm temper of Jesus in contrast with the\n       vehemence of the Jewish doctors wrangling together about\n       tenets and practices
02052^2052 eritheia {er-ith-i'-ah}\n\nperhaps as the same as 2042; TDNT - 2:660,256; n f\n\nAV - strife 5, contention 1, contentious + 1537 1; 7\n\n1) electioneering or intriguing for office\n   1a) apparently, in the NT a courting distinction, a desire to put\n       one's self forward, a partisan and fractious spirit which does\n       not disdain low arts\n   1b) partisanship, fractiousness
02053^2053 erion {er'-ee-on}\n\nof obscure affinity;; n n\n\nAV - wool 2; 2\n\n1) wool
02054^2054 eris {er'-is}\n\nof uncertain affinity;; n f\n\nAV - strife 4, debate 2, contention 2, variance 1; 9\n\n1) contention, strife, wrangling
02055^2055 eriphion {er-if'-ee-on}\n\nfrom 2056;; n n\n\nAV - goat 1; 1\n\n1) a kid, a young goat
02056^2056 eriphos {er'-if-os}\n\nperhaps from the same as 2053 (through the idea of hairiness);; n m\n\nAV - goat 1, kid 1; 2\n\n1) a kid, a young goat
02057^2057 Hermas {her-mas'}\n\nprobably from 2060;; n pr m\n\nAV - Hermas 1; 1\n\nHermas = "Mercury"\n1) a Christian mentioned in Rom.  16:14. According to tradition, he\n   was one of the seventy disciples, and afterwards bishop of\n   Dalmatia. (A.D. 55)
02058^2058 hermeneia {her-may-ni'-ah}\n\nfrom the same as 2059; TDNT - 2:661,256; n f\n\nAV - interpretation 2; 2\n\n1) interpretation\n   1a) of what has been spoken more or less obscurely by others
02059^2059 hermeneuo {her-mayn-yoo'-o}\n\nfrom a presumed derivative of 2060 (as the god of language);\n   TDNT - 2:661,256; v\n\nAV - by interpretation 3, being interpreted 1; 4\n\n1) to explain in words, expound\n2) to interpret\n   2a) to translate what has been spoken or written in a foreign tongue\n       into the vernacular
02060^2060 Hermes {her-mace'}\n\nperhaps from 2046;; n pr m\n\nAV - Mercurius 1, Hermes a Christian 1; 2\n\nMercurius or Hermes = "herald of the gods"\n1) a Greek deity called by the Romans Mercurius (Mercury)\n2) a certain Christian
02061^2061 Hermogenes {her-mog-en'-ace}\n\nfrom 2060 and 1096;; n pr m\n\nAV - Hermogenes 1; 1\n\nHermogenes = "lucky born or born of Mercury"\n1) a certain Christian mentioned in 2 Ti. 1:15
02062^2062 herpeton {her-pet-on'}\n\nneuter of a derivative of herpo (to creep);; n n\n\nAV - creeping thing 3, serpent 1; 4\n\n1) a creeping animal, reptile\n   1a) used chiefly of snakes\n2) an animal of any sort\n   2a) four-legged animals and birds\n   2b) marine animals
02063^2063 eruthros {er-oo-thros'}\n\nof uncertain affinity;; adj\n\nAV - Red 2; 2\n\n1) the Red Sea\n   1a) the Indian Ocean washing the shores of Arabia and Persia, with\n       its two gulfs, of which the one on the east is called the\n       Persian Gulf, the other on the opposite side the Arabian. In\n       the NT the phrase denotes the upper part of the Arabian Gulf\n       (the Heropolitie Gulf, so called [i.e. the Gulf of Suez]),\n       through which the Israelites made their passage out of Egypt\n       to the shore of Arabia.
02064^2064 erchomai {er'-khom-ahee}\n\nmiddle voice of a primary verb (used only in the present and\n   imperfect tenses, the others being supplied by a kindred\n   [middle voice] eleuthomai {el-yoo'-thom-ahee}, or [active]\n   eltho {el'-tho}, which do not otherwise occur); TDNT - 2:666,257; v\n\nAV - come 616, go 13, misc 13, vr come 1; 643\n\n1) to come\n  1a) of persons\n      1a1) to come from one place to another, and used both of\n           persons arriving\n      1a2) to appear, make one's appearance, come before the public\n2) metaph.\n  2a) to come into being, arise, come forth, show itself, find\n      place or influence\n  2b) be established, become known, to come (fall) into or unto\n3) to go, to follow one\n\nFor Synonyms see entry 5818
02065^2065 erotao {er-o-tah'-o}\n\napparently from 2046 cf 2045; TDNT - 2:685,262; v\n\nAV - ask 23, beseech 14, pray 14, desire 6, intreat 1; 58\n\n1) to question\n2) to ask\n   2a) to request, entreat, beg, beseech\n\nFor Synonyms see entry 5802
02066^2066 esthes {es-thace'}\n\nfrom hennumi (to clothe);; n f\n\nAV - apparel 3, clothing 2, robe 1, raiment 1; 7\n\n1) clothing, raiment, apparel
02067^2067 esthesis {es'-thay-sis}\n\nfrom a derivative of 2066;; n f\n\nAV - garment 1; 1\n\n1) clothing, apparel
02068^2068 esthio {es-thee'-o}\n\nstrengthened for a primary edo (to eat); used only in certain\n   tenses, the rest being supplied by 5315; TDNT - 2:689,262; v\n\nAV - eat 63, live 1, devour 1; 65\n\n1) to eat\n2) to eat (consume) a thing\n   2a) to take food, eat a meal\n3) metaph. to devour, consume
02069^2069 Esli {es-lee'}\n\nof Hebrew origin, probably for 0454;; n pr m\n\nAV - Esli 1; 1\n\nEsli = "reserved of Jehovah"\n1) the son of Nagge or Naggai in the genealogy of Christ. Lk. 3:25.
02070^2070 esmen {es-men'}\n\nfrom 1510;; v\n\nAV - are 49, have hope + 1679 1, was 1, be 1, have our being 1; 53\n\n1) first person plural of "to be"
02071^2071 esomai {es'-om-ahee}\n\nfuture of 1510;; v\n\nAV - shall be 151, will be 9, be 6, shall have 6, shall come to pass 4,\n     shall 4, not tr 1, misc 7; 188\n\n1) future first person singular of "to be"
02072^2072 esoptron {es'-op-tron}\n\nfrom 1519 and a presumed derivative of 3700; TDNT - 2:696,27/264; n n\n\nAV - glass 2; 2\n\n1) a mirror\n   1a) the mirrors of the ancients were made, not of glass, but steel
02073^2073 hespera {hes-per'-ah}\n\nfrom an adjective hesperos (evening);; n f\n\nAV - evening 2, eventide 1; 3\n\n1) evening, eventide
02074^2074 Esrom {es-rome}\n\nof Hebrew origin 02696;; n pr m\n\nAV - Esrom 3; 3\n\nEsrom or Hezron or Hesron = "enclosed"\n1) the son of Reuben, and ancestor of the Hezronites
02075^2075 este {es-teh'}\n\nsecond person plural present indicative of 1510;; v\n\nAV - are 82, be 5, is 2, belong to 1, have been 1, not tr 1; 92\n\n1) second person plural of "to be"
02076^2076 esti {es-tee'}\n\nthird person singular present indicative of 1510;; v\n\nAV - is 752, are 51, was 29, be 25, have 11, not tr 15, misc 27,\n     vr is 1; 910\n\n1) third person singular of "to be"
02077^2077 esto {es'-to}\n\nsecond person singular present imperative of 1510, estosan {es'-to-san}\nthird person of the same;; v\n\nAV - let be 10, be 5, not tr 1; 16\n\n1) third persons singular imperative of "to be"
02078^2078 eschatos {es'-khat-os}\n\na superlative probably from 2192 (in the sense of contiguity);\n   TDNT - 2:697,264; adj\n\nAV - last 46, lowest 2, uttermost 2, last state 2, ends 1,\n     latter end 1; 54\n\n1) extreme\n   1a) last in time or in place\n   1b) last in a series of places\n   1c) last in a temporal succession\n2) the last\n   2a) last, referring to time\n   2b) of space, the uttermost part, the end, of the earth\n   2c) of rank, grade of worth, last i.e. lowest
02079^2079 eschatos {es-khat'-oce}\n\nfrom 2078;; adv\n\nAV - lie at the point of death + 2292 1; 1\n\n1) extreme, to be in the last gasp, at the point of death
02080^2080 eso {es'-o}\n\nfrom 1519; TDNT - 2:698,265; adv\n\nAV - within 3, in 1, into 1, inward 1, inner 1, not tr 1; 8\n\n1) to within, into\n2) within\n   2a) the internal inner man\n   2b) the soul, conscience
02081^2081 esothen {es'-o-then}\n\nfrom 2080;; adv\n\nAV - within 7, from within 3, inward part 1, inwardly 1, inward man 1,\n     without 1; 14\n\n1) from within\n2) within, that which is within, the inside\n   2a) your soul
02082^2082 esoteros {es-o'-ter-os}\n\ncomparative of 2080;; adj\n\nAV - inner 1, within 1; 2\n\n1) inner\n   1a) the inner space which is behind the veil\n   1b) the shrine, the Holy of Holies, said of heaven by a figure drawn\n       from earthly temple
02083^2083 hetairos {het-ah'-ee-ros}\n\nfrom etes (a clansman); TDNT - 2:699,265; n m\n\nAV - friend 3, fellow 1; 4\n\n1) a comrade, mate, partner\n2) in kindly address\n   2a) friend, (my good friend)
02084^2084 heteroglossos {het-er-og'-loce-sos}\n\nfrom 2087 and 1100; TDNT - 1:726,123; adj\n\nAV - other tongue 1; 1\n\n1) one who speaks a foreign language
02085^2085 heterodidaskaleo {het-er-od-id-as-kal-eh'-o}\n\nfrom 2087 and 1320; TDNT - 2:163,161; v\n\nAV - teach other doctrine 1, teach otherwise 1; 2\n\n1) to teach other or different doctrine\n   1a) deviating from the truth
02086^2086 heterozugeo {het-er-od-zoog-eh'-o}\n\nfrom a compound of 2087 and 2218; TDNT - 2:901,301; v\n\nAV - be unequally yoked together with 1; 1\n\n1) to come under an unequal or different yoke, to be unequally yoked\n   1a) to have fellowship with one who is not an equal: 2Cor 6:14,\n       where the apostle is forbidding Christians to have intercourse\n       with idolaters
02087^2087 heteros {het'-er-os}\n\nof uncertain affinity; TDNT - 2:702,265; adj\n\nAV - another 43, other 42, other thing 3, some 2, next day 2, misc 7; 99\n\n1) the other, another, other\n  1a) to number\n    1a1) to number as opposed to some former person or thing\n    1a2) the other of two\n  1b) to quality\n    1b1) another: i.e. one not of the same nature, form, class,\n         kind, different\n\nFor Synonyms see entry 5806
02088^2088 heteros {het-er'-oce}\n\nfrom 2087;; adv\n\nAV - otherwise 1; 1\n\n1) otherwise, differently
02089^2089 eti {et'-ee}\n\nperhaps akin to 2094;; adv\n\nAV - yet 52, more 34, any more 5, still 4, further 4, longer 3,\n     misc 15; 117\n\n1) yet, still\n   1a) of time\n       1a1) of a thing which went on formerly, whereas now a\n            different state of things exists or has begun to exist\n       1a2) of a thing which continues at present\n            1a2a) even, now\n       1a3) with negatives\n            1a3a) no longer, no more\n   1b) of degree and increase\n       1b1) even, yet\n       1b2) besides, more, further
02090^2090 hetoimazo {het-oy-mad'-zo}\n\nfrom 2092; TDNT - 2:704,266; v\n\nAV - prepare 29, make ready 10, provide 1; 40\n\n1) to make ready, prepare\n   1a) to make the necessary preparations, get everything ready\n2) metaph.\n   2a) drawn from the oriental custom of sending on before kings on\n       their journeys persons to level the roads and make them passable\n   2b) to prepare the minds of men to give the Messiah a fit reception\n       and secure his blessings
02091^2091 hetoimasia {het-oy-mas-ee'-ah}\n\nfrom 2090; TDNT - 2:704,266; n f\n\nAV - preparation 1; 1\n\n1) the act of preparing\n2) the condition of a person or thing so far forth as prepared,\n   preparedness, readiness
02092^2092 hetoimos {het-oy'-mos}\n\nfrom an old noun heteos (fitness); TDNT - 2:704,266; adj\n\nAV - ready 14, prepared 1, readiness 1, make ready to (one's) hand 1; 17\n\n1) prepare ready\n  1a) of things\n      1a1) ready at hand\n      1a2) opportune, seasonable\n  1b) of persons\n      1b1) ready prepared\n           1b1a) to do something\n           1b1b) to receive one coming
02093^2093 hetoimos {het'-oy-moce}\n\nfrom 2092;; adv\n\nAV - ready 3; 3\n\n1) readily, to be ready
02094^2094 etos {et'-os}\n\napparently a primary word;; n n\n\nAV - year 49; 49\n\n1) year\n\nFor Synonyms see entry 5843
02095^2095 eu {yoo}\n\nneuter of a primary eus (good);; adv\n\nAV - well 3, well done 2, good 1; 6\n\n1) to be well off, fare well, prosper\n2) acting well
02096^2096 Eua {yoo'-ah}\n\nof Hebrew origin 02332;; n pr f\n\nAV - Eve 2; 2\n\nEve meaning "life"\n1) first woman in the scriptures, mother of the entire human family
02097^2097 euaggelizo {yoo-ang-ghel-id'-zo}\n\nfrom 2095 and 32; TDNT - 2:707,*; v\n\nAV - preach 23, preach the Gospel 22, bring good tidings 2,\n     show glad tidings 2, bring glad tidings 1, declare 1,\n     declare glad tidings 1, misc 3; 55\n\n1) to bring good news, to announce glad tidings\n   1a) used in the OT of any kind of good news\n       1a1) of the joyful tidings of God's kindness, in particular,\n            of the Messianic blessings\n   1b) in the NT used especially of the glad tidings of the coming\n       kingdom of God, and of the salvation to be obtained in it\n       through Christ, and of what relates to this salvation\n   1c) glad tidings are brought to one, one has glad tidings\n       proclaimed to him\n   1d) to proclaim glad tidings\n       1d1) instruct (men) concerning the things that pertain to\n            Christian salvation
02098^2098 euaggelion {yoo-ang-ghel'-ee-on}\n\nfrom the same as 2097; TDNT - 2:721,267; n n\n\nAV - gospel 46, gospel of Christ 11, gospel of God 7,\n     gospel of the Kingdom 3, misc 10; 77\n\n1) a reward for good tidings\n2) good tidings\n   2a) the glad tidings of the kingdom of God soon to be set up, and\n       subsequently also of Jesus the Messiah, the founder of this\n       kingdom. After the death of Christ, the term comprises also\n       the preaching of (concerning) Jesus Christ as having suffered\n       death on the cross to procure eternal salvation for the men in\n       the kingdom of God, but as restored to life and exalted to the\n       right hand of God in heaven, thence to return in majesty to\n       consummate the kingdom of God\n   2b) the glad tidings of salvation through Christ\n   2c) the proclamation of the grace of God manifest and pledged in Christ\n   2d) the gospel\n   2e) as the messianic rank of Jesus was proved by his words, his\n       deeds, and his death, the narrative of the sayings, deeds, and\n       death of Jesus Christ came to be called the gospel or glad tidings
02099^2099 euaggelistes {yoo-ang-ghel-is-tace'}\n\nfrom 2097; TDNT - 2:736,267; n m\n\nAV - evangelist 3; 3\n\n1) a bringer of good tidings, an evangelist\n2) the name given to the NT heralds of salvation through Christ who\n   are not apostles
02100^2100 euaresteo {yoo-ar-es-teh'-o}\n\nfrom 2101; TDNT - 1:456,77; v\n\nAV - please 2, be well pleased 1; 3\n\n1) to be well pleasing\n2) to be well pleased with a thing
02101^2101 euarestos {yoo-ar'-es-tos}\n\nfrom 2095 and 701; TDNT - 1:456,77; adj\n\nAV - acceptably 4, well pleasing 3, please well + 1510 1, accepted 1; 9\n\n1) well pleasing, acceptable
02102^2102 euarestos {yoo-ar-es'-toce}\n\nfrom 2101;; adv\n\nAV - acceptable 1; 1\n\n1) in a manner well pleasing to one, acceptable
02103^2103 Euboulos {yoo'-boo-los}\n\nfrom 2095 and 1014;; n pr m\n\nAV - Eubulus 1; 1\n\nEubulus = "prudent"\n1) a Christian at Rome
02104^2104 eugenes {yoog-en'-ace}\n\nfrom 2095 and 1096;; adj\n\nAV - nobleman + 444 1, more noble 1, noble 1; 3\n\n1) well born, of a noble family\n2) noble minded
02105^2105 eudia {yoo-dee'-ah}\n\nfeminine from 2095 and the alternate of 2203 (as the god of the\n   weather);; n f\n\nAV - fair weather 1; 1\n\n1) a serene sky, fair weather
02106^2106 eudokeo {yoo-dok-eh'-o}\n\nfrom 2095 and 1380; TDNT - 2:738,273; v\n\nAV - be well pleased 7, please 5, have pleasure 4, be willing 2,\n     be (one's) good pleasure 1, take pleasure 1, think good 1; 21\n\n1) it seems good to one, is one's good pleasure\n   1a) think it good, choose, determine, decide\n   1b) to do willingly\n   1c) to be ready to, to prefer, choose rather\n2) to be well pleased with, take pleasure in, to be favourably\n   inclined towards one
02107^2107 eudokia {yoo-dok-ee'-ah}\n\nfrom a presumed compound of 2095 and the base of 1380;\n   TDNT - 2:742,273; n f\n\nAV - good pleasure 4, good will 2, seem good + 1096 2, desire 1; 9\n\n1) will, choice\n   1a) good will, kindly intent, benevolence\n2) delight, pleasure, satisfaction\n3) desire\n   3a) for delight in any absent thing easily produces longing for it
02108^2108 euergesia {yoo-erg-es-ee'-ah}\n\nfrom 2110; TDNT - 2:654,251; n f\n\nAV - good deed done 1, benefit 1; 2\n\n1) a good deed, benefit
02109^2109 euergeteo {yoo-erg-et-eh'-o}\n\nfrom 2110; TDNT - 2:654,251; v\n\nAV - doing good 1; 1\n\n1) to do good, bestow benefits
02110^2110 euergetes {yoo-erg-et'-ace}\n\nfrom 2095 and the base of 2041; TDNT - 2:654,251; n m\n\nAV - benefactor 1; 1\n\n1) benefactor\n2) a title of honour, conferred on such as had done their country\n   service, and upon princes, equivalent to Soter, Pater Patriae
02111^2111 euthetos {yoo'-thet-os}\n\nfrom 2095 and a derivative of 5087;; adj\n\nAV - fit 2, meet 1; 3\n\n1) well placed\n   1a) fit\n   1b) useful
02112^2112 eutheos {yoo-theh'-oce}\n\nfrom 2117;; adv\n\nAV - immediately 35, straightway 32, forthwith 7, misc 6; 80\n\n1) straightway, immediately, forthwith
02113^2113 euthudromeo {yoo-thoo-drom-eh'-o}\n\nfrom 2117 and 1408;; v\n\nAV - come with a straight course 2; 2\n\n1) to make a straight course, run a straight course
02114^2114 euthumeo {yoo-thoo-meh'-o}\n\nfrom 2115;; v\n\nAV - be of good cheer 2, be merry 1; 3\n\n1) to put in good spirits, gladden, make cheerful\n   1a) to be of good spirits, to be cheerful\n2) to be joyful, be of good cheer, of good courage
02115^2115 euthumos {yoo'-thoo-mos}\n\nfrom 2095 and 2372;; adj\n\nAV - of good cheer 1, more cheerfully 1; 2\n\n1) well disposed, kind\n2) of good cheer, of good courage
02116^2116 euthuno {yoo-thoo'-no}\n\nfrom 2117;; adv\n\nAV - make straight 1, governor + 3588 1; 2\n\n1) to make straight, level, plain\n2) to lead or guide straight, to keep straight or direct\n   2a) of the steersman or helmsman of a ship\n   2b) of a charioteer
02117^2117 euthus {yoo-thoos'}\n\nperhaps from 2095 and 5087;; adj\n\nAV - straight 5, right 3, immediately 3, straightway 2, anon 1,\n     by and by 1, forthwith 1; 16\n\n1) straight, level\n2) straight forward, upright, true, sincere\n3) straightway, immediately, forthwith
02118^2118 euthutes {yoo-thoo'-tace}\n\nfrom 2117;; n f\n\nAV - righteousness 1; 1\n\n1) rectitude, unrighteousness
02119^2119 eukaireo {yoo-kahee-reh'-o}\n\nfrom 2121;; v\n\nAV - have leisure 1, spend time 1, have convenient time 1; 3\n\n1) to have opportunity\n2) to have leisure\n3) to do something\n4) to give one's time to a thing
02120^2120 eukairia {yoo-kahee-ree'-ah}\n\nfrom 2121; TDNT - 3:462,389; n f\n\nAV - opportunity 2; 2\n\n1) seasonable time, opportunity
02121^2121 eukairos {yoo'-kahee-ros}\n\nfrom 2095 and 2540; TDNT - 3:462,389; adj\n\nAV - convenient 1, in time of need 1; 2\n\n1) seasonable, timely, opportune
02122^2122 eukairos {yoo-kah'-ee-roce}\n\nfrom 2121;; adv\n\nAV - conveniently 1, in season 1; 2\n\n1) seasonably, opportunely\n2) when the opportunity occurs
02123^2123 eukopoteros {yoo-kop-o'-ter-os}\n\ncomparative of a compound of 2095 and 2873;; adj\n\nAV - easier 7; 7\n\n1) with easy labour\n2) easy
02124^2124 eulabeia {yoo-lab'-i-ah}\n\nfrom 2126; TDNT - 2:751,275; n f\n\nAV - godly fear 1, fear 1; 2\n\n1) caution, circumspection, discretion\n   1a) avoidance\n   1b) a reasonable shunning\n2) reverence, veneration\n   2a) reverence toward God, godly fear, piety\n3) fear anxiety, dread\n\nFor Synonyms see entry 5835
02125^2125 eulabeomai {yoo-lab-eh'-om-ahee}\n\nmiddle voice from 2126; TDNT - 2:751,*; v\n\nAV - fearing 1, moved with fear 1; 2\n\n1) to act cautiously, circumspectly\n2) to beware, fear\n3) to reverence, stand in awe of
02126^2126 eulabes {yoo-lab-ace'}\n\nfrom 2095 and 2983; TDNT - 2:751,275; adj\n\nAV - devout 3; 3\n\n1) taking hold well\n   1a) carefully and surely\n   1b) cautiously\n2) reverencing God, pious, religious
02127^2127 eulogeo {yoo-log-eh'-o}\n\nfrom a compound of 2095 and 3056; TDNT - 2:754,275; v\n\nAV - bless 43, praise 1; 44\n\n1) to praise, celebrate with praises\n2) to invoke blessings\n3) to consecrate a thing with solemn prayers\n   3a) to ask God's blessing on a thing\n   3b) pray God to bless it to one's use\n   3c) pronounce a consecratory blessing on\n4) of God\n   4a) to cause to prosper, to make happy, to bestow blessings on\n   4b) favoured of God, blessed
02128^2128 eulogetos {yoo-log-ay-tos'}\n\nfrom 2127; TDNT - 2:764,275; adj\n\nAV - blessed (said of God) 8; 8\n\n1) blessed, praised
02129^2129 eulogia {yoo-log-ee'-ah}\n\nfrom the same as 2127; TDNT - 2:754,275; n f\n\nAV - blessing 11, bounty 2, bountifully + 1909 2, fair speech 1; 16\n\n1) praise, laudation, panegyric: of Christ or God\n2) fine discourse, polished language\n   2a) in a bad sense, language artfully adapted to captivate the\n       hearer: fair speaking, fine speeches\n3) an invocation of blessing, benediction\n4) consecration\n5) a (concrete) blessing, benefit
02130^2130 eumetadotos {yoo-met-ad'-ot-os}\n\nfrom 2095 and a presumed derivative of 3330;; adj\n\nAV - ready to distribute 1; 1\n\n1) ready or free to impart\n2) liberal
02131^2131 Eunike {yoo-nee'-kay}\n\nfrom 2095 and 3529;; n pr f\n\nAV - Eunice 1; 1\n\nEunice = "good victory"\n1) the mother of Timothy
02132^2132 eunoeo {yoo-no-eh'-o}\n\nfrom a compound of 2095 and 3563; TDNT - 4:971,636; v\n\nAV - agree 1; 1\n\n1) to wish (one) well\n2) to be well disposed, of a peaceable spirit
02133^2133 eunoia {yoo'-noy-ah}\n\nfrom the same as 2132; TDNT - 4:971,636; n f\n\nAV - benevolence 1, good will 1; 2\n\n1) good will, kindness
02134^2134 eunouchizo {yoo-noo-khid'-zo}\n\nfrom 2135; TDNT - 2:765,277; v\n\nAV - make eunuchs 2; 2\n\n1) to castrate, to neuter a man\n2) metaph. to make one's self a eunuch i.e. by abstaining\n   (like a eunuch from marriage)
02135^2135 eunouchos {yoo-noo'-khos}\n\nfrom eune (a bed) and 2192; TDNT - 2:765,277; n m\n\nAV - eunuch 8; 8\n\n1) a bed keeper, bed guard, superintendent of the bedchamber, chamberlain\n   1a) in the palace of oriental monarchs who support numerous wives\n       the superintendent of the women's apartment or harem, an office\n       held by eunuchs\n   1b) an emasculated man, a eunuch\n       1b1) eunuchs in oriental courts held by other offices of greater,\n            held by the Ethiopian eunuch mentioned in Ac. 8:27-39.\n   1c) one naturally incapacitated\n       1c1) for marriage\n       1c2) begetting children\n   1d) one who voluntarily abstains from marriage
02136^2136 Euodia {yoo-od-ee'-ah}\n\nfrom the same as 2137;; n pr f\n\nAV - Euodias 1; 1\n\nEuodias = "fragrant"\n1) a Christian woman at Philippi
02137^2137 euodoo {yoo-od-o'-o}\n\nfrom a compound of 2095 and 3598; TDNT - 5:109,666; v\n\nAV - prosper 3, have a prosperous journey 1; 4\n\n1) to grant a prosperous and expeditious journey, to lead by a\n   direct and easy way\n2) to grant a successful issue, to cause to prosper\n3) to prosper, be successful
02138^2138 eupeithes {yoo-pi-thace'}\n\nfrom 2095 and 3982;; adj\n\nAV - easy to be intreated 1; 1\n\n1) easily obeying, compliant
02139^2139 euperistatos {yoo-per-is'-tat-os}\n\nfrom 2095 and a derivative of a presumed compound of 4012 and 2476;; adj\n\nAV - which doth so easily beset 1; 1\n\n1) skilfully surrounding i.e. besetting
02140^2140 eupoiia {yoo-poy-ee'-ah}\n\nfrom a compound of 2095 and 4160;; n f\n\nAV - to do good 1; 1\n\n1) adoring good, beneficence
02141^2141 euporeo {yoo-por-eh'-o}\n\nfrom a compound of 2090 and the base of 4197;; v\n\nAV - his ability + 5100 1; 1\n\n1) to be well off, have means
02142^2142 euporia {yoo-por-ee'-ah}\n\nfrom the same as 2141;; n f\n\nAV - wealth 1; 1\n\n1) riches, means, wealth
02143^2143 euprepeia {yoo-prep'-i-ah}\n\nfrom a compound of 2095 and 4241;; n f\n\nAV - grace 1; 1\n\n1) goodly appearance, shapeliness, beauty, comeliness
02144^2144 euprosdektos {yoo-pros'-dek-tos}\n\nfrom 2095 and a derivative of 4327; TDNT - 2:58,146; adj\n\nAV - accepted 3, acceptable 2; 5\n\n1) well received, accepted, acceptable
02145^2145 euprosedros {yoo-pros'-ed-ros}\n\nfrom 2095 and the same as 4332;; adj\n\nAV - that (one) may attend upon + 4314 + 3588 1; 1\n\n1) sitting constantly by, devoted
02146^2146 euprosopeo {yoo-pros-o-peh'-o}\n\nfrom a compound of 2095 and 4383; TDNT - 6:779,950; v\n\nAV - make a fair show 1; 1\n\n1) to make a fair show\n2) to please
02147^2147 heurisko {hyoo-ris'-ko}\n\na prolonged form of a primary heuro {hyoo'-ro}, which (together\n   with another cognate form heureo {hyoo-reh'-o}) is used for it\n   in all the tenses except the present and imperfect; TDNT - 2:769,*; v\n\nAV - find 174, misc 4; 178\n\n1) to come upon, hit upon, to meet with\n   1a) after searching, to find a thing sought\n   1b) without previous search, to find (by chance), to fall in with\n   1c) those who come or return to a place\n2) to find by enquiry, thought, examination, scrutiny,\n   observation, to find out by practice and experience\n   2a) to see, learn, discover, understand\n   2b) to be found i.e. to be seen, be present\n   2c) to be discovered, recognised, detected, to show one's self out,\n       of one's character or state as found out by others (men, God,\n       or both)\n   2d) to get knowledge of, come to know, God\n3) to find out for one's self, to acquire, get, obtain, procure
02148^2148 Eurokludon {yoo-rok-loo'-dohn}\n\nfrom Euros (the east wind) and 2830;; n m\n\nAV - Euroclydon 1; 1\n\nEuroclydon = "a violent agitation"\n1) south east wind raising mighty waves\n2) a wind causing broad waves
02149^2149 euruchoros {yoo-roo'-kho-ros}\n\nfrom eurus (wide) and 5561;; adj\n\nAV - broad 1; 1\n\n1) spacious, broad
02150^2150 eusebeia {yoo-seb'-i-ah}\n\nfrom 2152; TDNT - 7:175,1010; n f\n\nAV - godliness 14, holiness 1; 15\n\n1) reverence, respect\n2) piety towards God, godliness
02151^2151 eusebeo {yoo-seb-eh'-o}\n\nfrom 2152; TDNT - 7:175,1010; v\n\nAV - worship 1, show piety 1; 2\n\n1) to act piously or reverently\n   1a) towards God, one's country, magistrates, relations, and all to\n       whom dutiful regard or reverence is due
02152^2152 eusebes {yoo-seb-ace'}\n\nfrom 2095 and 4576; TDNT - 7:175,1010; adj\n\nAV - devout 3, godly 1; 4\n\n1) pious, dutiful
02153^2153 eusebos {yoo-seb-oce'}\n\nfrom 2152;; adv\n\nAV - godly 2; 2\n\n1) piously, godly
02154^2154 eusemos {yoo'-say-mos}\n\nfrom 2095 and the base of 4591; TDNT - 2:770,278; adj\n\nAV - easy to understood 1; 1\n\n1) well marked, clear and definite, distinct
02155^2155 eusplagchnos {yoo'-splangkh-nos}\n\nfrom 2095 and 4698; TDNT - 7:548,1067; adj\n\nAV - tenderhearted 1, pitiful 1; 2\n\n1) having strong bowels\n2) compassionate, tender hearted
02156^2156 euschemonos {yoo-skhay-mon'-ose}\n\nfrom 2158;; adv\n\nAV - honestly 2, decently 1; 3\n\n1) in a seemly manner, decently
02157^2157 eushemosune {yoo-skhay-mos-oo'-nay}\n\nfrom 2158;; n f\n\nAV - comeliness 1; 1\n\n1) charm or elegance of figure, external beauty, decorum,\n   modesty, seemliness\n   1a) of external charm, comeliness
02158^2158 euschemon {yoo-skhay'-mone}\n\nfrom 2095 and 4976; TDNT - 2:770,278; adj\n\nAV - honourable 3, comely 2; 5\n\n1) of elegant figure\n   1a) shapely, graceful, comely, bearing one's self becomingly in\n       speech or behaviour\n2) of good standing\n   2a) honourable, influential, wealthy, respectable
02159^2159 eutonos {yoo-ton'-oce}\n\nfrom a compound of 2095 and a derivative of teino (to stretch);; adv\n\nAV - vehemently 1, mightily 1; 2\n\n1) vehemently, forcibly
02160^2160 eutrapelia {yoo-trap-el-ee'-ah}\n\nfrom a compound of 2095 and a derivative of the base of 5157\n   (meaning well-turned, i.e. ready at repartee, jocose);; n f\n\nAV - jesting 1; 1\n\n1) pleasantry, humour, facetiousness\n2) in a bad sense\n   2a) scurrility, ribaldry, low jesting
02161^2161 Eutuchos {yoo'-too-khos}\n\nfrom 2095 and a derivative of 5177;; n pr m\n\nAV - Eutychus 1; 1\n\nEutychus = "fortunate"\n1) a youth restored to life by Paul
02162^2162 euphemia {yoo-fay-mee'-ah}\n\nfrom 2163;; n f\n\nAV - good report 1; 1\n\n1) the utterance of good or auspicious words\n2) good report, praise
02163^2163 euphemos {yoo'-fay-mos}\n\nfrom 2095 and 5345;; adj\n\nAV - of good report 1; 1\n\n1) sounding well\n2) uttering words of good omen, speaking auspiciously
02164^2164 euphoreo {yoo-for-eh'-o}\n\nfrom 2095 and 5409;; v\n\nAV - bring forth plentifully 1; 1\n\n1) to be fertile, bring forth plentifully
02165^2165 euphraino {yoo-frah'-ee-no}\n\nfrom 2095 and 5424; TDNT - 2:772,278; v\n\nAV - rejoice 6, be merry 3, make merry 3, fare 1, make glad 1; 14\n\n1) to gladden, make joyful\n   1a) to be glad, to be merry, to rejoice\n   1b) to rejoice in, be delighted with a thing
02166^2166 Euphrates {yoo-frat'-ace}\n\nof foreign origin, cf 06578;; n pr loc\n\nAV - Euphrates 2; 2\n\nEuphrates = "the good and abounding river"\n1) a large, famous river which rises in the mountains of Armenia\n   Major, flows through Assyria, Syria, Mesopotamia and the city of\n   Babylon, and empties into the Gulf of Persia
02167^2167 euphrosune {yoo-fros-oo'-nay}\n\nfrom the same as 2165; TDNT - 2:772,278; n f\n\nAV - joy 1, gladness 1; 2\n\n1) good cheer, joy, gladness
02168^2168 eucharisteo {yoo-khar-is-teh'-o}\n\nfrom 2170; TDNT - 9:407,1298; v\n\nAV - give thanks 26, thank 12, be thankful 1; 39\n\n1) to be grateful, feel thankful\n2) give thanks
02169^2169 eucharistia {yoo-khar-is-tee'-ah}\n\nfrom 2170; TDNT - 9:407,1298; n f\n\nAV - thanksgiving 9, giving of thanks 3, thanks 2, thankfulness 1; 15\n\n1) thankfulness\n2) the giving of thanks
02170^2170 eucharistos {yoo-khar'-is-tos}\n\nfrom 2095 and a derivative of 5483; TDNT - 9:407,1298; adj\n\nAV - thankful 1; 1\n\n1) mindful of favours, grateful, thankful\n2) pleasing, agreeable\n3) acceptable to others, winning, liberal, beneficent
02171^2171 euche {yoo-khay'}\n\nfrom 2172; TDNT - 2:775,279; n f\n\nAV - vow 2, prayer 1; 3\n\n1) a prayer to God\n2) a vow
02172^2172 euchomai {yoo'-khom-ahee}\n\nmiddle voice of a primary verb; TDNT - 2:775,279; v\n\nAV - wish 3, pray 2, can wish 1, I would 1; 7\n\n1) to pray to God\n2) to wish, to pray, to pray for
02173^2173 euchrestos {yoo'-khrays-tos}\n\nfrom 2095 and 5543;; adj\n\nAV - profitable 2, meet for use 1; 3\n\n1) easy to make use of, useful
02174^2174 eupsucheo {yoo-psoo-kheh'-o}\n\nfrom a compound of 2095 and 5590;; v\n\nAV - be of good comfort 1; 1\n\n1) to be of good courage, to be of a cheerful spirit
02175^2175 euodia {yoo-o-dee'-ah}\n\nfrom a compound of 2095 and a derivative of 3605; TDNT - 2:808,285; n f\n\nAV - sweet savour 1, sweet smelling 1, sweet smell 1; 3\n\n1) a sweet smell, fragrance\n2) a fragrant or sweet smelling thing, incense, on odour or\n   something sweet smelling\n   2a) an odour of acquiescence, satisfaction\n   2b) a sweet odour, spoken of the smell of sacrifices\n       and obligations, agreeably to the ancient notion that God\n       smells and is pleased with the odour of sacrifices\n3) metaph. a thing well pleasing to God
02176^2176 euonumos {yoo-o'-noo-mos}\n\nfrom 2095 and 3686;; adj\n\nAV - left 5, on the left hand 4, left foot 1; 10\n\n1) of good name and of good omen\n   1a) in the latter sense used in taking auguries; but those omens\n       were euphemistically called "euonumos" which in fact were\n       regarded as unlucky, i.e. which came from the left, sinister\n       omens, (for which a good name was desired)\n2) left, on the left hand
02177^2177 ephallomai {ef-al'-lom-ahee}\n\nfrom 1909 and 242;; v\n\nAV - leap 1; 1\n\n1) to leap upon, spring upon
02178^2178 ephapax {ef-ap'-ax}\n\nfrom 1909 and 530; TDNT - 1:383,64; adv\n\nAV - once 5; 5\n\n1) once, at once\n   1a) all at once\n   1b) once for all
02179^2179 Ephesinos {ef-es-ee'-nos}\n\nfrom 2181;; adj\n\nAV - of Ephesus 1; 1\n\n1) a native or inhabitant of Ephesus
02180^2180 Ephesios {ef-es'-ee-os}\n\nfrom 2181;; adj\n\nAV - Ephesian 6, of Ephesus 1; 7\n\n1) a native or inhabitant of Ephesus
02181^2181 Ephesos {ef'-es-os}\n\nprobably of foreign origin;; n pr loc\n\nAV - Ephesus 15; 15\n\nEphesus = "permitted"\n1) a maritime city of Asia Minor, capital of Ionia and under the\n   Romans, of proconsular Asia, situated on the Icarian Sea between\n   Smyrna and Miletus
02182^2182 epheuretes {ef-yoo-ret'-ace}\n\nfrom a compound of 1909 and 2147;; n m\n\nAV - inventor 1; 1\n\n1) an inventor, contriver
02183^2183 ephemeria {ef-ay-mer-ee'-ah}\n\nfrom 2184;; n f\n\nAV - course 2; 2\n\n1) a service limited to a stated series of days\n2) the class or course itself of priests who for a week at a time\n   performed the duties of the priestly office. David divided the\n   priests into twenty four classes, each of which in its turn\n   discharged the duties of the office for an entire week, from\n   sabbath to sabbath
02184^2184 ephemeros {ef-ay'-mer-os}\n\nfrom 1909 and 2250;; adj\n\nAV - daily 1; 1\n\n1) lasting for a day\n2) daily
02185^2185 ephikneomai {ef-ik-neh'-om-ahee}\n\nfrom 1909 and a cognate of 2240;; v\n\nAV - reach 2; 2\n\n1) to come to
02186^2186 ephistemi {ef-is'-tay-mee}\n\nfrom 1909 and 2476;; v\n\nAV - come upon 6, come 4, stand 3, stand by 3, misc 5; 21\n\n1) to place at, place upon, place over\n   1a) to stand by, be present\n   1b) to stand over one, place one's self above\n       1b1) used esp. of persons coming upon one suddenly\n            1b1a) an angel, of the advent of angels\n            1b1b) of dreams\n       1b2) of evils coming upon one\n   1c) to be at hand\n       1c1) be ready,\n   1d) of time\n       1d1) to come upon\n            1d1a) of rain
02187^2187 Ephraim {ef-rah-im'}\n\nof Hebrew origin, 0669 or better 06085;; n pr m\n\nAV - Ephraim 1; 1\n\nEphraim = "double fruitfulness"\n1) a city about a short day's journey from Jerusalem
02188^2188 ephphatha {ef-fath-ah'}\n\nof Aramaic origin 06606;; imperative\n\nAV - ephphatha 1; 1\n\n1) be thou opened\n   1a) receive the power of hearing, the ears of the deaf and the eyes\n       of the blind being considered as closed
02189^2189 echthra {ekh'-thrah}\n\nfrom 2190; TDNT - 2:815,285; n f\n\nAV - enmity 5, hatred 1; 6\n\n1) enmity\n2) cause of enmity
02190^2190 echthros {ech-thros'}\n\nfrom a primary echtho (to hate); hateful (passively, odious, or\n   actively, hostile); TDNT - 2:811,285; adj\n\nAV - enemy 30, foe 2; 32\n\n1) hated, odious, hateful\n2) hostile, hating, and opposing another\n   2a) used of men as at enmity with God by their sin\n       2a1) opposing (God) in the mind\n       2a2) a man that is hostile\n       2a3) a certain enemy\n       2a4) the hostile one\n       2a5) the devil who is the most bitter enemy of the divine\n            government
02191^2191 echidna {ekh'-id-nah}\n\nof uncertain origin; TDNT - 2:815,286; n f\n\nAV - viper 5; 5\n\n1) a viper, offspring of vipers\n   1a) addressed to cunning, malignant, wicked men
02192^2192 echo {ekh'-o}\n\nincluding an alternate form scheo {skheh'-o}, used in certain\n   tenses only), a primary verb; TDNT - 2:816,286; v\n\nAV - have 613, be 22, need + 5532 12, misc 63, vr have 2; 712\n\n1) to have, i.e. to hold\n   1a) to have (hold) in the hand, in the sense of wearing, to have\n       (hold) possession of the mind (refers to alarm, agitating\n       emotions, etc.), to hold fast keep, to have or comprise or\n       involve, to regard or consider or hold as\n2) to have i.e. own, possess\n   2a) external things such as pertain to property or riches or\n       furniture or utensils or goods or food etc.\n   2b) used of those joined to any one by the bonds of natural blood\n       or marriage or friendship or duty or law etc, of attendance or\n       companionship\n3) to hold one's self or find one's self so and so, to be in such or\n   such a condition\n4) to hold one's self to a thing, to lay hold of a thing, to adhere\n   or cling to\n   4a) to be closely joined to a person or a thing
02193^2193 heos {heh'-oce}\n\nof uncertain affinity;; conj\n\nAV - till 28, unto 27, until 25, to 16, till + 3739 11, misc 41; 148\n\n1) till, until
02194^2194 Zaboulon {dzab-oo-lone'}\n\nof Hebrew origin 02074;; n pr m\n\nAV - Zabulon 3; 3\n\nZebulun meaning "a habitation"\n1) the tenth of the sons of Jacob\n2) the tribe of Zebulun
02195^2195 Zakchaios {dzak-chah'-ee-yos}\n\nof Hebrew origin, cf 02140;; n pr m\n\nAV - Zacchaeus 3; 3\n\nZacchaeus = "pure"\n1) a chief tax collector
02196^2196 Zara {dzar-ah'}\n\nof Hebrew origin 02226;; n pr m\n\nAV - Zara 1; 1\n\nZara = "a rising (as the sun)"\n1) the son of Judah, ancestor of Christ
02197^2197 Zacharias {dzakh-ar-ee'-as}\n\nof Hebrew origin 02148;; n pr m\n\nAV - Zacharias 11; 11\n\nZacharias meaning "remembered of Jehovah"\n1) the father of John the Baptist\n2) son of Barachias, who was slain by the Jews between the altar and\n   the temple
02198^2198 zao {dzah'-o}\n\na primary verb; TDNT - 2:832,290; v\n\nAV - live 117, be alive 9, alive 6, quick 4, lively 3,\n     not tr 1, misc 2, vr live 1; 143\n\n1) to live, breathe, be among the living (not lifeless, not dead)\n2) to enjoy real life\n   2a) to have true life and worthy of the name\n   2b) active, blessed, endless in the kingdom of God\n3) to live i.e. pass life, in the manner of the living and acting\n   3a) of mortals or character\n4) living water, having vital power in itself and exerting the\n   same upon the soul\n5) metaph. to be in full vigour\n   5a) to be fresh, strong, efficient,\n   5b) as adj. active, powerful, efficacious
02199^2199 Zebedaios {dzeb-ed-ah'-yos}\n\nof Hebrew origin, cf 02067;; n pr m\n\nAV - Zebedee 12; 12\n\nZebedee = "my gift"\n1) a fisherman of Galilee, the father of the apostles James the Great\n   and John, and the husband of Salome
02200^2200 zestos {dzes-tos'}\n\nfrom 2204; TDNT - 2:876,296; adj\n\nAV - hot 3; 3\n\n1) boiling hot, hot\n2) metaph. of fervour of mind an zeal
02201^2201 zeugos {dzyoo'-gos}\n\nfrom the same as 2218;; n n\n\nAV - pair 1, yoke 1; 2\n\n1) two draught cattle (horses or mules or oxen) yoked together,\n   a pair or yoke of beasts\n2) a pair
02202^2202 zeukteria {dzook-tay-ree'-ah}\n\nfrom a derivative (at the second stage) from the same as 2218;; n f\n\nAV - band 1; 1\n\n1) a band, fastening
02203^2203 Zeus {dzyooce}\n\nof uncertain affinity;; n pr m\n\nAV - Jupiter 2; 2\n\nJupiter or Zeus = "a father of helps"\n1) the national god of the Greeks and corresponds to the Roman Jupiter
02204^2204 zeo {dzeh'-o}\n\na primary verb; TDNT - 2:875,296; v\n\nAV - be fervent 1, fervent 1; 2\n\n1) to boil with heat, be hot\n   1a) used of water\n   1b) metaph.\n       1b1) used of boiling anger, love, zeal, for what is good or\n            bad etc.\n       1b2) fervent in spirit, said of zeal for what is good
02205^2205 zelos {dzay'-los}\n\nfrom 2204; TDNT - 2:877,297; n m/n\n\nAV - zeal 6, envying 5, indignation 2, envy 1, fervent mind 1,\n     jealousy 1, emulation 1; 17\n\n1) excitement of mind, ardour, fervour of spirit\n   1a) zeal, ardour in embracing, pursuing, defending anything\n       1a1) zeal in behalf of, for a person or thing\n       1a2) the fierceness of indignation, punitive zeal\n   1b) an envious and contentious rivalry, jealousy
02206^2206 zeloo {dzay-lo'-o}\n\nfrom 2205; TDNT - 2:882,297; v\n\nAV - zealously affect 2, more with envy 2, envy 1, be zealous 1,\n     affect 1, desire 1, covet 1, covet earnestly 1, misc 2; 12\n\n1) to burn with zeal\n   1a) to be heated or to boil with envy, hatred, anger\n       1a1) in a good sense, to be zealous in the pursuit of good\n   1b) to desire earnestly, pursue\n       1b1) to desire one earnestly, to strive after, busy one's self\n            about him\n       1b2) to exert one's self for one (that he may not be\n            torn from me)\n       1b3) to be the object of the zeal of others, to be zealously\n            sought after\n   1c) to envy
02207^2207 zelotes {dzay-lo-tace'}\n\nfrom 2206; TDNT - 2:882,297; n m\n\nAV - zealous 5; 5\n\n1) one burning with zeal, a zealot\n2) used of God as jealous of any rival and sternly vindicating\n   his control\n3) most eagerly desirous of, zealous for, a thing\n   3a) to acquire a thing, (zealous of)\n   3b) to defend and uphold a thing, vehemently contending for a thing
02208^2208 Zelotes {dzay-lo-tace'}\n\nthe same as 2207; TDNT - 2:882,297; n m\n\nAV - Zelotes 2; 2\n\n1) one burning with zeal, a zealot\n2) used of God as jealous of any rival and sternly vindicating\n   his control\n3) most eagerly desirous of, zealous for, a thing\n   3a) to acquire a thing, (zealous of)\n   3b) to defend and uphold a thing, vehemently contending for a thing\n\nFrom the time of the Maccabees there existed among the Jews a class\nof men, called Zealots, who vigorously adhered to the Mosaic law and\nendeavouring even by a resort to violence, after the example of\nPhinehas, to prevent religion from being violated by others; but in\nthe latter days of the Jewish commonwealth they used their holy zeal\nas a pretext for the basest crimes.
02209^2209 zemia {dzay-mee'-ah}\n\nprobably akin to the base of 1150 (through the idea of violence);\n   TDNT - 2:888,299; n f\n\nAV - loss 3, damage 1; 4\n\n1) damage, loss
02210^2210 zemioo {dzay-mee-o'-o}\n\nfrom 2209; TDNT - 2:888,299; v\n\nAV - lose 2, suffer loss 2, be cast away 1, receive damage 1; 6\n\n1) to affect with damage, do damage to\n2) to sustain damage, to receive injury, suffer loss
02211^2211 Zenas {dzay-nas'}\n\nprobably contracted from a poetic form of 2203 and 1435;; n pr m\n\nAV - Zenas 1; 1\n\nZenas = "Jupiter"\n1) a teacher of the Jewish law and afterwards a Christian
02212^2212 zeteo {dzay-teh'-o}\n\nof uncertain affinity; TDNT - 2:892,300; v\n\nAV - seek 100, seek for 5, go about 4, desire 3, misc 7; 119\n\n1) to seek in order to find\n   1a) to seek a thing\n   1b) to seek [in order to find out] by thinking, meditating,\n       reasoning, to enquire into\n   1c) to seek after, seek for, aim at, strive after\n2) to seek i.e. require, demand\n   2a) to crave, demand something from someone
02213^2213 zetema {dzay'-tay-mah}\n\nfrom 2212;; n n\n\nAV - question 5; 5\n\n1) a question, debate\n   1a) about the law
02214^2214 zetesis {dzay'-tay-sis}\n\nfrom 2212; TDNT - 2:893,300; n f\n\nAV - question 6; 6\n\n1) a seeking\n2) enquiry\n3) a questioning, debate\n4) a subject of questioning or debate, matter of controversy
02215^2215 zizanion {dziz-an'-ee-on}\n\nof uncertain origin;; n n\n\nAV - tares 8; 8\n\n1) a kind of darnel, resembling wheat except the grains are black
02216^2216 Zorobabel {dzor-ob-ab'-el}\n\nof Hebrew origin 02216;; n pr m\n\nAV - Zorobabel 3; 3\n\nZerubbabel = "born at Babel, i.e. Babylon"\n1) the head of the tribe of Judah at the time of the return from\n   Babylonish captivity in the first year of Cyrus
02217^2217 zophos {dzof'-os}\n\nakin to the base of 3509;; n m\n\nAV - darkness 2, mist 1, blackness 1; 4\n\n1) darkness, blackness\n   1a) used of the darkness of the nether world
02218^2218 zugos {dzoo-gos'}\n\nfrom the root of zeugnumi (to join, especially by a "yoke");\n   TDNT - 2:896,301; n m\n\nAV - yoke 5, pair of balances 1; 6\n\n1) a yoke\n  1a) a yoke that is put on draught cattle\n  1b) metaph., used of any burden or bondage\n      1b1) as that of slavery\n      1b2) of troublesome laws imposed on one, esp. of the Mosaic\n           law, hence the name is so transferred to the commands of\n           Christ as to contrast them with the commands of the\n           Pharisees which were a veritable 'yoke'; yet even Christ's\n           commands must be submitted to, though easier to be kept\n2) a balance, pair of scales
02219^2219 zume {dzoo'-may}\n\nprobably from 2204; TDNT - 2:902,302; n f\n\nAV - leaven 13; 13\n\n1) leaven\n2) metaph. of inveterate mental and moral corruption, viewed in its\n   tendency to infect others\n\nLeaven is applied to that which, though small in quantity, yet by its\ninfluence thoroughly pervades a thing; either in a good sense as in\nthe parable Mat. 13:33; or in a bad sense, of a pernicious influence,\n"a little leaven leaveneth the whole lump"
02220^2220 zumoo {dzoo-mo'-o}\n\nfrom 2219; TDNT - 2:902,302; v\n\nAV - leaven 4; 4\n\n1) to leaven\n2) to mix leaven with dough so as to make it ferment
02221^2221 zogreo {dzogue-reh'-o}\n\nfrom the same as 2226 and 64;; v\n\nAV - catch 1, take captive 1; 2\n\n1) to take alive\n2) to take, catch, capture
02222^2222 zoe {dzo-ay'}\n\nfrom 2198; TDNT - 2:832,290; n f\n\nAV - life 133, lifetime 1; 134\n\n1) life\n   1a) the state of one who is possessed of vitality or is animate\n   1b) every living soul\n2) life\n   2a) of the absolute fulness of life, both essential and\n      ethical, which belongs to God, and through him both to the\n      hypostatic "logos" and to Christ in whom the "logos" put on\n      human nature\n   2b) life real and genuine, a life active and vigorous, devoted\n      to God, blessed, in the portion even in this world of those\n      who put their trust in Christ, but after the resurrection to\n      be consummated by new accessions (among them a more perfect\n      body), and to last for ever.\n\nFor Synonyms see entry 5821
02223^2223 zone {dzo'-nay}\n\nprobably akin to the base of 2218; TDNT - 5:302,702; n f\n\nAV - girdle 6, purse 2; 8\n\n1) a girdle, belt, serving not only to gird on flowing garments\n   but also, since it was hollow, to carry money in
02224^2224 zonnumi {dzone'-noo-mi} or zonnuo {dzone-noo'-o}\n\nfrom 2223; TDNT - 5:302,702; v\n\nAV - gird 2; 2\n\n1) to gird\n2) to gird one's self
02225^2225 zoogoneo {dzo-og-on-eh'-o}\n\nfrom the same as 2226 and a derivative of 1096; TDNT - 2:873,290; v\n\nAV - preserve 1, live 1; 2\n\n1) to bring forth alive\n2) to give life\n3) to preserve alive
02226^2226 zoon {dzo'-on}\n\nof a derivative of 2198; TDNT - 2:873,290; n n\n\nAV - beast 23; 23\n\n1) a living being\n2) an animal, brute, beast\n\nFor Synonyms see entry 5846
02227^2227 zoopoieo {dzo-op-oy-eh'-o}\n\nfrom the same as 2226 and 4160; TDNT - 2:874,290; v\n\nAV - quicken 9, give life 2, make alive 1; 12\n\n1) to produce alive, begat or bear living young\n2) to cause to live, make alive, give life\n   2a) by spiritual power to arouse and invigorate\n   2b) to restore to life\n   2c) to give increase of life: thus of physical life\n   2d) of the spirit, quickening as respects the spirit, endued with\n       new and greater powers of life\n3) metaph., of seeds quickened into life, i.e. germinating, springing\n   up, growing
02228^2228 e {ay}\n\na primary particle of distinction between two connected terms;; particle\n\nAV - or 259, than 38, either 8, or else 5, nor 5,\n     not tr 22, misc 20; 357\n\n1) either, or, than
02229^2229 e {ay}\n\nan adverb of confirmation, perhaps intensive of 2228;; adv\n\nAV - surely + 3375 1; 1\n\n1) assuredly, most certainly, full surely
02230^2230 hegemoneuo {hayg-em-on-yoo'-o}\n\nfrom 2232;; v\n\nAV - be governor 2; 2\n\n1) to be leader, to lead the way\n2) to rule, command\n   2a) of a province, to be governor of a province\n   2b) said of a proconsul, of a procurator
02231^2231 hegemonia {hayg-em-on-ee'-ah}\n\nfrom 2232;; n f\n\nAV - reign 1; 1\n\n1) chief command, rule, sovereignty\n   1a) of the reign of a Roman emperor
02232^2232 hegemon {hayg-em-ohn'}\n\nfrom 2233;; n m\n\nAV - governor 19, ruler 2, prince 1; 22\n\n1) a leader of any kind, a guide, ruler, prefect, president,\n   chief, general, commander, sovereign\n   1a) a "legatus Caesaris", an officer administering a province in\n       the name and with the authority of the Roman emperor\n       1a1) the governor of a province\n1b) a procurator, an officer who was attached to a proconsul or a\n    proprietor and had charge of the imperial revenues\n    1b1) in causes relating to these revenues he administered justice.\n         In the smaller provinces also, which were so to speak\n         appendages of the greater, he discharged the functions of\n         governor of the province; and such was the relation of the\n         procurator of Judaea to the governor of Syria.\n1c) first, leading, chief\n    1c) of a principal town as the capital of the region
02233^2233 hegeomai {hayg-eh'-om-ahee}\n\nmiddle voice of a (presumed) strengthened form of 71;TDNT - 2:907,303; v\n\nAV - count 10, think 4, esteem 3, have rule over 3, be governor 2,\n     misc 6; 28\n\n1) to lead\n  1a) to go before\n  1b) to be a leader\n      1b1) to rule, command\n      1b2) to have authority over\n      1b3) a prince, of regal power, governor, viceroy, chief, leading\n           as respects influence, controlling in counsel, overseers or\n           leaders of the churches\n      1b4) used of any kind of leader, chief, commander\n      1b5) the leader in speech, chief, spokesman\n2) to consider, deem, account, think\n\nFor Synonyms see entry 5837
02234^2234 hedeos {hay-deh'-oce}\n\nfrom a derivative of the base of 2237;; adv\n\nAV - gladly 3; 3\n\n1) with pleasure, gladly
02235^2235 ede {ay'-day}\n\napparently from 2228 (or possibly 2229) and 1211;; adv\n\nAV - now 37, already 17, yet 2, even now 1, by this time 1,\n     now already 1; 59\n\n1) now, already\n\nFor Synonyms see entry 5815
02236^2236 hedista {hay'-dis-tah}\n\nplural of the superlative of the same as 2234;; adv n\n\nAV - most gladly 1, very gladly 1; 2\n\n1) most gladly
02237^2237 hedone {hay-don-ay'}\n\nfrom handano (to please); TDNT - 2:909,303; n f\n\nAV - pleasure 3, lust 2; 5\n\n1) pleasure\n2) desires for pleasure
02238^2238 heduosmon {hay-doo'-os-mon}\n\nfrom the compound of the same as 2234 and 3744;; n n\n\nAV - mint 2; 2\n\n1) sweet smelling, garden mint\n   1a) a kind of small odoriferous herb, with which the Jews used to\n       scatter on the floors of their houses and synagogues
02239^2239 ethos {ay'-thos}\n\na strengthened form of 1485;; n n\n\nAV - manners 1; 1\n\n1) a customary abode, dwelling place, haunt, customary state\n2) custom, usage, morals, character
02240^2240 heko {hay'-ko}\n\na primary verb; TDNT - 2:926,306; v\n\nAV - come 27; 27\n\n1) to have come, have arrived, be present\n2) metaph.\n   2a) to come to one, i.e. to seek an intimacy with one, become\n       his follower: to come upon one (unexpectedly)\n   2b) to come upon one, of things endured
02241^2241 eli {ay-lee'}\n\nof Hebrew origin, 0410 with pronominal suffix;; n pr m\n\nAV - Eli 2; 2\n\n1) Eli, Eli, lama sabachthani. The Hebrew form, as Elio, Elio, etc.,\n   is the Syro-Chaldaic (the common language in use by the Jews in\n   the time of Christ) of the first words of the twenty second Psalm;\n   they mean "My God, My God, why hast thou forsaken me?"
02242^2242 Heli {hay-lee'}\n\nof Hebrew origin 05941;; n pr m\n\nAV - Heli 1; 1\n\nHeli = "ascending"\n1) the father of Joseph, the husband of Mary
02243^2243 Helias {hay-lee'-as}\n\nof Hebrew origin 0452; TDNT - 2:928,306; n pr m\n\nAV - Elias 30; 30\n\nElijah = "my God is Jehovah"\n1) a prophet born at Thisbe, the unflinching champion of the\n   theocracy in the reigns of the idolatrous kings Ahab and Ahaziah.\n   He was taken up to heaven without dying, whence the Jews expected\n   he would return just before the advent of the Messiah, whom he\n   would prepare the minds of the Israelites to receive.
02244^2244 helikia {hay-lik-ee'-ah}\n\nfrom the same as 2245; TDNT - 2:941,308; n f\n\nAV - stature 5, age 3; 8\n\n1) age, time of life\n   1a) age, term or length of life\n   1b) adult age, maturity\n   1c) suitable age for anything\n   1d) metaph. of an attained state fit for a thing\n2) stature, i.e in height and comeliness of stature
02245^2245 helikos {hay-lee'-kos}\n\nfrom helix (a comrade, i.e. one of the same age);; adj\n\nAV - what great 1, how great 1; 2\n\n1) as old as, as tall as\n   1a) how great\n   1b) how small
02246^2246 helios {hay'-lee-os}\n\nfrom hele (a ray, perhaps akin to the alternate of 138);; n m\n\nAV - sun 30, east 2; 32\n\n1) the sun\n2) the rays of the sun\n3) the light of day
02247^2247 helos {hay'-los}\n\nof uncertain affinity;; n m\n\nAV - nail 2; 2\n\n1) a nail
02248^2248 hemas {hay-mas'}\n\naccusative case plural of 1473;; pron\n\nAV - us 148, we 25, our 2, us-ward + 1519 2, not tr 1; 178\n\n1) us, we, our etc.
02249^2249 hemeis {hay-mice'}\n\nnom. plural of 1473;; pron\n\nAV - we 123, us 3, we ourselves 1; 127\n\n1) us, we etc.
02250^2250 hemera {hay-mer'-ah}\n\nfrom (with 5610 implied) of a derivative of hemai (to sit,\n   akin to the base of 1476) meaning tame, i.e. gentle;\n   TDNT - 2:943,309; n f\n\nAV - day 355, daily + 2596 15, time 3, not tr 2, misc 14; 389\n\n1) the day, used of the natural day, or the interval between\n   sunrise and sunset, as distinguished from and contrasted with\n   the night\n   1a) in the daytime\n   1b) metaph., "the day" is regarded as the time for abstaining from\n       indulgence, vice, crime, because acts of the sort are\n       perpetrated at night and in darkness\n2) of the civil day, or the space of twenty four hours (thus\n   including the night)\n   2a) Eastern usage of this term differs from our western usage. Any\n       part of a day is counted as a whole day, hence the expression\n       "three days and three nights" does not mean literally three\n       whole days, but at least one whole day plus part of two other\n       days.\n3) of the last day of this present age, the day Christ will\n   return from heaven, raise the dead, hold the final judgment,\n   and perfect his kingdom\n4) used of time in general, i.e. the days of his life.
02251^2251 hemeteros {hay-met'-er-os}\n\nfrom 2349;; pron\n\nAV - our 8, your 1; 9\n\n1) our, your
02252^2252 emen {ay'-mane}\n\na prolonged form of 2258;; adv\n\nAV - was 13, I imprisoned + 1473 + 5439 1, I was + 1473 1,\n     should be 1; 16\n\n1) truly, assuredly
02253^2253 hemithanes {hay-mee-than-ace'}\n\nfrom a presumed compound of the base of 2255 and 2348;; adj\n\nAV - half dead 1; 1\n\n1) half dead
02254^2254 hemin {hay-meen'}\n\ndative case plural of 1473;; pron\n\nAV - us 161, we 13, our 2, for us 1; 177\n\n1) us, we, our
02255^2255 hemisu {hay'-mee-soo}\n\nneuter of a derivative from an inseparable pref. akin to 260\n   (through the idea of partition involved in connection) and\n   meaning semi-;; adj\n\nAV - half 5; 5\n\n1) half
02256^2256 hemiorion {hay-mee-o'-ree-on}\n\nfrom the base of 2255 and 5610;; n n\n\nAV - half an hour 1; 1\n\n1) half an hour
02257^2257 hemon {hay-mone'}\n\ngenitive case plural of 1473;; pron\n\nAV - our 313, us 82, we 12, not tr 1, misc 2; 410\n\n1) our, we, us
02258^2258 en {ane}\n\nimperfect of 1510;; v\n\nAV - was 266, were 115, had been 12, had 11, taught + 1321 4,\n     stood + 2476 4, misc 41, vr was 1; 455\n\n1) I was, etc.
02259^2259 henika {hay-nee'-kah}\n\nof uncertain affinity;; particle\n\nAV - when 2; 2\n\n1) at which time, when\n2) whenever, at length when
02260^2260 eper {ay'-per}\n\nfrom 2228 and 4007;; particle\n\nAV - than 1; 1\n\n1) than
02261^2261 epios {ay'-pee-os}\n\nprobably from 2031;; adj\n\nAV - gentle 2; 2\n\n1) affable\n2) mild, gentle
02262^2262 Er {ayr}\n\nof Hebrew origin 06147;; n pr m\n\nAV - Er 1; 1\n\nEr = "watchful"\n1) the son of Jose and the father of Elmodam
02263^2263 eremos {ay'-rem-os}\n\nperhaps by transposition from 2048 (through the idea of stillness);; adj\n\nAV - quiet 1; 1\n\n1) quiet, tranquil
02264^2264 Herodes {hay-ro'-dace}\n\ncompound of heros (a "hero") and 1491;; n pr m\n\nAV - Herod, Antipas 27, Herod, the Great 11, Herod Agrippa 6; 44\n\nHerod = "heroic"\n1) the name of a royal family that flourished among the Jews in the\n   times of Christ and the Apostles. Herod the Great was the son of\n   Antipater of Idumaea. Appointed king of Judaea B.C. 40 by the\n   Roman Senate at the suggestion of Antony and with the consent of\n   Octavian, he at length overcame the great opposition which the\n   country made to him and took possession of the kingdom B.C. 37;\n   and after the battle of Actium, he was confirmed by Octavian,\n   whose favour he ever enjoyed. He was brave and skilled in war,\n   learned and sagacious; but also extremely suspicious and cruel.\n   Hence he destroyed the entire royal family of Hasmonaeans, put to\n   death many of the Jews that opposed his government, and proceeded\n   to kill even his dearly beloved wife Mariamne of the Hasmonaean\n   line and his two sons she had borne him. By these acts of\n   bloodshed, and especially by his love and imitation of Roman\n   customs and institutions and by the burdensome taxes imposed upon\n   his subjects, he so alienated the Jews that he was unable to\n   regain their favour by his splendid restoration of the temple and\n   other acts of munificence. He died in the 70th year of his age,\n   the 37th year of his reign, the 4th before the Dionysian era. In\n   his closing years John the Baptist and Christ were born; Matthew\n   narrates that he commanded all the male children under two years\n   old in Bethlehem to be slain.\n2) Herod surnamed "Antipas", was the son of Herod the Great and\n   Malthace, a Samaritan woman. After the death of his father he was\n   appointed by the Romans tetrarch of Galilee and Peraea.  His first\n   wife was the daughter of Aretas, king of Arabia; but he\n   subsequently repudiated her and took to himself Herodias, the wife\n   of his brother Herod Philip; and in consequence Aretas, his\n   father-in-law, made war against him and conquered him. He cast\n   John the Baptist into prison because John had rebuked him for this\n   unlawful connection; and afterwards, at the instigation of\n   Herodias, he ordered him to be beheaded. Induced by her, too, he\n   went to Rome to obtain from the emperor the title of king. But in\n   consequence of the accusations brought against him by Herod\n   Agrippa I, Caligula banished him (A.D. 39) to Lugdunum in Gaul,\n   where he seems to have died. He was light minded, sensual and\n   vicious.\n3) Herod Agrippa I was the son of Aristobulus and Berenice, and\n   grandson of Herod the Great. After various changes in fortune, he\n   gained the favour of Caligula and Claudius to such a degree that\n   he gradually obtained the government of all of Palestine, with the\n   title of king. He died at Caesarea, A.D. 44, at the age of 54, in\n   the seventh [or the 4th, reckoning from the extension of his\n   dominions by Claudius] year of his reign, just after having\n   ordered James the apostle, son of Zebedee, to be slain, and Peter\n   to be cast into prison: Acts 12:21\n4) (Herod) Agrippa II, son of Herod Agrippa I. When his father died\n   he was a youth of seventeen. In A.D. 48 he received from Claudius\n   Caesar the government of Chalcis, with the right of appointing the\n   Jewish high priests, together with the care and oversight of the\n   temple at Jerusalem. Four years later Claudius took from him\n   Chalcis and gave him instead a larger domain, of Batanaea,\n   Trachonitis, and Gaulanitis, with the title of king. To those\n   reigns Nero, in A.D. 53, added Tiberias and Taricheae and Peraean\n   Julias, with fourteen neighbouring villages. He is mentioned in\n   Acts 25 and 26. In the Jewish war, although he strove in vain to\n   restrain the fury of the seditious and bellicose populace, he did\n   not desert to the Roman side. After the fall of Jerusalem, he was\n   vested with praetorian rank and kept the kingdom entire until his\n   death, which took place in the third year of the emperor Trajan,\n   [the 73rd year of his life, and the 52nd of his reign] He was the\n   last representative of the Herodian dynasty.
02265^2265 Herodianoi {hay-ro-dee-an-oy'}\n\nplural of a derivative of 2264;; n m\n\nAV - Herodians 3; 3\n\n1) Herodians, i.e. Herod's partisans. See note on 2264.
02266^2266 Herodias {hay-ro-dee-as'}\n\nfrom 2264;; n pr f\n\nAV - Herodias 6; 6\n\nHerodias = "heroic"\n1) daughter of Aristobulus and granddaughter of Herod the Great. She\n   was first married to Herod Philip I, son of Herod the Great, a man\n   in private life; but afterwards formed an unlawful union with\n   Herod Antipas, whom she induced not only to slay John the Baptist\n   but also to make the journey to Rome which ruined him; at last she\n   followed him to exile in Gaul.
02267^2267 Herodion {hay-ro-dee'-ohn}\n\nfrom 2264;; n pr m\n\nAV - Herodian 1; 1\n\nHerodian = "heroic"\n1) a certain Christian
02268^2268 Hesaias {hay-sah-ee'-as}\n\nof Hebrew origin 03470;; n pr m\n\nAV - Esaias 21; 21\n\nIsaiah = "Jehovah's help"\n1) a famous Hebrew prophet who prophesied in the reigns of Uzziah,\n   Jotham, Ahaz, and Hezekiah
02269^2269 Esau {ay-sow'}\n\nof Hebrew origin 06215; TDNT - 2:953,311; n pr m\n\nAV - Esau 3; 3\n\nEsau = "hairy"\n1) was the eldest son of Isaac and twin brother of Jacob
02270^2270 hesuchazo {hay-soo-khad'-zo}\n\nfrom the same as 2272;; v\n\nAV - hold (one's) peace 2, rest 1, cease 1, be quiet 1; 5\n\n1) to keep quiet\n   1a) to rest, cease from labour\n   1b) to lead a quiet life, said of those who are not running\n       hither and thither, but stay at home and mind their business\n   1c) to be silent, i.e. to say nothing, hold one's peace\n\nFor Synonyms see entry 5847
02271^2271 hesuchia {hay-soo-khee'-ah}\n\nfrom 2272;; n f\n\nAV - silent 3, quietness 1; 4\n\n1) quietness\n   1a) description of the life of one who stays at home doing his own\n       work, and does not officiously meddle with the affairs of others\n2) silence
02272^2272 hesuchios {hay-soo'-khee-os}\n\na prolonged form of a compound probably of a derivative of the\n   base of 1476 and perhaps 2192;; adj\n\nAV - quiet 1, peaceable 1; 2\n\n1) quiet, tranquil
02273^2273 etoi {ay'-toy}\n\nfrom 2228 and 5104;; particle\n\nAV - whether 1; 1\n\n1) whether, either
02274^2274 hettao {hayt-tah'-o}\n\nfrom the same as 2276;; v\n\nAV - overcome 2, be inferior 1; 3\n\n1) to make less, inferior, to overcome\n   1a) to be made inferior\n   1b) to overcome, worsted, to be conquered by one,\n       forced to yield to one\n   1c) to hold a thing inferior, set below
02275^2275 hettema {hayt'-tay-mah}\n\nfrom 2274;; n n\n\nAV - diminishing 1, fault 1; 2\n\n1) a diminution, decrease: i.e. defeat\n2) loss, as respects to salvation
02276^2276 hetton {hate'-ton}\n\nneuter of comparative of heka (slightly) used for that of 2556;; adj\n\nAV - worse 1, less 1; 2\n\n1) inferior\n2) less
02277^2277 eto {ay'-to}\n\nthird person singular imperative of 1510;; v\n\nAV - be 2; 2\n\n1) let him (it) be
02278^2278 echeo {ay-kheh'-o}\n\nfrom 2279; TDNT - 2:954,311; v\n\nAV - roaring 1, sounding 1; 2\n\n1) to sound\n   1a) used of the roaring of the sea
02279^2279 echos {ay'-khos}\n\nof uncertain affinity;; n m\n\nAV - sound 2, fame 1; 3\n\n1) a sound, noise\n   1a) spoken of the roar of the sea waves\n2) rumour, report
02280^2280 Thaddaios {thad-dah'-yos}\n\nof uncertain origin;; n pr m\n\nAV - Thaddaeus 2; 2\n\nThaddaeus = "large hearted, courageous"\n1) one of the twelve apostles. From a comparison with the catalogue of\n   apostles in Lk 6:16, and Acts 1:13, is seems that Judas, Lebbaeus and\n   Thaddaeus were the same person, and the writer of the book of Jude.
02281^2281 thalassa {thal'-as-sah}\n\nprobably prolonged from 251;; n f\n\nAV - sea 92; 92\n\n1) the sea\n  1a) used of the sea in general\n  1b) used specifically of the Mediterranean Sea or the Red Sea
02282^2282 thalpo {thal'-po}\n\nprobably akin to thallo (to warm);; v\n\nAV - cherish 2; 2\n\n1) to warm, keep warm\n2) to cherish with tender love, to foster with tender care
02283^2283 Thamar {tham'-ar}\n\nof Hebrew origin 08559; TDNT - 3:1,311; n f\n\nAV - Thamar 1; 1\n\nTamar = "palm tree"\n1) the wife of the two sons of Judah, Er and Onan.
02284^2284 thambeo {tham-beh'-o}\n\nfrom 2285; TDNT - 3:4,312; v\n\nAV - be amazed 2, be astonished 2; 4\n\n1) to be astonished\n2) to astonish, terrify\n   2a) to be amazed\n   2b) to be frightened
02285^2285 thambos {tham'-bos}\n\nakin to an obsolete tapho (to dumbfound); TDNT - 3:4,312; n m/n\n\nAV - be amazed + 1096 1, be astonished + 4023 1, wonder 1; 3\n\n1) to render immovable\n2) amazement
02286^2286 thanasimos {than-as'-ee-mos}\n\nfrom 2288;; adj\n\nAV - deadly 1; 1\n\n1) deadly
02287^2287 thanatephoros {than-at-ay'-for-os}\n\nfrom (the feminine form of) 2288 and 5342;; adj\n\nAV - deadly 1; 1\n\n1) death bringing, deadly
02288^2288 thanatos {than'-at-os}\n\nfrom 2348; TDNT - 3:7,312; n m\n\nAV - death 117, deadly 2; 119\n\n1) the death of the body\n   1a) that separation (whether natural or violent) of the soul and\n       the body by which the life on earth is ended\n   1b) with the implied idea of future misery in hell\n       1b1) the power of death\n   1c) since the nether world, the abode of the dead, was conceived as\n       being very dark, it is equivalent to the region of thickest\n       darkness i.e. figuratively, a region enveloped in the darkness\n       of ignorance and sin\n2) metaph., the loss of that life which alone is worthy of the name,\n   2a) the misery of the soul arising from sin, which begins on earth\n       but lasts and increases after the death of the body in hell\n3) the miserable state of the wicked dead in hell\n4) in the widest sense, death comprising all the miseries\n   arising from sin, as well physical death as the loss of a life\n   consecrated to God and blessed in him on earth, to be followed\n   by wretchedness in hell
02289^2289 thanatoo {than-at-o'-o}\n\nfrom 2288; TDNT - 3:21,312; v\n\nAV - put to death 4, cause to be put to death 3, kill 2,\n     become dead 1, mortify 1; 11\n\n1) to put to death\n2) metaph.\n   2a) to make to die i.e. destroy, render extinct\n   2b) by death to be liberated from the bond of anything,\n       literally to be made dead in relation to (something)
02290^2290 thapto {thap'-to}\n\na root;; v\n\nAV - bury 11; 11\n\n1) to bury, inter
02291^2291 Thara {thar'-ah}\n\nof Hebrew origin 08646;; n pr m\n\nAV - Thara 1; 1\n\nTerah = "station"\n1) the father of Abraham
02292^2292 tharrheo {thar-hreh'-o}\n\nanother form for 2293; TDNT - 3:25,315; v\n\nAV - be bold 2, be confident 1, confident 1, have confidence 1,\n     boldly 1; 6\n\n1) to be of good courage, be of good cheer\n2) to be bold
02293^2293 tharseo {thar-seh'-o}\n\nfrom 2294; TDNT - 3:25,315; v\n\nAV - be of good cheer 5, be of good comfort 3; 8\n\n1) to be of good courage, be of good cheer
02294^2294 tharsos {thar'-sos}\n\nakin (by transp.) to thrasos (daring);; n n\n\nAV - courage 1; 1\n\n1) courage, confidence
02295^2295 thauma {thos'-mah}\n\napparently from a form of 2300; TDNT - 3:27,316; n n\n\nAV - admiration 1; 1\n\n1) a wonderful thing, a marvel\n2) wonder\n   2a) to wonder [with great wonder i.e.] exceedingly
02296^2296 thaumazo {thou-mad'-zo}\n\nfrom 2295; TDNT - 3:27,316; v\n\nAV - marvel 29, wonder 14, have in admiration 1, admire 1,\n     marvelled + 2258 1, vr wonder 1; 47\n\n1) to wonder, wonder at, marvel\n2) to be wondered at, to be had in admiration
02297^2297 thaumasios {thow-mas'-ee-os}\n\nfrom 2295; TDNT - 3:27,316; adj\n\nAV - wonderful 1; 1\n\n1) wonderful, marvellous\n2) wonderful deeds, wonders
02298^2298 thaumastos {thow-mas-tos'}\n\nfrom 2296; TDNT - 3:27,316; adj\n\nAV - marvellous 5, marvel 1, marvellous thing 1; 7\n\n1) wonderful, marvellous\n   1a) worthy of pious admiration, admirable, excellent\n   1b) passing human comprehension\n   1c) causing amazement joined with terror\n   1d) marvellous\n       1d1) extraordinary, striking, surprising
02299^2299 thea {theh-ah'}\n\nfrom of 2316;; n f\n\nAV - goddess 3; 3\n\n1) a goddess
02300^2300 theaomai {theh-ah'-om-ahee}\n\na prolonged form of a primary verb; TDNT - 5:315,706; v\n\nAV - see 20, behold 2, look 1, look upon 1; 24\n\n1) to behold, look upon, view attentively, contemplate (often\n   used of public shows)\n   1a) of important persons that are looked on with admiration\n2) to view, take a view of\n   2a) in the sense of visiting, meeting with a person\n3) to learn by looking, to see with the eyes, to perceive\n\nFor Synonyms see entry 5848
02301^2301 theatrizo {theh-at-rid'-zo}\n\nfrom 2302; TDNT - 3:42,*; v\n\nAV - make a gazing stock 1; 1\n\n1) to bring upon the stage\n2) to set forth as a spectacle, expose to contempt
02302^2302 theatron {theh'-at-ron}\n\nfrom 2300; TDNT - 3:42,318; n n\n\nAV - theatre 2, spectacle 1; 3\n\n1) a theatre, a place in which games and dramatic spectacles are\n   exhibited, and public assemblies held (for the Greeks used the\n   theatre also as a forum)\n2) a public show\n   2a) metaph., a man who is exhibited to be gazed at and made sport of
02303^2303 theion {thi'-on}\n\nprobably of 2304 (in its original sense of flashing); TDNT - 3:122,*; n n\n\nAV - brimstone 7; 7\n\n1) brimstone\n   1a) divine incense, because burning brimstone was regarded as having\n       power to purify, and to ward off disease
02304^2304 theios {thi'-os}\n\nfrom 2316; TDNT - 3:122,322; adj\n\nAV - divine 2, Godhead 1; 3\n\n1) a general name of deities or divinities as used by the Greeks\n2) spoken of the only and true God, trinity\n   2a) of Christ\n   2b) Holy Spirit\n   2c) the Father
02305^2305 theiotes {thi-ot'-ace}\n\nfrom 2304; TDNT - 3:123,322; n f\n\nAV - Godhead 1; 1\n\n1) divinity, divine nature\n\nFor Synonyms see entry 5849
02306^2306 theiodes {thi-o'-dace}\n\nfrom 2303 and 1491;; adj\n\nAV - brimstone 1; 1\n\n1) of brimstone, sulphurous
02307^2307 thelema {thel'-ay-mah}\n\nfrom the prolonged form of 2309; TDNT - 3:52,318; n n\n\nAV - will 62, desire 1, pleasure 1; 64\n\n1) what one wishes or has determined shall be done\n   1a) of the purpose of God to bless mankind through Christ\n   1b) of what God wishes to be done by us\n       1b1) commands, precepts\n2) will, choice, inclination, desire, pleasure
02308^2308 thelesis {thel'-ay-sis}\n\nfrom 2309; TDNT - 3:62,318; n f\n\nAV - will 1; 1\n\n1) a willing will
02309^2309 thelo {thel'-o} or ethelo {eth-el'-o} in certain tenses\n     theleo {thel-eh'-o} and etheleo {eth-el-eh'-o} which are\n     otherwise obsolete\n\napparently strengthened from the alternate form of 138;\n   TDNT - 3:44,318; v\n\nAV - will/would 159, will/would have 16, desire 13, desirous 3,\n     list 3, to will 2, misc 4; 210\n\n1) to will, have in mind, intend\n   1a) to be resolved or determined, to purpose\n   1b) to desire, to wish\n   1c) to love\n       1c1) to like to do a thing, be fond of doing\n   1d) to take delight in, have pleasure
02310^2310 themelios {them-el'-ee-os} or themelion {them-el'-ee-on}\n\nfrom a derivative of 5087; TDNT - 3:63,322; adj\n\nAV - foundation 16; 16\n\n1) laid down as a foundation, the foundation (of a building, wall, city)\n2) metaph. the foundations, beginnings, first principals\n   2a) of institution or system of truth
02311^2311 themelioo {them-el-ee-o'-o}\n\nfrom 2310; TDNT - 3:63,322; v\n\nAV - found 2, ground 2, lay the foundation 1, settle 1; 6\n\n1) to lay the foundation, to found\n2) to make stable, establish
02312^2312 theodidaktos {theh-od-id'-ak-tos}\n\nfrom 2316 and 1321; TDNT - 3:121,322; adj\n\nAV - taught of God 1; 1\n\n1) taught of God
02313^2313 theomacheo {theh-o-makh-eh'-o}\n\nfrom 2314; TDNT - 4:528,573; v\n\nAV - fight against God 1; 1\n\n1) to fight against God
02314^2314 theomachos {theh-om'-akh-os}\n\nfrom 2316 and 3164; TDNT - 4:528,573; adj\n\nAV - to fight against God 1; 1\n\n1) fighting against God, resisting God
02315^2315 theopneustos {theh-op'-nyoo-stos}\n\nfrom 2316 and a presumed derivative of 4154; TDNT - 6:453,876; adj\n\nAV - given by inspiration of God 1; 1\n\n1) inspired by God\n   1a) the contents of the scriptures
02316^2316 theos {theh'-os}\n\nof uncertain affinity; a deity, especially (with 3588) the\n   supreme Divinity; TDNT - 3:65,322; n m\n\nAV - God 1320, god 13, godly 3, God-ward + 4214 2, misc 5; 1343\n\n1) a god or goddess, a general name of deities or divinities\n2) the Godhead, trinity\n   2a) God the Father, the first person in the trinity\n   2b) Christ, the second person of the trinity\n   2c) Holy Spirit, the third person in the trinity\n3) spoken of the only and true God\n   3a) refers to the things of God\n   3b) his counsels, interests, things due to him\n4) whatever can in any respect be likened unto God, or resemble him in\n   any way\n   4a) God's representative or viceregent\n       4a1) of magistrates and judges
02317^2317 theosebeia {theh-os-eb'-i-ah}\n\nfrom 2318; TDNT - 3:123,331; n f\n\nAV - godliness 1; 1\n\n1) reverence towards God's goodness
02318^2318 theosebes {theh-os-eb-ace'}\n\nfrom 2316 and 4576; TDNT - 3:123,331; adj\n\nAV - worshipper of God 1; 1\n\n1) worshipping God, pious
02319^2319 theostuges {theh-os-too-gace'}\n\nfrom 2316 and the base of 4767;; adj\n\nAV - hater of God 1; 1\n\n1) hateful to God, exceptionally impious and wicked
02320^2320 theotes {theh-ot'-ace}\n\nfrom 2316; TDNT - 3:119,322; n f\n\nAV - Godhead 1; 1\n\n1) deity\n   1a) the state of being God, Godhead\n\nFor Synonyms see entry 5849
02321^2321 Theophilos {theh-of'-il-os}\n\nfrom 2316 and 5384;; n pr m\n\nAV - Theophilus 2; 2\n\nTheophilus = "friend of God"\n1) the person to whom Luke addressed his Gospel and the book of Acts
02322^2322 therapeia {ther-ap-i'-ah}\n\nfrom 2323; TDNT - 3:131,331; n f\n\nAV - household 2, healing 2; 4\n\n1) service rendered by one to another\n2) spec. medical service: curing, healing\n3) household service\n   3a) body of attendants, servants, domestics
02323^2323 therapeuo {ther-ap-yoo'-o}\n\nfrom the same as 2324; TDNT - 3:128,331; v\n\nAV - heal 38, cure 5, worship 1; 44\n\n1) to serve, do service\n2) to heal, cure, restore to health
02324^2324 therapon {ther-ap'-ohn}\n\napparently a participle from an otherwise obsolete derivative of\n   the base of 2330; TDNT - 3:132,331; n m\n\nAV - servant 1; 1\n\n1) an attendant, servant: of God\n   1a) spoken of Moses discharging the duties committed to him by God\n\nFor Synonyms see entry 5834
02325^2325 therizo {ther-id'-zo}\n\nfrom 2330 (in the sense of the crop); TDNT - 3:132,332; v\n\nAV - reap 21; 21\n\n1) to reap, harvest\n2) proverbial expression for sowing and reaping\n3) cut off, destroy\n   3a) as crops are cut down with a sickle
02326^2326 therismos {ther-is-mos'}\n\nfrom 2325; TDNT - 3:133,332; n m\n\nAV - harvest 13; 13\n\n1) harvest, the act of reaping\n   1a) fig. of the gathering of men into the kingdom of God\n   1b) referring to time of reaping, the final judgment, when the\n       righteous are gathered into the kingdom of God and the wicked\n       are cast into hell for ever
02327^2327 theristes {ther-is-tace'}\n\nfrom 2325;; n m\n\nAV - reaper 2; 2\n\n1) a reaper
02328^2328 thermaino {ther-mah'-ee-no}\n\nfrom 2329;; v\n\nAV - warm (one's) self 5, be warmed 1; 6\n\n1) to make warm, to heat\n2) to warm one's self
02329^2329 therme {ther'-may}\n\nfrom the base of 2330;; n f\n\nAV - heat 1; 1\n\n1) heat
02330^2330 theros {ther'-os}\n\nfrom a primary thero (to heat);; n n\n\nAV - summer 3; 3\n\n1) summer
02331^2331 Thessalonikeus {thes-sal-on-ik-yoos'}\n\nfrom 2332;; n m\n\nAV - Thessalonians 5, of Thessalonica 1; 6\n\n1) a Thessalonians
02332^2332 Thessalonike {thes-sal-on-ee'-kay}\n\nfrom Thessalos (a Thessalian) and 3529;; n pr loc\n\nAV - Thessalonica 5; 5\n\nThessalonica = "victory of falsity"\n1) a famous and populous city, situated on the Thermaic Gulf, the\n   capital of the second division of Macedonia and the residence of a\n   Roman governor and quaestor
02333^2333 Theudas {thyoo-das'}\n\nof uncertain origin;; n pr m\n\nAV - Theudas 1; 1\n\nTheudas = "God-given"\n1) the name of an insurgent mentioned in Gamaliel's speech before the\n   Jewish council, Acts 5:35-39, at the time of the arraignment of\n   the apostles. He appeared, according to Luke's account, at the\n   head of about four hundred men. He was probably one of the\n   insurrectionary chiefs or fanatics by whom the land was overrun in\n   the last year of Herod's reign. Josephus speaks of a Theudas who\n   played a similar part at the time of Claudius, about A.D. 44; but\n   the Theudas mentioned by Luke must be a different person from the\n   one spoken of by Josephus.
02334^2334 theoreo {theh-o-reh'-o}\n\nfrom a derivative of 2300 (perhaps by add. of 3708);\n   TDNT - 5:315,706; v\n\nAV - see 40, behold 11, perceive 4, consider 1, look on 1; 57\n\n1) to be a spectator, look at, behold\n   1a) to view attentively, take a view of, survey\n       1a1) to view mentally, consider\n2) to see\n   2a) to perceive with the eyes, to enjoy the presence of one\n   2b) to discern, descry\n   2c) to ascertain, find out by seeing\n\nFor Synonyms see entry 5848
02335^2335 theoria {theh-o-ree'-ah}\n\nfrom the same as 2334;; n f\n\nAV - sight 1; 1\n\n1) a viewing, beholding\n2) that which is viewed, a spectacle, sight
02336^2336 theke {thay'-kay}\n\nfrom 5087;; n f\n\nAV - sheath 1; 1\n\n1) that which a thing is put or laid away, a receptacle, repository,\n   chest, box\n   1a) used of the sheath of a sword
02337^2337 thelazo {thay-lad'-zo}\n\nfrom thele (the nipple);; v\n\nAV - give suck 4, suck 1, suckling 1; 6\n\n1) to give the breast, give suck, to suckle\n2) to suck
02338^2338 thelus {thay'-loos}\n\nfrom the same as 2337;; adj\n\nAV - woman 2, female 3; 5\n\n1) of the female sex\n2) a woman, a female
02339^2339 thera {thay'-rah}\n\nfrom ther (a wild animal, as game);; n f\n\nAV - trap 1; 1\n\n1) a hunting of wild beasts to destroy them\n2) metaph. of preparing destruction for men
02340^2340 thereuo {thay-ryoo'-o}\n\nfrom 2339;; v\n\nAV - catch 1; 1\n\n1) to go a hunting, to hunt, to catch in hunting\n2) metaph. to lay wait for, strive to ensnare, catch artfully
02341^2341 theriomacheo {thay-ree-om-akh-eh'-o}\n\nfrom a compound of 2342 and 3164;; v\n\nAV - fight with beasts 1; 1\n\n1) to fight with wild beasts
02342^2342 therion {thay-ree'-on}\n\ndiminutive from the same as 2339; TDNT - 3:133,333; n n\n\nAV - beast 42, wild beast 3, venomous beast 1; 46\n\n1) an animal\n2) a wild animal, wild beast, beast\n3) metaph. a brutal, bestial man, savage, ferocious\n\nFor Synonyms see entry 5846
02343^2343 thesaurizo {thay-sow-rid'-zo}\n\nfrom 2344; TDNT - 3:138,333; v\n\nAV - lay up 3, in store 1, lay up treasure 1, treasure up 1,\n     heap treasure together 1, keep in store 1; 8\n\n1) to gather and lay up, to heap up, store up\n   1a) to accumulate riches\n   1b) to keep in store, store up, reserve\n2) metaph. so to live from day to day as to increase either the\n   bitterness or the happiness of one's consequent lot
02344^2344 thesauros {thay-sow-ros'}\n\nfrom 5087; TDNT - 3:136,333; n m\n\nAV - treasure 18; 18\n\n1) the place in which good and precious things are collected and laid up\n   1a) a casket, coffer, or other receptacle, in which valuables are kept\n   1b) a treasury\n   1c) storehouse, repository, magazine\n2) the things laid up in a treasury, collected treasures
02345^2345 thiggano {thing-gan'-o}\n\na prolonged form of an obsolete primary thigo (to finger);; v\n\nAV - touch 2, handle 1; 3\n\n1) to touch, handle\n   1a) to do violence to, injury
02346^2346 thlibo {thlee'-bo}\n\nakin to the base of 5147; TDNT - 3:139,334; v\n\nAV - trouble 4, afflict 3, narrow 1, throng 1, suffer tribulation 1; 10\n\n1) to press (as grapes), press hard upon\n2) a compressed way\n   2a) narrow straitened, contracted\n3) metaph. to trouble, afflict, distress
02347^2347 thlipsis {thlip'-sis}\n\nfrom 2346; TDNT - 3:139,334; n f\n\nAV - tribulation 21, affliction 17, trouble 3, anguish 1,\n     persecution 1, burdened 1, to be afflicted + 1519 1; 45\n\n1) a pressing, pressing together, pressure\n2) metaph. oppression, affliction, tribulation, distress, straits
02348^2348 thnesko {thnay'-sko}\n\na strengthened form of a simpler primary thano {than'-o} (which\n   is used for it only in certain tenses); TDNT - 3:7,312; v\n\nAV - be dead 10, die 1, dead man 1, dead 1; 13\n\n1) to die, to be dead\n2) metaph. to be spiritually dead
02349^2349 thnetos {thnay-tos'}\n\nfrom 2348; TDNT - 3:21,312; adj\n\nAV - mortal 5, mortality + 3588 1; 6\n\n1) liable to death, mortal
02350^2350 thorubeo {thor-oo-beh'-o}\n\nfrom 2351;; v\n\nAV - make ado 1, make a noise 1, set on an uproar 1,\n     trouble (one's) self 1; 4\n\n1) to make a noise or uproar, be turbulent\n2) to disturb, throw into confusion\n   2a) to be troubled in mind\n   2b) to wail tumultuously
02351^2351 thorubos {thor'-oo-bos}\n\nfrom the base of 2360;; n m\n\nAV - tumult 4, uproar 3; 7\n\n1) a noise, tumult, uproar\n   1a) of persons wailing\n   1b) of a clamorous and excited multitude\n   1c) of riotous persons\n2) a tumult, as a breach of public order
02352^2352 thrauo {throw'-o}\n\na root word;; v\n\nAV - bruise 1; 1\n\n1) to break, break in pieces, shatter, smite through\n\nFor Synonyms see entry 5850
02353^2353 thremma {threm'-mah}\n\nfrom 5142;; n n\n\nAV - cattle 1; 1\n\n1) whatever is fed or nursed\n   1a) a ward, nursling, child\n2) a flock, cattle, esp. sheep and goats
02354^2354 threneo {thray-neh'-o}\n\nfrom 2355; TDNT - 3:148,335; v\n\nAV - mourn 2, lament 2; 4\n\n1) to mourn, to lament\n   1a) of singers of dirges, [to wail]\n2) to bewail, deplore\n\nFor Synonyms see entry 5804
02355^2355 threnos {thray'-nos}\n\nfrom the base of 2360; TDNT - 3:148,335; n m\n\nAV - lamentation 1; 1\n\n1) a lamentation
02356^2356 threskeia {thrace-ki'-ah}\n\nfrom a derivative of 2357; TDNT - 3:155,337; n f\n\nAV - religion 3, worshipping 1; 4\n\n1) religious worship\n   1a) esp. external, that which consists of ceremonies\n      1a1) religious discipline, religion
02357^2357 threskos {thrace'-kos}\n\nprobably from the base of 2360; TDNT - 3:155,337; adj\n\nAV - religious 1; 1\n\n1) fearing or worshipping God\n2) to tremble\n   2a) trembling, fearful
02358^2358 thriambeuo {three-am-byoo'-o}\n\nfrom a prolonged compound of the base of 2360; TDNT - 3:159,337; v\n\nAV - cause to triumph 1, triumph over 1; 2\n\n1) to triumph, to celebrate a triumph\n2) cause one to triumph\n\nFrom the root word meaning a hymn sung in festal processions in honour\nof the god Bacchus.
02359^2359 thrix {threeks}\n\ngenitive case trichos, etc., of uncertain derivation;; n f\n\nAV - hair 15; 15\n\n1) the hair of the head\n2) the hair of animals\n\nFor Synonyms see entry 5851
02360^2360 throeo {thro-eh'-o}\n\nfrom threomai {to wail};; v\n\nAV - trouble 3; 3\n\n1) to cry aloud, make a noise by outcry\n   1a) in the NT, to trouble, frighten\n   1b) to be troubled in mind, to be frightened, alarmed
02361^2361 thrombos {throm'-bos}\n\nperhaps from 5142 (in the sense of thickening);; n m\n\nAV - great drop 1; 1\n\n1) a large thick drop, esp. of clotted blood
02362^2362 thronos {thron'-os}\n\nfrom thrao (to sit), a stately seat ("throne"); TDNT - 3:160,338; n m\n\nAV - throne 54, seat 7; 61\n\n1) a throne seat\n   1a) a chair of state having a footstool\n   1b) assigned in the NT to kings, hence, kingly power or royalty\n       1b1) metaph. to God, the governor of the world\n       1b2) to the Messiah, Christ, the partner and assistant in the\n            divine administration\n            1b2a) hence divine power belonging to Christ\n       1b3) to judges i.e. tribunal or bench\n       1b4) to elders
02363^2363 Thuateira {thoo-at'-i-rah}\n\nof uncertain derivation;; n pr loc\n\nAV - Thyatira 4; 4\n\nThyatira = "odour of affliction"\n1) a colony of Macedonia Greeks, situated between Sardis and\n   Pergamos on the river Lycus; its inhabitants gained their living\n   by traffic and the art of dyeing in purple
02364^2364 thugater {thoo-gat'-air}\n\napparently a root word [cf "daughter"];; n f\n\nAV - daughter 29; 29\n\n1) a daughter\n   1a) a daughter of God\n       1a1) acceptable to God, rejoicing in God's peculiar care\n            and protection\n   1b) with the name of a place, city, or region\n       1b1) denotes collectively all its inhabitants and citizens\n   1c) a female descendant
02365^2365 thugatrion {thoo-gat'-ree-on}\n\nfrom 2364;; n n\n\nAV - little daughter 1, young daughter 1; 2\n\n1) a little daughter
02366^2366 thuella {thoo'-el-lah}\n\nfrom 2380 (in the sense of blowing);; n f\n\nAV - tempest 1; 1\n\n1) a sudden storm, tempest, whirlwind
02367^2367 thuinos {thoo'-ee-nos}\n\nfrom a derivative of 2380 (in the sense of blowing, denoting a\n   certain fragrant tree);; adj\n\nAV - thyine 1; 1\n\n1) the citrus, an odoriferous North African tree used as incense,\n   prized by the ancient Greeks and Romans on account of the beauty of\n   its wood for various ornamental purposes
02368^2368 thumiama {thoo-mee'-am-ah}\n\nfrom 2370;; n n\n\nAV - incense 4, odour 2; 6\n\n1) an aromatic substance burnt, incense
02369^2369 thumiasterion {thoo-mee-as-tay'-ree-on}\n\nfrom a derivative of 2370;; n n\n\nAV - censer 1; 1\n\n1) a utensil for fumigating or burning incense\n2) an altar of incense
02370^2370 thumiao {thoo-mee-ah'-o}\n\nfrom a derivative of 2380 (in the sense of smoking);; v\n\nAV - burn incense 1; 1\n\n1) to burn incense
02371^2371 thumomacheo {thoo-mom-akh-eh'-o}\n\nfrom a presumed compound of 2372 and 3164;; v\n\nAV - highly displeased 1; 1\n\n1) to carry on war with great animosity\n2) to be very angry, be exasperated
02372^2372 thumos {thoo-mos'}\n\nfrom 2380; TDNT - 3:167,339; n m\n\nAV - wrath 15, fierceness 2, indignation 1; 18\n\n1) passion, angry, heat, anger forthwith boiling up and soon\n   subsiding again\n2) glow, ardour, the wine of passion, inflaming wine (which\n   either drives the drinker mad or kills him with its strength)
02373^2373 thumoo {tho-mo'-o}\n\nfrom 2372;; v\n\nAV - be wroth 1; 1\n\n1) to cause one to become incensed, to provoke to anger\n2) to be wroth
02374^2374 thura {thoo'-rah}\n\napparently a root word [cf "door"]; TDNT - 3:173,340; n f\n\nAV - door 38, gate 1; 39\n\n1) a door\n   1a) the vestibule\n   1b) used of any opening like a door, an entrance, way or passage into\n   1c) in a parable or metaphor\n       1c1) the door through which sheep go in and out, the name of him\n            who brings salvation to those who follow his guidance\n       1c2) "an open door" is used of the opportunity of doing\n            something\n       1c3) the door of the kingdom of heaven (likened to a palace)\n            denotes the conditions which must be complied with in\n            order to be received into the kingdom of God
02375^2375 thureos {thoo-reh-os'}\n\nfrom 2374; TDNT - 5:312,702; n m\n\nAV - shield 1; 1\n\n1) a shield, a large oblong, four cornered shield
02376^2376 thuris {thoo-rece'}\n\nfrom 2374;; n f\n\nAV - window 2; 2\n\n1) a window
02377^2377 thuroros {thoo-ro-ros'}\n\nfrom 2374 and ouros (a watcher);; n m\n\nAV - porter 2, that keeps the door + 3588 2; 4\n\n1) a doorkeeper, porter\n   1a) a male or female janitor
02378^2378 thusia {thoo-see'-ah}\n\nfrom 2380; TDNT - 3:180,342; n f\n\nAV - sacrifice 29; 29\n\n1) a sacrifice, victim
02379^2379 thusiasterion {thoo-see-as-tay'-ree-on}\n\nfrom a derivative of 2378; TDNT - 3:180,342; n n\n\nAV - altar 23; 23\n\n1) the altar for slaying and burning of victims used of\n   1a) the altar of whole burnt offerings which stood in the court of\n       the priests in the temple at Jerusalem\n   1b) the altar of incense which stood in the sanctuary or the Holy Place\n   1c) any other altar\n       1c1) metaph., the cross on which Christ suffered an expiatory\n            death: to eat of this altar i.e. to appropriate to one's\n            self the fruits of Christ's expiatory death
02380^2380 thuo {thoo'-o}\n\na root word; TDNT - 3:180,342; v\n\nAV - kill 8, sacrifice 3, do sacrifice 2, slay 1; 14\n\n1) to sacrifice, immolate\n2) to slay, kill\n   2a) of the paschal lamb\n3) slaughter
02381^2381 Thomas {tho-mas'}\n\nof Aramaic origin, cf 08380;; n pr m\n\nAV - Thomas 12; 12\n\nThomas = "a twin"\n1) one of the apostles
02382^2382 thorax {tho'-rax}\n\nof uncertain affinity; TDNT - 5:308,702; n m\n\nAV - breastplate 5; 5\n\n1) the breast, the part of the body from the neck to the navel, where\n   the ribs end\n2) a breastplate or corset consisting of two parts and protecting the\n   body on both sides from the neck to the middle
02383^2383 Iaeiros {ee-ah'-i-ros}\n\nof Hebrew origin 02971;; n pr m\n\nAV - Jairus 2; 2\n\nJairus = "whom God enlightens"\n1) a ruler of a synagogue, probably near the western shore of the Sea\n   of Galilee
02384^2384 Iakob {ee-ak-obe'}\n\nof Hebrew origin 03290; TDNT - *,344; n pr m\n\nAV - Jacob 27; 27\n\nJacob = "heel-catcher or supplanter"\n1) was the second son of Isaac\n2) the father of Joseph, the husband of Mary
02385^2385 Iakobos {ee-ak'-o-bos}\n\nthe same as 2384 Graecised;; n pr m\n\nAV - James (son of Zebedee) 21, James (son of Alphaeus) 16,\n     James (half-brother of Jesus) 5; 42\n\nJames = "supplanter"\n1) son of Zebedee, an apostle and brother of the apostle John,\n   commonly called James the greater or elder, slain by Herod, Acts 12\n2) an apostle, son of Alphaeus, called the less\n3) James the half-brother of Christ\n4) an unknown James, father of the apostle Judas (?)
02386^2386 iama {ee'-am-ah}\n\nfrom 2390; TDNT - 3:194,344; n n\n\nAV - healing 3; 3\n\n1) a means of healing, remedy, medicine\n2) a healing
02387^2387 Iambres {ee-am-brace'}\n\nof Egyptian origin; TDNT - 3:192,344; n pr m\n\nAV - Jambres 1; 1\n\nJambres = "foamy healer"\n\n1) he and Jannes, were two Egyptian  magicians who in the presence of\n   Pharaoh imitated the miracles of Aaron in order to destroy his\n   influence with the king. The author of the epistle derived their\n   names from the tradition of the Talmudists and the Rabbins
02388^2388 Ianna {ee-an-nah'}\n\nprobably of Hebrew origin, cf 03238;; n pr m\n\nAV - Janna 1; 1\n\nJanna = "flourishing"\n1) son of Joseph and the father of Melchi, in the genealogy of Christ
02389^2389 Iannes {ee-an-nace'}\n\nof Egyptian origin; TDNT - 3:192,344; n pr m\n\nAV - Jannes 1; 1\n\nJanna = "he vexed"\n1) he and Jambres, were two Egyptian magicians who in the presence of\n   Pharaoh imitated the miracles of Aaron in order to destroy his\n   influence with the king. The author of the epistle derived their\n   names from the tradition of the Talmudists and the Rabbins
02390^2390 iaomai {ee-ah'-om-ahee}\n\nmiddle voice of apparently a primary verb; TDNT - 3:194,344; v\n\nAV - heal 26, make whole 2; 28\n\n1) to cure, heal\n2) to make whole\n   2a) to free from errors and sins, to bring about (one's) salvation
02391^2391 Iared {ee-ar'-ed}\n\nof Hebrew origin 03382;; n pr m\n\nAV - Jared 1; 1\n\nJared = "descent"\n1) one of the antediluvian patriarchs, the father of Enoch
02392^2392 iasis {ee'-as-is}\n\nfrom 2390; TDNT - 3:194,344; n f\n\nAV - cure 1, to heal + 1519 1, healing 1; 3\n\n1) a healing, cure
02393^2393 iaspis {ee'-as-pis}\n\nprobably of foreign origin, see 03471;; n f\n\nAV - jasper 4; 4\n\n1) jasper, a precious stone of various colours (for some are\n   purple, others blue, others green, and others the colour of brass)
02394^2394 Iason {ee-as'-oan}\n\nfuture active participle masculine of 2390;; n pr m\n\nAV - Jason 5; 5\n\nJason = "one who will heal"\n1) a Thessalonians who entertained Paul and Silas, and maybe a cousin\n   of Paul (Ro. 16:21)
02395^2395 iatros {ee-at-ros'}\n\nfrom 2390; TDNT - 3:194,344; n m\n\nAV - physician 7; 7\n\n1) a physician
02396^2396 ide {id'-eh}\n\nsecond person singular imperative active of 1492;; particle\n\nAV - behold 22, lo 3, look 1, see 1; 27\n\n1) behold, see
02397^2397 idea {id-eh'-ah}\n\nfrom 1492; TDNT - 2:373,202; n f\n\nAV - countenance 1; 1\n\n1) form, external appearance\n2) aspect, look
02398^2398 idios {id'-ee-os}\n\nof uncertain affinity;; adj\n\nAV - his own 48, their own 13, privately 8, apart 7, your own 6,\n     his 5, own 5, not tr 1, misc 20; 113\n\n1) pertaining to one's self, one's own, belonging to one's self
02399^2399 idiotes {id-ee-o'-tace}\n\nfrom 2398; TDNT - 3:215,348; n m\n\nAV - unlearned 3, ignorant 1, rude 1; 5\n\n1) a private person as opposed to a magistrate, ruler, king\n2) a common soldier, as opposed to a military officer\n3) a writer of prose as opposed to a poet\n4) in the NT, an unlearned, illiterate, man as opposed to the\n   learned and educated: one who is unskilled in any art
02400^2400 idou {id-oo'}\n\nsecond person singular imperative middle voice of 1492;; particle\n\nAV - behold 181, lo 29, see 3; 213\n\n1) behold, see, lo
02401^2401 Idoumaia {id-oo-mah'-yah}\n\nof Hebrew origin 0123;; n pr loc\n\nAV - Idumaea 1; 1\n\n1) Idumaea, the name of a region between southern Palestine and the\n   Arabian Petraea inhabited by Edom or Esau and his posterity
02402^2402 hidros {hid-roce'}\n\na strengthened form of a primary idos (sweat);; n m\n\nAV - sweat 1; 1\n\n1) sweat
02403^2403 Iezabel {ee-ed-zab-ale'}\n\nof Hebrew origin 0348; TDNT - 3:217,348; n pr f\n\nAV - Jezebel 1; 1\n\nJezebel = "chaste"\n1) wife of Ahab, an impious and cruel queen who protected idolatry and\n   persecuted the prophets\n2) the symbolic name of a woman who pretended to be a prophetess, and\n   who, addicted to antinomianism, claimed Christian liberty of eating\n   things sacrificed to idols
02404^2404 Hierapolis {hee-er-ap'-ol-is}\n\nfrom 2413 and 4172;; n pr loc\n\nAV - Hierapolis 1; 1\n\nHierapolis = "holy city"\n1) a city of Phrygia, situated above the junction of the rivers Lycus\n   and Maeander, near Colosse and Laodicea
02405^2405 hierateia {hee-er-at-i'-ah}\n\nfrom 2407; TDNT - 3:251,349; n f\n\nAV - priest's office 1, office of the priesthood 1; 2\n\n1) the priesthood, the office of a priest
02406^2406 hierateuma {hee-er-at'-yoo-mah}\n\nfrom 2407; TDNT - 3:249,349; n n\n\nAV - priesthood 2; 2\n\n1) the office of a priest\n2) the order or body of priests
02407^2407 hierateuo {hee-er-at-yoo'-o}\n\nprolongation from 2409; TDNT - 3:248,349; v\n\nAV - execute the priest's office 1; 1\n\n1) to be a priest, discharge the office of a priest,\n   to be busied in sacred duties
02408^2408 Ieremias {hee-er-em-ee'-as}\n\nof Hebrew origin 03414; TDNT - 3:218,*; n pr m\n\nAV - Jeremias 1, Jeremy 2; 3\n\nJeremiah = "whom Jehovah has appointed"\n1) the son of Hilkiah of the priests that were in Anathoth. He was\n   called very young (B.C. 626) to the prophetic office, and\n   prophesied 42 years. He probably died in Egypt.
02409^2409 hiereus {hee-er-yooce'}\n\nfrom 2413; TDNT - 3:257,349; n m\n\nAV - priest 31, high priest 1; 32\n\n1) a priest, one who offers sacrifices and in general in busied with\n   sacred rites\n   1a) referring to priests of Gentiles or the Jews,\n2) metaph. of Christians, because, purified by the blood of Christ\n   and brought into close intercourse with God, they devote their life\n   to him alone and to Christ
02410^2410 Hiericho {hee-er-ee-kho'}\n\nof Hebrew origin 03405;; n pr loc\n\nAV - Jericho 7; 7\n\nJericho = "place of fragrance"\n1) a noted city, abounding in balsam, honey, cyprus, myrobalanus,\n   roses and other fragrant products. It was near the north shore of\n   the Dead Sea in the tribe of Benjamin, between Jerusalem and the\n   Jordan River
02411^2411 hieron {hee-er-on'}\n\nfrom 2413; TDNT - 3:230,349; n n\n\nAV - temple 71; 71\n\n1) a sacred place, temple\n   1a) used of the temple of Artemis at Ephesus\n   1b) used of the temple at Jerusalem\n\nThe temple of Jerusalem consisted of the whole of the sacred\nenclosure, embracing the entire aggregate of buildings, balconies,\nporticos, courts (that is that of the men of Israel, that of the\nwomen, and that of the priests), belonging to the temple; the latter\ndesignates the sacred edifice properly so called, consisting of two\nparts, the "sanctuary" or "Holy Place" (which no one except the\npriests was allowed to enter), and the "Holy of Holies" or "the most\nholy place" (which was entered only on the great day of atonement by\nthe high priest alone). Also there were the courts where Jesus or the\napostles taught or encountered adversaries, and the like, "in the\ntemple"; also the courts of the temple, of the Gentiles, out of which\nJesus drove the buyers and sellers and the money changers, court of\nthe women.
02412^2412 hieroprepes {hee-er-op-rep-ace'}\n\nfrom 2413 and the same as 4241; TDNT - 3:253,349; adj\n\nAV - as becometh holiness 1; 1\n\n1) befitting men, places, actions or sacred things to God\n2) reverent
02413^2413 hieros {hee-er-os'}\n\nof uncertain affinity; TDNT - 3:221,349; adj\n\nAV - holy 2; 2\n\n1) sacred, consecrated to the deity, pertaining to God\n   1a) sacred Scriptures, because inspired by God, treating of divine\n       things and therefore to be devoutly revered
02414^2414 Hierosoluma {hee-er-os-ol'-oo-mah}\n\nof Hebrew origin 03389; TDNT - 7:292,1028; n pr loc\n\nAV - Jerusalem 59; 59\n\nJerusalem = "set ye double peace"\n1) denotes either the city itself or the inhabitants\n2) "the Jerusalem that now is", with its present religious\n   institutions, i.e. the Mosaic system, so designated from its\n   primary external location\n3) "Jerusalem that is above", that is existing in heaven,\n   according to the pattern of which the earthly Jerusalem was\n   supposed to be built\n   3a) metaph. "the City of God founded by Christ", now wearing the\n       form of the church, but after Christ's return to put on the\n       form of the perfected Messianic kingdom\n4) "the heavenly Jerusalem", that is the heavenly abode of God,\n   Christ, the angels, saints of the Old and New Testament\n   periods and those Christians that are alive at Christ's return\n5) "the New Jerusalem", a splendid visible city to be let down\n   from heaven after the renovation of the world, the future\n   abode of the blessed
02415^2415 Hierosolumites {hee-er-os-ol-oo-mee'-tace}\n\nfrom 2414; TDNT - 7:292,1028; n m\n\nAV - of Jerusalem 2; 2\n\n1) a citizen or inhabitant of Jerusalem
02416^2416 hierosuleo {hee-er-os-ool-eh'-o}\n\nfrom 2417; TDNT - 3:255,349; v\n\nAV - commit sacrilege 1; 1\n\n1) to commit sacrilege, to rob a temple\n   1a) in Rom. 2:22, where the meaning is, "thou who abhorrest idols\n       and their contamination, doest yet not hesitate to plunder\n       their shrines"
02417^2417 hierosulos {hee-er-os'-oo-los}\n\nfrom 2411 and 4813; TDNT - 3:256,349; n m\n\nAV - robber of the churches 1; 1\n\n1) guilty of sacrilege
02418^2418 hierourgeo {hee-er-oorg-eh'-o}\n\nfrom a compound of 2411 and the base of 2041; TDNT - 3:251,349; v\n\nAV - minister 1; 1\n\n1) to minister in the manner of a priest, minister in priestly service\n   1a) of those who defend the sanctity of the law by undergoing a\n       violent death\n   1b) of the preaching of the gospel
02419^2419 Hierousalem {hee-er-oo-sal-ame'}\n\nof Hebrew origin 03389; TDNT - 7:292,1028; n pr loc\n\nAV - Jerusalem 83; 83\n\nJerusalem = "set ye double peace"\n1) denotes either the city itself or the inhabitants\n2) "the Jerusalem that now is", with its present religious\n   institutions, i.e. the Mosaic system, so designated from its\n   primary external location\n3) "Jerusalem that is above", that is existing in heaven,\n   according to the pattern of which the earthly Jerusalem was\n   supposed to be built\n   3a) metaph. "the City of God founded by Christ", now wearing the\n       form of the church, but after Christ's return to put on the\n       form of the perfected Messianic kingdom\n4) "the heavenly Jerusalem", that is the heavenly abode of God,\n   Christ, the angels, saints of the Old and New Testament\n   periods and those Christians that are alive at Christ's return\n5) "the New Jerusalem", a splendid visible city to be let down\n   from heaven after the renovation of the world, the future\n   abode of the blessed
02420^2420 hierosune {hee-er-o-soo'-nay}\n\nfrom 2413; TDNT - 3:247,349; n f\n\nAV - priesthood 4; 4\n\n1) priesthood, the priestly office
02421^2421 Iessai {es-es-sah'-ee}\n\nof Hebrew origin 03448;; n pr m\n\nAV - Jesse 5; 5\n\nJesse = "wealthy"\n1) the father of David the king
02422^2422 Iephthae {ee-ef-thah'-eh}\n\nof Hebrew origin 03316;; n pr m\n\nAV - Jephthae 1; 1\n\nJephthah = "whom God sets free"\n1) son of Gilead, and a judge in Israel
02423^2423 Iechonias {ee-ekh-on-ee'-as}\n\nof Hebrew origin 03204;; n pr m\n\nAV - Jechonias 2; 2\n\nJeconiah or Jehoiachin = "whom Jehovah establishes"\n1) was the son of Jehoiakim, and for three months and ten days king of\n   Judah until Nebuchadnezzar carried him into captivity (597 BC)
02424^2424 Iesous {ee-ay-sooce'}\n\nof Hebrew origin 03091; TDNT - 3:284,360; n pr m\n\nAV - Jesus 972, Jesus (Joshua) 2, Jesus (Justus) 1; 975\n\nJesus = "Jehovah is salvation"\n1) Jesus, the Son of God, the Saviour of mankind, God incarnate\n2) Jesus Barabbas was the captive robber whom the Jews begged Pilate\n   to release instead of Christ\n3) Joshua was the famous captain of the Israelites, Moses' successor\n   (Ac. 7:45, Heb. 4:8)\n4) Jesus, son of Eliezer, one of the ancestors of Christ (Lu. 3:29)\n5) Jesus, surnamed Justus, a Jewish Christian, an associate with\n   Paul in the preaching of the gospel (Col. 4:11)
02425^2425 hikanos {hik-an-os'}\n\nfrom hiko [hikano or hikneomai, akin to 2240] (to arrive);\n   TDNT - 3:293,361; adj\n\nAV - many 11, much 6, worthy 5, long 4, sufficient 3, misc 12; 41\n\n1) sufficient\n   1a) many enough, enough\n   1b) sufficient in ability, i.e. meet, fit
02426^2426 hikanotes {hik-an-ot'-ace}\n\nfrom 2425; TDNT - 3:293,361; n f\n\nAV - sufficiency 1; 1\n\n1) sufficient, ability or competency to do a thing
02427^2427 hikanoo {hik-an-o'-o}\n\nfrom 2425; TDNT - 3:293,361; v\n\nAV - make able 1, make meet 1; 2\n\n1) to make sufficient, render fit\n   1a) to equip one with adequate power to perform duties of one
02428^2428 hiketeria {hik-et-ay-ree'-ah}\n\nfrom a derivative of the base of 2425 (through the idea of\n   approaching for a favour); TDNT - 3:296,362; n f\n\nAV - supplication 1; 1\n\n1) an olive branch\n   1a) for suppliants approached the one whose aid they would implore\n       holding an olive branch entwined with white wool and fillets,\n       to signify that they came as suppliants\n2) supplication
02429^2429 hikmas {hik-mas'}\n\nof uncertain affinity;; n f\n\nAV - moisture 1; 1\n\n1) moisture
02430^2430 Ikonion {ee-kon'-ee-on}\n\nperhaps from 1504;; n pr loc\n\nAV - Iconium 6; 6\n\nIconium = "little image"\n1) a famous city of Asia Minor, which was the capital of Lycaonia
02431^2431 hilaros {hil-ar-os'}\n\nfrom the same as 2436; TDNT - 3:297,362; adj\n\nAV - cheerful 1; 1\n\n1) cheerful, joyous, prompt to do anything
02432^2432 hilarotes {hil-ar-ot'-ace}\n\nfrom 2431; TDNT - 3:297,362; n f\n\nAV - cheerfulness 1; 1\n\n1) cheerfulness, readiness of mind
02433^2433 hilaskomai {hil-as'-kom-ahee}\n\nmiddle voice from the same as 2436; TDNT - 3:301,362; v\n\nAV - be merciful 1, make reconciliation 1; 2\n\n1) to render one's self, to appease, conciliate to one's self\n   1a) to become propitious, be placated or appeased\n   1b) to be propitious, be gracious, be merciful\n2) to expiate, make propitiation for
02434^2434 hilasmos {hil-as-mos'}\n\na root word; TDNT - 3:301,362; n m\n\nAV - propitiation 2; 2\n\n1) an appeasing, propitiating\n2) the means of appeasing, a propitiation
02435^2435 hilasterion {hil-as-tay'-ree-on}\n\nfrom a derivative of 2433; TDNT - 3:318,362; n n\n\nAV - propitiation 1, mercyseat 1; 2\n\n1) relating to an appeasing or expiating, having placating or\n   expiating force, expiatory; a means of appeasing or expiating,\n   a propitiation\n   1a) used of the cover of the ark of the covenant in the Holy\n       of Holies, which was sprinkled with the blood of the\n       expiatory victim on the annual day of atonement (this rite\n       signifying that the life of the people, the loss of which\n       they had merited by their sins, was offered to God in the\n       blood as the life of the victim, and that God by this\n       ceremony was appeased and their sins expiated); hence the\n       lid of expiation, the propitiatory\n   1b) an expiatory sacrifice\n   1c) a expiatory victim
02436^2436 hileos {hil'-eh-oce}\n\nperhaps from the alternate form of 138; TDNT - 3:300,362; adj\n\nAV - be it far 1, merciful 1; 2\n\n1) propitious, merciful
02437^2437 Illurikon {il-loo-ree-kon'}\n\nfrom an adjective from a name of uncertain derivation;; n pr loc\n\nAV - Illyricum 1; 1\n\nIllyricum = "the lyric band"\n1) a region lying between Italy, Germany, Macedonia and Thrice,\n   having on one side the Adriatic Sea, and on the other the Danube
02438^2438 himas {hee-mas'}\n\nperhaps from the same as 260;; n m\n\nAV - latchet 3, thong 1; 4\n\n1) a thong of leather, a strap\n   1a) in the NT of the thongs with which captives or criminals were\n       either bound or beaten\n   1b) of the thongs or ties by which sandals were fastened to the feet
02439^2439 himatizo {him-at-id'-zo}\n\nfrom 2440;; v\n\nAV - clothe 2; 2\n\n1) to clothe
02440^2440 himation {him-at'-ee-on}\n\nfrom a presumed derivative of ennumi (to put on);; n n\n\nAV - garment 30, raiment 12, clothes 12, cloke 2, robe 2, vesture 2,\n     apparel 1; 61\n\n1) a garment (of any sort)\n   1a) garments, i.e. the cloak or mantle and the tunic\n2) the upper garment, the cloak or mantle
02441^2441 himatismos {him-at-is-mos'}\n\nfrom 2439;; n m\n\nAV - vesture 2, apparel 2, raiment 1, array 1; 6\n\n1) clothing, apparel
02442^2442 himeiromai {him-i'-rom-ahee} or homeiromai {hom-i'rom-ahee}\n\nmiddle voice from himeros (a yearning, of uncertain affinity);\n   TDNT - 5:176,*; v\n\nAV - be affectionately desirous 1; 1\n\n1) to desire, long for, esp. the longing of love
02443^2443 hina {hin'-ah}\n\nprobably from the same as the former part of 1438 (through the\n   demonstrative idea, cf 3588); TDNT - 3:323,366; conj\n\nAV - that 536, to 69, for to 8, not translated 1, misc 7; 621\n\n1) that, in order that, so that
02444^2444 hinati {hin-at-ee'}\n\nfrom 2443 and 5101;; conj\n\nAV - why 5, wherefore 1; 6\n\n1) for what purpose, wherefore, why
02445^2445 Ioppe {ee-op'-pay}\n\nof Hebrew origin 03305;; n pr loc\n\nAV - Joppa 10; 10\n\nJoppa or Japho = "beautiful"\n1) a city of Palestine on the Mediterranean, lying on the border of\n   the tribes of Dan and Ephraim. It was subject to the Jews from the\n   times of the Maccabees. It had a famous but dangerous port and\n   carried on a flourishing trade. It is now called Jaffa.
02446^2446 Iordanes {ee-or-dan'-ace}\n\nof Hebrew origin 03383; TDNT - 6:608,921; n pr loc\n\nAV - Jordan 15; 15\n\nJordan = "the descender"\n1) the one river of Palestine, has its course of little more than 200\n   miles (300 km), from the roots of Anti-Lebanon to the head of the\n   Dead Sea.
02447^2447 ios {ee-os'}\n\nperhaps from eimi (to go) or hiemi (to send); TDNT - 3:334,368; n m\n\nAV - poison 2, rust 1; 3\n\n1) poison (of animals)\n   1a) poison of asps is under their lips,\n   1b) spoken of men given to reviling and calumniating and thereby\n       injuring others\n2) rust
02448^2448 Iouda {ee-oo-dah'}\n\nof Hebrew origin 03063 or perhaps 03194;; n pr loc\n\nAV - Juda 1; 1\n\nJudah = "he shall be praised"\n1) the fourth son of the patriarch Jacob\n2) the tribe that were the offspring of Judah\n3) the region occupied by the tribe\n4) a city of the tribe of Judah, conjectured to be Hebron, which was\n   a city assigned to the priests and located in the hill country,\n   and the native place of John the Baptist according to Jewish tradition
02449^2449 Ioudaia {ee-oo-dah'-yah}\n\nfeminine of 2453 (with 1093 implied); TDNT - 3:356,372; n pr loc\n\nAV - Judaea 42, Jewry 2; 44\n\nJudaea = "he shall be praised"\n1) in a narrower sense, to the southern portion of Palestine lying on\n   this side of the Jordan and the Dead Sea, to distinguish it from\n   Samaria, Galilee, Peraea, and Idumaea\n2) in a broader sense, referring to all Palestine
02450^2450 Ioudaizo {ee-oo-dah-id'-zo}\n\nfrom 2453; TDNT - 3:356,372; v\n\nAV - to live as do the Jews 1; 1\n\n1) to adopt Jewish customs and rites, imitate the Jews, Judaise\n   1a) one who observes the ritual law of the Jews
02451^2451 Ioudaikos {ee-oo-dah-ee-kos'}\n\nfrom 2453; TDNT - 3:356,372; adj\n\nAV - Jewish 1; 1\n\n1) Jewish
02452^2452 Ioudaikos {ee-oo-dah-ee-koce'}\n\nfrom 2451;; adv\n\nAV - as do the Jews 1; 1\n\n1) Jewishly, after the manner of the Jews
02453^2453 Ioudaios {ee-oo-dah'-yos}\n\nfrom 2448 (in the sense of 2455 as a country); TDNT - 3:356,372; adj\n\nAV - Jew 193, of Judea 3, Jewess 2; 198\n\n1) Jewish, belonging to the Jewish nation\n2) Jewish as respects to birth, origin, religion
02454^2454 Ioudaismos {ee-oo-dah-is-mos'}\n\nfrom 2450; TDNT - 3:356,372; n m\n\nAV - Jews' religion 2; 2\n\n1) the Jewish faith and worship, religion of the Jews, Judaism
02455^2455 Ioudas {ee-oo-das'}\n\nof Hebrew origin 03063;; n m\n\nAV - Judas (Iscariot) 22, Juda (Son of Jacob) 7, Judah (Son of Jacob)  1,\n     Judas (Son of Jacob) 2, Judas (Brother of James) 3,\n     Jude (Brother of James) 1, Judas Barsabas 3,\n     Juda (Ancestors of Jesus 2, misc 4; 45\n\nJudah or Judas = "he shall be praised"\n1) the fourth son of Jacob\n2) an unknown ancestor of Christ\n3) a man surnamed the Galilean, who at the time of the\n   census of Quirinus, excited the revolt in Galilee, Acts 5:37\n4) a certain Jew of Damascus, Acts 9:11\n5) a prophet surnamed Barsabas, of the church at Jerusalem,\n    Acts 15:22,27,32\n6) the apostle, Jn 14:22, who was surnamed Lebbaeus or\n   Thaddaeus, and according to opinion wrote the Epistle of Jude.\n7) the half-brother of Jesus, Mt. 13:55\n8) Judas Iscariot, the apostle who betrayed Jesus
02456^2456 Ioulia {ee-oo-lee'-ah}\n\nfeminine of the same as 2457;; n pr f\n\nAV - Julia 1; 1\n\nJulia = "soft haired"\n1) a Christian woman
02457^2457 Ioulios {ee-oo'-lee-os}\n\nof Latin origin;; n pr m\n\nAV - Julius 2; 2\n\nJulius = "soft-haired"\n1) the centurion of "Augustus Band", to whose charge Paul was\n   delivered when he was sent prisoner from Caesarea to Rome
02458^2458 Iounias {ee-oo-nee'-as}\n\nof Latin origin;; n pr f\n\nAV - Junia 1; 1\n\nJunia = "youthful"\n1) a Christian woman at Rome, mentioned by Paul as one of his kinsfolk\n   and fellow prisoners
02459^2459 Ioustos {ee-ooce'-tos}\n\nof Latin origin ("just");; n pr m\n\nAV - Justus (of Corinth) 1, Justus (surnamed Barabbas) 1,\n     Justus (Jesus, a fellow worker of Paul) 1; 3\n\nJustus = "just"\n1) a surname of Joseph, called Barsabas. Acts 1:23\n2) of Titus, a Christian at Corinth, with whom Paul lodged. Acts 18:7\n3) a surname of Jesus, a friend of Paul. Col. 4:11
02460^2460 hippeus {hip-yooce'}\n\nfrom 2462;; n m\n\nAV - horseman 2; 2\n\n1) a horseman
02461^2461 hippikon {hip-pee-kon'}\n\nneuter of a derivative of 2462;; adj\n\nAV - horseman 1; 1\n\n1) equestrian, the horse(men), cavalry
02462^2462 hippos {hip'-pos}\n\nof uncertain affinity; TDNT - 3:336,369; n m\n\nAV - horse 16; 16\n\n1) a horse
02463^2463 iris {ee'-ris}\n\nperhaps from 2046 (as a symbol of the female messenger of the\n   pagan deities); TDNT - 3:339,369; n f\n\nAV - rainbow 2; 2\n\n1) a rainbow
02464^2464 Isaak {ee-sah-ak'}\n\nof Hebrew origin 03327; TDNT 3:191,*; n pr m\n\nAV - Isaac 20; 20\n\nIsaac = "to laugh"\n1) the son of Abraham and Sarah
02465^2465 isaggelos {ee-sang'-el-los}\n\nfrom 2470 and 32; TDNT - 1:87,12; adj\n\nAV - equal to the angels 1; 1\n\n1) like the angels
02466^2466 Isachar {ee-sakh-ar'}\n\nof Hebrew origin 03485;; n pr m\n\nAV - Issachar 1; 1\n\nIssachar = "reward"\n1) the ninth son of Jacob and the fifth of Leah
02467^2467 isemi {is'-ay-mee}\n\nassumed by some as the base of cert. irregular forms of 1942;; v\n\nAV - know 2; 2\n\n1) to know
02468^2468 isthi {is'-thee}\n\nsecond person imperative present of 1510;; v\n\nAV - be thou 1, be 1, agree + 2132 1, give thyself wholly to + 1722 1,\n     not tr 1; 5\n\n1) be thou
02469^2469 Iskariotes {is-kar-ee-o'-tace}\n\nof Hebrew origin probably 0377 and 07149;; n pr m\n\nAV - Iscariot 11; 11\n\nIscariot = "men of Kerioth"\n1) the apostle who betrayed Jesus
02470^2470 isos {ee'-sos}\n\nprobably from 1492 (through the idea of seeming); TDNT - 3:343,370; adj\n\nAV - equal 4, agree together + 2258 2, as much 1, like 1; 8\n\n1) equal, in quantity or quality
02471^2471 isotes {ee-sot'-ace}\n\nlikeness (in condition or proportion); TDNT - 3:343,370; n f\n\nAV - equality 2, equal 1; 3\n\n1) equality\n2) equity, fairness, what is equitable
02472^2472 isotimos {ee-sot'-ee-mos}\n\nfrom 2470 and 5092; TDNT - 3:343,370; adj\n\nAV - like precious 1; 1\n\n1) equally precious\n2) equally honoured, to be esteemed equal to
02473^2473 isopsuchos {ee-sop'-soo-khos}\n\nfrom 2470 and 5590;; adj\n\nAV - likeminded 1; 1\n\n1) equal in soul
02474^2474 Israel {is-rah-ale'}\n\nof Hebrew origin 03478; TDNT - 3:356,372; adj\n\nAV - Israel 70; 70\n\nIsrael = "he shall be a prince of God"\n1) the name given to the patriarch Jacob (and borne by him in\n   addition to his former name)\n2) the family or descendants of Israel, the nation of Israel\n3) Christians, the Israel of God (Gal 6:16), for not all those who\n   draw their bodily descent from Israel are true Israelites, i.e.\n   are those whom God pronounces to be Israelites and has chosen to\n   salvation
02475^2475 Israelites {is-rah-ale-ee'-tace}\n\nfrom 2474; TDNT - 3:356,372; n m\n\nAV - Israel 5, Israelite 4; 9\n\n1) an Israelite, one of the nation of Israel, a name to be held in honour
02476^2476 histemi {his'-tay-mee}\n\na prolonged form of a primary stao {stah'-o} (of the same\n   meaning, and used for it in certain tenses); TDNT - 7:638,1082; v\n\nAV - stand 116, set 11, establish 5, stand still 4, stand by 3,\n     misc 17, vr stand 2; 158\n\n1) to cause or make to stand, to place, put, set\n   1a) to bid to stand by, [set up]\n       1a1) in the presence of others, in the midst, before judges,\n            before members of the Sanhedrin;\n       1a2) to place\n   1b) to make firm, fix establish\n       1b1) to cause a person or a thing to keep his or its place\n       1b2) to stand, be kept intact (of family, a kingdom), to escape\n            in safety\n       1b3) to establish a thing, cause it to stand\n            1b31) to uphold or sustain the authority or force of anything\n  1c) to set or place in a balance\n      1c1) to weigh: money to one (because in very early times before\n           the introduction of coinage, the metals used to be weighed)\n2) to stand\n   2a) to stand by or near\n       2a1) to stop, stand still, to stand immovable, stand firm\n            2a1a) of the foundation of a building\n   2b) to stand\n       2b1) continue safe and sound, stand unharmed, to stand ready or\n            prepared\n       2b2) to be of a steadfast mind\n       2b3) of quality, one who does not hesitate, does not waiver
02477^2477 historeo {his-tor-eh'-o}\n\nfrom a derivative of 1492; TDNT - 3:391,377; v\n\nAV - see 1; 1\n\n1) to enquire into, examine, investigate\n2) to find out, learn, by enquiry\n3) to gain knowledge of by visiting\n   3a) of some distinguished person, to become personally acquainted\n       with, know face to face
02478^2478 ischuros {is-khoo-ros'}\n\nfrom 2479; TDNT - 3:397,378; adj\n\nAV - mighty 10, strong 9, strong man 5, boisterous 1, powerful 1,\n     valiant 1; 27\n\n1) strong, mighty\n  1a) of living beings\n      1a1) strong either in body or in mind\n      1a2) of one who has strength of soul to sustain the attacks of\n           Satan, strong and therefore exhibiting many excellences\n  1b) on inanimate things\n      1b1) strong, violent, forcibly uttered, firm, sure
02479^2479 ischus {is-khoos'}\n\nfrom a derivative of is (force, cf eschon, a form of 2192);\n   TDNT - 3:397,378; n f\n\nAV - strength 4, power 2, might 2, ability 1, mightily + 1722 1,\n     mighty 1; 11\n\n1) ability, force, strength, might\n\nFor Synonyms see entry 5820
02480^2480 ischuo {is-khoo'-o}\n\nfrom 2479; TDNT - 3:397,378; v\n\nAV - can (could) 9, be able 6, avail 3, prevail 3, be whole 2,\n     cannot + 3756 1, can do 1, may 1, misc 3; 29\n\n1) to be strong\n  1a) to be strong in body, to be robust, to be in sound health\n2) to have power\n   2a) to have power as shown by extraordinary deeds\n       2a1) to exert, wield power, to have strength to overcome\n   2b) to be a force, avail\n   2c) to be serviceable\n   2d) to be able, can
02481^2481 isos {ee'-soce}\n\nfrom 2470;; adv\n\nAV - it may be 1; 1\n\n1) equally, in like manner\n2) agreeably to expectation, i.e. it may be, probably
02482^2482 Italia {ee-tal-ee'-ah}\n\nprobably of foreign origin;; n pr loc\n\nAV - Italy 5; 5\n\nItaly = "calf like"\n1) the whole peninsula between the Alps and the Straits of Messina
02483^2483 Italikos {ee-tal-ee-kos'}\n\nfrom 2482;; adj\n\nAV - Italian 1; 1\n\n1) Italian
02484^2484 Itouraia {ee-too-rah'-yah}\n\nof Hebrew origin 03195;; adj\n\nAV - Ituraea 1; 1\n\nIturaea = "past the limits" or "he will arrange"\n1) a mountainous region, lying northeast of Palestine and west of\n   Damascus. At the time when John the Baptist made his public\n   appearance it was subject to Philip the tetrarch, son of Herod the\n   Great, among the regions assigned to this prince after his\n   father's death. It was brought under Jewish control by king\n   Aristobulus around 100 B.C. Its inhabitants had been noted for\n   robbery and skilful use of the bow.
02485^2485 ichthudion {ikh-thoo'-dee-on}\n\ndiminutive from 2486;; n n\n\nAV - little fish 1, small fish 1; 2\n\n1) a little fish
02486^2486 ichthus {ikh-thoos'}\n\nof uncertain affinity;; n m\n\nAV - fish 20; 20\n\n1) a fish
02487^2487 ichnos {ikh'-nos}\n\nfrom ikneomai (to arrive, cf 2240); TDNT - 3:402,379; n n\n\nAV - step 3; 3\n\n1) a footprint, track, footstep\n2) in the NT, metaph. of imitating the example of any one
02488^2488 Ioatham {ee-o-ath'-am}\n\nof Hebrew origin 03147;; n pr m\n\nAV - Joatham 2; 2\n\nJotham = "Jehovah is upright"\n1) the son of King Uzziah or Azariah and Jerusha
02489^2489 Ioanna {ee-o-an'-nah}\n\nof the same as 2491;; n pr f\n\nAV - Joanna 2; 2\n\nJoanna = "Jehovah is a gracious giver"\n1) the wife of Chuza, Herod's steward, and a follower of Jesus
02490^2490 Ioannas {ee-o-an-nas'}\n\na form of 2491;; n pr m\n\nAV - Joanna 1; 1\n\nJoanna = "grace or gift of God"\n1) one of the ancestors of Christ
02491^2491 Ioannes {ee-o-an'-nace}\n\nof Hebrew origin 03110;; n pr m\n\nAV - John (the Baptist) 92, John (the apostle) 36, John (Mark) 4,\n     John (the chief priest) 1; 133\n\nJohn = "Jehovah is a gracious giver"\n1) John the Baptist was the son of Zacharias and Elisabeth, the\n   forerunner of Christ.  By order of Herod Antipas he was cast into\n   prison and afterwards beheaded.\n2) John the apostle, the writer of the Fourth Gospel, son of Zebedee\n   and Salome, brother of James the elder. He is that disciple who\n   (without mention by name) is spoken of in the Fourth Gospel as\n   especially dear to Jesus and according to the traditional opinion\n   is the author of the book of Revelation.\n3) John surnamed Mark, the companion of Barnabas and Paul. Acts 12:12\n4) John a certain man, a member of the Sanhedrin Acts 5:6
02492^2492 Iob {ee-obe'}\n\nof Hebrew origin 0347;; n pr m\n\nAV - Job 1; 1\n\nJob = "the cry of woe" or "I will exclaim"\n1) a man known for his piety and, consistency and fortitude in the\n   endurance of trials. His experiences are related in the OT book\n   bearing his name.
02493^2493 Ioel {ee-o-ale'}\n\nof Hebrew origin 03100;; n pr m\n\nAV - Joel 1; 1\n\nJoel = "to whom Jehovah is God"\n1) the second of the twelve minor prophets, the son of Pethuel,\n   probably prophesied in Judah in the reign of Uzziah
02494^2494 Ionan {ee-o-nan'}\n\nprobably for 2491 or 2495;; n pr m\n\nAV - Jonan 1; 1\n\nJonan = "Jehovah is a gracious giver"\n1) one of the ancestors of Christ
02495^2495 Ionas {ee-o-nas'}\n\nof Hebrew origin 03124; TDNT - 3:406,380; n pr m\n\nAV - Jonas (the prophet) 9, Jona (father of Peter) 4; 13\n\nJonah or Jonas = "dove"\n1) the fifth minor prophet, the son of Amittai, and a native of\n   Gath-hepher and lived during the reign of Jeroboam II, king of Israel\n2) Jonas, the father of Peter
02496^2496 Ioram {ee-o-ram'}\n\nof Hebrew origin 03141;; n pr m\n\nAV - Joram 2; 2\n\nJehoram = "whom Jehovah has exalted"\n1) the son of Jehoshaphat, king of Judah, succeeded his father on the\n   throne of Judah
02497^2497 Ioreim {ee-o-rime'}\n\nperhaps for 2496;; n pr m\n\nAV - Jorim 1; 1\n\nJorim = "whom Jehovah has exalted"\n1) the son of Matthat, in the genealogy of Christ
02498^2498 Iosaphat {ee-o-saf-at'}\n\nof Hebrew origin 03092;; n pr m\n\nAV - Josaphat 2; 2\n\nJehoshaphat = "whom Jehovah judges"\n1) the king of Judah, son of Asa
02499^2499 Iose {ee-o-say'}\n\ngenitive case of 2500;; n pr m\n\nAV - Jose (son of Eliezer) 1; 1\n\nJose = "he will be sustained of Jehovah"\n1) the son of Eliezer, in the genealogy of Jesus Christ
02500^2500 Ioses {ee-o-sace'}\n\nperhaps for 2501;; n pr m\n\nAV - Joses (brother of James) 3, Joses (Brother of Jesus) 2,\n     Joses (Barnabas) 1; 6\n\nJoses = "exalted"\n1) one of the ancestors of Christ, Lk 3:29\n2) Joses, the brother of Jesus, Mk 6:3\n3) Joses, the son of Mary, the sister of the mother of Jesus, Mt. 27:56\n4) Joses, a Levite, Acts 4:36
02501^2501 Ioseph {ee-o-safe'}\n\nof Hebrew origin 03130;; n pr m\n\nAV - Joseph (husband of Mary) 16, Joseph (son of Jacob) 9,\n     Joseph of Arimathaea 6, Joseph (son of Judas) 1,\n     Joseph of Barsabas 1, Joseph son of Jonan 1,\n     Joseph (son of Mattathias) 1; 35\n\nJoseph = "let him add"\n1) the patriarch, the eleventh son of Jacob\n2) the son of Jonan or Jonam, one of the ancestors of Christ, Lk 3:30\n3) the son of Judah [or Judas; better Joda] another ancestor of\n   Jesus, Lk 3:26\n4) the son of Mattathias, another ancestor of Christ, Lk 3:24\n5) the husband of Mary, the mother of Jesus\n6) a half-brother of Jesus Mat. 13:55\n7) Joseph of Arimathaea, a member of the Sanhedrin, who favoured\n   Jesus. Mt. 27:57,59; Mk 15:43,45\n8) Joseph surnamed Barnabas Acts 4:36\n9) Joseph call Barsabas and surnamed Justus, Acts 1:23
02502^2502 Iosias {ee-o-see'-as}\n\nof Hebrew origin 02977;; n pr m\n\nAV - Josias 2; 2\n\nJosiah = "whom Jehovah heals"\n1) king of Judah, who restored among the Jews the worship of the true\n   God, and after a reign of thirty one years was slain in battle\n   about 611 BC
02503^2503 iota {ee-o'-tah}\n\nof Hebrew origin [the tenth letter of the Hebrew alphabet];; n n\n\nAV - jot 1; 1\n\n1) the Hebrew letter `, the smallest of them all\n   1a) hence equivalent to the minutest part
02504^2504 kago {kag-o'}\n\nfrom 2532 and 1473 (so also the dative case kamoi {kam-oy'}, and\n   accusative case kame {kam-eh'};; conj\n\nAV - and I 34, I also 17, so I 4, I 4, even I 3, me also 3, misc 7; 72\n\n1) and I\n2) I also, I as well, I likewise, in like manner I\n3) even I, this selfsame I
02505^2505 katha {kath-ah'}\n\nfrom 2596 and the neuter plural of 3739;; conj/adv\n\nAV - as 1; 1\n\n1) according as, just as
02506^2506 kathairesis {kath-ah'-ee-res-is}\n\nfrom 2507; TDNT - 3:412,381; n f\n\nAV - destruction 2, pulling down 1; 3\n\n1) a pulling down, destruction, demolition
02507^2507 kathaireo {kath-ahee-reh'-o}\n\nfrom 2596 and 138 (including its alternate); TDNT - 3:411,380; v\n\nAV - take down 4, destroy 2, put down 1, pull down 1, cast down 1; 9\n\n1) to take down\n   1a) without the notion of violence: to detach from the cross,\n       one crucified\n   1b) with the use of force: to throw down, cast down\n2) to pull down, demolish\n   2a) the subtle reasonings (of opponents) likened to a fortress,\n       i.e. to refute, to destroy
02508^2508 kathairo {kath-ah'-ee-ro}\n\nfrom 2513; TDNT - 3:413,381; v\n\nAV - purge 2; 2\n\n1) to cleanse, of filth impurity, etc\n   1a) to prune trees and vines from useless shoots\n   1b) metaph. from guilt, to expiate
02509^2509 kathaper {kath-ap'-er}\n\nfrom 2505 and 4007;; adv/conj\n\nAV - as 7, even as 5, as well as 1; 13\n\n1) according as, just as, even as
02510^2510 kathapto {kath-ap'-to}\n\nfrom 2596 and 680;; v\n\nAV - fasten on 1; 1\n\n1) to fit or fasten to, bind on\n2) to lay hold of, fasten on (hostilely)
02511^2511 katharizo {kath-ar-id'-zo}\n\nfrom 2513; TDNT - 3:413,381; v\n\nAV - cleanse 16, make clean 5, be clean 3, purge 3, purify 3; 30\n\n1) to make clean, cleanse\n   1a) from physical stains and dirt\n       1a1) utensils, food\n       1a2) a leper, to cleanse by curing\n       1a3) to remove by cleansing\n   1b) in a moral sense\n       1b1) to free from defilement of sin and from faults\n       1b2) to purify from wickedness\n       1b3) to free from guilt of sin, to purify\n       1b4) to consecrate by cleansing or purifying\n       1b5) to consecrate, dedicate\n2) to pronounce clean in a levitical sense
02512^2512 katharismos {kath-ar-is-mos'}\n\nfrom 2511; TDNT - 3:429,381; n m\n\nAV - cleansing 2, purifying 2, be purged 1, purge + 4060 1,\n     purification 1; 7\n\n1) a cleansing, purification, a ritual purgation or washing\n   1a) of the washing of the Jews before and after their meals\n   1b) of levitical purification of women after childbirth\n   1c) a cleansing from the guilt of sins wrought by the expiatory\n       sacrifice of Christ
02513^2513 katharos {kath-ar-os'}\n\nof uncertain affinity; TDNT - 3:413,381; adj\n\nAV - pure 17, clean 10, clear 1; 28\n\n1) clean, pure\n   1a) physically\n       1a1) purified by fire\n       1a2) in a similitude, like a vine cleansed by pruning and so\n            fitted to bear fruit\n   1b) in a levitical sense\n       1b1) clean, the use of which is not forbidden,\n            imparts no uncleanness\n   1c) ethically\n       1c1) free from corrupt desire, from sin and guilt\n       1c2) free from every admixture of what is false, sincere genuine\n       1c3) blameless, innocent\n       1c4) unstained with the guilt of anything\n\nFor Synonyms see entry 5840
02514^2514 katharotes {kath-ar-ot'-ace}\n\nfrom 2513; TDNT - 3:413,381; n f\n\nAV - purifying 1; 1\n\n1) cleanness, purity\n   1a) in a Levitical sense
02515^2515 kathedra {kath-ed'-rah}\n\nfrom 2596 and the same as 1476;; n f\n\nAV - seat 3; 3\n\n1) a chair, a seat\n   1a) used of the exalted seat occupied by men of eminent rank or\n       influence, as teachers and judges
02516^2516 kathezomai {kath-ed'-zom-ahee}\n\nfrom 2596 and the base of 1476; TDNT - 3:440,386; v\n\nAV - sit 6; 6\n\n1) to sit down, seat one's self, sit
02517^2517 kathexes {kath-ex-ace'}\n\nfrom 2596 and 1836;; adv\n\nAV - in order 2, afterward 1, after 1, by order 1; 5\n\n1) one after another, successively, in order
02518^2518 katheudo {kath-yoo'-do}\n\nfrom 2596 and heudo (to sleep); TDNT - 3:431,384; v\n\nAV - sleep 22; 22\n\n1) to fall asleep, drop off to sleep\n2) to sleep\n  2a) to sleep normally\n  2b) euphemistically, to be dead\n  2c) metaph.\n      2c1) to yield to sloth and sin\n      2c2) to be indifferent to one's salvation
02519^2519 kathegetes {kath-ayg-ay-tace'}\n\nfrom a compound of 2596 and 2233;; n m\n\nAV - master 3; 3\n\n1) a guide\n2) a master, teacher
02520^2520 katheko {kath-ay'-ko}\n\nfrom 2596 and 2240}; TDNT - 3:437,385; v\n\nAV - fit 1, convenient 1; 2\n\n1) to come down\n2) to come to, reach to\n   2a) it is becoming\n   2b) it is fit
02521^2521 kathemai {kath'-ay-mahee}\n\nfrom 2596, and hemai (to sit, akin to the base of 1476);\n   TDNT - 3:440,386; v\n\nAV - sit 82, sit down 3, sit by 2, be set down 1, dwell 1; 89\n\n1) to sit down, seat one's self\n2) to sit, be seated, of a place occupied\n   2a) to have a fixed abode, to dwell
02522^2522 kathemerinos {kath-ay-mer-ee-nos'}\n\nfrom 2596 and 2250;; adj\n\nAV - daily 1; 1\n\n1) daily
02523^2523 kathizo {kath-id'-zo}\n\nanother (active) form for 2516; TDNT - 3:440,386; v\n\nAV - sit 26, sit down 14, set 2, be set 2, be set down 2, continue 1,\n     tarry 1; 48\n\n1) to make to sit down\n   1a) to set, appoint, to confer a kingdom on one\n2) intransitively\n   2a) to sit down\n   2b) to sit\n       2b1) to have fixed one's abode\n       2b2) to sojourn, to settle, settle down
02524^2524 kathiemi {kath-ee'-ay-mee}\n\nfrom 2596, and hiemi (to send);; v\n\nAV - let down 4; 4\n\n1) to send down, to let down
02525^2525 kathistemi {kath-is'-tay-mee}\n\nfrom 2596 and 2476; TDNT - 3:444,387; v\n\nAV - make 8, make ruler 6, ordain 3, be 2, appoint 1,\n     conduct 1, set 1; 22\n\n1) to set, place, put\n   1a) to set one over a thing (in charge of it)\n   1b) to appoint one to administer an office\n   1c) to set down as, constitute, to declare, show to be\n   1d) to constitute, to render, make, cause to be\n   1e) to conduct or bring to a certain place\n   1f) to show or exhibit one's self\n       1f1) come forward as
02526^2526 katho {kath-o'}\n\nfrom 2596 and 3739;; adv\n\nAV - according to 2, as 1, inasmuch as 1; 4\n\n1) according to what\n   1a) as\n   1b) according as, in so far as, so far forth as
02527^2527 katholou {kath-ol'-oo}\n\nfrom 2596 and 3650;; adv\n\nAV - at all 1; 1\n\n1) wholly, entirely, at all
02528^2528 kathoplizo {kath-op-lid'-zo}\n\nfrom 2596, and 3695;; v\n\nAV - arm 1; 1\n\n1) furnish with arms
02529^2529 kathorao {kath-or-ah'-o}\n\nfrom 2596 and 3708; TDNT - 5:379,706; v\n\nAV - clearly see 1; 1\n\n1) to look down, see from above, view from on high\n2) to see thoroughly, perceive clearly, understand
02530^2530 kathoti {kath-ot'-ee}\n\nfrom 2596, and 3739 and 5100;; adv\n\nAV - because 2, forsomuch as 1, as 1, according as 1; 5\n\n1) according to what\n   1a) as far as, according as\n   1b) because that, because\n   1c) as just as
02531^2531 kathos {kath-oce'}\n\nfrom 2596 and 5613;; adv\n\nAV - as 138, even as 36, according as 4, when 1, according to 1,\n     how 1, as well as + 2532 1; 182\n\n1) according as\n   1a) just as, even as\n   1b) in proportion as, in the degree that\n2) since, seeing that, agreeably to the fact that\n3) when, after that
02532^2532 kai {kahee}\n\napparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes\n   also a cumulative force;; conj\n\nAV - and 8182, also 515, even 108, both 43, then 20, so 18,\n     likewise 13, not tr. 354, misc 46, vr and 1; 9280\n\n1) and, also, even, indeed, but
02533^2533 Kaiaphas {kah-ee-af'-as}\n\nof Aramaic origin;; n pr m\n\nAV - Caiaphas 9; 9\n\nCaiaphas = "as comely"\n1) a high priest of the Jews appointed to that office by Valerius\n   Gratus, governor of Judaea, after removal of Simon, son of Camith,\n   A.D. 18, and was removed A.D. 36 by Vitellius, governor of Syria,\n   who appointed Jonathan, son of Ananus (Annus, father-in-law of\n   Caiaphas), his successor
02534^2534 kaige {kah'-ee-gheh}\n\nfrom 2532 and 1065;; conj\n\nAV - at least 1; 1\n\n1) and at least, indeed
02535^2535 Kain {kah'-in}\n\nof Hebrew origin 07014; TDNT - 1:6,*; n pr m\n\nAV - Cain 3; 3\n\nCain = "maker: fabricator (literally smith)"\n1) the first born of Adam, and slew his brother, Abel
02536^2536 Kainan {kah-ee-nan'}\n\nof Hebrew origin 07018;; n pr m\n\nAV - Cainan 2; 2\n\nCainan = "their smith"\n1) the son of Enos, Gen. 5:9\n2) son of Arphaxad and ancestor of Christ, Lk 3:36
02537^2537 kainos {kahee-nos'}\n\nof uncertain affinity; TDNT - 3:447,388; adj\n\nAV - new 44; 44\n\n1) new\n   1a) as respects form\n       1a1) recently made, fresh, recent, unused, unworn\n   1b) as respects substance\n       1b1) of a new kind, unprecedented, novel, uncommon, unheard of\n\nFor Synonyms see entry 5852
02538^2538 kainotes {kahee-not'-ace}\n\nfrom 2537; TDNT - 3:450,388; n f\n\nAV - newness 2; 2\n\n1) newness\n   1a) in the new state of life in which the Holy Spirit places us so\n       as to produce a new state which is eternal life
02539^2539 kaiper {kah'-ee-per}\n\nfrom 2532 and 4007;; conj\n\nAV - though 5, and yet 1; 6\n\n1) although
02540^2540 kairos {kahee-ros'}\n\nof uncertain affinity; TDNT - 3:455,389; n m\n\nAV - time 64, season 13, opportunity 2, due time 2,\n     always + 1722 + 3956 2, not tr 1, misc 3; 87\n\n1) due measure\n2) a measure of time, a larger or smaller portion of time, hence:\n   2a) a fixed and definite time, the time when things are\n       brought to crisis, the decisive epoch waited for\n   2b) opportune or seasonable time\n   2c) the right time\n   2d) a limited period of time\n   2e) to what time brings, the state of the times, the things\n       and events of time\n\nFor Synonyms see entry 5853
02541^2541 Kaisar {kah'-ee-sar}\n\nof Latin origin;; n m\n\nAV - Caesar 30; 30\n\nCaesar = "severed"\n1) the surname of Julius Caesar, which adopted by Octavius Augustus\n   and his successors afterwards became a title, and was appropriated\n   by the Roman emperors as part of their title
02542^2542 Kaisereia {kahee-sar'-i-a}\n\nfrom 2541;; n pr loc\n\nAV - Caesarea (of Palestine) 15, Caesarea (Philippi) 2; 17\n\nCaesarea = "severed"\n1) Caesarea of Philippi was situated at the foot of Lebanon near the\n   sources of the Jordan in Gaulanitis, and formerly called Paneas;\n   but afterward being rebuilt by Philip the tetrarch, it was called\n   by him Caesarea, in honour of Tiberias Caesar; subsequently called\n   Neronias by Agrippa II, in honour of Nero.\n2) Caesarea of Palestine was built near the Mediterranean by Herod\n   the Great on the site of Strabo's Tower, between Joppa and Dora.\n   It was provided with a magnificent harbour and had conferred upon\n   it the name of Caesarea, in honour of Augustus.  It was the\n   residence of Roman procurators, and the majority of its\n   inhabitants were Greeks.
02543^2543 kaitoi {kah'-ee-toy}\n\nfrom 2532 and 5104;; particle\n\nAV - although 1; 1\n\n1) and yet, although
02544^2544 kaitoige {kah'-ee-toyg-eh}\n\nfrom 2543 and 1065;; particle\n\nAV - though 2, nevertheless 1; 3\n\n1) and yet, thought
02545^2545 kaio {kah'-yo}\n\napparently a primary verb; TDNT - 3:464,390; v\n\nAV - burn 10, did burn + 2258 1, light 1; 12\n\n1) to set on fire, light, burning\n2) to burn, consume with fire
02546^2546 kakei {kak-i'}\n\nfrom 2532 and 1563;; adv\n\nAV - and there 9, there also 1, thither also 1; 11\n\n1) and there\n2) there also
02547^2547 kakeithen {kak-i'-then}\n\nfrom 2532 and 1564;; adv\n\nAV - and from thence 5, and thence 2, and afterward 1, thence also 1; 9\n\n1) of place\n   1a) and from thence, and thence\n2) of time\n   2a) and thereafter, and afterward
02548^2548 kakeinos {kak-i'-nos}\n\nfrom 2532 and 1565;; contr\n\nAV - and he 4, and they 3, he also 3, and them 2, and the other 2,\n     and him 2, they also 2, him also 1, misc 4; 23\n\n1) and he, he also
02549^2549 kakia {kak-ee'-ah}\n\nfrom 2556; TDNT - 3:482,391; n f\n\nAV - malice 6, maliciousness 2, evil 1, wickedness 1, naughtiness 1; 11\n\n1) malignity, malice, ill-will, desire to injure\n2) wickedness, depravity\n   2a) wickedness that is not ashamed to break laws\n3) evil, trouble\n\nFor Synonyms see entry 5855
02550^2550 kakoetheia {kak-o-ay'-thi-ah}\n\nfrom a compound of 2556 and 2239; TDNT - 3:485,391; n f\n\nAV - malignity 1; 1\n\n1) bad character, depravity of heart and life\n2) malignant subtlety, malicious craftiness
02551^2551 kakologeo {kak-ol-og-eh'-o}\n\nfrom a compound of 2556 and 3056; TDNT - 3:468,391; v\n\nAV - curse 2, speak evil of 2; 4\n\n1) to speak evil of, revile, abuse, one\n2) to curse
02552^2552 kakopatheia {kak-op-ath'-i-ah}\n\nfrom a compound of 2556 and 3806; TDNT - 5:936,798; n f\n\nAV - suffering affliction 1; 1\n\n1) the suffering of evil, i.e. trouble, distress, afflicted
02553^2553 kakopatheo {kak-op-ath-eh'-o}\n\nfrom the same as 2552; TDNT - 5:936,798; v\n\nAV - endure hardness 1, suffer trouble 1, endure affliction 1,\n     be afflicted 1; 4\n\n1) to suffer (endure) evils (hardships, troubles)\n2) to be afflicted
02554^2554 kakopoieo {kak-op-oy-eh'-o}\n\nfrom 2555; TDNT - 3:485,391; v\n\nAV - do evil 3, evil doing 1; 4\n\n1) to do harm\n2) to do evil, do wrong
02555^2555 kakopoios {kak-op-oy-os'}\n\nfrom 2556 and 4160; TDNT - 3:485,391; adj\n\nAV - evildoer 4, malefactor 1; 5\n\n1) an evil doer, malefactor
02556^2556 kakos {kak-os'}\n\napparently a primary word; TDNT - 3:469,391; adj\n\nAV - evil 40, evil things 3, harm 2, that which is evil + 3458 2,\n     wicked 1, ill 1, bad 1, noisome 1; 51\n\n1) of a bad nature\n   1a) not such as it ought to be\n2) of a mode of thinking, feeling, acting\n   2a) base, wrong, wicked\n3) troublesome, injurious, pernicious, destructive, baneful
02557^2557 kakourgos {kak-oor'-gos}\n\nfrom 2556 and the base of 2041; TDNT - 3:484,391; adj\n\nAV - malefactor 3, evil doer 1; 4\n\n1) a malefactor
02558^2558 kakoucheo {kak-oo-kheh'-o}\n\nfrom a presumed compound of 2556 and 2192;; v\n\nAV - torment 1, suffer adversity 1; 2\n\n1) to treat ill, oppress, plague
02559^2559 kakoo {kak-o'-o}\n\nfrom 2556; TDNT - 3:484,391; v\n\nAV - entreat evil 2, make evil affected 1, vex 1, hurt 1, harm 1; 6\n\n1) to oppress, afflict, harm, maltreat\n2) to embitter, render evil affected
02560^2560 kakos {kak-oce'}\n\nfrom 2556; TDNT - 4:1091,*; adv\n\nAV - be sick + 2192 7, be diseased + 2192 2, evil 2, grievously 1,\n     sore 1, miserable 1, amiss 1, sick people + 2192 1; 16\n\n1) miserable, to be ill\n2) improperly, wrongly\n3) to speak ill of, revile, one
02561^2561 kakosis {kak'-o-sis}\n\nfrom 2559;; n f\n\nAV - affliction 1; 1\n\n1) ill treatment, ill usage
02562^2562 kalame {kal-am'-ay}\n\nfrom 2563;; n f\n\nAV - stubble 1; 1\n\n1) a stalk of grain or a reed, stubble,\n   1a) the stalk left after the ears are cut off
02563^2563 kalamos {kal'-am-os}\n\nor uncertain affinity;; n m\n\nAV - reed 11, pen 1; 12\n\n1) a reed\n2) a staff made of a reed, a reed staff\n3) a measuring reed or rod\n4) a writer's reed, a pen
02564^2564 kaleo {kal-eh'-o}\n\nakin to the base of 2753; TDNT - 3:487,394; v\n\nAV - call 125, bid 16, be so named 1, named + 3686 1, misc 3; 146\n\n1) to call\n   1a) to call aloud, utter in a loud voice\n   1b) to invite\n2) to call i.e. to name, by name\n   2a) to give a name to\n       2a1) to receive the name of, receive as a name\n       2a2) to give some name to one, call his name\n   2b) to be called i.e. to bear a name or title (among men)\n   2c) to salute one by name\n\nFor Synonyms see entry 5823
02565^2565 kallielaios {kal-le-el'-ah-yos}\n\nfrom the base of 2566 and 1636;; n f\n\nAV - good olive tree 1; 1\n\n1) the garden olive as opposed to the wild olive
02566^2566 kallion {kal-lee'-on}\n\nneuter of the (irregular) comparative of 2570;; comparative\n\nAV - very well 1; 1\n\n1) better
02567^2567 kalodidaskalos {kal-od-id-as'-kal-os}\n\nfrom 2570 and 1320; TDNT - 2:159,161; adj\n\nAV - teacher of good things 1; 1\n\n1) teaching that which is good, a teacher of goodness
02568^2568 Kaloi Limenes {kal-oy' lee-men'-es}\n\nplural of 2570 and 3040;; n pr loc\n\nAV - Fair Havens 1; 1\n\nFair Havens = "goodly ports"\n1) a bay of Crete, near the city Lasaea, so called because it had a\n   good harbour
02569^2569 kalopoieo {kal-op-oy-eh'-o}\n\nfrom 2570 and 4160;; v\n\nAV - well doing 1; 1\n\n1) to do well, act uprightly
02570^2570 kalos {kal-os'}\n\nof uncertain affinity; TDNT - 3:536,402; adj\n\nAV - good 83, better 7, honest 5, meet 2, goodly 2, misc 3; 102\n\n1) beautiful, handsome, excellent, eminent, choice, surpassing,\n   precious, useful, suitable, commendable, admirable\n   1a) beautiful to look at, shapely, magnificent\n   1b) good, excellent in its nature and characteristics, and\n       therefore well adapted to its ends\n       1b1) genuine, approved\n       1b2) precious\n       1b3) joined to names of men designated by their office,\n            competent, able, such as one ought to be\n       1b4) praiseworthy, noble\n   1c) beautiful by reason of purity of heart and life, and hence\n       praiseworthy\n       1c1) morally good, noble\n   1d) honourable, conferring honour\n   1e) affecting the mind agreeably, comforting and confirming
02571^2571 kaluma {kal'-oo-mah}\n\nfrom 2572; TDNT - 3:558,405; n n\n\nAV - vail 4; 4\n\n1) a veil, covering
02572^2572 kalupto {kal-oop'-to}\n\nakin to 2813 and 2928; TDNT - 3:536,405; v\n\nAV - cover 5, hide 3; 8\n\n1) to hide, veil\n   1a) to hinder the knowledge of a thing
02573^2573 kalos {kal-oce'}\n\nfrom 2570;; adv\n\nAV - well 30, good 2, full well 1, very well 1, misc. 3; 37\n\n1) beautifully, finely, excellently, well\n   1a) rightly, so that there shall be no room for blame, well, truly\n   1b) excellently, nobly, commendably\n   1c) honourably, in honour\n       1c1) in a good place, comfortable\n   1d) to speak well of one, to do good\n   1e) to be well (of those recovering health)
02574^2574 kamelos {kam'-ay-los}\n\nof Hebrew origin 01581; TDNT - 3:592,413; n m/f\n\nAV - camel 6; 6\n\n1) camel
02575^2575 kaminos {kam'-ee-nos}\n\nprobably from 2545;; n f\n\nAV - furnace 4; 4\n\n1) a furnace\n   1a) for smelting\n   1b) for burning earthen ware\n   1c) for baking bread
02576^2576 kammuo {kam-moo'-o}\n\nfrom a compound of 2596 and the base of 3466;; v\n\nAV - close 2; 2\n\n1) to shut the eyes, close the eyes
02577^2577 kamno {kam'-no}\n\napparently a primary verb;; v\n\nAV - be wearied 1, sick 1, faint 1; 3\n\n1) to grow weary, be weary\n2) to be sick
02578^2578 kampto {kamp'-to}\n\napparently a primary verb; TDNT - 3:594,413; v\n\nAV - bow 4; 4\n\n1) to bend, bow, the knee (the knees)\n   1a) to one\n       1a1) in honour of one\n       1a2) in religious veneration\n   1b) used of worshippers\n2) to bow one's self
02579^2579 kan {kan}\n\nfrom 2532 and 1437;; particle\n\nAV - though 4, and if 3, if but 2, also if 1, at the least 1,\n     and if so much as 1, yet 1; 13\n\n1) and if\n2) also or even if\n   2a) of only, at least\n   2b) even if
02580^2580 Kana {kan-ah'}\n\nof Hebrew origin, cf 07071;; n pr loc\n\nAV - Cana 4; 4\n\nCana = "place of reeds"\n1) a village in Galilee about 5 miles (8 km) NW from Nazareth
02581^2581 Kananites {kan-an-ee'-tace}\n\nof Aramaic origin, cf 07067;; n pr m\n\nAV - Canaanite 2; 2\n\nCanaanite = "zealous"\n1) the surname of apostle Simon, otherwise known as "Simon Zelotes"
02582^2582 Kandake {kan-dak'-ay}\n\nof foreign origin;; n pr f\n\nAV - Candace 1; 1\n\nCandace = "prince of servants"\n1) a queen of Ethiopia mentioned in Acts 8:27. (A.D. 38) The name was\n   not a proper name of an individual, but that of a dynasty of\n   Ethiopian queens.
02583^2583 kanon {kan-ohn'}\n\nfrom kane (a straight reed, i.e. rod); TDNT - 3:596,414; n m\n\nAV - rule 4, line 1; 5\n\n1) a rod or straight piece of rounded wood to which any thing is\n   fastened to keep it straight\n   1a) used for various purposes\n       1a1) a measuring rod, rule\n       1a2) a carpenter's line or measuring tape\n       1a3) the measure of a leap, as in the Olympic games\n2) a definitely bounded or fixed space within the limits of which one's\n   power of influence is confined\n   2a) the province assigned one\n   2b) one's sphere of activity\n3) metaph. any rule or standard, a principle or law of investigating,\n   judging, living, acting
02584^2584 Kapernaoum {cap-er-nah-oom'}\n\nof Hebrew origin, probably 03723 and 05151;; n pr loc\n\nAV - Capernaum 16; 16\n\nCapernaum = "village of comfort"\n\n1) a flourishing city of Galilee situated on the western shore of the\n   Sea of Galilee or Lake of Gennesaret, near the place where the\n   Jordan flows into the lake
02585^2585 kapeleuo {kap-ale-yoo'-o}\n\nfrom kapelos (a huckster); TDNT - 3:603,415; v\n\nAV - corrupt 1; 1\n\n1) to be a retailer, to peddle\n2) to make money by selling anything\n   2a) to get sordid gain by dealing in anything, to do a thing for\n       base gain\n   2b) to trade in the word of God\n       2b1) to try to get base gain by teaching divine truth\n   2c) to corrupt, to adulterate\n       2c1) peddlers were in the habit of adulterating their\n            commodities for the sake of gain
02586^2586 kapnos {kap-nos'}\n\nof uncertain affinity;; n m\n\nAV - smoke 13; 13\n\n1) smoke
02587^2587 Kappadokia {kap-pad-ok-ee'-ah}\n\nof foreign origin;; n pr loc\n\nAV - Cappadocia 2; 2\n\nCappadocia = "province of good horses"\n\n1) a region in Asia Minor, bounded under the Roman empire on the\n   north by Pontus, on the east by Armenia Minor, on the south by\n   Cilicia and Commagene, on the west by Lycaonia and Galatia
02588^2588 kardia {kar-dee'-ah}\n\nprolonged from a primary kar (Latin, cor, "heart"); TDNT - 3:605,415; n f\n\nAV - heart 159, broken hearted + 4937 1; 160\n\n1) the heart\n   1a) that organ in the animal body which is the centre of the\n       circulation of the blood, and hence was regarded as the seat\n       of physical life\n   1b) denotes the centre of all physical and spiritual life\n       2a) the vigour and sense of physical life\n       2b) the centre and seat of spiritual life\n           2b1) the soul or mind, as it is the fountain and seat of the\n                thoughts, passions, desires, appetites, affections,\n                purposes, endeavours\n           2b2) of the understanding, the faculty and seat of the\n                intelligence\n           2b3) of the will and character\n           2b4) of the soul so far as it is affected and stirred in a\n                bad way or good, or of the soul as the seat of the\n                sensibilities, affections, emotions, desires,\n                appetites, passions\n   1c) of the middle or central or inmost part of anything, even\n       though inanimate
02589^2589 kardiognostes {kar-dee-og-noce'-tace}\n\nfrom 2588 and 1097; TDNT - 3:613,415; n m\n\nAV - which knows the hearts 2; 2\n\n1) knower of the hearts
02590^2590 karpos {kar-pos'}\n\nprobably from the base of 726; TDNT - 3:614,416; n m\n\nAV - fruit 66; 66\n\n1) fruit\n   1a) the fruit of the trees, vines, of the fields\n   1b) the fruit of one's loins, i.e. his progeny, his posterity\n2) that which originates or comes from something, an effect, result\n   2a) work, act, deed\n   2b) advantage, profit, utility\n   2c) praises, which are presented to God as a thank offering\n   2d) to gather fruit (i.e. a reaped harvest) into life eternal\n       (as into a granary), is used in fig. discourse of those who\n       by their labours have fitted souls to obtain eternal life
02591^2591 Karpos {kar'-pos}\n\nperhaps for 2590;; n pr m\n\nAV - Carpus 1; 1\n\nCarpus = "fruit"\n1) a Christian at Troas  2 Ti. 4:13
02592^2592 karpophoreo {kar-pof-or-eh'-o}\n\nfrom 2593; TDNT - 3:616,416; v\n\nAV - bring forth fruit 6, bear fruit 1, be fruitful 1; 8\n\n1) to bear fruit\n2) to bear, bring forth, deeds\n3) to bear fruit of one's self
02593^2593 karpophoros {kar-pof-or'-os}\n\nfrom 2590 and 5342;; adj\n\nAV - fruitful 1; 1\n\n1) fruit bearing, fruitful, productive
02594^2594 kartereo {kar-ter-eh'-o}\n\nfrom a derivative of 2904 (transp.); TDNT - 3:617,417; v\n\nAV - endure 1; 1\n\n1) to be steadfast
02595^2595 karphos {kar'-fos}\n\nfrom karpho (to wither);; n n\n\nAV - mote 6; 6\n\n1) a dry stalk or twig, a straw\n2) chaff
02596^2596 kata {kat-ah'}\n\na primary particle;; prep\n\nAV - according to 107, after 61, against 58, in 36, by 27,\n     daily + 2250 15, as 11, misc 165; 480\n\n1) down from, through out\n2) according to, toward, along
02597^2597 katabaino {kat-ab-ah'-ee-no}\n\nfrom 2596 and the base of 939; TDNT - 1:522,90; v\n\nAV - come down 41, descend 18, go down 17, fall down 1, step down 1,\n     get down 1, fall 1, vr come down 1; 81\n\n1) to go down, come down, descend\n   1a) the place from which one has come down from\n   1b) to come down\n       1b1) as from the temple at Jerusalem, from the city of Jerusalem\n       1b2) of celestial beings coming down to earth\n   1c) to be cast down\n2) of things\n   2a) to come (i.e. be sent) down\n   2b) to come (i.e. fall) down\n       2b1) from the upper regions of the air\n3) metaph. to (go i.e.) be cast down to the lowest state of\n   wretchedness and shame
02598^2598 kataballo {kat-ab-al'-lo}\n\nfrom 2596 and 906;; v\n\nAV - cast down 2, lay 1; 3\n\n1) to cast down\n   1a) to throw to the ground, prostate\n2) to put in a lower place\n   2a) to lay (down) a foundation
02599^2599 katabareo {kat-ab-ar-eh'-o}\n\nfrom 2596 and 916;; v\n\nAV - burden 1; 1\n\n1) to press down by an imposing weight\n2) to weigh down\n3) metaph. to burden
02600^2600 katabasis {kat-ab'-as-is}\n\nfrom 2597;; n f\n\nAV - descent 1; 1\n\n1) descent\n   1a) the act of descending\n   1b) the place of descent\n       1b1) that part of the mountain where the descent is made
02601^2601 katabibazo {kat-ab-ib-ad'-zo}\n\nfrom 2596 and a derivative of the base of 939;; v\n\nAV - bring down 1, thrust down 1; 2\n\n1) to cause to go down\n2) to bring down\n3) to cast down, thrust down
02602^2602 katabole {kat-ab-ol-ay'}\n\nfrom 2598; TDNT - 3:620,418; n f\n\nAV - foundation 10, to conceive + 1519 1; 11\n\n1) a throwing or laying down\n   1a) the injection or depositing of the virile semen in the womb\n   1b) of the seed of plants and animals\n2) a founding (laying down a foundation)
02603^2603 katabrabeuo {kat-ab-rab-yoo'-o}\n\nfrom 2596 and 1018 (in its original sense);; v\n\nAV - beguile of (one's) reward 1; 1\n\n1) to decide as umpire against someone\n2) to defraud or beguile of the prize of victory\n3) metaph. to deprive of salvation
02604^2604 kataggeleus {kat-ang-gel-yooce'}\n\nfrom 2605; TDNT - 1:70,10; n m\n\nAV - setter forth 1; 1\n\n1) announcer, proclaimer
02605^2605 kataggello {kat-ang-gel'-lo}\n\nfrom 2596 and the base of 32; TDNT - 1:70,10; v\n\nAV - preach 10, show 3, declare 2, teach 1, speak of 1; 17\n\n1) to announce, declare, promulgate, make known\n2) to proclaim publicly, publish\n3) to denounce, report, betray
02606^2606 katagelao {kat-ag-el-ah'-o}\n\na primitive root; TDNT - 1:658,113; v\n\nAV - laugh to scorn 3; 3\n\n1) to deride
02607^2607 kataginosko {kat-ag-in-o'-sko}\n\nfrom 2596 and 1097; TDNT - 1:714,119; v\n\nAV - condemn 2, blame 1; 3\n\n1) to find fault with, blame\n2) to accuse, condemn
02608^2608 katagnumi {kat-ag'-noo-mee}\n\nfrom 2596 and the base of 4486;; v\n\nAV - break 4; 4\n\n1) to break\n\nFor Synonyms see entry 5850
02609^2609 katago {kat-ag'-o}\n\nfrom 2596 and 71;; v\n\nAV - bring down 5, land 2, bring 1, bring forth 1, touch 1; 10\n\n1) to lead down, bring down\n2) to bring the vessel from deep water to the land\n3) to be brought (down) in a ship, to land, touch at
02610^2610 katagonizomai {kat-ag-o-nid'-zom-ahee}\n\nfrom 2596 and 75; TDNT - 1:134,20; v\n\nAV - subdue 1; 1\n\n1) to struggle against\n2) to overcome
02611^2611 katadeo {kat-ad-eh'-o}\n\nfrom 2596 and 1210;; v\n\nAV - bind up 1; 1\n\n1) to bind up
02612^2612 katadelos {kat-ad'-ay-los}\n\nfrom 2596 intensive and 1212;; adj\n\nAV - evident 1; 1\n\n1) thoroughly clear, plain, evident
02613^2613 katadikazo {kat-ad-ik-ad'-zo}\n\nfrom 2596 and a derivative of 1349; TDNT - 3:621,418; v\n\nAV - condemn 5; 5\n\n1) to give judgment against (one), to pronounce guilty\n2) to condemn
02614^2614 katadioko {kat-ad-ee-o'-ko}\n\nfrom 2596 and 1377;; v\n\nAV - follow after 1; 1\n\n1) to follow after, follow up
02615^2615 katadouloo {kat-ad-oo-lo'-o}\n\nfrom 2596 and 1402; TDNT - 2:279,182; v\n\nAV - bring into bondage 2; 2\n\n1) to bring into bondage, enslave\n2) to enslave to one's self, bring into bondage to one's self
02616^2616 katadunasteuo {kat-ad-oo-nas-tyoo'-o}\n\nfrom 2596 and a derivative of 1413;; v\n\nAV - oppress 2; 2\n\n1) to exercise harsh control over one, to use one's power against one\n2) to oppress one
02617^2617 kataischuno {kat-ahee-skhoo'-no}\n\nfrom 2596 and 153; TDNT - 1:189,29; v\n\nAV - ashamed 7, confound 3, dishonour 2, shame 1; 13\n\n1) to dishonour, disgrace\n2) to put to shame, make ashamed\n   2a) to be ashamed, blush with shame\n   2b) one is said to be put to shame who suffers a repulse, or whom\n       some hope has deceived
02618^2618 katakaio {kat-ak-ah'-ee-o}\n\nfrom 2596 and 2545;; v\n\nAV - burn 7, burn up 4, burn utterly 1; 12\n\n1) to burn up, consume by fire
02619^2619 katakalupto {kat-ak-al-oop'-to}\n\nfrom 2596 and 2572; TDNT - 3:561,405; v\n\nAV - cover 3; 3\n\n1) to cover up\n2) to veil or cover one's self
02620^2620 katakauchaomai {kat-ak-ow-khah'-om-ahee}\n\nfrom 2596 and 2744; TDNT - 3:653,423; v\n\nAV - boast against 1, rejoice against 1, glory 1, boast 1; 4\n\n1) to glory against, to exult over, to boast one's self to the\n   injury (of a person or thing)
02621^2621 katakeimai {kat-ak'-i-mahee}\n\nfrom 2596 and 2749; TDNT - 3:655,425; v\n\nAV - lie 6, sit at meat 3, keep 1, sat down + 2258 1; 11\n\n1) to have lain down, i.e. to lie prostrate\n   1a) of the sick\n   1b) of those at meals, to recline
02622^2622 kataklao {kat-ak-lah'-o}\n\nfrom 2596 and 2806;; v\n\nAV - break 2; 2\n\n1) to break in pieces
02623^2623 katakleio {kat-ak-li'-o}\n\nfrom 2596 and 2808;; v\n\nAV - shut up 2; 2\n\n1) to shut up, confine
02624^2624 kataklerodoteo {kat-ak-lay-rod-ot-eh'-o}\n\nfrom 2596 and a derivative of a compound of 2819 and 1325;; v\n\nAV - divide by lot 1; 1\n\n1) to distribute by lot\n2) to distribute as an inheritance
02625^2625 kataklino {kat-ak-lee'-no}\n\nfrom 2596 and 2827;; v\n\nAV - sit down 1, sit at meat 1, make sit down 1; 3\n\n1) in the NT in reference to eating, to make to recline\n2) to recline (at a table)
02626^2626 katakluzo {kat-ak-lood'-zo}\n\nfrom 2596 and the base of 2830;; v\n\nAV - overflow 1; 1\n\n1) to overwhelm with water, to submerge, deluge
02627^2627 kataklusmos {kat-ak-looce-mos'}\n\nfrom 2626;; n m\n\nAV - flood 4; 4\n\n1) inundation, deluge\n   1a) of Noah's deluge
02628^2628 katakoloutheo {kat-ak-ol-oo-theh'-o}\n\nfrom 2596 and 190;; v\n\nAV - follow after 1, follow 1; 2\n\n1) to follow after
02629^2629 katakopto {kat-ak-op'-to}\n\nfrom 2596 and 2875;; v\n\nAV - cut 1; 1\n\n1) to cut up in pieces\n2) to slay\n3) to beat, bruise\n4) to cut, gash, mangle
02630^2630 katakremnizo {kat-ak-rame-nid'-zo}\n\nfrom 2596 and a derivative of 2911;; v\n\nAV - cast down headlong 1; 1\n\n1) to cast down a precipice\n2) to through down headlong
02631^2631 katakrima {kat-ak'-ree-mah}\n\nfrom 2632; TDNT - 3:951,469; n n\n\nAV - condemnation 3; 3\n\n1) damnatory sentence, condemnation
02632^2632 katakrino {kat-ak-ree'-no}\n\nfrom 2596 and 2919; TDNT - 3:951,469; v\n\nAV - condemn 17, damn 2; 19\n\n1) to give judgment against, to judge worthy of punishment\n  1a) to condemn\n  1b) by one's good example to render another's wickedness the\n      more evident and censurable
02633^2633 katakrisis {kat-ak'-ree-sis}\n\nfrom 2632; TDNT - 3:951,469; v\n\nAV - condemnation 1, condemn 1; 2\n\n1) condemnation
02634^2634 katakurieuo {kat-ak-oo-ree-yoo'-o}\n\nfrom 2596 and 2961; TDNT - 3:1098,486; v\n\nAV - exercise dominion over 1, overcome 1, be lord over 1,\n     exercise lordship over 1; 4\n\n1) to bring under one's power, to subject one's self, to subdue, master\n2) to hold in subjection, to be master of, exercise lordship over
02635^2635 katalaleo {kat-al-al-eh'-o}\n\nfrom 2637; TDNT - 4:3,495; v\n\nAV - speak evil of 4, speak against 1; 5\n\n1) to speak against one, to criminate, traduce
02636^2636 katalalia {kat-al-al-ee'-ah}\n\nfrom 2637; TDNT - 4:3,495; n f\n\nAV - backbiting 1, evil speaking 1; 2\n\n1) defamation, evil speaking
02637^2637 katalalos {kat-al'-al-os}\n\nfrom 2596 and the base of 2980; TDNT - 4:3,495; adj\n\nAV - backbiter 1; 1\n\n1) a defamer, evil speaker
02638^2638 katalambano {kat-al-am-ban'-o}\n\nfrom 2596 and 2983; TDNT - 4:9,495; v\n\nAV - take 3, apprehend 3, comprehend 2, come upon 1, attain 1,\n     find 1, overtake 1, obtain 1; 15\n\n1) to lay hold of\n   1a) to lay hold of so as to make one's own, to obtain, attain to,\n       to make one's own, to take into one's self, appropriate\n   1b) to seize upon, take possession of\n       1b1) of evils overtaking one, of the last day overtaking the\n            wicked with destruction, of a demon about to torment one\n       1b2) in a good sense, of Christ by his holy power and influence\n            laying hold of the human mind and will, in order to prompt\n            and govern it\n   1c) to detect, catch\n   1d) to lay hold of with the mind\n       1d1) to understand, perceive, learn, comprehend
02639^2639 katalego {kat-al-eg'-o}\n\nfrom 2596 and 3004 (in its orig. meaning);; v\n\nAV - take into the number 1; 1\n\n1) to lay down, to lie down\n2) to narrate at length, recount, set forth\n3) to set down in a list or register, to enrol\n   3a) of soldiers\n   3b) of those widows who held a prominent place in the church and\n       exercised a certain superintendence over the rest of the\n       women, and had charge of the widows and orphans supported at\n       the public expense
02640^2640 kataleimma {kat-al'-ime-mah}\n\nfrom 2641; TDNT - 4:194,523; n n\n\nAV - remnant 1; 1\n\n1) remnant, remains
02641^2641 kataleipo {kat-al-i'-po}\n\nfrom 2596 and 3007; TDNT - 4:194,523; v\n\nAV - leave 22, forsake 2, reserve 1; 25\n\n1) to leave behind\n   1a) to depart from, leave\n       1a1) to be left\n   1b) to bid (one) to remain\n   1c) to forsake, leave to one's self a person or thing by\n       ceasing to care for it, to abandon, leave in the lurch\n       1c1) to be abandoned, forsaken\n   1d) to cause to be left over, to reserve, to leave remaining\n   1e) like our "leave behind", it is used of one who on being\n       called away cannot take another with him\n       1e1) especially of the dying (to leave behind)\n   1f) like our "leave", leave alone, disregard\n       1f1) of those who sail past a place without stopping
02642^2642 katalithazo {kat-al-ith-ad'-zo}\n\nfrom 2596 and 3034; TDNT - 4:267,533; v\n\nAV - stone 1; 1\n\n1) to overwhelm with stones, to stone
02643^2643 katallage {kat-al-lag-ay'}\n\nfrom 2644; TDNT - 1:258,40; n f\n\nAV - reconciliation 2, atonement 1, reconciling 1; 4\n\n1) exchange\n   1a) of the business of money changers, exchanging equivalent values\n2) adjustment of a difference, reconciliation, restoration to favour\n   2a) in the NT of the restoration of the favour of God to sinners\n       that repent and put their trust in the expiatory death of\n       Christ
02644^2644 katallasso {kat-al-las'-so}\n\nfrom 2596 and 236; TDNT - 1:254,40; v\n\nAV - reconcile 6; 6\n\n1) to change, exchange, as coins for others of equivalent value\n   1a) to reconcile (those who are at variance)\n   1b) return to favour with, be reconciled to one\n   1c) to receive one into favour
02645^2645 kataloipos {kat-al'-oy-pos}\n\nfrom 2596 and 3062;; adj\n\nAV - residue 1; 1\n\n1) left remaining
02646^2646 kataluma {kat-al'-oo-mah}\n\nfrom 2647; TDNT - 4:338,543; n n\n\nAV - guest chamber 2, inn 1; 3\n\n1) an inn, lodging place\n2) an eating room, dining room
02647^2647 kataluo {kat-al-oo'-o}\n\nfrom 2596 and 3089; TDNT - 4:338,543; v\n\nAV - destroy 9, throw down 3, lodge 1, guest 1, come to nought 1,\n     overthrow 1, dissolve 1; 17\n\n1) to dissolve, disunite\n   1a) (what has been joined together), to destroy, demolish\n   1b) metaph. to overthrow i.e. render vain, deprive of success,\n       bring to naught\n       1b1) to subvert, overthrow\n            1b1a) of institutions, forms of government, laws, etc.,\n                  to deprive of force, annul, abrogate, discard\n   1c) of travellers, to halt on a journey, to put up, lodge (the\n       figurative expression originating in the circumstance that,\n       to put up for the night, the straps and packs of the beasts\n       of burden are unbound and taken off; or, more correctly from\n       the fact that the traveller's garments, tied up when he is\n       on the journey, are unloosed at it end)
02648^2648 katamanthano {kat-am-an-than'-o}\n\nfrom 2596 and 3129; TDNT - 4:414,552; v\n\nAV - consider 1; 1\n\n1) to learn thoroughly, examine carefully\n2) to consider well
02649^2649 katamartureo {kat-am-ar-too-reh'-o}\n\nfrom 2596 and 3140; TDNT - 4:508,564; v\n\nAV - witness against 4; 4\n\n1) to bear witness against, to testify against one
02650^2650 katameno {kat-am-en'-o}\n\nfrom 2596 and 3306;; v\n\nAV - abode + 2258 1; 1\n\n1) to remain permanently, to abide
02651^2651 katamonas {kat-am-on'-as}\n\nfrom 2596 and accusative case plural feminine of 3441 (with 5561\n   implied);; adj\n\nAV - alone 2; 2\n\n1) apart, alone
02652^2652 katanathema {kat-an-ath'-em-ah}\n\nfrom 2596 (intensive) and 331; TDNT - 1:354,*; n n\n\nAV - curse 1; 1\n\n1) curse
02653^2653 katanathematizo {kat-an-ath-em-at-id'-zo}\n\nfrom 2596 (intensive) and 332; TDNT - 1:355,*; v\n\nAV - curse 1; 1\n\n1) to curse
02654^2654 katanalisko {kat-an-al-is'-ko}\n\nfrom 2596 and 355;; v\n\nAV - consume 1; 1\n\n1) to consume\n   1a) of fire
02655^2655 katanarkao {kat-an-ar-kah'-o}\n\nfrom 2596 and narkao (to be numb);; v\n\nAV - be burdensome 2, be chargeable 1; 3\n\n1) to cause to grow numb or torpid\n2) to be torpid, inactive, to be to the detriment of one\n3) to weigh heavily upon, be burdensome to
02656^2656 kataneuo {kat-an-yoo'-o}\n\nfrom 2596 and 3506;; v\n\nAV - beckon 1; 1\n\n1) to nod to, make a sign\n2) to indicate to another by a nod or sign what one wishes him to do
02657^2657 katanoeo {kat-an-o-eh'-o}\n\nfrom 2596 and 3539; TDNT - 4:973,636; v\n\nAV - consider 7, behold 4, perceive 2, discover 1; 14\n\n1) to perceive, remark, observe, understand\n2) to consider attentively, fix one's eyes or mind upon
02658^2658 katantao {kat-an-tah'-o}\n\nfrom 2596 and a derivative of 473; TDNT - 3:623,419; v\n\nAV - come 11, attain 2; 13\n\n1) to come to, arrive\n  1a) to come to a place over against, opposite another\n  1b) metaph. to attain to a thing
02659^2659 katanuxis {kat-an'-oox-is}\n\nfrom 2660; TDNT - 3:626,419; n f\n\nAV - slumber 1; 1\n\n1) a pricking, piercing\n2) severe sorrow, extreme grief\n3) insensibility or torpor of mind, such as extreme grief easily produces\n   3a) hence a "spirit of stupor", which renders their souls torpid\n       so insensible that they are not affected at all by the offer\n       made them of salvation through the Messiah
02660^2660 katanusso {kat-an-oos'-so}\n\nfrom 2596 and 3572; TDNT - 3:626,419; v\n\nAV - prick 1; 1\n\n1) to prick, pierce\n2) metaph. to pain the mind sharply, agitate it vehemently\n   2a) esp. of the emotion of sorrow
02661^2661 kataxioo {kat-ax-ee-o'-o}\n\nfrom 2596 and 515; TDNT - 1:380,63; v\n\nAV - count worthy 2, account worthy 2; 4\n\n1) to account worthy, judge worthy
02662^2662 katapateo {kat-ap-at-eh'-o}\n\nfrom 2596 and 3961; TDNT - 5:940,804; v\n\nAV - tread underfoot 2, trample 1, tread down 1, tread 1; 5\n\n1) to tread down, trample under foot, to trample on\n2) metaph. to treat with rudeness and insult\n   2a) to spurn, treat with insulting neglect
02663^2663 katapausis {kat-ap'-ow-sis}\n\nfrom 2664; TDNT - 3:628,419; n f\n\nAV - rest 9; 9\n\n1) a putting to rest\n   1a) calming of the winds\n2) a resting place\n   2a) metaph. the heavenly blessedness in which God dwells, and of\n       which he has promised to make persevering believers in Christ\n       partakers after the toils and trials of life on earth are ended
02664^2664 katapauo {kat-ap-ow'-o}\n\nfrom 2596 and 3973; TDNT - 3:627,419; v\n\nAV - restrain 1, rest 1, give rest 1, cease 1; 4\n\n1) to make quiet, to cause to be at rest, to grant rest\n   1a) to lead to a quiet abode\n   1b) to still, restrain, to cause (one striving to do something)\n       to desist\n2) to rest, take rest
02665^2665 katapetasma {kat-ap-et'-as-mah}\n\nfrom a compound of 2596 and a congener of 4072; TDNT - 3:628,420; n n\n\nAV - veil 6; 6\n\n1) a veil spread out, a curtain\n   1a) the name given to the two curtains in the temple at Jerusalem,\n       one of them at the entrance to the temple separated the Holy\n       Place from the outer court, the other veiled the Holy of Holies\n       from the Holy Place
02666^2666 katapino {kat-ap-ee'-no}\n\nfrom 2596 and 4095; TDNT - 6:158,841; v\n\nAV - swallow 4, swallow 1, drown 1, devour 1; 7\n\n1) to drink down, swallow down\n2) to devour\n3) to swallow up, destroy
02667^2667 katapipto {kat-ap-ip'-to}\n\nfrom 2596 and 4098; TDNT - 6:169,846; v\n\nAV - fall 1, fall down 1; 2\n\n1) to fall down
02668^2668 katapleo {kat-ap-leh'-o}\n\nfrom 2596 and 4126;; v\n\nAV - arrive 1; 1\n\n1) to sail down from the deep sea to the land\n2) to put in
02669^2669 kataponeo {kat-ap-on-eh'-o}\n\nfrom 2596 and a derivative of 4192;; v\n\nAV - oppress 1, vex 1; 2\n\n1) to tire down with toil, exhaust with labour\n   1a) to afflict or oppress with evils\n   1b) to make trouble for\n   1c) to treat roughly
02670^2670 katapontizo {kat-ap-on-tid'-zo}\n\nfrom 2596 and a derivative of the same as 4195;; v\n\nAV - sink 1, drown 1; 2\n\n1) to plunge or sink into the sea\n   1a) to sink, to go down\n   1b) a grievous offender for the purpose of killing him, to drown
02671^2671 katara {kat-ar'-ah}\n\nfrom 2596 (intensive) and 685; TDNT - 1:449,75; n f\n\nAV - curse 3, cursing 2, cursed 1; 6\n\n1) an execration, imprecation, curse
02672^2672 kataraomai {kat-ar-ah'-om-ahee}\n\nmiddle voice from 2671; TDNT - 1:448,75; v\n\nAV - curse 6; 6\n\n1) to curse, doom, imprecate evil upon
02673^2673 katargeo {kat-arg-eh'-o}\n\nfrom 2596 and 691; TDNT - 1:452,76; v\n\nAV - destroy 5, do away 3, abolish 3, cumber 1, loose 1, cease 1,\n     fall 1, deliver 1, misc 11; 27\n\n1) to render idle, unemployed, inactivate, inoperative\n   1a) to cause a person or thing to have no further efficiency\n   1b) to deprive of force, influence, power\n2) to cause to cease, put an end to, do away with, annul, abolish\n   2a) to cease, to pass away, be done away\n   2b) to be severed from, separated from, discharged from, loosed\n       from any one\n   2c) to terminate all intercourse with one
02674^2674 katarithmeo {kat-ar-ith-meh'-o}\n\nfrom 2596 and 705;; v\n\nAV - number 1; 1\n\n1) to number with
02675^2675 katartizo {kat-ar-tid'-zo}\n\nfrom 2596 and a derivative of 739; TDNT - 1:475,80; v\n\nAV - perfect 2, make perfect 2, mend 2, be perfect 2, fit 1, frame 1,\n     prepare 1, restore 1, perfectly joined together 1; 13\n\n1) to render, i.e. to fit, sound, complete\n   1a) to mend (what has been broken or rent), to repair\n       1a1) to complete\n   1b) to fit out, equip, put in order, arrange, adjust\n       1b1) to fit or frame for one's self, prepare\n   1c) ethically: to strengthen, perfect, complete, make one what\n       he ought to be
02676^2676 katartisis {kat-ar'-tis-is}\n\nfrom 2675; TDNT - 1:475,80; n f\n\nAV - perfection 1; 1\n\n1) a strengthening, perfecting of the soul\n   1a) a training, disciplining, instructing
02677^2677 katartismos {kat-ar-tis-mos'}\n\nfrom 2675; TDNT - 1:475,80; n m\n\nAV - perfecting 1; 1\n\n1) complete furnishing, equipping
02678^2678 kataseio {kat-as-i'-o}\n\nfrom 2596 and 4579;; v\n\nAV - beckon 4; 4\n\n1) to shake down, throw down\n2) to shake\n   2a) to make a sign, to signal with the hand to one
02679^2679 kataskapto {kat-as-kap'-to}\n\nfrom 2596 and 4626;; v\n\nAV - ruin 1, dig down 1; 2\n\n1) to dig under, dig down, demolish, destroy
02680^2680 kataskeuazo {kat-ask-yoo-ad'-zo}\n\nfrom 2596 and a derivative of 4632;; v\n\nAV - prepare 6, build 3, make 1, ordain 1; 11\n\n1) to furnish, equip, prepare, make ready\n   1a) of one who makes anything ready for a person or thing\n   1b) of builders, to construct, erect, with the included idea\n       of adorning and equipping with all things necessary
02681^2681 kataskenoo {kat-as-kay-no'-o}\n\nfrom 2596 and 4637; TDNT - 7:387,1040; v\n\nAV - lodge 3, rest 1; 4\n\n1) to pitch one's tent, to fix one's abode, to dwell
02682^2682 kataskenosis {kat-as-kay'-no-sis}\n\nfrom 2681;; n n\n\nAV - nest 2; 2\n\n1) the pitching of tents, encamping\n2) place of tarrying, encampment, abode\n   2a) of the nest of birds
02683^2683 kataskiazo {kat-as-kee-ad'-zo}\n\nfrom 2596 and a derivative of 4639;; v\n\nAV - shadow 1; 1\n\n1) to overshadow, cover with shade
02684^2684 kataskopeo {kat-as-kop-eh'-o}\n\nfrom 2685; TDNT - 7:416,1047; v\n\nAV - spy out 1; 1\n\n1) to inspect, view closely, in order to spy out and plot against
02685^2685 kataskopos {kat-as'-kop-os}\n\nfrom 2596 (intensive) and 4649 (in the sense of a watcher);\n   TDNT - 7:417,1047; n m\n\nAV - spy 1; 1\n\n1) an inspector, a spy
02686^2686 katasophizomai {kat-as-of-id'-zom-ahee}\n\nmiddle voice from 2596 and 4679;; v\n\nAV - deal subtilly with 1; 1\n\n1) to circumvent by artifice or fraud, conquer by subtle devices\n2) to outwit\n3) overreach\n4) to deal craftily with
02687^2687 katastello {kat-as-tel'-lo}\n\nfrom 2596 and 4724; TDNT - 7:595,1074; v\n\nAV - appease 1, quiet 1; 2\n\n1) to send or put down, to lower\n2) to put or keep down one who is roused or incensed, to repress,\n   restrain, appease, quiet
02688^2688 katastema {kat-as'-tay-mah}\n\nfrom 2525;; n n\n\nAV - behaviour 1; 1\n\n1) demeanour, deportment, bearing
02689^2689 katastole {kat-as-tol-ay'}\n\nfrom 2687; TDNT - 7:595,1074; n f\n\nAV - apparel 1; 1\n\n1) a lowering, letting down\n2) a garment let down, dress, attire
02690^2690 katastrepho {kat-as-tref'-o}\n\nfrom 2596 and 4762; TDNT - 7:715,1093; v\n\nAV - overthrow 2; 2\n\n1) to turn over, turn under\n   1a) the soil with a plough\n2) to overturn, overthrow, throw down
02691^2691 katastreniao {kat-as-tray-nee-ah'-o}\n\nfrom 2596 and 4763; TDNT - 3:631,420; v\n\nAV - begin to wax wanton against 1; 1\n\n1) to feel the impulses of sexual desire
02692^2692 katastrophe {kat-as-trof-ay'}\n\nfrom 2690; TDNT - 7:715,1093; n f\n\nAV - subverting 1, overthrow 1; 2\n\n1) overthrow, destruction\n   1a) of cities\n2) metaph. of the extinction of a spirit of consecration
02693^2693 katastronnumi {kat-as-trone'-noo-mee}\n\nfrom 2596 and 4766;; v\n\nAV - overthrow 1; 1\n\n1) to strew over (the ground)\n2) to prostrate, slay, (cf to lay low)
02694^2694 katasuro {kat-as-oo'-ro}\n\nfrom 2596 and 4951;; v\n\nAV - hale 1; 1\n\n1) to draw down, pull down\n2) to draw along, drag forcibly
02695^2695 katasphatto {kat-as-fat'-to}\n\nfrom 2596 and 4969;; v\n\nAV - slay 1; 1\n\n1) to kill off, to slaughter
02696^2696 katasphragizo {kat-as-frag-id'-zo}\n\nfrom 2596 and 4972; TDNT - 7:939,1127; v\n\nAV - seal 1; 1\n\n1) to cover with a seal, to close up, close with a seal
02697^2697 kataschesis {kat-as'-khes-is}\n\nfrom 2722;; n f\n\nAV - possession 2; 2\n\n1) a holding back, hindering\n2) a holding fast, possession
02698^2698 katatithemi {kat-at-ith'-ay-mee}\n\nfrom 2596 and 5087;; v\n\nAV - lay 1, show 1, do 1; 3\n\n1) to lay down, deposit, lay up\n2) to lay by or up for one's self, for future use\n3) to lay up favour for one's self with any one, to gain favour\n   with (to do something for one which may win favour)
02699^2699 katatome {kat-at-om-ay'}\n\nfrom a compound of 2596 and temno (to cut); TDNT - 8:109,1169; n f\n\nAV - concision 1; 1\n\n1) to cut up, mutilation
02700^2700 katatoxeuo {kat-at-ox-yoo'-o}\n\nfrom 2596 and a derivative of 5115;; v\n\nAV - thrust through 1; 1\n\n1) to shoot down or thrust through with an arrow
02701^2701 katatrecho {kat-at-rekh'-o}\n\nfrom 2596 and 5143;; v\n\nAV - run down 1; 1\n\n1) to run down, hasten down
02702^2702 kataphero {kat-af-er'-o}\n\nfrom 2596 and 5342 (including its alternate);; v\n\nAV - fall 1, sink down 1, give 1; 3\n\n1) to bear down, bring down, cast down\n   1a) to cast a pebble or calculus into the urn\n       1a1) to give one's vote, to approve\n   1b) to be born down, to sink, (from the window to the pavement)\n   1c) metaph.\n       1c1) to be weighted down by, overcome, carried away\n       1c2) to sink into sleep, drop asleep
02703^2703 katapheugo {kat-af-yoo'-go}\n\nfrom 2596 and 5343;; v\n\nAV - flee 2; 2\n\n1) to flee away, flee for refuge
02704^2704 katphtheiro {kat-af-thi'-ro}\n\nfrom 2596 and 5351; TDNT - 9:93,1259; v\n\nAV - corrupt 1, utterly perish 1; 2\n\n1) to corrupt, deprave\n   1a) corrupted in mind\n2) to destroy\n   2a) to be destroyed, to perish
02705^2705 kataphileo {kat-af-ee-leh'-o}}\n\nof Latin origin; TDNT - 9:114,1262; v\n\nAV - kiss 6; 6\n\n1) to kiss much, kiss again and again, kiss tenderly
02706^2706 kataphroneo {kat-af-ron-eh'-o}\n\nfrom 2596 and 5426; TDNT - 3:631,421; v\n\nAV - despise 9; 9\n\n1) to contemn, despise, disdain, think little or nothing of
02707^2707 kataphrontes {kat-af-ron-tace'}\n\nfrom 2706; TDNT - 3:632,421; n m\n\nAV - despiser 1; 1\n\n1) despiser
02708^2708 katacheo {kat-akh-eh'-o}\n\nfrom 2596 and cheo (to pour);; v\n\nAV - pour 2; 2\n\n1) to pour down upon\n2) pour over, pour upon
02709^2709 katachthonios {kat-akh-thon'-ee-os}\n\nfrom 2596 and chthon (the ground); TDNT - 3:633,421; adj\n\nAV - under the earth 1; 1\n\n1) subterranean\n   1a) refers to those who dwell in the world below, departed souls
02710^2710 katachraomai {kat-akh-rah'-om-ahee}\n\nfrom 2596 and 5530;; v\n\nAV - abuse 2; 2\n\n1) to use much or excessively or ill\n2) to use up, consume by use\n3) to use fully
02711^2711 katapsucho {kat-ap-soo'-kho}\n\nfrom 2596 and 5594;; v\n\nAV - cool 1; 1\n\n1) to cool off, make cool
02712^2712 kateidolos {kat-i'-do-los}\n\nfrom 2596 (intensive) and 1497; TDNT - 2:379,202; adj\n\nAV - wholly give to idolatry 1; 1\n\n1) full of idols
02713^2713 katenanti {kat-en'-an-tee}\n\nfrom 2596 and 1725;; adv\n\nAV - over against 4, before 1; 5\n\n1) over against, opposite before\n2) metaph. before one i.e. he being judge
02714^2714 katenopion {kat-en-o'-pee-on}\n\nfrom 2596 and 1799;; adv\n\nAV - before 2, in sight of 1, in (one's) sight 1,\n     before the presence of 1; 5\n\n1) over against, before the face of, before the presence of, in\n   the sight of, before\n   1a) referring to places\n   1b) metaph.\n       1b1) having one as it were before the eyes, before one as witness\n       1b2) before God as judge
02715^2715 katexousiazo {kat-ex-oo-see-ad'-zo}\n\nfrom 2596 and 1850; TDNT - 2:575,238; v\n\nAV - exercise authority upon 2; 2\n\n1) to exercise authority, wield power
02716^2716 katergazomai {kat-er-gad'-zom-ahee}\n\nfrom 2596 and 2038; TDNT - 3:634,421; v\n\nAV - work 15, do 5, do deed 1, to perform 1, cause 1, work out 1; 24\n\n1) to perform, accomplish, achieve\n2) to work out i.e. to do that from which something results\n   2a) of things: bring about, result in\n3) to fashion i.e. render one fit for a thing
02717^2717 Not Used
02718^2718 katerchomai {kat-er'-khom-ahee}\n\nfrom 2596 and 2064 (including its alternate);; v\n\nAV - come down 5, come 3, go down 2, depart 1, descend 1, land 1; 13\n\n1) to come down, go down\n   1a) of one who goes from a higher to a lower locality\n   1b) of those who come to a place by a ship
02719^2719 katesthio {kat-es-thee'-o} or kataphago {kat-aph-ag'-o}\n\nfrom 2596 and 2068 (including its alternate);; v\n\nAV - devour 10, eat up 3, devour up 2; 15\n\n1) to consume by eating, to eat up, devour\n   1a) of birds\n   1b) of a dragon\n   1c) of a man eating up the little book\n2) metaph.\n   2a) to devour i.e. squander, waste: substance\n   2b) to devour i.e. forcibly appropriate: widows' property\n   2c) to strip one of his goods\n       1c1) to ruin (by the infliction of injuries)\n   2d) by fire, to devour i.e. to utterly consume, destroy\n   2e) of the consumption of the strength of body and mind by\n       strong emotions
02720^2720 kateuthuno {kat-yoo-thoo'-no}\n\nfrom 2596 and 2116;; v\n\nAV - direct 2, guide 1; 3\n\n1) to make straight, guide, direct\n   1a) of the removal of the hindrances to coming to one
02721^2721 katephistemi {kat-ef-is'-tay-mee}\n\nfrom 2596 and 2186;; v\n\nAV - make insurrection against 1; 1\n\n1) to set up against
02722^2722 katecho {kat-ekh'-o}\n\nfrom 2596 and 2192; TDNT - 2:829,286; v\n\nAV - hold 3, hold fast 3, keep 2, possess 2, stay 1, take 1, have 1,\n     make 1, misc 5; 19\n\n1) to hold back, detain, retain\n   1a) from going away\n   1b) to restrain, hinder (the course or progress of)\n       1b1) that which hinders, Antichrist from making his appearance\n       1b2) to check a ship's headway i.e. to hold or head the ship\n   1c) to hold fast, keep secure, keep firm possession of\n2) to get possession of, take\n   2b) to possess
02723^2723 kategoreo {kat-ay-gor-eh'-o}\n\nfrom 2725; TDNT - 3:637,422; v\n\nAV - accuse 21, object 1; 22\n\n1) to accuse\n   1a) before a judge: to make an accusation\n   1b) of an extra-judicial accusation\n\nFor Synonyms see entry 5803
02724^2724 kategoria {kat-ay-gor-ee'-ah}\n\nfrom 2725; TDNT - 3:637,422; n f\n\nAV - accusation 3, accused 1; 4\n\n1) accusation, charge
02725^2725 kategoros {kat-ay'-gor-os} or ketegor {kat-ay'-gohr}\n\nfrom 2596 and 58; TDNT - 3:636,422; n m\n\nAV - accuser 7; 7\n\n1) an accuser\n   1a) a name given to the devil by the rabbis
02726^2726 katepheia {kat-ay'-fi-ah}\n\nfrom a compound of 2596 and perhaps a derivative of the base of\n   5316 (meaning downcast in look);; n f\n\nAV - heaviness 1; 1\n\n1) a downcast look expressive of sorrow\n2) shame, dejection, gloom
02727^2727 katecheo {kat-ay-kheh'-o}\n\nfrom 2596 and 2279; TDNT - 3:638,422; v\n\nAV - instruct 3, teach 3, inform 2; 8\n\n1) to sound towards, sound down upon, resound\n   1a) to charm with resounding sound, to fascinate\n2) to teach orally, to instruct\n3) to inform by word of mouth\n   3a) to be orally informed
02728^2728 katioo {kat-ee-o'-o}\n\nfrom 2596 and a derivative of 2447; TDNT - 3:334,*; v\n\nAV - canker 1; 1\n\n1) to rust over, cover with rust
02729^2729 katischuo {kat-is-khoo'-o}\n\nfrom 2596 and 2480; TDNT - 3:397,378; v\n\nAV - prevail against 1, prevail 1; 2\n\n1) to be strong to another's detriment, to prevail against\n2) to be superior in strength\n3) to overcome\n4) to prevail
02730^2730 katoikeo {kat-oy-keh'-o}\n\nfrom 2596 and 3611; TDNT - 5:153,674; v\n\nAV - dwell 42, dweller 2, inhabitor 2, inhabitant 1; 47\n\n1) to dwell, settle\n   1a) metaph. divine powers, influences, etc., are said to\n       dwell in his soul, to pervade, prompt, govern it\n2) to dwell in, inhabit\n   2a) God is said to dwell in the temple, i.e. to be always present\n       for worshippers\n\nFor Synonyms see entry 5854
02731^2731 katoikesis {kat-oy'-kay-sis}\n\nfrom 2730;; n f\n\nAV - dwelling 1; 1\n\n1) dwelling, abode
02732^2732 katoiketerion {kat-oy-kay-tay'-ree-on}\n\nfrom a derivative of 2730; TDNT - 5:155,674; n n\n\nAV - habitation 2; 2\n\n1) an abode, a habitation
02733^2733 katoikia {kat-oy-kee'-ah}\n\na primitive root;; n f\n\nAV - habitation 1; 1\n\n1) dwelling, habitation\n2) to cause to dwell, to send or bring into an abode\n3) to give a dwelling to
02734^2734 katoptrizomai {kat-op-trid'-zom-ahee}\n\nmiddle voice from a compound of 2596 and a derivative of 3700\n   [cf 2072]; TDNT - 2:696,264; v\n\nAV - behold as a glass 1; 1\n\n1) to show in a mirror, to make to reflect, to mirror\n2) to look at one's self in a mirror\n3) to behold one's self in a mirror
02735^2735 katorthoma {kat-or'-tho-mah}\n\nfrom a compound of 2596 and a derivative of 3717 [cf 1357];; n n\n\nAV - very worthy deed 1; 1\n\n1) a right action, a successful achievement\n   1a) of wholesome public measures or institutions
02736^2736 kato {kat'-o} also (cf) katotero {kat-o-ter'-o} [cf 2737]\n   from 2596; TDNT - 3:640,422; adv\n\nAV - down 5, beneath 3, bottom 2, under 1; 11\n\n1) down, downwards\n2) below, beneath\n   2a) of place, below\n   2b) of temporal succession
02737^2737 katoteros {kat-o'-ter-os}\n\ncomparative from 2736; TDNT - 3:640,422; adj\n\nAV - lower 1; 1\n\n1) lower
02738^2738 kauma {kow'-mah}\n\nfrom 2545; TDNT - 3:642,423; n n\n\nAV - heat 2; 2\n\n1) heat\n   1a) of painful and burning heat
02739^2739 kaumatizo {kow-mat-id'-zo}\n\nfrom 2738; TDNT - 3:643,423; v\n\nAV - scorch 4; 4\n\n1) to burn with heat, to scorch\n2) to be tortured with intense heat
02740^2740 kausis {kow'-sis}\n\nfrom 2545; TDNT - 3:643,423; n f\n\nAV - to be burned + 1519 1; 1\n\n1) burning, burning up
02741^2741 kausoo {kow-so'-o}\n\nfrom 2740; TDNT - 3:644,*; v\n\nAV - with fervent heat 2; 2\n\n1) to burn up, set fire to\n2) to suffer with feverish burning, be parched with fever
02742^2742 kauson {kow'-sone}\n\nfrom 2741; TDNT - 3:644,423; n m\n\nAV - heat 2, burning heat 1; 3\n\n1) burning heat\n   1a)  of the sun\n2) Eurus, a very dry hot, east wind, scorching and drying up everything
02743^2743 kauteriazo {kow-tay-ree-ad'-zo}\n\nfrom a derivative of 2545; TDNT - 3:644,*; v\n\nAV - sear with a hot iron 1; 1\n\n1) to mark by branding, to brand, branded with their own consciences\n   1a) whose souls are branded with the marks of sin\n   1b) who carry about with them the perpetual consciousness of sin\n2) seared\n3) in a medical sense, to cauterise, remover by cautery
02744^2744 kauchaomai {kow-khah'-om-ahee}\n\nfrom some (obsolete) base akin to that of aucheo (to boast) and\n   2172; TDNT - 3:645,423; v\n\nAV - glory 23, boast 8, rejoice 4, make boast 2, joy 1; 38\n\n1) to glory (whether with reason or without)\n2) to glory on account of a thing\n3) to glory in a thing
02745^2745 kauchema {kow'-khay-mah}\n\nfrom 2744; TDNT - 3:645,423; n n\n\nAV - rejoicing 4, to glory 3, glorying 2, boasting 1, rejoice 1; 11\n\n1) that of which one glories or can glory, matter or ground of glorying\n2) a glorying or boasting
02746^2746 kauchesis {kow'-khay-sis}\n\nfrom 2744; TDNT - 3:645,423; n f\n\nAV - boasting 6, rejoicing 4, glorying 1, whereof I may glory 1; 12\n\n1) the act of glorying
02747^2747 Kegchreai {keng-khreh-a'-hee}\n\nprobably from kegchros (millet);; n pr loc\n\nAV - Cenchrea 3; 3\n\nCenchrea = "millet"\n1) the eastern harbour of Corinth (i.e. its harbour on the Saronic\n   Gulf) and the emporium of its trade with the Asiatic shores of the\n   Mediterranean, as Lechaeum on the Corinthian Gulf connected it\n   with Italy and the west
02748^2748 Kedron {ked-rone'}\n\nof Hebrew origin 06939;; n pr loc\n\nAV - Cedron 1; 1\n\nCedron or Kidron = "turbid"\n1) the name of a winter torrent, rising near Jerusalem and flowing\n   down through a valley of Kidron, having the Mount of Olives on the\n   east, into the Dead Sea
02749^2749 keimai {ki'-mahee}\n\nmiddle voice of a primary verb; TDNT - 3:654,425; v\n\nAV - lie 9, be laid 6, be set 6, be appointed 1, be 1, be made 1,\n     laid up 1, there 1; 26\n\n1) to lie\n   1a) of an infant\n   1b) of one buried\n   1c) of things that quietly  cover some spot\n       1c1) of a city situated on a hill\n   1d) of things put or set in any place, in ref. to which we often\n       use "to stand"\n       1d1) of vessels, of a throne, of the site of a city, of grain\n            and other things laid up together, of a foundation\n2) metaph.\n   2a) to be (by God's intent) set, i.e. destined, appointed\n   2b) of laws, to be made, laid down\n   2c) lies in the power of the evil one, i.e. is held in\n       subjection by the devil
02750^2750 keiria {ki-ree'-ah}\n\nof uncertain affinity;; n f\n\nAV - graveclothes 1; 1\n\n1) a band, either for bed-girth, or for tying up a corpse after\n   it has been swathed in linen
02751^2751 keiro {ki'-ro}\n\na primary verb;; v\n\nAV - shear 3, shearer 1; 4\n\n1) to sheer: a sheep\n2) to get or let be shorn\n3) of shearing or cutting short the hair of the head
02752^2752 keleuma {kel'-yoo-mah}\n\nfrom 2753; TDNT - 3:656,*; n n\n\nAV - shout 1; 1\n\n1) an order, command, spec. a stimulating cry, either that by which\n   animals are roused and urged on by man, as horses by charioteers,\n   hounds by hunters, etc., or that by which a signal is given to\n   men, e.g. to rowers by the master of a ship, to soldiers by a\n   commander (with a loud summons, a trumpet call)
02753^2753 keleuo {kel-yoo'-o}\n\nfrom a primary kello (to urge on);; v\n\nAV - command 24, at (one's) command 1, give commandment 1, bid 1; 27\n\n1) to command, to order\n\nFor Synonyms see entry 5844
02754^2754 kenodoxia {ken-od-ox-ee'-ah}\n\nfrom 2755; TDNT - 3:662,426; n f\n\nAV - vainglory 1; 1\n\n1) vain glory, groundless, self esteem, empty pride\n2) a vain opinion, error
02755^2755 kenodoxos {ken-od'-ox-os}\n\nfrom 2756 and 1391; TDNT - 3:662,426; adj\n\nAV - desirous of vain glory 1; 1\n\n1) glorying without reason, conceited, vain glorious,\n   eager for empty glory
02756^2756 kenos {ken-os'}\n\napparently a primary word; TDNT - 3:659,426; adj\n\nAV - vain 9, in vain 4, empty 4, vain things 1; 18\n\n1) empty, vain, devoid of truth\n   1a) of places, vessels, etc. which contain nothing\n   1b) of men\n       1b1) empty handed\n       1b2) without a gift\n   1c) metaph. destitute of spiritual wealth, of one who boasts of his\n       faith as a transcendent possession, yet is without the fruits\n       of faith\n   1d) metaph. of endeavours, labours, acts, which result in nothing,\n       vain, fruitless, without effect\n       1d1) vain of no purpose
02757^2757 kenophonia {ken-of-o-nee'-ah}\n\nfrom a presumed compound of 2756 and 5456;; n f\n\nAV - vain babblings 2; 2\n\n1) empty discussion, discussion of vain and useless matters
02758^2758 kenoo {ken-o'-o}\n\nfrom 2756; TDNT - 3:661,426; v\n\nAV - make void 2, make of none effect 1, make of no reputation 1,\n     be in vain 1; 5\n\n1) to empty, make empty\n   1a) of Christ, he laid aside equality with or the form of God\n2) to make void\n   2a) deprive of force, render vain, useless, of no effect\n3) to make void\n   3b) cause a thing to be seen to be empty, hollow, false
02759^2759 kentron {ken'-tron}\n\nfrom kenteo (to prick); TDNT - 3:663,427; n n\n\nAV - sting 3, prick 2; 5\n\n1) a sting, as that of bees, scorpions, locusts. Since animals\n   wound by their sting and even cause death, Paul attributes\n   death, personified as a sting, i.e. a deadly weapon\n2) an iron goad, for urging on oxen, horses and other beasts of burden\n   2a) hence the proverb, "to kick against the goad", i.e. to offer\n       vain and perilous or ruinous resistance
02760^2760 kenturion {ken-too-ree'-ohn}\n\nof Latin origin;; n m\n\nAV - centurion 3; 3\n\n1) centurion, an officer in the Roman army
02761^2761 kenos {ken-oce'}\n\nfrom 2756;; adv\n\nAV - in vain 1; 1\n\n1) vainly, in vain
02762^2762 keraia {ker-ah'-yah}\n\nfrom a presumed derivative of the base of 2768;; n f\n\nAV - tittle 2; 2\n\n1) a little horn\n2) extremity, apex, point\n   2a) used by grammarians of the accents and diacritical points.\n       Jesus used it of the little lines or projections, by which the\n       Hebrew letters in other respects similar differ from one\n       another; the meaning is, "not even the minutest part of the\n       law shall perish".
02763^2763 kerameus {ker-am-yooce'}\n\nfrom 2766;; n m\n\nAV - potter 3; 3\n\n1) a potter
02764^2764 keramikos {ker-am-ik-os'}\n\nfrom 2766;; adj\n\nAV - of a potter 1; 1\n\n1) of or belonging to a potter\n2) made of clay, earthen
02765^2765 keramion {ker-am'-ee-on}\n\nfrom a presumed derivative of 2766;; n n\n\nAV - pitcher 2; 2\n\n1) an earthen vessel, a pot, jar\n2) a jug or pitcher\n3) a water pitcher
02766^2766 keramos {ker'-am-os}\n\nprobably from the base of 2767 (through the idea of mixing clay\n   and water);; n m\n\nAV - tiling 1; 1\n\n1) clay, potter's earth\n2) anything made of clay, earthen ware\n3) a roofing tile\n   3a) the roof itself\n   3b) the phrase "through the roof", means through the door in the\n       roof to which a ladder or stairway led up from the street\n       (according to the Rabbis distinguish two ways of entering a\n       house, "the way through the door" and "the way through the\n       roof"\n\nFor Synonyms see entry 5858
02767^2767 kerannumi {ker-an'-noo-mee}\n\na prolonged form of a more primary kerao {ker-ah'-o} (which is\n   used in certain tenses);; v\n\nAV - fill 2, pour out 1; 3\n\n1) to mix, mingle\n2) to mix wine, water\n3) to pour out for drinking.
02768^2768 keras {ker'-as}\n\nfrom a primary kar (the hair of the head); TDNT - 3:669,428; n n\n\nAV - horn 11; 11\n\n1) a horn\n   1a) of animals\n   1b) since animals (esp. bulls) defend themselves with their horns,\n       the horn with the Hebrews (and other nations) is a symbol of\n       strength and courage, and used as such in a variety of phrases\n       1b1) a mighty and valiant helper, the author of deliverance,\n            of the Messiah\n   1c) a projecting extremity in a shape like a horn, a point, apex:\n       as of an altar
02769^2769 keration {ker-at'-ee-on}\n\nfrom a presumed derivative of 2768;; n n\n\nAV - husk 1; 1\n\n1) a little horn\n2) the name of the fruit, Ceratonia silqua or carobtree (called also\n   John's Bread [from the notion that its pods, which resemble those\n   of the "locust", constituted the food of the Baptist]. This fruit\n   was shaped like a horn and has a sweet taste; it was and is used\n   not only for fattening swine, but as an article of food by the\n   lower classes.
02770^2770 kerdaino {ker-dah'-ee-no}\n\nfrom 2771; TDNT - 3:672,428; v\n\nAV - gain 13, win 2, get gain 1, vr gain 1; 17\n\n1) to gain, acquire, to get gain\n2) metaph.\n   2a) of gain arising from shunning or escaping from evil (where we\n       say "to spare one's self", "be spared")\n   2b) to gain any one i.e. to win him over to the kingdom of God, to\n       gain one to faith in Christ\n   2c) to gain Christ's favour and fellowship
02771^2771 kerdos {ker'-dos}\n\nof uncertain affinity; TDNT - 3:672,428; n n\n\nAV - gain 2, lucre 1; 3\n\n1) gain, advantage
02772^2772 kerma {ker'-mah}\n\nfrom 2751;; n n\n\nAV - money 1; 1\n\n1) small pieces of money, small coin, change, money
02773^2773 kermatistes {ker-mat-is-tace'}\n\nfrom a derivative of 2772;; n m\n\nAV - changer of money 1; 1\n\n1) a money changer, money broker\n\nIn the court of the Gentiles in the temple of Jerusalem were the\nseats of those who sold such animals for sacrifice as had been\nselected, examined, and approved, together with incense, oil, and\nother things needed in making offerings and in worship; and the\nmagnitude of this traffic had introduced the banker's or broker's\nbusiness.
02774^2774 kephalaion {kef-al'-ah-yon}\n\nfrom a derivative of 2776;; n n\n\nAV - sum 2; 2\n\n1) the chief or main point, the principal thing\n2) the pecuniary sum total of a reckoning, amount\n   2a) the principal, capital, as distinguished from the interest\n   2b) a sum of money, sum
02775^2775 kephalaioo {kef-al-ahee-o'-o}\n\nfrom the same as 2774;; v\n\nAV - wound in the head 1; 1\n\n1) to bring under headings, to sum up, to summarise\n2) to smite or wound in the head, to smite on the cheek
02776^2776 kephale {kef-al-ay'}\n\nfrom the primary kapto (in the sense of seizing); TDNT - 3:673,429; n f\n\nAV - head 76; 76\n\n1) the head, both of men and often of animals. Since the loss of the\n   head destroys life, this word is used in the phrases relating to\n   capital and extreme punishment.\n2) metaph. anything  supreme, chief, prominent\n   2a) of persons, master lord: of a husband in relation to his wife\n   2b) of Christ: the Lord of the husband and of the Church\n   2c) of things: the corner stone
02777^2777 kephalis {kef-al-is'}\n\nfrom 2776;; n f\n\nAV - volume 1; 1\n\n1) a little head\n2) the highest part, extremity of anything\n   2a) as the capital of a column\n   2b) the tips or knobs of the wooden rod around which parchments were\n       rolled were called by this word, because they resembled little\n       heads\n3) the Alexandrian writers transferred the name to the roll or volume\n   itself\n   3a) in the roll of the book
02778^2778 kensos {kane'-sos}\n\nof Latin origin;; n m\n\nAV - tribute 4; 4\n\n1) census (among the Romans, denoting a register and valuation of\n   property in accordance with which taxes were paid), in the NT the\n   tax or tribute levied on individuals and to be paid yearly. (our\n   capitation or poll tax)\n2) the coin with which the tax is paid, tribute money
02779^2779 kepos {kay'-pos}\n\nof uncertain affinity;; n m\n\nAV - garden 5; 5\n\n1) a garden
02780^2780 kepouros {kay-poo-ros'}\n\nfrom 2779 and ouros (a warden);; n m\n\nAV - gardener 1; 1\n\n1) a keeper of a garden, a gardener
02781^2781 kerion {kay-ree'-on}\n\ndiminutive from keos (wax);; n n\n\nAV - honeycomb + 3193 1; 1\n\n1) honeycomb
02782^2782 kerugma {kay'-roog-mah}\n\nfrom 2784; TDNT - 3:714,430; n n\n\nAV - preaching 8; 8\n\n1) that which is proclaimed by a herald or public crier, a\n   proclamation by herald\n2) in the NT the message or proclamation of the heralds of God or\n   Christ
02783^2783 kerux {kay'-roox}\n\nfrom 2784; TDNT - 3:683,430; n m\n\nAV - preacher 3; 3\n\n1) a herald or messenger vested with public authority, who conveyed\n   the official messages of kings, magistrates, princes, military\n   commanders, or who gave a public summons or demand, and performed\n   various other duties. In the NT God's ambassador, and the herald\n   or proclaimer of the divine word.
02784^2784 kerusso {kay-roos'-so}\n\nof uncertain affinity; TDNT - 3:697,430; v\n\nAV - preach 51, publish 5, proclaim 2, preached + 2258 2,\n     preacher 1; 61\n\n1) to be a herald, to officiate as a herald\n   1a) to proclaim after the manner of a herald\n   1b) always with the suggestion of formality, gravity and an\n       authority which must be listened to and obeyed\n2) to publish, proclaim openly: something which has been done\n3) used of the public proclamation of the gospel and matters\n   pertaining to it, made by John the Baptist, by Jesus, by the\n   apostles and other Christian teachers
02785^2785 ketos {kay'-tos}\n\nprobably from the base of 5490;; n n\n\nAV - whale 1; 1\n\n1) a sea monster, whale, huge fish
02786^2786 Kephas {kay-fas'}\n\nof Aramaic origin cf 03710; TDNT - 6:100,835; n pr m\n\nAV - Cephas 6; 6\n\nCephas = "stone"\n1) another name for the apostle Peter
02787^2787 kibotos {kib-o-tos'}\n\nof uncertain derivation;; n f\n\nAV - ark 6; 6\n\n1) a wooden chest or box\n2) in the NT the ark of the covenant, in the temple at Jerusalem\n3) of Noah's vessel built in the form of an ark
02788^2788 kithara {kith-ar'-ah}\n\nof uncertain affinity;; n f\n\nAV - harp 4; 4\n\n1) a harp to which praises of God are sung in heaven
02789^2789 kitharizo {kith-ar-id'-zo}\n\nfrom 2788;; v\n\nAV - to harp 2; 2\n\n1) to play upon the harp
02790^2790 kitharodos {kith-ar-o'-dos}\n\nfrom 2788 and a derivative of the same as 5603;; n m\n\nAV - harper 2; 2\n\n1) a harper, one who plays the harp and accompanies it with his voice
02791^2791 Kilikia {kil-ik-ee'-ah}\n\nprobably of foreign origin;; n pr loc\n\nAV - Cilicia 8; 8\n\nCilicia = "the land of Celix"\n1) a maritime province in the southeast of Asia Minor, boarding on\n   Pamphylia in the west, Lycaonia and Cappadocia in the north and\n   Syria in the east. Its capital, Tarsus, was the birth place of Paul
02792^2792 kinamomon {kin-am'-o-mon}\n\nof foreign origin cf 7076;; n n\n\nAV - cinnamon 1; 1\n\n1) cinnamon was a well known aromatic substance, the rind of\n   "Laurus cinnamonum" called "Korunda-gauhah" in Ceylon
02793^2793 kinduneuo {kin-doon-yoo'-o}\n\nfrom 2794;; v\n\nAV - be in danger 2, be in jeopardy 1, stand in jeopardy 1; 4\n\n1) to be in jeopardy, to be in danger, to put in peril
02794^2794 kindunos {kin'-doo-nos}\n\nof uncertain derivation;; n m\n\nAV - peril 9; 9\n\n1) a danger, a peril
02795^2795 kineo {kin-eh'-o}\n\nfrom kio (poetic for eimi, to go); TDNT - 3:718,435; v\n\nAV - move 4, wag 2, remove 1, mover 1; 8\n\n1) to cause to go, i.e. to move, set in motion\n   1a) to be moved, move: of that motion which is evident in life\n   1b) to move from a place, to remove\n2) metaph.\n   2a) to move excite\n   2b) a riot, disturbance\n   2c) to throw into commotion
02796^2796 kinesis {kin'-ay-sis}\n\nfrom 2795;; n f\n\nAV - moving 1; 1\n\n1) a moving, agitation
02797^2797 Kis {kis}\n\nof Hebrew origin 07027;; n pr m\n\nAV - Cis 1; 1\n\nKish = "a snare"\n1) the father of Saul, the first king of Israel
02798^2798 klados {klad'-os}\n\nfrom 2806; TDNT - 3:720,*; n m\n\nAV - branch 11; 11\n\n1) a young tender shoot, broken off for grafting\n2) a branch\n   2a) as the Jewish patriarchs are likened to a root, so their\n       posterity are likened to branches
02799^2799 klaio {klah'-yo}\n\nof uncertain affinity; TDNT - 3:722,436; v\n\nAV - weep 39, bewail 1; 40\n\n1) to mourn, weep, lament\n   1a) weeping as the sign of pain and grief for the thing signified\n       (i.e. for the pain and grief)\n   1b) of those who mourn for the dead\n2) to weep for, mourn for, bewail, one\n\nFor Synonyms see entry 5804
02800^2800 klasis {klas'-is}\n\nfrom 2806; TDNT - 3:726,437; n f\n\nAV - breaking 2; 2\n\n1) a breaking
02801^2801 klasma {klas'-mah}\n\nfrom 2806; TDNT - 3:726,437; n n\n\nAV - fragment 7, broken meat 2; 9\n\n1) a fragment, broken piece\n   1a) remnants of food
02802^2802 Klaude {klow'-day}\n\nof uncertain derivation;; n pr loc\n\nAV - Clauda 1; 1\n\nClauda = "lame"\n1) a small island nearly due west of Cape Malta on the south coast\n  of Crete, and nearly due south of Phoenice
02803^2803 Klaudia {klow-dee'-ah}\n\nfrom 2804;; n pr f\n\nAV - Claudia 1; 1\n\nClaudia = "lame"\n1) a Christian woman
02804^2804 Klaudios {klow'-dee-os}\n\nof Latin origin;; n pr m\n\nAV - Claudius (Caesar) 2, Claudius (Lysias) 1; 3\n\nClaudius = "lame"\n1) C. Caesar the name of the fourth Roman emperor, who came to power\n   in 41 A.D. and was poisoned by his wife Agrippina, in 54 A.D.\n2) C. Lysias a tribune of the Roman cohort who rescued Paul from the\n   hands of the mob at Jerusalem
02805^2805 klauthmos {klowth-mos'}\n\nfrom 2799; TDNT - 3:725,436; n m\n\nAV - weeping 6, wailing 2, weep 1; 9\n\n1) weeping, lamentation
02806^2806 klao {klah'-o}\n\na primary verb; TDNT - 3:726,437; v\n\nAV - break 15; 15\n\n1) to break\n   1a) used in the NT of the breaking of bread or communion
02807^2807 kleis {klice}\n\nfrom 2808; TDNT - 3:744,439; n f\n\nAV - key 6; 6\n\n1) a key\n   1a) since the keeper of the keys has the power to open and to shut\n   1b) metaph. in the NT to denote power and authority of various kinds
02808^2808 kleio {kli'-o}\n\na primary verb;; v\n\nAV - shut 12, shut up 4; 16\n\n1) to shut, shut up\n2) metaph.\n   2a) to cause the heavens to withhold rain\n   2b) to shut up compassion so that it is like a thing inaccessible\n       to one, to be devoid of pity towards one\n   2c) to obstruct the entrance into the kingdom of heaven
02809^2809 klemma {klem'-mah}\n\nfrom 2813;; n n\n\nAV - theft 1; 1\n\n1) thing stolen\n2) the act of theft
02810^2810 Kleopas {kleh-op'-as}\n\nprobably contracted from Kleopatros (compound of 2811 and 3962);; n pr m\n\nAV - Cleopas 1; 1\n\nCleopas = "of a renowned father"\n1) one of the two disciples who were going to Emmaus on the day of\n   the resurrection
02811^2811 kleos {kleh'-os}\n\nfrom a shorter form of 2564;; n n\n\nAV - glory 1; 1\n\n1) rumour, report\n2) glory, praise
02812^2812 kleptes {klep'-tace}\n\nfrom 2813; TDNT - 3:754,441; n m\n\nAV - thief 16; 16\n\n1) an embezzler, pilferer\n   1a) the name is transferred to false teachers, who do not care to\n       instruct men, but abuse their confidence for their own gain\n\nFor Synonyms see entry 5856
02813^2813 klepto {klep'-to}\n\na primary verb; TDNT - 3:754,441; v\n\nAV - steal 13; 13\n\n1) to steal\n   1a) to commit a theft\n   1b) take away by theft i.e take away by stealth
02814^2814 klema {kaly'-mah}\n\nfrom 2806; TDNT - 3:757,441; n n\n\nAV - branch 4; 4\n\n1) a tender and flexible branch\n2) spec. the shoot or branch of a vine, a vine sprout
02815^2815 Klemes {klay'-mace}\n\nof Latin origin;; n pr m\n\nAV - Clement 1; 1\n\nClement = "mild, merciful"\n1) a companion of Paul and apparently a member of the church of\n   Philippi. According to tradition, he is identical with that\n   Clement who was bishop of Rome towards the close of the first\n   century.
02816^2816 kleronomeo {klay-ron-om-eh'-o}\n\nfrom 2818; TDNT - 3:767,442; v\n\nAV - inherit 15, be heir 2, obtain by inheritance 1; 18\n\n1) to receive a lot, receive by lot\n   1a) esp. to receive a part of an inheritance, receive as an\n       inheritance, obtain by right of inheritance\n   1b) to be an heir, to inherit\n2) to receive the portion assigned to one, receive an allotted\n   portion, receive as one's own or as a possession\n3) to become partaker of, to obtain
02817^2817 kleronomia {klay-ron-om-ee'-ah}\n\nfrom 2818; TDNT - 3:767,442; n f\n\nAV - inheritance 14; 14\n\n1) an inheritance, property received (or to be received) by inheritance\n2) what is given to one as a possession\n   2a) the eternal blessedness of the consummated kingdom of God\n       which is to be expected after the visible return of Christ\n   2b) the share which an individual will have in that eternal\n       blessedness
02818^2818 kleronomos {klay-ron-om'-os}\n\nfrom 2819 and the base of 3551 (in its original sense of\n   partitioning, i.e. [reflexively] getting by apportionment);\n   TDNT - 3:767,442; n m\n\nAV - heir 15; 15\n\n1) one who receives by lot, an heir\n   1a) an heir\n   1b) in Messianic usage, one who receives his allotted\n       possession by right of sonship\n2) one who has acquired or obtained the portion allotted to him
02819^2819 kleros {klay'-ros}\n\nprobably from 2806 (through the idea of using bits of wood, etc.,\n   for the purpose); TDNT - 3:758,442; n m\n\nAV - lot 8, part 2, inheritance 2, heritage 1; 13\n\n1) an object used in casting or drawing lots, which was either a\n   pebble, or a potsherd, or a bit of wood\n   1a) the lots of several persons concerned, inscribed with their\n       names, were thrown together into a vase, which was then\n       shaken, and he whose lot fell out first upon the ground was\n       the one chosen\n2) what is obtained by lot, allotted portion\n   2a) a portion of the ministry common to the apostles\n   2b) used of the part which one will have in eternal salvation\n       2b1) of salvation itself\n       2b2) the eternal salvation which God has assigned to the saints\n   2c) of persons\n       2c1) those whose care and oversight has been assigned to\n            one [allotted charge], used of Christian churches, the\n            administration of which falls to the lot of presbyters
02820^2820 kleroo {klay-ro-o}\n\nfrom 2819; TDNT - 3:764,442; v\n\nAV - obtain an inheritance 1; 1\n\n1) to cast lots, determine by lot\n2) to choose by lot\n3) to allot, assign by lot\n   3a) on to another as a possession\n4) in NT: to make a lot, i.e. a heritage, private possession
02821^2821 klesis {klay'-sis}\n\nfrom a shorter form of 2564; TDNT - 3:491,394; n f\n\nAV - calling 10, vocation 1; 11\n\n1) a calling, calling to\n2) a call, invitation\n   2a) to a feast\n   2b) of the divine invitation to embrace salvation of God
02822^2822 kletos {klay-tos'}\n\nfrom the same as 2821; TDNT - 3:494,394; adj\n\nAV - called 11; 11\n\n1) called, invited (to a banquet)\n   1a) invited (by God in the proclamation of the Gospel) to\n       obtain eternal salvation in the kingdom through Christ\n   1b) called to (the discharge of) some office\n       1b1) divinely selected and appointed
02823^2823 klibanos {klib'-an-os}\n\nof uncertain derivation;; n m\n\nAV - oven 2; 2\n\n1) a clibanus, a earthen vessel for baking bread. It was broader at\n   the bottom than above at the orifice, and when sufficiently heated\n   by a fire kindled within, the dough was baked by being spread upon\n   the outside. [but according to others, the dough was baked by\n   being placed inside and the fire or coals outside, the vessel\n   being perforated with small holes that the heat might better\n   penetrate.\n2) a furnace, oven
02824^2824 klima {klee'-mah}\n\nfrom 2827;; n n\n\nAV - region 2, part 1; 3\n\n1) an inclination, slope, declivity\n2) the [supposed] sloping of the earth from the equator towards the\n   poles, a zone\n3) a tract of land, a region
02825^2825 kline {klee'-nay}\n\nfrom 2827;; n n\n\nAV - bed 9, table 1; 10\n\n1) a small bed, a couch\n2) a couch to recline on at meals\n3) a couch on which a sick man is carried
02826^2826 klinidion {klin-id'-ee-on}\n\nfrom a presumed derivative of 2825;; n n\n\nAV - couch 2; 2\n\n1) a small bed, a couch
02827^2827 klino {klee'-no}\n\na root word;; v\n\nAV - lay 2, bow 1, bow down 1, be far spent 1, turn to fight 1,\n     wear away 1; 7\n\n1) transitively\n   1a) to incline, bow\n   1b) to cause to fall back\n   1c) to recline\n       1c1) in a place for repose\n2) intransitively\n   2a) to incline one's self\n       2a1) of the declining of the day
02828^2828 klisia {klee-see'-ah}\n\nfrom a derivative of 2827;; n f\n\nAV - company 1; 1\n\n1) a hut erected to pass the night in\n2) a tent\n3) anything to recline on\n   3a) a chair in which to lean back the head\n   3b) a reclining chair\n4) a company reclining\n   4a) a row or party of persons reclining at meal
02829^2829 klope {klop-ay'}\n\nfrom 2813;; n f\n\nAV - theft 2; 2\n\n1) theft
02830^2830 kludon {kloo'-dohn}\n\nfrom kluzo (to billow or dash over);; n m\n\nAV - raging 1, wave 1; 2\n\n1) a dashing or surging wave, a surge, a violent agitation of the sea\n\nFor Synonyms see entry 5857
02831^2831 kludonizomai {kloo-do-nid'-zom-ahee}\n\nmiddle voice from 2830;; v\n\nAV - toss to and fro 1; 1\n\n1) to be tossed by the waves\n2) metaph. to be agitated (like the waves) mentally
02832^2832 Klopas {klo-pas'}\n\nof Aramaic origin (corresponding to 0256);; n pr m\n\nAV - Cleophas 1; 1\n\nCleophas = "my exchanges"\n1) the father of James the less, the husband of Mary the sister of\n   the mother of Jesus
02833^2833 knetho {knay'-tho}\n\nfrom a primary knao (to scrape);; v\n\nAV - have itching 1; 1\n\n1) to scratch, tickle, make to itch\n2) to itch\n3) desirous of hearing something pleasant
02834^2834 Knidos {knee'-dos}\n\nprobably of foreign origin;; n pr loc\n\nAV - Cnidus 1; 1\n\nCnidus or Gnidus = "nettled"\n1) a peninsula [now Cape Crio] and a city by the same name, situated\n   at the extreme south west of the peninsula of Asia Minor, on a\n   promontory now called Cape Crio, which projects between the\n   islands of Cos and Rhodes
02835^2835 kodrantes {kod-ran'-tace}\n\nof Latin origin;; n m\n\nAV - farthing 2; 2\n\n1) a quadrans (about the fourth part of an "as"); in the NT a coin\n   equal to one half the Attic chalcus worth about 3/8 of a cent
02836^2836 koilia {koy-lee'-ah}\n\nfrom koilos ("hollow"); TDNT - 3:786,446; n f\n\nAV - womb 12, belly 11; 23\n\n1) the whole belly, the entire cavity\n   1a) the upper [i.e. stomach] and the lower belly are distinguished\n2) the lower belly, the lower region, the receptacle of the excrement\n3) the gullet\n   3a) to be given up to the pleasures of the palate, to gluttony\n4) the womb, the place where the foetus is conceived and\n   nourished until birth\n   4a) of the uterus of animals\n5) the innermost part of a man, the soul, heart as the seat of\n   thought, feeling, choice
02837^2837 koimao {koy-mah'-o}\n\nfrom 2749;; v\n\nAV - sleep 10, fall asleep 4, be asleep 2, fall on sleep 1,\n     be dead 1; 18\n\n1) to cause to sleep, put to sleep\n2) metaph.\n   2a) to still, calm, quiet\n   2b) to fall asleep, to sleep\n   2c) to die
02838^2838 koimesis {koy'-may-sis}\n\nfrom 2837;; n f\n\nAV - taking of rest 1; 1\n\n1) a reposing, taking rest\n2) a lying, reclining
02839^2839 koinos {koy-nos'}\n\nprobably from 4862; TDNT - 3:789,447; adj\n\nAV - common 7, unclean 3, defiled 1, unholy 1; 12\n\n1) common\n2) common i.e. ordinary, belonging to generality\n   2a) by the Jews, unhallowed, profane, Levitically unclean
02840^2840 koinoo {koy-no'-o}\n\nfrom 2839; TDNT - 3:809,447; v\n\nAV - defile 11, call common 2, pollute 1, unclean 1; 15\n\n1) to make common\n   1a) to make (Levitically) unclean, render unhallowed, defile, profane\n   1b) to declare or count unclean
02841^2841 koinoneo {koy-no-neh'-o}\n\nfrom 2844; TDNT - 3:797,447; v\n\nAV - be partaker 5, communicate 2, distribute 1; 8\n\n1) to come into communion or fellowship with, to become a sharer,\n   be made a partner\n2) to enter into fellowship, join one's self to an associate,\n   make one's self a sharer or partner
02842^2842 koinonia {koy-nohn-ee'-ah}\n\nfrom 2844; TDNT - 3:797,447; n f\n\nAV - fellowship 12, communion 4, communication 1, distribution 1,\n     contribution 1, to communicate 1; 20\n\n1) fellowship, association, community, communion, joint participation,\n   intercourse\n   1a) the share which one has in anything, participation\n   1b) intercourse, fellowship, intimacy\n       1b1) the right hand as a sign and pledge of fellowship\n            (in fulfilling the apostolic office)\n   1c) a gift jointly contributed, a collection, a contribution,\n       as exhibiting an embodiment and proof of fellowship
02843^2843 koinonikos {koy-no-nee-kos'}\n\nfrom 2844; TDNT - 3:809,447; adj\n\nAV - willing to communicate 1; 1\n\n1) social, sociable, ready and apt to form and maintain communion and\n   fellowship\n2) inclined to make others sharers in one's possessions,\n   inclined to impart, free in giving, liberal
02844^2844 koinonos {koy-no-nos'}\n\nfrom 2839; TDNT - 3:797,447; n m\n\nAV - partaker 5, partner 3, fellowship 1, companion 1; 10\n\n1) a partner, associate, comrade, companion\n2) a partner, sharer, in anything\n   2a) of the altar in Jerusalem on which the sacrifices are offered\n       2a1) sharing in the worship of the Jews\n   2b) partakers of (or with) demons\n       2b1) brought into fellowship with them, because they are the\n            authors of heathen worship
02845^2845 koite {koy'-tay}\n\nfrom 2749;; n f\n\nAV - bed 2, conceive 1, chambering 1; 4\n\n1) a place for laying down, resting, sleeping in\n   1a) a bed, couch\n2) the marriage bed\n   2a) of adultery\n3) cohabitation, whether lawful or unlawful\n   3a) sexual intercourse
02846^2846 koiton {koy-tone'}\n\nfrom 2845;; n m\n\nAV - chamberlain + 1909 1; 1\n\n1) a sleeping room, bed chamber\n   1a) the officer who is over the bed chamber, the chamberlain
02847^2847 kokkinos {kok'-kee-nos}\n\nfrom 2848 (from the kernel-shape of the insect); TDNT - 3:812,450; adj\n\nAV - scarlet 4, scarlet colour 1, scarlet coloured 1; 6\n\n1) crimson, scarlet coloured. A kernel, the grain or berry of the\n   "ilex coccifera"; these berries are the clusters of the eggs of a\n   female insect, the "kermes" (resembling the cochineal), and when\n   collected and pulverised produces a red which was used in dyeing\n   (Pliny)\n2) scarlet cloth or clothing
02848^2848 kokkos {kok'-kos}\n\napparently a primary word; TDNT - 3:810,450; n m\n\nAV - grain 6, corn 1; 7\n\n1) a grain
02849^2849 kolazo {kol-ad'-zo}\n\nfrom kolos (dwarf); TDNT - 3:814,451; v\n\nAV - punish 2; 2\n\n1) to lop or prune, as trees and wings\n2) to curb, check, restrain\n3) to chastise, correct, punishment\n4) to cause to be punished
02850^2850 kolakeia {kol-ak-i'-ah}\n\nfrom a derivative of kolax (a fawner); TDNT - 3:817,451; n f\n\nAV - flattering 1; 1\n\n1) flattery, flattering discourse
02851^2851 kolasis {kol'-as-is}\n\nfrom 2849; TDNT - 3:816,451; n f\n\nAV - punishment 1, torment 1; 2\n\n1) correction, punishment, penalty\n\nFor Synonyms see entry 5859
02852^2852 kolaphizo {kol-af-id'-zo}\n\nfrom a derivative of the base of 2849; TDNT - 3:818,451; v\n\nAV - buffet 5; 5\n\n1) to strike with the fist, give one a blow with the fist\n2) to maltreat, treat with violence and contumely
02853^2853 kollao {kol-lah'-o}\n\nfrom kolla ("glue"); TDNT - 3:822,452; v\n\nAV - join (one's) self 4, cleave 3, be joined 2, keep company 1,\n     vr reach 1; 11\n\n1) to glue, to glue together, cement, fasten together\n2) to join or fasten firmly together\n3) to join one's self to, cleave to
02854^2854 kollourion {kol-loo'-ree-on}\n\nfrom a presumed derivative of kollura (a cake - prob akin to\n   the base of 2853);; n n\n\nAV - eyesalve 1; 1\n\n1) a preparation composed of various materials and used as a remedy\n   for tender eyelids
02855^2855 kollubistes {kol-loo-bis-tace'}\n\nfrom a presumed derivative of kollubos (a small coin - probably\n   akin to 2854);; n m\n\nAV - moneychanger 2, charger 1; 3\n\n1) a money-changer, banker
02856^2856 koloboo {kol-ob-o'-o}\n\nfrom a derivative of the base of 2849; TDNT - 3:823,452; v\n\nAV - shorten 4; 4\n\n1) to mutilate\n2) in NT: to shorten, abridge, curtail
02857^2857 Kolossai {kol-os-sah'-ee}\n\napparently feminine plural of kolossos ("colossal");; n pr loc\n\nAV - Colosse 1; 1\n\nColosse = "monstrosities"\n1) anciently a large and flourishing city, but in Strabo's time\n   a small town of Phrygia Major situated on the Lycus not far from\n   its junction with the Maeander and in the neighbourhood of\n   Laodicea and Hierapolis
02858^2858 Kolossaeus {kol-os-sayoos'}\n\nfrom 2857;; n pr m\n\nAV - Colossian 1; 1\n\n1) a Colossian
02859^2859 kolpos {kol'-pos}\n\napparently a primary word; TDNT - 3:824,452; n m\n\nAV - bosom 5, creek 1; 6\n\n1) the front of the body between the arms\n2) the bosom of a garment, i.e. the hollow formed by the upper\n   forepart of a rather loose garment bound by a girdle or sash,\n   used for keeping and carrying things (the fold or pocket)\n3) a bay of the sea
02860^2860 kolumbao {kol-oom-bah'-o}\n\nfrom kolumbos (a diver);; v\n\nAV - swim 1; 1\n\n1) to dive, to swim
02861^2861 kolumbethra {kol-oom-bay'-thrah}\n\nfrom 2860;; n f\n\nAV - pool 5; 5\n\n1) a place for diving, a swimming hole, a reservoir or pool for bathing
02862^2862 kolonia {kol-o-nee'-ah}\n\nof Latin origin;; n f\n\nAV - colony 1; 1\n\n1) a colony\n   1a) the city of Philippi is so called, where Octavius had planted\n       a Roman colony
02863^2863 komao {kom-ah'-o}\n\nfrom 2864;; v\n\nAV - have long hair 2; 2\n\n1) to let the hair grow, have long hair
02864^2864 kome {kom'-ay}\n\napparently from the same as 2865;; n f\n\nAV - hair 1; 1\n\n1) hair, head of hair\n\nFor Synonyms see entry 5851
02865^2865 komizo {kom-id'-zo}\n\nfrom a primary komeo (to tend, i.e. take care of);; v\n\nAV - receive 10, bring 1; 11\n\n1) to care for, take care of, provide for\n2) to take up or carry away in order to care for and preserve\n3) to carry away, bear off\n4) to carry, bear, bring to, to carry away for one's self,\n   to carry off what is one's own, to bring back\n   4a) to receive, obtain: the promised blessing\n   4b) to receive what was previously one's own, to get back,\n       receive back, recover
02866^2866 kompsoteron {komp-sot'-er-on}\n\nneuter comparative of a derivative of the base of 2865 (meaning\n   properly, well dressed, i.e. nice);; adv\n\nAV - bring to amend + 2192 1; 1\n\n1) more finely, better
02867^2867 koniao {kon-ee-ah'-o}\n\nfrom konia (dust, by analogy, lime); TDNT - 3:827,453; v\n\nAV - whited 2; 2\n\n1) to cover with lime, plaster over, whitewash\n   1a) the Jews were accustomed to whitewash the entrances to their\n       sepulchres, as a warning against defilement by touching them\n   1b) term applied to a hypocrite who conceals his malice under an\n       outward assumption of piety
02868^2868 koniortos {kon-ee-or-tos'}\n\nfrom the base of 2867 and ornumi (to "rouse");; n m\n\nAV - dust 5; 5\n\n1) raised dust, flying dust\n2) dust
02869^2869 kopazo {kop-ad'-zo}\n\nfrom 2873;; v\n\nAV - cease 3; 3\n\n1) to grow weary or tired\n2) to cease from violence, cease raging
02870^2870 kopetos {kop-et-os'}\n\nfrom 2875; TDNT - 3:830,453; n m\n\nAV - lamentation 1; 1\n\n1) lamentation with beating of the breast as a sign of grief
02871^2871 kope {kop-ay'}\n\nfrom 2875;; n f\n\nAV - slaughter 1; 1\n\n1) the act of cutting, a cut\n2) a cutting in pieces, slaughter
02872^2872 kopiao {kop-ee-ah'-o}\n\nfrom a derivative of 2873; TDNT - 3:827,453; v\n\nAV - labour 16, bestow labour 3, toil 3, be wearied 1; 23\n\n1) to grow weary, tired, exhausted (with toil or burdens or grief)\n2) to labour with wearisome effort, to toil\n   2a) of bodily labour
02873^2873 kopos {kop'-os}\n\nfrom 2875; TDNT - 3:827,453; n m\n\nAV - labour 13, trouble + 3830 5, weariness 1; 19\n\n1) a beating\n2) a beating of the breast with grief, sorrow\n3) labour\n   3a) trouble\n       3a1) to cause one trouble, make work for him\n   3b) intense labour united with trouble and toil\n\nFor Synonyms see entry 5860
02874^2874 kopria {kop-ree'-ah}\n\nfrom kopros (ordure, perhaps akin to 2875);; n f\n\nAV - dunghill 1, dung + 906 1; 2\n\n1) dung, manure
02875^2875 kopto {kop'-to}\n\na root word; TDNT - 3:830,453; v\n\nAV - bewail 2, lament 2, cut down 2, wail 1, mourn 1; 8\n\n1) to cut, strike, smite\n2) to cut from, cut off\n3) to beat one's breast for grief
02876^2876 korax {kor'-ax}\n\nperhaps from 2880;; n m\n\nAV - raven 1; 1\n\n1) a raven
02877^2877 korasion {kor-as'-ee-on}\n\nfrom a presumed derivative of kore (a maiden);; n n\n\nAV - damsel 6, maid 2; 8\n\n1) a girl, damsel, maiden
02878^2878 korban {kor-ban'} and korbanas {kor-ban-as'}\n\nof Hebrew and Aramaic origin respectively 07133; TDNT - 3:860,459; n m\n\nAV - treasury 1, corban 1; 2\n\n1) a gift offered (or to be offered) to God\n2) the sacred treasury
02879^2879 Kore {kor-eh'}\n\nof Hebrew origin 07141;; n pr m\n\nAV - Core 1; 1\n\nKorah = "baldness"\n1) a man who, with others, rebelled against Moses
02880^2880 korennumi {kor-en'-noo-mee}\n\na root word;; v\n\nAV - eat enough 1, full 1; 2\n\n1) to satiate, sate, satisfy
02881^2881 Korinthios {kor-in'-thee-os}\n\nfrom 2882;; n pr m\n\nAV - Corinthian 4; 4\n\n1) a Corinthian, and inhabitant of Corinth
02882^2882 Korinthos {kor'-in-thos}\n\nof uncertain derivation;; n pr loc\n\nAV - Corinth 7; 7\n\nCorinth = "satiated"\n1) an ancient and famous city of Greece, on the Isthmus of\n   Corinth, and about 40 miles (65 km) west of Athens
02883^2883 Kornelios {kor-nay'-lee-os}\n\nof Latin origin;; n pr m\n\nAV - Cornelius 10; 10\n\nCornelius = "of a horn"\n1) a Roman centurion of the Italian cohort stationed in Caesarea who\n   converted to Christianity
02884^2884 koros {kor'-os}\n\nof Hebrew origin 03734;; n m\n\nAV - measure 1; 1\n\n1) a corus or cor, the largest Hebrew dry measure (i.e, for\n   wheat, meal etc.) about 10 to 11 bushels (350 to 400 l)
02885^2885 kosmeo {kos-meh'-o}\n\nfrom 2889; TDNT - 3:867,459; v\n\nAV - adorn 5, garnish 4, trim 1; 10\n\n1) to put in order, arrange, make ready, prepare\n2) to ornament, adore\n3) metaph. to embellish with honour, gain honour
02886^2886 kosmikos {kos-mee-kos'}\n\nfrom 2889 (in its secondary sense); TDNT - 3:897,459; adj\n\nAV - worldly 2; 2\n\n1) of or belonging to the world\n   1a) relating to the universe\n   1b) earthly\n   1c) worldly, i.e. having the character of this present corrupt age
02887^2887 kosmios {kos'-mee-os}\n\nfrom 2889 (in its primary sense); TDNT - 3:895,459; adj\n\nAV - modest 1, of good behaviour 1; 2\n\n1) well arranged, seemly, modest
02888^2888 kosmokrator {kos-mok-rat'-ore}\n\nfrom 2889 and 2902; TDNT - 3:913,466; n m\n\nAV - ruler 1; 1\n\n1) lord of the world, prince of this age\n   1a) the devil and his demons
02889^2889 kosmos {kos'-mos}\n\nprobably from the base of 2865; TDNT - 3:868,459; n m\n\nAV - world 186, adorning 1; 187\n\n1) an apt and harmonious arrangement or constitution, order,\n   government\n2) ornament, decoration, adornment, i.e. the arrangement of the stars,\n   'the heavenly hosts', as the ornament of the heavens. 1 Pet. 3:3\n3) the world, the universe\n4) the circle of the earth, the earth\n5) the inhabitants of the earth, men, the human family\n6) the ungodly multitude; the whole mass of men alienated from God,\n    and therefore hostile to the cause of Christ\n7) world affairs, the aggregate of things earthly\n   7a) the whole circle of earthly goods, endowments riches, advantages,\n       pleasures, etc, which although hollow and frail and fleeting,\n       stir desire, seduce from God and are obstacles to the cause\n       of Christ\n8) any aggregate or general collection of particulars of any sort\n   8a) the Gentiles as contrasted to the Jews (Rom. 11:12 etc)\n   8b) of believers only, John 1:29; 3:16; 3:17; 6:33; 12:47\n       1 Cor. 4:9; 2 Cor. 5:19
02890^2890 Kouartos {koo'-ar-tos}\n\nof Latin origin (fourth);; n pr m\n\nAV - Quartus 1; 1\n\nQuartus = "fourth"\n1) a Roman; probably before he lived at Rome, and therefore sends his\n   salutations to the Christians there: he is mentioned among the\n   seventy disciples, and said to be bishop of Berytus. (Gill)
02891^2891 koumi {koo'-mee}\n\nof Aramaic origin 06966;; v\n\nAV - cumi 1; 1\n\n1) arise
02892^2892 koustodia {koos-to-dee'-ah}\n\nof Latin origin;; n f\n\nAV - watch 3; 3\n\n1) guard: used of Roman soldiers guarding the sepulchre of Christ\n\nA Roman guard was made up of four to sixteen solders. In combat, they\nwould form a square, and were able to hold off a much larger force.
02893^2893 kouphizo {koo-fid'-zo}\n\nfrom kouphos (light in weight);; v\n\nAV - lighten 1; 1\n\n1) to be light\n2) to lighten\n   2a) a ship by throwing the cargo overboard
02894^2894 kophinos {kof'-ee-nos}\n\nof uncertain derivation;; n m\n\nAV - basket 6; 6\n\n1) a basket, wicker basket
02895^2895 krabbatos {krab'-bat-os}\n\nprobably of foreign origin;; n m\n\nAV - bed 11, couch 1; 12\n\n1) a pallet, camp bed (a rather simple bed holding only one person)
02896^2896 krazo {krad'-zo}\n\na primary word; TDNT - 3:898,465; v\n\nAV - cry 40, cry out 19; 59\n\n1) to croak\n   1a) of the cry of a raven\n   1b) hence, to cry out, cry aloud, vociferate\n   1c) to cry or pray for vengeance\n2) to cry\n   2a) cry out aloud, speak with a loud voice\n\nFor Synonyms see entry 5823
02897^2897 kraipale {krahee-pal'-ay}\n\nprobably from the same as 726;; n f\n\nAV - surfeiting 1; 1\n\n1) the giddiness and headache caused by drinking wine to excess
02898^2898 kranion {kran-ee'-on}\n\ndiminutive of a derivative of the base of 2768;; n n\n\nAV - skull 3, cavalry 1; 4\n\n1) a skull
02899^2899 kraspedon {kras'-ped-on}\n\nof uncertain derivation; TDNT - 3:904,466; n n\n\nAV - border 3, hem 2; 5\n\n1) the extremity or prominent part of a thing, edge, skirt, margin\n   1a) the fringe of a garment\n   1b) in the NT a little appendage hanging down from the edge of the\n       mantle or cloak, made of twisted wool\n   1c) a tassel, tuft: the Jews had such appendages attached to their\n       mantles to remind them of the law
02900^2900 krataios {krat-ah-yos'}\n\nfrom 2904; TDNT - 3:912,466; adj\n\nAV - mighty 1; 1\n\n1) mighty\n   1a) of the mighty power of God
02901^2901 krataioo {krat-ah-yo'-o}\n\nfrom 2900; TDNT - 3:912,466; v\n\nAV - wax strong 2, strengthen 1, be strong 1; 4\n\n1) to strengthen, make strong\n2) to be made strong, to increase in strength, to grow strong
02902^2902 krateo {krat-eh'-o}\n\nfrom 2904; TDNT - 3:910,466; v\n\nAV - hold 12, take 9, lay hold on 8, hold fast 5, take by 4,\n     lay hold upon 2, lay hand on 2, misc 5; 47\n\n1) to have power, be powerful\n   1a) to be chief, be master of, to rule\n2) to get possession of\n   2a) to become master of, to obtain\n   2b) to take hold of\n   2c) to take hold of, take, seize\n       2c1) to lay hands on one in order to get him into one's power\n3) to hold\n  3a) to hold in the hand\n  3b) to hold fast, i.e. not discard or let go\n      3b1) to keep carefully and faithfully\n  3c) to continue to hold, to retain\n      3c1) of death continuing to hold one\n      3c2) to hold in check, restrain
02903^2903 kratistos {krat'-is-tos}\n\nsuperlative of a derivative of 2904;; adj\n\nAV - most excellent 2, most noble 2; 4\n\n1) mightiest, strongest, noblest, most illustrious, best, most excellent\n   1a) used in addressing men of prominent rank or office
02904^2904 kratos {krat'-os}\n\nperhaps a primary word; TDNT - 3:905,466; n n\n\nAV - power 6, dominion 4, strength 1, mighty + 2596 1; 12\n\n1) force, strength\n2) power, might: mighty with great power\n   2a) a mighty deed, a work of power\n3) dominion\n\nFor Synonyms see entry 5820
02905^2905 kraugazo {krow-gad'-zo}\n\nfrom 2906; TDNT - 3:898,465; v\n\nAV - cry 4, cry out 3; 7\n\n1) to cry out, cry aloud, to shout, to cry out to one\n\nFor Synonyms see entry 5823
02906^2906 krauge {krow-gay'}\n\nfrom 2896; TDNT - 3:898,465; n f\n\nAV - cry 3, crying 2, clamour 1; 6\n\n1) a crying, outcry, clamour
02907^2907 kreas {kreh'-as}\n\nperhaps a primary word;; n n\n\nAV - flesh 2; 2\n\n1) (the) flesh (of a sacrificed animal)
02908^2908 kreisson {krice'-son}\n\nneuter of an alternate form of 2909;; adv\n\nAV - better 1; 1\n\n1) better
02909^2909 kreitton {krite'-tohn}\n\ncomparative of a derivative of 2904;; adj\n\nAV - better 18, best 1; 19\n\n1) more useful, more serviceable, more advantageous\n2) more excellent
02910^2910 kremannumi {krem-an'-noo-mee}\n\na prolonged form of a primary verb; TDNT - 3:915,468; v\n\nAV - hang 7; 7\n\n1) to hang up, suspend\n2) to be suspended, to hang\n   2a) used of one hanging on a cross\n   2b) used of the Law and the Prophets, they is summed up or\n       hanging on two precepts
02911^2911 kremnos {krame-nos'}\n\nfrom 2910;; n m\n\nAV - steep place 3; 3\n\n1) a steep place, a precipice
02912^2912 Kres {krace}\n\nfrom 2914;; n pr m\n\nAV - Cretians 2, Cretes 1; 3\n\n1) a Cretan, an inhabitant of the island of Crete
02913^2913 Kreskes {krace'-kace}\n\nof Latin origin;; n pr m\n\nAV - Crescens 1; 1\n\nCrescens = "growing"\n1) an assistant of Paul, said to be one of the seventy disciples
02914^2914 Krete {kray'-tay}\n\nof uncertain derivation;; n pr loc\n\nAV - Crete 5; 5\n\nCrete = "fleshy"\n1) the largest and most fertile island of the Mediterranean\n   archipelago or Aegean Sea, now the modern Candia
02915^2915 krithe {kree-thay'}\n\nf uncertain derivation;; n f\n\nAV - barley 1; 1\n\n1) barley
02916^2916 krithinos {kree'-thee-nos}\n\nfrom 2915;; adj\n\nAV - barley 2; 2\n\n1) of barley, made of barley
02917^2917 krima {kree'-mah}\n\nfrom 2919; TDNT - 3:942,469; n n\n\nAV - judgment 13, damnation 7, condemnation 5, be condemned 1,\n     go to law + 2192 1, avenge + 2919 1; 28\n\n1) a decree, judgments\n2) judgment\n   2a) condemnation of wrong, the decision (whether severe or mild)\n       which one passes on the faults of others\n   2b) in a  forensic sense\n       2b1) the sentence of a judge\n       2b2) the punishment with which one is sentenced\n       2b3) condemnatory sentence, penal judgment, sentence\n3) a matter to be judicially decided, a lawsuit, a case in court
02918^2918 krinon {kree'-non}\n\nperhaps a primitive word;; n n\n\nAV - lily 2; 2\n\n1) a flower, the lily
02919^2919 krino {kree'-no}\n\nperhaps a primitive word; TDNT - 3:921,469; v\n\nAV - judge 88, determine 7, condemn 5, go to law 2, call in question 2,\n     esteem 2, misc 8; 114\n\n1) to separate, put asunder, to pick out, select, choose\n2) to approve, esteem, to prefer\n3) to be of opinion, deem, think, to be of opinion\n4) to determine, resolve, decree\n5) to judge\n   5a) to pronounce an opinion concerning right and wrong\n       5a1) to be judged, i.e. summoned to trial that one's case may be\n            examined and judgment passed upon it\n   5b) to pronounce judgment, to subject to censure\n       5b1) of those who act the part of judges or arbiters in matters\n            of common life, or pass judgment on the deeds and words of\n            others\n6) to rule, govern\n   6a) to preside over with the power of giving judicial decisions,\n       because it was the prerogative of kings and rulers to pass\n       judgment\n7) to contend together, of warriors and combatants\n   7a) to dispute\n   7b) in a forensic sense\n       7b1) to go to law, have suit at law
02920^2920 krisis {kree'-sis}\n\nperhaps a primitive word; TDNT - 3:941,469; n f\n\nAV - judgment 41, damnation 3, accusation 2, condemnation 2; 48\n\n1) a separating, sundering, separation\n   1a) a trial, contest\n2) selection\n3) judgment\n   3a) opinion or decision given concerning anything\n       3a1) esp. concerning justice and injustice, right or wrong\n   3b) sentence of condemnation, damnatory judgment, condemnation\n       and punishment\n4) the college of judges (a tribunal of seven men in the several\n   cities of Palestine; as distinguished from the Sanhedrin,\n   which had its seat at Jerusalem)\n5) right, justice
02921^2921 Krispos {kris'-pos}\n\nof Latin origin;; n pr m\n\nAV - Crispus 2; 2\n\nCrispus = "curled"\n1) the ruler of the Jewish synagogue in Corinth, baptised by Paul
02922^2922 kriterion {kree-tay'-ree-on}\n\nfrom a presumed derivative of 2923; TDNT - 3:943,469; n n\n\nAV - to judge 1, judgment 1, judgment seat 1; 3\n\n1) the instrument or means of trying or judging anything\n   1a) the rule by which one judges\n2) the place where judgment is given\n   2a) the tribunal of a judge\n   2b) a bench of judges\n3) the matter judged, thing to be decided, suit, case
02923^2923 krites {kree-tace'}\n\nfrom 2919; TDNT - 3:942,469; n m\n\nAV - judge 15, Judge 2; 17\n\n1) one who passes or arrogates to himself, judgment on anything\n   1a) an arbiter\n   1b) of a Roman procurator administering justice\n   1c) of God passing judgment on men\n   1d) of the leaders or rulers of the Israelites\n\nFor Synonyms see entry 5838
02924^2924 kritikos {krit-ee-kos'}\n\nfrom 2923; TDNT - 3:943,469; adj\n\nAV - discerner 1; 1\n\n1) relating to judging, fit for judging, skilled in judging
02925^2925 krouo {kroo'-o}\n\napparently a primary verb; TDNT - 3:954,475; v\n\nAV - knock 9; 9\n\n1) to knock: at the door
02926^2926 krupte {kroop-tay'}\n\nfrom 2927; TDNT - 3:957,476; n f\n\nAV - secret place 1; 1\n\n1) crypt, a covered way, vault, cellar
02927^2927 kruptos {kroop-tos'} or kruphaios {kroof-ay'-os}\n\nfrom 2928; TDNT - 3:957,476; adj\n\nAV - secret 12, hid 3, hidden 3, inwardly 1; 19\n\n1) hidden, concealed, secret
02928^2928 krupto {kroop'-to}\n\na primary verb; TDNT - 3:957,476; v\n\nAV - hide 11, hide (one's) self 2, keep secret 1, secretly 1,\n     hidden 1; 16\n\n1) to hide, conceal, to be hid\n2) escape notice\n3) metaph. to conceal (that it may not become known)
02929^2929 krustallizo {kroos-tal-lid'-zo}\n\nfrom 2930;; v\n\nAV - clear as crystal 1; 1\n\n1) to be of crystalline brightness and transparency\n2) to shine like crystal
02930^2930 krustallos {kroos'-tal-los}\n\nfrom a derivative of kruos (frost);; n m\n\nAV - crystal 2; 2\n\n1) crystal, a kind of precious stone
02931^2931 kruphe {kroo-fay'}\n\nfrom 2928; TDNT - 3:957,476; adv\n\nAV - in secret 1; 1\n\n1) secretly, in secret
02932^2932 ktaomai {ktah'-om-ahee}\n\na primary verb;; v\n\nAV - possess 3, purchase 2, provide 1, obtain 1; 7\n\n1) to acquire, get, or procure a thing for one's self, to possess\n   1a) to marry a wife
02933^2933 ktema {ktay'-mah}\n\nfrom 2932;; n n\n\nAV - possession 4; 4\n\n1) a possession\n   1a) of property, lands, estates
02934^2934 ktenos {ktay'-nos}\n\nfrom 2932;; n n\n\nAV - beast 4; 4\n\n1) a beast\n   1a) esp. a beast of burden\n   1b) used for four legged animals as opposed to fishes and birds
02935^2935 ktetor {ktay'-tore}\n\nfrom 2932;; n m\n\nAV - possessor 1; 1\n\n1) a possessor
02936^2936 ktizo {ktid'-zo}\n\nprobably akin to 2932 (through the idea of proprietor-ship of the\n   manufacturer); TDNT - 3:1000,481; v\n\nAV - create 12, Creator 1, make 1; 14\n\n1) to make habitable, to people, a place, region, island\n   1a) to found a city, colony, state\n2) to create\n   2a) of God creating the worlds\n   2b) to form, shape, i.e. to completely change or transform
02937^2937 ktisis {ktis'-is}\n\nfrom 2936; TDNT - 3:1000,481; n f\n\nAV - creature 11, creation 6, building 1, ordinance 1; 19\n\n1) the act of founding, establishing, building etc\n   1a) the act of creating, creation\n   1b) creation i.e. thing created\n       1b1) of individual things, beings, a creature, a creation\n            1b1a) anything created\n            1b1b) after a rabbinical usage (by which a man converted\n                  from idolatry to Judaism was called)\n            1b1c) the sum or aggregate of things created\n   1c) institution, ordinance
02938^2938 ktisma {ktis'-mah}\n\nfrom 2936; TDNT - 3:1000,481; n n\n\nAV - creature 4; 4\n\n1) thing founded\n2) created thing
02939^2939 ktistes {ktis-tace'}\n\nfrom 2936; TDNT - 3:1000,481; n m\n\nAV - Creator 1; 1\n\n1) a founder\n2) a creator
02940^2940 kubeia {koo-bi'-ah}\n\nfrom kubos (a "cube", i.e. die for playing);; n f\n\nAV - sleight 1; 1\n\n1) dice playing\n2) metaph. the deception of men, because dice players sometimes\n   cheated and defrauded their fellow players
02941^2941 kubernesis {koo-ber'-nay-sis}\n\nfrom kubernao (of Latin origin, to steer); TDNT - 3:1035,486; n f\n\nAV - government 1; 1\n\n1) a governing, government
02942^2942 kubernetes {koo-ber-nay'-tace}\n\nfrom the same as 2941;; n m\n\nAV - master 1, shipmaster 1; 2\n\n1) steersman, helmsman, sailing master
02943^2943 kuklothen {koo-kloth'-en}\n\nfrom the same as 2945;; adv\n\nAV - round about 3, about 1; 4\n\n1) round about, from all sides, all around
02944^2944 kukloo {koo-klo'-o}\n\nfrom the same as 2945;; v\n\nAV - compass about 2, compass 1, come round about 1,\n     stand round about 1; 5\n\n1) to go around, lead around\n2) to surround, encircle, encompass\n   2a) of persons standing around\n   2b) of besiegers
02945^2945 kuklo {koo'-klo}\n\nas if dative case of kuklos (a ring, "cycle" - akin to 2947);; adv\n\nAV - round about 6, round 1; 7\n\n1) in a circle, around, round about, on all sides
02946^2946 kulisma {koo'-lis-mah}\n\nfrom 2947;; n n\n\nAV - wallowing 1; 1\n\n1) thing rolled, rolled (wallowed) mud or mire
02947^2947 kulioo {koo-lee-o'-o}\n\nfrom base of 2949 (through the idea of circularity, cf 2945, 1507);; v\n\nAV - wallow 1; 1\n\n1) a rolling, wallowing\n2) to roll itself in mud\n3) to wallowing in the mire
02948^2948 kullos {kool-los'}\n\nfrom the same as 2947;; adj\n\nAV - maimed 4; 4\n\n1) crooked\n   1a) of the members of the body\n   1b) injured, disabled\n2) maimed, mutilated
02949^2949 kuma {koo'-mah}\n\nfrom kuo (to swell [with young], i.e bend, curve);; n n\n\nAV - wave 5; 5\n\n1) a wave (swell) esp. of the sea or of a lake\n   1a) of impulse and restless men, tossed to and fro by their\n       raging passions\n\nFor Synonyms see entry 5857
02950^2950 kumbalon {koom'-bal-on}\n\nfrom a derivative of the base of 2949; TDNT - 3:1037,486; n n\n\nAV - cymbal 1; 1\n\n1) a cymbal, i.e. a hollow basin of brass, producing when struck\n   together a musical sound
02951^2951 kuminon {koo'-min-on}\n\nof foreign origin, cf 03646;; n n\n\nAV - cummin 1; 1\n\n1) cummin is a cultivated plant in Palestine with seeds that have\n   a bitter warm taste and an aromatic flavour
02952^2952 kunarion {koo-nar'-ee-on}\n\nfrom a presumed derivative of 2965; TDNT - 3:1104,494; n n\n\nAV - dog 4; 4\n\n1) a little dog
02953^2953 Kuprios {koo'-pree-os}\n\nfrom 2954;; n pr m\n\nAV - Cyprus 3; 3\n\n1) a Cyprian or Cypriote, i.e. a native of Cyprus
02954^2954 Kupros {koo'-pros}\n\nof uncertain origin;; n pr loc\n\nAV - Cyprus 5; 5\n\nCyprus = "love: a blossom"\n1) a very fertile and delightful island of the Mediterranean, lying\n   between Cilicia and Syria
02955^2955 kupto {koop'-to}\n\nprobably from the base of 2949;; v\n\nAV - stoop 2, stoop down 1; 3\n\n1) to stoop down, bend forward, to bow the head
02956^2956 Kurenaios {koo-ray-nah'-yos}\n\nfrom 2957;; n pr m\n\nAV - Cyrene 3, Cyrenian 3; 6\n\n1) a native of Cyrene
02957^2957 Kurene {koo-ray'-nay}\n\nof uncertain derivation;; n pr loc\n\nAV - Cyrene 1; 1\n\nCyrene = "supremacy of the bridle"\n1) a large and very flourishing city of Libya Cyrenaica or\n   Pentapolitana, about 11 miles (17 km) from the sea. Among its\n   inhabitants were a great number of Jews, whom Ptolemy I. had\n   brought there, and invested with the right of citizens
02958^2958 Kurenios {koo-ray'-nee-os}\n\nof Latin origin;; n pr m\n\nAV - Cyrenius 1; 1\n\nCyrenius = "warrior"\n1) the Greek form of the Roman name Quirinus. His full name is\n   Publius Sulpicius Quirinus. He was consul B.C. 12., and was made\n   governor of Syria after the banishment of Archelaus in A.D. 6. He\n   was probably twice governor of Syria; his first governorship\n   extended from B.C. 4 (the year of Christ's birth) to B.C. 1. It\n   was during this time that he was sent to make enrolment which\n   caused Joseph and Mary to visit Bethlehem. Luke 2:2. The second\n   enrolment is mentioned in Acts 5:37.
02959^2959 Kuria {koo-ree'-ah}\n\nfrom 2962; TDNT - 3:1095,486; n f\n\nAV - lady 2; 2\n\n1) a Christian woman to whom the second Epistle of John is addressed
02960^2960 kuriakos {koo-ree-ak-os'}\n\nfrom 2962; TDNT - 3:1095,486; adj\n\nAV - Lord's 2; 2\n\n1) belonging to the Lord\n2) related to the Lord
02961^2961 kurieuo {ko-ree-yoo'-o}\n\nfrom 2962; TDNT - 3:1097,486; v\n\nAV - have dominion over 4, exercise lordship over 1, be Lord of 1,\n     lords 1; 7\n\n1) to be lord of, to rule, have dominion over\n2) of things and forces\n   2a) to exercise influence upon, to have power over
02962^2962 kurios {koo'-ree-os}\n\nfrom kuros (supremacy); TDNT - 3:1039,486; n m\n\nAV - Lord 667, lord 54, master 11, sir 6, Sir 6, misc 4; 748\n\n1) he to whom a person or thing belongs, about which he has\n   power of deciding; master, lord\n  1a) the possessor and disposer of a thing\n      1a1) the owner; one who has control of the person, the master\n      1a2) in the state: the sovereign, prince, chief, the Roman emperor\n  1b) is a title of honour expressive of respect and reverence,\n      with which servants greet their master\n  1c) this title is given to: God, the Messiah\n\nFor Synonyms see entry 5830
02963^2963 kuriotes {koo-ree-ot'-ace}\n\nfrom 2962; TDNT - 3:1096,486; n f\n\nAV - dominion 3, government 1; 4\n\n1) dominion, power, lordship\n2) in the NT: one who possesses dominion
02964^2964 kuroo {koo-ro'-o}\n\nfrom the same as 2962; TDNT - 3:1098,486; v\n\nAV - confirm 2; 2\n\n1) to make valid\n2) to confirm publicly or solemnly, to ratify
02965^2965 kuon {koo'-ohn}\n\na root word; TDNT - 3:1101,; n m\n\nAV - dog 5; 5\n\n1) a dog\n2) metaph. a man of impure mind, an impudent man
02966^2966 kolon {ko'-lon}\n\nfrom the base of 2849;; n n\n\nAV - carcase 1; 1\n\n1) a member of a body, particularly the more external and\n   prominent members esp. the feet\n2) a dead body, corpse, inasmuch as the members of a corpse are loose\n   and fall apart
02967^2967 koluo {ko-loo'-o}\n\nfrom the base of 2849;; v\n\nAV - forbid 17, hinder 2, withstand 1, keep from 1, let 1,\n     not suffer 1; 23\n\n1) to hinder, prevent forbid\n2) to withhold a thing from anyone\n3) to deny or refuse one a thing
02968^2968 kome {ko'-may}\n\nfrom 2749;; n f\n\nAV - village 17, town 11; 28\n\n1) the common sleeping place to which labourers in the field return,\n   a village\n2) the name of the city near which the villages lie and to whose\n   municipality they belong\n3) the inhabitants of villages
02969^2969 komopolis {ko-mop'-ol-is}\n\nfrom 2968 and 4172;; n f\n\nAV - town 1; 1\n\n1) a village approximating in size and number of inhabitants to\n   a city, a village city, a town
02970^2970 komos {ko'-mos}\n\nfrom 2749;; n m\n\nAV - revelling 2, rioting 1; 3\n\n1) a revel, carousal\n   1a) a nocturnal and riotous procession of half drunken and\n       frolicsome fellows who after supper parade through the streets\n       with torches and music in honour of Bacchus or some other\n       deity, and sing and play before houses of male and female\n       friends; hence used generally of feasts and drinking parties\n       that are protracted till late at night and indulge in revelry
02971^2971 konops {ko'-nopes}\n\napparently a derivative of the base of 2759 and a derivative of\n   3700;; n m\n\nAV - gnat 1; 1\n\n1) a wine gnat or midge that is bred in fermenting and evaporating wine
02972^2972 Kos {koce}\n\nof uncertain origin;; n pr loc\n\nAV - Coos 1; 1\n\nCoos = "a public prison"\n\n1) a small island of the Aegean Sea, over against the cities of\n   Cnidus and Halicarnassus, celebrated for its fertility and esp.\n   for its abundance of wine and corn
02973^2973 Kosam {ko-sam'}\n\nof Hebrew origin cf 07081;; n pr m\n\nAV - Cosam 1; 1\n\nCosam = "divining"\n1) ancestor of Christ's
02974^2974 kophos {ko-fos'}\n\nfrom 2875;; adj\n\nAV - dumb 8, deaf 5, speechless 1; 14\n\n1) blunted, dull\n   1a) blunted (or lamed) in tongue, dumb\n   1b) blunted, dull in hearing\n   1c) deaf
02975^2975 lagchano {lang-khan'-o}\n\na prolonged form of a primary verb, which is only used as an\n   alternate in certain tenses; TDNT - 4:1,495; v\n\nAV - obtain 2, be (one's) lot 1, cast lots 1; 4\n\n1) to obtain by lot\n   1a) to receive by divine allotment, obtain\n2) to cast lots, determine by lot
02976^2976 Lazaros {lad'-zar-os}\n\nprobably of Hebrew origin 0499;; n pr m\n\nAV - Lazarus 11, Lazarus (the poor man) 4; 15\n\nLazarus = "whom God helps" (a form of the Hebrew name Eleazar)\n1) an inhabitant of Bethany, beloved by Christ and raised from the\n   dead by him\n2) a very poor and wretched person to whom Jesus referred to in\n   Luke 16:20-25
02977^2977 lathra {lath'-rah}\n\n from 2990;; adv\n\nAV - privily 3, secretly 1; 4\n\n1) secretly
02978^2978 lailaps {lah'-ee-laps}\n\nof uncertain derivation;; n f\n\nAV - storm 2, tempest 1; 3\n\n1) a whirlwind, a tempestuous wind\n2) a violent attack of wind, a squall\n   2a) never a single gust nor a steady blowing wind, however\n       violent, but a storm breaking forth from black thunder clouds\n       in furious gusts, with floods of rain, and throwing everything\n       topsy-turvy
02979^2979 laktizo {lak-tid'-zo}\n\nfrom adverb lax (heelwise); TDNT - 4:3,495; v\n\nAV - kick 2; 2\n\n1) to kick, strike with the heel
02980^2980 laleo {lal-eh'-o}\n\na prolonged form of an otherwise obsolete verb; TDNT - 4:69,505; v\n\nAV - speak 244, say 15, tell 12, talk 11, preach 6, utter 4,\n     misc 3, vr speak 1; 296\n\n1) to utter a voice or emit a sound\n2) to speak\n   2a) to use the tongue or the faculty of speech\n   2b) to utter articulate sounds\n3) to talk\n4) to utter, tell\n5) to use words in order to declare one's mind and disclose one's thoughts\n   5a) to speak
02981^2981 lalia {lal-ee-ah'}\n\nfrom 2980;; n f\n\nAV - speech 3, saying 1; 4\n\n1) speech, i.e a story\n2) dialect, mode of speech, pronunciation\n   2a) speech which discloses the speaker's native country
02982^2982 lama {lam-ah'} or lamma {lam-mah'}\n\ntransliterated from Aramaic;; pron\n\nAV - lama 2; 2\n\n1) why
02983^2983 lambano {lam-ban'-o}\n\na prolonged form of a primary verb, which is use only as an\n   alternate in certain tenses; TDNT - 4:5,495; v\n\nAV - receive 133, take 106, have 3, catch 3, not tr 1, misc 17; 263\n\n1) to take\n   1a) to take with the hand, lay hold of, any person or thing\n       in order to use it\n       1a1) to take up a thing to be carried\n       1a2) to take upon one's self\n   1b) to take in order to carry away\n       1b1) without the notion of violence, i,e to remove, take away\n   1c) to take what is one's own, to take to one's self, to make\n     one's own\n     1c1) to claim, procure, for one's self\n          1c1a) to associate with one's self as companion, attendant\n     1c2) of that which when taken is not let go, to seize, to lay\n          hold of, apprehend\n     1c3) to take by craft (our catch, used of hunters, fisherman,\n          etc.), to circumvent one by fraud\n     1c4) to take to one's self, lay hold upon, take possession of,\n          i.e. to appropriate to one's self\n     1c5) catch at, reach after, strive to obtain\n     1c6) to take a thing due, to collect, gather (tribute)\n   1d) to take\n      1d1) to admit, receive\n      1d2) to receive what is offered\n      1d3) not to refuse or reject\n      1d4) to receive a person, give him access to one's self,\n           1d41) to regard any one's power, rank, external\n                 circumstances, and on that account to do some\n                 injustice or neglect something\n   1e) to take, to choose, select\n   1f) to take beginning, to prove anything, to make a trial of,\n       to experience\n2) to receive (what is given), to gain, get, obtain, to get back\n\nFor Synonyms see entry 5877
02984^2984 Lamech {lam'-ekh}\n\nof Hebrew origin 03929;; n pr m\n\nAV - Lamech 1; 1\n\nLamech = "why thus with thee?: unto bringing low"\n1) the father of Noah
02985^2985 lampas {lam-pas'}\n\nfrom 2989; TDNT - 4:16,497; n f\n\nAV - lamp 7, torch 1, light 1; 9\n\n1) a torch\n2) a lamp, the flame of which is fed with oil
02986^2986 lampros {lam-pros'}\n\nfrom the same as 2985; TDNT - 4:16,497; adj\n\nAV - bright 2, goodly 2, white 2, gorgeous 1, gay 1, clear 1; 9\n\n1) shining\n   1a) brilliant\n   1b) clear, transparent\n2) splendid, magnificent\n   2a) splendid things i.e. luxuries or elegancies in dress or style
02987^2987 lamprotes {lam-prot'-ace}\n\nfrom 2986;; n f\n\nAV - brightness 1; 1\n\n1) brightness, brilliancy
02988^2988 lampros {lam-proce'}\n\nfrom 2986;; adv\n\nAV - sumptuously 1; 1\n\n1) splendidly, magnificently\n   1a) of sumptuous living
02989^2989 lampo {lam'-po}\n\na primary verb; TDNT - 4:16,497; v\n\nAV - shine 6, give light 1; 7\n\n1) to shine
02990^2990 lanthano {lan-than'-o}\n\na prolonged form of a primitive verb, which is used only as an\n   alt. in certain tenses;; v\n\nAV - be hid 3, be ignorant of 2, unawares 1; 6\n\n1) to be hidden, to be hidden from one, secretly, unawares, without knowing
02991^2991 laxeutos {lax-yoo-tos'}\n\nfrom a compound of las (a stone) and the base of 3584 (in its\n   original sense of scraping);; adj\n\nAV - hewn in stone 1; 1\n\n1) cut out of stone
02992^2992 laos {lah-os'}\n\napparently a primary word; TDNT - 4:29,499; n m\n\nAV - people 143; 143\n\n1) a people, people group, tribe, nation, all those who are of\n   the same stock and language\n2) of a great part of the population gathered together anywhere\n\nFor Synonyms see entry 5832
02993^2993 Laodikeia {lah-od-ik'-i-ah}\n\nfrom a compound of 2992 and 1349;; n pr loc\n\nAV - Laodicea 6; 6\n\nLaodicea = "justice of the people"\n1) a city of Phrygia, situated on the river Lycus not far from\n   Colosse. It was destroyed by an earthquake in 66 A.D. and rebuilt\n   by Marcus Aurelius. It was the seat of the Christian church.
02994^2994 Laodikeus {lah-od-ik-yooce'}\n\nfrom 2993;; n pr m\n\nAV - Laodiceans 2; 2\n\n1) a Laodicean, an inhabitant of Laodicea
02995^2995 larugx {lar'-oongks}\n\nof uncertain derivation; TDNT - 4:57,503; n m\n\nAV - throat 1; 1\n\n1) the throat\n   1a) of the instrument or organ of speech
02996^2996 Lasaia {las-ah'-yah}\n\nof uncertain origin;; n pr loc\n\nAV - Lasea 1; 1\n\nLasea = "shaggy"\n1) a city in Crete on the coast near Fair Havens
02997^2997 lascho {las'-kho}\n\na strengthened form of a primary verb, which only occurs in this\n   and another prolonged form as alternate in certain tenses; ; v\n\nAV - burst asunder 1; 1\n\n1) to crack, crackle, crash\n2) to burst asunder with a crack, crack open
02998^2998 latomeo {lat-om-eh'-o}\n\nfrom the same as the first part of 2991 and the base of 5114;; v\n\nAV - hew 2; 2\n\n1) to cut stones, to hew out stones
02999^2999 latreia {lat-ri'-ah}\n\nfrom 3000; TDNT - 4:58,503; n f\n\nAV - service 4, divine service 1; 5\n\n1) service rendered for hire\n   1a) any service or ministration: the service of God\n2) the service and worship of God according to the requirements\n   of the Levitical law\n3) to perform sacred services
03000^3000 latreuo {lat-ryoo'-o}\n\nfrom latris (a hired menial); TDNT - 4:58,503; v\n\nAV - serve 16, worship 3, do the service 1, worshipper 1; 21\n\n1) to serve for hire\n2) to serve, minister to, either to the gods or men and used\n   alike of slaves and freemen\n   2a) in the NT, to render religious service or homage, to worship\n   2b) to perform sacred services, to offer gifts, to worship God in\n       the observance of the rites instituted for his worship\n       2b1) of priests, to officiate, to discharge the sacred office
03001^3001 lachanon {lakh'-an-on}\n\nfrom lachaino (to dig); TDNT - 4:65,504; n n\n\nAV - herb 4; 4\n\n1) any pot herb, vegetables
03002^3002 Lebbaios {leb-bah'-yos}\n\nof uncertain origin;; n pr m\n\nAV - Lebbaeus 1; 1\n\nLebbaeus = "a man of heart"\n1) one name of Jude, who was one of the twelve apostles
03003^3003 legeon {leg-eh-ohn'}\n\nof Latin origin; TDNT - 4:68,505; n f\n\nAV - legion 4; 4\n\n1) a legion, a body of soldiers whose number differed at different\n   times, and in the time of Augustus seems to have consisted of 6826\n   men (i.e. 6100 foot soldiers, and 726 horsemen)
03004^3004 lego {leg'-o}\n\na root word; TDNT - 4:69,505; v\n\nAV - say 1184, speak 61, call 48, tell 33, misc 17; 1343\n\n1) to say, to speak\n   1a) affirm over, maintain\n   1b) to teach\n   1c) to exhort, advise, to command, direct\n   1d) to point out with words, intend, mean, mean to say\n   1e) to call by name, to call, name\n   1f) to speak out, speak of, mention
03005^3005 leimma {lime'-mah}\n\nfrom 3007; TDNT - 4:194,523; n n\n\nAV - remnant 1; 1\n\n1) a remnant
03006^3006 leios {li'-os}\n\napparently a primary word; TDNT - 4:193,523; adj\n\nAV - smooth 1; 1\n\n1) smooth, level
03007^3007 leipo {li'-po}\n\na root word;; v\n\nAV - lack 2, be wanting 2, want + 1722 1, be destitute 1; 6\n\n1) to leave, leave behind, forsake, to be left behind\n   1a) to lag, be inferior\n   1b) to be destitute of, to lack\n2) to be wanting, to fail
03008^3008 leitourgeo {li-toorg-eh'-o}\n\nfrom 3011; TDNT - 4:215,526; v\n\nAV - minister 3; 3\n\n1) to serve the state at one's own cost\n   1a) to assume an office which must be administered at one's\n       own expense\n   1b) to discharge a public office at one's own cost\n   1c) to render public service to the state\n2) to do a service, perform a work\n   2a) of priests and Levites who were busied with the sacred\n       rites in the tabernacle or the temple\n   2b) of Christians serving Christ, whether by prayer, or by\n       instructing others concerning the way of salvation, or in\n       some other way\n   2c) of those who aid others with their resources, and relieve\n       their poverty
03009^3009 leitourgia {li-toorg-ee'-ah}\n\nfrom 3008; TDNT - 4:215,526; n f\n\nAV - service 3, ministry 2, ministration 1; 6\n\n1) a public office which a citizen undertakes to administer at\n   his own expense\n2) any service\n   2a) of military service\n   2b) of the service of workmen\n   2c) of that done to nature in the cohabitation of man and wife\n3) biblical usage\n   3a) a service or ministry of the priests relative to the\n       prayers and sacrifices offered to God\n   3b) a gift or benefaction for the relief of the needy
03010^3010 leitourgikos {li-toorg-ik-os'}\n\nfrom the same as 3008; TDNT - 4:231,526; adj\n\nAV - ministering 1; 1\n\n1) relating to the performance of service, employed in ministering
03011^3011 leitourgos {li-toorg-os'}\n\nfrom a derivative of 2992 and 2041; TDNT - 4:229,526; n m\n\nAV - minister 4, he that ministers 1; 5\n\n1) a public minister, a servant of the state\n2) a minister, servant\n   2a) so of military labourers\n   2b) of the temple\n       2b1) of one busied with holy things\n       2b2) of a priest\n   2c) of the servants of a king
03012^3012 lention {len'-tee-on}\n\nof Latin origin;; n n\n\nAV - towel 2; 2\n\n1) a linen cloth, towel\n   1a) of the towel or apron with which servants put on when\n       about to work
03013^3013 lepis {lep-is'}\n\nfrom lepo (to peel); TDNT - 4:232,529; n f\n\nAV - scale 1; 1\n\n1) a scale
03014^3014 lepra {lep'-rah}\n\nfrom the same as 3013; TDNT - 4:233,529; n f\n\nAV - leprosy 4; 4\n\n1) leprosy\n2) a most offensive, annoying, dangerous, cutaneous disease, the\n   virus of which generally pervades the whole body, common in Egypt\n   and the East
03015^3015 lepros {lep-ros'}\n\nfrom the same as 3014; TDNT - 4:233,529; adj\n\nAV - leper 9; 9\n\n1) scaly, rough\n2) leprous, affected with leprosy
03016^3016 lepton {lep-ton'}\n\nneuter of a derivative of the same as 3013; TDNT - 4:233,*; adj\n\nAV - mite 3; 3\n\n1) thin, small\n2) a small brass coin, equivalent to the eighth part of an "as",\n   worth about a 1/5 of a cent
03017^3017 Leui {lyoo'-ee}\n\nof Hebrew origin 03878; TDNT - 4:234,529; n pr m\n\nAV - Levi 5; 5\n\nLevi = "joined"\n1) the third son of the patriarch Jacob by his wife Leah, the founder\n   of the tribe of Israelites which bears his name\n2) the son of Melchi, one of Christ's ancestors\n3) the son of Simeon, an ancestor of Christ
03018^3018 Leuis {lyoo-is'}\n\na form of 3017; TDNT - 4:234,529; n pr m\n\nAV - Levi 3; 3\n\nLevi = "joined"\n1) the son of Alphaeus, a collector of customs
03019^3019 Leuites {lyoo-ee'-tace}\n\nfrom 3017; TDNT - 4:239,530; n pr m\n\nAV - Levite 3; 3\n\n1) one of the tribe of Levi\n2) in a narrower sense those were called Levites who, not being of\n   the family of Aaron, for whom alone the priesthood was reserved,\n   served as assistants to the priests. It was their duty to keep the\n   sacred utensils and the temple clean, to provide the sacred\n   loaves, to open and shut the gates of the temple, to sing the\n   sacred hymns in the temple, and to do many other things.
03020^3020 Leuitikos {lyoo-it'-ee-kos}\n\nfrom 3019;; adj\n\nAV - Levitical 1; 1\n\n1) Levitical, pertaining to the Levites
03021^3021 leukaino {lyoo-kah'-ee-no}\n\nfrom 3022; TDNT - 4:241,530; v\n\nAV - white 1, make white 1; 2\n\n1) to whiten, make white
03022^3022 leukos {lyoo-kos'}\n\nfrom luke ("light"); TDNT - 4:241,530; adj\n\nAV - white 25; 25\n\n1) light, bright, brilliant\n   1a) brilliant from whiteness, (dazzling) white\n       1a1) of the garments of angels, and of those exalted to the\n            splendour of the heavenly state\n       1a2) shining or white garments worn on festive or state occasions\n       1a3) of white garments as the sign of innocence and purity of the\n            soul\n   1b) dead white\n       1b1) of the whitening colour of ripening grain
03023^3023 leon {leh-ohn'}\n\na root word; TDNT - 4:251,531; n m\n\nAV - lion 9; 9\n\n1) a lion\n2) a brave and mighty hero
03024^3024 lethe {lay'-thay}\n\nfrom 2990;; n f\n\nAV - forget + 3083 1; 1\n\n1) forgetfulness
03025^3025 lenos {lay-nos'}\n\napparently a primary word; TDNT - 4:254,531; n f\n\nAV - winepress 4, winepress + 3631 1; 5\n\n1) a tub or trough shaped receptacle, vat, in which grapes are trodden\n2) the lower vat, dug in the ground, into which the must or new wine\n   flowed from the press
03026^3026 leros {lay'-ros}\n\napparently a root word;; n m\n\nAV - idle tales 1; 1\n\n1) idle talk, nonsense
03027^3027 lestes {lace-tace'}\n\nfrom leizomai (to plunder); TDNT - 4:257,532; n m\n\nAV - thief 11, robber 4; 15\n\n1) a robber, plunderer, freebooter, brigand\n\nFor Synonyms see entry 5856
03028^3028 lepsis {lape'-sis}\n\nfrom 2983;; n f\n\nAV - receiving 1; 1\n\n1) a receiving
03029^3029 lian {lee'-an}\n\nof uncertain affinity;; adv\n\nAV - exceeding 5, greatly 4, very chiefest + 5228 2, great 1, sore 1,\n     very 1; 14\n\n1) greatly, exceedingly, exceedingly beyond measure
03030^3030 libanos {lib'-an-os}\n\nof foreign origin 03828; TDNT - 4:263,533; n m\n\nAV - frankincense 2; 2\n\n1) the frankincense tree\n2) the perfume, frankincense
03031^3031 libanotos {lib-an-o-tos'}\n\nfrom 3030; TDNT - 4:263,533; n m\n\nAV - censer 2; 2\n\n1) the gum exuding from a frankincense tree\n2) a censer
03032^3032 Libertinos {lib-er-tee'-nos}\n\nof Latin origin; TDNT - 4:265,533; n m\n\nAV - Libertine 1; 1\n\n1) one who has been liberated from slavery, a freedman, or the\n   son of a freed man\n2) Libertine, denotes Jews (according to Philo) who had been made\n   captives of the Romans under Pompey but were afterwards set free;\n   and who although they had fixed their abode in Rome, had built at\n   their own expense a synagogue at Jerusalem which they frequented\n   when in that city, The name Libertines adhered to them to\n   distinguish them from free born Jews who had subsequently taken up\n   their residence at Rome. Evidence seems to have been discovered of\n   the existence of a "synagogue of the Libertines" at Pompeii.
03033^3033 Libue {lib-oo'-ay}\n\nprobably from 3047;; n pr loc\n\nAV - Libya 1; 1\n\nLibya = "afflicted or weeping"\n1) a large region of northern Africa, bordering Egypt. In that\n   portion of it which had Cyrene for its capital and was thence\n   called Libya Cyrenaica.
03034^3034 lithazo {lith-ad'-zo}\n\nfrom 3037; TDNT - 4:267,533; v\n\nAV - stone 8; 8\n\n1) to overwhelm or pelt with stones\n   1a) of stoning, a Jewish mode of punishment\n2) to pelt one with stones, in order either to wound or kill him
03035^3035 lithinos {lith-ee'-nos}\n\nfrom 3037; TDNT - 4:268,534; adj\n\nAV - of stone 3; 3\n\n1) of stone
03036^3036 lithoboleo {lith-ob-ol-eh'-o}\n\nfrom a compound of 3037 and 906; TDNT - 4:267,533; v\n\nAV - stone 8, cast stone 1; 9\n\n1) to kill by stoning, to stone\n2) to pelt one with stones
03037^3037 lithos {lee'-thos}\n\napparently a primary word; TDNT - 4:268,534; n m\n\nAV - stone 49, one stone 4, another 4, stumbling stone + 4348 2,\n     mill stone + 3457 1; 60\n\n1) a stone\n   1a) of small stones\n   1b) of building stones\n   1c) metaph. of Christ
03038^3038 lithostrotos {lith-os'-tro-tos}\n\nfrom 3037 and a derivative of 4766;; adj\n\nAV - Pavement 1; 1\n\n1) spread (paved with stones)\n2) a mosaic or tessellated pavement\n   2a) of a place near the praetorium or palace of Jerusalem\n   2b) an apartment whose pavement consists of tessellated work\n   2c) of places in the outer courts of temple
03039^3039 likmao {lik-mah'-o}\n\nfrom likmos, the equivalent of liknon (a winnowing fan or\n   basket); TDNT - 4:280,535; v\n\nAV - grind to powder 2; 2\n\n1) to winnow, cleanse away the chaff from the grain by winnowing\n2) to scatter\n3) to crush to pieces, grind to powder
03040^3040 limen {lee-mane'}\n\napparently a root word;; n m\n\nAV - haven 2, the fair havens + 2570 1; 3\n\n1) a harbour, haven
03041^3041 limne {lim'-nay}\n\nprobably from 3040 (through the idea of nearness of shore);; n f\n\nAV - lake 10; 10\n\n1) a lake
03042^3042 limos {lee-mos'}\n\nprobably from 3007 (through the idea of destitution);TDNT - 6:12,820; n m\n\nAV - famine 7, hunger 3, dearth 2; 12\n\n1) scarcity of harvest, famine
03043^3043 linon {lee'-non}\n\nprobably a root word;; n n\n\nAV - flax 1, linen 1; 2\n\n1) linen clothing made from flax
03044^3044 Linos {lee'-nos}\n\nperhaps from 3043;; n pr m\n\nAV - Linus 1; 1\n\nLinus = "a net"\n1) a Christian at Rome, known to Paul and to Timothy, 2 Ti. 4:21, who\n   was the first bishop of Rome after the apostles (A.D. 64)
03045^3045 liparos {lip-ar-os'}\n\nfrom lipos (grease);; adj\n\nAV - dainty 1; 1\n\n1) things which pertain to a sumptuous and delicate style of living
03046^3046 litra {lee'-trah}\n\nof Latin origin [libra];; n f\n\nAV - pound 2; 2\n\n1) a pound, a weight of 12 ounces (340 gm)
03047^3047 lips {leeps}\n\nprobably from leibo (to pour a "libation");; n m\n\nAV - south west 1; 1\n\n1) the south west wind\n2) the quarter of the heavens whence the south west wind blows
03048^3048 logia {log-ee'-ah}\n\nfrom 3056 (in the commercial sense); TDNT - 4:282,*; n f\n\nAV - collection 1, gatherings 1; 2\n\n1) a collection\n   1a) of money gathered for the relief of the poor
03049^3049 logizomai {log-id'-zom-ahee}\n\nmiddle voice from 3056; TDNT - 4:284,536; v\n\nAV - think 9, impute 8, reckon 6, count 5, account 4, suppose 2,\n     reason 1, number 1, misc 5; 41\n\n1) to reckon, count, compute, calculate, count over\n   1a) to take into account, to make an account of\n       1a1) metaph. to pass to one's account, to impute\n       1a2) a thing is reckoned as or to be something, i.e. as availing\n            for or equivalent to something, as having the like force\n            and weight\n   1b) to number among, reckon with\n   1c) to reckon or account\n2) to reckon inward, count up or weigh the reasons, to deliberate\n3) by reckoning up all the reasons, to gather or infer\n   3a) to consider, take into account, weigh, meditate on\n   3b) to suppose, deem, judge\n   3c) to determine, purpose, decide
03050^3050 logikos {log-ik-os'}\n\nfrom 3056; TDNT - 4:142,505; adj\n\nAV - reasonable 1, of the word 1; 2\n\n1) pertaining to speech or speaking\n2) pertaining to the reason or logic\n   2a) spiritual, pertaining to the soul\n   2b) agreeable to reason, following reason, reasonable, logical
03051^3051 logion {log'-ee-on}\n\nfrom 3052; TDNT - 4:137,505; n n\n\nAV - oracle 4; 4\n\n1) a brief utterance, a divine oracle (doubtless because oracles\n   were generally brief)\n   1a) in the NT, the words or utterances of God\n   1b) of the contents of the Mosaic law
03052^3052 logios {log'-ee-os}\n\nfrom 3056; TDNT - 4:136,505; adj\n\nAV - eloquent 1; 1\n\n1) learned, a man of letters, skilled in literature and the arts,\n   esp. versed in history and the antiquities\n2) skilled in speech, eloquent\n3) rational, wise
03053^3053 logismos {log-is-mos'}\n\nfrom 3049; TDNT - 4:284,536; n m\n\nAV - thought 1, imagination 1; 2\n\n1) a reckoning, computation\n2) a reasoning: such as is hostile to the Christian faith\n3) a judgment, decision: such as conscience passes
03054^3054 logomacheo {log-om-akh-eh'-o}\n\nfrom a compound of 3056 and 3164; TDNT - 4:143,505; v\n\nAV - strive about words 1; 1\n\n1) to contend about words\n2) to wrangle about empty and trifling matters
03055^3055 logomachia {log-om-akh-ee'-ah}\n\nfrom the same as 3054; TDNT - 4:143,505; n f\n\nAV - strife of words 1; 1\n\n1) to contend about words\n2) to wrangle about empty and trifling matters
03056^3056 logos {log'-os}\n\nfrom 3004; TDNT - 4:69,505; n m\n\nAV - word 218, saying 50, account 8, speech 8, Word (Christ) 7,\n     thing 5, not tr 2, misc 32; 330\n\n1) of speech\n   1a) a word, uttered by a living voice, embodies a conception or idea\n   1b) what someone has said\n       1b1) a word\n       1b2) the sayings of God\n       1b3) decree, mandate or order\n       1b4) of the moral precepts given by God\n       1b5) Old Testament prophecy given by the prophets\n       1b6) what is declared, a thought, declaration, aphorism, a\n            weighty saying, a dictum, a maxim\n   1c) discourse\n       1c1) the act of speaking, speech\n       1c2) the faculty of speech, skill and practice in speaking\n       1c3) a kind or style of speaking\n       1c4) a continuous speaking discourse - instruction\n   1d) doctrine, teaching\n   1e) anything reported in speech; a narration, narrative\n   1f) matter under discussion, thing spoken of, affair, a matter\n       in dispute, case, suit at law\n   1g) the thing spoken of or talked about; event, deed\n2) its use as respect to the MIND alone\n   2a) reason, the mental faculty of thinking, meditating,\n     reasoning, calculating\n   2b) account, i.e. regard, consideration\n   2c) account, i.e. reckoning, score\n   2d) account, i.e. answer or explanation in reference to judgment\n   2e) relation, i.e. with whom as judge we stand in relation\n       2e1) reason would\n   2f) reason, cause, ground\n3) In John, denotes the essential Word of God, Jesus Christ, the\n   personal wisdom and power in union with God, his minister in\n   creation and government of the universe, the cause of all the\n   world's life both physical and ethical, which for the procurement\n   of man's salvation put on human nature in the person of Jesus the\n   Messiah, the second person in the Godhead, and shone forth\n   conspicuously from His words and deeds.
03057^3057 logche {long'-khay}\n\nperhaps a root word;; n f\n\nAV - spear 1; 1\n\n1) the iron point or head of a spear\n2) a lance, spear (a shaft armed with iron)
03058^3058 loidoreo {loy-dor-eh'-o}\n\nfrom 3060; TDNT - 4:293,538; v\n\nAV - revile 4; 4\n\n1) to reproach, rail at, revile, heap abuse upon
03059^3059 loidoria {loy-dor-ee'-ah}\n\nfrom 3060; TDNT - 4:293,538; n f\n\nAV - railing 2, to speak reproachfully + 5484 1; 3\n\n1) railing, reviling
03060^3060 loidoros {loy'-dor-os}\n\nfrom loidos (mischief); TDNT - 4:293,538; n m\n\nAV - railer 1, reviler 1; 2\n\n1) a railer, reviler
03061^3061 loimos {loy'-mos}\n\nof uncertain affinity;; n m\n\nAV - pestilence 2, pestilent 1; 3\n\n1) pestilence\n2) a pestilent fellow, pest, plague
03062^3062 loipoy {loy-poy'}\n\nmasculine plural of a derivative of 3007;; adv\n\nAV - other 15, rest 12, others 7, remnant 4, residue 1,\n     which remains 1, other things 1; 41\n\n1) remaining, the rest\n   1a) the rest of any number or class under consideration\n   1b) with a certain distinction and contrast, the rest, who are not\n       of a specific class or number\n   1c) the rest of the things that remain
03063^3063 loipon {loy-pon'}\n\nneuter singular of the same as 3062;; adv n\n\nAV - finally 5, now 2, then 1, besides 1, moreover + 1161 + 3739 1,\n     it remains + 2076 1, furthermore 1, henceforth 1,\n     from henceforth 1; 14\n\n1) remaining, the rest\n   1a) hereafter, for the future, henceforth\n   1b) at last, already\n   1c) for the rest, besides, moreover
03064^3064 loipou {loy-poo'}\n\ngenitive case singular of the same as 3062;; adj\n\nAV - from henceforth 1; 1\n\n1) hereafter, for the future, henceforth
03065^3065 Loukas {loo-kas'}\n\ncontracted from Latin Lucanus;; n pr m\n\nAV - Luke 2, Lucas 2; 4\n\nLuke or Lucus = "light-giving"\n1) a Gentile Christian, the companion of Paul in preaching the gospel\n   and on his many journeys; he was a physician and author of the book\n   of Luke and Acts in the NT
03066^3066 Loukios {loo'-kee-os}\n\nof Latin origin;; n pr m\n\nAV - Lucius 2; 2\n\nLucius = "light: bright: white"\n1) a man from Cyrene who was a prophet and a teacher of the church in\n   Antioch (Acts 13:1), perhaps the same one as mentioned in Ro. 16:21
03067^3067 loutron {loo-tron'}\n\nfrom 3068; TDNT - 4:295,538; n n\n\nAV - washing 2; 2\n\n1) bathing, bath, the act of bathing
03068^3068 louo {loo'-o}\n\na root verb; TDNT - 4:295,538; v\n\nAV - wash 6; 6\n\n1) to bathe, wash\n   1a) of a dead person\n   1b) washing to cleanse blood out of wounds
03069^3069 Ludda {lud'-dah}\n\nof Hebrew origin 03850;; n pr loc\n\nAV - Lydda 3; 3\n\nLydda = "strife"\n\n1) a town is 9 miles (15 km) from Joppa, and is the first town on the\n   northernmost of the two roads between that place and Jerusalem
03070^3070 Ludia {loo-dee'-ah}\n\nproperly, feminine of Ludios [of foreign origin] (a Lydian, in\n   Asia Minor);; n pr f\n\nAV - Lydia 2; 2\n\nLydia = "travail"\n1) a woman of Thyatira, a seller of purple, the first European convert\n   of Paul, and afterward his hostess during his first stay at Philippi
03071^3071 Lukaonia {loo-kah-on-ee'-ah}\n\nperhaps remotely from 3074;; n pr loc\n\nAV - Lycaonia 1; 1\n\nLycaonia = "wolf land"\n1) a region in Asia Minor, situated between Pisidia, Cilicia,\n   Cappadocia, Galatia and Phrygia, whose chief towns were Derbe,\n   Lystra and Iconium
03072^3072 Lukaonisti {loo-kah-on-is-tee'}\n\nfrom a derivative of 3071;; adv\n\nAV - speech of Lycaonia 1; 1\n\n1) in the speech or tongue of the Lycaonia
03073^3073 Lukia {loo-kee'-ah}\n\nprobably remotely from 3074;; n pr loc\n\nAV - Lycia 1; 1\n\nLycia = "wolfish"\n1) a mountainous region in Asia Minor, bounded by Pamphylia, Phrygia,\n   Caria, and the Mediterranean Sea
03074^3074 lukos {loo'-kos}\n\nperhaps akin to the base of 3022 (from the whitish hair);\n   TDNT - 4:308,540; n m\n\nAV - wolf 6; 6\n\n1) a wolf\n2) metaph. of cruel, greedy, rapacious, destructive men
03075^3075 lumainomai {loo-mah'-ee-nom-ahee}\n\nmiddle voice from a probably derivative of 3089 (meaning filth);\n   TDNT - 4:312,540; v\n\nAV - make havoc 1; 1\n\n1) to affix a stigma to, to dishonour, spot, defile\n2) to treat shamefully or with injury, to ravage, devastate, ruin
03076^3076 lupeo {loo-peh'-o}\n\nfrom 3077; TDNT - 4:313,540; v\n\nAV - be sorrowful 6, grieve 6, make sorry 6, be sorry 3, sorrow 3,\n     cause grief 1, be in heaviness 1; 26\n\n1) to make sorrowful\n2) to affect with sadness, cause grief, to throw into sorrow\n3) to grieve, offend\n4) to make one uneasy, cause him a scruple
03077^3077 lupe {loo'-pay}\n\napparently a root word; TDNT - 4:313,540; n f\n\nAV - sorrow 11, heaviness 2, grievous 1, grudging + 1537 1, grief 1 16\n\n1) sorrow, pain, grief, annoyance, affliction\n   1a) of persons mourning
03078^3078 Lusanias {loo-san-ee'-as}\n\nfrom 3080 and ania (trouble);; n pr m\n\nAV - Lysanias 1; 1\n\nLysanias = "that drives away sorrow"\n1) a tetrarch of Abilene (i.e. the district around Abila) in the\n   thirteenth year of Tiberias (A.D. 29), at the time when Herod\n   Antipas was tetrarch of Galilee and when Herod Philip was tetrarch\n   of Ituraea and Trachonitis
03079^3079 Lusias {loo-see'-as}\n\nof uncertain affinity;; n pr m\n\nAV - Lysias 3; 3\n\nLysias = "releaser"\n1) a tribune or chiliarch of the Roman cohort
03080^3080 lusis {loo'-sis}\n\nfrom 3089;; n f\n\nAV - to be loosed 1; 1\n\n1) a loosing, setting free\n   1a) of a prisoner\n   1b) of the bond of marriage, divorce\n2) release, ransoming, deliverance\n   2a) of liquidating a debt\n3) means or power of releasing or loosing
03081^3081 lusitelei {loo-sit-el-i'}\n\nthird person singular present indicative active of a derivative\n   of a compound of 3080 and 5056;; v\n\nAV - it is better 1; 1\n\n1) to pay the taxes\n2) to return expenses\n3) to be useful, advantageous, it profits
03082^3082 Lustra {loos'-trah}\n\nof uncertain origin;; n pr loc\n\nAV - Lystra 6; 6\n\nLystra = "ransoming"\n1) a city in the eastern part of the great plain of Lycaonia
03083^3083 lutron {loo'-tron}\n\nfrom 3089; TDNT - 4:328 & 4:340,543; n n\n\nAV - ransom 2; 2\n\n1) the price for redeeming, ransom\n   1a) paid for slaves, captives\n   1b) for the ransom of life\n2) to liberate many from misery and the penalty of their sins
03084^3084 lutroo {loo-tro'-o}\n\nfrom 3083; TDNT - 4:349,543; v\n\nAV - redeem 3; 3\n\n1) to release on receipt of ransom\n2) to redeem, liberate by payment of ransom\n   2a) to liberate\n   2b) to cause to be released to one's self by payment of a ransom\n   2c) to redeem\n   2d) to deliver: from evils of every kind, internal and external
03085^3085 lutrosis {loo'-tro-sis}\n\nfrom 3084; TDNT - 4:351,543; n f\n\nAV - redemption 2, redeem + 4160 1; 3\n\n1) a ransoming, redemption\n2) deliverance, esp. from the penalty of sin
03086^3086 lutrotes {loo-tro-tace'}\n\nfrom 3084; TDNT - 4:351,543; n m\n\nAV - deliverer 1; 1\n\n1) redeemer\n2) deliverer, liberator
03087^3087 luchnia {lookh-nee'-ah}\n\nfrom 3088; TDNT - 4:324,542; n f\n\nAV - candlestick 12; 12\n\n1) a (candlestick) lamp stand, candelabrum
03088^3088 luchnos {lookh'-nos}\n\nfrom the base of 3022; TDNT - 4:324,542; n m\n\nAV - candle 8, light 6; 14\n\n1) a lamp, candle, that is placed on a stand or candlestick\n\nTo a lamp are likened an eye, i.e. which shows the body which way to\nmove and turn; the prophecies of the OT, inasmuch as they afforded at\nleast some knowledge relative to the glorious return of Jesus from\nheaven.
03089^3089 luo {loo'-o}\n\na root word; TDNT - 2:60 & 4:328,543; v\n\nAV - loose 27, break 5, unloose 3, destroy 2, dissolve 2, put off 1,\n     melt 1, break up 1, break down 1; 43\n\n1) to loose any person (or thing) tied or fastened\n   1a) bandages of the feet, the shoes,\n   1b) of a husband and wife joined together by the bond of matrimony\n   1c) of a single man, whether he has already had a wife or has not\n       yet married\n2) to loose one bound, i.e. to unbind, release from bonds, set free\n   2a) of one bound up (swathed in bandages)\n   2b) bound with chains (a prisoner), discharge from prison, let go\n3) to loosen, undo, dissolve, anything bound, tied, or compacted together\n   3a) an assembly, i.e. to dismiss, break up\n   3b) laws, as having a binding force, are likened to bonds\n   3c) to annul, subvert\n   3d) to do away with, to deprive of authority, whether by precept\n       or act\n   3e) to declare unlawful\n   3f) to loose what is compacted or built together, to break up,\n       demolish, destroy\n   3g) to dissolve something coherent into parts, to destroy\n   3h) metaph., to overthrow, to do away with
03090^3090 Lois {lo-ece'}\n\nof uncertain origin;; n pr f\n\nAV - Lois 1; 1\n\nLois = "agreeable"\n1) the grandmother of Timothy
03091^3091 Lot {lote}\n\nof Hebrew origin 03876;; n pr m\n\nAV - Lot 4; 4\n\nLot = "veil or covering"\n1) the son of Haran and nephew to Abraham
03092^3092 Maath {mah-ath'}\n\nprobably of Hebrew origin;; n pr m\n\nAV - Maath 1; 1\n\nMaath = "small"\n1) the son of Mattathias in the genealogy of Jesus Christ
03093^3093 Magdala {mag-dal-ah'}\n\nof Aramaic origin cf 04026;; n pr loc\n\nAV - Magdala 1; 1\n\nMagdala = "a tower"\n1) a place on the western shore of the Lake of Galilee, about 3 miles\n   (5 km) south of Tiberias
03094^3094 Magdalene {mag-dal-ay-nay'}\n\nfrom a derivative of 3093;; n pr f\n\nAV - Magdalene 12; 12\n\nMagdalene = "a tower"\n1) a name given to Mary Magdalene, identifying her as from Magdala
03095^3095 mageia {mag-i'-ah}\n\nfrom 3096; TDNT - 4:359,547; n f\n\nAV - sorcery 1; 1\n\n1) magic, magic arts, sorceries
03096^3096 mageuo {mag-yoo'-o}\n\nfrom 3097; TDNT - 4:359,547; v\n\nAV - use sorcery 1; 1\n\n1) to be a magician, to practise magical arts
03097^3097 magos {mag'-os}\n\nof foreign origin 07248; TDNT - 4:356,547; n m\n\nAV - wise man 4, sorcerer 2; 6\n\n1) a magus\n   1a) the name given by the Babylonians (Chaldeans), Medes,\n       Persians, and others, to the wise men, teachers, priests,\n       physicians, astrologers, seers, interpreters of dreams,\n       augers, soothsayers, sorcerers etc.\n   1b) the oriental wise men (astrologers) who, having discovered by\n       the rising of a remarkable star that the Messiah had just been\n       born, came to Jerusalem to worship him\n   1c) a false prophet and sorcerer
03098^3098 Magog {mag-ogue'}\n\nof Hebrew origin 04031; TDNT - 1:789,*; n pr loc\n\nAV - Magog 1; 1\n\nMagog = "overtopping: covering"\n1) a land north of Israel from which the King of Gog will come\n   to attack Israel
03099^3099 Madian {mad-ee-on'}\n\nof Hebrew origin 04080;; n pr loc\n\nAV - Madian 1\n\nMadian or Midian = "contention: strife"\n1) a land near the Red Sea, and took its name from one of the sons of\n   Abraham by Keturah
03100^3100 matheteuo {math-ayt-yoo'-o}\n\nfrom 3101; TDNT - 4:461,552; v\n\nAV - teach 2, instruct 1, be disciple 1; 4\n\n1) to be a disciple of one\n   1a) to follow his precepts and instructions\n2) to make a disciple\n   2a) to teach, instruct
03101^3101 mathetes {math-ay-tes'}\n\nfrom 3129; TDNT - 4:415,552; n m\n\nAV - disciple 268, vr disciple 1; 269\n\n1) a learner, pupil, disciple
03102^3102 mathetria {math-ay'-tree-ah}\n\nfrom 3101; TDNT - 4:460,552; n f\n\nAV - disciple 1; 1\n\n1) a female disciple\n2) a Christian woman Ac. 9:36
03103^3103 Mathousala {math-oo-sal'-ah}\n\nof Hebrew origin 04968;; n pr m\n\nAV - Mathusala 1; 1\n\nMethuselah = "when he dies, there shall be an emission"\n1) the son of Enoch, grandfather of Noah, lived longer than anyone\n   else to 969 years
03104^3104 Mainan {mahee-nan'}\n\nprobably of Hebrew origin;; n pr m\n\nAV - Menan 1; 1\n\nMenan = "soothsayer: enchanted"\n1) one of the ancestors of Joseph in the genealogy of Jesus Christ
03105^3105 mainomai {mah'-ee-nom-ahee}\n\nmiddle voice from a primary mao (to long for, through the idea of\n   insensate craving); TDNT - 4:360,548; v\n\nAV - be mad 4, be beside (one's) self 1; 5\n\n1) to be mad, to rave\n   1a) of one who so speaks that he seems not to be in his right mind
03106^3106 makarizo {mak-ar-id'-zo}\n\nfrom 3107; TDNT - 4:362,548; v\n\nAV - call blessed 1, count happy 1; 2\n\n1) to pronounce blessed
03107^3107 makarios {mak-ar'-ee-os}\n\na prolonged form of the poetical makar (meaning the same);\n   TDNT - 4:362,548; adj\n\nAV - blessed 44, happy 5, happier 1; 50\n\n1) blessed, happy
03108^3108 makarismos {mak-ar-is-mos'}\n\nfrom 3106; TDNT - 4:362,548; n m\n\nAV - blessedness 3; 3\n\n1) declaration of blessedness\n2) to utter a declaration of blessedness upon one\n3) to pronounce one blessed
03109^3109 Makedonia {mak-ed-on-ee'-ah}\n\nfrom 3110;; n pr loc\n\nAV - Macedonia 24; 24\n\nMacedonia = "extended land"\n1) a country bounded on the south by Thessaly and Epirus, on the east\n   by Thrace and the Aegean Sea, on the west by Illyria, and on the\n   North by Dardania and Moesia
03110^3110 Makedon {mak-ed'-ohn}\n\nof uncertain derivation;; n pr m\n\nAV - of Macedonia 4, Macedonian 1; 5\n\n1) a Macedonian
03111^3111 makellon {mak'-el-lon}\n\nof Latin origin [macellum]; TDNT - 4:370,549; n n\n\nAV - shambles 1; 1\n\n1) a place where meat and other articles of food are sold, meat market
03112^3112 makran {mak-ran'}\n\nfeminine accusative case singular of 3117 (3598 being implied);\n   TDNT - 4:372,549; adv\n\nAV - far 4, afar off 2, good way off 1, far hence 1, great way off 1,\n     far off 1; 10\n\n1) far, a great way\n2) far hence
03113^3113 makrothen {mak-roth'-en}\n\nfrom 3117; TDNT - 4:372,549; adv\n\nAV - afar off 13, from far 1; 14\n\n1) from afar, afar
03114^3114 makrothumeo {mak-roth-oo-meh'-o}\n\nfrom the same as 3116; TDNT - 4:374,550; v\n\nAV - be patient 3, have patience 2, have long patience 1, bear long 1,\n     suffer long 1, be longsuffering 1, patiently endure 1; 10\n\n1) to be of a long spirit, not to lose heart\n   1a) to persevere patiently and bravely in enduring misfortunes\n       and troubles\n   1b) to be patient in bearing the offenses and injuries of others\n       1b1) to be mild and slow in avenging\n       1b2) to be longsuffering, slow to anger, slow to punish
03115^3115 makrothumia {mak-roth-oo-mee'-ah}\n\nfrom the same as 3116; TDNT - 4:374,550; n f\n\nAV - longsuffering 12, patience 2; 14\n\n1) patience, endurance, constancy, steadfastness, perseverance\n2) patience, forbearance, longsuffering, slowness in avenging wrongs\n\nFor Synonyms see entry 5861
03116^3116 makrothumos {mak-roth-oo-moce'}\n\nfrom a compound of 3117 and 2372; TDNT - 4:387,550; adv\n\nAV - patiently 1; 1\n\n1) with longanimity, i.e. patiently
03117^3117 makros {mak-ros'}\n\nfrom 3372;; adj\n\nAV - long 3, far 2; 5\n\n1) long\n   1a) of place: remote, distant, far off\n   1b) of time: long, long lasting
03118^3118 makrochronios {mak-rokh-ron'-ee-os}\n\nfrom 3117 and 5550;; adj\n\nAV - live long 1; 1\n\n1) long lived
03119^3119 malakia {mal-ak-ee'-ah}\n\nfrom 3120; TDNT - 4:1091,655; n f\n\nAV - disease 3; 3\n\n1) softness\n2) in the NT infirmity, debility, bodily weakness, sickness
03120^3120 malakos {mal-ak-os'}\n\nof uncertain affinity;; adj\n\nAV - soft 3, effeminate 1; 4\n\n1) soft, soft to the touch\n2) metaph. in a bad sense\n   2a) effeminate\n       2a1) of a catamite\n       2a2) of a boy kept for homosexual relations with a man\n       2a3) of a male who submits his body to unnatural lewdness\n       2a4) of a male prostitute
03121^3121 Maleleel {mal-el-eh-ale'}\n\nof Hebrew origin 04111;; n pr m\n\nAV - Maleleel 1; 1\n\nMaleleel or Mahalaleel = "praise of God"\n1) the fourth in descent from Adam, son of Cainan
03122^3122 malista {mal'-is-tah}\n\nneuter plural of the superlative of an apparently primary adverb\n   mala (very);; adv superlative\n\nAV - specially 5, especially 4, chiefly 2, most of all 1; 12\n\n1) especially, chiefly, most of all, above all
03123^3123 mallon {mal'-lon}\n\nneuter of the comparative of the same as 3122;; adv comparative\n\nAV - more 34, rather 33, the more 12, better + 2570 2, misc 4; 85\n\n1) more, to a greater degree, rather\n   1a) much, by far\n   1b) rather, sooner\n   1c) more willingly, more readily, sooner
03124^3124 Malchos {mal'-khos}\n\nof Hebrew origin 04429;; n pr m\n\nAV - Malchus 1; 1\n\nMalchus = "king or kingdom"\n1) was the name of the servant of the high priest whose right ear\n   Peter cut off at the time of Christ's arrest in the garden
03125^3125 mamme {mam'-may}\n\nof natural origin ["mammy"];; n f\n\nAV - grandmother 1; 1\n\n1) mother (the name infants use in addressing their mother)\n2) grandmother
03126^3126 mammonas {mam-mo-nas'}\n\nof Aramaic origin (confidence, i.e. wealth, personified);\n   TDNT - 4:388,552; n m\n\nAV - mammon 4; 4\n\n1) mammon\n2) treasure\n3) riches (where it is personified and opposed to God)
03127^3127 Manaen {man-ah-ane'}\n\nof uncertain origin;; n pr m\n\nAV - Manaen 1; 1\n\nManaen = "comforter"\n1) one of the teachers and prophets in the church at Antioch
03128^3128 Manasses {man-as-sace'}\n\nof Hebrew origin 04519;; n pr m\n\nAV - Manasses 3; 3\n\nManasseh = "forgetting"\n1) the first born son of Joseph\n2) the son of Hezekiah, king of Judah
03129^3129 manthano {man-than'-o}\n\nprolongation from a primary verb, another form of which, matheo,\n   is used as an alternate in certain tenses; TDNT - 4:390,552; v\n\nAV - learn 24, understand 1; 25\n\n1) to learn, be appraised\n   1a) to increase one's knowledge, to be increased in knowledge\n   1b) to hear, be informed\n   1c) to learn by use and practice\n       1c1) to be in the habit of, accustomed to
03130^3130 mania {man-ee'-ah}\n\nfrom 3105;; n f\n\nAV - mad 1; 1\n\n1) madness, frenzy
03131^3131 manna {man'-nah}\n\nof Hebrew origin 04478; TDNT - 4:462,563; n n\n\nAV - manna 5; 5\n\nmanna = "what is it"\n1) the food that nourished the Israelites for forty years in the\n   wilderness\n2) of the manna was kept in the ark of the covenant\n3) symbolically, that which is kept in the heavenly temple for the\n   food of angels and the blessed
03132^3132 manteuomai {mant-yoo'-om-ahee}\n\nfrom a derivative of 3105 (meaning a prophet, as supposed to rave\n   through inspiration);; v\n\nAV - by soothsaying 1; 1\n\n1) to act as a seer\n   1a) deliver an oracle, prophesy, divine
03133^3133 maraino {mar-ah'-ee-no}\n\nof uncertain affinity;; v\n\nAV - fade away 1; 1\n\n1) to extinguish (a flame, fire, light, etc.)\n2) to render arid, make to waste away, consume away, perish\n3) to have a miserable end
03134^3134 maran atha {mar'-an ath'-ah}\n\nof Aramaic origin (meaning our Lord has come); TDNT - 4:466,563; interj\n\nAV - Maranatha 1; 1\n\n1) our Lord cometh or will come
03135^3135 margarites {mar-gar-ee'-tace}\n\nfrom margaros (a pearl-oyster); TDNT - 4:472,564; n m\n\nAV - pearl 9; 9\n\n1) a pearl\n2) a proverb, i.e. a word of great value
03136^3136 Martha {mar'-thah}\n\nprobably of Aramaic origin (meaning mistress);; n pr f\n\nAV - Martha 13; 13\n\nMartha = "she was rebellious"\n1)  was the sister of Lazarus and Mary of Bethany
03137^3137 Maria {mar-ee'-ah} or Mariam {mar-ee-am'}\n\nof Hebrew origin 04813;; n pr f\n\nAV - Mary the mother of Jesus 19, Mary Magdalene 13,\n     Mary the sister of Martha 11, Mary the mother of James 9,\n     Mary the mother of John Mark 1, Mary of Rome 1; 54\n\nMary or Miriam = "their rebellion"\n1) Mary the mother of Jesus\n2) Mary Magdalene, a women from Magdala\n3) Mary, the sister of Lazarus and Martha\n4) Mary of Cleophas the mother of James the less\n5) Mary the mother of John Mark, a sister of Barnabas\n6) Mary, a Roman Christian who is greeted by Paul in Rom. 16:6
03138^3138 Markos {mar'-kos}\n\nof Latin origin;; n pr m\n\nAV - Mark 5, Marcus 3; 8\n\nMark = "a defense"\n1) an evangelist, the author of the Gospel of Mark. Marcus was his\n   Latin surname, his Jewish name was John. He was a cousin of\n   Barnabas and a companion of Paul in some of his missionary journeys
03139^3139 marmaros {mar'-mar-os}\n\nfrom marmairo (to glisten);; n m\n\nAV - marble 1; 1\n\n1) a stone, a rock\n2) marble
03140^3140 martureo {mar-too-reh'-o}\n\nfrom 3144; TDNT - 4:474,564; v\n\nAV - bear witness 25, testify 19, bear record 13, witness 5,\n     be a witness 2, give testimony 2, have a good report 2, misc 11; 79\n\n1) to be a witness, to bear witness, i.e. to affirm that one has\n   seen or heard or experienced something, or that he knows it\n   because taught by divine revelation or inspiration\n   1a) to give (not to keep back) testimony\n   1b) to utter honourable testimony, give a good report\n   1c) conjure, implore
03141^3141 marturia {mar-too-ree'-ah}\n\nfrom 3144; TDNT - 4:474,564; n f\n\nAV - witness 15, testimony 14, record 7, report 1; 37\n\n1) a testifying\n   1a) the office committed to the prophets of testifying concerning\n       future events\n2) what one testifies, testimony, i.e. before a judge
03142^3142 marturion {mar-too'-ree-on}\n\nfrom a presumed derivative of 3144; TDNT - 4:474,564; n n\n\nAV - testimony 15, witness 4, to be testified 1; 20\n\n1) testimony
03143^3143 marturomai {mar-too'-rom-ahee}\n\nmiddle voice from 3144; TDNT - 4:510,564; v\n\nAV - testify 2, take to record 1; 3\n\n1) to cite a witness, bring forward a witness, call to witness\n   1a) to affirm be appeal to God, to declare solemnly, protest\n2) to conjure, beseech as in God's name, exhort solemnly
03144^3144 martus {mar'-toos}\n\nof uncertain affinity; TDNT - 4:474,564; n m\n\nAV - witness 29, martyr 3, record 2; 34\n\n1) a witness\n   1a) in a legal sense\n   1b) an historical sense\n       1b1) one who is a spectator of anything, e.g. of a contest\n   1c) in an ethical sense\n       1c1) those who after his example have proved the strength and\n            genuineness of their faith in Christ by undergoing a\n            violent death
03145^3145 massaomai {mas-sah'-om-ahee}\n\nfrom a primary masso (to handle or squeeze); TDNT - 4:514,570; v\n\nAV - gnaw 1; 1\n\n1) to chew, consume, eat, devour
03146^3146 mastigoo {mas-tig-o'-o}\n\nfrom 3148; TDNT - 4:515,571; v\n\nAV - scourge 7; 7\n\n1) to scourge
03147^3147 mastizo {mas-tid'-zo}\n\nfrom 3149; TDNT - 4:515,571; v\n\nAV - to scourge 1; 1\n\n1) to whip, flog, scourge
03148^3148 mastix {mas'-tix}\n\nprobably from the base of 3145 (through the idea of contact);\n   TDNT - 4:518,571; n f\n\nAV - plague 4, scourging 2; 6\n\n1) a whip, scourge\n2) metaph. a scourge, plague\n   2a) a calamity, misfortune, esp. sent by God to discipline or punish
03149^3149 mastos {mas-tos'}\n\nfrom the base of 3145;; n m\n\nAV - pap 3; 3\n\n1) the breasts\n2) the breasts (nipples) of a man\n3) breasts of a women
03150^3150 mataiologia {mat-ah-yol-og-ee'-ah}\n\nfrom 3151; TDNT - 4:524,571; n f\n\nAV - vain jangling 1; 1\n\n1) vain talking, empty talk
03151^3151 mataiologos {mat-ah-yol-og'-os}\n\nfrom 3152 and 3004; TDNT - 4:524,571; n m\n\nAV - vain talker 1; 1\n\n1) an idle talker, one who utters empty senseless things
03152^3152 mataios {mat'-ah-yos}\n\nfrom the base of 3155; TDNT - 4:519,571; adj\n\nAV - vain 5, vanities 1; 6\n\n1) devoid of force, truth, success, result\n2) useless, of no purpose
03153^3153 mataiotes {mat-ah-yot'-ace}\n\nfrom 3152; TDNT - 4:523,571; n f\n\nAV - vanity 3; 3\n\n1) what is devoid of truth and appropriateness\n2) perverseness, depravity\n3) frailty, want of vigour
03154^3154 mataioo {mat-ah-yo'-o}\n\nfrom 3152; TDNT - 4:523,571; v\n\nAV - become vain 1; 1\n\n1) to make empty, vain, foolish
03155^3155 maten {mat'-ane}\n\naccus. of a derivative of the base of 3145 (through the idea of\n   tentative manipulation, i.e. unsuccessful search, or else of\n   punishment); TDNT - 4:523,571; adv\n\nAV - in vain 2; 2\n\n1) in vain, fruitlessly
03156^3156 Matthaios {mat-thah'-yos}\n\na shorter form of 3164;; n pr m\n\nAV - Matthew 5; 5\n\nMatthew = "gift of Jehovah"\n1)  son of Alphaeus, one of the 12 disciples
03157^3157 Matthan {mat-than'}\n\nof Hebrew origin 04977;; n m\n\nAV - Matthan 2; 2\n\nMatthan = "gift"\n1) one of Christ's ancestors
03158^3158 Matthat {mat-that'}\n\nprobably a shortened form of 3161;; n pr m\n\nAV - Matthat 2; 2\n\nMatthat = "gift of God"\n1) a son of Levi, in the genealogy of Christ\n2) grandfather of the Mary
03159^3159 Matthias {mat-thee'-as}\n\napparently a shortened form of 3161;; n pr m\n\nAV - Matthias 2; 2\n\nMatthias = "gift of God"\n1) the apostle elected to fill the place of the traitor Judas
03160^3160 Mattatha {mat-tath-ah'}\n\nprobably a shortened form of 3161 cf 04992;; n pr m\n\nAV - Mattatha 1; 1\n\nMattatha = "givingness"\n1) an ancestor of Christ
03161^3161 Mattathias {mat-tath-ee'-as}\n\nof Hebrew origin 04993;; n pr m\n\nAV - Mattathias 2; 2\n\nMattathias = "gift of Jehovah"\n1) the son of Amos, in the genealogy of Christ\n2) Mattathias was the son of Semei in the genealogy of Christ
03162^3162 machaira {makh'-ahee-rah}\n\nfrom a presumed derivative of 3163; TDNT - 4:524,572; n f\n\nAV - sword 29; 29\n\n1) a large knife, used for killing animals and cutting up flesh\n2) a small sword, as distinguished from a large sword\n   2a) curved sword, for a cutting stroke\n   2b) a straight sword, for thrusting
03163^3163 mache {makh'-ay}\n\nfrom 3164; TDNT - 4:527,573; n f\n\nAV - fighting 2, strife 1, striving 1; 4\n\n1) a fight or combat\n   1a) of those in arms, a battle\n   1b) of persons at variance, disputants etc., strife, contention\n   1c) a quarrel
03164^3164 machomai {makh'-om-ahee}\n\nmiddle voice of an apparently root word; TDNT - 4:527,573; v\n\nAV - strive 3, fight 1; 4\n\n1) to fight\n   1a) of armed combatants, or those who engage in a hand to hand struggle\n   1b) of those who engage in a war of words, to quarrel, wrangle, dispute\n   1c) of those who contend at law for property and privileges
03165^3165 me {meh}\n\na shorter (and probably originally) from of 1691;;pron\n\nAV - me 262, I 37, my 1, not tr 1; 301\n\n1) I, me, my, etc.
03166^3166 megalaucheo {meg-al-ow-kheh'-o}\n\nfrom a compound of 3173 and aucheo (to boast, akin to 837 and 2744);; v\n\nAV - boast great things 1; 1\n\n1) to be grandiloquent\n2) to boast great things, to bear one's self loftily in speech or action
03167^3167 megaleios {meg-al-i'-os}\n\nfrom 3173; TDNT - 4:541,573; adj\n\nAV - great thing 1, wonderful work 1; 2\n\n1) magnificent, excellent, splendid, wonderful
03168^3168 megaleiotes {meg-al-i-ot'-ace}\n\nfrom 3167; TDNT - 4:541,573; n f\n\nAV - mighty power 1, magnificence 1, majesty 1; 3\n\n1) greatness, magnificence\n   1a) of the majesty of God\n   1b) of the visible splendour of the divine majesty as it appeared\n       in the transfiguration of Christ
03169^3169 megaloprepes {meg-al-op-rep-ace'}\n\nfrom 3173 and 4241; TDNT - 4:542,573; adj\n\nAV - excellent 1; 1\n\n1) befitting a great man, magnificent, splendid\n2) full of majesty, majestic
03170^3170 megaluno {meg-al-oo'-no}\n\nfrom 3173; TDNT - 4:543,573; v\n\nAV - magnify 5, enlarge 2, show great 1; 8\n\n1) to make great, magnify\n   1a) metaph. to make conspicuous\n2) to deem or declare great\n   2a) to esteem highly, to extol, laud, celebrate\n3) to get glory and praise
03171^3171 megalos {meg-al'-oce}\n\nfrom 3173;; adv\n\nAV - greatly 1; 1\n\n1) greatly
03172^3172 megalosune {meg-al-o-soo'-nay}\n\nfrom 3173; TDNT - 4:544,573; n f\n\nAV - Majesty 2, majesty 1; 3\n\n1) majesty\n   1a) of the majesty of God
03173^3173 megas {meg'-as}\n\n[including the prolonged forms, feminine megale, plural megaloi,\n   etc., cf also 3176, 3187]; TDNT - 4:529,573; adj\n\nAV - great 150, loud 33, misc 12; 195\n\n1) great\n   1a) of the external form or sensible appearance of things (or\n       of persons)\n       1a1) in particular, of space and its dimensions, as respects\n            1a1a) mass and weight: great\n            1a1b) compass and extent: large, spacious\n            1a1c) measure and height: long\n            1a1d) stature and age: great, old\n   1b) of number and quantity: numerous, large, abundant\n   1c) of age: the elder\n   1d) used of intensity and its degrees: with great effort, of\n       the affections and emotions of the mind, of natural events\n       powerfully affecting the senses: violent, mighty, strong\n2) predicated of rank, as belonging to\n   2a) persons, eminent for ability, virtue, authority, power\n   2b) things esteemed highly for their importance: of great\n       moment, of great weight, importance\n   2c) a thing to be highly esteemed for its excellence: excellent\n3) splendid, prepared on a grand scale, stately\n4) great things\n   4a) of God's preeminent blessings\n   4b) of things which overstep the province of a created being, proud\n       (presumptuous) things, full of arrogance, derogatory to the\n        majesty of God
03174^3174 megethos {meg'-eth-os}\n\nfrom 3173; TDNT - 4:544,573; n n\n\nAV - greatness 1; 1\n\n1) greatness
03175^3175 megistanes {meg-is-tan'-es}\n\nplural from 3176;; n m\n\nAV - great men 2, lords 1; 3\n\n1) the grandees, magnates, nobles, chief men\n   1a) of a city or a people\n   1b) of the associates or courtiers of a king
03176^3176 megistos {meg'-is-tos}\n\nsuperlative of 3173;; adj\n\nAV - exceeding great 1; 1\n\n1) greatest, very great
03177^3177 methermeneuo {meth-er-mane-yoo'-o}\n\nfrom 3326 and 2059;; v\n\nAV - being interpreted 6, be by interpretation 1; 7\n\n1) to translate into the language of one with whom I wish to\n   communicate, to interpret
03178^3178 methe {meth'-ay}\n\napparently a root word; TDNT - 4:545,576; n f\n\nAV - drunkenness 3; 3\n\n1) intoxication\n2) drunkenness
03179^3179 methistemi {meth-is'-tay-mee} or (1 Cor. 13:2)\n     methistano {meth-is-tan'-o}\n\nfrom 3326 and 2476;; v\n\nAV - remove 2, put out 1, turn away 1, translate 1; 5\n\n1) to transpose, transfer, remove from one place to another\n   1a) of change of situation or place\n   1b) to remove from the office of a steward\n   1c) to depart from life, to die
03180^3180 methodeia {meth-od-i'-ah}\n\nfrom a compound of 3326 and 3593 [cf "method"]; TDNT - 5:102,666; n f\n\nAV - lie in wait 1, wile 1; 2\n\n1) cunning arts, deceit, craft, trickery
03181^3181 methorios {meth-or'-ee-os}\n\nfrom 3326 and 3725;; n n\n\nAV - border 1; 1\n\n1) a border, frontier
03182^3182 methusko {meth-oos'-ko}\n\na prolonged (transitive) form of 3184; TDNT - 4:545,*; v\n\nAV - be drunken 2, be drunk 1; 3\n\n1) to intoxicate, make drunk\n2) to get drunk, become intoxicated
03183^3183 methusos {meth'-oo-sos}\n\nfrom 3184; TDNT - 4:545,576; n m\n\nAV - drunkard 2; 2\n\n1) drunken, intoxicated
03184^3184 methuo {meth-oo'-o}\n\nfrom another form of 3178; TDNT - 4:545,576; v\n\nAV - be drunken 5, have well drunk 1, be made drunk 1; 7\n\n1) to be drunken\n2) metaph. of one who has shed blood or murdered profusely
03185^3185 meizon {mide'-zon}\n\nneuter of 3187;; adv\n\nAV - the more 1; 1\n\n1) of greater degree, even more
03186^3186 meizoteros {mide-zot'-er-os}\n\ncontinued comparative of 3187;; adj comparative\n\nAV - greater 1; 1\n\n1) greater
03187^3187 meizon {mide'-zone}\n\nirregular comparative of 3173;; adj comparative\n\nAV - greater 34, greatest 9, elder 1, more 1; 45\n\n1) greater, larger, elder, stronger
03188^3188 melan {mel'-an}\n\nfrom 3189 as noun;; n n\n\nAV - ink 3; 3\n\n1) ink
03189^3189 melas {mel'-as}\n\napparently a root word; TDNT - 4:549,577; adj\n\nAV - black 3; 3\n\n1) black\n2) black ink
03190^3190 Meleas {mel-eh-as'}\n\nof uncertain origin;; n pr m\n\nAV - Melea 1; 1\n\nMelea = "my dear friend: object of care"\n1) the son of Joseph in the genealogy of Christ
03191^3191 meletao {mel-et-ah'-o}\n\nfrom a presumed derivative of 3199;; v\n\nAV - premeditate 1, imagine 1, meditate 1; 3\n\n1) to care for, attend to carefully, practise\n2) to meditate i.e. to devise, contrive\n   2a) used of the Greeks of the meditative pondering and the practice\n       of orators and rhetoricians
03192^3192 meli {mel'-ee}\n\napparently a root word; TDNT - 4:552,577; n n\n\nAV - honey 4; 4\n\n1) honey
03193^3193 melissios {mel-is'-see-os}\n\nfrom 3192;; adj\n\nAV - honeycomb + 2781 1; 1\n\n1) of bees, made by bees
03194^3194 Melite {mel-ee'-tay}\n\nof uncertain origin;; n pr loc\n\nAV - Melita 1; 1\n\nMelita = "honey"\n1) the name of an island in the Mediterranean, lying between Africa\n   and Sicily, now called Malta
03195^3195 mello {mel'-lo}\n\na strengthened form of 3199 (through the idea of expectation);; v\n\nAV - shall 25, should 20, would 9, to come 9, will 7,\n     things to come 4, not tr 3, misc 33; 110\n\n1) to be about\n   1a) to be on the point of doing or suffering something\n   1b) to intend, have in mind, think to
03196^3196 melos {mel'-os}\n\nof uncertain affinity; TDNT - 4:555,577; n n\n\nAV - member 34; 34\n\n1) a member, limb: a member of the human body\n   1a) of bodies given up to criminal intercourse, because they are as\n       it were members belonging to the harlot's body
03197^3197 Melchi {mel-khee'}\n\nof Hebrew or 04428 with pronominal suf., my king;; n pr m\n\nAV - Melchi 2; 2\n\nMelchi meaning "my king, my counsel"\n1) the son of Janna in the genealogy of Christ\n2) Melchi was the son of Addi in the genealogy of Christ
03198^3198 Melchisedek {mel-khis-ed-ek'}\n\nof Hebrew origin 04442; TDNT - 4:568,*; n pr m\n\nAV - Melchisedec 9; 9\n\nMelchizedek = "king of righteousness"\n1) the king of Salem and priest of the most high God, who\n   lived in the days of Abraham
03199^3199 melo {mel'-o}\n\na root word;; v\n\nAV - care 9, take care 1; 10\n\n1) to care about
03200^3200 membrana {mem-bran'-ah}\n\nof Latin origin ("membrane");; n f\n\nAV - parchment 1; 1\n\n1) parchment, made first of dressed skins at Pergamos, hence its name
03201^3201 memphomai {mem'-fom-ahee}\n\nmiddle voice of an apparently root word; TDNT - 4:571,580; v\n\nAV - find fault 3; 3\n\n1) to blame, find fault
03202^3202 mempsimoiros {mem-psim'-oy-ros}\n\nfrom a presumed derivative of 3201 and moira (fate, akin to the\n   base of 3313); TDNT - 4:571,580; adj\n\nAV - complainer 1; 1\n\n1) complaining of one's lot, querulous, discontented
03203^3203 Not Used
03204^3204 Not Used
03205^3205 Not Used
03206^3206 Not Used
03207^3207 Not Used
03208^3208 Not Used
03209^3209 Not Used
03210^3210 Not Used
03211^3211 Not Used
03212^3212 Not Used
03213^3213 Not Used
03214^3214 Not Used
03215^3215 Not Used
03216^3216 Not Used
03217^3217 Not Used
03218^3218 Not Used
03219^3219 Not Used
03220^3220 Not Used
03221^3221 Not Used
03222^3222 Not Used
03223^3223 Not Used
03224^3224 Not Used
03225^3225 Not Used
03226^3226 Not Used
03227^3227 Not Used
03228^3228 Not Used
03229^3229 Not Used
03230^3230 Not Used
03231^3231 Not Used
03232^3232 Not Used
03233^3233 Not Used
03234^3234 Not Used
03235^3235 Not Used
03236^3236 Not Used
03237^3237 Not Used
03238^3238 Not Used
03239^3239 Not Used
03240^3240 Not Used
03241^3241 Not Used
03242^3242 Not Used
03243^3243 Not Used
03244^3244 Not Used
03245^3245 Not Used
03246^3246 Not Used
03247^3247 Not Used
03248^3248 Not Used
03249^3249 Not Used
03250^3250 Not Used
03251^3251 Not Used
03252^3252 Not Used
03253^3253 Not Used
03254^3254 Not Used
03255^3255 Not Used
03256^3256 Not Used
03257^3257 Not Used
03258^3258 Not Used
03259^3259 Not Used
03260^3260 Not Used
03261^3261 Not Used
03262^3262 Not Used
03263^3263 Not Used
03264^3264 Not Used
03265^3265 Not Used
03266^3266 Not Used
03267^3267 Not Used
03268^3268 Not Used
03269^3269 Not Used
03270^3270 Not Used
03271^3271 Not Used
03272^3272 Not Used
03273^3273 Not Used
03274^3274 Not Used
03275^3275 Not Used
03276^3276 Not Used
03277^3277 Not Used
03278^3278 Not Used
03279^3279 Not Used
03280^3280 Not Used
03281^3281 Not Used
03282^3282 Not Used
03283^3283 Not Used
03284^3284 Not Used
03285^3285 Not Used
03286^3286 Not Used
03287^3287 Not Used
03288^3288 Not Used
03289^3289 Not Used
03290^3290 Not Used
03291^3291 Not Used
03292^3292 Not Used
03293^3293 Not Used
03294^3294 Not Used
03295^3295 Not Used
03296^3296 Not Used
03297^3297 Not Used
03298^3298 Not Used
03299^3299 Not Used
03300^3300 Not Used
03301^3301 Not Used
03302^3302 Not Used
03303^3303 men {men}\n\na primary particle;; particle\n\nAV - indeed 22, verily 14, truly 12, not tr 142, misc 4; 194\n\n1) truly, certainly, surely, indeed
03304^3304 menounge {men-oon'-geh}\n\nfrom 3203 and 3767 and 1065;; particle\n\nAV - yea rather 1, nay but 1, yea verily 1, yea doubtless 1; 4\n\n1) nay surely, nay rather
03305^3305 mentoi {men'-toy}\n\nfrom 3203 and 5104;; particle\n\nAV - yet 2, nevertheless 2, howbeit 1, but 1, not tr 2; 8\n\n1) but yet, nevertheless, howbeit
03306^3306 meno {men'-o}\n\na root word; TDNT - 4:574,581; v\n\nAV - abide 61, remain 16, dwell 15, continue 11, tarry 9, endure 3,\n     misc 5; 120\n\n1) to remain, abide\n   1a) in reference to place\n       1a1) to sojourn, tarry\n       1a2) not to depart\n            1a2a) to continue to be present\n            1a2b) to be held, kept, continually\n   1b) in reference to time\n       1b1) to continue to be, not to perish, to last, endure\n            1b1a) of persons, to survive, live\n   1c) in reference to state or condition\n       1c1) to remain as one, not to become another or different\n2) to wait for, await one
03307^3307 merizo {mer-id'-zo}\n\nfrom 3313;; v\n\nAV - divide 9, distribute 2, deal 1, be difference between 1,\n     give part 1; 14\n\n1) to divide\n   1a) to separate into parts, cut into pieces\n       1a1) to divide into parties, i.e. be split into factions\n   1b) to distribute\n       1b1) a thing among people\n       1b2) bestow, impart
03308^3308 merimna {mer'-im-nah}\n\nfrom 3307 (through the idea of distraction); TDNT - 4:589,584; n f\n\nAV - care 6; 6\n\n1) care, anxiety
03309^3309 merimnao {mer-im-nah'-o}\n\nfrom 3308; TDNT - 4:589,584; v\n\nAV - take thought 11, care 5, be careful 2, have care 1; 19\n\n1) to be anxious\n   1a) to be troubled with cares\n2) to care for, look out for (a thing)\n   2a) to seek to promote one's interests\n   2b) caring or providing for
03310^3310 meris {mer-ece'}\n\nfrom 3313;; n f\n\nAV - part 4, to be partaker + 1519 1; 5\n\n1) a part as distinct from the whole\n2) an assigned part, a portion, share
03311^3311 merismos {mer-is-mos'}\n\nfrom 3307;; n m\n\nAV - gift 1, dividing asunder 1; 2\n\n1) a division, partition\n   1a) distribution (of various kinds)\n2) a separation\n   2a) so far as to cleave asunder or separate
03312^3312 meristes {mer-is-tace'}\n\nfrom 3307;; n m\n\nAV - divider 1; 1\n\n1) a divider\n   1a) of an inheritance
03313^3313 meros {mer'-os}\n\nfrom an obsolete but more primary form of meiromai (to get as a\n   section or allotment); TDNT - 4:594,585; n n\n\nAV - part 24, portion 3, coast 3, behalf 2, respect 2, misc 9; 43\n\n1) a part\n   1a) a part due or assigned to one\n   1b) lot, destiny\n2) one of the constituent parts of a whole\n   2a) in part, partly, in a measure, to some degree,\n       as respects a part, severally, individually\n   2b) any particular, in regard to this, in this respect
03314^3314 mesembria {mes-ame-bree'-ah}\n\nfrom 3319 and 2250;; n f\n\nAV - south 1, noon 1; 2\n\n1) as respects to time: noon\n2) as respects to locality\n   2a) the south
03315^3315 mesiteuo {mes-it-yoo'-o}\n\nfrom 3316; TDNT - 4:598,585; v\n\nAV - confirm 1; 1\n\n1) to act as a mediator between litigating or covenanting parties\n   1a) to accomplish something by interposing between two parties\n   1b) to mediate\n2) act as a sponsor or surety\n   2a) to pledge one's self, give surety
03316^3316 mesites {mes-ee'-tace}\n\nfrom 3319; TDNT - 4:598,585; n m\n\nAV - mediator 6; 6\n\n1) one who intervenes between two, either in order to make or\n   restore peace and friendship, or form a compact, or for\n   ratifying a covenant\n2) a medium of communication, arbitrator
03317^3317 mesonuktion {mes-on-ook'-tee-on}\n\nneuter of compound of 3319 and 3571;; n n\n\nAV - midnight 4; 4\n\n1) midnight
03318^3318 Mesopotamia {mes-op-ot-am-ee'-ah}\n\nfrom 3319 and 4215;; n pr loc\n\nAV - Mesopotamia 2; 2\n\nMesopotamia = "between two rivers"\n1) the entire country between the two rivers, the Tigris and the\n   Euphrates
03319^3319 mesos {mes'-os}\n\nfrom 3326;; adj\n\nAV - midst 41, among 6, from among + 1537 5, midnight + 3571 2,\n     misc 5; 61\n\n1) middle\n2) the midst\n3) in the midst of, amongst
03320^3320 mesotoichon {mes-ot'-oy-khon}\n\nfrom 3319 and 5109; TDNT - 4:625,589; n n\n\nAV - middle wall between 1; 1\n\n1) a partition wall
03321^3321 mesouranema {mes-oo-ran'-ay-mah}\n\nfrom a presumed compound of 3319 and 3772;; n n\n\nAV - midst of heaven 3; 3\n\n1) mid-heaven\n2) the highest point in the heavens, which the sun occupies at noon,\n   where what is done can be seen and heard by all
03322^3322 mesoo {mes-o'-o}\n\nfrom 3319;; v\n\nAV - about the midst 1; 1\n\n1) to be in the middle, be midway
03323^3323 Messias {mes-see'-as}\n\nof Hebrew origin 04899; see 5547 Christos, TDNT 9:493, 1322; n m\n\nAV - Messias 2; 2\n\nMessias = "anointed"\n1) the Greek form of Messiah\n2) a name of Christ
03324^3324 mestos {mes-tos'}\n\nof uncertain derivation;; adj\n\nAV - full 8; 8\n\n1) full\n   1a) in reference to persons, whose minds are as it were filled\n        with thoughts and emotions, either good or bad
03325^3325 mestoo {mes-to'-o}\n\nfrom 3324;; v\n\nAV - fill 1; 1\n\n1) to fill, be full
03326^3326 meta {met-ah'}\n\na primary preposition (often used adverbially); TDNT - 7:766,1102; prep\n\nAV - with 345, after 88, among 5, hereafter + 5023 4,\n     afterward + 5023 4, against 4, not tr 1, misc 32; 473\n\n1) with, after, behind
03327^3327 metabaino {met-ab-ah'-ee-no}\n\nfrom 3326 and the base of 939; TDNT - 1:523,90; v\n\nAV - depart 7, remove 2, pass 2, go 1; 12\n\n1) to pass over from one place to another, to remove, depart
03328^3328 metaballo {met-ab-al'-lo}\n\nfrom 3326 and 906;; v\n\nAV - change (one's) mind 1; 1\n\n1) to turn around, to turn about\n2) to turn one's self about, or transform one's self\n3) to change one's opinion
03329^3329 metago {met-ag'-o}\n\nfrom 3326 and 718;; v\n\nAV - turn about 2; 2\n\n1) to transfer, lead over\n2) to direct
03330^3330 metadidomi {met-ad-id'-o-mee}\n\nfrom 3326 and 1325;; v\n\nAV - impart 3, give 2; 5\n\n1) to impart
03331^3331 metathesis {met-ath'-es-is}\n\nfrom 3346; TDNT - 8:161,1176; n f\n\nAV - change 1, translation 1, removing 1; 3\n\n1) transfer: from one place to another\n2) to change\n   2a) of things instituted or established
03332^3332 metairo {met-ah'-ee-ro}\n\nfrom 3326 and 142;; v\n\nAV - depart 2; 2\n\n1) to lift up and remove from one place to another, to transfer\n2) to go away, depart
03333^3333 metakaleo {met-ak-al-eh'-o}\n\nfrom 3326 and 2564; TDNT - 3:496,394; v\n\nAV - call 1, call for 1, call hither 1, call to (one's) self 1; 4\n\n1) to call from one place to another, to summon\n2) to call one's self
03334^3334 metakineo {met-ak-ee-neh'-o}\n\nfrom 3326 and 2795; TDNT - 3:720,435; v\n\nAV - move away 1; 1\n\n1) to move from a place, to move away
03335^3335 metalambano {met-al-am-ban'-o}\n\nfrom 3326 and 2983; TDNT - 4:10,495; v\n\nAV - be partaker 2, eat 1, have 1, take 1, receive 1; 6\n\n1) to be or to be made a partner\n2) to partake of, take [some] food\n3) of a thing, to get, find (a whole)
03336^3336 metalepsis {met-al'-ape-sis}\n\nfrom 3335; TDNT - 4:10,495; n f\n\nAV - to be received + 1519 1; 1\n\n1) a taking, participation
03337^3337 metallasso {met-al-las'-so}\n\nfrom 3326 and 236; TDNT - 1:259,40; v\n\nAV - change 2; 2\n\n1) to exchange, change
03338^3338 metamellomai {met-am-el'-lom-ahee}\n\nfrom 3326 and the middle voice of 3199; TDNT - 4:626,589; v\n\nAV - repent 5, repent (one's) self 1; 6\n\n1) it is a care to one afterwards\n   1a) it repents one, to repent one's self\n\nFor Synonyms see entry 5862
03339^3339 metamorphoo {met-am-or-fo'-o}\n\nfrom 3326 and 3445; TDNT - 4:755,607; v\n\nAV - transfigure 2, transform 1, change 1; 4\n\n1) to change into another form, to transform, to transfigure\n   1a) Christ appearance was changed and was resplendent with\n       divine brightness on the mount of transfiguration\n\nFor Synonyms see entry 5863
03340^3340 metanoeo {met-an-o-eh'-o}\n\nfrom 3326 and 3539; TDNT - 4:975,636; v\n\nAV - repent 34; 34\n\n1) to change one's mind, i.e. to repent\n2) to change one's mind for better, heartily to amend with abhorrence\n   of one's past sins\n\nFor Synonyms see entry 5862
03341^3341 metanoia {met-an'-oy-ah}\n\nfrom 3340; TDNT - 4:975,636; n f\n\nAV - repentance 24; 24\n\n1) a change of mind, as it appears to one who repents, of a\n   purpose he has formed or of something he has done
03342^3342 metaxu {met-ax-oo'}\n\nfrom 3326 and a form of 4862;; v\n\nAV - between 6, meanwhile 2, next 1; 9\n\n1) between\n   1a) meanwhile, in the mean time\n2) after, afterwards
03343^3343 metapempo {met-ap-emp'-o}\n\nfrom 3326 and 3992;; v\n\nAV - send for 6, call for 2; 8\n\n1) to send one after another\n2) like our send after i.e. to send for\n3) to send after for one's self, cause to be sent
03344^3344 metastrepho {met-as-tref'-o}\n\nfrom 3326 and 4762; TDNT - 7:729,1093; v\n\nAV - turn 2, pervert 1; 3\n\n1) to turn around, turn around
03345^3345 metaschematizo {met-askh-ay-mat-id'-zo}\n\nfrom 3326 and a derivative of 4976; TDNT - 7:957,1129; v\n\nAV - transform 2, transfer in a figure 1, transform (one's) self 1,\n     change 1; 5\n\n1) to change the figure of, to transform\n\nFor Synonyms see entry 5863
03346^3346 metatithemi {met-at-ith'-ay-mee}\n\nfrom 3326 and 5087; TDNT - 8:161,1176; v\n\nAV - translate 2, carry over 1, remove 1, change 1, turn 1; 6\n\n1) to transpose (two things, one of which is put in place of the other)\n   1a) to transfer\n   1b) to change\n   1c) to transfer one's self or suffer one's self to be transferred\n       1c1) to go or pass over\n       1c2) to fall away or desert from one person or thing to another
03347^3347 metepeita {met-ep'-i-tah}\n\nfrom 3326 and 1899;; adv\n\nAV - afterward 1; 1\n\n1) afterwards, after that
03348^3348 metecho {met-ekh'-o}\n\nfrom 3326 and 2192; TDNT - 2:830,286; v\n\nAV - be partaker 5, take part 1, use 1, pertain 1; 8\n\n1) to be or become partaker\n2) to partake
03349^3349 meteorizo {met-eh-o-rid'-zo}\n\nfrom a compound of 3326 and a collateral form of 142 or perhaps\n   rather 109 (cf "meteor"); TDNT - 4:630,*; v\n\nAV - be of a doubtful mind 1; 1\n\n1) to rise up on high\n   1a) to put a ship [out to sea] up upon the deep\n   1b) to raise up fortifications\n2) metaph.\n   2a) to lift up one's soul, raise his spirits\n       2a1) to buoy up with hope\n       2a2) to inflate with pride\n       2a3) to be elated\n       2a4) to take one airs, be puffed up with pride\n   2b) by a metaphor taken from ships that are tossed about on the\n       deep by winds and waves\n       2b1) to cause one to waver or fluctuate in the mind\n       2b2) to agitate or harass with cares\n       2b3) to make anxious
03350^3350 metoikesia {met-oy-kes-ee'-ah}\n\nfrom a derivative of a compound of 3326 and 3624;; n f\n\nAV - carrying away into 2, carried away to 1, be brought to 1; 4\n\n1) removal from one abode to another, esp. a forced removal
03351^3351 metoikizo {met-oy-kid'-zo}\n\nfrom the same as 3350;; v\n\nAV - remove into 1, carry away 1; 2\n\n1) to transfer settlers\n2) to cause to remove into another land
03352^3352 metoche {met-okh-ay'}\n\nfrom 3348; TDNT - 2:830,286; n f\n\nAV - fellowship 1; 1\n\n1) a sharing, communion, fellowship
03353^3353 metochos {met'-okh-os}\n\nfrom 3348; TDNT - 2:830,286; adj\n\nAV - partaker 4, partner 1, fellow 1; 6\n\n1) sharing in, partaking\n2) a partner (in a work, office, dignity)
03354^3354 metreo {met-reh'-o}\n\nfrom 3358; TDNT - 4:632,590; v\n\nAV - measure 7, mete 3; 10\n\n1) to measure, to measure out or off\n   1a) any space or distance with a measurer's reed or rule\n   1b) metaph. to judge according to any rule or standard, to estimate\n2) to measure out, mete out to, i.e. to give by measure
03355^3355 metretes {met-ray-tace'}\n\nfrom 3354;; n m\n\nAV - firkin 1; 1\n\n1) a measurer, the name of a utensil known as a amphora, which\n   is a species of measure used for liquids and containing\n   somewhat less the nine English gallons or about (40 l)
03356^3356 metriopatheo {met-ree-op-ath-eh'-o}\n\nfrom a compound of the base of 3357 and 3806; TDNT - 5:938,798; v\n\nAV - have compassion on 1; 1\n\n1) to be affected moderately or in due measure\n2) to preserve moderation in the passions, esp. anger or grief\n   2a) of one who is not unduly disturbed by the errors, faults, sins\n       of others, but bears them gently
03357^3357 metrios {met-ree'-oce}\n\nfrom a derivative of 3358;; adv\n\nAV - a little 1; 1\n\n1) in due measure\n2) moderately, exceedingly
03358^3358 metron {met'-ron}\n\nan apparently primary word; TDNT - 4:632,590; n n\n\nAV - measure 13; 13\n\n1) measure, an instrument for measuring\n   1a) a vessel for receiving and determining the quantity of\n       things, whether dry or liquid\n   1b) a graduated staff for measuring, a measuring rod\n   1c) proverbially, the rule or standard of judgment\n2) determined extent, portion measured off, measure or limit\n   2a) the required measure, the due, fit, measure
03359^3359 metopon {met'-o-pon }\n\nfrom 3326 and ops (the face); TDNT - 4:635,591; n n\n\nAV - forehead 8; 8\n\n1) the space between the eyes, the forehead
03360^3360 mechri {mekh'-ree} or mechris {mekh-ris'}\n\nfrom 3372;; particle\n\nAV - unto 7, until 7, till 1, to 1, till + 3739 1; 17\n\n1) as far as, until
03361^3361 me {may}\n\na primary particle of qualified negation (whereas 3756 expresses\n   an absolute denial);; particle\n\nAV - not 487, no 44, that not 21, God forbid + 1096 15, lest 14,\n     neither 7, no man + 5100 6, but 3, none 3, not translated 51,\n     misc 23; 674\n\n1) no, not lest
03362^3362 ean me {eh-an' may}\n\nfrom 1437 and 3361;; conj particle\n\nAV - except 33, if not 16, whosoever not + 3739 5, but 3, if no 1,\n     not 1, before 1; 60\n\n1) if not, unless, whoever ... not
03363^3363 hina me {hin'-ah may}\n\nfrom 2443 and 3361;; conj particle\n\nAV - that not 45, lest 43, that ... no 6, that nothing + 5100 1,\n     albeit not 1, so that not 1; 97\n\n1) lest, that ... not
03364^3364 ou me {oo may}\n\nfrom 3756 and 3361;; particle\n\nAV - not 56, in no wise 6, no 6, never + 1519 + 165 + 3588 6,\n     no more at all + 2089 5, not tr 1, misc 14; 94\n\n1) never, certainly not, not at all, by no means
03365^3365 medamos {may-dam-oce'}\n\nfrom a compound of 3361 and amos (somebody);; adv\n\nAV - not so 2; 2\n\n1) by no means
03366^3366 mede {may-deh'}\n\nfrom 3361 and 1161;; particle\n\nAV - neither 32, nor 18, not 3, nor yet 1, not once 1, no not 1,\n     not so much as 1; 57\n\n1) and not, but not, nor, not
03367^3367 medeis {may-dice'} including the irregular feminine medemia\n     {may-dem-ee'-ah}, and the neuter meden {may-den'}\n\nfrom 3361 and 1520;; adj\n\nAV - no man 32, nothing 27, no 16, none 6, not 1, anything 2, misc 7; 91\n\n1) nobody, no one, nothing
03368^3368 medepote {may-dep'-ot-eh}\n\nfrom 3366 and 4218;; adv\n\nAV - never 1; 1\n\n1) never
03369^3369 medepo {may-dep'-o}\n\nfrom 3366 and 4452;; adv\n\nAV - not as yet 1; 1\n\n1) not yet
03370^3370 Medos {may'-dos}\n\nof foreign origin cf 04074;; n pr m\n\nAV - Mede 1; 1\n\nMede or Media = "middle land"\n1) a Mede, a native or inhabitant of Media, a well known region of\n   Asia whose chief city was Ecbatana
03371^3371 meketi {may-ket'-ee}\n\nfrom 3361 and 2089;; adv\n\nAV - no more 7, no longer 4, henceforth not 2, no 1,\n     no ... henceforward 1, hereafter 1, misc 5; 21\n\n1) no longer, no more, not hereafter
03372^3372 mekos {may'-kos}\n\nprobably akin to 3173;; n n\n\nAV - length 3; 3\n\n1) length
03373^3373 mekuno {may-koo'-no}\n\nfrom 3372;; v\n\nAV - grow up 1; 1\n\n1) to make long, to lengthen\n2) in the Bible twice of plants, to cause to grow, increase
03374^3374 melote {may-lo-tay'}\n\nfrom melon (a sheep); TDNT - 4:637,591; n f\n\nAV - sheepskin 1; 1\n\n1) a sheepskin\n2) an outer robe or mantle since most mantles were made of skins
03375^3375 men {mane}\n\na stronger form of 3303;; particle\n\nAV - surely + 2229 1; 1\n\n1) verily, certainly, truly
03376^3376 men {mane}\n\na primary word; TDNT - 4:638,591; n m\n\nAV - month 18; 18\n\n1) a month\n2) the time of the new moon, new moon (the first day of each month,\n   when the new moon appeared was a festival among the Hebrews)
03377^3377 menuo {may-noo'-o}\n\nprobably from the same base as 3145 and 3415 (i.e. mao, to\n   strive);; v\n\nAV - show 3, tell 1; 4\n\n1) to disclose or make known something secret\n   1a) in a forensic sense, to inform, report\n2) to declare, tell, make known\n3) to indicate, intimate\n   3a) of a teacher
03378^3378 me ouk {may ook}\n\nfrom 3361 and 3756;; particle\n\nAV - not 6; 6\n\n1) not, not ever
03379^3379 mepote {may'-pot-eh} or me pote {may pot'-eh}\n\nfrom 3361 and 4218;; conj\n\nAV - lest 12, lest at any time 7, whether or not 1,\n     lest haply + 2443 1, if peradventure 1, no ... not at all 1,\n     not tr 1; 25\n\n1) that ... not, lest, whether perhaps, whether or not, in no way,\n   perhaps
03380^3380 mepo {may'-po}\n\nfrom 3361 and 4452;; adv\n\nAV - not yet 2; 2\n\n1) not yet
03381^3381 mepos {may'-pos} or me pos {may poce}\n\nfrom 3361 and 4458;; conj\n\nAV - lest 5, lest by any means 3, lest perhaps 1, lest haply 1,\n     lest by some means 1, lest that by any means 1; 12\n\n1) lest, lest somehow, that perhaps
03382^3382 meros {may-ros'}\n\nperhaps a primary word;; n m\n\nAV - thigh 1; 1\n\n1) thigh
03383^3383 mete {may'-teh}\n\nfrom 3361 and 5037;; conj\n\nAV - neither 20, nor 15, so much as 1, or 1; 37\n\n1) and not, neither ... nor, not so
03384^3384 meter {may'-tare}\n\napparently a primary word; TDNT - 4:642,592; n f\n\nAV - mother 85; 85\n\n1) a mother\n2) metaph. the source of something, the motherland
03385^3385 meti {may'-tee}\n\nfrom 3361 and the neuter of 5100;; particle\n\nAV - not 2, not tr 13; 15\n\n1) whether, at all, perchance
03386^3386 metige {may'-tig-eh}\n\nfrom 3385 and 1065;; particle\n\nAV - how much more 1; 1\n\n1) to say nothing of, not to mention\n  1a) much less\n  1b) much more, much rather
03387^3387 metis {may'-tis} or me tis {may tis}\n\nfrom 3361 and 5100;; pron\n\nAV - any 2, any man 1, not tr 1; 4\n\n1) let no one\n2) hath any one
03388^3388 metra {may'-trah}\n\nfrom 3384;; n f\n\nAV - womb 2; 2\n\n1) the womb
03389^3389 metraloas {may-tral-o'-as}\n\nfrom 3384 and the base of 257;; n m\n\nAV - murderer of a mother 1; 1\n\n1) matricide, the murderer of a mother
03390^3390 metropolis {may-trop'-ol-is}\n\nfrom 3384 and 4172;; n f\n\nAV - chiefest city 1; 1\n\n1) a metropolis, a chief city
03391^3391 mia {mee'-ah}\n\nirregular feminine of 1520;; adj\n\nAV - one 62, first 8, a certain 4, a 3, the other 1,\n     agree + 4160 + 1106 1; 79\n\n1) only one, someone
03392^3392 miaino {me-ah'-ee-no}\n\nperhaps a primary verb; TDNT - 4:644,593; v\n\nAV - defile 5; 5\n\n1) to dye with another colour, to stain\n2) to defile, pollute, sully, contaminate, soil\n   2a) to defile with sins\n\nFor Synonyms see entry 5864
03393^3393 miasma {mee'-as-mah}\n\nfrom 3392 ("miasma"); TDNT - 4:646,593; n n\n\nAV - pollution 1; 1\n\n1) that which defiles, defilement\n2) metaph., vices the foulness of which contaminates one in his\n   intercourse with the ungodly mass of mankind
03394^3394 miasmos {mee-as-mos'}\n\nfrom 3392; TDNT - 4:647,593; n m\n\nAV - uncleanness 1; 1\n\n1) the act of defiling, defilement, pollution
03395^3395 migma {mig'-mah}\n\nfrom 3396;; n n\n\nAV - mixture 1; 1\n\n1) that which has been produced by a mixing, a mixture
03396^3396 mignumi {mig'-noo-mee}\n\na root word;; v\n\nAV - mingle 4; 4\n\n1) to mix, mingle\n\nFor Synonyms see entry 5858
03397^3397 mikron {mik-ron'}\n\nmasculine or neuter singular of 3398 (as noun);; adj\n\nAV - a little while 9, a little 6, a while 1; 16\n\n1) small, little\n  1a) of size: of stature, of length\n  1b) of space\n  1c) of age: less by birth, younger\n  1d) of time: short, brief, a little while, how little!\n  1e) of quantity: i.e. number, amount\n  1f) of rank or influence
03398^3398 mikros {mik-ros'} including the comparative mikroteros\n     {mik-rot'-er-os}\n\napparently a primary word; TDNT - 4:648,593; adj\n\nAV - little 14, least 6, small 6, less 2; 30\n\n1) small, little\n  1a) of size: hence of stature, of length\n  1b) of space\n  1c) of age: less by birth, younger\n  1d) of time: short, brief, a little while, how little!\n  1e) of quantity: i.e. number, amount\n  1f) of rank or influence
03399^3399 Miletos {mil'-ay-tos}\n\nof uncertain origin;; n pr loc\n\nAV - Miletus 2, Miletum 1; 3\n\nMiletus = "pure white fine wool"\n1) a maritime city, now nearly 10 miles (16 km), from the coast of\n   Caria or Ionia, near the mouth of the Maeander and 35 miles (55\n   km) from Ephesus. It was the mother of about eighty colonies, the\n   the birth place of Thales, Anaximander, and other famous men.
03400^3400 milion {mil'-ee-on}\n\nof Latin origin;; n n\n\nAV - mile 1; 1\n\n1) a mile, among the Romans the distance of a thousand paces or\n   eight stadia, about 1.5 km [somewhat less than our mile]
03401^3401 mimeomai {mim-eh'-om-ahee}\n\nmiddle voice from mimos (a "mimic"); TDNT - 4:659,594; v\n\nAV - follow 4; 4\n\n1) to imitate: any one
03402^3402 mimetes {mim-ay-tace'}\n\nfrom 3401; TDNT - 4:659,594; n m\n\nAV - follower 7; 7\n\n1) an imitator
03403^3403 mimnesko {mim-nace'-ko}\n\na prolonged form of 3415 (from which some of the tenses are\n   borrowed);; v\n\nAV - be mindful 1, remember 1; 2\n\n1) to remind\n   1a) to be recalled or to return to one's mind,\n       to remind one's self of, to remember\n   1b) to be recalled to mind, to be remembered, had in remembrance\n   1c) to remember a thing\n   1d) be mindful of
03404^3404 miseo {mis-eh'-o}\n\nfrom a primary misos (hatred); TDNT - 4:683,597; v\n\nAV - hate 41, hateful 1; 42\n\n1) to hate, pursue with hatred, detest\n2) to be hated, detested
03405^3405 misthapodosia {mis-thap-od-os-ee'-ah}\n\nfrom 3406; TDNT - 4:695,599; n f\n\nAV - recompence of reward 3; 3\n\n1) payment of wages due, recompence
03406^3406 misthapodotes {mis-thap-od-ot'-ace}\n\nfrom 3409 and 591; TDNT - 4:695,599; n m\n\nAV - rewarder 1; 1\n\n1) one who pays wages, a rewarder
03407^3407 misthios {mis'-thee-os}\n\nfrom 3408; TDNT - 4:695,599; adj\n\nAV - hired servant 2; 2\n\n1) employed for hire, hired
03408^3408 misthos {mis-thos'}\n\napparently a primary word; TDNT - 4:695,599; n m\n\nAV - reward 24, hire 3, wages 2; 29\n\n1) dues paid for work\n   1a) wages, hire\n2) reward: used of the fruit naturally resulting from toils and endeavours\n   2a) in both senses, rewards and punishments\n   2b) of the rewards which God bestows, or will bestow, upon\n       good deeds and endeavours\n   2c) of punishments
03409^3409 misthoo {mis-tho'-o}\n\nfrom 3408; TDNT - 4:695,599; v\n\nAV - hire 2; 2\n\n1) to let out for hire\n2) to hire
03410^3410 misthoma {mis'-tho-mah}\n\nfrom 3409;; n n\n\nAV - hired house 1; 1\n\n1) the price for which anything is either let or hired\n   1a) of a harlots hire\n2) that which is either let or hired for a price, as of a house,\n   dwelling, lodging
03411^3411 misthotos {mis-tho-tos'}\n\nfrom 3409; TDNT - 4:695,599; adj\n\nAV - hireling 3, hired servant 1; 4\n\n1) one hired, a hireling
03412^3412 Mitulene {mit-oo-lay'-nay}\n\nfor mutilene (abounding in shellfish);; n pr loc\n\nAV - Mitylene 1; 1\n\nMitylene = "mutilated"\n1) the chief maritime town of the island of Lesbos in the Aegean
03413^3413 Michael {mikh-ah-ale'}\n\nof Hebrew origin 04317;; n pr m\n\nAV - Michael 2; 2\n\nMichael = "who is like God"\n1) the first of the chief princes or archangels who is supposed to be\n   the guardian angel of the Israelites
03414^3414 mna {mnah}\n\nof Latin origin;; n f\n\nAV - pound 9; 9\n\n1) in the OT, a weight of 300 shekels was one pound\n2) In the NT, a weight and sum of money equal to 100 drachmae,\n   one talent was 100 pounds, a pound equalled 10 1/3 oz. (300 gm)
03415^3415 mnaomai {mnah'-om-ahee}\n\nmiddle voice of a derivative of 3306 or perhaps of the base of 3145\n   (through the idea of fixture in the mind or of mental grasp);; v\n\nAV - remember 16, be mindful 2, be had in remembrance 1,\n     in remembrance 1, come in remembrance 1; 21\n\n1) to remind\n   1a) to be recalled or to return to one's mind, to remind one's self\n       of, to remember\n   1b) to be recalled to mind, to be remembered, had in remembrance\n   1c) to remember a thing\n   1d) be mindful of
03416^3416 Mnason {mnah'-sohn}\n\nof uncertain origin;; n pr m\n\nAV - Mnason 1; 1\n\nMnason = "remembering"\n1) a Christian from Cyprus, a common Greek name
03417^3417 mneia {mni'-ah}\n\nfrom 3415 or 3403; TDNT - 4:678,596; n f\n\nAV - mention 4, remembrance 3; 7\n\n1) remembrance, memory, mention
03418^3418 mnema {mnay'-mah}\n\nfrom 3415; TDNT - 4:679,596; n n\n\nAV - sepulchre 4, tomb 2, grave 1; 7\n\n1) a monument or memorial to perpetuate the memory of any person or thing\n2) a sepulchral monument\n3) a sepulchre or tomb
03419^3419 mnemeion {mnay-mi'-on}\n\nfrom 3420; TDNT - 4:680,596; n n\n\nAV - sepulchre 29, grave 8, tomb 5; 42\n\n1) any visible object for preserving or recalling the memory of\n   any person or thing\n   1a) a memorial, monument, specifically, a sepulchral monument\n2) a sepulchre, a tomb
03420^3420 mneme {mnay'-may}\n\nfrom 3403; TDNT - 4:679,596; n f\n\nAV - remembrance 1; 1\n\n1) memory, remembrance\n2) mention: to remember a thing, call to remembrance
03421^3421 mnemoneuo {mnay-mon-yoo'-o}\n\nfrom a derivative of 3420; TDNT - 4:682,596; v\n\nAV - remember 19, be mindful 1, make mention 1; 21\n\n1) to be mindful of, to remember, to call to mind\n   1a) to think of and feel for a person or thing\n   1b) to hold in memory, keep in mind\n2) to make mention of
03422^3422 mnemosunon {mnay-mos'-oo-non}\n\nfrom 3421;; n n\n\nAV - memorial 3; 3\n\n1) a memorial (that by which the memory of any person or thing\n   is preserved), a remembrance
03423^3423 mnesteuo {mnace-tyoo'-o}\n\nfrom a derivative of 3415;; v\n\nAV - espouse 3; 3\n\n1) to woo her and ask her in marriage\n2) to be promised in marriage, be betrothed
03424^3424 mogilalos {mog-il-al'-os}\n\nfrom 3425 and 2980;; adj\n\nAV - having an impediment in (one's) speech 1; 1\n\n1) speaking with difficulty
03425^3425 mogis {mog'-is}\n\nfrom a primary mogos (toil); TDNT - 4:735,606; adv\n\nAV - hardly 1; 1\n\n1) hardly, with difficulty,
03426^3426 modios {mod'-ee-os}\n\nof Latin origin;; n m\n\nAV - bushel 3; 3\n\n1) a dry measure holding 16 sextarii (or 1/6 of the Attic\n   medimnus), about a peck (9 litres)
03427^3427 moi {moy}\n\nthe simpler form of 1698;; pron\n\nAV - me 218, my 11, I 10, mine 1; 240\n\n1) I, me, my
03428^3428 moichalis {moy-khal-is'}\n\na prolonged form of the feminine of 3432; TDNT - 4:729,605; n f\n\nAV - adulterous 3, adulteress 3, adultery 1; 7\n\n1) an adulteress\n2) as the intimate alliance of God with the people of Israel was\n   likened to a marriage, those who relapse into idolatry are\n   said to commit adultery or play the harlot\n   2a) fig. equiv. to faithless to God, unclean, apostate
03429^3429 moichao {moy-khah'-o}\n\nfrom 3432; TDNT - 4:729,605; v\n\nAV - commit adultery 6; 6\n\n1) to have unlawful intercourse with another's wife,\n   to commit adultery with
03430^3430 moicheia {moy-khi'-ah}\n\nfrom 3431; TDNT - 4:729,605; n f\n\nAV - adultery 4; 4\n\n1) adultery
03431^3431 moicheuo {moy-khyoo'-o}\n\nfrom 3432; TDNT - 4:729,605; v\n\nAV - commit adultery 13, in adultery 1; 14\n\n1) to commit adultery\n  1a) to be an adulterer\n  1b) to commit adultery with, have unlawful intercourse with\n      another's wife\n  1c) of the wife: to suffer adultery, be debauched\n  1d) A Hebrew idiom, the word is used of those who at a woman's\n      solicitation are drawn away to idolatry, i.e. to the eating\n      of things sacrificed to idols
03432^3432 moichos {moy-khos'}\n\nperhaps a primary word; TDNT - 4:729,605; n m\n\nAV - adulterer 4; 4\n\n1) an adulterer\n2) metaph. one who is faithless toward God, ungodly
03433^3433 molis {mol'-is}\n\nprobably by var. for 3425; TDNT - 4:735,606; adv\n\nAV - scarce 2, scarcely 2, hardly 1, have much work + 2480 1; 6\n\n1) with difficulty, hardly\n2) not easily, i.e. scarcely, very rarely
03434^3434 Moloch {mol-okh'}\n\nof Hebrew origin 04432;; n pr m\n\nAV - Moloch 1; 1\n\nMolech = "king"\n1) the name of the idol god of the Ammonites, to which human\n   victims, particularly young children were offered in sacrifice.\n   Its image was a hollow brazen figure, with the head of an ox, and\n   outstretched human arms. It was heated red hot by a fire from\n   within, and the little ones placed in its arms to be slowly\n   burned, while to prevent the parents from hearing the dying\n   cries, the sacrificing priests beat drums
03435^3435 moluno {mol-oo'-no}\n\nprobably from 3189; TDNT - 4:736,606; v\n\nAV - defile 3; 3\n\n1) to pollute, stain, contaminate, defile\n   1a) used in NT of those who have not kept themselves pure from the\n       defilements of sin, who have soiled themselves by fornication\n       and adultery\n\nFor Synonyms see entry 5864
03436^3436 molusmos {mol-oos-mos'}\n\nfrom 3435; TDNT - 4:737,606; n m\n\nAV - filthiness 1; 1\n\n1) defilement, an action by which anything is defiled
03437^3437 momphe {mom-fay'}\n\nfrom 3201; TDNT - 4:571,580; n f\n\nAV - quarrel 1; 1\n\n1) blame\n2) to have a complaint against any one
03438^3438 mone {mon-ay'}\n\nfrom 3306; TDNT - 4:579,581; n f\n\nAV - mansion 1, abode 1; 2\n\n1) a staying, abiding, dwelling, abode\n2) to make an (one's) abode\n3) metaph. of the God the Holy Spirit indwelling believers
03439^3439 monogenes {mon-og-en-ace'}\n\nfrom 3441 and 1096; TDNT - 4:737,606; adj\n\nAV - only begotten 6, only 2, only child 1; 9\n\n1) single of its kind, only\n   1a) used of only sons or daughters\n       (viewed in relation to their parents)\n   1b) used of Christ, denotes the only begotten son of God
03440^3440 monon {mon'-on}\n\nfrom 3441;; adv n\n\nAV - only 62, alone 3, but 1; 66\n\n1) only, alone, but
03441^3441 monos {mon'-os}\n\nprobably from 3306;; adj\n\nAV - only 24, alone 21, by (one's) self 2; 47\n\n1) alone (without a companion), forsaken, destitute of help,\n   alone, only, merely
03442^3442 monophthalmos {mon-of'-thal-mos}\n\nfrom 3441 and 3788;; adj\n\nAV - with one eye 2; 2\n\n1) deprived of one eye, having one eye
03443^3443 monoo {mon-o'-o}\n\nfrom 3441;; v\n\nAV - be desolate 1; 1\n\n1) to make single or solitary\n2) leave alone, forsake
03444^3444 morphe {mor-fay'}\n\nperhaps from the base of 3313 (through the idea of adjustment of\n   parts); TDNT - 4:742,607; n f\n\nAV - form 3; 3\n\n1) the form by which a person or thing strikes the vision\n2) external appearance\n\nFor Synonyms see entry 5865
03445^3445 morphoo {mor-fo'-o}\n\nfrom the same as 3444; TDNT - 4:752,607; v\n\nAV - form 1; 1\n\n1) to form
03446^3446 morphosis {mor'-fo-sis}\n\nfrom 3445; TDNT - 4:754,607; n f\n\nAV - form 2; 2\n\n1) a forming, shaping\n2) form\n   2a) the mere form, semblance\n   2b) the form befitting a thing or truly expressing the fact,\n       the very form
03447^3447 moschopoieo {mos-khop-oy-eh'-o}\n\nfrom 3448 and 4160;; v\n\nAV - make a calf 1; 1\n\n1) to make (an image of) a calf
03448^3448 moschos {mos'-khos}\n\nprobably strengthened for oschos (a shoot); TDNT - 4:760,610; n m\n\nAV - calf 6; 6\n\n1) a tender juicy shoot\n   1a) a sprout, of a plant or tree\n2) offspring\n   2a) of men: a boy or a girl, esp. if fresh and delicate\n   2b) of animals: a young one\n3) a calf, a bullock, a heifer
03449^3449 mochthos {mokh'-thos}\n\nfrom the base of 3425;; n m\n\nAV - travail 2, painfulness 1; 3\n\n1) a hard and difficult labour, toil, travail, hardship, distress\n\nFor Synonyms see entry 5860
03450^3450 mou {moo}\n\nthe simpler form of 1700;; pron\n\nAV - my 501, me 52, mine 19, I 11, mine own 4; 587\n\n1) I, me, my, of me
03451^3451 mousikos {moo-sik-os'}\n\nfrom Mousa (a Muse);; subst\n\nAV - musician 1; 1\n\n1) devoted to and skilled in the arts sacred to the muses\n2) accomplished in the liberal arts\n3) specifically, skilled in music\n4) playing on musical instruments
03452^3452 muelos {moo-el-os'}\n\nperhaps a root word;; n m\n\nAV - marrow 1; 1\n\n1) marrow
03453^3453 mueo {moo-eh'-o}\n\nfrom the base of 3466; TDNT - 4:828,615; v\n\nAV - instruct 1; 1\n\n1) to initiate into the mysteries\n2) to teach fully, instruct\n   2a) to accustom one to a thing\n   2b) to give one an intimate acquaintance with a thing
03454^3454 muthos {moo'-thos}\n\nperhaps from the same as 3453 (through the idea of tuition);\n   TDNT - 4:762,610; n m\n\nAV - fable 5; 5\n\n1) a speech, word, saying\n2) a narrative, story\n   2a) a true narrative\n   2b) a fiction, a fable\n       2b1) an invention, a falsehood
03455^3455 mukaomai {moo-kah'-om-ahee}\n\nfrom a presumed derivative of muzo ( to "moo");; v\n\nAV - roar 1; 1\n\n1) to low, bellow, properly of horned cattle\n2) to roar, of a lion
03456^3456 mukterizo {mook-tay-rid'-zo}\n\nfrom a derivative of the base of 3455 (meaning snout, as that\n   whence lowing proceeds); TDNT - 4:796,614; v\n\nAV - mock 1; 1\n\n1) to turn up the nose or sneer at\n2) to mock, deride
03457^3457 mulikos {moo-lee-kos'}\n\nfrom 3458;; adj\n\nAV - millstone + 3037 1; 1\n\n1) belonging to a mill\n2) made of millstone
03458^3458 mulos {moo'-los}\n\nprobably ultimately from the base of 3433 (through the idea of\n   hardship);; n m\n\nAV - millstone + 3684 2, millstone 2; 4\n\n1) a mill stone\n   1a) a large mill consisted of two stones, an upper and an under one\n   1b) the "nether" stone was stationary, but the upper one was turned\n       by an ass\n2) a mill, the noise made by a mill
03459^3459 mulon {moo'-lone}\n\nfrom 3458;; n m\n\nAV - mill 1; 1\n\n1) place where a mill runs\n2) mill house
03460^3460 Mura {moo'-rah}\n\nof uncertain derivation;; n pr loc\n\nAV - Myra 1; 1\n\nMyra = "myrrh: myrtle juice"\n1) an important town in Lycia, on the southwest coast of Asia Minor,\n   on the river Andriacus, 2.5 miles (4 km) from the mouth
03461^3461 murias {moo-ree'-as}\n\nfrom 3463;; n f\n\nAV - ten thousand times ten thousand 2,\n     two hundred thousand thousand + 1417 2, innumerable multitude 1,\n     ten thousand 1, innumerable company 1, fifty thousand + 3902 1,\n     thousands 1; 9\n\n1) ten thousand\n2) an innumerable multitude, an unlimited number\n3) innumerable hosts
03462^3462 murizo {moo-rid'-zo}\n\nfrom 3464; TDNT - 4:800,615; v\n\nAV - anoint 1; 1\n\n1) to anoint
03463^3463 murioi {moo'-ree-oi}\n\nplural of an apparently primary word (properly, meaning very many);; adj\n\nAV - ten thousand 3; 3\n\n1) innumerable, countless\n2) ten thousand
03464^3464 muron {moo'-ron}\n\nprobably of foreign origin [cf 04753, 04666]; TDNT - 4:800,615; n n\n\nAV - ointment 14; 14\n\n1) ointment
03465^3465 Musia {moo-see'-ah}\n\nof uncertain origin;; n pr loc\n\nAV - Mysia 2; 2\n\nMysia = "land of beach trees"\n1) a province of Asia Minor on the shore of the Aegean Sea, between\n   Lydia and Popontis; it included the cities of Pergamos, Troas, and\n   Assos
03466^3466 musterion {moos-tay'-ree-on}\n\nfrom a derivative of muo (to shut the mouth); TDNT - 4:802,615; n n\n\nAV - mystery 27; 27\n\n1) hidden thing, secret, mystery\n   1a) generally mysteries, religious secrets, confided only to the\n       initiated and not to ordinary mortals\n   1b) a hidden or secret thing, not obvious to the understanding\n   1c) a hidden purpose or counsel\n       1c1) secret will\n            1c1a) of men\n            1c1b) of God: the secret counsels which govern God in\n                  dealing with the righteous, which are hidden from\n                  ungodly and wicked men but plain to the godly\n2) in rabbinic writings, it denotes the mystic or hidden sense\n   2a) of an OT saying\n   2b) of an image or form seen in a vision\n   2c) of a dream
03467^3467 muopazo {moo-ope-ad'-zo}\n\nfrom a compound of the base of 3466 and ops (the face, from\n   3700);; v\n\nAV - cannot see afar off 1; 1\n\n1) to see dimly, see only what is near
03468^3468 molops {mo'-lopes}\n\nfrom molos ("moil", probably akin to the base of 3433) and\n   probably ops (the face, from 3700); TDNT - 4:829,619; n m\n\nAV - stripe 1; 1\n\n1) a bruise, wale, wound that trickles with blood
03469^3469 momaomai {mo-mah'-om-ahee}\n\nfrom 3470;; v\n\nAV - blame 2; 2\n\n1) to blame, find fault with, mock at
03470^3470 momos {mo'-mos}\n\nperhaps from 3201; TDNT - 4:829,619; n m\n\nAV - blemish 1; 1\n\n1) blemish, blot, disgrace\n   1a) censure\n   1b) insult\n       1b1) of men who are a disgrace to society
03471^3471 moraino {mo-rah'-ee-no}\n\nfrom 3474; TDNT - 4:832,620; v\n\nAV - lose savour 2, become a fool 1, make foolish 1; 4\n\n1) to be foolish, to act foolishly\n   2a) to make foolish\n       2a1) to prove a person or a thing foolish\n   2b) to make flat and tasteless\n       2b1) of salt that has lost its strength and flavour
03472^3472 moria {mo-ree'-ah}\n\nfrom 3474; TDNT - 4:832,620; n f\n\nAV - foolishness 5; 5\n\n1) foolishness
03473^3473 morologia {mo-rol-og-ee'-ah}\n\nfrom a compound of 3474 and 3004; TDNT - 4:832,620; n f\n\nAV - foolish talking 1; 1\n\n1) foolish talking
03474^3474 moros {mo-ros'}\n\nprobably from the base of 3466; TDNT - 4:832,620; adj\n\nAV - foolish 7, fool 5, foolishness 1; 13\n\n1) foolish\n2) impious, godless
03475^3475 Moseus {moce-yoos'} or Moses {mo-sace'} or Mouses {mo-oo-sace'}\n\nof Hebrew origin 04872; TDNT - 4:848,622; n pr m\n\nAV - Moses 80; 80\n\nMoses = "drawing out"\n1) the legislator of the Jewish people and in a certain sense the\n   founder of the Jewish religion. He wrote the first five books of\n   the Bible, commonly referred to as the Books of Moses.
03476^3476 Naasson {nah-as-sone'}\n\nof Hebrew origin 05177;; n pr m\n\nAV - Naasson 3; 3\n\nNahshon = "enchanter"\n1) an ancestor of Christ
03477^3477 Naggai {nang-gah'-ee}\n\nprobably of Hebrew origin cf 05052;; n pr m\n\nAV - Nagge 1; 1\n\nNagge = "illuminating"\n1) an ancestor of Christ
03478^3478 Nazareth {nad-zar-eth'} or Nazaret {nad-zar-et'}\n\nof uncertain derivation;; n pr loc\n\nAV - Nazareth 12; 12\n\nNazareth = "the guarded one"\n1) the ordinary residence and home town of Christ
03479^3479 Nazarenos {nad-zar-ay-nos'}\n\nfrom 3478; TDNT - 4:874,625; adj\n\nAV - of Nazareth 4; 4\n\n1) a resident of Nazareth
03480^3480 Nazoraios {nad-zo-rah'-yos}\n\nfrom 3478; TDNT - 4:874,625; n pr m\n\nAV - of Nazareth 13, Nazarene 2; 15\n\nNazarite = "one separated"\n1) an inhabitant of Nazareth\n2) a title given to Jesus in the NT\n3) a name given to Christians by the Jews, Ac. 24:5
03481^3481 Nathan {nath-an'}\n\nof Hebrew origin 05416;; n pr m\n\nAV - Nathan 1; 1\n\nNathan = "a giver"\n1) one of the four sons of David who were born to him by Bathshua
03482^3482 Nathanael {nath-an-ah-ale'}\n\nof Hebrew origin 05417;; n pr m\n\nAV - Nathanael 6; 6\n\nNathanael = "gift of God"\n1) an intimate disciple of Jesus Christ, he is commonly thought to be\n   the same person as Bartholomew
03483^3483 nai {nahee}\n\na primary particle of strong affirmation;; particle\n\nAV - yea 23, even so 5, yes 3, truth 1, verily 1, surely 1; 34\n\n1) yea, verily, truly, assuredly, even so
03484^3484 Nain {nah-in'}\n\nprobably of Hebrew origin cf 04999];; n pr loc\n\nAV - Nain 1; 1\n\nNain =meaning "beauty"\n1) a village in Galilee located at the north base of Little Hermon
03485^3485 naos {nah-os'}\n\nfrom a primary naio (to dwell); TDNT - 4:880,625; n m\n\nAV - temple 45, a shrine 1; 46\n\n1) used of the temple at Jerusalem, but only of the sacred edifice\n   (or sanctuary) itself, consisting of the Holy place and the Holy\n   of Holies (in classical Greek it is used of the sanctuary or cell\n   of the temple, where the image of gold was placed which is\n   distinguished from the whole enclosure)\n2) any heathen temple or shrine\n3) metaph. the spiritual temple consisting of the saints of all ages\n   joined together by and in Christ
03486^3486 Naoum {nah-oom'}\n\nof Hebrew origin 05151;; n pr m\n\nAV - Naum 1; 1\n\nNaum = "consolation"\n1) son of Esli and father of Amos, in the genealogy of Christ
03487^3487 nardos {nar'dos}\n\nof foreign origin cf 05373;; n f\n\nAV - spikenard + 4101 2; 2\n\n1) nard, the head or spike of a fragrant East Indian plant belonging\n   to the genus Valerianna, which yields a juice of delicious odour\n   which the ancients used (either pure or mixed) in the preparation\n   of a most precious ointment\n2) nard oil or ointment
03488^3488 Narkissos {nar'-kis-sos}\n\na flower of the same name, from narke (stupefaction, as a\n   "narcotic");; n pr m\n\nAV - Narcissus 1; 1\n\nNarcissus = "stupidity"\n1) a dweller at Rome mentioned by Paul in Rom. 16:11
03489^3489 nauageo {now-ag-eh'-o}\n\nfrom a compound of 3491 and 71; TDNT - 4:891,627; v\n\nAV - suffer shipwreck 1, make shipwreck 1; 2\n\n1) to suffer shipwreck
03490^3490 naukleros {now'-klay-ros}\n\nfrom 3491 and 2819 ("clerk");; n m\n\nAV - owner of a ship 1; 1\n\n1) a ship owner, ship master\n   1a) one who hires out his vessel, or a portion of it, for purposes\n       of transportation
03491^3491 naus {nowce}\n\nfrom nao or neo (to float);; n f\n\nAV - ship 1; 1\n\n1) a ship, vessel of considerable size
03492^3492 nautes {now'-tace}\n\nfrom 3491;; n m\n\nAV - shipman 2, sailor 1; 3\n\n1) a sailor, seaman, mariner
03493^3493 Nachor {nakh-ore'}\n\nof Hebrew origin 05152;; n pr m\n\nAV - Nachor 1; 1\n\nNahor = "snorting"\n1) was the name of two persons in the family of Abraham, an ancestor\n   of Christ
03494^3494 neanias {neh-an-ee'-as}\n\nfrom a derivative of 3501;; n m\n\nAV - young man 5; 5\n\n1) a young man
03495^3495 neaniskos {neh-an-is'-kos}\n\nfrom the same as 3494;; n m\n\nAV - young man 10; 10\n\n1) a young man, youth\n   1a) used of a young attendant or servant
03496^3496 Neapolis {neh-ap'-ol-is}\n\nfrom 3501 and 4172;; n pr loc\n\nAV - Neapolis 1; 1\n\nNeapolis = "new city"\n1) a maritime city of Macedonia, on the gulf of Syrymon, having a\n   port and colonised by Chalcidians
03497^3497 Neeman {neh-eh-man'}\n\nof Hebrew origin 05283;; n pr m\n\nAV - Naaman 1; 1\n\nNaaman the Syrian = "pleasantness"\n1) commander-in-chief of the army of Syria
03498^3498 nekros {nek-ros'}\n\nfrom an apparently primary nekus (a corpse); TDNT - 4:892,627; adj\n\nAV - dead 132; 132\n\n1) properly\n   1a) one that has breathed his last, lifeless\n   1b) deceased, departed, one whose soul is in heaven or hell\n   1c) destitute of life, without life, inanimate\n2) metaph.\n   2a) spiritually dead\n       2a1) destitute of a life that recognises and is devoted to God,\n            because given up to trespasses and sins\n       2a2) inactive as respects doing right\n   2b) destitute of force or power, inactive, inoperative
03499^3499 nekroo {nek-ro'-o}\n\nfrom 3498; TDNT - 4:894,627; v\n\nAV - be dead 2, mortify 1; 3\n\n1) to make dead, to put to death, slay\n2) worn out\n   2a) of an impotent old man\n3) to deprive of power, destroy the strength of
03500^3500 nekrosis {nek'-ro-sis}\n\nfrom 3499; TDNT - 4:895,627; n f\n\nAV - deadness 1, dying 1; 2\n\n1) putting to death, killing\n2) being put to death\n3) the dead state, utter sluggishness\n   3a) of bodily members and organs
03501^3501 neos {neh'-os} including the comparative neoteros {neh-o'-ter-os}\n\na primary word; TDNT - 4:896,628; adj\n\nAV - new 11, younger 7, young man 2, new man 1, young women 1,\n     younger man 1, young 1; 24\n\n1) recently born, young, youthful\n2) new\n\nFor Synonyms see entry 5852
03502^3502 neossos {neh-os-sos'}\n\nfrom 3501;; n m\n\nAV - young 1; 1\n\n1) a young (creature), young bird
03503^3503 neotes {neh-ot'-ace}\n\nfrom 3501;; n f\n\nAV - youth 5; 5\n\n1) youth, youthful age
03504^3504 neophutos {neh-of'-oo-tos}\n\nfrom 3501 and a derivative of 5453;; adj\n\nAV - novice 1; 1\n\n1) newly planted\n   1a) a new convert, neophyte (one who has recently become a Christian)
03505^3505 Neron {ner'-ohn}\n\nof Latin origin;; n pr m\n\nAV - Nero 1; 1\n\nNero = "brave"\n1) a famous but cruel emperor or Rome from 54 to 68 A.D.
03506^3506 neuo {nyoo'-o}\n\napparently a root word;; v\n\nAV - beckon 2; 2\n\n1) to give a nod\n2) to signify by a nod (of what one wishes to be done)
03507^3507 nephele {nef-el'-ay}\n\nfrom 3509; TDNT - 4:902,628; n f\n\nAV - cloud 26; 26\n\n1) a cloud\n   1a) used of the cloud which led the Israelites in the wilderness\n\nFor Synonyms see entry 5866
03508^3508 Nephthaleim {nef-thal-ime'}\n\nof Hebrew origin 05321;; n pr m\n\nAV - Nephthalim 3; 3\n\nNaphtali = "wrestling"\n1) was the sixth son of Jacob, the second child borne to him by Bilhah,\n   Rachel's slave. His posterity form the tribe of Naphtali.
03509^3509 nephos {nef'-os}\n\napparently a root word; TDNT - 4:902,628; n n\n\nAV - cloud 1; 1\n\n1) a cloud, a large dense multitude, a throng\n   1a) used to denote a great shapeless collection of vapour obscuring\n       the heavens as opposed to a particular and definite masses of\n       vapour with some form or shape\n   1b) a cloud in the sky\n\nFor Synonyms see entry 5866
03510^3510 nephros {nef-ros'}\n\nof uncertain affinity; TDNT - 4:911,630; n m\n\nAV - reins 1; 1\n\n1) a kidney\n2) kidneys, loins\n   2a) used of the inmost thoughts, feelings, purposes, of the soul
03511^3511 neokoros {neh-o-kor'-os}\n\nfrom a form of 3485 and koreo (to sweep);; n m\n\nAV - worshipper 1; 1\n\n1) one who sweeps and cleans a temple\n2) one who has charge of a temple, to keep and adorn it, a sacristan\n3) the worshipper of a deity\n   3a) word appears from coins still extant, it was an honourary\n       title [temple-keeper or temple-warden] of certain cities,\n       esp. in Asia Minor, or in which some special worship of some\n       deity or even some deified human ruler had been established;\n       used of Ephesus
03512^3512 neoterikos {neh-o-ter'-ik-os}\n\nfrom the comparative of 3501;; adj\n\nAV - youthful 1; 1\n\n1) peculiar to an age, of youth, youthful, younger\n   1a) younger (than now)\n   1b) young, youthful\n   1c) younger (by birth)\n   1d) an attendant, servant, inferiority in rank
03513^3513 ne {nay}\n\nprobably an intensive form of 3483;; particle\n\nAV - I protest by 1; 1\n\n1) by\n   1a) used in the affirmations of oaths
03514^3514 netho {nay'-tho}\n\nfrom neo (of like meaning);; v\n\nAV - spin 2; 2\n\n1) to spin
03515^3515 nepiazo {nay-pee-ad'-zo}\n\nfrom 3516; TDNT - 4:912,631; v\n\nAV - be a child 1; 1\n\n1) to be a babe (infant)
03516^3516 nepios {nay'-pee-os}\n\nfrom an obsolete particle ne- (implying negation) and 2031;\n   TDNT - 4:912,631; adj\n\nAV - child 7, babe 6, childish 1; 14\n\n1) an infant, little child\n2) a minor, not of age\n3) metaph. childish, untaught, unskilled
03517^3517 Nereus {nare-yoos'}\n\napparently from a derivative of the base of 3491 (meaning wet);; n pr m\n\nAV - Nereus 1; 1\n\nNereus = "lump"\n1) a Christian at Rome saluted by Paul
03518^3518 Neri {nay-ree'}\n\nof Hebrew origin 05374;; n pr m\n\nAV - Neri 1; 1\n\nNeri = "Jehovah is my lamp"\n1) the grandfather of Zerubbabel
03519^3519 nesion {nay-see'-on}\n\ndimin. of 3520;; n n\n\nAV - island 1; 1\n\n1) a small island
03520^3520 nesos {nay'-sos}\n\nprobably from the base of 3491;; n f\n\nAV - island 6, isle 3; 9\n\n1) an island
03521^3521 nesteia {nace-ti'-ah}\n\nfrom 3522; TDNT - 4:924,632; n f\n\nAV - fasting 7, feast 1; 8\n\n1) a fasting, fast\n   1a) a voluntary, as a religious exercise\n       1a1) of private fasting\n       1a2) the public fast as prescribed by the Mosaic Law and kept\n            yearly on the great day of atonement, the tenth of the\n            month of Tisri (the month Tisri comprises a part of our\n            September and October); the fast accordingly, occurred in\n            the autumn when navigation was usually dangerous on\n            account of storms\n   1b) a fasting caused by want or poverty
03522^3522 nesteuo {nace-tyoo'-o}\n\nfrom 3523; TDNT - 4:924,632; v\n\nAV - fast 21; 21\n\n1) to abstain as a religious exercise from food and drink:\n   either entirely, if the fast lasted but a single day, or from\n   customary and choice nourishment, if it continued several days
03523^3523 nestis {nace'-tis}\n\nfrom the insep. negative particle ne- (not) and 2068;\n   TDNT - 4:924,632; n f\n\nAV - fasting 2; 2\n\n1) fasting, not having eaten
03524^3524 nephaleos {nay-fal'-eh-os} or nephalios {nay-fal'-ee-os}\n\nfrom 3525; TDNT - 4:939,633; adj\n\nAV - sober 2, vigilant 1; 3\n\n1) sober, temperate\n   1a) abstaining from wine, either entirely or at least from its\n       immoderate use\n   1b) of things free from all wine, as vessels, offerings
03525^3525 nepho {nay'-fo}\n\nof uncertain affinity; TDNT - 4:936,633; v\n\nAV - be sober 4, watch 2; 6\n\n1) to be sober, to be calm and collected in spirit\n2) to be temperate, dispassionate, circumspect
03526^3526 Niger {neeg'-er}\n\nof Latin origin;; n pr m\n\nAV - Niger 1; 1\n\nNiger = "black"\n1) surname of the prophet Simeon
03527^3527 Nikanor {nik-an'-ore}\n\nprobably from 3528;; n pr m\n\nAV - Nicanor 1; 1\n\nNicanor = "conqueror"\n1) one of the seven deacons in the church at Jerusalem
03528^3528 nikao {nik-ah'-o}\n\nfrom 3529; TDNT - 4:942,634; v\n\nAV - overcome 24, conquer 2, prevail 1, get the victory 1; 28\n\n1) to conquer\n  1a) to carry off the victory, come off victorious\n      1a1) of Christ, victorious  over all His foes\n      1a2) of Christians, that hold fast their faith even unto death\n           against the power of their foes, and temptations and\n           persecutions\n      1a3) when one is arraigned or goes to law, to win the case,\n           maintain one's cause
03529^3529 nike {nee'-kay}\n\napparently a primary word; TDNT - 4:942,634; n f\n\nAV - victory 1; 1\n\n1) victory
03530^3530 Nikodemos {nik-od'-ay-mos}\n\nfrom 3534 and 1218;; n pr m\n\nAV - Nicodemus 5; 5\n\nNicodemus = "conqueror"\n1) a member of the Sanhedrin who took the part of Jesus
03531^3531 Nikolaites {nik-ol-ah-ee'-tace}\n\nfrom 3532;; n pr m\n\nAV - Nicolaitans 2; 2\n\nNicolaitans = "destruction of people"\n1) a sect mentioned in Rev. 2:6,15, who were charged with holding the\n   error of Balaam, casting a stumbling block before the church of\n   God by upholding the liberty of eating things sacrificed to idols\n   as well as committing fornication
03532^3532 Nikolaos {nik-ol'-ah-os}\n\nfrom 3534 and 2994;; n pr m\n\nAV - Nicolas 1; 1\n\nNicolas = "victor of the people"\n1) was a proselyte of Antioch and one of the seven deacons of the\n   church at Jerusalem
03533^3533 Nikopolis {nik-op'-ol-is}\n\nfrom 3534 and 4172;; n pr loc\n\nAV - Nicopolis 2; 2\n\nNicopolis meaning "city of victory"\n\n1) There were many cities by this name, -- in Armenia, Pontus,\n   Cilicia, Epirus, Thrace -- which were generally built or had there\n   name changed, by some conqueror to commemorate a victory. The one\n   in Titus 3:12 seems to refer to the city was built by Augustus in\n   memory of the battle of Actium on a promontory of Epirius.  The\n   one in the subscription of Titus seems to refer to Thracian\n   Nicopolis, founded by Trojan on the river Nestus, since he calls\n   it the city of Macedonia.
03534^3534 nikos {nee'-kos}\n\nfrom 3529; TDNT - 4:942,634; n n\n\nAV - victory 4; 4\n\n1) victory\n2) to utterly vanquish
03535^3535 Nineui {nin-yoo-ee'}\n\nof Hebrew origin 05210;; n pr loc\n\nAV - Nineve 1; 1\n\nNineveh = "offspring of ease: offspring abiding"\n1) the capital of the ancient kingdom of Assyria
03536^3536 Nineuites {nin-yoo-ee'-tace}\n\nfrom 3535;; n pr m\n\nAV - Nineveh 1, Ninevites 1; 2\n\n1) a Ninevite, an inhabitant of Nineveh
03537^3537 nipter {nip-tare'}\n\nfrom 3538;; n m\n\nAV - bason 1; 1\n\n1) a vessel for washing the hands and the feet, a basin
03538^3538 nipto {nip'-to}\n\nto cleanse (especially the hands or the feet or the face);\n   TDNT - 4:946,635; v\n\nAV - wash 17; 17\n\n1) to wash\n2) to wash one's self
03539^3539 noeo {no-eh'-o}\n\nfrom 3563; TDNT - 4:948,636; v\n\nAV - understand 10, perceive 2, consider 1, think 1; 14\n\n1) to perceive with the mind, to understand, to have understanding\n2) to think upon, heed, ponder, consider
03540^3540 noema {no'-ay-mah}\n\nfrom 3539; TDNT - 4:960,636; n n\n\nAV - mind 4, device 1, thought 1; 6\n\n1) a mental perception, thought\n2) an evil purpose\n3) that which thinks, the mind, thoughts or purposes
03541^3541 nothos {noth'-os}\n\nof uncertain affinity;; adj\n\nAV - bastard 1; 1\n\n1) illegitimate, bastard\n2) one born, not in lawful wedlock, but of a concubine or female slave
03542^3542 nome {nom-ay'}\n\nfrom the same as 3551;; n f\n\nAV - pasture 1, eat + 2192 1; 2\n\n1) pasturage, fodder, food\n   1a) fig. he shall not want the needful supplies for the true life\n2) growth, increase\n   2a) of evils spreading like a gangrene\n   2b) of ulcers\n   2c) of a conflagration
03543^3543 nomizo {nom-id'-zo}\n\nfrom 3551;; v\n\nAV - suppose 9, think 5, be wont 1; 15\n\n1) to hold by custom or usage, own as a custom or usage, to follow a\n   custom or usage\n   1a) it is the custom, it is the received usage\n2) to deem, think, suppose\n\nFor Synonyms see entry 5837
03544^3544 nomikos {nom-ik-os'}\n\nfrom 3551; TDNT - 4:1088,646; adj\n\nAV - lawyer 8, about the law 1; 9\n\n1) pertaining to the law, one learned in the law\n2) in the NT an interpreter and teacher of the Mosaic law
03545^3545 nomimos {nom-im'-oce}\n\nadverb from a derivative of 3551; TDNT - 4:1088,646; n m\n\nAV - lawfully 2; 2\n\n1) lawfully, agreeable to the law, properly
03546^3546 nomisma {nom'-is-mah}\n\nfrom 3543;; n n\n\nAV - money 1; 1\n\n1) anything received and sanctioned by usage or law\n2) money, (current) coin, legal tender
03547^3547 nomodidaskalos {nom-od-id-as'-kal-os}\n\nfrom 3551 and 1320; TDNT - 2:159,161; n m\n\nAV - doctor of the law 2, teacher of the law 1; 3\n\n1) a teacher and interpreter of the law: among the Jews\n   1a) of those who among Christians went about as champions\n       and interpreters of the Mosaic law
03548^3548 nomothesia {nom-oth-es-ee'-ah}\n\nfrom 3550; TDNT - 4:1089,646; n f\n\nAV - giving of the law 1; 1\n\n1) law giving, legislation
03549^3549 nomotheteo {nom-oth-et-eh'-o}\n\nfrom 3550; TDNT - 4:1090,646; v\n\nAV - receive the law 1, establish 1; 2\n\n1) to enact laws\n   1a) laws are enacted or prescribed for one, to be legislated for,\n       furnished with laws\n2) to sanction by law, enact
03550^3550 nomothetes {nom-oth-et'-ace}\n\nfrom 3551 and a derivative of 5087; TDNT - 4:1089,646; n m\n\nAV - lawgiver 1; 1\n\n1) a lawgiver
03551^3551 nomos {nom'-os}\n\nfrom a primary nemo (to parcel out, especially food or grazing to\n   animals); TDNT - 4:1022,646; n m\n\nAV - law 197; 197\n\n1) anything established, anything received by usage, a custom, a law,\n   a command\n   1a) of any law whatsoever\n       1a1) a law or rule producing a state approved of God\n            1a1a) by the observance of which is approved of God\n       1a2) a precept or injunction\n       1a3) the rule of action prescribed by reason\n   1b) of the Mosaic law, and referring, acc. to the context. either\n       to the volume of the law or to its contents\n   1c) the Christian religion: the law demanding faith, the moral\n       instruction given by Christ, esp. the precept concerning love\n   1d) the name of the more important part (the Pentateuch), is put\n       for the entire collection of the sacred books of the OT
03552^3552 noseo {nos-eh'-o}\n\nfrom 3554; TDNT - 4:1091,655; v\n\nAV - dote 1; 1\n\n1) to be sick\n2) metaph. of any ailment of the mind\n   2a) to be taken with such an interest in a thing as amounts to a\n       disease, to have a morbid fondness for
03553^3553 nosema {nos'-ay-ma}\n\nfrom 3552; TDNT - 4:1091,655; n n\n\nAV - disease 1; 1\n\n1) disease, sickness
03554^3554 nosos {nos'-os}\n\nof uncertain affinity; TDNT - 4:1091,655; n f\n\nAV - disease 6, sickness 5, infirmity 1; 12\n\n1) disease, sickness
03555^3555 nossia {nos-see-ah'}\n\nfrom 3502;; n f\n\nAV - brood 1; 1\n\n1) a nest of birds\n2) a brood of birds
03556^3556 nossion {nos-see'-on}\n\ndimin. of 3502;; n n\n\nAV - chicken 1; 1\n\n1) a brood of birds
03557^3557 nosphizomai {nos-fid'-zom-ahee}\n\nmiddle voice from nosphi (apart or clandestinely);; v\n\nAV - keep back 2, purloin 1; 3\n\n1) to set apart, separate, divide\n2) to set apart or separate for one's self\n3) to purloin, embezzle, withdraw covertly and appropriate to one's own use
03558^3558 notos {not'-os}\n\nof uncertain affinity;; n m\n\nAV - south 4, south wind 3; 7\n\n1) the south wind\n2) the south, the southern quarter
03559^3559 nouthesia {noo-thes-ee'-ah}\n\nfrom 3563 and a derivative of 5087; TDNT - 4:1019,636; n f\n\nAV - admonition 3; 3\n\n1) admonition, exhortation
03560^3560 noutheteo {noo-thet-eh'-o}\n\nfrom the same as 3559; TDNT - 4:1019,636; v\n\nAV - warn 4, admonish 4; 8\n\n1) to admonish, warn, exhort
03561^3561 noumenia {noo-may-nee'-ah} or neomenia {ne-o-may-nee'-a}\n\nfrom of a compound of 3501 and 3376 (as noun by implication\n   of 2250); TDNT - 4:638,*; n f\n\nAV - new moon 1; 1\n\n1) new moon\n   1a) of the Jewish festival of the new moon
03562^3562 nounechos {noon-ekh-oce'}\n\nfrom a comparative of the accusative case of 3563 and 2192;\n   TDNT - 2:816,*; adv\n\nAV - discreetly 1; 1\n\n1) wisely, discreetly, prudently
03563^3563 nous {nooce}\n\nprobably from the base of 1097; TDNT - 4:951,636; n m\n\nAV - mind 21, understanding 3; 24\n\n1) the mind, comprising alike the faculties of perceiving and\n   understanding and those of feeling, judging, determining\n   1a) the intellectual faculty, the understanding\n   1b) reason in the narrower sense, as the capacity for\n       spiritual truth, the higher powers of the soul, the faculty\n       of perceiving divine things, of recognising goodness and of\n       hating evil\n   1c) the power of considering and judging soberly, calmly and\n       impartially\n2) a particular mode of thinking and judging, i.e thoughts,\n   feelings, purposes, desires
03564^3564 Numphas {noom-fas'}\n\nprobably contracted for a compound of 3565 and 1435;; n pr m\n\nAV - Nymphas 1; 1\n\nNymphas = "bridegroom"\n1) a wealthy and zealous Christian in Laodicea
03565^3565 numphe {noom-fay'}\n\nfrom a primary but obsolete verb nupto (to veil as a bride,\n   cf Latin "nupto," to marry); TDNT - 4:1099,657; n f\n\nAV - bride 5, daughter in law 3; 8\n\n1) a betrothed woman, a bride\n2) a recently married woman, young wife\n3) a young woman\n4) a daughter-in-law
03566^3566 numphios {noom-fee'-os}\n\nfrom 3565; TDNT - 4:1099,657; n m\n\nAV - bridegroom 16; 16\n\n1) a bridegroom
03567^3567 numphon {noom-fohn'}\n\nfrom 3565;; n m\n\nAV - bridechamber 3; 3\n\n1) the chamber containing the bridal bed, the bridal chamber\n   1a) of the friends of the bridegroom whose duty it was to provide\n       and care for whatever pertained to the bridal chamber, i.e.\n       whatever was needed for the due celebration of the nuptials\n   1b) the room in which the marriage ceremonies are held
03568^3568 nun {noon}\n\na primary particle of present time; TDNT - 4:1106,658; adv\n\nAV - now 121, present 4, henceforth 4, this + 3588 3, this time 2,\n     misc 5; 139\n\n1) at this time, the present, now\n\nFor Synonyms see entry 5815
03569^3569 tanun {tan-oon'} or ta nun {tah noon}\n\nfrom neuter plural of 3588 and 3568;; adv\n\nAV - now 4, but now 1; 5\n\n1) now, the present
03570^3570 nuni {noo-nee'}\n\na prolonged form of 3568 for emphasis;; adv\n\nAV - now 20; 20\n\n1) now, at this very moment
03571^3571 nux {noox}\n\na primary word; TDNT - 4:1123,661; n f\n\nAV - night 63, midnight + 3319 2; 65\n\n1) night\n2) metaph. the time when work ceases\n   2a) the time of death\n   2b) the time for deeds of sin and shame\n   2c) the time of moral stupidity and darkness\n   2d) the time when the weary and also the drunken give themselves up\n       to slumber
03572^3572 nusso {noos'-so}\n\napparently a primary word;; v\n\nAV - pierce 1; 1\n\n1) pierce\n2) to pierce through, transfix\n   2a) often of severe or even deadly wounds given one
03573^3573 nustazo {noos-tad'-zo}\n\nfrom a presumed derivative of 3506;; v\n\nAV - slumber 2; 2\n\n1) to nod in sleep, to sleep\n   1a) to be overcome or oppressed with sleep\n   1b) to fall asleep, drop off to sleep\n2) to be negligent, careless\n   2a) of a thing i.e. to linger, delay
03574^3574 nuchthemeron {nookh-thay'-mer-on}\n\nfrom 3571 and 2250;; n n\n\nAV - a night and a day 1; 1\n\n1) a night and a day, the space of twenty four hours
03575^3575 Noe {no'-eh}\n\nof Hebrew origin 05146;; n pr m\n\nAV - Noe 5, Noah 3; 8\n\nNoah = "rest"\n1) the tenth in descent from Adam, second father of the human family
03576^3576 nothros {no-thros'}\n\nfrom a derivative of 3541; TDNT - 4:1126,661; adj\n\nAV - dull 1, slothful 1; 2\n\n1) slow, sluggish, indolent, dull, languid\n\nFor Synonyms see entry 5814
03577^3577 notos {no'-tos}\n\nof uncertain affinity;; n m\n\nAV - back 1; 1\n\n1) the back
03578^3578 xenia {xen-ee'-ah}\n\nfrom 3581; TDNT - 5:1,661; n f\n\nAV - lodging 2; 2\n\n1) hospitality, hospitable reception\n2) a lodging place, lodgings
03579^3579 xenizo {xen-id'-zo}\n\nfrom 3581; TDNT - 5:1,661; v\n\nAV - lodge 6, think it strange 2, strange 1, entertain 1; 10\n\n1) to receive as a guest, to entertain, hospitably\n   1a) to be received hospitably\n   1b) to stay as a guest, to lodge\n   1c) be lodged\n2) to surprise or astonish by the strangeness and novelty of a thing\n   2b) to think strange, be shocked
03580^3580 xenodocheo {xen-od-okh-eh'-o}\n\nfrom a compound of 3581 and 1209; TDNT - 5:1,661; v\n\nAV - lodge strangers 1; 1\n\n1) to receive and entertain hospitably, to be hospitable
03581^3581 xenos {xen'-os}\n\napparently a primary word; TDNT - 5:1,661; adj\n\nAV - stranger 10, strange 3, host 1; 14\n\n1) a foreigner, a stranger\n   1a) alien (from a person or a thing)\n   1b) without the knowledge of, without a share in\n   1c) new, unheard of\n2) one who receives and entertains another hospitably\n   2a) with whom he stays or lodges, a host
03582^3582 xestes {xes'-tace}\n\nas if from xeo (properly, to smooth, by implication [of friction]\n   to boil or heat);; n m\n\nAV - pot 2; 2\n\n1) a sextarius\n   1a) a vessel for measuring liquids, holding about a pint (.5 litre)\n2) a wooden pitcher or ewer from which water or wine is poured,\n   whether holding a sextarius or not
03583^3583 xeraino {xay-rah'-ee-no}\n\nfrom 3584;; v\n\nAV - wither away 6, wither 5, dry up 3, pine away 1, be ripe 1; 16\n\n1) to make dry, dry up, wither\n2) to become dry, to be dry, be withered\n   2a) of plants\n   2b) of the ripening of crops\n   2c) of fluids\n   2d) of the members of the body\n3) to waste away, pine away, i.e. a withered hand
03584^3584 xeros {xay-ros'}\n\nfrom the base of 3582 (through the idea of scorching);; adj\n\nAV - withered 4, dry 1, dry land 1, land 1; 7\n\n1) dry\n   1a) of members of the body deprived of their natural juices,\n       shrunk, wasted, withered\n   1b) of the land in distinction from the water
03585^3585 xulinos {xoo'-lin-os}\n\nfrom 3586;; adj\n\nAV - of wood 2; 2\n\n1) wooden, made of wood
03586^3586 xulon {xoo'-lon}\n\nfrom another form of the base of 3582; TDNT - 5:37,665; n n\n\nAV - tree 10, staff 5, wood 3, stocks 1; 19\n\n1) wood\n   1a) that which is made of wood\n       1a1) as a beam from which any one is suspended, a gibbet, a cross\n       1a2) a log or timber with holes in which the feet, hands, neck\n            of prisoners were inserted and fastened with thongs\n       1a3) a fetter, or shackle for the feet\n       1a4) a cudgel, stick, staff\n2) a tree
03587^3587 xurao {xoo-rah'-o}\n\nfrom a derivative of the same as 3586 (meaning a razor);; v\n\nAV - shave 3; 3\n\n1) to shear, shave\n2) to get one's self shaved
03588^3588 ho {ho} including the feminine he {hay},\n     and the neuter to {to}\n\nin all their inflections, the definite article;; article\n\nAV - which 413, who 79, the things 11, the son 8, misc 32; 543\n\n1) this, that, these, etc.\n\nOnly significant renderings other than "the" counted
03589^3589 ogdoekonta {og-do-ay'-kon-tah}\n\nfrom 3590;; n indecl\n\nAV - fourscore 2; 2\n\n1) eighty
03590^3590 ogdoos {og'-do-os}\n\nfrom 3638;; adj\n\nAV - eighth 5; 5\n\n1) the eighth
03591^3591 ogkos {ong'-kos}\n\nprobably from the same as 43; TDNT - 5:41,666; n m\n\nAV - weight 1; 1\n\n1) whatever is prominent, protuberance, bulk, mass\n   1a) hence a burden, weight, encumbrance\n\nFor Synonyms see entry 5819
03592^3592 hode {hod'-eh} including the feminine hede {hay'-deh}\n     and the neuter tode {tod'-e}\n\nfrom 3588 and 1161;; pron\n\nAV - these things 7, thus 1, after this manner 1, he 1, she 1,\n     such  1; 12\n\n1) this one here, these things, as follows, thus
03593^3593 hodeuo {hod-yoo'-o}\n\nfrom 3598;; v\n\nAV - journey 1; 1\n\n1) to travel, journey
03594^3594 hodegeo {hod-ayg-eh'-o}\n\nfrom 3595; TDNT - 5:97,666; v\n\nAV - lead 3, guide 2; 5\n\n1) to be a guide, lead on one's way, to guide\n2) to be a guide or a teacher\n   2a) to give guidance to
03595^3595 hodegos {hod-ayg-os'}\n\nfrom 3598 and 2233; TDNT - 5:97,666; n m\n\nAV - guide 4, leader 1; 5\n\n1) a leader of the way, a guide\n2) a teacher of the ignorant and inexperienced
03596^3596 hodoiporeo {hod-oy-por-eh'-o}\n\nfrom a compound of 3598 and 4198;; v\n\nAV - go on (one's) journey 1; 1\n\n1) to travel, journey
03597^3597 hodoiporia {hod-oy-por-ee'-ah}\n\nfrom the same as 3596;; n f\n\nAV - journey 1, journeyings 1; 2\n\n1) a journey, journeying
03598^3598 hodos {hod-os'}\n\napparently a root word; TDNT - 5:42,666; n f\n\nAV - way 83, way side 8, journey 6, highway 3, misc 2; 102\n\n1) properly\n   1a) a way\n       1a1) a travelled way, road\n   1b) a travellers way, journey, travelling\n2) metaph.\n   2a) a course of conduct\n   2b) a way (i.e. manner) of thinking, feeling, deciding
03599^3599 odous {od-ooce}\n\nperhaps from the base of 2068;; n m\n\nAV - tooth 12; 12\n\n1) a tooth
03600^3600 odunao {od-oo-nah'-o}\n\nfrom 3601; TDNT - 5:115,*; v\n\nAV - sorrow 2, torment 2; 4\n\n1) to cause intense pain\n2) to be in anguish, be tormented\n3) to torment or distress one's self
03601^3601 odune {od-oo'-nay}\n\nfrom 1416; TDNT - 5:115,673; n f\n\nAV - sorrow 2; 2\n\n1) consuming grief, pain, sorrow
03602^3602 odurmos {od-oor-mos'}\n\nfrom a derivative of the base of 1416; TDNT - 5:116,673; n m\n\nAV - mourning 2; 2\n\n1) wailing, lamentation, mourning\n\nFor Synonyms see entry 5804
03603^3603 ho esti {ho es-tee'}\n\nfrom the neuter of 3739 and the third person singular present\n   ind. of 1510;; v\n\nAV - which is 5, that is 3, that is to say 1, which make 1, called 1; 11\n\n1) which is, that is
03604^3604 Ozias {od-zee'-as}\n\nof Hebrew origin 05818;; n pr m\n\nAV - Ozias 2; 2\n\nUzziah = "strength of Jehovah"\n1) son of Amaziah, king of Judah from B.C. 810 - 758
03605^3605 ozo {od'-zo}\n\na root word (in a strengthened form);; v\n\nAV - stink 1; 1\n\n1) to give out an odour (either good or bad), to smell, emit a smell\n   1a) of a decaying corpse
03606^3606 hothen {hoth'-en}\n\nfrom 3739 with the directive enclitic of source;; adv\n\nAV - wherefore 4, from whence 3, whereupon 3, where 2, whence 1,\n     from thence 1, whereby 1; 15\n\n1) from which, whence\n   1a) of the place from which\n   1b) of the source from which a thing is known, from which, whereby\n   1c) of the cause from which, for which reason, wherefore, on\n       which account
03607^3607 othone {oth-on'-ay}\n\nof uncertain affinity;; n f\n\nAV - sheet 2; 2\n\n1) linen (i.e. fine white linen for women's clothing)\n2) linen clothes (sheet or sail)
03608^3608 othonion {oth-on'-ee-on}\n\nfrom a presumed derivative of 3607;; n n\n\nAV - linen clothes 5; 5\n\n1) a piece of linen, small linen cloth\n2) strips of linen cloth for swathing the dead
03609^3609 oikeios {oy-ki'-os}\n\nfrom 3624; TDNT - 5:134,674; adj\n\nAV - of the household 2, of (one's) own house 1; 3\n\n1) belonging to a house or family, domestic, intimate\n   1a) belonging to one's household, related by blood, kindred\n   1b) belonging to the household of God\n   1c) belonging, devoted to, adherents of a thing
03610^3610 oiketes {oy-ket'-ace}\n\nfrom 3611;; n m\n\nAV - servant 4, household servant 1; 5\n\n1) one who lives in the same house as another, spoken of all who\n   are under the authority of one and the same householder\n   1a) a servant, a domestic
03611^3611 oikeo {oy-keh'-o}\n\nfrom 3624; TDNT - 5:135,674; v\n\nAV - dwell 9; 9\n\n1) to dwell in
03612^3612 oikema {oy'-kay-mah}\n\nfrom 3611;; n n\n\nAV - prison 1; 1\n\n1) a dwelling place, habitation\n2) euphemistically a prison
03613^3613 oiketerion {oy-kay-tay'-ree-on}\n\nfrom a presumed derivative of 3611 (equivalent to 3612);\n   TDNT - 5:155,674; n n\n\nAV - house 1, habitation 1; 2\n\n1) a dwelling place, habitation\n   1a) of the body as a dwelling place for the spirit
03614^3614 oikia {oy-kee'-ah}\n\nfrom 3624; TDNT - 5:131,674; n f\n\nAV - house 92, at home 1, household 1, from the house 1; 95\n\n1) a house\n   1a) an inhabited edifice, a dwelling\n   1b) the inmates of a house, the family\n   1c) property, wealth, goods\n\nFor Synonyms see entry 5867
03615^3615 oikiakos {oy-kee-ak-os'}\n\nfrom 3614;; n m\n\nAV - of (one's) household 2; 2\n\n1) one belonging to the house\n2) one under control of the master of a house, whether a son or a servant
03616^3616 oikodespoteo {oy-kod-es-pot-eh'-o}\n\nfrom 3617; TDNT - 2:49,145; v\n\nAV - guide the house 1; 1\n\n1) to be master (or head) of a house\n2) to rule a household, manage family affairs
03617^3617 oikodespotes {oy-kod-es-pot'-ace}\n\nfrom 3624 and 1203; TDNT - 2:49,145; n m\n\nAV - householder 4, goodman of the house 4, master of the house 3,\n     goodman 1; 12\n\n1) master of the house, householder
03618^3618 oikodomeo {oy-kod-om-eh'-o} also oikodomos {oy-kod-om'-os} Ac 4:11\n\nfrom the same as 3619; TDNT - 5:136,674; v\n\nAV - build 24, edify 7, builder 5, build up 1, be in building 1,\n     embolden 1; 39\n\n1) to build a house, erect a building\n   1a) to build (up from the foundation)\n   1b) to restore by building, to rebuild, repair\n2) metaph.\n   2a) to found, establish\n   2b) to promote growth in Christian wisdom, affection, grace, virtue,\n       holiness, blessedness\n   2c) to grow in wisdom and piety
03619^3619 oikodome {oy-kod-om-ay'}\n\nfeminine (abstract) of a compound of 3624 and the base of 1430;\n   TDNT - 5:144,674; n f\n\nAV - edifying 7, building 6, edification 4,\n     wherewith (one) may edify 1; 18\n\n1) (the act of) building, building up\n2) metaph. edifying, edification\n   2a) the act of one who promotes another's growth in Christian\n       wisdom, piety, happiness, holiness\n3) a building (i.e. the thing built, edifice)
03620^3620 oikodomia {oy-kod-om-ee'-ah}\n\nfrom the same as 3619;; n f\n\nAV - edifying 1; 1\n\n1) (the act of) building, erection
03621^3621 oikonomeo {oy-kon-om-eh'-o}\n\nfrom 3623;; v\n\nAV - be steward 1; 1\n\n1) to be a steward\n2) to manage the affairs of a household\n3) to manage, dispense, order, regulate
03622^3622 oikonomia {oy-kon-om-ee'-ah}\n\nfrom 3623; TDNT - 5:151,674; n f\n\nAV - dispensation 4, stewardship 3; 7\n\n1) the management of a household or of household affairs\n   1a) specifically, the management, oversight, administration, of\n       other's property\n   1b) the office of a manager or overseer, stewardship\n   1c) administration, dispensation
03623^3623 oikonomos {oy-kon-om'-os}\n\nfrom 3624 and the base of 3551; TDNT - 5:149,674; n m\n\nAV - steward 8, chamberlain 1, governor 1; 10\n\n1) the manager of household or of household affairs\n   1a) esp. a steward, manager, superintendent (whether free-born or\n       as was usually the case, a freed-man or a slave) to whom the\n       head of the house or proprietor has intrusted the management\n       of his affairs, the care of receipts and expenditures, and the\n       duty of dealing out the proper portion to every servant and\n       even to the children not yet of age\n   1b) the manager of a farm or landed estate, an overseer\n   1c) the superintendent of the city's finances, the treasurer of a\n       city (or of treasurers or quaestors of kings)\n2) metaph. the apostles and other Christian teachers and bishops\n   and overseers
03624^3624 oikos {oy'-kos}\n\nof uncertain affinity; TDNT - 5:119,674; n m\n\nAV - house 104, household 3, home + 1519 2, at home + 1722 2, misc 3; 114\n\n1) a house\n   1a) an inhabited house, home\n   1b) any building whatever\n       1b1) of a palace\n       1b2) the house of God, the tabernacle\n   1c) any dwelling place\n       1c1) of the human body as the abode of demons that possess it\n       1c2) of tents, and huts, and later, of the nests, stalls, lairs,\n            of animals\n       1c3) the place where one has fixed his residence, one's settled\n            abode, domicile\n2) the inmates of a house, all the persons forming one family, a\n   household\n   2a) the family of God, of the Christian Church, of the church of\n       the Old and New Testaments\n3) stock, family, descendants of one\n\nFor Synonyms see entry 5867
03625^3625 oikoumene {oy-kou-men'-ay}\n\nfeminine participle present passive of 3611 (as noun, by\n   implication of 1093); TDNT - 5:157,674; n f\n\nAV - world 14, earth 1; 15\n\n1) the inhabited earth\n   1a) the portion of the earth inhabited by the Greeks, in\n       distinction from the lands of the barbarians\n   1b) the Roman empire, all the subjects of the empire\n   1c) the whole inhabited earth, the world\n   1d) the inhabitants of the earth, men\n2) the universe, the world
03626^3626 oikouros {oy-koo-ros'}\n\nfrom 3624 and ouros (a guard, be "ware");; adj\n\nAV - keeper at home 1; 1\n\n1) caring for the house, working at home\n   1a) the (watch or) keeper of the house\n   1b) keeping at home and taking care of household affairs\n   1c) a domestic
03627^3627 oikteiro {oyk-ti'-ro} also (in certain tenses)\n     prolonged oiktereo {oyk-ter-eh'-o}\n\nfrom oiktos (pity); TDNT - 5:159,*; v\n\nAV - have compassion on 1, have compassion 1; 2\n\n1) to pity, have compassion on
03628^3628 oiktirmos {oyk-tir-mos'}\n\nfrom 3627; TDNT - 5:159,680; n m\n\nAV - mercy 5; 5\n\n1) compassion, pity, mercy\n   1a) bowels in which compassion resides, a heart of compassion\n   1b) emotions, longings, manifestations of pity\n\nFor Synonyms see entry 5842
03629^3629 oiktirmon {oyk-tir'-mone}\n\nfrom 3627; TDNT - 5:159,680; adj\n\nAV - merciful 2, of tender mercy 1; 3\n\n1) merciful
03630^3630 oinopotes {oy-nop-ot'-ace}\n\nfrom 3631 and a derivative of the alternate of 4095;; n m\n\nAV - winebibber 2; 2\n\n1) a winebibber, given to wine, a wino
03631^3631 oinos {oy'-nos}\n\na primary word (or perhaps of Hebrew origin 03196); TDNT - 5:162,680; n m\n\nAV - wine 32, winepress + 3125 1; 33\n\n1) wine\n2) metaph. fiery wine of God's wrath
03632^3632 oinophlugia {oy-nof-loog-ee'-ah}\n\nfrom 3631 and a form of the base of 5397;; n f\n\nAV - excess of wine 1; 1\n\n1) drunkenness
03633^3633 oiomai {oy'-om-ahee} or (shorter) oimai {oy'-mahee}\n\nmiddle voice apparently from 3634;; v\n\nAV - suppose 2, think 1; 3\n\n1) to suppose, think\n\nFor Synonyms see entry 5837
03634^3634 hoios {hoy'-os}\n\nprobably akin to 3588, 3739, and 3745;; pron\n\nAV - such as 6, as 3, which 2, what manner 1, so as 1,\n     what manner of man 1, what 1; 15\n\n1) what sort of, what manner of, such as
03635^3635 okneo {ok-neh'-o}\n\nfrom oknos (hesitation);; v\n\nAV - delay 1; 1\n\n1) to feel loath, to be slow\n2) to delay, hesitate
03636^3636 okneros {ok-nay-ros'}\n\nfrom 3635; TDNT - 5:166,681; adj\n\nAV - slothful 2, grievous 1; 3\n\n1) sluggish, slothful, backward
03637^3637 oktaemeros {ok-tah-ay'-mer-os}\n\nfrom 3638 and 2250;; adj\n\nAV - the eighth day 1; 1\n\n1) eight days old\n2) passing the eighth day
03638^3638 okto {ok-to'}\n\na primary numeral;; n indecl\n\nAV - eight 6, eighteen + 1176 + 2532 3; 9\n\n1) eight
03639^3639 olethros {ol'-eth-ros}\n\nfrom a primary ollumi (to destroy, a prolonged form);\n   TDNT - 5:168,681; n m\n\nAV - destruction 4; 4\n\n1) ruin, destroy, death\n   1a) for the destruction of the flesh, said of the external ills and\n       troubles by which the lusts of the flesh are subdued and destroyed
03640^3640 oligopistos {ol-ig-op'-is-tos}\n\nfrom 3641 and 4102; TDNT - 6:174,849; n f\n\nAV - of little faith 5; 5\n\n1) of little faith, trusting too little
03641^3641 oligos {ol-ee'-gos}\n\nof uncertain affinity; TDNT - 5:171,682; adj\n\nAV - few 14, (a) little 7, small 5, few things 4, almost + 1722 2,\n     a while 2, misc 9; 43\n\n1) little, small, few\n   1a) of number: multitude, quantity, or size\n   1b) of time: short\n   1c) of degree or intensity: light, slight
03642^3642 oligopsuchos {ol-ig-op'-soo-khos}\n\nfrom 3641 and 6590; TDNT - 9:665,1342; adj\n\nAV - feebleminded 1; 1\n\n1) fainthearted
03643^3643 oligoreo {ol-ig-o-reh'-o}\n\nfrom a compound of 3641 and ora ("care");; v\n\nAV - despise 1; 1\n\n1) to care little for, regard lightly, make small account
03644^3644 olothreutes {ol-oth-ryoo-tace'}\n\nfrom 3645; TDNT - 5:169,681; n m\n\nAV - destroyer 1; 1\n\n1) a destroyer
03645^3645 olothreuo {ol-oth-ryoo'-o}\n\nfrom 3639; TDNT - 5:167,*; v\n\nAV - destroy 1; 1\n\n1) to destroy
03646^3646 holokautoma {hol-ok-ow'-to-mah}\n\nfrom a derivative of a compound of 3650 and a derivative of 2545;; n n\n\nAV - burnt offering 3; 3\n\n1) a whole burnt offering\n   1a) a victim the whole (and not like other victims only a part)\n       of which was burned
03647^3647 holokleria {hol-ok-lay-ree'-ah}\n\nfrom 3648; TDNT - 3:767,442; n f\n\nAV - perfect soundness 1; 1\n\n1) of an unimpaired condition of the body, in which all its\n   members are healthy and fit for use\n   1a) good health
03648^3648 holokleros {hol'-ok'-lay-ros}\n\nfrom 3650 and 2819; TDNT - 3:766,442; adj\n\nAV - whole 1, entire 1; 2\n\n1) complete in all its parts, in no part wanting or unsound,\n   complete, entire, whole\n   1a) of a body without blemish or defect, whether of a priest\n       or of a victim\n   1b) free from sin, faultless\n   1c) complete in all respects, consummate
03649^3649 ololuzo {ol-ol-odd'-zo}\n\na reduplicated primary verb; TDNT - 5:173,682; v\n\nAV - howl 1; 1\n\n1) to howl, wail, lament\n   1a) of a loud cry whether for joy or of grief
03650^3650 holos {hol'-os}\n\na primary word; TDNT - 5:174,682; adj\n\nAV - all 65, whole 43, every whit 2, altogether 1,\n     throughout + 1223 1; 112\n\n1) all, whole, completely
03651^3651 holoteles {hol-ot-el-ace'}\n\nfrom 3650 and 5056; TDNT - 5:175,682; adj\n\nAV - wholly 1; 1\n\n1) perfect, complete in all respects
03652^3652 Olumpas {ol-oom-pas'}\n\nprobably a contraction from Olumpiodoros (Olympian-bestowed, i.e.\n   heaven-descended);; n pr m\n\nAV - Olympas 1; 1\n\nOlympas = "heavenly"\n1) a Christian at Rome
03653^3653 olunthos {ol'-oon-thos}\n\nof uncertain derivation; TDNT - 7:751,1100; n m\n\nAV - untimely fig 1; 1\n\n1) an unripe fig which grows during the winter, yet does not\n   come to maturity but falls off in the spring
03654^3654 holos {hol'-oce}\n\nfrom 3650;; adv\n\nAV - at all 2, commonly 1, utterly 1; 4\n\n1) wholly, altogether
03655^3655 ombros {om'-bros}\n\nof uncertain affinity;; n m\n\nAV - shower 1; 1\n\n1) a shower\n   1a) a violent storm, accompanied by high wind with\n       thunder and lightning
03656^3656 homileo {hom-il-eh'-o}\n\nfrom 3658;; v\n\nAV - talk 2, commune with 1, commune together 1; 4\n\n1) to be in company with\n2) to associate with\n3) to stay with\n4) to converse with, talk about: with one
03657^3657 homilia {hom-il-ee'-ah}\n\nfrom 3658;; n f\n\nAV - communication 1; 1\n\n1) companionship, intercourse, communion
03658^3658 homilos {hom'-il-os}\n\nfrom the base of 3674 and a derivative of the alternate of 138\n   (meaning a crowd);; n m\n\nAV - company 1; 1\n\n1) a multitude of men gathered together, a crowd, a throng
03659^3659 omma {om'-mah}\n\nfrom 3700;; n n\n\nAV - eye 1; 1\n\n1) an eye
03660^3660 omnuo {om-noo'-o}\n\na prolonged form of a primary but obsolete omo, for which another\n   prolonged form (omoo {om-o'-o}) is used in certain tenses;\n   TDNT - 5:176,683; v\n\nAV - swear 27; 27\n\n1) to swear\n2) to affirm, promise, threaten, with an oath\n3) in swearing to call a person or thing as witness, to invoke, swear by
03661^3661 homothumadon {hom-oth-oo-mad-on'}\n\nfrom a compound of the base of 3674 and 2372; TDNT - 5:185,684; adv\n\nAV - with one accord 11, with one mind 1; 12\n\n1) with one mind, with one accord, with one passion
03662^3662 homoiazo {hom-oy-ad'-zo}\n\nfrom 3664;; v\n\nAV - agree thereto 1; 1\n\n1) to be like
03663^3663 homoiopathes {hom-oy-op-ath-ace'}\n\nfrom 3664 and the alternate of 3958; TDNT - 5:938,798; adj\n\nAV - of like passions 1, subject to like passions 1; 2\n\n1) suffering the like with another, of like feelings or affections
03664^3664 homoios {hom'-oy-os}\n\nfrom the base of 3674; TDNT - 5:186,684; adj\n\nAV - like 47; 47\n\n1) like, similar, resembling\n   1a) like: i.e. resembling\n   1b) like: i.e. corresponding to a thing
03665^3665 homoiotes {hom-oy-ot'-ace}\n\nfrom 3664; TDNT - 5:189,684; n f\n\nAV - like as + 2596 1, similitude 1; 2\n\n1) likeness
03666^3666 homoioo {hom-oy-o'-o}\n\nfrom 3664; TDNT - 5:188,684; v\n\nAV - liken 9, make like 2, be like 2, in the likeness of 1,\n     resemble 1; 15\n\n1) to be made like\n2) to liken, compare\n   2a) illustrate by comparisons
03667^3667 homoioma {hom-oy'-o-mah}\n\nfrom 3666; TDNT - 5:191,684; n n\n\nAV - likeness 3, made like to 1, similitude 1, shape 1; 6\n\n1) that which has been made after the likeness of something\n   1a) a figure, image, likeness, representation\n   1b) likeness i.e. resemblance, such as amounts almost to\n       equality or identity
03668^3668 homoios {hom-oy'-oce}\n\nfrom 3664;; adv\n\nAV - likewise 28, moreover + 1161 1, so 1; 30\n\n1) likewise, equally, in the same way
03669^3669 homoiosis {hom-oy'-o-sis}\n\nfrom 3666; TDNT - 5:190,684; n f\n\nAV - similitude 1; 1\n\n1) a making like\n2) likeness: after the likeness of God
03670^3670 homologeo {hom-ol-og-eh'-o}\n\nfrom a compound of the base of 3674 and 3056; TDNT - 5:199,687; v\n\nAV - confess 17, profess 3, promise 1, give thanks 1,\n     confession is made 1, acknowledgeth 1; 24\n\n1) to say the same thing as another, i.e. to agree with, assent\n2) to concede\n   2a) not to refuse, to promise\n   2b) not to deny\n       2b1) to confess\n       2b2) declare\n       2b3) to confess, i.e. to admit or declare one's self guilty of\n            what one is accused of\n3) to profess\n   3a) to declare openly, speak out freely\n   3b) to profess one's self the worshipper of one\n4) to praise, celebrate
03671^3671 homologia {hom-ol-og-ee'-ah}\n\nfrom the same as 3670; TDNT - 5:199,687; n f\n\nAV - profession 4, confession 1, professed 1; 6\n\n1) profession\n   1a) subjectively: whom we profess to be ours\n   1b) objectively: profession [confession] i.e. what one professes\n       [confesses]
03672^3672 homologoumenos {hom-ol-og-ow-men'-oce}\n\nfrom present passive participle of 3670; TDNT - 5:199,687; adv\n\nAV - without controversy 1; 1\n\n1) by consent of all, confessedly, without controversy
03673^3673 homotechnos {hom-ot'-ekh-nos}\n\nfrom the base of 3674 and 5078;; adj\n\nAV - of the same craft 1; 1\n\n1) practising the same trade or craft, of the same trade
03674^3674 homou {hom-oo'}\n\ngenitive case of homos (the same, akin to 260) as adv;; adv\n\nAV - together 3; 3\n\n1) together: of persons assembled together\n\nFor Synonyms see entry 5807
03675^3675 homophron {hom-of'-rone}\n\nfrom the base of 3674 and 5424;; adj\n\nAV - of one mind 1; 1\n\n1) of one mind, concordant
03676^3676 homos {hom'-oce}\n\nfrom the base of 3674;; adv\n\nAV - nevertheless 1, and even 1, though it be but 1; 3\n\n1) nevertheless, yet
03677^3677 onar {on'-ar}\n\nof uncertain derivation; TDNT - 5:220,690; n n\n\nAV - dream 6; 6\n\n1) a dream
03678^3678 onarion {on-ar'-ee-on}\n\nfrom a presumed derivative of 3688; TDNT - 5:283,700; n n\n\nAV - young ass 1; 1\n\n1) a little ass
03679^3679 oneidizo {on-i-did'-zo}\n\nfrom 3681; TDNT - 5:239,693; v\n\nAV - upbraid 3, reproach 3, revile 2, cast in (one's) teeth 1,\n     suffer reproach 1; 10\n\n1) to reproach, upbraid, revile\n   1a) of deserved reproach\n   1b) of undeserved reproach, to revile\n   1c) to upbraid, cast (favours received) in one's teeth
03680^3680 oneidismos {on-i-dis-mos'}\n\nfrom 3679; TDNT - 5:241,693; n m\n\nAV - reproach 5; 5\n\n1) a reproach\n   1a) such as Christ suffered, for the cause of God, from his enemies
03681^3681 oneidos {on'-i-dos}\n\nprobably akin to the base of 3686; TDNT - 5:238,693; n n\n\nAV - reproach 1; 1\n\n1) reproach\n2) shame
03682^3682 Onesimos {on-ay'-sim-os}\n\nfrom 3685;; n pr m\n\nAV - Onesimus 4; 4\n\nOnesimus = "profitable or useful"\n1) a Christian slave of Philemon
03683^3683 Onesiphoros {on-ay-sif'-or-os}\n\nfrom a derivative of 3685 and 5411;; n pr m\n\nAV - Onesiphorus 2; 2\n\nOnesiphorus = "bringing profit"\n1) the name of a certain Christian in 2 Ti. 1:16-18, 4:19
03684^3684 onikos {on-ik-os'}\n\nfrom 3688;; adj\n\nAV - millstone + 3458 2; 2\n\n1) of or for an ass, turned by an ass\n   1a) these beasts were often employed to turn millstones
03685^3685 oninemi {on-in'-ay-mee}\n\na prolonged form of an apparently primary verb (onomai, to slur),\n   for which another prolonged form (onao) is used as an\n   alternate in some tenses [unless indeed it be identical with\n   the base of 3686 through the idea of notoriety];; v\n\nAV - have joy 1; 1\n\n1) to be useful, to profit, help\n2) to receive profit or advantage, be helped [or have joy]
03686^3686 onoma {on'-om-ah}\n\nfrom a presumed derivative of the base of 1097 (cf 3685);\n   TDNT - 5:242,694; n n\n\nAV - name 194, named 28, called 4, surname + 2007 2, named + 2564 1,\n     not tr 1; 230\n\n1) name: univ. of proper names\n2) the name is used for everything which the name covers, everything\n   the thought or feeling of which is aroused in the mind by\n   mentioning, hearing, remembering, the name, i.e. for one's rank,\n   authority, interests, pleasure, command, excellences, deeds etc.\n3) persons reckoned up by name\n4) the cause or reason named: on this account, because he\n   suffers as a Christian, for this reason
03687^3687 onomazo {on-om-ad'-zo}\n\nfrom 3686; TDNT - 5:282,694; v\n\nAV - name 8, call 2; 10\n\n1) to name\n   1a) to name, to utter, to make mention of the name\n   1b) to name\n       1b1) give name to, one\n       1b2) be named\n            1b2a) to bear the name of a person or thing\n   1c) to utter the name of a person or thing
03688^3688 onos {on'-os}\n\napparently a root word; TDNT - 5:283,700; n m/f\n\nAV - ass 6; 6\n\n1) an ass
03689^3689 ontos {on'-toce}\n\nfrom the oblique cases of 5607;; adv\n\nAV - indeed 6, certainly 1, of a truth 1, verily 1, clean 1; 10\n\n1) truly, in reality, in point of fact, as opp. to what is\n   pretended, fictitious, false, conjectural\n2) that which is truly etc., that which is indeed
03690^3690 oxos {oz-os}\n\nfrom 3691; TDNT - 5:288,701; n n\n\nAV - vinegar 7; 7\n\n1) vinegar\n   1a) the mixture of sour wine or vinegar and water which the Roman\n       soldiers were accustomed to drink
03691^3691 oxus {oz-oos'}\n\nprobably akin to the base of 188 ["acid"];; adj\n\nAV - sharp 7, swift 1; 8\n\n1) sharp\n2) swift, quick
03692^3692 ope {op-ay'}\n\nprobably from 3700;; n f\n\nAV - cave 1, place 1; 2\n\n1) through which one can see, an opening, an aperture\n   1a) of a window\n   1b) of fissures in the earth\n   1c) of caves in rocks or mountains, holes
03693^3693 opisthen {op'-is-then}\n\nfrom opis (regard, from 3700) with enclitic of source;\n   TDNT - 5:289,702; adj\n\nAV - behind 4, after 2, backside 1; 7\n\n1) from behind, on the back, behind, after
03694^3694 opiso {op-is'-o}\n\nfrom the same as 3693 with enclitic of direction; TDNT - 5:289,702; adv\n\nAV - after 22, behind 6, back + 1519 + 3588 5, back 1, follow 1,\n     backward + 1519 + 3588 1; 36\n\n1) back, behind, after, afterwards\n   1a) of place: things that are behind\n   1b) of time: after
03695^3695 hoplizo {hop-lid'-zo}\n\nfrom 3696; TDNT - 5:294,702; v\n\nAV - arm (one's) self with 1; 1\n\n1) to arm, furnish with arms\n2) to provide\n3) to furnish one's self with a thing (as with arms)\n4) metaph. take on the same mind
03696^3696 hoplon {hop'-lon}\n\nprobably from a primary hepo (to be busy about); TDNT - 5:292,702; n n\n\nAV - weapon 2, instrument 2, armour 2; 6\n\n1) any tool or implement for preparing a thing\n   1a) arms used in warfare, weapons\n2) an instrument
03697^3697 hopoios {hop-oy'-os}\n\nfrom 3739 and 4169;; pron\n\nAV - what manner of 1, such as 1, of what sort 1,\n     whatsoever + 4118 1, what manner of man 1; 5\n\n1) of what sort or quality, what manner of
03698^3698 hopote {hop-ot'-eh}\n\nfrom 3739 and 4218;; particle\n\nAV - when 1; 1\n\n1) when
03699^3699 hopou {hop'-oo}\n\nfrom 3739 and 4225;; particle\n\nAV - where 58, whither 9, wheresoever + 302 3, whithersoever + 302 4,\n     wheresoever + 1437 2, whereas 2, not tr 1, misc 3; 82\n\n1) where, whereas
03700^3700 optanomai {op-tan'-om-ahee} or optomai {op-tom-ahee}\n\na (middle voice) prolonged form of the primary (middle voice)\n   optomai {op'-tom-ahee}, which is used for it in certain\n   tenses, and both as alternate of 3708; TDNT - 5:315,706; v\n\nAV - see 37, appear 17, look 2, show (one's) self 1, being seen 1; 58\n\n1) to look at, behold\n2) to allow one's self to be seen, to appear
03701^3701 optasia {op-tas-ee'-ah}\n\nfrom a presumed derivative of 3700; TDNT - 5:372,706; n f\n\nAV - vision 4; 4\n\n1) the act of exhibiting one's self to view\n2) a sight, a vision, an appearance presented to one whether\n   asleep or awake
03702^3702 optos {op-tos'}\n\nfrom an obsolete verb akin to hepso (to "steep");; adj\n\nAV - broiled 1; 1\n\n1) cooked, broiled
03703^3703 opora {op-o'-rah}\n\napparently from the base of 3796 and 5610;; n f\n\nAV - fruit 1; 1\n\n1) the season which succeeds summer, from the rising of Sirius to\n   that of Arcturus, i.e. from late summer, early autumn, our dog days\n2) ripe fruits (of trees)
03704^3704 hopos {hop'-oce}\n\nfrom 3739 and 4459;; particle\n\nAV - that 45, how 4, to 4, so that 1, when 1, because 1; 56\n\n1) how, that
03705^3705 horama {hor'-am-ah}\n\nfrom 3708; TDNT - 5:371,706; n n\n\nAV - vision 11, sight 1; 12\n\n1) that which is seen, spectacle\n2) a sight divinely granted in an ecstasy or in a sleep, a vision
03706^3706 horasis {hor'-as-is}\n\nfrom 3708; TDNT - 5:370,706; n f\n\nAV - vision 2, in sight 1, look upon 1; 4\n\n1) the act of seeing\n   1a) the sense of sight, the eyes\n2) appearance, visible form\n3) a vision\n   3a) an appearance divinely granted in an ecstasy or dream
03707^3707 horatos {hor-at-os'}\n\nfrom 3708; TDNT - 5:368,706; adj\n\nAV - visible 1; 1\n\n1) visible, open to view
03708^3708 horao {hor-ah'-o}\n\nproperly, to stare at [cf 3700]; TDNT - 5:315,706; v\n\nAV - see 51, take heed 5, behold 1, perceive 1, not tr 1; 59\n\n1) to see with the eyes\n2) to see with the mind, to perceive, know\n3) to see, i.e. become acquainted with by experience, to experience\n4) to see, to look to\n   4a) to take heed, beware\n   4b) to care for, pay heed to\n5) I was seen, showed myself, appeared\n\nFor Synonyms see entry 5822
03709^3709 orge {or-gay'}\n\nfrom 3713; TDNT - 5:382,716; n f\n\nAV - wrath 31, anger 3, vengeance 1, indignation 1; 36\n\n1) anger, the natural disposition, temper, character\n2) movement or agitation of the soul, impulse, desire, any violent\n   emotion, but esp. anger\n3) anger, wrath, indignation\n4) anger exhibited in punishment, hence used for punishment itself\n   4a) of punishments inflicted by magistrates
03710^3710 orgizo {or-gid'-zo}\n\nfrom 3709; TDNT - 5:382,*; v\n\nAV - be angry 5, be wroth 3; 8\n\n1) to provoke, to arouse to anger\n2) to be provoked to anger, be angry, be wroth
03711^3711 orgilos {org-ee'-los}\n\nfrom 3709; TDNT - 5:382,716; adj\n\nAV - soon angry 1; 1\n\n1) prone to anger, irascible
03712^3712 orguia {org-wee-ah'}\n\nfrom 3713;; n f\n\nAV - fathom 2; 2\n\n1) fathom, the distance across the breast from the tip of one middle\n   finger to the tip of the other when the arms are outstretched,\n   5 to 6 feet (2 m)
03713^3713 oregomai {or-eg'-om-ahee}\n\nmiddle voice of apparently a prolonged form of an obsolete\n   primary [cf 3735]; TDNT - 5:447,727; v\n\nAV - desire 2, covet after 1; 3\n\n1) to stretch one's self out in order to touch or to grasp\n   something, to reach after or desire something\n2) to give one's self up to the love of money
03714^3714 oreinos {or-i-nos}\n\nfrom 3735;; adj\n\nAV - hill 2; 2\n\n1) mountainous, hilly\n2) the mountain district, hill country
03715^3715 orexis {or'-ex-is}\n\nfrom 3713; TDNT - 5:447,727; n f\n\nAV - lust 1; 1\n\n1) desire, longing, craving for\n2) eager desire, lust, appetite\n   2a) used both in a good and a bad sense, as well of natural and\n       lawful and even of proper cravings (of appetite for food),\n       also of corrupt and unlawful desires
03716^3716 orthopodeo {or-thop-od-eh'-o}\n\nfrom a compound of 3717 and 4228; TDNT - 5:451,727; v\n\nAV - walk uprightly 1; 1\n\n1) to walk in a straight course\n2) metaph. to act uprightly
03717^3717 orthos {or-thos'}\n\nprobably from the base of 3735; TDNT - 5:449,727; adj\n\nAV - upright 1, straight 1; 2\n\n1) straight, erect\n   1a) upright\n   1b) straight, not crooked
03718^3718 orthotomeo {or-thot-om-eh'-o}\n\nfrom a compound of 3717 and the base of 5114; TDNT - 8:111,1169; v\n\nAV - rightly divide 1; 1\n\n1) to cut straight, to cut straight ways\n   1a) to proceed on straight paths, hold a straight course, equiv.\n       to doing right\n2) to make straight and smooth, to handle aright, to teach the truth\n   directly and correctly
03719^3719 orthrizo {or-thrid'-zo}\n\nfrom 3722;; v\n\nAV - come early in the morning 1; 1\n\n1) to rise early in the morning
03720^3720 orthrinos {or-thrin-os'}\n\nfrom 3722;; adj\n\nAV - morning 1; 1\n\n1) early
03721^3721 orthrios {or'-three-os}\n\nfrom 3722;; adj\n\nAV - early 1; 1\n\n1) early\n2) rising at the first dawn or very early in the morning
03722^3722 orthros {or'-thros}\n\nfrom the same as 3735;; n m\n\nAV - early in the morning 3; 3\n\n1) daybreak, dawn\n2) at early dawn, at daybreak, early in the morning
03723^3723 orthos {or-thoce'}\n\nfrom 3717;; adv\n\nAV - rightly 2, plain 1, right 1; 4\n\n1) rightly
03724^3724 horizo {hor-id'-zo}\n\nfrom 3725; TDNT - 5:452,728; v\n\nAV - determine 2, ordain 2, as it was determined + 2596 + 3588 1,\n     declare 1, limit 1, determine 1; 8\n\n1) to define\n   1a) to mark out the boundaries or limits (of any place or thing)\n   1b to determine, appoint\n      1b1) that which has been determined, acc. to appointment, decree\n      1b2) to ordain, determine, appoint
03725^3725 horion {hor'-ee-on}\n\nfrom a derivative of an apparently primary horos (a bound or limit);; n n\n\nAV - coast 10, border 1; 11\n\n1) boundaries\n   1a) for a region, district, land, territory
03726^3726 horkizo {hor-kid'-zo}\n\nfrom 3727; TDNT - 5:462,729; v\n\nAV - adjure 2, charge 1; 3\n\n1) to force to take an oath, to administer an oath to\n2) to adjure (solemnly implore)
03727^3727 horkos {hor'-kos}\n\nfrom herkos (a fence, perhaps akin to 3725); TDNT - 5:457,729; n m\n\nAV - oath 10; 10\n\n1) that which has been pledged or promised with an oath
03728^3728 horkomosia {hor-ko-mos-ee'ah}\n\nfrom a compound of 3727 and a derivative of 3660; TDNT - 5:463,729; n f\n\nAV - oath 4; 4\n\n1) affirmation made on oath, the taking of an oath, an oath
03729^3729 hormao {hor-mah'-o}\n\nfrom 3730; TDNT - 5:467,730; v\n\nAV - run violently 3, run 1, rush 1; 5\n\n1) to set in rapid motion, stir up, incite, urge on\n2) to start forward impetuously, to rush
03730^3730 horme {hor-may'}\n\nof uncertain affinity; TDNT - 5:467,730; n f\n\nAV - assault 1, not tr 1; 2\n\n1) a violent motion, impulse\n2) a hostile movement, onset, assault
03731^3731 hormema {hor'-may-mah}\n\nfrom 3730; TDNT - 5:467,730; n n\n\nAV - violence 1; 1\n\n1) a rush, impulse\n2) that which is impelled or hurried away by impulse
03732^3732 orneon {or'-neh-on}\n\nfrom a presumed derivative of 3733;; n n\n\nAV - fowl 2, bird 1; 3\n\n1) a bird
03733^3733 ornis {or'-nis}\n\nprobably from a prolonged form of the base of 3735;; n m\n\nAV - hen 2; 2\n\n1) a bird\n2) a cock, a hen
03734^3734 horothesia {hor-oth-es-ee'-ah}\n\nfrom a compound of the base of 3725 and a derivative of 5087;; n f\n\nAV - bound 1; 1\n\n1) a setting of boundaries, laying down limits\n2) a definite limit, bounds
03735^3735 oros {or'-os}\n\nprobably from an obsolete oro (to rise or "rear", perhaps akin to\n   142, cf 3733); TDNT - 5:475,732; n n\n\nAV - mountain 41, mount 21, hill 3; 65\n\n1) a mountain
03736^3736 orusso {or-oos'-so}\n\napparently a root word;; v\n\nAV - dig 3; 3\n\n1) to dig
03737^3737 orphanos {or-fan-os'}\n\nof uncertain affinity; TDNT - 5:487,734; adj\n\nAV - comfortless 1, fatherless 1; 2\n\n1) bereft (of a father, of parents)\n   1a) of those bereft of a teacher, guide, guardian\n   1b) orphaned
03738^3738 orcheomai {or-kheh'-om-ahee}\n\nmiddle voice from orchos (a row or ring);; v\n\nAV - dance 4; 4\n\n1) to dance
03739^3739 hos {hos} including feminine he {hay}, and neuter ho {ho}\n\nprobably a primary word (or perhaps a form of the article 3588);; pron\n\nAV - which 395, whom 262, that 129, who 84, whose 53, what 42,\n     that which 20, whereof 13, misc 430; 1393\n\n1) who, which, what, that
03740^3740 hosakis {hos-ak'-is}\n\nmultiple adverb from 3739;; adv\n\nAV - as often as + 302 1, as often as + 1437 1, as oft as + 302 1; 3\n\n1) as often as, as often soever as
03741^3741 hosios {hos'-ee-os}\n\nof uncertain affinity; TDNT - 5:489,734; adj\n\nAV - holy 4, Holy One 2, mercies 1, shall be 1; 8\n\n1) undefiled by sin, free from wickedness, religiously observing\n   every moral obligation, pure holy, pious
03742^3742 hosiotes {hos-ee-ot'-ace}\n\nfrom 3741; TDNT - 5:493,734; n f\n\nAV - holiness 2; 2\n\n1) piety towards God, fidelity in observing the obligations of\n   piety, holiness
03743^3743 hosios {hos-ee-oce'}\n\nfrom 3741; TDNT - 5:489,734; adv\n\nAV - holily 1; 1\n\n1) piously, holily
03744^3744 osme {os-may'}\n\nfrom 3605; TDNT - 5:493,735; n f\n\nAV - savour 4, odour 2; 6\n\n1) a smell, odour
03745^3745 hosos {hos'-os}\n\nby reduplication from 3739;; pron\n\nAV - as many as 24, whatsoever 9, that 9, whatsoever things 8,\n     whatsoever + 302 7 as long as 5, how great things 5, what 4,\n     misc 37; 115\n\n1) as great as, as far as, how much, how many, whoever
03746^3746 hosper {hos'-per}\n\nfrom 3739 and 4007;; pron\n\nAV - whomsoever 1; 1\n\n1) whomever
03747^3747 osteon {os-teh'-on} or contracted ostoun {os-toon'}\n\nof uncertain affinity;; n n\n\nAV - bone 5; 5\n\n1) a bone
03748^3748 hostis {hos'-tis} including the feminine hetis {hay'-tis}\n     and the neuter ho,ti {hot'-ee}\n\nfrom 3739 and 5100;; pron\n\nAV - which 82, who 30, whosoever 12, that 8, whatsoever + 302 4,\n     whosoever + 302 3, whatsoever + 3956 + 302 2, misc 13; 154\n\n1) whoever, whatever, who
03749^3749 ostrakinos {os-tra'-kin-os}\n\nfrom ostrakon ["oyster"] (a tile, i.e. terra cotta);; adj\n\nAV - earthen 1, of earth 1; 2\n\n1) earthen, clay\n   1a) with the added suggestion of frailty
03750^3750 osphresis {os'-fray-sis}\n\nfrom a derivative of 3605;; n f\n\nAV - smelling 1; 1\n\n1) a sense of smell, smelling
03751^3751 osphus {os-foos'}\n\nof uncertain affinity; TDNT - 5:496,736; n f\n\nAV - loins 8; 8\n\n1) the hip (loin)\n   1a) to gird, gird about, the loins\n2) a loin, the (two) loins\n   2a) the place where the Hebrews thought the generative power\n       (semen) resided
03752^3752 hotan {hot'-an}\n\nfrom 3753 and 302;; particle\n\nAV - when 116, as soon as 2, as long as 1, that 1, whensoever 1,\n     while 1, till + 1508 1; 123\n\n1) when, whenever, as long as, as soon as
03753^3753 hote {hot'-eh}\n\nfrom 3739 and 5037;; particle\n\nAV - when 97, while 2, as soon as 2, after that 2, after 1, that 1; 105\n\n1) when whenever, while, as long as
03754^3754 hoti {hot'-ee}\n\nneuter of 3748 as conjunction; demonst. that (sometimes redundant);; conj\n\nAV - that 612, for 264, because 173, how that 21, how 11, misc 212; 1293\n\n1) that, because, since
03755^3755 hotou {hot'-oo}\n\nfor the genitive case of 3748 (as adverb);; pron\n\nAV - not tr 6; 6\n\n1) while, until
03756^3756 ou {oo} also (before a vowel) ouk {ook} and\n     (before an aspirate) ouch {ookh}\n\na primary word, the absolute negative [cf 3361] adverb;; particle\n\nAV - not 1214, no 136, cannot + 1410 55, misc 48; 1453\n\n1) no, not; in direct questions expecting an affirmative answer\n\nWigram's frequency count is 1535 not 1453.
03757^3757 hou {hoo}\n\ngenitive case of 3739 as adverb;; pron\n\nAV - where 22, whither 2, when 1, wherein 1, whithersoever + 1437 1; 27\n\n1) where
03758^3758 oua {oo-ah'}\n\na primary exclamation of surprise;; interj\n\nAV - ah 1; 1\n\n1) ah! ha! an interjection of wonder and amazement
03759^3759 ouai {oo-ah'-ee}\n\na primary exclamation of grief;; interj\n\nAV - woe 41, alas 6; 47\n\n1) alas, woe
03760^3760 oudamos {oo-dam-oce'}\n\nfrom (the feminine) of 3762;; adv\n\nAV - not 1; 1\n\n1) by no means, in no wise
03761^3761 oude {oo-deh'}\n\nfrom 3756 and 1161;; conj\n\nAV - neither 69, nor 31, not 10, no not 8, not so much as 2,\n     then not 1, not tr 1, misc 14; 137\n\n1) but not, neither, nor, not even
03762^3762 oudeis {oo-dice'} including feminine oudemia {oo-dem-ee'-ah}\n     and neuter ouden {oo-den'}\n\nfrom 3761 and 1520;; pron\n\nAV - no man 94, nothing 68, none 27, no 24, any man 3, any 3,\n     man 2, neither any man 2, misc 13; 236\n\n1) no one, nothing
03763^3763 oudepote {oo-dep'-ot-eh}\n\nfrom 3761 and 4218;; adv\n\nAV - never 14, neither at any time 1, nothing at any time + 3856 1; 16\n\n1) never
03764^3764 oudepo {oo-dep'-o}\n\nfrom 3761 and 4452;; adv\n\nAV - never before 1, never yet 1, nothing yet 1, not yet 1,\n     as yet not 1; 5\n\n1) not yet, not as yet
03765^3765 ouketi {ook-et'-ee} also (separately) ouk eti {ook et'-ee)\n\nfrom 3756 and 2089;; adv\n\nAV - no more 29, any more 3, now not 2, misc 13; 47\n\n1) no longer, no more, no further
03766^3766 oukoun {ook-oon'}\n\nfrom 3756 and 3767;; adv\n\nAV - then 1; 1\n\n1) not therefore
03767^3767 oun {oon}\n\napparently a root word;; particle\n\nAV - therefore 263, then 197, so 18, and 11, now 9, wherefore 8,\n     but 5, not tr 9, misc 6; 526\n\n1) then, therefore, accordingly, consequently, these things being so
03768^3768 oupo {oo'-po}\n\nfrom 3756 and 4452;; adv\n\nAV - not yet 20, hitherto ... not 1, as yet 1, no ... as yet 1; 23\n\n1) not yet
03769^3769 oura {oo-rah'}\n\napparently a root word;; n f\n\nAV - tail 5; 5\n\n1) a tail
03770^3770 ouranios {oo-ran'-ee-os}\n\nfrom 3772; TDNT - 5:536,736; adj\n\nAV - heavenly 6; 6\n\n1) heavenly\n   1a) dwelling in heaven\n   1b) coming from heaven
03771^3771 ouranothen {oo-ran-oth'-en}\n\nfrom 3772 and the enclitic of source; TDNT - 5:542,736; adv\n\nAV - from heaven 2; 2\n\n1) from heaven
03772^3772 ouranos {oo-ran-os'}\n\nperhaps from the same as 3735 (through the idea of elevation); the\n   sky; TDNT - 5:497,736; n m\n\nAV - heaven 268, air 10, sky 5, heavenly + 1537; 284\n\n1) the vaulted expanse of the sky with all things visible in it\n   1a) the universe, the world\n   1b) the aerial heavens or sky, the region where the clouds and\n       the tempests gather, and where thunder and lightning are\n       produced\n   1c) the sidereal or starry heavens\n2) the region above the sidereal heavens, the seat of order of\n   things eternal and consummately perfect where God dwells and\n   other heavenly beings
03773^3773 Ourbanos {oor-ban-os'}\n\nof Latin origin;; n pr m\n\nAV - Urbane 1; 1\n\nUrbane = "of the city; polite"\n1) a certain Christian in Ro. 16:9
03774^3774 Ourias {oo-ree'-as}\n\nof Hebrew origin 0223; TDNT - 3:1,*; n pr m\n\nAV - Urias 1; 1\n\nUriah = "light of Jehovah"\n1) the husband of Bathsheba, one of David's mighty men
03775^3775 ous {ooce}\n\napparently a primary word; TDNT - 5:543,744; n n\n\nAV - ear 37; 37\n\n1) the ear\n2) metaph. the faculty of perceiving with the mind, the faculty\n   of understanding and knowing
03776^3776 ousia {oo-see'-ah}\n\nfrom the feminine of 5607;; n f\n\nAV - goods 1, substance 1; 2\n\n1) what one has, i.e. property, possessions, estate
03777^3777 oute {oo'-teh}\n\nfrom 3756 and 5037;; adv\n\nAV - neither 44, nor 40, nor yet 4, no not 1, not 1, yet not 1,\n     misc 3; 94\n\n1) neither, and not
03778^3778 houtos {hoo'-tos} including nominative masculine plural\n     houtoi {hoo'-toy}, nominative feminine singular haute {how'-tay}\n     and nominative feminine plural hautai {how'-tahee}\n\nfrom the article 3588 and 846;; pron\n\nAV - this 157, these 59, he 31, the same 28, this man 25, she 12,\n     they 10, misc 33; 355\n\n1) this
03779^3779 houto {hoo'-to} or (before a vowel} houtos {hoo'-toce}\n\nfrom 3778;; adv\n\nAV - so 164, thus 17, even so 9, on this wise 6, likewise 4,\n     after this manner 3, misc 10; 213\n\n1) in this manner, thus, so
03780^3780 ouchi {oo-khee'}\n\nintensive of 3756;; particle\n\nAV - not 46, nay 5, not 4, not so 1; 56\n\n1) not, by no means, not at all
03781^3781 opheiletes {of-i-let'-ace}\n\nfrom 3784; TDNT - 5:565,746; n m\n\nAV - debtor 5, sinner 1, which owed 1; 7\n\n1) one who owes another, a debtor\n   1a) one held by some obligation, bound by some duty\n   1b) one who has not yet made amends to whom he has injured:\n       1b1) one who owes God penalty or whom God can demand punishment\n            as something due, i.e. a sinner
03782^3782 opheile {of-i-lay'}\n\nfrom 3784; TDNT - 5:564,746; n f\n\nAV - debt 1, dues 1; 2\n\n1) that which is owed\n2) a debt\n3) metaph. dues: specifically of conjugal duty
03783^3783 opheilema {of-i'-lay-mah}\n\nfrom (the alternate of) 3784; TDNT - 5:565,746; n n\n\nAV - debt 2; 2\n\n1) that which is owed\n   1a) that which is justly or legally due, a debt\n2) metaph. offence, sin
03784^3784 opheilo {of-i'-lo}\n\nor (in certain tenses) its prolonged form opheileo {of-i-leh'-o};\n   probably from the base of 3786 (through the idea of accruing);\n   TDNT - 5:559,746; v\n\nAV - ought 15, owe 7, be bound 2, be (one's) duty 2, be a debtor 1,\n     be guilty 1, be indebted 1, misc 7; 36\n\n1) to owe\n   1a) to owe money, be in debt for\n       1a1) that which is due, the debt\n2) metaph. the goodwill due
03785^3785 ophelon {of'-el-on}\n\nfirst person singular of a past tense of 3784;; particle\n\nAV - I would 2, I would to God 1, would to God 1; 4\n\n1) would that, where one wishes that a thing had happened which\n   has not happened or a thing be done which probably will not be done
03786^3786 ophelos {of'-el-os}\n\nfrom ophello (to heap up, i.e. accumulate or benefit);; n n\n\nAV - it profiteth 2, it advantageth 1; 3\n\n1) advantage, profit
03787^3787 ophthalmodouleia {of-thal-mod-oo-li'-ah}\n\nfrom 3788 and 1397; TDNT - 2:280,182; n f\n\nAV - eyeservice 2; 2\n\n1) service performed [only] under the master's eyes\n   1a) for the master's eye usually stimulates to greater diligence\n   1b) his absence, on the other hand, renders sluggish
03788^3788 ophthalmos {of-thal-mos'}\n\nfrom 3700; TDNT - 5:375,706; n m\n\nAV - eye 101, sight 1; 102\n\n1) the eye\n2) metaph. the eyes of the mind, the faculty of knowing
03789^3789 ophis {of'-is}\n\nprobably from 3700 (through the idea of sharpness of vision);\n   TDNT - 5:566,748; n m\n\nAV - serpent 14; 14\n\n1) snake, serpent\n2) with the ancients, the serpent was an emblem of cunning and wisdom.\n   The serpent who deceived Eve was regarded by the Jews as the devil.
03790^3790 ophrus {of-roos'}\n\nperhaps from 3700 (through the idea of the shading or proximity\n   to the organ of vision);; n f\n\nAV - brow 1; 1\n\n1) the eyebrow\n2) any prominence or projection
03791^3791 ochleo {okh-leh'-o}\n\nfrom 3793;; v\n\nAV - vex 2; 2\n\n1) to excite a mob against one\n2) to disturb, roll away\n3) to trouble, molest\n4) be in confusion, in an uproar\n5) to be vexed, molested, troubled: by demons
03792^3792 ochlopoieo {okh-lop-oy-eh'-o}\n\nfrom 3793 and 4160;; v\n\nAV - gather a company 1; 1\n\n1) to collect a crowd, gather the people together
03793^3793 ochlos {okh'los}\n\nfrom a derivative of 2192 (meaning a vehicle); TDNT - 5:582,750; n m\n\nAV - people 82, multitude 79, press 5, company 7, number of people 1,\n     number 1; 175\n\n1) a crowd\n   1a) a casual collection of people\n       1a1) a multitude of men who have flocked together in some place\n       1a2) a throng\n   1b) a multitude\n       1b1) the common people, as opposed to the rulers and leading men\n       1b2) with contempt: the ignorant multitude, the populace\n   1c) a multitude\n       1c1) the multitudes, seems to denote troops of people gathered\n            together without order
03794^3794 ochuroma {okh-oo'-ro-mah}\n\nfrom a remote derivative of 2192 (meaning to fortify, through the\n   idea of holding safely); TDNT - 5:590,752; n n\n\nAV - strong hold 1; 1\n\n1) a castle, stronghold, fortress, fastness\n2) anything on which one relies\n   2a) of the arguments and reasonings by which a disputant endeavours\n       to fortify his opinion and defend it against his opponent
03795^3795 opsarion {op-sar'-ee-on}\n\nfrom a presumed derivative of the base of 3702;; n n\n\nAV - fish 4, small fish 1; 5\n\n1) fish
03796^3796 opse {op-seh'}\n\nfrom the same as 3694 (through the idea of backwardness);\n   (adverbially) late in the day;; v\n\nAV - in the end 1, even 1, at even 1; 3\n\n1) after a long time, long after, late\n   1a) late in the day, i.e. at evening\n   1b) the sabbath having just passed, after the sabbath\n       1b1) at the early dawn of the first day of the week
03797^3797 opsimos {op'-sim-os}\n\nfrom 3796;; adj\n\nAV - latter 1; 1\n\n1) late, later\n   1a) of the time of subsidence of the waters of the Nile\n   1b) the latter or vernal rain, which falls chiefly in the months of\n       March and April just before the harvest
03798^3798 opsios {op'-see-os}\n\nfrom 3796;; adj\n\nAV - even 8, evening 4, in the evening + 1096 1, eventide + 5610 1,\n     at even + 1096 1; 15\n\n1) late\n2) evening\n   2a) either from three to six o'clock p.m.\n   2b) from six o'clock p.m. to the beginning of night
03799^3799 opsis {op'-sis}\n\nfrom 3700;; n f\n\nAV - appearance 1, face 1, countenance 1; 3\n\n1) seeing, sight\n2) face, countenance\n3) the outward appearance, look
03800^3800 opsonion {op-so'-nee-on}\n\nfrom a presumed derivative of the same as 3795; TDNT - 5:591,752; n n\n\nAV - wage 3, charges 1; 4\n\n1) a soldier's pay, allowance\n   1a) that part of the soldier's support given in place of pay [i.e.\n       rations] and the money in which he is paid\n2) metaph. wages: hire or pay of sin
03801^3801 ho on kai ho en kai ho erchomenos\n    {ho own kahee ho ane kahee ho er-khom'-en-os}\n\na phrase combining 3588 with the present participle and imperfect\n   of 1510 and the present participle of 2064 by means of 2532;; phrase\n\nAV - which is 2, and which was 2, and which is to come 2, which art 2,\n     and wast 2, which was 1, and is 1, and is to come 1,\n     and art to come 1, and shall be 1; 15\n\n1) He who is, and was, and is coming
03802^3802 pagideuo {pag-id-yoo'-o}\n\nfrom 3803; TDNT - 5:595,752; v\n\nAV - entangle 1; 1\n\n1) to ensnare, entrap\n   1a) of birds\n2) metaph. of the attempt to elicit from one some remark which can be\n   turned into an accusation against him
03803^3803 pagis {pag-ece'}\n\nfrom 4078; TDNT - 5:593,752; n f\n\nAV - snare 5; 5\n\n1) snare, trap, noose\n   1a) of snares in which birds are entangled and caught\n       1a1) implies unexpectedly, suddenly, because birds and beasts\n            are caught unawares\n   1b) a snare, i.e. whatever brings peril, loss, destruction\n       1b1) of a sudden and unexpected deadly peril\n       1b2) of the allurements and seductions of sin\n       1b3) the allurements to sin by which the devil holds one bound\n       1b4) the snares of love
03804^3804 pathema {path'-ay-mah}\n\nfrom a presumed derivative of 3806; TDNT - 5:930,798; n n\n\nAV - suffering 11, affliction 3, affection 1, motion 1; 16\n\n1) that which one suffers or has suffered\n   1a) externally, a suffering, misfortune, calamity, evil, affliction\n       1a1) of the sufferings of Christ\n       1a2) also the afflictions which Christians must undergo in\n            behalf of the same cause which Christ patiently endured\n   1b) of an inward state, an affliction, passion\n2) an enduring, undergoing, suffering
03805^3805 pathetos {path-ay-tos'}\n\nfrom the same as 3804; TDNT - 5:924,798; adj\n\nAV - suffer 1; 1\n\n1) passible, endued with the capacity of suffering, capable of feeling\n2) subject to the necessity of suffering, destined to suffer
03806^3806 pathos {path'-os}\n\nfrom the alternate of 3958; TDNT - 5:926,798; n n\n\nAV - inordinate affection 1, affection 1, lust 1; 3\n\n1) whatever befalls one, whether it be sad or joyous\n   1a) spec. a calamity, mishap, evil, affliction\n2) a feeling which the mind suffers\n   2a) an affliction of the mind, emotion, passion\n   2b) passionate deed\n   2c) used by the Greeks in either a good or bad sense\n   2d) in the NT in a bad sense, depraved passion, vile passions\n\nFor Synonyms see entry 5845
03807^3807 paidagogos {pahee-dag-o-gos'}\n\nfrom 3816 and a reduplicated form of 71; TDNT - 5:596,753; n m\n\nAV - schoolmaster 2, instructor 1; 3\n\n1) a tutor i.e. a guardian and guide of boys. Among the Greeks and\n   the Romans the name was applied to trustworthy slaves who were\n   charged with the duty of supervising the life and morals of boys\n   belonging to the better class. The boys were not allowed so much\n   as to step out of the house without them before arriving at the\n   age of manhood.
03808^3808 paidarion {pahee-dar'-ee-on}\n\nfrom a presumed derivative of 3816; TDNT - 5:636,759; n n\n\nAV - child 1, lad 1; 2\n\n1) little boy, a lad\n\nFor Synonyms see entry 5868
03809^3809 paideia {pahee-di'-ah}\n\nfrom 3811; TDNT - 5:596,753; n f\n\nAV - chastening 3, nurture 1, instruction 1, chastisement 1; 6\n\n1) the whole training and education of children (which relates\n   to the cultivation of mind and morals, and employs for this\n   purpose now commands and admonitions, now reproof and\n   punishment) It also includes the training and care of the body\n2) whatever in adults also cultivates the soul, esp. by\n   correcting mistakes and curbing passions.\n   2a) instruction which aims at increasing virtue\n   2b) chastisement, chastening, (of the evils with which God\n       visits men for their amendment)
03810^3810 paideutes {pahee-dyoo-tace'}\n\nfrom 3811; TDNT - 5:596,753; n m\n\nAV - instructor 1, which corrected 1; 2\n\n1) an instructor, preceptor, teacher\n2) a chastiser
03811^3811 paideuo {pahee-dyoo'-o}\n\nfrom 3816; TDNT - 5:596,753; v\n\nAV - chasten 6, chastise 2, learn 2, teach 2, instruct 1; 13\n\n1) to train children\n   1a) to be instructed or taught or learn\n   1b) to cause one to learn\n2) to chastise\n   2a) to chastise or castigate with words, to correct\n       2a1) of those who are moulding the character of others by\n            reproof and admonition\n   2b) of God\n       2b1) to chasten by the affliction of evils and calamities\n   2c) to chastise with blows, to scourge\n       2c1) of a father punishing his son\n       2c2) of a judge ordering one to be scourged
03812^3812 paidiothen {pahee-dee-oth'-en}\n\nfrom (of source) from 3813;; adv\n\nAV - of a child 1; 1\n\n1) from childhood, from a child
03813^3813 paidion {pahee-dee'-on}\n\nfrom dimin. of 3816; TDNT - 5:636,759; n n\n\nAV - child 25, little child 12, young child 10, damsel 4; 51\n\n1) a young child, a little boy, a little girl\n   1a) infants\n   1b) children, little ones\n   1c) an infant\n       1c1) of a (male) child just recently born\n   1d) of a more advanced child; of a mature child;\n   1e) metaph. children (like children) in intellect\n\nFor Synonyms see entry 5868
03814^3814 paidiske {pahee-dis'-kay}\n\nfrom diminutive of 3816;; n f\n\nAV - damsel 4, bondwomen 4, maid 3, maiden 1, bondmaid 1; 13\n\n1) a young girl, damsel\n2) a maid-servant, a young female slave\n   2a) a maid servant who has charge of the door\n\nFor Synonyms see entry 5868
03815^3815 paizo {paheed'-zo}\n\nfrom 3816; TDNT - 5:625,758; v\n\nAV - play 1; 1\n\n1) to play like a child\n2) to play, sport, jest\n3) to give way to hilarity, esp. by joking singing, dancing
03816^3816 pais {paheece}\n\nperhaps from 3817; TDNT - 5:636,759; n m/f\n\nAV - servant 10, child 7, son (Christ) 2, son 1, manservant 1,\n     maid 1, maiden 1, young man 1; 24\n\n1) a child, boy or girl\n   1a) infants, children\n2) servant, slave\n   2a) an attendant, servant, spec. a king's attendant, minister\n\nFor Synonyms see entry 5868
03817^3817 paio {pah'-yo}\n\na primary verb; to hit (as if by a single blow and less violently\n   than 5180);; v\n\nAV - smite 4, strike 1; 5\n\n1) to strike, smite\n2) to sting (to strike or wound with a sting)
03818^3818 Pakatiane {pak-at-ee-an-ay'}\n\nfeminine of an adjective of uncertain derivation;; adj\n\nAV - Pacatiana 1; 1\n\nPhrygia = "dry, barren"\n1) in the 4th century after Christ, Phrygia was divided into Phrygia\n   Salutaris and Phrygia Pacatiana; Laodicea was a city in the latter
03819^3819 palai {pal'-ahee}\n\nprobably another form for 3825 (through the idea of\n   retrocession); TDNT - 5:717,769; adv\n\nAV - long ago 1, any while 1, a great while ago 1, old 1,\n     in time past 1, of old 1; 6\n\n1) of old, former\n2) long ago
03820^3820 palaios {pal-ah-yos'}\n\nfrom 3819; TDNT - 5:717,769; adj\n\nAV - old 18, old wine 1; 19\n\n1) old, ancient\n2) no longer new, worn by use, the worse for wear, old\n\nFor Synonyms see entry 5816
03821^3821 palaiotes {pal-ah-yot'-ace}\n\nfrom 3820; TDNT - 5:720,769; n f\n\nAV - oldness 1; 1\n\n1) oldness: the old state of life controlled by 'the letter'
03822^3822 palaioo {pal-ah-yo'-o}\n\nfrom 3820; TDNT - 5:720,769; v\n\nAV - wax old 2, make old 1, decay 1; 4\n\n1) to make ancient or old\n   1a) to become old, to be worn out\n   1b) of things worn out by time and use\n2) to declare a thing to be old and so about to be abrogated
03823^3823 pale {pal'-ay}\n\nfrom pallo (to vibrate, another form for 906); TDNT - 5:721,770; n f\n\nAV - wrestle 1; 1\n\n1) wrestling (a contest between two in which each endeavours to throw\n   the other, and which is decided when the victor is able to hold\n   his opponent down with his hand upon his neck)\n   1a) the term is transferred to the Christian's struggle with the\n       power of evil
03824^3824 paliggenesia {pal-ing-ghen-es-ee'-ah}\n\nfrom 3825 and 1078; TDNT - 1:686,117; n f\n\nAV - regeneration 2; 2\n\n1) new birth, reproduction, renewal, recreation, regeneration\n   1a) hence renovation, regeneration, the production of a new life\n       consecrated to God, a radical change of mind for the better.\n       The word often used to denote the restoration of a thing to\n       its pristine state, its renovation, as a renewal or\n       restoration of life after death\n   1b) the renovation of the earth after the deluge\n   1c) the renewal of the world to take place after its destruction\n       by fire, as the Stoics taught\n   1d) the signal and glorious change of all things (in heaven and\n       earth) for the better, that restoration of the primal and\n       perfect condition of things which existed before the fall of\n       our first parents, which the Jews looked for in connection\n       with the advent of the Messiah, and which Christians expected\n       in connection with the visible return of Jesus from heaven.\n   1e) other uses\n       1e1) of Cicero's restoration to rank and fortune on his recall\n            from exile\n       1e2) of the restoration of the Jewish nation after exile\n       1e3) of the recovery of knowledge by recollection
03825^3825 palin {pal'-in}\n\nprobably from the same as 3823 (through the idea of oscillatory\n   repetition);; adv\n\nAV - again 142; 142\n\n1) anew, again\n   1a) renewal or repetition of the action\n   1b) again, anew\n2) again, i.e. further, moreover\n3) in turn, on the other hand
03826^3826 pamplethei {pam-play-thi'}\n\ndative case (adverb) of a compound of 3956 and 4128;; adv\n\nAV - all at once 1; 1\n\n1) with the whole multitude\n2) all together, one and all
03827^3827 pampolus {pam-pol-ooce}\n\nfrom 3956 and 4183;; adj\n\nAV - very great 1; 1\n\n1) very great
03828^3828 Pamphulia {pam-fool-ee'-ah}\n\nfrom a compound of 3956 and 4443, every-tribal, i.e.\n   heterogeneous (5561 being implied);; n pr loc\n\nAV - Pamphylia 5; 5\n\nPamphylia = "of every tribe"\n1) a province in Asia Minor, bounded on the east by Cilicia, on the\n   west by Lycia and Phrygia Minor, on the north by Galatia and\n   Cappadocia, and on the south by the Mediterranean Sea
03829^3829 pandocheion {pan-dokk-i'-on}\n\nfrom a presumed compound of 3956 and a derivative of 1209;; n n\n\nAV - inn 1; 1\n\n1) an inn, a public house for the reception of strangers
03830^3830 pandocheus {pan-dokh-yoos'}\n\nfrom the same as 3829;; n m\n\nAV - host 1; 1\n\n1) an inn keeper, host
03831^3831 paneguris {pan-ay'-goo-ris}\n\nfrom 3956 and a derivative of 58; TDNT - 5:722,770; n f\n\nAV - general assembly 1; 1\n\n1) a festal gathering of the whole people to celebrate public\n   games or other solemnities\n2) a public festal assembly
03832^3832 panoiki {pan-oy-kee'}\n\nfrom 3956 and 3624;; adv\n\nAV - with all (one's) house 1; 1\n\n1) with all (his) house, with (his) whole family
03833^3833 panoplia {pan-op-lee'-ah}\n\nfrom a compound of 3956 and 3696; TDNT - 5:295,702; n f\n\nAV - whole armour 2, all ... armour 1; 3\n\n1) full armour, complete armour\n   1a) includes shield, sword, lance, helmet, greaves, and breastplate
03834^3834 panourgia {pan-oorg-ee'-ah}\n\nfrom 3835; TDNT - 5:722,770; n f\n\nAV - craftiness 3, subtlety 1, cunning craftiness 1; 5\n\n1) craftiness, cunning\n2) a specious or false wisdom\n3) in a good sense, prudence, skill, in undertaking and\n   carrying on affairs
03835^3835 panourgos {pan-oor'-gos}\n\nfrom 3956 and 2041; TDNT - 5:722,770; adj\n\nAV - crafty 1; 1\n\n1) skilful, clever\n   1a) in a good sense, fit to undertake and accomplish anything,\n       dexterous, wise, sagacious, skilful\n   1b) in a bad sense, crafty, cunning, knavish, treacherous, deceitful
03836^3836 pantachothen {pan-takh-oth'-en}\n\nadverb (of source) from 3837;; adv\n\nAV - from every quarter 1; 1\n\n1) from all sides, from every quarter
03837^3837 pantachou {pan-takh-oo'}\n\ngenitive case (as adverb of place) of a presumed derivative of 3956;; adv\n\nAV - every where 6, in all places 1; 7\n\n1) everywhere
03838^3838 panteles {pan-tel-ace'}\n\nadverb (of manner) from 3956 and 5056; TDNT - 8:66,1161; adj\n\nAV - in no wise + 1519 + 3588 1, uttermost 1; 2\n\n1) all complete, perfect\n2) completely, perfectly, utterly
03839^3839 pante {pan'-tay}\n\nadverb (of manner) from 3956;; adv\n\nAV - always 1; 1\n\n1) everywhere, wholly, in all respects, in every way
03840^3840 pantothen {pan-toth'-en}\n\nadverb (of source) from 3956;; adv\n\nAV - on every side 1, round about 1; 2\n\n1) from all sides, from every quarter
03841^3841 pantokrator {pan-tok-rat'-ore}\n\nfrom 3956 and 2904; TDNT - 3:914,466; n m\n\nAV - Almighty 9, omnipotent 1; 10\n\n1) he who holds sway over all things\n2) the ruler of all\n3) almighty: God
03842^3842 pantote {pan'-tot-eh}\n\nfrom 3956 and 3753;; adv\n\nAV - always 29, ever 6, alway 5, evermore 2; 42\n\n1) at all times, always, ever
03843^3843 pantos {pan'-toce}\n\nfrom 3956;; adv\n\nAV - by all means 2, altogether 2, surely 1, must needs + 1163 1,\n     no doubt 1, in no wise 1, at all 1; 9\n\n1) altogether\n   1a) in any and every way, by all means\n   1b) doubtless, surely, certainly\n   1c) in no wise, not at all
03844^3844 para {par-ah'}\n\na root word; TDNT - 5:727,771; prep\n\nAV - of 51, with 42, from 24, by ... side 15, at 12, than 11,\n     misc 45; 200\n\n1) from, of at, by, besides, near
03845^3845 parabaino {par-ab-ah'-ee-no}\n\nfrom 3844 and the base of 939; TDNT - 5:736,772; v\n\nAV - transgression 3, fall by transgression 1; 4\n\n1) to go by the side of\n2) to go past or pass over without touching a thing\n3) to overstep, neglect, violate, transgress\n4) so to go past as to turn aside from\n   4a) to depart, leave, be turned from\n5) one who abandons his trust
03846^3846 paraballo {par-ab-al'-lo}\n\nfrom 3844 and 906;; v\n\nAV - compare 1, arrive 1; 2\n\n1) to throw before, cast to (as fodder for horses)\n2) to put one thing by the side of another for the sake of comparison,\n   to compare, liken\n3) to put one's self, betake one's self into a place or to a person
03847^3847 parabasis {par-ab'-as-is}\n\nfrom 3845; TDNT - 5:739,772; n f\n\nAV - transgression 6, breaking 1; 7\n\n1) a going over\n2) metaph. a disregarding, violating\n   2a) of the Mosaic law\n   2b) the breach of a definite, promulgated, ratified law\n   2c) to create transgressions, i.e. that sins might take on the\n       character of transgressions, and thereby the consciousness\n       of sin be intensified and the desire for redemption be aroused
03848^3848 parabates {par-ab-at'-ace}\n\nfrom 3845; TDNT - 5:740,772; n m\n\nAV - transgressor 3, breaker 1, transgress 1; 5\n\n1) a transgressor\n2) a lawbreaker
03849^3849 parabiazomai {par-ab-ee-ad'-zom-ahee}\n\nfrom 3844 and the middle voice of 971;; v\n\nAV - constrain 2; 2\n\n1) to employ force contrary to nature and right\n2) to compel by employing force\n3) to constrain one by entreaties
03850^3850 parabole {par-ab-ol-ay'}\n\nfrom 3846; TDNT - 5:744,773; n f\n\nAV - parable 46, figure 2, comparison 1, proverb 1; 50\n\n1) a placing of one thing by the side of another, juxtaposition,\n   as of ships in battle\n2) metaph.\n   2a) a comparing, comparison of one thing with another, likeness,\n       similitude\n   2b) an example by which a doctrine or precept is illustrated\n   2c) a narrative, fictitious but agreeable to the laws and usages of\n       human life, by which either the duties of men or the things of\n       God, particularly the nature and history of God's kingdom are\n       figuratively portrayed\n   2d) a parable: an earthly story with a heavenly meaning\n3) a pithy and instructive saying, involving some likeness or\n   comparison and having preceptive or admonitory force\n   3a) an aphorism, a maxim\n4) a proverb\n5) an act by which one exposes himself or his possessions to danger,\n   a venture, a risk
03851^3851 parabouleuomai {par-ab-ool-yoo'-om-ahee}\n\nfrom 3844 and the middle voice of 1011;; v\n\nAV - regard not 1; 1\n\n1) to consult amiss
03852^3852 paraggelia {par-ang-gel-ee'-ah}\n\nfrom 3853; TDNT - 5:761,776; n f\n\nAV - commandment 2, charge 2, straitly 1; 5\n\n1) announcement, a proclaiming or giving a message to\n2) a charge, a command
03853^3853 paraggello {par-ang-gel'-lo}\n\nfrom 3844 and the base of 32; TDNT - 5:761,776; v\n\nAV - command 20, charge 6, give commandment 1, give charge 1,\n     declare 1, give in charge 1, vr command 1; 31\n\n1) to transmit a message along from one to another, to declare, announce\n2) to command, order, charge\n\nFor Synonyms see entry 5844
03854^3854 paraginomai {par-ag-in'-om-ahee}\n\nfrom 3844 and 1096;; v\n\nAV - come 35, be present 1, go 1; 37\n\n1) to be present, to come near, approach\n2) to come forth, make one's public appearance
03855^3855 parago {par-ag'-o}\n\nfrom 3844 and 71; TDNT - 1:129,20; v\n\nAV - pass by 5, pass away 2, pass forth 1, depart 1, pass 1; 10\n\n1) pass by\n   1a) to lead past, lead by\n   1b) to lead aside, mislead\n       1b1) to lead away\n   1c) to lead to\n       1c1) to lead forth, bring forward\n2) to pass by, go past\n   2a) to depart, go away\n3) metaph. disappear
03856^3856 paradeigmatizo {par-ad-igue-mat-id'-zo}\n\nfrom 3844 and 1165; TDNT - 2:32,141; v\n\nAV - make a public example 1, put to open shame 1; 2\n\n1) to set forth as a public example, make an example of\n   1a) in a bad sense\n       1a1) to hold up to infamy\n       1a2) to expose to public disgrace
03857^3857 paradeisos {par-ad'-i-sos}\n\nof Oriental origin cf 06508; TDNT - 5:765,777; n m\n\nAV - paradise 3; 3\n\n1) among the Persians a grand enclosure or preserve, hunting\n   ground, park, shady and well watered, in which wild animals,\n   were kept for the hunt; it was enclosed by walls and furnished\n   with towers for the hunters\n2) a garden, pleasure ground\n   2a) grove, park\n3) the part of Hades which was thought by the later Jews to be\n   the abode of the souls of pious until the resurrection: but\n   some understand this to be a heavenly paradise\n4) the upper regions of the heavens. According to the early\n   church Fathers, the paradise in which our first parents dwelt\n   before the fall still exists, neither on the earth or in the\n   heavens, but above and beyond the world\n5) heaven
03858^3858 paradechomai {par-ad-ekh'-om-ahee}\n\nfrom 3844 and 1209;; v\n\nAV - receive 5; 5\n\n1) to receive, take up, take upon one's self\n2) to admit i.e. not to reject, to accept, receive\n   2a) of a son: to acknowledge as one's own
03859^3859 paradiatribe {par-ad-ee-at-ree-bay'}\n\nfrom a compound of 3844 and 1304;; n f\n\nAV - perverse disputing 1; 1\n\n1) useless occupation, empty business, misemployment
03860^3860 paradidomi {par-ad-id'-o-mee}\n\nfrom 3844 and 1325; TDNT - 2:169,166; v\n\nAV - deliver 53, betray 40, deliver up 10, give 4, give up 4,\n     give over 2, commit 2, misc 6; 121\n\n1) to give into the hands (of another)\n2) to give over into (one's) power or use\n   2a) to deliver to one something to keep, use,\n       take care of, manage\n   2b) to deliver up one to custody, to be judged, condemned,\n       punished, scourged, tormented, put to death\n   2c) to deliver up treacherously\n       2c1) by betrayal to cause one to be taken\n       2c2) to deliver one to be taught, moulded\n3) to commit, to commend\n4) to deliver verbally\n   4a) commands, rites\n   4b) to deliver by narrating, to report\n5) to permit allow\n   5a) when the fruit will allow that is when its ripeness permits\n   5b) gives itself up, presents itself
03861^3861 paradoxos {par-ad'-ox-os}\n\nfrom 3844 and 1391 (in the sense of seeming); TDNT - 2:255,178; adj\n\nAV - strange 1; 1\n\n1) unexpected, uncommon, incredible, wonderful
03862^3862 paradosis {par-ad'-os-is}\n\nfrom 3860; TDNT - 2:172,166; n f\n\nAV - tradition 12, ordinance 1; 13\n\n1) giving up, giving over\n   1a) the act of giving up\n   1b) the surrender of cities\n2) a giving over which is done by word of mouth or in writing,\n   i.e. tradition by instruction, narrative, precept, etc.\n   2a) objectively, that which is delivered, the substance of a\n       teaching\n   2b) of the body of precepts, esp. ritual, which in the opinion of\n       the later Jews were orally delivered by Moses and orally\n       transmitted in unbroken succession to subsequent generations,\n       which precepts, both illustrating and expanding the written\n       law, as they did were to be obeyed with equal reverence
03863^3863 parazeloo {par-ad-zay-lo'-o}\n\nfrom 3844 and 2206; TDNT - 2:881,297; v\n\nAV - provoke to jealousy 3, provoke to emulation 1; 4\n\n1) to provoke to\n  1a) to provoke to jealously or rivalry\n  1b) to provoke to anger
03864^3864 parathalassios {par-ath-al-as'-see-os}\n\nfrom 3844 and 2281;; adj\n\nAV - upon the sea coast 1; 1\n\n1) besides the sea, by the sea
03865^3865 paratheoreo {par-ath-eh-o-reh'-o}\n\nfrom 3844 and 2334;; v\n\nAV - neglect 1; 1\n\n1) to examine things placed beside each other, to compare\n2) to overlook, neglect
03866^3866 paratheke {par-ath-ay'-kay}\n\nfrom 3908; TDNT - 8:162,1176; n f\n\nAV - that ... committed + 3588 1; 1\n\n1) a deposit, a trust or thing consigned to one's faithful keeping\n   1a) used of the correct knowledge and pure doctrine of\n       the gospel, to be held firmly and faithfully, and to be\n       conscientiously delivered unto others
03867^3867 paraineo {par-ahee-neh'-o}\n\nfrom 3844 and 134;; v\n\nAV - admonish 1, exhort 1; 2\n\n1) to exhort, admonish
03868^3868 paraiteomai {par-ahee-teh'-om-ahee}\n\nfrom 3844 and the middle voice of 154; TDNT - 1:195,30; v\n\nAV - refuse 5, excuse 2, make excuse 1, avoid 1, reject 1, intreat 1; 11\n\n1) to ask along side, beg to have near one\n   1a) to obtain by entreaty\n   1b) to beg from, to ask for, supplicate\n2) to avert by entreaty or seek to avert, to deprecate\n   2a) to entreat that ... not\n   2b) to refuse, decline\n   2c) to shun, avoid\n   2d) to avert displeasure by entreaty\n       2d1) to beg pardon, crave indulgence, to excuse\n       2d2) of one excusing himself for not accepting a wedding\n            invitation to a feast
03869^3869 parakathizo {par-ak-ath-id'-zo}\n\nfrom 3844 and 2523;; v\n\nAV - sit 1; 1\n\n1) to make to sit down besides\n2) to set beside, place near\n3) sit down beside
03870^3870 parakaleo {par-ak-al-eh'-o}\n\nfrom 3844 and 2564; TDNT - 5:773,778; v\n\nAV - beseech 43, comfort 23, exhort 21, desire 8, pray 6, intreat 3,\n     misc 4, vr besought 1; 109\n\n1) to call to one's side, call for, summon\n2) to address, speak to, (call to, call upon), which may be done in\n   the way of exhortation, entreaty, comfort, instruction, etc.\n   2a) to admonish, exhort\n   2b) to beg, entreat, beseech\n       2b1) to strive to appease by entreaty\n   2c) to console, to encourage and strengthen by consolation, to\n       comfort\n       2c1) to receive consolation, be comforted\n   2d) to encourage, strengthen\n   2e) exhorting and comforting and encouraging\n   2f) to instruct, teach
03871^3871 parakalupto {par-ak-al-oop'-to}\n\nfrom 3844 and 2572;; v\n\nAV - hide 1; 1\n\n1) to cover over, cover up, hide, conceal
03872^3872 parakatatheke {par-ak-at-ath-ay'-kay}\n\nfrom a compound of 3844 and 2698; TDNT - 8:162,1176; n f\n\nAV - that committed to (one's) trust + 3588 2; 2\n\n1) a deposit, a trust or thing consigned to one's faithful keeping\n   1a) used of the correct knowledge and pure doctrine of the gospel,\n       to be held firmly and faithfully, and to be conscientiously\n       delivered unto others
03873^3873 parakeimai {par-ak'-i-mahee}\n\nfrom 3844 and 2749; TDNT - 3:656,425; v\n\nAV - be present 2; 2\n\n1) to lie beside, to be near\n2) to be present, at hand
03874^3874 paraklesis {par-ak'-lay-sis}\n\nfrom 3870; TDNT - 5:773,778; n f\n\nAV - consolation 14, exhortation 8, comfort 6, intreaty 1; 29\n\n1) a calling near, summons, (esp. for help)\n2) importation, supplication, entreaty\n3) exhortation, admonition, encouragement\n4) consolation, comfort, solace; that which affords comfort or refreshment\n   4a) thus of the Messianic salvation (so the Rabbis call the Messiah\n       the consoler, the comforter)\n5) persuasive discourse, stirring address\n   5a) instructive, admonitory, conciliatory, powerful hortatory discourse
03875^3875 parakletos {par-ak'-lay-tos}\n\na root word; TDNT - 5:800,782; n m\n\nAV - comforter 4, advocate 1; 5\n\n1) summoned, called to one's side, esp. called to one's aid\n   1a) one who pleads another's cause before a judge, a pleader,\n       counsel for defense, legal assistant, an advocate\n   1b) one who pleads another's cause with one, an intercessor\n       1b1) of Christ in his exaltation at God's right hand, pleading\n            with God the Father for the pardon of our sins\n   1c) in the widest sense, a helper, succourer, aider, assistant\n       1c1) of the Holy Spirit destined to take the place of Christ\n            with the apostles (after his ascension to the Father), to\n            lead them to a deeper knowledge of the gospel truth, and\n            give them divine strength needed to enable them to undergo\n            trials and persecutions on behalf of the divine kingdom
03876^3876 parakoe {par-ak-o-ay'}\n\nfrom 3878; TDNT - 1:223,34; n f\n\nAV - disobedient 3; 3\n\n1) a hearing amiss\n2) disobedience
03877^3877 parakoloutheo {par-ak-ol-oo-theh'-o}\n\nfrom 3844 and 190; TDNT - 1:215,33; v\n\nAV - follow 1, have understanding 1, attain 1, fully know 1; 4\n\n1) to follow after\n   1a) so to follow one as to be always at his side\n   1b) to follow close, accompany\n2) metaph.\n   2a) to be always present, to attend one wherever he goes\n   2b) to follow up a thing in mind so as to attain to the\n       knowledge of it\n       2b1) to understand, (cf our follow a matter up, trace its course)\n       2b2) to examine thoroughly, investigate\n   2c) to follow faithfully i.e a standard or rule,\n       to conform one's self to
03878^3878 parakouo {par-ak-oo'-o}\n\nfrom 3844 and 191; TDNT - 1:223,34; v\n\nAV - neglect to hear 2; 2\n\n1) to hear aside\n   1a) causally or carelessly or amiss\n2) to be unwilling to hear\n   2a) on hearing to neglect, to pay no heed to\n   2b) to refuse to hear, pay no regard to, disobey
03879^3879 parakupto {par-ak-oop'-to}\n\nfrom 3844 and 2955; TDNT - 5:814,784; v\n\nAV - stoop down 3, look 2; 5\n\n1) to stoop to a thing in order to look at it\n2) to look at with head bowed forward\n3) to look into with the body bent\n4) to stoop and look into\n5) metaph. to look carefully into, inspect curiously\n   5a) of one who would become acquainted with something
03880^3880 paralambano {par-al-am-ban'-o}\n\nfrom 3844 and 2983; TDNT - 4:11,495; v\n\nAV - take 30, receive 15, take unto 2, take up 2, take away 1; 50\n\n1) to take to, to take with one's self, to join to one's self\n   1a) an associate, a companion\n   1b) metaph.\n       1b1) to accept or acknowledge one to be such as he professes to be\n       1b2) not to reject, not to withhold obedience\n2) to receive something transmitted\n   2a) an office to be discharged\n   2b) to receive with the mind\n       2b1) by oral transmission: of the authors from whom the\n            tradition proceeds\n       2b2) by the narrating to others, by instruction of teachers\n            (used of disciples)
03881^3881 paralegomai {par-al-eg'-om-ahee}\n\nfrom 3844 and the middle voice of 3004 (in its original sense);; v\n\nAV - pass 1, sail by 1; 2\n\n1) to sail past, coast along\n2) work past, weather
03882^3882 paralios {par-al'-ee-os}\n\nfrom 3844 and 251;; adj\n\nAV - sea coast 1; 1\n\n1) by the sea, maritime, the sea coast
03883^3883 parallage {par-al-lag-ay'}\n\nfrom a compound of 3844 and 236;; n f\n\nAV - variableness 1; 1\n\n1) variation, change
03884^3884 paralogizomai {par-al-og-id'-zom-ahee}\n\nfrom 3844 and 3049;; v\n\nAV - beguile 1, deceive 1; 2\n\n1) to reckon wrong, miscount\n2) to cheat by false reckoning\n   2a) to deceive by false reasoning\n3) to deceive, delude, circumvent
03885^3885 paralutikos {par-al-oo-tee-kos'}\n\nfrom a derivative of 3886;; adj\n\nAV - sick of palsy 9, (one) that has the palsy 1; 10\n\n1) paralytic\n   1a) suffering from the relaxing of the nerves of one's side\n   1b) disabled, weak of limb
03886^3886 paraluo {par-al-oo'-o}\n\nfrom 3844 and 3089;; v\n\nAV - sick of the palsy 2, taken with palsy 2, feeble 1; 5\n\n1) to loose on one side or from the side\n2) to loose or part things placed side by side\n3) to loosen, dissolve\n4) to weaken, enfeeble\n5) suffering from the relaxing of the nerves, unstrung, weak of limb\n6) tottering, weakened, feeble knees
03887^3887 parameno {par-am-en'-o}\n\nfrom 3844 and 3306; TDNT - 4:577,581; v\n\nAV - continue 2, abide 1; 3\n\n1) to remain beside, continue always near\n2) to survive, remain alive
03888^3888 paramutheomai {par-am-oo-theh'-om-ahee}\n\nfrom 3844 and the middle voice of a derivative of 3454;\n   TDNT - 5:816,784; v\n\nAV - comfort 4; 4\n\n1) to speak to, address one, whether by way of admonition and\n   incentive, or to calm and console\n   1a) to encourage, console
03889^3889 paramuthia {par-am-oo-thee'-ah}\n\nfrom 3888; TDNT - 5:816,784; n f\n\nAV - comfort 1; 1\n\n1) any address, whether made for the purpose of persuading, or\n   of arousing and stimulating, or of calming and consoling\n   1a) consolation, comfort
03890^3890 paramuthion {par-am-oo'-thee-on}\n\nfrom 3889; TDNT - 5:816,784; n n\n\nAV - comfort 1; 1\n\n1) persuasive address
03891^3891 paranomeo {par-an-om-eh'-o}\n\nfrom a compound of 3844 and 3551; TDNT - 4:1091,646; v\n\nAV - contrary to the law 1; 1\n\n1) to act contrary to the law, to break the law
03892^3892 paranomia {par-an-om-ee'-ah}\n\nfrom the same as 3891; TDNT - 4:1090,646; n f\n\nAV - iniquity 1; 1\n\n1) breach of law, transgression, wickedness
03893^3893 parapikraino {par-ap-ik-rah'-ee-no}\n\nfrom 3844 and 4087; TDNT - 6:125,839; v\n\nAV - provoke 1; 1\n\n1) to provoke, exasperate\n2) to rouse to indignation
03894^3894 parapikrasmos {par-ap-ik-ras-mos'}\n\nfrom 3893; TDNT - 6:125,839; n m\n\nAV - provocation 2; 2\n\n1) provocation
03895^3895 parapipto {par-ap-ip'-to}\n\nfrom 3844 and 4098; TDNT - 6:170,846; v\n\nAV - fall away 1; 1\n\n1) to fall beside a person or thing\n2) to slip aside\n   2a) to deviate from the right path, turn aside, wander\n   2b) to error\n   2c) to fall away (from the true faith): from worship of Jehovah
03896^3896 parapleo {par-ap-leh'-o}\n\nfrom 3844 and 4126;; v\n\nAV - sail by 1; 1\n\n1) to sail by, sail past
03897^3897 paraplesion {par-ap-lay'-see-on}\n\nfrom a compound of 3844 and the base of 4139 (as adverb);; adj\n\nAV - nigh unto 1; 1\n\n1) near to, almost to
03898^3898 paraplesios {par-ap-lay-see'-oce}\n\nfrom the same as 3897;; adv\n\nAV - likewise 1; 1\n\n1) similarly, in like manner, in the same way
03899^3899 paraporeuomai {par-ap-or-yoo'-om-ahee}\n\nfrom 3844 and 4198;; v\n\nAV - pass by 3, go 1, pass 1; 5\n\n1) to proceed at the side, go past, pass by
03900^3900 paraptoma {par-ap'-to-mah}\n\nfrom 3895; TDNT - 6:170,846; n n\n\nAV - trespass 9, offence 7, sin 3, fall 2, fault 2; 23\n\n1) to fall beside or near something\n2) a lapse or deviation from truth and uprightness\n   2a) a sin, misdeed
03901^3901 pararrhueo {par-ar-hroo-eh'-o}\n\nfrom 3844 and the alternate of 4482;; v\n\nAV - let slip 1; 1\n\n1) to glide by: lest we be carried by, pass by\n   1a) lest the salvation which these things heard show us how to\n       obtain, slip away from us\n   1b) a thing escapes me\n   1c) slips my mind
03902^3902 parasemos {par-as'-ay-mos}\n\nfrom 3844 and the base of 4591;; adj\n\nAV - sign 1; 1\n\n1) marked falsely, spurious, counterfeit: as a coin\n2) marked beside or in the margin\n   2a) so noteworthy words, which the reader of a book marks\n       on the margin\n3) noted, marked, conspicuous, remarkable\n   3a) of persons in a bad sense, notorious\n4) marked with a sign: a ship marked with the image or figure of\n   Dioscuri (Castor and Pollux)
03903^3903 paraskeuazo {par-ask-yoo-ad'-zo}\n\nfrom 3844 and a derivative of 4632;; v\n\nAV - make ready 1, prepare oneself 1, be ready 1, ready 1; 4\n\n1) to make one's self ready, to prepare one's self\n2) have prepared one's self, to be prepared or ready
03904^3904 paraskeue {par-ask-yoo-ay'}\n\nas if from 3903; TDNT - 7:1,989; n f\n\nAV - preparation 6; 6\n\n1) a making ready, preparation, equipping\n2) that which is prepared, equipment\n3) in the NT in a Jewish sense, the day of preparation\n   3a) the day on which the Jews made necessary preparation to\n       celebrate a sabbath or a feast
03905^3905 parateino {par-at-i'-no}\n\nfrom 3844 and teino (to stretch);; v\n\nAV - continue 1; 1\n\n1) to extend beside, to stretch out lengthwise, to extend\n2) to prolong
03906^3906 paratereo {par-at-ay-reh'-o}\n\nfrom 3844 and 5083; TDNT - 8:146,1174; v\n\nAV - watched 4, observe 1, watched + 2258 1; 6\n\n1) to stand beside and watch, to watch assiduously, observe carefully\n  1a) to watch, attend to with the eyes\n      1a) of auguries, to see what he is going to do\n      1b) in a bad sense, to watch insidiously\n      1c) to watch one's self\n  1b) to observe, keep scrupulously\n      1b1) to neglect nothing requisite to the religious observance of
03907^3907 parateresis {par-at-ay'-ray-sis}\n\nfrom 3906; TDNT - 8:148,1174; n f\n\nAV - observation 1; 1\n\n1) observation
03908^3908 paratithemi {par-at-ith'-ay-mee}\n\nfrom 3844 and 5087; TDNT - 8:162,1176; v\n\nAV - set before 9, commit 3, commend 3, put forth 2,\n     commit the keeping of 1, allege 1; 19\n\n1) to place beside or near or set before\n   1a) food, i.e. food placed on a table\n   1b) to set before (one) in teaching\n   1c) to set forth (from one's self), to explain\n2) to place down (from one's self or for one's self) with any one\n   2a) to deposit\n   2b) to intrust, commit to one's charge
03909^3909 paratugchano {par-at-oong-khan'-o}\n\nfrom 3844 and 5177;; v\n\nAV - meet with 1; 1\n\n1) to chance to be by, to happen to be present, to meet by chance
03910^3910 parautika {par-ow-tee'-kah}\n\nfrom 3844 and a derivative of 846;; adv\n\nAV - but for a moment 1; 1\n\n1) for the moment
03911^3911 paraphero {par-af-er'-o}\n\nfrom 3844 and 5342 (including its alternate forms);; v\n\nAV - take away 1, remove 1, vr take away; 3\n\n1) to bear to, bring to, put before\n2) to lead aside from the right course or path, to carry away\n3) to carry past, lead past\n   3a) to cause to pass by, to remove
03912^3912 paraphroneo {par-af-ron-eh'-o}\n\nfrom 3844 and 5426;; v\n\nAV - as a fool 1; 1\n\n1) to be beside one's self, out of one's senses,\n   void of understanding, insane
03913^3913 paraphronia {par-af-ron-ee'-ah}\n\nfrom 3912;; n f\n\nAV - madness 1; 1\n\n1) madness, insanity
03914^3914 paracheimazo {par-akh-i-mad'-zo}\n\nfrom 3844 and 5492;; v\n\nAV - winter 4; 4\n\n1) to winter, pass the winter, with one or at a place
03915^3915 paracheimasia {par-akh-i-mas-ee'-ah}\n\nfrom 3914;; n f\n\nAV - winter in 1; 1\n\n1) a passing the winter, wintering
03916^3916 parachrema {par-akh-ray'-mah}\n\nfrom 3844 and 5536 (in its original sense);; adv\n\nAV - immediately 13, straight way 3, forthwith 1, presently 1, soon 1; 19\n\n1) immediately, forthwith, instantly
03917^3917 pardalis {par'-dal-is}\n\nfrom pardos (a panther);; n f\n\nAV - leopard 1; 1\n\n1) a pard, panther, leopard\n2) a very fierce Asiatic and African animal, having a tawny skin\n   marked with large black spots
03918^3918 pareimi {par'-i-mee}\n\nfrom 3844 and 1510 (including its various forms); TDNT - 5:858,791; v\n\nAV - be present 9, come 7, present 3, be present here 1, be here 1,\n     such things as one hath + 3588 1,\n     he that lacketh + 3361 + 3739 1; 23\n\n1) to be by, be at hand, to have arrived, to be present\n2) to be ready, in store, at command
03919^3919 pareisago {par-ice-ag'-o}\n\nfrom 3844 and 1521; TDNT - 5:824,786; v\n\nAV - privily bring in 1; 1\n\n1) to introduce or bring in secretly or craftily
03920^3920 pareisaktos {par-ice'-ak-tos}\n\nfrom 3919; TDNT - 5:824,786; adj\n\nAV - brought in unawares 1; 1\n\n1) secretly or surreptitiously brought in\n2) one who has stolen in
03921^3921 pareisduno {par-ice-doo'-no}\n\nfrom 3844 and a compound of 1519 and 1416;; v\n\nAV - creep in unawares 1; 1\n\n1) to enter secretly, slip in stealthily\n2) to steal in
03922^3922 pareiserchomai {par-ice-er'-khom-ahee}\n\nfrom 3844 and 1525; TDNT - 2:682,257; v\n\nAV - enter 1, come in privily 1; 2\n\n1) to come in secretly or by stealth, or creep or steal in\n2) to enter in addition, come in besides
03923^3923 pareisphero {par-ice-fer'-o}\n\nfrom 3844 and 1533;; v\n\nAV - give 1; 1\n\n1) to bring in besides\n2) to contribute besides to something
03924^3924 parektos {par-ek-tos'}\n\nfrom 3844 and 1622;; adv\n\nAV - saving 1, except 1, be without 1; 3\n\n1) except, with the exception of (a thing)\n2) besides
03925^3925 parembole {par-em-bol-ay'}\n\nfrom a compound of 3844 and 1685;; n f\n\nAV - castle 6, camp 3, army 1; 10\n\n1) an encampment\n   1a) the camp of Israel in the desert\n       1a1) used for the city of Jerusalem, inasmuch as that was to\n            the Israelites what formerly the encampment had been in\n            the desert\n       1a2) of the sacred congregation or assembly of Israel, as it\n            had been gathered formerly in camps in the wilderness\n   1b) the barracks of the Roman soldiers, which at Jerusalem\n       were in the castle of Antonia\n2) an army in a line of battle
03926^3926 parenochleo {par-en-okh-leh'-o}\n\nfrom 3844 and 1776;; v\n\nAV - trouble 1; 1\n\n1) to cause trouble in a matter, to trouble, annoy
03927^3927 parepidemos {par-ep-id'-ay-mos}\n\nfrom 3844 and the base of 1927; TDNT - 2:64,49; adj\n\nAV - pilgrim 2, stranger 1; 3\n\n1) one who comes from a foreign country into a city or land to\n   reside there by the side of the natives\n2) a stranger\n3) sojourning in a strange place, a foreigner\n4) in the NT metaph. in reference to heaven as the native country,\n   one who sojourns on earth
03928^3928 parerchomai {par-er'-khom-ahee}\n\nfrom 3844 and 2064; TDNT - 2:681,257; v\n\nAV - pass away 12, pass 10, pass by 3, pass over 1, transgress 1,\n     past 1, go 1, come forth 1, come 1; 31\n\n1) to go past, pass by\n   1a) of persons moving forward\n       1a1) to pass by\n   1b) of time\n       1b1) an act continuing for a time\n   1c) metaph.\n       1c1) to pass away, perish\n       1c2) to pass by (pass over), that is, to neglect, omit,\n            (transgress)\n       1c3) to be led by, to be carried past, be averted\n2) to come near, come forward, arrive
03929^3929 paresis {par'-es-is}\n\nfrom 2935; TDNT - 1:509,88; n f\n\nAV - remission 1; 1\n\n1) passing over, letting pass, neglecting, disregarding
03930^3930 parecho {par-ekh'-o}\n\nfrom 3844 and 2192;; v\n\nAV - trouble + 2873 5, give 3, bring 2, show 2, do for 1, keep 1,\n     minister 1, offer 1; 16\n\n1) to reach forth, offer\n2) to show, afford, supply\n3) to be the authors of, or to cause one to have\n   3a) to give, bring, cause one something either favourable or\n       unfavourable, to occasion\n4) to offer, show or present one's self\n5) to exhibit or offer on one's own part\n   5a) to render or afford from one's own resources or by one's own\n       power
03931^3931 paregoria {par-ay-gor-ee'-ah}\n\nfrom a compound of 3844 and a derivative of 58 (meaning to\n   harangue an assembly);; n f\n\nAV - comfort 1; 1\n\n1) addressing, address\n   1a) exhortation\n   1b) comfort, solace, relief, alleviation, consolation
03932^3932 parthenia {par-then-ee'-ah}\n\nfrom 3933;; n f\n\nAV - virginity 1; 1\n\n1) virginity
03933^3933 parthenos {par-then'-os}\n\nof unknown origin; TDNT - 5:826,786; n f\n\nAV - virgin 14; 14\n\n1) a virgin\n   1a) a marriageable maiden\n   1b) a woman who has never had sexual intercourse with a man\n   1c) one's marriageable daughter\n2) a man who has abstained from all uncleanness and whoredom\n   attendant on idolatry, and so has kept his chastity\n   2a) one who has never had intercourse with women
03934^3934 Parthos {par'-thos}\n\nprobably of foreign origin;; n pr m\n\nAV - Parthian 1; 1\n\nParthia = "a pledge"\n1) an inhabitant of Parthia, a district of Asia, bounded on the north\n   by Hyrcania, on the east by Ariana, on the south by Carmania\n   Deserta, on the west by Media
03935^3935 pariemi {par-ee'-ay-mi}\n\nfrom 3844 and hiemi (to send); TDNT - 1:509,88; v\n\nAV - hang down 1; 1\n\n1) to let pass\n   1a) to pass by, neglect\n   1b) to disregard, omit\n2) to relax, loose, let go\n3) relaxed, unstrung, weakened, exhausted
03936^3936 paristemi {par-is'-tay-mee} or prolonged paristano {par-is-tan'-o}\n\nfrom 3844 and 2476; TDNT - 5:837,788; v\n\nAV - stand by 13, present 9, yield 5, show 2, stand 2, misc 11; 42\n\n1) to place beside or near\n   1a) to set at hand\n       1a1) to present\n       1a2) to proffer\n       1a3) to provide\n       1a4) to place a person or thing at one's disposal\n       1a5) to present a person for another to see and question\n       1a6) to present or show\n       1a7) to bring to, bring near\n       1a8) metaph. i.e to bring into one's fellowship or intimacy\n   1b) to present (show) by argument, to prove\n2) to stand beside, stand by or near, to be at hand, be present\n   2a) to stand by\n       2a1) to stand beside one, a bystander\n   2b) to appear\n   2c) to be at hand, stand ready\n   2d) to stand by to help, to succour\n   2e) to be present\n       2e1) to have come\n       2e2) of time
03937^3937 Parmenas {par-men-as'}\n\nprobably by contraction for Parmenides (a derivative of a\n   compound of 3844 and 3306);; n pr m\n\nAV - Parmenas 1; 1\n\nParmenas = "abiding"\n1) one of the seven deacons of the church at Jerusalem
03938^3938 parodos {par'-od-os}\n\nfrom 3844 and 3598;; n f\n\nAV - way 1; 1\n\n1) a passing by or passage\n2) in passing
03939^3939 paroikeo {par-oy-keh'-o}\n\nfrom 3844 and 3611; TDNT - 5:841,788; v\n\nAV - be a stranger 1, sojourn 1; 2\n\n1) to dwell beside (one) or in one's neighbourhood, to live near\n2) in the NT, to be or dwell in a place as a stranger, to sojourn\n\nFor Synonyms see entry 5854
03940^3940 paroikia {par-oy-kee'-ah}\n\nfrom 3941; TDNT - 5:841,788; n f\n\nAV - dwell as strangers 1, sojourning here 1; 2\n\n1) a dwelling near or with one\n2) a sojourning, dwelling in a strange land\n3) metaph. the life of a man here on earth is likened to a sojourning
03941^3941 paroikos {par'-oy-kos}\n\nfrom 3844 and 3624; TDNT - 5:841,788; adj\n\nAV - stranger 2, sojourn 1, foreigner 1; 4\n\n1) dwelling near, neighbouring\n2) in the NT, a stranger, a foreigner, one who lives in a place\n   without the right of citizenship\n3) metaph.\n   3a) without citizenship in God's kingdom\n   3b) one who lives on earth as a stranger, a sojourner on the earth\n   3c) of Christians whose home is in heaven
03942^3942 paroimia {par-oy-mee'-ah}\n\nfrom a compound of 3844 and perhaps a derivative of 3633;\n   TDNT - 5:854,790; n f\n\nAV - proverb 4, parable 1; 5\n\n1) a saying out of the usual course or deviating from the usual\n   manner of speaking\n   1a) a current or trite saying, a proverb\n2) any dark saying which shadows forth some didactic truth\n   2a) esp. a symbolic or figurative saying\n   2b) speech or discourse in which a thing is illustrated by the use\n       of similes and comparisons\n   2c) an allegory\n       2c1) extended and elaborate metaphor
03943^3943 paroinos {par'-oy-nos}\n\nfrom 3844 and 3631;; adj\n\nAV - given to wine 2; 2\n\n1) given to wine, drunken
03944^3944 paroichomai {par-oy'-khom-ahee}\n\nfrom 3844 and oichomai (to depart);; v\n\nAV - past 1; 1\n\n1) to go by, pass by
03945^3945 paromoiazo {par-om-oy-ad'-zo}\n\nfrom 3946; TDNT - 5:199,684; v\n\nAV - be like unto 1; 1\n\n1) to be like\n2) to be not unlike
03946^3946 paromoios {par-om'-oy-os}\n\nfrom 3844 and 3664; TDNT - 5:198,684; adj\n\nAV - like thing 2; 2\n\n1) like
03947^3947 paroxuno {par-ox-oo'-no}\n\nfrom 3844 and a derivative of 3691; TDNT - 5:857,791; v\n\nAV - stir 1, easily provoked 1; 2\n\n1) to make sharp, sharpen\n   1a) to stimulate, spur on, urge\n   1b) to irritate, provoke, arouse to anger\n       1b1) to scorn, despise\n       1b2) provoke, make angry\n       1b3) to exasperate, to burn with anger
03948^3948 paroxusmos {par-ox-oos-mos'}\n\nfrom 3947 ("paroxysm"); TDNT - 5:857,791; n m\n\nAV - contention ... so sharp 1, to provoke unto + 1519 1; 2\n\n1) an inciting, incitement\n2) irritation
03949^3949 parorgizo {par-org-id'-zo}\n\nfrom 3844 and 3710; TDNT - 5:382,716; v\n\nAV - anger 1, provoke to wrath 1; 2\n\n1) to rouse to wrath, to provoke, exasperate, anger
03950^3950 parorgismos {par-org-is-mos'}\n\nfrom 3949; TDNT - 5:382,716; n m\n\nAV - wrath 1; 1\n\n1) indignation, wrath, exasperation
03951^3951 parotruno {par-ot-roo'-no}\n\nfrom 3844 and otruno (to spur);; v\n\nAV - stir up 1; 1\n\n1) to incite, stir up
03952^3952 parousia {par-oo-see'-ah}\n\nfrom the present participle of 3918; TDNT - 5:858,791; n f\n\nAV - coming 22, presence 2; 24\n\n1) presence\n2) the coming, arrival, advent\n   2a) the future visible return from heaven of Jesus, to raise\n       the dead, hold the last judgment, and set up formally and\n       gloriously the kingdom of God
03953^3953 paropsis {par-op-sis'}\n\nfrom 3844 and the base of 3795;; n f\n\nAV - platter 2; 2\n\n1) a side dish, a dish of dainties or choice food suited not so\n   much to satisfy as to gratify the appetite\n   1a) a side accompaniment of the more solid food\n2) the dish itself in which the delicacies are served up
03954^3954 parrhesia {par-rhay-see'-ah}\n\nfrom 3956 and a derivative of 4483; TDNT - 5:871,794; n f\n\nAV - boldness 8, confidence 6, openly 4, plainly 4, openly + 1722 2,\n     boldly + 1722 1, misc 6; 31\n\n1) freedom in speaking, unreservedness in speech\n   1a) openly, frankly, i.e without concealment\n   1b) without ambiguity or circumlocution\n   1c) without the use of figures and comparisons\n2) free and fearless confidence, cheerful courage, boldness, assurance\n3) the deportment by which one becomes conspicuous or secures publicity
03955^3955 parrhesiazomai {par-hray-see-ad'-zom-ahee}\n\nmiddle voice from 3954; TDNT - 5:871,794; v\n\nAV - speak boldly 4, preach boldly 1, be bold 1, wax bold 1, boldly 1,\n     freely 1; 9\n\n1) to use freedom in speaking, be free spoken\n   1a) to speak freely\n2) to grow confident, have boldness, show assurance, assume a bold\n   bearing
03956^3956 pas {pas}\n\nincluding all the forms of declension; TDNT - 5:886,795; adj\n\nAV - all 748, all things 170, every 117, all men 41, whosoever 31,\n     everyone 28, whole 12, all manner of 11, every man 11,\n     no + 3756 9, every thing 7, any 7, whatsoever 6,\n     whosoever + 3739 + 302 3, always + 1223 3, daily + 2250 2,\n     any thing 2, no + 3361 2, not tr 7, misc 26; 1243\n\n1) individually\n   1a) each, every, any, all, the whole, everyone, all things,\n      everything\n2) collectively\n   2a) some of all types
03957^3957 pascha {pas'-khah}\n\nof Aramaic origin cf 06453; TDNT - 5:896,797; n n\n\nAV - Passover 28, Easter 1; 29\n\n1) the paschal sacrifice (which was accustomed to be offered for\n   the people's deliverance of old from Egypt)\n2) the paschal lamb, i.e. the lamb the Israelites were accustomed to\n   slay and eat on the fourteenth day of the month of Nisan (the\n   first month of their year) in memory of the day on which their\n   fathers, preparing to depart from Egypt, were bidden by God to\n   slay and eat a lamb, and to sprinkle their door posts with its\n   blood, that the destroying angel, seeing the blood, might pass\n   over their dwellings; Christ crucified is likened to the slain\n   paschal lamb\n3) the paschal supper\n4) the paschal feast, the feast of the Passover, extending from the\n   14th to the 20th day of the month Nisan
03958^3958 pascho {pas'-kho} including the forms (patho {path'-o}\n and pentho {pen'-tho}), used only in certain tenses for it\n\napparently a root word; TDNT - 5:904,798; v\n\nAV - suffer 39, be vexed 1, passion + 3588 1, feel 1; 42\n\n1) to be affected or have been affected, to feel, have a\n   sensible experience, to undergo\n   1a) in a good sense, to be well off, in good case\n   1b) in a bad sense, to suffer sadly, be in a bad plight\n       1b1) of a sick person
03959^3959 Patara {pat'-ar-ah}\n\nprobably of foreign origin;; n pr loc\n\nAV - Patara 1; 1\n\nPatara = "scattering, cursing"\n1) a maritime city of Lycia, celebrated for its oracle of Apollo
03960^3960 patasso {pat-as'-so}\n\nprobably prolongation from 3817; TDNT - 5:939,804; v\n\nAV - smite 9, strike 1; 10\n\n1) to strike gently: as a part or a member of the body\n2) to stroke, smite: with the sword, to afflict, to visit with\n   evils, etc. as with a deadly disease\n3) to smite down, cut down, to kill, slay
03961^3961 pateo {pat-eh'-o}\n\nfrom a derivative probably of 3817 (meaning a "path"); TDNT - 5:940,804; v\n\nAV - tread 3, tread down 1, tread under feet 1; 5\n\n1) to tread\n   1a) to trample, crush with the feet\n   1b) to advance by setting foot upon, tread upon: to encounter\n       successfully the greatest perils from the machinations and\n       persecutions with which Satan would fain thwart the\n       preaching of the gospel\n   1c) to tread under foot, trample on, i.e. to treat with insult\n       and contempt: to desecrate the holy city by devastation and\n       outrage
03962^3962 pater {pat-ayr'}\n\napparently a root word; TDNT - 5:945,805; n m\n\nAV - Father 268, father 150; 419\n\n1) generator or male ancestor\n   1a) either the nearest ancestor: father of the corporeal\n       nature, natural fathers, both parents\n   1b) a more remote ancestor, the founder of a family or tribe,\n       progenitor of a people, forefather: so Abraham is called,\n       Jacob and David\n       1b1) fathers i.e. ancestors, forefathers, founders of a nation\n   1c) one advanced in years, a senior\n2) metaph.\n   2a) the originator and transmitter of anything\n       2a1) the authors of a family or society of persons animated by\n            the same spirit as himself\n       2a2) one who has infused his own spirit into others, who\n            actuates and governs their minds\n   2b) one who stands in a father's place and looks after another\n       in a paternal way\n   2c) a title of honour\n       2c1) teachers, as those to whom pupils trace back the knowledge\n            and training they have received\n       2c2) the members of the Sanhedrin, whose prerogative it was by\n            virtue of the wisdom and experience in which they excelled,\n            to take charge of the interests of others\n3) God is called the Father\n   3a) of the stars, the heavenly luminaries, because he is their\n       creator, upholder, ruler\n   3b) of all rational and intelligent beings, whether angels or\n       men, because he is their creator, preserver, guardian and\n       protector\n       3b1) of spiritual beings and of all men\n   3c) of Christians, as those who through Christ have been\n       exalted to a specially close and intimate relationship with\n       God, and who no longer dread him as a stern judge of\n       sinners, but revere him as their reconciled and loving Father\n    3d) the Father of Jesus Christ, as one whom God has united to\n        himself in the closest bond of love and intimacy, made\n        acquainted with his purposes, appointed to explain and carry\n        out among men the plan of salvation, and made to share also\n        in his own divine nature\n        3d1) by Jesus Christ himself\n        3d2) by the apostles
03963^3963 Patmos {pat'-mos}\n\nof uncertain derivation;; n pr loc\n\nAV - Patmos 1; 1\n\nPatmos = "my killing"\n1) a rugged and bare island in the Aegean Sea
03964^3964 patraloas {pat-ral-o'-as}\n\nfrom 3962 and the same as the latter part of 3389;; n m\n\nAV - murder of a father 1; 1\n\n1) a patricide
03965^3965 patria {pat-ree-ah'}\n\na derivative of 3962; TDNT - 5:1015,805; n f\n\nAV - lineage 1, kindred 1, family 1; 3\n\n1) lineage running back to some progenitor, ancestry\n2) a nation or tribe\n   2a) a group of families, all those who in a given people lay claim\n       to a common origin\n   2b) the Israelites which distributed into twelve tribes, descended\n       from the twelve sons of Jacob, these were divided into families\n       which were divided into houses\n3) family, in a wider sense, nation, people
03966^3966 patriarches {pat-ree-arkh'-ace}\n\nfrom 3965 and 757;; n m\n\nAV - patriarch 4; 4\n\n1) patriarch, founder of a tribe, progenitor\n   1a) of the twelve sons of Jacob, founders of the tribes of Israel\n   1b) of Abraham, Isaac and Jacob
03967^3967 patrikos {pat-ree-kos'}\n\nfrom 3962; TDNT - 5:1021,805; adj\n\nAV - of (one's) fathers 1; 1\n\n1) paternal, ancestral, handed down by or received from one's fathers\n\nFor Synonyms see entry 5869
03968^3968 patris {pat-rece'}\n\nfrom 3902;; n f\n\nAV - (one's) own country 5, country 3; 8\n\n1) one's native country\n   1a) one's fatherland, one's own country, a fixed abode or home\n   1b) one's own native place i.e. a city
03969^3969 Patrobas {pat-rob'-as}\n\nperhaps countr. for Patrobios (a compound of 3962 and 979);; n pr m\n\nAV - Patrobas 1; 1\n\nPatrobas = "paternal"\n1) a certain Christian in Rome
03970^3970 patroparadotos {pat-rop-ar-ad'-ot-os}\n\nfrom 3962 and a derivative of 3860 (in the sense of handing over\n   or down);; adj\n\nAV - received by tradition from (one's) fathers 1; 1\n\n1) handed down from one's father's or ancestors
03971^3971 patroos {pat-ro'-os}\n\nfrom 3962; TDNT - 5:1014,*; adj\n\nAV - of (one's) fathers 2, of the fathers 1; 3\n\n1) descending from father to son or from ancestors to their posterity\n   as it were by right of inheritance\n2) received from the fathers\n\nFor Synonyms see entry 5869
03972^3972 Paulos {pow'-los}\n\nof Latin origin;; n pr m\n\nAV - Paul 163, Paulus (the deputy) 1; 164\n\nPaul or Paulus = "small or little"\n1) Paul was the most famous of the apostles and wrote a good part\n   of the NT, the 14 Pauline epistles\n2) Paulus was a deputy or pro-consul of Cyprus and is said to be\n   a prudent man, in the management of affairs, as a governor
03973^3973 pauo {pow'-o}\n\na root verb ("pause");; v\n\nAV - cease 12, leave 2, refrain 1; 15\n\n1) to make to cease or desist\n2) to restrain a thing or person from something\n3) to cease, to leave off\n4) have got release from sin\n   4a) no longer stirred by its incitements and seductions
03974^3974 Paphos {paf'-os}\n\nof uncertain derivation;; n pr loc\n\nAV - Paphos 2; 2\n\nPaphos = "boiling or hot"\n1) a maritime city on the west end of Cyprus, with a harbour. It was\n   the residence of a Roman proconsul. "Old Paphos" was noted for the\n   worship and shrine of Venus (Aphrodite) and lay some 7 miles (10 km)\n   to the south-east of it.
03975^3975 pachuno {pakh-oo'-no}\n\nfrom a derivative of 4078 (meaning thick); TDNT - 5:1022,816; v\n\nAV - wax gross 2; 2\n\n1) to make thick, to make fat, fatten\n2) metaph. to make stupid (to render the soul dull or callous)
03976^3976 pede {ped'-ay}\n\nultimately from 4228;; n f\n\nAV - fetter 3; 3\n\n1) a fetter, shackle for the feet
03977^3977 pedinos {ped-ee-nos'}\n\nfrom a derivative of 4228 (meaning the ground);; adj\n\nAV - plain + 5117 1; 1\n\n1) level, plain
03978^3978 pezeuo {ped-zyoo'-o}\n\nfrom the same as 3979;; v\n\nAV - go afoot 1; 1\n\n1) to travel on foot (not on horseback or in carriage), or (if\n   opp. to going by sea) by land
03979^3979 peze {ped-zay'}\n\ndative case feminine of a derivative of 4228 (as adv);; adv\n\nAV - on foot 1, afoot 1; 2\n\n1) on foot (as opposed to riding)\n2) by land (as opposed to going by sea)
03980^3980 peitharcheo {pi-tharkh-eh'-o}\n\nfrom a compound of 3982 and 757; TDNT - 6:9,818; v\n\nAV - obey 2, hearken unto 1, obey a magistrate 1; 4\n\n1) to obey (a ruler or a superior)
03981^3981 peithos {pi-thos'} or peitho {pi-tho'}\n\nfrom 3982; TDNT - 6:8,818; adj\n\nAV - enticing 1; 1\n\n1) persuasive
03982^3982 peitho {pi'-tho}\n\na primary verb; TDNT - 6:1,818; v\n\nAV - persuade 22, trust 8, obey 7, have confidence 6, believe 3,\n     be confident 2, misc 7; 55\n\n1) persuade\n   1a) to persuade, i.e. to induce one by words to believe\n   1b) to make friends of, to win one's favour, gain one's good\n       will, or to seek to win one, strive to please one\n   1c) to tranquillise\n   1d) to persuade unto i.e. move or induce one to persuasion to\n       do something\n2) be persuaded\n   2a) to be persuaded, to suffer one's self to be persuaded; to\n       be induced to believe: to have faith: in a thing\n       2a1) to believe\n       2a2) to be persuaded of a thing concerning a person\n   2b) to listen to, obey, yield to, comply with\n3) to trust, have confidence, be confident
03983^3983 peinao {pi-nah'-o}\n\nfrom the same as 3993 (through the idea of pinching toil; "pine");\n   TDNT - 6:12,820; v\n\nAV - hunger 10, be an hungred 9, be hungry 3, hungry 1; 23\n\n1) to hunger, be hungry\n   1a) to suffer want\n   1b) to be needy\n2) metaph. to crave ardently, to seek with eager desire
03984^3984 peira {pi'-rah}\n\nfrom the base of 4008 (through the idea of piercing); TDNT - 6:23,822; n f\n\nAV - assay + 2983 1, trial 1; 2\n\n1) a trial, experience, attempt\n2) to attempt a thing, to make trial of a thing or of a person\n3) to have a trial of a thing\n4) to experience, learn to know by experience
03985^3985 peirazo {pi-rad'-zo}\n\nfrom 3984; TDNT - 6:23,822; v\n\nAV - tempt 29, try 4, tempter 2, prove 1, assay 1, examine 1,\n     go about 1; 39\n\n1) to try whether a thing can be done\n   1a) to attempt, endeavour\n2) to try, make trial of, test: for the purpose of ascertaining\n   his quantity, or what he thinks, or how he will behave himself\n   2a) in a good sense\n   2b) in a bad sense, to test one maliciously, craftily to put\n       to the proof his feelings or judgments\n   2c) to try or test one's faith, virtue, character, by\n       enticement to sin\n       2c1) to solicit to sin, to tempt\n            1c1a) of the temptations of the devil\n   2d) after the OT usage\n       2d1) of God: to inflict evils upon one in order to prove his\n            character and the steadfastness of his faith\n       2d2) men are said to tempt God by exhibitions of distrust,\n            as though they wished to try whether he is not justly\n            distrusted\n       2d3) by impious or wicked conduct to test God's justice and\n            patience, and to challenge him, as it were to give proof\n            of his perfections.
03986^3986 peirasmos {pi-ras-mos'}\n\nfrom 3985; TDNT - 6:23,822; n m\n\nAV - temptation 19, temptations 1, try 1; 21\n\n1) an experiment, attempt, trial, proving\n   1a) trial, proving: the trial made of you by my bodily\n       condition, since condition served as to test the love of the\n       Galatians toward Paul (Gal. 4:14)\n   1b) the trial of man's fidelity, integrity, virtue, constancy\n       1b1) an enticement to sin, temptation, whether arising from\n            the desires or from the outward circumstances\n       1b2) an internal temptation to sin\n            1b2a) of the temptation by which the devil sought to divert\n                  Jesus the Messiah from his divine errand\n       1b3) of the condition of things, or a mental state, by which we\n            are enticed to sin, or to a lapse from the faith and\n            holiness\n       1b4) adversity, affliction, trouble: sent by God and serving to\n            test or prove one's character, faith, holiness\n    1c) temptation (i.e. trial) of God by men\n        1c1) rebellion against God, by which his power and justice\n             are, as it were, put to the proof and challenged to show\n             themselves
03987^3987 peirao {pi-rah'-o}\n\nfrom 3984; TDNT - 6:23,822; v\n\nAV - assay 1, go about 1, vr tempted 1; 3\n\n1) to make a trial of, to attempt\n   1a) taught by trial, experienced\n2) to test, to make trial of one, put him to proof\n   2a) his mind, sentiments, temper\n   2b) in particular, to attempt to induce one to commit some\n       (esp. carnal) crime\n   2c) tempted to sin
03988^3988 peismone {pice-mon-ay'}\n\nfrom a presumed derivative of 3982; TDNT - 6:9,818; n f\n\nAV - persuasion 1; 1\n\n1) persuasion\n2) treacherous or deceptive persuasion
03989^3989 pelagos {pel'-ag-os}\n\nof uncertain affinity;; n n\n\nAV - depth 1, sea 1; 2\n\n1) the sea\n2) the high sea, the deep (where ships sail)
03990^3990 pelekizo {pel-ek-id'-zo}\n\nfrom a derivative of 4141 (meaning an axe);; v\n\nAV - behead 1; 1\n\n1) to cut off with an axe, to behead
03991^3991 pemptos {pemp'-tos}\n\nfrom 4002;; adj\n\nAV - fifth 4; 4\n\n1) fifth
03992^3992 pempo {pem'-po}\n\napparently a root word; TDNT - 1:398,67; v\n\nAV - send 77, thrust in 2, again send 2; 81\n\n1) to send\n   1a) to bid a thing to be carried to one\n   1b) to send (thrust or insert) a thing into another\n\nFor Synonyms see entry 5813
03993^3993 penes {pen'-ace}\n\nfrom a primary peno (to toil for daily subsistence); TDNT - 6:37,824; adj\n\nAV - poor 1; 1\n\n1) poor\n\nFor Synonyms see entry 5870
03994^3994 penthera {pen-ther-ah'}\n\nfrom 3995;; n f\n\nAV - mother in law 3, wife's mother 3; 6\n\n1) mother-in-law, a wife's mother
03995^3995 pentheros {pen-ther-os'}\n\nof uncertain affinity;; n m\n\nAV - father in law 1; 1\n\n1) father-in-law, a wife's father
03996^3996 pentheo {pen-theh'-o}\n\nfrom 3997; TDNT - 6:40,825; v\n\nAV - mourn 7, wail 2, bewail 1; 10\n\n1) to mourn\n2) to mourn for, lament one
03997^3997 penthos {pen'-thos}\n\nstrengthened from the alternate of 3958; TDNT - 6:40,825; n n\n\nAV - sorrow 3, mourning 2; 5\n\n1) mourning
03998^3998 penichros {pen-ikh-ros'}\n\nprolongation from the base of 3993; TDNT - 6:40,824; adj\n\nAV - poor 1; 1\n\n1) needy, poor
03999^3999 pentakis {pen-tak-ece'}\n\nmultiplicative adverb from 4002;; adv\n\nAV - five times 1; 1\n\n1) five times
04000^4000 pentakischilioi {pen-tak-is-khil'-ee-oy}\n\nfrom 3999 and 5507;; adj\n\nAV - five thousand 6; 6\n\n1) five thousand
04001^4001 pentakosioi {pen-tak-os'-ee-oy}\n\nfrom 4002 and 1540;; adj\n\nAV - five hundred 2; 2\n\n1) five hundred
04002^4002 pente {pen'-teh}\n\na primary number;; n indecl\n\nAV - five 36, three score and fifteen + 1440 1,\n     fifty thousand + 3461 1; 38\n\n1) five
04003^4003 pentekaidekatos {pen-tek-ahee-ded'-at-os}\n\nfrom 4002 and 2532 and 1182;; adj\n\nAV - fifteenth 1; 1\n\n1) the fifteenth
04004^4004 pentekonta {pen-tay'-kon-tah}\n\nmultiplicative of 4002;; adj\n\nAV - fifty 7; 7\n\n1) fifty
04005^4005 pentekoste {pen-tay-kos-tay'}\n\nfeminine of the ord. of 4004; TDNT - 6:44,826; n f\n\nAV - Pentecost 3; 3\n\nPentecost = "the fiftieth day"\n1) the second of the three great Jewish feasts, celebrated at\n   Jerusalem yearly, the seventh week after the Passover, in grateful\n   recognition of the completed harvest
04006^4006 pepoithesis {pep-oy'-thay-sis}\n\nfrom the perfect of the alternate of 3982; TDNT - 6:7,818; n f\n\nAV - confidence 5, trust 1; 6\n\n1) trust, confidence, reliance
04007^4007 per {per}\n\nfrom the base of 4008;; particle\n\nAV - whomsoever + 3739 1, not tr 3; 4\n\n1) however much, very much, altogether, indeed
04008^4008 peran {per'-an}\n\napparently accusative case of an obsolete derivative of peiro (to\n   "pierce");; adv\n\nAV - other side 10, beyond 7, over 3, on the other side 2,\n    farther side 1; 23\n\n1) beyond, on the other side
04009^4009 peras {per'-as}\n\nfrom the same as 4008;; n n\n\nAV - end 2, utmost part 1, uttermost part 1; 4\n\n1) extremity, bound, end\n   1a) of a portion of space\n       1a1) boundary\n       1a2) frontier\n       1a3) the ends of the earth\n       1a4) the remotest lands\n   1b) of a thing extending through a period of time (termination)
04010^4010 Pergamos {per'-gam-os}\n\nfrom 4444;; n pr loc\n\nAV - Pergamos 2; 2\n\nPergamos = "height or elevation"\n1) a city of Mysia Minor, in Asia Minor, the seat of the dynasties of\n   Attalus and Eumenes, famous for its temple of Aesculapius and the\n   invention and manufacture of parchment. The river Selinus flowed\n   through it and the Cetius ran past it. It was the birthplace of\n   the physician Galen, and had a great royal library. It had a\n   Christian church.
04011^4011 Perge {perg'-ay}\n\nprobably from the same as 4010;; n pr loc\n\nAV - Perga 3; 3\n\nPerga = "earthy"\n1) a town in Pamphylia, on the river Cestius, at a distance of 7 miles\n   (10 km) from its mouth, and famous in antiquity for the worship\n   of Artemis (Diana)
04012^4012 peri {per-ee'}\n\nfrom the base of 4008; TDNT - 6:53,827; prep\n\nAV - of 148, for 61, concerning 40, about 31, as touching 8,\n     touching 3, whereof + 3739 3, not tr 4, misc 33; 331\n\n1) about, concerning, on account of, because of, around, near
04013^4013 periago {per-ee-ag'-o}\n\nfrom 4012 and 71;; v\n\nAV - go about 4, lead about 1, compass 1; 6\n\n1) to lead around, to lead about with one's self\n2) to go about, walk about
04014^4014 periaireo {per-ee-ahee-reh'-o}\n\nfrom 4012 and 138 (including its alternate);; v\n\nAV - take away 3, take up 1; 4\n\n1) to take away that which surrounds or envelopes a thing\n2) metaph. to take away altogether or entirely\n   2a) the guilt of sin, to expiate perfectly
04015^4015 periastrapto {per-ee-as-trap'-to}\n\nfrom 4012 and 797;; v\n\nAV - shine round 1, shine round about 1; 2\n\n1) to flash around, shine about
04016^4016 periballo {per-ee-bal'-lo}\n\nfrom 4012 and 906;; v\n\nAV - clothe 7, clothed with 4, array 3, array in 3, clothe in 3,\n     cast about 3, put on 1; 24\n\n1) to throw around, to put around\n   1a) to surround a city with a bank (palisade)\n   1b) of garments, to clothe one\n       1b1) to put a thing on one\n       1b2) to clothe one with a thing\n   1c) to put on or clothe one's self
04017^4017 periblepo {per-ee-blep'-o}\n\nfrom 4012 and 991;; v\n\nAV - look round about 3, look round about upon 2,\n     look round about on 2; 7\n\n1) to look around\n2) to look around about one's self\n3) to look round on one (i.e. to look for one's self at one near by)
04018^4018 peribolaion {per-ib-ol'-ah-yon}\n\nfrom a presumed derivative of 4016;; n n\n\nAV - covering 1, vesture 1; 2\n\n1) a covering thrown around, a wrapper\n   1a) a mantle\n   1b) a veil
04019^4019 perideo {per-ee-deh'-o}\n\nfrom 4012 and 1210;; v\n\nAV - bind about 1; 1\n\n1) to bind around, tie over
04020^4020 periergazomai {per-ee-er-gad'-zom-ahee}\n\nfrom 4012 and 2038;; v\n\nAV - be a busybody 1; 1\n\n1) to bustle about uselessly, to busy one's self about trifling,\n   needless, useless matters\n   1a) used apparently of a person officiously inquisitive about\n       other's affairs
04021^4021 periergos {per-ee'-er-gos}\n\nfrom 4012 and 2041;; adj\n\nAV - curious arts 1, busybody 1; 2\n\n1) busy about trifles and neglectful of important matters\n   1a) esp. busy about other folks' affairs, a busybody\n   1b) of things: impertinent and superfluous\n       1b1) of magic arts
04022^4022 perierchomai {per-ee-er'-khom-ahee}\n\nfrom 4012 and 2064 (including its alternate); TDNT - 2:682,257; v\n\nAV - wander about 2, vagabond 1, fetch a compass 1; 4\n\n1) to go about\n   1a) of strollers\n   1b) of wanderers\n   1c) of navigators (making a circuit)
04023^4023 periecho {per-ee-ekh'-o}\n\nfrom 4012 and 2192;; v\n\nAV - be astonished + 2285 1, after this manner + 5126 + 5176 1,\n     be contained 1; 3\n\n1) to surround, encompass\n   1a) to contain: of the subject-matter, contents, of a writing\n   1b) to take possession of, to seize
04024^4024 perizonnumi {per-id-zone'-noo-mee}\n\nfrom 4012 and 2224; TDNT - 5:302,702; v\n\nAV - gird (one's) self 3, be girded about 1, have girded 1,\n     have girded about 1, be girt 1; 7\n\n1) to fasten garments with a girdle or belt\n2) to gird one's self\n3) metaph. with truth as a girdle\n   3a) to equip one's self with knowledge of the truth
04025^4025 perithesis {per-ith'-es-is}\n\nfrom 4060;; n f\n\nAV - wearing 1; 1\n\n1) the act of putting around\n2) the adornment consisting of the golden ornaments wont to be placed\n   around the head or the body
04026^4026 periistemi {per-ee-is'-tay-mee}\n\nfrom 4012 and 2476;; v\n\nAV - shun 1, avoid 1, stand by 1, stand round about 1; 4\n\n1) to place around one\n2) to stand around\n   2a) to turn one's self about for the purpose of avoiding something\n   2b) to avoid, shun
04027^4027 perikatharma {per-ee-kath'-ar-mah}\n\nfrom a compound of 4012 and 2508; TDNT - 3:430,381; n n\n\nAV - filth 1; 1\n\n1) off scouring, refuse\n2) metaph.\n   2a) the most abject and despicable men\n   2b) the price of expiation or redemption, because the Greeks used\n       to apply the term "katharmata" to victims sacrificed to make\n       expiation for the people, and even to criminals who were\n       maintained at the public expense, that on the outbreak of a\n       pestilence or other calamity they might be offered as\n       sacrifices to make expiation for the state
04028^4028 perikalupto {per-ee-kal-oop'-to}\n\nfrom 4012 and 2572;; v\n\nAV - cover 1, blindfold 1, overlay 1; 3\n\n1) to cover all around, to cover up, cover over
04029^4029 perikeimai {per-ik'-i-mahee}\n\nfrom 4012 and 2749; TDNT - 3:656,425; v\n\nAV - be hanged 2, be bound with 1, be compassed with 1,\n     be compassed about with + 2192 1; 5\n\n1) to lie around\n2) to be compassed with, have round one
04030^4030 perikephalaia {per-ee-kef-al-ah'-yah}\n\nfrom a compound of 4012 and 2776; TDNT - 5:314,702; n f\n\nAV - helmet 2; 2\n\n1) a helmet\n2) metaph.\n   2a) the protection of the soul which consists in (the hope of) salvation
04031^4031 perikrates {per-ee-krat-ace'}\n\nfrom 4012 and 2904;; adj\n\nAV - come by 1; 1\n\n1) having power over a thing
04032^4032 perikrupto {per-ee-kroop'-to}\n\nfrom 4012 and 2928;; v\n\nAV - hide 1; 1\n\n1) to conceal on all sides or entirely, to hide, seclude
04033^4033 perikukloo {per-ee-koo-klo'-o}\n\nfrom 4012 and 2944;; v\n\nAV - compass round 1; 1\n\n1) to encircle, compass about\n   1a) of a city (besieged)
04034^4034 perilampo {per-ee-lam'-po}\n\nfrom 4012 and 2989; TDNT - 4:16,497; v\n\nAV - shine round about 2; 2\n\n1) to shine around
04035^4035 perileipo {per-ee-li'-po}\n\nfrom 4012 and 3007; TDNT - 4:194,*; v\n\nAV - remain 2; 2\n\n1) to leave over\n2) to remain over, to survive
04036^4036 perilupos {per-il'-oo-pos}\n\nfrom 4012 and 3077; TDNT - 4:323,540; adj\n\nAV - exceeding sorrowful 2, very sorrowful 2, exceeding sorry 1; 5\n\n1) very sad, exceedingly sorrowful\n2) overcome with sorrow so much as to cause one's death
04037^4037 perimeno {per-ee-men'-o}\n\nfrom 4012 and 3306; TDNT - 4:578,581; v\n\nAV - wait for 1; 1\n\n1) to wait for
04038^4038 perix {per'-ix}\n\nfrom 4012;; adv\n\nAV - round about 1, 1\n\n1) round about: the neighbouring cities
04039^4039 perioikeo {per-ee-oy-keh'-o}\n\nfrom 4012 and 3611;; v\n\nAV - dwell round about 1; 1\n\n1) to dwell round about, to be one's neighbour
04040^4040 perioikos {per-ee'-oy-kos}\n\nfrom 4012 and 3624;; adj\n\nAV - neighbour 1; 1\n\n1) dwelling around, a neighbour
04041^4041 periousios {per-ee-oo'-see-os}\n\nfrom the present participle feminine of a compound of 4012 and\n   1510; TDNT - 6:57,828; adj\n\nAV - peculiar 1; 1\n\n1) that which is one's own, belonging to one's possessions\n   1a) a people selected by God from the other nations for his\n       own possession
04042^4042 perioche {per-ee-okh-ay'}\n\nfrom 4023;; n f\n\nAV - place 1; 1\n\n1) an encompassing, compass, circuit\n2) that which is contained\n   2a) the contents of any writing
04043^4043 peripateo {per-ee-pat-eh'-o}\n\nfrom 4012 and 3961; TDNT - 5:940,804; v\n\nAV - walk 93, go 1, walk about 1, be occupied 1; 96\n\n1) to walk\n   1a) to make one's way, progress; to make due use of opportunities\n   1b) Hebrew for, to live\n       1b1) to regulate one's life\n       1b2) to conduct one's self\n       1b3) to pass one's life
04044^4044 peripeiro {per-ee-pi'-ro}\n\nfrom 4012 and the base of 4008;; v\n\nAV - pierce through 1; 1\n\n1) to pierce through\n2) metaph. to torture one's soul with sorrows
04045^4045 peripipto {per-ee-pip'-to}\n\nfrom 4012 and 4098; TDNT - 6:173,846; v\n\nAV - fall into 2, fall among 1; 3\n\n1) so to fall into as to be encompassed
04046^4046 peripoieomai {per-ee-poy-eh'-om-ahee}\n\nmiddle voice from 4012 and 4160;; v\n\nAV - purchase 2; 2\n\n1) to make to remain over\n2) to reserve, to leave or keep safe, lay by\n3) to make to remain for one's self\n4) to preserve for one's self\n5) to get for one's self, purchase
04047^4047 peripoiesis {per-ee-poy'-ay-sis}\n\nfrom 4046;; n f\n\nAV - purchased possession 1, to obtain + 1519 1, obtaining 1,\n     saving 1, peculiar + 1519 1; 5\n\n1) a preserving, a preservation\n2) possession, one's own property\n3) an obtaining
04048^4048 perirrhegnumi {per-ir-hrayg'-noo-mee}\n\nfrom 4012 and 4486;; v\n\nAV - rend off 1; 1\n\n1) to break off on all sides, break off all around\n2) to rend or tear off all around
04049^4049 perispao {per-ee-spah'-o}\n\nfrom 4012 and 4685;; v\n\nAV - cumber 1; 1\n\n1) to draw around, to draw away, distract\n2) metaph.\n   2a) to be driven about mentally, to be distracted\n   2b) to be over-occupied, too busy, about a thing
04050^4050 perisseia {per-is-si'-ah}\n\nfrom 4052; TDNT - 6:63,828; n f\n\nAV - abundance 2, abundantly 1, superfluity 1; 4\n\n1) abundance, superabundantly, superfluously\n2) superiority, preference, pre-eminence\n3) gain, profit\n4) residue, remains: the wickedness remaining over in a\n   Christian from his state prior to conversion
04051^4051 perisseuma {per-is'-syoo-mah}\n\nfrom 4052; TDNT - 6:63,828; n n\n\nAV - abundance 4, that was left 1; 5\n\n1) abundance, in which one delights\n   1a) of that which fills the heart\n2) that which is left over, residue, remains
04052^4052 perisseuo {per-is-syoo'-o}\n\nfrom 4053; TDNT - 6:58,828; v\n\nAV - abound 17, abundance 3, remain 3, exceed 2, increase 2,\n     be left 1, redound 1, misc 10; 39\n\n1) to exceed a fixed number of measure, to be left over and\n   above a certain number or measure\n   1a) to be over, to remain\n   1b) to exist or be at hand in abundance\n       1b1) to be great (abundant)\n       1b2) a thing which comes in abundance, or overflows unto one,\n            something falls to the lot of one in large measure\n       1b3) to redound unto, turn out abundantly for, a thing\n   1c) to abound, overflow\n       1c1) to be abundantly furnished with, to have in abundance,\n            abound in (a thing), to be in affluence\n       1c2) to be pre-eminent, to excel\n       1c3) to excel more than, exceed\n2) to make to abound\n   2a) to furnish one richly so that he has abundance\n   2b) to make abundant or excellent\n\n"Abounding" is used of a flower going from a bud to full bloom.
04053^4053 perissos {per-is-sos'}\n\nfrom 4012 (in the sense of beyond); TDNT - 6:61,828; adj\n\nAV - more 2, beyond measure 1, vehemently + 1537 1, more abundantly 1,\n     advantage 1, superfluous 1, very highly + 5228 + 1537 1,\n     exceeding abundantly above + 5228 + 1537 1,\n     exceeding + 5228 + 1537 1; 10\n\n1) exceeding some number or measure or rank or need\n   1a) over and above, more than is necessary, superadded\n       1a1) exceeding abundantly, supremely\n       1a2) something further, more, much more than all, more plainly\n   1b) superior, extraordinary, surpassing, uncommon\n       1b1) pre-eminence, superiority, advantage, more eminent,\n            more remarkable, more excellent
04054^4054 perissoteron {per-is-sot'-er-on}\n\nneuter of 4055 (as adverb);; comparative\n\nAV - more abundantly 2, a great deal 1, far more 1; 4\n\n1) exceeding some number or measure or rank or need\n   1a) over and above, more than is necessary, superadded\n       1a1) exceeding abundantly, supremely\n       1a2) something further, more, much more than all, more plainly\n   1b) superior, extraordinary, surpassing, uncommon\n       1b1) pre-eminence, superiority, advantage, more eminent,\n            more remarkable, more excellent
04055^4055 perissoteros {per-is-sot'-er-os}\n\nfrom 4053;; comparative\n\nAV - more 4, greater 3, more abundant 3, much more 1, overmuch 1; 12\n\n1) exceeding some number or measure or rank or need\n   1a) over and above, more than is necessary, superadded\n       1a1) exceeding abundantly, supremely\n       1a2) something further, more, much more than all, more plainly\n   1b) superior, extraordinary, surpassing, uncommon\n       1b1) pre-eminence, superiority, advantage, more eminent,\n            more remarkable, more excellent
04056^4056 perissoteros {per-is-sot-er'-oce}\n\nfrom 4055;; adv\n\nAV - more abundantly 4, more exceedingly 2, more abundant 2,\n     much more 1, more frequent 1, the rather 1, exceedingly 1,\n     the more earnest 1; 13\n\n1) more abundantly\n2) more in a greater degree\n3) more earnestly, more exceedingly\n4) especially, above others
04057^4057 perissos {per-is-soce'}\n\nfrom 4053;; adv\n\nAV - the more 1, out of measure 1, exceedingly 1; 3\n\n1) beyond measure, extraordinary\n2) greatly, exceedingly
04058^4058 peristera {per-is-ter-ah'}\n\nof uncertain derivation; TDNT - 6:63,830; n f\n\nAV - dove 9, pigeon 1; 10\n\n1) a dove
04059^4059 peritemno {per-ee-tem'-no}\n\nfrom 4012 and the base of 5114; TDNT - 6:72,831; v\n\nAV - circumcise 18; 18\n\n1) to cut around\n2) to circumcise\n   2a) cut off one's prepuce (used of that well known rite by which\n       not only the male children of the Israelites, on the eighth\n       day after birth, but subsequently also "proselytes of\n       righteousness" were consecrated to Jehovah and introduced into\n       the number of his people)\n   2b) to get one's self circumcised, present one's self to be\n       circumcised, receive circumcision\n   2c) since by the rite of circumcision a man was separated from the\n       unclean world and dedicated to God, the word is transferred to\n       denote the extinguishing of lusts and the removal of sins
04060^4060 peritithemi {per-ee-tith'-ay-mee}\n\nfrom 4012 and 5087;; v\n\nAV - put on 3, put upon 1, set about 1, put about 1, bestow upon 1,\n     hedge around + 5318 1; 8\n\n1) to place around, set about\n2) to put on a garment\n3) to put or bind a thing around another\n4) to present, to bestow, confer, a thing upon one
04061^4061 peritome {per-it-om-ay'}\n\nfrom 4059; TDNT - 6:72,831; n f\n\nAV - circumcision 35, circumcised 1; 36\n\n1) circumcised\n   1a) the act or rite of circumcision, "they of the\n       circumcision" is a term used of the Jews\n       1a1) of Christians gathered from among the Jews\n       1a2) the state of circumcision\n   1b) metaph.\n       1b1) of Christians separated from the unclean multitude and\n            truly consecrated to God\n       1b2) the extinction of passions and the removal of\n            spiritual impurity
04062^4062 peritrepo {per-ee-trep'-o}\n\nfrom 4012 and the base of 5157;; v\n\nAV - make mad + 3130 + 1519 1; 1\n\n1) to turn about, to turn\n2) to transfer or change by turning\n   2a) a person or thing into some state\n   2b) turning one mad
04063^4063 peritrecho {per-ee-trekh'-o}\n\nfrom 4012 and 5143 (including its alternate);; v\n\nAV - run through 1; 1\n\n1) to run around, run around about
04064^4064 periphero {per-ee-fer'-o}\n\nfrom 4012 and 5342;; v\n\nAV - carry about 4, bear about 1; 5\n\n1) to carry round, to bear about everywhere with one\n2) to carry here and there\n3) to be driven\n   3a) in doubt and hesitation to be led away now to this opinion,\n       now to that
04065^4065 periphroneo {per-ee-fron-eh'-o}\n\nfrom 4012 and 5426; TDNT - 3:663,421; v\n\nAV - despise 1; 1\n\n1) to consider or examine on all sides i.e. carefully, thoroughly\n2) to set one's self in thought beyond (exalt one's self in\n   thought above) a person or a thing\n3) to contemn, to despise
04066^4066 perichoros {per-ikh'-o-ros}\n\nfrom 4012 and 5561;; adj\n\nAV - region round about 5, country round about 3, country about 1,\n     region that lieth around about 1; 10\n\n1) lying round about, neighbouring\n   1a) the region round about\n   1b) the region of Jordan
04067^4067 peripsema {per-ip'-say-mah}\n\nfrom a comparative of 4012 and psao (to rub); TDNT - 6:84,*; n n\n\nAV - offscouring 1; 1\n\n1) what is wiped off\n2) dirt rubbed off\n3) off scouring, scrapings\n\nThe Athenians, in order to avert public calamities, yearly threw a\ncriminal into the sea as an offering to Poseidon; hence the term\nbecame used for an expiatory offering, a ransom, for our child, i.e.\nin comparison with the saving of our son's life let it be to us a\ndespicable and worthless thing. It is used of a man who in behalf of\nreligion undergoes dire trials for the salvation of others.
04068^4068 perpereuomai {per-per-yoo'-om-ahee}\n\nmiddle voice from perperos (braggart, perhaps by reduplication of\n   the base of 4008); TDNT - 6:93,833; v\n\nAV - vaunt itself 1; 1\n\n1) to boast one's self\n2) a self display, employing rhetorical embellishments in extolling\n   one's self excessively
04069^4069 Persis {per-sece'}\n\na Persian woman;; n pr f\n\nAV - Persis 1; 1\n\nPersis = "a Persian woman"\n1) a Christian woman at Rome
04070^4070 perusi {per'-oo-si}\n\nfrom 4009;; adv\n\nAV - a year ago + 575 2; 2\n\n1) last year\n2) the year just past\n   2a) for a year past, a year ago
04071^4071 peteinon {pet-i-non'}\n\nfrom a derivative of 4072;; n n\n\nAV - fowl 9, bird 5; 14\n\n1) flying, winged\n2) flying or winged animals, birds\n   2a) the birds of the heaven, i.e. flying in the heaven (air)
04072^4072 petomai {pet'-om-ahee} or prolongation petaomai {pet-ah'-om-ahee}\n     or contracted ptaomai {ptah'-om-ahee}\n\nmiddle voice of a primary verb;; v\n\nAV - fly 3, flying 2; 5\n\n1) to fly
04073^4073 petra {pet'-ra}\n\nfrom the same as 4074; TDNT - 6:95,834; n f\n\nAV - rock 16; 16\n\n1) a rock, cliff or ledge\n   1a) a projecting rock, crag, rocky ground\n   1b) a rock, a large stone\n   1c) metaph. a man like a rock, by reason of his firmness and\n       strength of soul
04074^4074 Petros {pet'-ros}\n\napparently a primary word; TDNT - 6:100,835; n pr m\n\nAV - Peter 161, stone 1; 162\n\nPeter = "a rock or a stone"\n1) one of the twelve disciples of Jesus
04075^4075 petrodes {pet-ro'-dace}\n\nfrom 4073 and 1491;; adj\n\nAV - stony place 2, stony ground 2; 4\n\n1) rocky, stony\n   1a) of a ground full of rocks
04076^4076 peganon {pay'-gan-on}\n\nfrom 4078;; n n\n\nAV - rue 1; 1\n\n1) rue\n2) a shrubby plant about 2 feet (60 cm) high, of medicinal value
04077^4077 pege {pay-gay'}\n\nprobably from 4078 (through the idea of gushing plumply);\n   TDNT - 6:112,837; n f\n\nAV - fountain 8, well 4; 12\n\n1) fountain, spring\n2) a well fed by a spring
04078^4078 pegnumi {payg'-noo-mee}\n\na prolonged form of a primary verb (which in its simpler form\n   occurs only as an alternate in certain tenses);; v\n\nAV - pitch 1; 1\n\n1) to make fast, to fix\n2) to fasten together, to build by fastening together
04079^4079 pedalion {pay-dal'-ee-on}\n\nfrom a (presumed) derivative of pedon (the blade of an oar, from the\n   same as 3976);; n n\n\nAV - rudder 1, helm 1; 2\n\n1) a ship's rudder
04080^4080 pelikos {pay-lee'-kos}\n\na quantitative form (the feminine) of the base of 4225;; pron\n\nAV - how great 1, how large 1; 2\n\n1) how great, how large\n   1a) in a material reference (denoting geometrical magnitude as\n       distinguished from arithmetical)\n   1b) in an ethical sense: how distinguished
04081^4081 pelos {pay-los'}\n\nperhaps a primary word; TDNT - 6:118,838; n m\n\nAV - clay 6; 6\n\n1) clay, which potters uses\n2) mud (wet clay)
04082^4082 pera {pay'-rah}\n\nof uncertain affinity; TDNT - 6:119,838; n f\n\nAV - scrip 6; 6\n\n1) a wallet\n2) a leathern sack, in which travellers and shepherds carried\n   their provisions
04083^4083 pechus {pay'-khoos}\n\nof uncertain affinity;; n m\n\nAV - cubit 4; 4\n\n1) a cubit\n2) a measure of length equal to distance from the joint of the\n   elbow to the tip of the middle finger (i.e. about 18 inches,\n   (.5 m)  but its precise length varied and is disputed)
04084^4084 piazo {pee-ad'-zo}\n\nprobably another form of 971;; v\n\nAV - take 7, catch 2, apprehend 2, lay hand on 1; 12\n\n1) to lay hold of\n2) to take, capture\n   2a) of fishes\n3) to apprehend\n   3a) of a man, in order to imprison him
04085^4085 piezo {pee-ed'-zo}\n\nanother form for 4084;; v\n\nAV - press down 1; 1\n\n1) to press, press together
04086^4086 pithanologia {pith-an-ol-og-ee'-ah}\n\nfrom a compound of a derivative of 3982 and 3056;; n f\n\nAV - enticing words 1; 1\n\n1) speech adapted to persuade, discourse in which probable arguments\n   are adduced\n2) in a bad sense, persuasiveness of speech, specious discourse\n   leading others into error
04087^4087 pikraino {pik-rah'-ee-no}\n\nfrom 4089; TDNT - 6:122,839; v\n\nAV - make bitter 2, be bitter 2; 4\n\n1) to make bitter\n   1a) to produce a bitter taste in the stomach\n2) to embitter. exasperate\n   2a) render angry, indignant\n   2b) to be embittered, irritated\n   2c) to visit with bitterness, to grieve (deal bitterly with)
04088^4088 pikria {pik-ree'-ah}\n\nfrom 4089; TDNT - 6:122,839; n f\n\nAV - bitterness 4; 4\n\n1) bitter gall\n   1a) extreme wickedness\n   1b) a bitter root, and so producing a bitter fruit\n   1c) metaph. bitterness, bitter hatred
04089^4089 pikros {pik-ros'}\n\nperhaps from 4078 (through the idea of piercing); TDNT - 6:122,839; adj\n\nAV - bitter 2; 2\n\n1) bitter\n2) metaph. harsh, virulent
04090^4090 pikros {pik-roce'}\n\nfrom 4089;; adv\n\nAV - bitterly 2; 2\n\n1) bitterly\n2) metaph. with poignant grief
04091^4091 Pilatos {pil-at'-os}\n\nof Latin origin;; n pr m\n\nAV - Pilate 55; 55\n\nPilate = "armed with a spear"\n1) the sixth Roman procurator of Judah and Samaria who ordered Christ\n   to be crucified
04092^4092 pimpremi {pim'-pray-mee}\n\na reduplicated and prolonged form of a primary preo {preh'-o};\n   which occurs only as an alternate in certain tenses);; v\n\nAV - swollen 1; 1\n\n1) to blow, to burn\n2) to cause to swell, to render timid\n3) to swell, become swollen\n   3a) of the parts of the body
04093^4093 pinakidion {pin-ak-id'-ee-on}\n\ndiminutive of 4094;; n n\n\nAV - writing table 1; 1\n\n1) a small tablet\n2) a writing tablet
04094^4094 pinax {pin'-ax}\n\napparently a form of 4109;; n f\n\nAV - charger 4, platter 1; 5\n\n1) a board, a tablet\n2) a dish, plate, platter
04095^4095 pino {pee'-no}\n\na prolonged form of pio {pee'-o};  which (together with another\n   form poo {po'-o}, occurs only as an alternate in certain\n   tenses; TDNT - 6:135,840; v\n\nAV - drink 68, drink of 7; 75\n\n1) to drink\n2) figuratively, to receive into the soul what serves to refresh\n   strengthen, nourish it unto life eternal
04096^4096 piotes {pee-ot'-ace}\n\nfrom pion (fat, perhaps akin to the alternate of 4095 through the\n   idea of repletion);; n f\n\nAV - fatness 1; 1\n\n1) fatness
04097^4097 piprasko {pip-ras'-ko}\n\na reduplicated and prolonged form of prao {prah'-o}, (which\n   occurs only as an alternate in certain tenses), contracted\n   from perao (to traverse, from the base of 4008); TDNT - 6:160,846; v\n\nAV - sell 9; 9\n\n1) to sell\n   1a) of price, one into slavery\n   1b) of the master to whom one is sold as a slave\n2) metaph.\n   2a) sold under sin, entirely under the control of the love of sinning\n   2b) of one bribed to give himself up wholly to another's will
04098^4098 pipto {pip'-to}\n\na reduplicated and contracted form of peto {pet'-o}, (which\n   occurs only as an alternate in certain tenses), probably akin\n   to 4072 through the idea of alighting; TDNT - 6:161,846; v\n\nAV - fall 69, fall down 19, light 1, fail 1; 90\n\n1) to descend from a higher place to a lower\n   1a) to fall (either from or upon)\n       1a1) to be thrust down\n   1b) metaph. to fall under judgment, came under condemnation\n2) to descend from an erect to a prostrate position\n   2a) to fall down\n       2a1) to be prostrated, fall prostrate\n       2a2) of those overcome by terror or astonishment or grief or\n            under the attack of an evil spirit or of falling\n            dead suddenly\n       2a3) the dismemberment of a corpse by decay\n       2a4) to prostrate one's self\n       2a5) used of suppliants and persons rendering homage\n            or worship to one\n       2a6) to fall out, fall from i.e. shall perish or be lost\n       2a7) to fall down, fall into ruin: of buildings, walls etc.\n   2b) to be cast down from a state of prosperity\n       2b1) to fall from a state of uprightness\n       2b2) to perish, i.e come to an end, disappear, cease\n            2b2a) of virtues\n       2b3) to lose authority, no longer have force\n            2b3a) of sayings, precepts, etc.\n       2b4) to be removed from power by death\n       2b5) to fail of participating in, miss a share in
04099^4099 Pisidia {pis-id-ee'-ah}\n\nprobably of foreign origin;; n pr loc\n\nAV - Pisidia 2; 2\n\nPisidia = "pitchy"\n1) a region in Asia Minor bounded by Pamphylia, and the Pamphylian\n   Sea, Phrygia, and Lycaonia
04100^4100 pisteuo {pist-yoo'-o}\n\nfrom 4102; TDNT - 6:174,849; v\n\nAV - believe 239, commit unto 4, commit to (one's) trust 1,\n     be committed unto 1, be put in trust with 1,\n     be commit to one's trust 1, believer 1; 248\n\n1) to think to be true, to be persuaded of, to credit, place\n   confidence in\n   1a) of the thing believed\n       1a1) to credit, have confidence\n   1b) in a moral or religious reference\n       1b1) used in the NT of the conviction and trust to which a man\n            is impelled by a certain inner and higher prerogative and\n            law of soul\n       1b2) to trust in Jesus or God as able to aid either in\n            obtaining or in doing something: saving faith\n       1bc) mere acknowledgment of some fact or event: intellectual\n            faith\n2) to entrust a thing to one, i.e. his fidelity\n   2a) to be intrusted with a thing
04101^4101 pistikos {pis-tik-os'}\n\nfrom 4102;; adj\n\nAV - spikenard + 3487 2; 2\n\n1) pertaining to belief\n   1a) having the power of persuading, skilful in producing belief\n   1b) trusty, faithful, that can be relied on
04102^4102 pistis {pis'-tis}\n\nfrom 3982; TDNT - 6:174,849; n f\n\nAV - faith 239, assurance 1, believe + 1537 1, belief 1,\n     them that believe 1, fidelity 1; 244\n\n1) conviction of the truth of anything, belief; in the NT of a\n   conviction or belief respecting man's relationship to God and\n   divine things, generally with the included idea of trust and\n   holy fervour born of faith and joined with it\n   1a) relating to God\n       1a1) the conviction that God exists and is the creator and\n            ruler of all things, the provider and bestower of eternal\n            salvation through Christ\n   1b) relating to Christ\n       1b1) a strong and welcome conviction or belief that Jesus is\n            the Messiah, through whom we obtain eternal salvation in\n            the kingdom of God\n   1c) the religious beliefs of Christians\n   1d) belief with the predominate idea of trust (or confidence)\n       whether in God or in Christ, springing from faith in the same\n2) fidelity, faithfulness\n   2a) the character of one who can be relied on
04103^4103 pistos {pis-tos'}\n\nfrom 3982; TDNT - 6:174,849; adj\n\nAV - faithful 53, believe 6, believing 2, true 2, faithfully 1,\n     believer 1, sure 1; not tr 1; 67\n\n1) trusty, faithful\n   1a) of persons who show themselves faithful in the\n       transaction of business, the execution of commands, or\n       the discharge of official duties\n   1b) one who kept his plighted faith, worthy of trust\n   1c) that can be relied on\n2) easily persuaded\n   2a) believing, confiding, trusting\n   2b) in the NT one who trusts in God's promises\n       2b1) one who is convinced that Jesus has been raised from the dead\n       2b2) one who has become convinced that Jesus is the Messiah\n            and author of salvation
04104^4104 pistoo {pis-to'-o}\n\nfrom 4103; TDNT - 6:174,849; v\n\nAV - be assured of 1; 1\n\n1) to make faithful, render trustworthy\n   1a) to make firm, establish\n2) to be firmly persuaded of\n   2a) to be assured of
04105^4105 planao {plan-ah'-o}\n\nfrom 4106; TDNT - 6:228,857; v\n\nAV - deceive 24, err 6, go astray 5, seduce 2, wander 1,\n     be out of the way 1; 39\n\n1) to cause to stray, to lead astray, lead aside from the right way\n   1a) to go astray, wander, roam about\n2) metaph.\n   2a) to lead away from the truth, to lead into error, to deceive\n   2b) to be led into error\n   2c) to be led aside from the path of virtue, to go astray, sin\n   2d) to sever or fall away from the truth\n       2d1) of heretics\n   2e) to be led away into error and sin
04106^4106 plane {plan'-ay}\n\nfrom 4108 (as abstractly); TDNT - 6:228,857; n f\n\nAV - error 7, to deceive 1, deceit 1, delusion 1; 10\n\n1) a wandering, a straying about\n   1a) one led astray from the right way, roams hither and thither\n2) metaph.\n   2a) mental straying\n       2a1) error, wrong opinion relative to morals or religion\n   2b) error which shows itself in action, a wrong mode of acting\n   2c) error, that which leads into error, deceit or fraud
04107^4107 planetes {plan-ay'-tace} or planes {plan'-ace}\n\nfrom 4108; TDNT - 6:228,857; n m\n\nAV - wandering 1; 1\n\n1) a wanderer: wandering stars
04108^4108 planos {plan'-os}\n\nof uncertain affinity; TDNT - 6:228,857; adj\n\nAV - deceiver 4, seducing 1; 5\n\n1) wandering, roving\n2) misleading, leading into error\n   2a) a vagabond, "tramp", imposter\n   2b) corrupter, deceiver
04109^4109 plax {plax}\n\nfrom 4111;; n f\n\nAV - table 3; 3\n\n1) a flat thing, broad tablet, plane, level surface (as of the sea)
04110^4110 plasma {plas'-mah}\n\nfrom 4111; TDNT - 6:254,862; n n\n\nAV - thing formed 1; 1\n\n1) what has been moulded or formed, as from wax\n2) the thing formed by a potter, earthen vessel
04111^4111 plasso {plas'-so}\n\na root word; TDNT - 6:254,862; v\n\nAV - form 2; 2\n\n1) to form, mould (something from clay, wax, etc.)\n   1a) used of a potter
04112^4112 plastos {plas-tos'}\n\nfrom 4111; TDNT - 6:262,862; adj\n\nAV - feigned 1; 1\n\n1) moulded, formed, as from clay, wax, or stone\n2) feigned
04113^4113 plateia {plat-i'-ah}\n\nfrom 4116;; n f\n\nAV - street 9; 9\n\n1) a broad way, a street
04114^4114 platos {plat'-os}\n\nfrom 4116;; n n\n\nAV - breadth 4; 4\n\n1) breadth\n   1a) suggesting great extent
04115^4115 platuno {plat-oo'-no}\n\nfrom 4116;; v\n\nAV - enlarge 2, make broad 1; 3\n\n1) to make broad, enlarge\n2) be enlarged in heart, i.e. to welcome and embrace you in love
04116^4116 platus {plat-oos'}\n\nfrom 4111;; adj\n\nAV - wide 1; 1\n\n1) broad
04117^4117 plegma {pleg'-mah}\n\nfrom 4120;; n n\n\nAV - broidered hair 1; 1\n\n1) what is woven, plaited, or twisted together\n2) a web, plait, braid\n   2a) of a net\n   2b) of a basket, in which the infant Moses was laid\n   2c) of braided hair
04118^4118 pleistos {plice'-tos}\n\nirregular superlative of 4183;; adj\n\nAV - most 2, very great 1; 3\n\n1) most\n2) at the very most
04119^4119 pleion {pli-own} neuter pleion {pli'-on} or pleon {pleh'-on}\n\ncomparative of 4183;; adj\n\nAV - more 23, many 12, greater 5, further + 1909 3, most 2,\n     more part 2, not tr 1, misc 8; 56\n\n1) greater in quantity\n   1a) the more part, very many\n2) greater in quality, superior, more excellent
04120^4120 pleko {plek'-o}\n\na root word;; v\n\nAV - plait 3; 3\n\n1) to plait, braid, weave together
04121^4121 pleonazo {pleh-on-ad'-zo}\n\nfrom 4119; TDNT - 6:263,864; v\n\nAV - abound 6, abundant 1, have over 1, make to increase 1; 9\n\n1) to superabound\n   1a) of things\n       1a1) to exist in abundance\n       1a2) to increase\n       1a3) be augmented\n2) to make to increase: one in a thing
04122^4122 pleonekteo {pleh-on-cek-teh'-o}\n\nfrom 4123; TDNT - 6:266,864; v\n\nAV - make a gain 2, defraud 2, get an advantage 1; 5\n\n1) to have more, or a greater part or share\n   1a) to be superior, excel, surpass, have an advantage over\n2) to gain or take advantage of another, to overreach
04123^4123 pleonektes {pleh-on-ek'-tace}\n\nfrom 4119 and 2192; TDNT - 6:266,864; n m\n\nAV - covetous 4; 4\n\n1) one eager to have more, esp. what belongs to others\n2) greedy of gain, covetous
04124^4124 pleonexia {pleh-on-ex-ee'-ah}\n\nfrom 4123; TDNT - 6:266,864; n f\n\nAV - covetousness 8, greediness 1, covetous practice 1; 10\n\n1) greedy desire to have more, covetousness, avarice
04125^4125 pleura {plyoo-rah'}\n\nof uncertain affinity;; n f\n\nAV - side 5; 5\n\n1) the side of the body
04126^4126 pleo {pleh'-o}\n\nanother form for pleuo {plyoo'-o}, which is used as an alternate\n   in certain tenses, probably a form of 4150 (through the idea\n   of plunging through the water);; v\n\nAV - sail 5; 5\n\n1) to sail, navigate, travel by ship
04127^4127 plege {play-gay'}\n\nfrom 4141;; n f\n\nAV - plague 12, stripe 5, wound 4; 21\n\n1) a blow, stripe, a wound\n2) a public calamity, heavy affliction, plague,
04128^4128 plethos {play'-thos}\n\nfrom 4130; TDNT - 6:274,866; n n\n\nAV - multitude 30, company 1, bundle 1; 32\n\n1) a multitude\n   1a) a great number, of men or things\n   1b) the whole number, the whole multitude, the assemblage\n       1b1) the multitude of the people
04129^4129 plethuno {play-thoo'-no}\n\nfrom another form of 4128; TDNT - 6:279,866; v\n\nAV - multiply 11, abound 1; 12\n\n1) to increase, to multiply\n   1a) to be increased, (be multiplied) multiply\n2) to be increased, to multiply
04130^4130 pletho {play'-tho}\n\na prolonged form of a primary pleo {pleh'-o} (which appears only\n   as an alternate in certain tenses and in the reduplicated form\n   pimplemi); TDNT - 6:128,*; v\n\nAV - fill 18, accomplish 4, furnish 1, full ... come 1; 24\n\n1) to fill\n2) to be fulfilled, to be filled
04131^4131 plektes {plake'-tace}\n\nfrom 4141;; n m\n\nAV - striker 2; 2\n\n1) bruiser, ready for a blow\n2) a pugnacious, contentious, quarrelsome person
04132^4132 plemmura {plame-moo'-rah}\n\nprolonged from 4130;; n f\n\nAV - flood 1; 1\n\n1) a flood, whether of sea or of a river
04133^4133 plen {plane}\n\nfrom 4119;; adv\n\nAV - but 14, nevertheless 8, notwithstanding 4, but rather 2,\n     except 1, than 1, save 1; 31\n\n1) moreover, besides, but, nevertheless\n2) besides, except, but
04134^4134 pleres {play'-race}\n\nfrom 4130; TDNT - 6:283,867; adj\n\nAV - full 17; 17\n\n1) full, i.e. filled up (as opposed to empty)\n   1a) of hollow vessels\n   1b) of a surface, covered in every part\n   1c) of the soul, thoroughly permeated with\n2) full, i.e. complete\n   2a) lacking nothing, perfect
04135^4135 plerophoreo {play-rof-or-eh'-o}\n\nfrom 4134 and 5409; TDNT - 6:309,867; v\n\nAV - be fully persuaded 2, be most surely believed 1,\n     be fully known 1, make full proof of 1; 5\n\n1) to bear or bring full, to make full\n   1a) to cause a thing to be shown to the full\n       1a1) to fulfil the ministry in every part\n   1b) to carry through to the end, accomplish\n       1b1) things that have been accomplished\n   1c) to fill one with any thought, conviction, or inclination\n       1c1) to make one certain, to persuade, convince one\n       1c2) to be persuaded, persuaded, fully convinced or assured\n       1c3) to render inclined or bent on
04136^4136 plerophoria {play-rof-or-ee'-ah}\n\nfrom 4135; TDNT - 6:310,867; n f\n\nAV - full assurance 3, assurance 1; 4\n\n1) full assurance, most certain confidence
04137^4137 pleroo {play-ro'-o}\n\nfrom 4134; TDNT - 6:286,867; v\n\nAV - fulfil 51, fill 19, be full 7, complete 2, end 2, misc 9; 90\n\n1) to make full, to fill up, i.e. to fill to the full\n   1a) to cause to abound, to furnish or supply liberally\n       1a1) I abound, I am liberally supplied\n2) to render full, i.e. to complete\n  2a) to fill to the top: so that nothing shall be wanting to\n      full measure, fill to the brim\n  2b) to consummate: a number\n      2b1) to make complete in every particular, to render perfect\n      2b2) to carry through to the end, to accomplish, carry out,\n           (some undertaking)\n  2c) to carry into effect, bring to realisation, realise\n      2c1) of matters of duty: to perform, execute\n      2c2) of sayings, promises, prophecies, to bring to pass,\n           ratify, accomplish\n      2c3) to fulfil, i.e. to cause God's will (as made known in the\n           law) to be obeyed as it should be, and God's promises\n           (given through the prophets) to receive fulfilment
04138^4138 pleroma {play'-ro-mah}\n\nfrom 4137; TDNT - 6:298,867; n n\n\nAV - fulness 13, full 1, fulfilling 1, which is put in to fill up 1,\n     pierce that filled up 1; 17\n\n1) that which is (has been) filled\n   1a) a ship inasmuch as it is filled (i.e. manned) with sailors,\n       rowers, and soldiers\n   1b) in the NT, the body of believers, as that which is filled with\n       the presence, power, agency, riches of God and of Christ\n2) that which fills or with which a thing is filled\n   2a) of those things which a ship is filled, freight and\n       merchandise, sailors, oarsmen, soldiers\n   2b) completeness or fulness of time\n3) fulness, abundance\n4) a fulfilling, keeping
04139^4139 plesion {play-see'-on}\n\nneuter of a derivative of pelas (near); TDNT - 6:311,872; adv\n\nAV - neighbour 16, near 1; 17\n\n1) a neighbour\n   1a) a friend\n   1b) any other person, and where two are concerned, the other\n       (thy fellow man, thy neighbour), according to the Jews, any\n       member of the Hebrew nation and commonwealth\n   1c) according to Christ, any other man irrespective of nation or\n       religion with whom we live or whom we chance to meet
04140^4140 plesmone {place-mon-ay'}\n\nfrom a presumed derivative of 4130; TDNT - 6:131,840; n f\n\nAV - satisfying 1; 1\n\n1) repletion, satiety, for the satisfying of the flesh, to\n   satiate the desires of the flesh\n   1a) indulgence of the flesh
04141^4141 plesso {place'-so}\n\napparently another form of 4111 (through the idea of flattening out);; v\n\nAV - smite 1; 1\n\n1) to strike, smite
04142^4142 ploiarion {ploy-ar'-ee-on}\n\nfrom a presumed derivative of 4143;; n n\n\nAV - boat 3, little ship 2, small ship 1; 6\n\n1) a small vessel, a boat
04143^4143 ploion {ploy'-on}\n\nfrom 4126;; n n\n\nAV - ship 66, shipping 1; 67\n\n1) a ship
04144^4144 ploos {plo'-os}\n\nfrom 4126;; n m\n\nAV - course 1, sailing 1, voyage 1; 3\n\n1) a voyage
04145^4145 plousios {ploo'-see-os}\n\nfrom 4149; TDNT - 6:318,873; adj\n\nAV - rich 28; 28\n\n1) wealthy, abounding in material resources\n2) metaph. abounding, abundantly supplied\n   2a) abounding (rich) in Christian virtues and eternal possessions
04146^4146 plousios {ploo-see'-oce}\n\nfrom 4145;; adv\n\nAV - richly 2, abundantly 2; 4\n\n1) abundantly, richly
04147^4147 plouteo {ploo-teh'-o}\n\nfrom 4148; TDNT - 6:318,873; v\n\nAV - be rich 7, be made rich 2, rich 1, wax rich 1,\n     be increased with goods 1; 12\n\n1) to be rich, to have abundance\n   1a) of outward possessions\n2) metaph. to be richly supplied\n   2a) is affluent in resources so that he can give blessings of\n       salvation to all
04148^4148 ploutizo {ploo-tid'-zo}\n\nfrom 4149; TDNT - 6:318,873; v\n\nAV - enrich 2, make rich 1; 3\n\n1) to make rich, enrich\n   1a) of spiritual riches\n2) to be richly furnished
04149^4149 ploutos {ploo'-tos}\n\nfrom the base of 4130; TDNT - 6:318,873; n m\n\nAV - riches 22; 22\n\n1) riches, wealth\n   1a) abundance of external possessions\n   1b) fulness, abundance, plenitude\n   1c) a good i.e. that with which one is enriched
04150^4150 pluno {ploo'-no}\n\na prolonged form of an obsolete pluo (to "flow");; v\n\nAV - wash 1; 1\n\n1) to wash: with reference to clothing\n   1a) use figuratively of those who by faith so appropriate the\n       results of Christ's expiation as to be regarded by God as\n       pure and sinless
04151^4151 pneuma {pnyoo'-mah}\n\nfrom 4154; TDNT - 6:332,876; n n\n\nAV - Spirit 111, Holy Ghost 89, Spirit (of God) 13,\n     Spirit (of the Lord) 5, (My) Spirit 3, Spirit (of truth) 3,\n     Spirit (of Christ) 2, human (spirit) 49, (evil) spirit 47,\n     spirit (general) 26, spirit 8, (Jesus' own) spirit 6,\n     (Jesus' own) ghost 2, misc 21; 385\n\n1) the third person of the triune God, the Holy Spirit, coequal,\n   coeternal with the Father and the Son\n   1a) sometimes referred to in a way which emphasises his\n       personality and character (the \\Holy\\ Spirit)\n   1b) sometimes referred to in a way which emphasises his work\n       and power (the Spirit of \\Truth\\)\n   1c) never referred to as a depersonalised force\n2) the spirit, i.e. the vital principal by which the body is animated\n   2a) the rational spirit, the power by which the human being feels,\n       thinks, decides\n   2b) the soul\n3) a spirit, i.e. a simple essence, devoid of all or at least\n   all grosser matter, and possessed of the power of knowing,\n   desiring, deciding, and acting\n   3a) a life giving spirit\n   3b) a human soul that has left the body\n   3c) a spirit higher than man but lower than God, i.e. an angel\n       3c1) used of demons, or evil spirits, who were conceived\n            as inhabiting the bodies of men\n       3c2) the spiritual nature of Christ, higher than the highest\n            angels and equal to God, the divine nature of Christ\n4) the disposition or influence which fills and governs the soul\n   of any one\n   4a) the efficient source of any power, affection, emotion, desire, etc.\n5) a movement of air (a gentle blast)\n   5a) of the wind, hence the wind itself\n   5b) breath of nostrils or mouth
04152^4152 pneumatikos {pnyoo-mat-ik-os'}\n\nfrom 4151; TDNT - 6:332,876; adj\n\nAV - spiritual 26; 26\n\n1) relating to the human spirit, or rational soul, as part of the man\n   which is akin to God and serves as his instrument or organ\n   1a) that which possesses the nature of the rational soul\n2) belonging to a spirit, or a being higher than man but inferior to God\n3) belonging to the Divine Spirit\n   3a) of God the Holy Spirit\n   3b) one who is filled with and governed by the Spirit of God\n4) pertaining to the wind or breath; windy, exposed to the wind, blowing
04153^4153 pneumatikos {pnyoo-mat-ik-oce'}\n\nfrom 4152;; adv\n\nAV - spiritual 2; 2\n\n1) spiritually: i.e. by the aid of the Holy Spirit
04154^4154 pneo {pneh'-o}\n\na root word; TDNT - 6:452,876; v\n\nAV - blow 6, wind 1; 7\n\n1) to breathe, to blow\n   1a) of the wind
04155^4155 pnigo {pnee'-go}\n\nstrengthened from 4154; TDNT - 6:455,895; v\n\nAV - take by the throat 1, choke 1; 2\n\n1) to choke, strangle\n   1a) of thorns crowding out the seed in the field and hindering\n       its growth\n2) to wring one's neck, throttle
04156^4156 pniktos {pnik-tos'}\n\nfrom 4155; TDNT - 6:455,895; adj\n\nAV - strangled 3; 3\n\n1) suffocate, strangled\n   1a) what is strangled, i.e. an animal deprived of life without\n       the shedding of blood\n   1b) of cooking: our "smothered" as a culinary term
04157^4157 pnoe {pno-ay'}\n\nfrom 4154; TDNT - 6:453,876; n f\n\nAV - wind 1, breath 1; 2\n\n1) breath, breath of life\n2) wind
04158^4158 poderes {pod-ay'-race}\n\nfrom 4228 and another element of uncertain affinity;; adj\n\nAV - garment down to the foot 1; 1\n\n1) reaching to the feet\n2) a garment reaching to the ankles, coming down to the feet
04159^4159 pothen {poth'-en}\n\nfrom the base of 4213 with enclitic adverb of origin;; adv\n\nAV - whence 28; 28\n\n1) of place: from where, from what condition\n2) of origin or source: from what author or giver\n3) of cause: how is that?, how can that be?
04160^4160 poieo {poy-eh'-o}\n\napparently a prolonged form of an obsolete primary; TDNT - 6:458,895; v\n\nAV - do 357, make 113, bring forth 14, commit 9, cause 9, work 8,\n     show 5, bear 4, keep 4, fulfil 3, deal 2, perform 2, not tr 3,\n     misc 43, vr do 3; 579\n\n1) to make\n   1a) with the names of things made, to produce, construct,\n       form, fashion, etc.\n   1b) to be the authors of, the cause\n   1c) to make ready, to prepare\n   1d) to produce, bear, shoot forth\n   1e) to acquire, to provide a thing for one's self\n   1f) to make a thing out of something\n   1g) to (make i.e.) render one anything\n       1g1) to (make i.e.) constitute or appoint one anything, to\n            appoint or ordain one that\n       1g2) to (make i.e.) declare one anything\n   1h) to put one forth, to lead him out\n   1i) to make one do something\n       1i1) cause one to\n   1j) to be the authors of a thing (to cause, bring about)\n2) to do\n   2a) to act rightly, do well\n       2a1) to carry out, to execute\n   2b) to do a thing unto one\n       2b1) to do to one\n   2c) with designation of time: to pass, spend\n   2d) to celebrate, keep\n       2d1) to make ready, and so at the same time to institute,\n            the celebration of the passover\n   2e) to perform: to a promise\n\nFor Synonyms see entry 5871
04161^4161 poiema {poy'-ay-mah}\n\nfrom 4160; TDNT - 6:458,895; n n\n\nAV - thing that is made 1, workmanship 1; 2\n\n1) that which has been made\n2) a work\n   2a) of the works of God as creator
04162^4162 poiesis {poy'-ay-sis}\n\nfrom 4160; TDNT - 6:458,895; n f\n\nAV - deed 1; 1\n\n1) a making\n2) a doing or performing\n   2a) in his doing i.e. in the obedience he renders to the law
04163^4163 poietes {poy-ay-tace'}\n\nfrom 4160; TDNT - 6:458,895; n m\n\nAV - doer 5, poet 1; 6\n\n1) a maker, a producer, author\n2) a doer, performer\n   2a) one who obeys or fulfils the law\n3) a poet
04164^4164 poikilos {poy-kee'-los}\n\nof uncertain derivation; TDNT - 6:484,901; adj\n\nAV - divers 8, manifold 2; 10\n\n1) a various colours, variegated\n2) of various sorts
04165^4165 poimaino {poy-mah'-ee-no}\n\nfrom 4166; TDNT - 6:485,901; v\n\nAV - feed 6, rule 4, feed cattle 1; 11\n\n1) to feed, to tend a flock, keep sheep\n  1a) to rule, govern\n     1a1) of rulers\n     1a2) to furnish pasture for food\n     1a3) to nourish\n     1a4) to cherish one's body, to serve the body\n     1a5) to supply the requisites for the soul's need\n\nFor Synonyms see entry 5824
04166^4166 poimen {poy-mane'}\n\nof uncertain affinity; TDNT - 6:485,901; n m\n\nAV - shepherd 15, Shepherd 2, pastor 1; 18\n\n1) a herdsman, esp. a shepherd\n   1a) in the parable, he to whose care and control others have\n       committed themselves, and whose precepts they follow\n2) metaph.\n   2a) the presiding officer, manager, director, of any assembly:\n       so of Christ the Head of the church\n       2a1) of the overseers of the Christian assemblies\n       2a2) of kings and princes
04167^4167 poimne {poym'-nay}\n\ncontraction from 4165; TDNT - 6:499,901; n f\n\nAV - flock 4, fold 1; 5\n\n1) a flock (esp.) of sheep\n   1a) of Christ's flock i.e. the body of those who follow Jesus as\n       their guide and keeper
04168^4168 poimnion {poym'-nee-on}\n\nneuter of a presumed derivative of 4167; TDNT - 6:499,901; n n\n\nAV - flock 5; 5\n\n1) a flock (esp.) of sheep\n2) a group of Christ's disciples\n3) bodies of Christian (churches) presided over by elders
04169^4169 poios {poy'-os}\n\nfrom the base of 4226 and 3634;; pron\n\nAV - what 27, which 4, what things 1, what way 1, what manner of 1; 34\n\n1) of what sort or nature
04170^4170 polemeo {pol-em-eh'-o}\n\nfrom 4171; TDNT - 6:502,904; v\n\nAV - make war 3, fight 3, war 1; 7\n\n1) to war, carry on war\n2) to fight
04171^4171 polemos {pol'-em-os}\n\nfrom pelomai (to bustle); TDNT - 6:502,904; n m\n\nAV - war 12, battle 5, fight 1; 18\n\n1) a war\n2) a fight, a battle\n3) a dispute, strife, quarrel
04172^4172 polis {pol'-is}\n\nprobably from the same as 4171, or perhaps from 4183;\n   TDNT - 6:516,906; n f\n\nAV - city 164; 164\n\n1) a city\n   1a) one's native city, the city in which one lives\n   1b) the heavenly Jerusalem\n       1b1) the abode of the blessed in heaven\n       1b2) of the visible capital in the heavenly kingdom, to come\n            down to earth after the renovation of the world by fire\n   1c) the inhabitants of a city
04173^4173 politarches {pol-it-ar'-khace}\n\nfrom 4172 and 757;; n m\n\nAV - ruler of the city 2; 2\n\n1) a ruler of a city or citizens
04174^4174 politeia {pol-ee-ti'-ah}\n\nfrom 4177 ("polity"); TDNT - 6:516,906; n f\n\nAV - freedom 1, commonwealth 1; 2\n\n1) the administration of civil affairs\n2) a state or commonwealth\n3) citizenship, the rights of a citizen
04175^4175 politeuma {pol-it'-yoo-mah}\n\nfrom 4176; TDNT - 6:516,906; n n\n\nAV - conversation 1; 1\n\n1) the administration of civil affairs or of a commonwealth\n2) the constitution of a commonwealth, form of government and\n   the laws by which it is administered\n3) a state, commonwealth\n   3a) the commonwealth of citizens
04176^4176 politeuomai {pol-it-yoo'-om-ahee}\n\nmiddle voice of a derivative of 4177; TDNT - 6:516,906; v\n\nAV - live 1, let (one's) conversation be 1; 2\n\n1) to be a citizen\n2) to administer civil affairs, manage the state\n3) to make or create a citizen\n   3a) to be a citizen\n   3b) to behave as a citizen\n       3b1) to avail one's self of or recognise the laws\n       3b2) to conduct one's self as pledged to some law of life
04177^4177 polites {pol-ee'-tace}\n\nfrom 4172; TDNT - 6:516,906; n m\n\nAV - citizen 3; 3\n\n1) a citizen\n   1a) the inhabitant of any city or country\n   1b) the association of another in citizenship\n       1b1) a fellow citizen, fellow countryman
04178^4178 pollakis {pol-lak'-is}\n\nmultiplicative adverb from 4183;; adv\n\nAV - often 7, oft 5, ofttimes 3, oftentimes 3; 18\n\n1) often, frequently
04179^4179 pollaplasion {pol-lap-las-ee'-ohn}\n\nfrom 4183 and probably a derivative of 4120;; adv\n\nAV - manifold more 1; 1\n\n1) manifold, much, more
04180^4180 polulogia {pol-oo-log-ee'-ah}\n\nfrom a compound of 4183 and 3056; TDNT - 6:545,911; n f\n\nAV - much speaking 1; 1\n\n1) much speaking
04181^4181 polumeros {pol-oo-mer'-oce}\n\nfrom a compound of 4183 and 3313;; adv\n\nAV - at sundry times 1; 1\n\n1) by many portions, by many times and in many ways
04182^4182 polupoikilos {pol-oo-poy'-kil-os}\n\nfrom 4183 and 4164; TDNT - 6:485,901; adj\n\nAV - manifold 1; 1\n\n1) much variegated, marked with a great variety of colours\n   1a1) of cloth or a painting\n2) much varied, manifold
04183^4183 polus {pol-oos'}\n\nincluding the forms from the alternate pollos;TDNT - 6:536,*; adj\n\nAV - many 210, much 73, great 59, misc 23; 365\n\n1) many, much, large
04184^4184 polusplagchnos {pol-oo'-splankh-nos}\n\nfrom 4183 and 4698 (figuratively); TDNT - 7:548,1067; adj\n\nAV - very pitiful 1; 1\n\n1) full of pity, very kind
04185^4185 poluteles {pol-oo-tel-ace'}\n\nfrom 4183 and 5056;; adj\n\nAV - very precious 1, costly 1, of great price 1; 3\n\n1) precious\n   1a) requiring very great outlay, very costly\n   1b) excellent, of surpassing value
04186^4186 polutimos {pol-oot'-ee-mos}\n\nfrom 4183 and 5092;; adj\n\nAV - of great price 1, very costly 1; 2\n\n1) very valuable, of great price
04187^4187 polutropos {pol-oot-rop'-oce}\n\nfrom a compound of 4183 and 5158;; adv\n\nAV - in divers manners 1; 1\n\n1) in many manners
04188^4188 poma {pom'-ah}\n\nfrom the alternate of 4095; TDNT - 6:145,840; n n\n\nAV - drink 2; 2\n\n1) drink
04189^4189 poneria {pon-ay-ree'-ah}\n\nfrom 4190; TDNT - 6:562,912; n f\n\nAV - wickedness 6, iniquity 1; 7\n\n1) depravity, iniquity, wickedness\n2) malice\n3) evil purposes and desires\n\nFor Synonyms see entry 5855
04190^4190 poneros {pon-ay-ros'}\n\nfrom a derivative of 4192; TDNT - 6:546,912; adj\n\nAV - evil 51, wicked 10, wicked one 6, evil things 2, misc 7; 76\n\n1) full of labours, annoyances, hardships\n   1a) pressed and harassed by labours\n   1b) bringing toils, annoyances, perils; of a time full of\n       peril to Christian faith and steadfastness; causing pain and\n       trouble\n2) bad, of a bad nature or condition\n   2a) in a physical sense: diseased or blind\n   2b) in an ethical sense: evil wicked, bad
04191^4191 poneroteros {pon-ay-rot'-er-os}\n\ncomparative of 4190;; adj\n\nAV - more wicked 2; 2\n\n1) more evil
04192^4192 ponos {pon'-os}\n\nfrom the base of 3993;; n m\n\nAV - pain 3; 3\n\n1) great trouble, intense desire\n2) pain\n\nFor Synonyms see entry 5860
04193^4193 Pontikos {pon-tik-os'}\n\nfrom 4195;; adj\n\nAV - born in Pontus 1; 1\n\n1) belonging to Pontus, born in Pontus
04194^4194 Pontios {pon'-tee-os}\n\nof Latin origin;; n pr m\n\nAV - Pontius [Pilate] 4; 4\n\nPontius [Pilate] = "of the sea"\n1) the sixth Roman procurator of Judah who crucified Christ
04195^4195 Pontos {pon'-tos}\n\nof Latin origin;; n pr loc\n\nAV - Pontus 2; 2\n\nPontus = "the sea"\n1) a region of eastern Asia Minor, bounded by the Euxine Sea, Armenia,\n   Cappadocia, Galatia, Paphlagonia
04196^4196 Poplios {pop'-lee-os}\n\nof Latin origin;; n pr m\n\nAV - Publius 2; 2\n\nPublius = "popular"\n1) the chief magistrate of the island of Melita
04197^4197 poreia {por-i'-ah}\n\nfrom 4198;; noun feminine\n\nAV - journeying + 4160 1, way 1; 2\n\n1) a journey\n2) a going, that is: purpose, pursuit, undertaking
04198^4198 poreuomai {por-yoo'-om-ahee}\n\nmiddle voice from a derivative of the same as 3984; TDNT - 6:566,915; v\n\nAV - go 117, depart 11, walk 9, go (one's) way 8, misc 9; 154\n\n1) to lead over, carry over, transfer\n   1a) to pursue the journey on which one has entered, to continue on\n       one's journey\n   1b) to depart from life\n   1c) to follow one, that is: become his adherent\n       1c1) to lead or order one's life\n\nFor Synonyms see entry 5818
04199^4199 portheo {por-theh'-o}\n\nprolongation from pertho (to sack);; v\n\nAV - destroy 2, waste 1; 3\n\n1) to destroy, overthrow
04200^4200 porismos {por-is-mos'}\n\nfrom a derivative of poros (a way, i.e. means);; n m\n\nAV - gain 2; 2\n\n1) acquisition, gain\n2) source of gain
04201^4201 Porkios {por'-kee-os}\n\nof Latin origin;; n pr m\n\nAV - Porcius 1; 1\n\nPorcius [Festus] = "swinish"\n1) the successor of Felix as procurator of Judea
04202^4202 porneia {por-ni'-ah}\n\nfrom 4203; TDNT - 6:579,918; n f\n\nAV - fornication 26; 26\n\n1) illicit sexual intercourse\n   1a) adultery, fornication, homosexuality, lesbianism, intercourse\n       with animals etc.\n   1b) sexual intercourse with close relatives; Lev. 18\n   1c) sexual intercourse with a divorced man or woman; Mk. 10:11,12\n2) metaph. the worship of idols\n   2a) of the defilement of idolatry, as incurred by eating the\n       sacrifices offered to idols
04203^4203 porneuo {porn-yoo'-o}\n\nfrom 4204; TDNT - 6:579,918; v\n\nAV - commit fornication 7, commit 1; 8\n\n1) to prostitute one's body to the lust of another\n2) to give one's self to unlawful sexual intercourse\n   2a) to commit fornication\n3) metaph. to be given to idolatry, to worship idols\n   3a) to permit one's self to be drawn away by another into idolatry
04204^4204 porne {por'-nay}\n\nfrom 4205; TDNT - 6:579,918; n f\n\nAV - harlot 8, whore 4; 12\n\n1) a woman who sells her body for sexual uses\n   1a) a prostitute, a harlot, one who yields herself to defilement\n       for the sake of gain\n   1b) any woman indulging in unlawful sexual intercourse, whether\n       for gain or for lust\n2) metaph. an idolatress\n   2a) of "Babylon" i.e. Rome, the chief seat of idolatry
04205^4205 pornos {por'-nos}\n\nfrom pernemi (to sell, akin to the base of 4097); TDNT - 6:579,918; n m\n\nAV - fornicator 5, whoremonger 5; 10\n\n1) a man who prostitutes his body to another's lust for hire\n2) a male prostitute\n3) a man who indulges in unlawful sexual intercourse, a fornicator
04206^4206 porrho {por'-rho}\n\nfrom 4253;; adv\n\nAV - far 2, a great way off 1; 3\n\n1) far, at a distance, a great way off
04207^4207 porrhothen {por'-rho-then}\n\nfrom 4206 with adverbial enclitic of source;; adv\n\nAV - afar off 2; 2\n\n1) from afar, afar off
04208^4208 porrhotero {por-rho-ter'-o}\n\ncomparative of 4206;; adv\n\nAV - further 1; 1\n\n1) further
04209^4209 porphura {por-foo'-rah}\n\nof Latin origin;; n f\n\nAV - purple 5; 5\n\n1) the purple fish, a species of shell fish or mussel\n2) a fabric coloured with purple dye, a garment made from purple cloth
04210^4210 porphurous {por-foo-rooce'}\n\nfrom 4209;; adj\n\nAV - purple 3; 3\n\n1) purple, dyed in purple, made of purple fabric
04211^4211 porphuropolis {por-foo-rop'-o-lis}\n\nfrom a compound of 4209 and 4453;; n f\n\nAV - seller of purple 1; 1\n\n1) a female seller of purple or of fabric dyed in purple
04212^4212 posakis {pos-ak'-is}\n\nmultiplicative from 4214;; adv\n\nAV - how often 2, how oft 1; 3\n\n1) how often
04213^4213 posis {pos'-is}\n\nfrom the alternate of 4095; TDNT - 6:145,841; n f\n\nAV - drink 3; 3\n\n1) a drinking, drink
04214^4214 posos {pos'-os}\n\nfrom an absolute pos (who, what) and 3739;; pron\n\nAV - how much 13, how many 9, how many things 2, what 1, how long 1,\n     how great 1; 27\n\n1) how great\n2) how much\n3) how many
04215^4215 potamos {pot-am-os'}\n\nprobably from a derivative of the alternate of 4095 (cf 4224);\n   TDNT - 6:595,921; n m\n\nAV - river 9, flood 4, stream 2, water 1; 16\n\n1) a stream, a river\n2) a torrent\n3) floods
04216^4216 potamophoretos {pot-am-of-or'-ay-tos}\n\nfrom 4215 and a derivative of 5409; TDNT - 6:607,921; adj\n\nAV - carried away of the flood 1; 1\n\n1) carried away by a stream (i.e. overwhelmed, drowned in the waters)
04217^4217 potapos {pot-ap-os'}\n\napparently from 4219 and the base of 4226;; adj\n\nAV - what manner of 4, what 1, what manner of man 1,\n     what manner of person 1; 7\n\n1) from what country, nation or tribe\n2) of what sort or quality (what manner of)\n   2a) of persons\n   2b) of things
04218^4218 pote {pot-eh'}\n\nfrom the base of 4225 and 5037;; particle\n\nAV - in time past 5, at any time 4, in times past 3, sometimes 3,\n     sometime 3, once 2, not tr 3, misc 9; 32\n\n1) once i.e. formerly, aforetime, at some time
04219^4219 pote {pot'-eh}\n\nfrom the base of 4226 and 5037;; adv\n\nAV - when 12, how long + 2193 7; 19\n\n1) when?, at what time?
04220^4220 poteron {pot'-er-on}\n\nneuter of a comparative of the base of 4226;; conj\n\nAV - whether 1; 1\n\n1) which of two
04221^4221 poterion {pot-ay'-ree-on}\n\nof a derivative of the alternate of 4095; TDNT - 6:148,841; n n\n\nAV - cup 33; 33\n\n1) a cup, a drinking vessel\n2) metaph. one's lot or experience, whether joyous or adverse, divine\n   appointments, whether favourable or unfavourable, are likened to a\n   cup which God presents one to drink: so of prosperity and adversity
04222^4222 potizo {pot-id'-zo}\n\nfrom a derivative of the alternate of 4095; TDNT - 6:159,841; v\n\nAV - give to drink 4, give drink 4, water 3, make to drink 2,\n     watering 1, feed 1; 15\n\n1) to give to drink, to furnish drink\n2) to water, irrigate (plants, fields etc.)\n3) metaph. to imbue, saturate one's mind
04223^4223 Potioloi {pot-ee'-ol-oy}\n\nof Latin origin;; n pr loc\n\nAV - Puteoli 1; 1\n\nPuteoli = "sulphurous springs"\n1) a city of Campania, in Italy, situated on the Bay of Naples
04224^4224 potos {pot'-os} or poton {pot-on'}\n\nfrom the alternate of 4095; TDNT - 6:145,841; n m\n\nAV - banqueting 1; 1\n\n1) a drinking, carousing
04225^4225 pou {poo}\n\ngenitive case of an indefinite pronoun pos (some) otherwise\n   obsolete (cf 4214);; adv\n\nAV - a certain place 2, about 1; 3\n\n1) where?, in what place?
04226^4226 pou {poo}\n\ngenitive case of an interrogative pronoun pos (what) otherwise\n   obsolete (perhaps the same as 4225 used with the rising slide\n   of enquiry);; adv\n\nAV - where 37, whither 10; 47\n\n1) somewhere\n2) nearly\n3) with numerals: somewhere about, about
04227^4227 Poudes {poo'-dace}\n\nof Latin origin;; n pr m\n\nAV - Pudens 1; 1\n\nPudens = "modest"\n1) a Christian friend of Timothy at Rome, and may have been one of\n   the seventy disciples
04228^4228 pous {pooce}\n\na primary word; TDNT - 6:624,925; n m\n\nAV - foot 85, footstool + 5286 8; 93\n\n1) a foot, both of men or beast\n   1a) often in the orient, one put his foot on vanquished\n   1b) of disciples listening to their teacher's instruction are said\n       to be at his feet
04229^4229 pragma {prag'-mah}\n\nfrom 4238; TDNT - 6:638,927; n n\n\nAV - thing 6, matter 3, business 1, work 1; 11\n\n1) that which has been done, a deed, an accomplished fact\n2) what is done or being accomplished\n   2a) spec. business, a commercial transaction\n3) a matter, question, affair\n   3a) spec. in a forensic sense, a matter at law, case, suit\n4) that which is or exists, a thing
04230^4230 pragmateia {prag-mat-i'-ah}\n\nfrom 4231; TDNT - 6:640,927; n f\n\nAV - affair 1; 1\n\n1) prosecution of any affair\n   1a) business, occupation
04231^4231 pragmateuomai {prag-mat-yoo'-om-ahee}\n\nfrom 4229; TDNT - 6:641,927; v\n\nAV - occupy 1; 1\n\n1) to be occupied in anything\n2) to carry on a business\n3) to carry on the business of a banker or a trader
04232^4232 praitorion {prahee-to'-ree-on}\n\nof Latin origin;; n n\n\nAV - judgment hall 4, hall of judgment 1, common hall 1,\n     praetorium 1, palace 1; 8\n\n1) "head-quarters" in a Roman camp, the tent of the commander-in-chief\n2) the palace in which the governor or procurator of a province\n   resided, to which use the Romans were accustomed to appropriate\n   the palaces already existing, and formerly dwelt in by kings or\n   princes; at Jerusalem it was a magnificent palace which Herod the\n   Great had built for himself, and which the Roman procurators\n   seemed to have occupied whenever they came from Caesarea to\n   Jerusalem to transact public business\n3) the camp of the Praetorian soldiers established by Tiberius
04233^4233 praktor {prak'-tor}\n\nfrom a derivative of 4238; TDNT - 6:642,927; n m\n\nAV - officer 2; 2\n\n1) one who does anything, a doer\n2) one who does the work of inflicting punishment or taking vengeance\n   2a) the avenger of murder\n   2b) the exactor of a monetary fine\n   2c) an officer of justice of the lower order whose business it is\n       to inflict punishment
04234^4234 praxis {prax'-is}\n\nfrom 4238; TDNT - 6:642,927; n f\n\nAV - deed 4, work 1, office 1; 6\n\n1) a doing, a mode of acting, a deal, a transaction\n   1a) the doings of the apostles\n   1b) in a bad sense, wicked deed, crime, wicked doings\n       (our practices i.e. trickery)\n2) a thing to be done, business
04235^4235 praos {prah'-os}\n\na form of 4239, used in certain parts;; adj\n\nAV - meek 1; 1\n\n1) gentle, mild, meek
04236^4236 praotes {prah-ot'-ace}\n\nfrom 4235;; n f\n\nAV - meekness 9; 9\n\n1) gentleness, mildness, meekness
04237^4237 prasia {pras-ee-ah'}\n\nperhaps from prason (a leek, and so an onion-patch);; n f\n\nAV - in ranks 1; 1\n\n1) a plot of ground, a garden bed\n2) Hebrew idiom i.e. they reclined in ranks or divisions, so that several\n   ranks formed, as it were separate plots
04238^4238 prasso {pras'-so}\n\na root word; TDNT - 6:632,927; v\n\nAV - do 28, commit 5, exact 1, require 1, deed 1, keep 1, use arts 1; 38\n\n1) to exercise, practise, to be busy with, carry on\n   1a) to undertake, to do\n2) to accomplish, perform\n   2a) to commit, perpetrate\n3) to manage public affairs, transact public business\n   3a) to exact tribute, revenue, debts\n4) to act\n\nFor Synonyms see entry 5871
04239^4239 praus {prah-ooce'}\n\napparently a primary word; TDNT - 6:645,929; adj\n\nAV - meek 3; 3\n\n1) mildness of disposition, gentleness of spirit, meekness
04240^4240 prautes {prah-oo'-tace}\n\nfrom 4239; TDNT - 6:645,929; n f\n\nAV - meekness 3; 3\n\n1) mildness of disposition, gentleness of spirit, meekness
04241^4241 prepo {prep'-o}\n\napparently a root word;; v\n\nAV - become 6, comely 1; 7\n\n1) to stand out, to be conspicuous, to be eminent\n2) to be becoming, seemly, fit
04242^4242 presbeia {pres-bi'-ah}\n\nfrom 4243;; n f\n\nAV - ambassage 1, message 1; 2\n\n1) age, dignity, right of the first born\n2) the business normally intrusted to elders, spec. the office of an\n   ambassador, an embassy
04243^4243 presbeuo {pres-byoo'-o}\n\nfrom the base of 4245; TDNT - 6:681,931; v\n\nAV - ambassador 2; 2\n\n1) to be older, prior by birth or in age\n2) to be an ambassador, act as an ambassador
04244^4244 presbuterion {pres-boo-ter'-ee-on}\n\nfrom a presumed derivative of 4245; TDNT - 6:651,931; n n\n\nAV - elders 1, estate of elders 1, presbytery 1; 3\n\n1) body of elders, presbytery, senate, council\n   1a) of the Jewish elders\n   1b) of the elders of any body (assembly) of Christians
04245^4245 presbuteros {pres-boo'-ter-os}\n\ncomparative of presbus (elderly); TDNT - 6:651,931; adj\n\nAV - elder 64, old man 1, eldest 1, elder woman 1; 67\n\n1) elder, of age,\n   1a) the elder of two people\n   1b) advanced in life, an elder, a senior\n       1b1) forefathers\n2) a term of rank or office\n   2a) among the Jews\n       2a1) members of the great council or Sanhedrin (because in\n            early times the rulers of the people, judges, etc., were\n            selected from elderly men)\n       2a2) of those who in separate cities managed public affairs and\n            administered justice\n   2b) among the Christians, those who presided over the assemblies\n       (or churches) The NT uses the term bishop, elders, and\n       presbyters interchangeably\n   2c) the twenty four members of the heavenly Sanhedrin or court\n       seated on thrones around the throne of God
04246^4246 presbutes {pres-boo'-tace}\n\nfrom the same as 4245; TDNT - 6:683,931; n m\n\nAV - old man 1, aged man 1, aged 1; 3\n\n1) an old man, an aged man\n2) ambassador
04247^4247 presbutis {pres-boo'-tis}\n\nfrom 4246;; n f\n\nAV - aged women 1; 1\n\n1) an aged woman
04248^4248 prenes {pray-nace'}\n\nfrom 4253;; adj\n\nAV - headlong 1; 1\n\n1) headlong
04249^4249 prizo {prid'-zo}\n\na strengthened form of a primary prio (to saw);; v\n\nAV - saw asunder 1; 1\n\n1) to saw, to cut in two with a saw\n\nTo be "sawn asunder" was a kind of punishment among the Hebrews,\nwhich according to tradition was inflicted on the prophet Isaiah
04250^4250 prin {prin}\n\nfrom 4253;; adv\n\nAV - before 11, before that 2, ere 1; 14\n\n1) before, formerly
04251^4251 Priska {pris'-kah}\n\nof Latin origin;; n pr f\n\nAV - Prisca 1; 1\n\nPriscilla = "ancient"\n1) a Christian woman, the wife of Aquila
04252^4252 Priscilla {pris'-cil-lah}\n\ndiminutive of 4251;; n pr f\n\nAV - Priscilla 5; 5\n\nPriscilla = "ancient"\n1) a Christian woman, the wife of Aquila
04253^4253 pro {pro}\n\na primary preposition; TDNT - 6:683,935; prep\n\nAV - before 44, above 2, above ... ago 1, or ever 1; 48\n\n1) before
04254^4254 proago {pro-ag'-o}\n\nfrom 4253 and 71; TDNT - 1:130,20; v\n\nAV - go before 14, bring forth 2, went before + 2258 1, bring out 1; 18\n\n1) to lead forward, lead forth\n   1a) one from a place in which he has lain hidden from view, as\n       from a prison\n   1b) in a forensic sense, to bring one forth to trial\n2) to go before\n   2a) preceding, prior in time, previous\n   2b) to proceed, go forward\n       2b1) in a bad sense, to go further than is right. or proper
04255^4255 proaireomai {pro-ahee-reh'-om-ahee}\n\nfrom 4253 and 138;; v\n\nAV - purpose 1; 1\n\n1) to bring forward, bring forth from one's stores\n2) to bring forth for one's self, to choose for one's self before\n   another, to prefer\n3) to purpose
04256^4256 proaitiaomai {pro-ahee-tee-ah'-om-ahee}\n\nfrom 4253 and a derivative of 156;; v\n\nAV - prove before 1; 1\n\n1) to bring a charge against previously (i.e. in what has previously\n   been said)
04257^4257 proakouo {pro-ak-oo'-o}\n\nfrom 4253 and 191;; v\n\nAV - hear before 1; 1\n\n1) to hear before\n   1a) the hoped for salvation before its realisation
04258^4258 proamartano {pro-am-ar-tan'-o}\n\nfrom 4253 and 264;; v\n\nAV - sin already 1, sin heretofore 1; 2\n\n1) to sin before\n   1a) of those who before receiving baptism had been guilty of the\n       vices especially common among the Gentiles
04259^4259 proaulion {pro-ow'-lee-on}\n\nfrom a presumed compound of 4253 and 833;; n n\n\nAV - porch 1; 1\n\n1) fore-court, porch
04260^4260 probaino {prob-ah'-ee-no}\n\nfrom 4253 and the base of 939;; v\n\nAV - be well stricken 2, go on 1, go farther 1,\n     be of ... age + 2250 + 1722 1; 5\n\n1) to go forwards, go on
04261^4261 proballo {prob-al'-lo}\n\nfrom 4253 and 906;; v\n\nAV - shoot forth 1, put forward 1, vr put forward 1; 3\n\n1) to throw forward\n   1a) of trees, to shoot forth, put out leaves\n   1b) to germinate\n   1c) to push forward, thrust forward, put forward
04262^4262 probatikos {prob-at-ik-os'}\n\nfrom 4263;; adj\n\nAV - sheep market 1; 1\n\n1) pertaining to sheep\n2) the sheep gate
04263^4263 probaton {prob'-at-on} also diminutive: probation {pro-ba'-tee-on}\n\nprobably from a presumed. derivative of 4260; TDNT - 6:689,936; n n\n\nAV - sheep 40, sheepfold + 833 1; 41\n\n1) any four footed, tame animal accustomed to graze, small cattle\n   (opp. to large cattle, horses, etc.), most commonly a sheep or a goat\n   1a) a sheep, and so always in the NT
04264^4264 probibazo {prob-ib-ad'-zo}\n\nfrom 4253 and a reduplicated form of 971;; v\n\nAV - instruct before 1, draw 1; 2\n\n1) to cause to go forward, to lean forward, to bring forward,\n   drag forward\n2) metaph. to incite, instigate, urge, forward, set on\n   2a) to induce by persuasion
04265^4265 problepo {prob-lep'-o}\n\nfrom 4253 and 991;; v\n\nAV - provide 1; 1\n\n1) to foresee\n2) to provide
04266^4266 proginomai {prog-in'-om-ahee}\n\nfrom 4253 and 1096;; v\n\nAV - be past 1; 1\n\n1) to arise or come before, happen before\n   1a) of sins committed previously
04267^4267 proginosko {prog-in-oce'-ko}\n\nfrom 4253 and 1097; TDNT - 1:715,119; v\n\nAV - foreknow 2, foreordain 1, know 1, know before 1; 5\n\n1) to have knowledge before hand\n2) to foreknow\n   2a) of those whom God elected to salvation\n3) to predestinate
04268^4268 prognosis {prog'-no-sis}\n\nfrom 4267; TDNT - 1:715,119; n f\n\nAV - foreknowledge 2; 2\n\n1) foreknowledge\n2) forethought, pre-arrangement
04269^4269 progonos {prog'-on-os}\n\nfrom 4266;; adj\n\nAV - parent 1, forefather 1; 2\n\n1) born before, older\n   1a) of ancestors\n   1b) of a mother\n   1c) of grandparents\n   1d) of great-grand parents (if they are still alive)
04270^4270 prographo {prog-raf'-o}\n\nfrom 4253 and 1125; TDNT - 1:770,128; v\n\nAV - write 1, write aforetime 1, write afore 1,\n     evidently set forth 1, before ordain 1; 5\n\n1) to write before (of time)\n   1a) of old set forth or designated before hand (in the scriptures\n       of the OT)\n2) to depict or portray openly\n   2a) to write before the eyes of all who can read\n   2b) to depict, portray, paint, before the eyes
04271^4271 prodelos {prod'-ay-los}\n\nfrom 4253 and 1212;; adj\n\nAV - evident 1, manifest beforehand 1, open beforehand 1; 3\n\n1) openly evident, known to all, manifest
04272^4272 prodidomi {prod-id'-o-mee}\n\nfrom 4253 and 1325;; v\n\nAV - first give 1; 1\n\n1) to give before, give first\n2) to betray
04273^4273 prodotes {prod-ot'-ace}\n\nfrom 4272 (in the sense of giving forward into another's [the\n   enemy's] hands);; n m\n\nAV - traitor 2, betrayer 1; 3\n\n1) a betrayer, traitor
04274^4274 prodromos {prod'-rom-os}\n\nfrom the alternate of 4390; TDNT - 8:235,1189; adj\n\nAV - forerunner 1; 1\n\n1) a forerunner\n   1a) esp. one who is sent before to take observations or act as a\n       spy, a scout, a light armed soldier\n   1b) one who comes in advance to a place where the rest are to follow
04275^4275 proeido {pro-i'-do} see proorao 4308\n\nfrom 4253 and 1492; TDNT - 5:381,*; v\n\nAV - see before 1, foresee 1; 2\n\n1) to foresee
04276^4276 proelpizo {pro-el-pid'-zo}\n\nfrom 4253 and 1679; TDNT - 2:534,229; v\n\nAV - first trust 1; 1\n\n1) to hope before
04277^4277 proepo {pro-ep'-o}\n\nfrom 4253 and 2036;; v\n\nAV - speak before 1, tell in time past 1, forewarn 1; 3\n\n1) to say before\n   1a) to say in what precedes, to say above\n   1b) to say before i.e. heretofore, formerly\n   1c) to say beforehand i.e. before the event: prophecies
04278^4278 proenarchomai {pro-en-ar'-khom-ahee}\n\nfrom 4253 and 1728;; v\n\nAV - begin 1, begin before 1; 2\n\n1) to make a beginning before
04279^4279 proepaggellomai {pro-ep-ang-ghel'-lom-ahee}\n\nmiddle voice from 4253 and 1861; TDNT - 2:586,240; v\n\nAV - promise afore 1; 1\n\n1) to announce before\n2) to promise before
04280^4280 proereo {pro-er-eh'-o}\n\nfrom 4253 and 2046, used as alternate of 4277;; v\n\nAV - say before 4, tell before 2, speak before 2, foretell 1; 9\n\n1) to say before\n   1a) to say in what precedes, to say above\n   1b) to say before i.e. heretofore, formerly\n   1c) to say beforehand i.e. before the event: prophecies
04281^4281 proerchomai {pro-er'-khom-ahee}\n\nfrom 4253 and 2064 (including its alternate);; v\n\nAV - go before 5, go farther 1, go forward 1, outgo 1, pass on 1; 9\n\n1) to go forward, go on\n2) to go before\n   2a) to go before, precede\n   2b) to go before, in the advance of another
04282^4282 proetoimazo {pro-et-oy-mad'-zo}\n\nfrom 4253 and 2090; TDNT - 2:704,266; v\n\nAV - prepare afore 1, before ordain 1; 2\n\n1) to prepare before, to make ready beforehand
04283^4283 proeuaggelizomai {pro-yoo-ang-ghel-id'-zom-ahee}\n\nmiddle voice from 4253 and 2097; TDNT - 2:737,267; v\n\nAV - preach before the gospel 1; 1\n\n1) to announce or promise glad tidings beforehand
04284^4284 proechomai {pro-ekh-om-ahee}\n\nmiddle voice from 4253 and 2192; TDNT - 6:692,937; v\n\nAV - be better 1; 1\n\n1) to have before or in advance of another, to have pre-eminence\n   over another, to excel, surpass\n2) to surpass in excellencies which can be passed to one's credit
04285^4285 proegeomai {pro-ay-geh'-om-ahee}\n\nfrom 4253 and 2233; TDNT - 2:908,303; v\n\nAV - prefer 1; 1\n\n1) to go before and show the way, to go before and lead,\n   to go before as a leader
04286^4286 prothesis {proth'-es-is}\n\nfrom 4388; TDNT - 8:164,1176; n f\n\nAV - purpose 8, shewbread + 740 4; 12\n\n1) a setting forth of a thing, placing of it in view, the shewbread\n   1a) twelve loaves of wheaten bread, corresponding to the number of\n       the tribes of Israel, which loaves were offered to God every\n       Sabbath, and separated into two rows, lay for seven days upon\n       a table placed in the sanctuary or front portion of the\n       tabernacle, and afterwards of the temple\n2) a purpose
04287^4287 prothesmios {proth-es'-mee-os}\n\nfrom 4253 and a derivative of 5087;; adj\n\nAV - time appointed 1; 1\n\n1) set beforehand, appointed or determined beforehand, prearranged
04288^4288 prothumia {proth-oo-mee'-ah}\n\nfrom 4289; TDNT - 6:697,937; n f\n\nAV - forwardness of mind 1, readiness 1, readiness of mind 1,\n     ready mind 1, willing mind 1; 5\n\n1) zeal, spirit, eagerness\n2) inclination, readiness of mind
04289^4289 prothumos {proth'-oo-mos}\n\nfrom 4253 and 2372; TDNT - 6:694,937; adj\n\nAV - ready 2, willing 1; 3\n\n1) ready, willing
04290^4290 prothumos {proth-oo'-moce}\n\nfrom 4289;; adv\n\nAV - of a ready mind 1; 1\n\n1) willingly, with alacrity
04291^4291 proistemi {pro-is'-tay-mee}\n\nfrom 4253 and 2476; TDNT - 6:700,*; v\n\nAV - rule 5, maintain 2, be over 1; 8\n\n1) to set or place before\n   1a) to set over\n   1b) to be over, to superintend, preside over\n   1c) to be a protector or guardian\n       1c1) to give aid\n   1d) to care for, give attention to\n       1d1) profess honest occupations
04292^4292 prokaleomai {prok-al-eh'-om-ahee}\n\nmiddle voice from 4253 and 2564; TDNT - 3:496,*; v\n\nAV - provoke 1; 1\n\n1) to call forth\n2) to call forth to one's self\n   2a) esp. to challenge to a combat or contest with one\n3) to provoke, to irritate
04293^4293 prokataggello {prok-at-ang-ghel'-lo}\n\nfrom 4253 and 2605; TDNT - 1:70,10; v\n\nAV - show before 2, foretell 1, have notice before 1; 4\n\n1) to announce beforehand (that a thing will be)\n   1a) of prophecies\n2) to preannounce in the sense of to promise
04294^4294 prokatartizo {prok-at-ar-tid'-zo}\n\nfrom 4253 and 2675;; v\n\nAV - make up beforehand 1; 1\n\n1) to prepare beforehand
04295^4295 prokeimai {prok'-i-mahee}\n\nfrom 4253 and 2749; TDNT - 3:656,425; v\n\nAV - be set before 3, be first 1, be set forth 1; 5\n\n1) to lie or be placed before (a person or a thing) or in front of\n2) to set before\n   2a) to be placed before the eyes, to lie in sight\n       2a1) to stand forth\n   2b) to be appointed, destined\n   2c) to be there, be present, be at hand
04296^4296 prokerusso {prok-ay-rooce'-so}\n\nfrom 4253 and 2784; TDNT - 3:717,430; v\n\nAV - preach before 1, preach first 1; 2\n\n1) to announce or proclaim be herald beforehand\n2) to announce beforehand (of the herald himself)
04297^4297 prokope {prok-op-ay'}\n\nfrom 4298; TDNT - 6:703,939\n\nAV - furtherance 2, profit 1; 3\n\n1) progress, advancement
04298^4298 prokopto {prok-op'-to}\n\nfrom 4253 and 2875; TDNT - 6:703,939; v\n\nAV - increase 2, be far spent 1, profit 1, proceed 1, wax 1; 6\n\n1) to beat forward\n   1a) to lengthen out by hammering (as a smith forges metals)\n   1b) metaph. to promote, forward, further\n2) to go forward, advance, proceed\n   2a) of time: the night is far spent\n   2b) metaph. to increase, make progress
04299^4299 prokrima {prok'-ree-mah}\n\nfrom a compound of 4253 and 2919; TDNT - 3:953,469; n n\n\nAV - prefer one before another 1; 1\n\n1) an opinion formed before the facts are known\n2) a prejudgment, a prejudice
04300^4300 prokuroo {prok-oo-ro'-o}\n\nfrom 4253 and 2964; TDNT - 3:1100,494; v\n\nAV - confirm before 1; 1\n\n1) to sanction, ratify, or establish beforehand
04301^4301 prolambano {prol-am-ban'-o}\n\nfrom 4253 and 2983; TDNT - 4:14,495; v\n\nAV - come aforehand 1, take before 1, overtake 1; 3\n\n1) to take before\n2) to anticipate, to forestall\n3) to take one by forestalling (him i.e. before he can flee or\n   conceal his crime)\n   3a) surprise, detect
04302^4302 prolego {prol-eg'-o}\n\nfrom 4253 and 3004;; v\n\nAV - tell before 2, foretell 1; 3\n\n1) to say beforehand, to predict
04303^4303 promarturomai {prom-ar-too'-rom-ahee}\n\nfrom 4253 and 3143; TDNT - 4:510,564; v\n\nAV - testify beforehand 1; 1\n\n1) antetestor\n2) to testify beforehand\n   2a) to make known, predict
04304^4304 promeletao {prom-el-et-ah'-o}\n\nfrom 4253 and 3191;; v\n\nAV - meditate before 1; 1\n\n1) to meditate beforehand
04305^4305 promerimnao {prom-er-im-nah'-o}\n\nfrom 4253 and 3309; TDNT - 4:589,584; v\n\nAV - take thought beforehand 1; 1\n\n1) to be anxious beforehand
04306^4306 pronoeo {pron-o-eh'-o}\n\nfrom 4253 and 3539; TDNT - 4:1009,636; v\n\nAV - provide for 2, provide 1; 3\n\n1) to perceive before, foresee\n2) to provide, think of beforehand\n   2a) to provide for one\n   2b) to take thought for, care for a thing
04307^4307 pronoia {pron'-oy-ah}\n\nfrom 4306; TDNT - 4:1011,636; n f\n\nAV -  providence 1, provision 1; 2\n\n1) forethought, providential care\n2) to make provision for a thing
04308^4308 proorao {pro-or-ah'-o}\n\nfrom 4253 and 3708; TDNT - 5:381,706; v\n\nAV - foresee 1, set before 1; 2\n\n1) to see before (whether as respects place or time)\n2) to keep before one's eye's\n3) metaph. to be mindful of one always
04309^4309 proorizo {pro-or-id'-zo}\n\nfrom 4253 and 3724; TDNT - 5:456,728; v\n\nAV - predestinate 4, determine before 1, ordain 1; 6\n\n1) to predetermine, decide beforehand\n2) in the NT of God decreeing from eternity\n3) to foreordain, appoint beforehand
04310^4310 propascho {prop-as'-kho}\n\nfrom 4253 and 3958; TDNT - 5:924,798; v\n\nAV - suffer before 1; 1\n\n1) to suffer before
04311^4311 propempo {prop-em'-po}\n\nfrom 4253 and 3992;; v\n\nAV - bring on (one's) way 4, bring (forward) on (one's) journey 3,\n     conduct forth 1, accompany 1; 9\n\n1) to send before\n2) to send forward, bring on the way, accompany or escort\n3) to set one forward, fit him out with the requisites for a journey
04312^4312 propetes {prop-et-ace'}\n\nfrom a compound of 4253 and 4098;; adj\n\nAV - rashly 1, heady 1; 2\n\n1) to fall forwards, headlong, sloping, precipitously\n2) precipitate, rash, reckless
04313^4313 proporeuomai {prop-or-yoo'-om-ahee}\n\nfrom 4253 and 4198;; v\n\nAV - go 1, go before 1; 2\n\n1) to send before, to make to precede\n2) to go before one\n   2a) of a leader\n   2b) of a messenger or a herald
04314^4314 pros {pros}\n\na strengthened form of 4253; TDNT - 6:720,942; prep\n\nAV - unto 340, to 203, with 43, for 25, against 24, among 20, at 11,\n     not tr 6, misc 53, vr to 1; 726\n\n1) to the advantage of\n2) at, near, by\n3) to, towards, with, with regard to
04315^4315 prosabbaton {pros-ab'-bat-on}\n\nfrom 4253 and 4521;; n n\n\nAV - day before the sabbath 1; 1\n\n1) the day before the sabbath
04316^4316 prosagoreuo {pros-ag-or-yoo'-o}\n\nfrom 4314 and a derivative of 58 (mean to harangue);; v\n\nAV - call 1; 1\n\n1) to speak to, to address, accost, salute\n2) esp. to address or accost by some name, call by name\n3) to give a name in public, to style
04317^4317 prosago {pros-ag'-o}\n\nfrom 4314 and 71; TDNT - 1:131,20; v\n\nAV - bring 3, draw near 1; 4\n\n1) to lead, to bring\n   1a) to open a way of access, for one to God\n       1a1) to render one acceptable to God\n   1b) in a forensic sense, to summon (to trial or punishment)\n2) to draw near to, approach\n   2a) the land which a sailor is approaching seeming to approach him
04318^4318 prosagoge {pros-ag-ogue-ay'}\n\nfrom 4317 (cf 72); TDNT - 1:133,20; n f\n\nAV - access 3; 3\n\n1) the act of bringing to, a moving to\n2) access, approach\n   2a) to God, i.e. that relationship with God whereby we are\n       acceptable to him and have assurance that he is favourably\n       disposed towards him
04319^4319 prosaiteo {pros-ahee-teh'-o}\n\nfrom 4314 and 154;; v\n\nAV - beg 3; 3\n\n1) to ask for in addition\n2) to approach one with supplications\n3) to ask alms
04320^4320 prosanabaino {pros-an-ab-ah'-ee-no}\n\nfrom 4314 and 305;; v\n\nAV - go up 1; 1\n\n1) to go up further\n2) go up higher
04321^4321 prosanalisko {pros-an-al-is'-ko}\n\nfrom 4314 and 355;; v\n\nAV - spend 1; 1\n\n1) to expend besides (i.e. upon physicians)
04322^4322 prosanapleroo {pros-an-ap-lay-ro'-o}\n\nfrom 4314 and 378;; v\n\nAV - supply 2; 2\n\n1) to fill up by adding to
04323^4323 prosanatithemi {pros-an-at-ith'-ay-mee}\n\nfrom 4314 and 394; TDNT - 1:353,57; v\n\nAV - confer 1, add in conference 1; 2\n\n1) to lay upon in addition to\n2) to lay upon one's self in addition\n   2a) to undertake besides\n   2b) to put one's self upon another by going to him,\n   2c) to commit or betake one's self to another for the purpose of\n       consulting him\n   2d) to consult, to take one into counsel\n   2e) to add from one's store\n3) to communicate, impart
04324^4324 prosapeileo {pros-ap-i-leh'-o}\n\nfrom 4314 and 546;; v\n\nAV - threaten further 1; 1\n\n1) to add threats, threaten further
04325^4325 prosdapanao {pros-dap-an-ah'-o}\n\nfrom 4314 and 1159;; v\n\nAV - spend more 1; 1\n\n1) to spend besides
04326^4326 prosdeomai {pros-deh'-om-ahee}\n\nfrom 4314 and 1189; TDNT - 2:41,143; v\n\nAV - need 1; 1\n\n1) to want besides, need in addition
04327^4327 prosdechomai {pros-dekh'-om-ahee}\n\nfrom 4314 and 1209; TDNT - 2:57,146; v\n\nAV - look for 4, wait for 3, receive 3, waited for + 2258 1, allow 1,\n     take 1, accept 1; 14\n\n1) to receive to one's self, to admit, to give access to one's self\n   1a) to admit one, receive one into intercourse and companionship\n   1b) to receive one (coming from some place)\n   1c) to accept (not to reject) a thing offered\n2) to expect: the fulfilment of promises
04328^4328 prosdokao {pros-dok-ah'-o}\n\nfrom 4314 and dokeuo (to watch); TDNT - 6:725,943; v\n\nAV - look for 8, waited for + 2258 2, expect 1, be in expectation 1,\n     look 1, look when 1, waiting for 1, tarry 1; 16\n\n1) to expect (whether in thought, in hope, or in fear)\n2) to look for, wait for
04329^4329 prosdokia {pros-dok-ee'-ah}\n\nfrom 4328; TDNT - 6:725,943; n f\n\nAV - looking after 1, expectation 1; 2\n\n1) expectation (whether good or evil)
04330^4330 proseao {pros-eh-ah'-o}\n\nfrom 4314 and 1439;; v\n\nAV - suffer 1; 1\n\n1) to permit one to approach or arrive
04331^4331 proseggizo {pros-eng-ghid'-zo}\n\nfrom 4314 and 1448; TDNT - 2:330,194; v\n\nAV - come nigh 1; 1\n\n1) to approach unto
04332^4332 prosedreuo {pros-ed-ryoo'-o}\n\nfrom a compound of 4314 and the base of 1476;; v\n\nAV - wait at 1; 1\n\n1) to sit near\n2) to attend assiduously\n3) to be in attendance upon, not to quit one's side
04333^4333 prosergazomai {pros-er-gad'-zom-ahee}\n\nfrom 4314 and 2038;; v\n\nAV - gain 1; 1\n\n1) to work besides\n2) by working or trading to make or gain besides
04334^4334 proserchomai {pros-er'-khom-ahee}\n\nfrom 4314 and 2064 (including its alternate); TDNT - 2:683,257; v\n\nAV - come 30, come to 25, come unto 19, go to 3, go unto 2,\n     draw near 2, misc 5; 86\n\n1) to come to, approach\n2) draw near to\n3) to assent to
04335^4335 proseuche {pros-yoo-khay'}\n\nfrom 4336; TDNT - 2:807,279; n f\n\nAV - prayer 36, pray earnestly + 3346 1; 37\n\n1) prayer addressed to God\n2) a place set apart or suited for the offering of prayer\n   2a) a synagogue\n   2b) a place in the open air where the Jews were wont to pray,\n       outside the cities, where they had no synagogue\n       2b1) such places were situated upon the bank of a stream or the\n            shore of a sea, where there was a supply of water for\n            washing the hands before prayer\n\nFor Synonyms see entry 5828
04336^4336 proseuchomai {pros-yoo'-khom-ahee}\n\nfrom 4314 and 2172; TDNT - 2:807,279; v\n\nAV - pray 83, make prayer 3, pray for 1; 87\n\n1) to offer prayers, to pray
04337^4337 prosecho {pros-ekh'-o}\n\nfrom 4314 and 2192;; v\n\nAV - beware 7, give heed to 5, take heed to 3, give heed unto 1,\n     take heed 1, take heed unto 1, take heed whereunto + 3739 1,\n     misc 5; 24\n\n1) to bring to, bring near\n   1a) to bring a ship to land, and simply to touch at, put in\n2) to turn the mind to, attend to be attentive\n   2a) to a person or a thing: of caring for, providing for\n3) to attend to one's self, i.e. to give heed to one's self\n   3a) give attention to, take heed\n4) to apply one's self to, attach one's self to, hold or cleave\n   to a person or a thing\n   4a) to be given or addicted to\n   4b) to devote thought and effort to
04338^4338 proseloo {pros-ay-lo'-o}\n\nfrom 4314 and a derivative of 2247;; v\n\nAV - nail to 1; 1\n\n1) to fasten with nails to, nail to
04339^4339 proselutos {pros-ay'-loo-tos}\n\nfrom the alternate of 4334; TDNT - 6:727,943; adj\n\nAV - proselyte 4; 4\n\n1) a newcomer\n   1a) a stranger, alien\n2) a proselyte\n   2a) one who has come over from a Gentile religion to Judaism\n\nThe Rabbis distinguished two classes of proselytes, proselytes of\nrighteousness, who received circumcision and bound themselves to keep\nthe whole of the Mosaic law and to comply with all the requirements\nof Judaism, and proselytes of the gate, who dwelt among the Jews, and\nalthough uncircumcised observed certain specific laws, esp.  the\nseven precepts of Noah, i.e. against the seven chief sins, idolatry,\nblasphemy against God, homicide, unchastity, theft or plundering,\nrebellion against rulers and the use of "flesh with the blood thereof".
04340^4340 proskairos {pros'-kahee-ros}\n\nfrom 4314 and 2540; TDNT - 3:463,389; adj\n\nAV - for a while 1, for a time 1, temporal 1, for a season 1; 4\n\n1) for a season\n2) enduring only for a while\n3) temporary
04341^4341 proskaleomai {pros-kal-eh'-om-ahee}\n\nmiddle voice from 4314 and 2564; TDNT - 3:500,*; v\n\nAV - call unto 20, call 7, call for 2, call to 1; 30\n\n1) to call to\n2) to call to one's self\n3) to bid to come to one's self\n4) metaph.\n   4a) God is said to call to himself the Gentiles, aliens as they\n       are from him, by inviting them, through the preaching of the\n       gospel unto fellowship with himself in the Messiah's kingdom\n   4b) Christ and the Holy Sprit are said to call to themselves those\n       preachers of the gospel to whom they have decided to intrust a\n       service having reference to the extension of the gospel
04342^4342 proskartereo {pros-kar-ter-eh'-o}\n\nfrom 4314 and 2594; TDNT - 3:618,417; v\n\nAV - continue 4, continue instant 1, continue steadfastly 1,\n     attend continually 1, give (one's) self continually 1,\n     wait on 1, wait on continually 1; 10\n\n1) to adhere to one, be his adherent, to be devoted or constant to one\n2) to be steadfastly attentive unto, to give unremitting care to a thing\n3) to continue all the time in a place\n4) to persevere and not to faint\n5) to show one's self courageous for\n6) to be in constant readiness for one, wait on constantly
04343^4343 proskarteresis {pros-kar-ter'-ay-sis}\n\nfrom 4342; TDNT - 3:619,417; n f\n\nAV - perseverance 1; 1\n\n1) perseverance
04344^4344 proskephalaion {pros-kef-al'-ahee-on}\n\nneuter of a presumed compound of 4314 and 2776;; n n\n\nAV - pillow 1; 1\n\n1) a pillow, cushion
04345^4345 proskleroo {pros-klay-ro'-o}\n\nfrom 4314 and 2820; TDNT - 3:765,442; v\n\nAV - consort with 1; 1\n\n1) to add or assign by lot, to allot
04346^4346 prosklisis {pros'-klis-is}\n\nfrom a compound of 4314 and 2827;; n f\n\nAV - partiality 1; 1\n\n1) an inclination or proclivity of mind\n2) a joining the party of one\n3) partiality
04347^4347 proskollao {pros-kol-lah'-o}\n\nfrom 4314 and 2853; TDNT - 3:823,452; v\n\nAV - cleave 2, be joined 1, join (one's) self 1; 4\n\n1) to glue upon, glue to\n2) to join one's self to closely, cleave to, stick to
04348^4348 proskomma {pros'-kom-mah}\n\nfrom 4350; TDNT - 6:745,946; n n\n\nAV - stumbling stone + 3037 2, stumbling block 2, stumbling 1,\n     offence 1; 6\n\n1) a stumbling block\n   1a) an obstacle in the way which if one strikes his foot against\n       he stumbles or falls\n   1b) that over which a soul stumbles i.e. by which is caused to sin
04349^4349 proskope {pros-kop-ay'}\n\nfrom 4350; TDNT - 6:745,946; n f\n\nAV - offence 1; 1\n\n1) an occasion of stumbling\n2) to do something which causes others to stumble\n   2a) i.e. leads them into error or sin
04350^4350 proskopto {pros-kop'-to}\n\nfrom 4314 and 2875; TDNT - 6:745,946; v\n\nAV - stumble 3, stumble at 2, dash 2, beat upon 1; 8\n\n1) to strike against\n   1a) of those who strike against a stone or other obstacle\n       in the path, to stumble\n   1b) to strike one's foot against a stone\n       1b1) i.e. to meet with some harm;\n   1c) to rush upon, beat against\n   1d) to be made to stumble by a thing\n       1d1) i.e. metaph. to be induced to sin
04351^4351 proskulio {pros-koo-lee'-o}\n\nfrom 4314 and 2947;; v\n\nAV - roll 2; 2\n\n1) to roll to
04352^4352 proskuneo {pros-koo-neh'-o}\n\nfrom 4314 and a probable derivative of 2965 (meaning to kiss,\n   like a dog licking his master's hand); TDNT - 6:758,948; v\n\nAV - worship 60; 60\n\n1) to kiss the hand to (towards) one, in token of reverence\n2) among the Orientals, esp. the Persians, to fall upon the knees and\n   touch the ground with the forehead as an expression of profound\n   reverence\n3) in the NT by kneeling or prostration to do homage (to one) or make\n   obeisance, whether in order to express respect or to make supplication\n   3a) used of homage shown to men and beings of superior rank\n       3a1) to the Jewish high priests\n       3a2) to God\n       3a3) to Christ\n       3a4) to heavenly beings\n       3a5) to demons
04353^4353 proskunetes {pros-koo-nay-tace'}\n\nfrom 4352; TDNT - 6:766,948; n m\n\nAV - worshipper 1; 1\n\n1) a worshipper
04354^4354 proslaleo {pros-lal-eh'-o}\n\nfrom 4314 and 2980;; v\n\nAV - speak to 1, speak with 1; 2\n\n1) to speak to
04355^4355 proslambano {pros-lam-ban'-o}\n\nfrom 4314 and 2983; TDNT - 4:15,495; v\n\nAV - receive 7, take 5, take unto 2; 14\n\n1) to take to, take in addition, to take to one's self\n  1a) to take as one's companion\n  1b) to take by the hand in order to lead aside\n  1c) to take or receive into one's home, with the collateral\n      idea of kindness\n  1d) to receive, i.e. grant one access to one's heart\n      1d1) to take into friendship and intercourse\n  1e) to take to one's self, to take: i.e. food
04356^4356 proslepsis {pros'-lape-sis} or proslempsis {pros'-lame-psis}\n\nfrom 4355; TDNT - 4:15,495; n f\n\nAV - receiving 1; 1\n\n1) a receiving: into the kingdom of God
04357^4357 prosmeno {pros-men'-o}\n\nfrom 4314 and 3306; TDNT - 4:579,581; v\n\nAV - continue with 1, continue in 1, be with 1, cleave unto 1,\n     tarry 1, abide still 1; 6\n\n1) to remain with, to continue with one\n2) to hold fast to: the grace of God received in the Gospel\n3) to remain still, tarry, stay
04358^4358 prosormizo {pros-or-mid'-zo}\n\nfrom 4314 and a derivative of the same as 3730 (meaning to tie\n   [anchor] or lull);; v\n\nAV - draw to the shore 1; 1\n\n1) to bring a ship to moorings\n2) to take one's station near the shore\n3) to moor, come to anchor
04359^4359 prosopheilo {pros-of-i'-lo}\n\nfrom 4314 and 3784;; v\n\nAV - owe besides 1; 1\n\n1) to owe beside
04360^4360 prosochthizo {pros-okh-thid'-zo}\n\nfrom 4314 and a form of ochtheo (to be vexed with something irksome);; v\n\nAV - be grieved with 2; 2\n\n1) to be wroth or displeased with\n2) to loathe\n3) to spew out\n4) to be disgusted with
04361^4361 prospeinos {pros'-pi-nos}\n\nfrom 4314 and the same as 3983;; adj\n\nAV - very hungry 1; 1\n\n1) very hungry
04362^4362 prospegnumi {pros-payg'-noo-mee}\n\nfrom 4314 and 4078;; v\n\nAV - crucify 1; 1\n\n1) to fasten
04363^4363 prospipto {pros-pip'-to}\n\nfrom 4314 and 4098;; v\n\nAV - fall down before 5, beat upon 1, fall down at 1, fall 1; 8\n\n1) to fall forwards, fall down, prostrate one's self before,\n   in homage or supplication: at one's feet\n2) to rush upon, beat against\n   2a) of winds beating upon a house
04364^4364 prospoieomai {pros-poy-eh'-om-ahee}\n\nmiddle voice from 4314 and 4160;; v\n\nAV - make as though 2; 2\n\n1) to take or claim a thing to one's self\n2) to conform one's self to a thing, or rather to affect to one's self\n   2a) to pretend
04365^4365 prosporeuomai {pros-por-yoo'-om-ahee}\n\nfrom 4314 and 4198;; v\n\nAV - come unto 1; 1\n\n1) to draw near, approach
04366^4366 prosregnumi {pros-rayg'-noo-mee}\n\nfrom 4314 and 4486;; v\n\nAV - beat vehemently upon 1, beat vehemently against 1; 2\n\n1) to break against, break by dashing against
04367^4367 prostasso {pros-tas'-so}\n\nfrom 4314 and 5021; TDNT - 8:37,1156; v\n\nAV - command 6, bid 1; 7\n\n1) to assign or ascribe to, join to\n2) to enjoin, order, prescribe, command\n   2a) to appoint, to define
04368^4368 prostatis {pros-tat'-is}\n\nfrom a derivative of 4291;; n f\n\nAV - succourer 1; 1\n\n1) a woman set over others\n2) a female guardian, protectress, patroness, caring for the affairs\n   of others and aiding them with her resources
04369^4369 prostithemi {pros-tith'-ay-mee}\n\nfrom 4314 and 5087; TDNT - 8:167,1176; v\n\nAV - add 11, again send + 3892 2, give more 1, increase 1,\n     proceed further 1, lay unto 1, speak to any more 1; 18\n\n1) to put to\n2) to add\n   2a) i.e. to join to, gather with any company, the number of one's\n       followers or companions\n       2a1) he was gathered to his fathers i.e. died
04370^4370 prostrecho {pros-trekh'-o}\n\nfrom 4314 and 5143 (including its alternate);; v\n\nAV - run to 1, run 1, run thither to 1; 3\n\n1) to run to
04371^4371 prosphagion {pros-fag'-ee-on}\n\nfrom a presumed derivative of a compound of 4314 and 5315;; n n\n\nAV - meat 1; 1\n\n1) anything eaten with bread\n   1a) spoken of fish boiled or broiled
04372^4372 prosphatos {pros'-fat-os}\n\nfrom 4253 and a derivative of 4969; TDNT - 6:766,950; adj\n\nAV - new 1; 1\n\n1) lately slaughtered, freshly killed\n2) recently made, new
04373^4373 prosphatos {pros-fat'-oce}\n\nfrom 4372; TDNT - 6:766,950; adv\n\nAV - lately 1; 1\n\n1) lately
04374^4374 prosphero {pros-fer'-o}\n\nfrom 4314 and 5342 (including its alternate); TDNT - 9:65,1252; v\n\nAV - offer 22, bring unto 10, bring to 4, bring 3, offer up 3,\n     offer unto 1, offer to 1, misc 4; 48\n\n1) to bring to, lead to\n   1a) one to a person who can heal him or is ready to show him some\n       kindness, one to a person who is to judge him\n   1b) to bring a present or a thing, to reach or hand a thing to one\n   1c) to put to\n2) to be borne towards one, to attack, assail\n   2a) to behave one's self towards one, deal with one
04375^4375 prosphiles {pros-fee-lace'}\n\nfrom a presumed compound of 4314 and 5368;; adj\n\nAV - lovely 1; 1\n\n1) acceptable, pleasing
04376^4376 prosphora {pros-for-ah'}\n\nfrom 4374; TDNT - 9:68,1252; n f\n\nAV - offering 8, offering up 1; 9\n\n1) the act of offering, a bringing to\n2) that which is offered, a gift, a present. In the NT a\n  sacrifice, whether bloody or not: offering for sin, expiatory\n  offering
04377^4377 prosphoneo {pros-fo-neh'-o}\n\nfrom 4314 and 5455;; v\n\nAV - call 2, call unto 1, call to 1, speak 1, speak to 1,\n     speak unto 1; 7\n\n1) to call to, to address by calling\n2) to call to one's self, summon
04378^4378 proschusis {pros'-khoo-sis}\n\nfrom a comparative of 4314 and cheo (to pour);; n f\n\nAV - sprinkling 1; 1\n\n1) a pouring or sprinkling upon, affusion
04379^4379 prospsauo {pros-psow'-o}\n\nfrom 4314 and psauo (to touch);; v\n\nAV - touch 1; 1\n\n1) to touch
04380^4380 prosopolepteo {pros-o-pol-ape-teh'-o}\n\nfrom 4381; TDNT - 6:779,950; v\n\nAV - have respect to persons 1; 1\n\n1) to respect the person (i.e. the external condition of man)\n2) to have respect of persons, discriminate
04381^4381 prosopoleptes {pros-o-pol-ape'-tace}\n\nfrom 4383 and 2983; TDNT - 6:779,950; n m\n\nAV - respecter of persons 1; 1\n\n1) an acceptor of persons\n2) one who discriminates
04382^4382 prosopolepsia {pros-o-pol-ape-see'-ah}\n\nfrom 4381; TDNT - 6:779,950; n f\n\nAV - respect of persons 4; 4\n\n1) respect of persons\n2) partiality\n   2a) the fault of one who when called on to give judgment has\n       respect of the outward circumstances of man and not to their\n       intrinsic merits, and so prefers, as the more worthy, one who\n       is rich, high born, or powerful, to another who does not have\n       these qualities
04383^4383 prosopon {pros'-o-pon}\n\nfrom 4314 and ops (the visage, from 3700); TDNT - 6:768,950; n n\n\nAV - face 55, person 7, presence 7, countenance 3, not tr 1, misc 5; 78\n\n1) the face\n   1a) the front of the human head\n   1b) countenance, look\n       1b1) the face so far forth as it is the organ of sight, and by\n            it various movements and changes) the index of the inward\n            thoughts and feelings\n   1c) the appearance one presents by his wealth or property, his\n       rank or low condition\n       1c1) outward circumstances, external condition\n       1c2) used in expressions which denote to regard the person in\n            one's judgment and treatment of men\n2) the outward appearance of inanimate things
04384^4384 protasso {prot-as'-so}\n\nfrom 4253 and 5021;; v\n\nAV - appoint before 1; 1\n\n1) to place before\n2) to appoint before, define beforehand
04385^4385 proteino {prot-i'-no}\n\nfrom 4253 and teino (to stretch);; v\n\nAV - bind 1, vr bind 1; 2\n\n1) to stretch forth, stretch out\n   1a) when they had stretched one out on the thongs i.e. to receive\n       the blows of the thongs (by tying him up to a beam or a pillar)
04386^4386 proteron {prot'-er-on}\n\nneuter of 4387 as adverb (with or without the art.);; adj\n\nAV - before + 3588 3, first 2, former 2, before 2,\n     at the first + 3588 1; 10\n\n1) before, prior\n   1a) of time, former
04387^4387 proteros {prot'-er-os}\n\ncomparative of 4253;; adj\n\nAV - former 1; 1\n\n1) before, prior\n   1a) of time, previous, former
04388^4388 protithemai {prot-ith'-em-ahee}\n\nmiddle voice from 4253 and 5087; TDNT - 8:164,1176; v\n\nAV - purpose 2, set forth 1; 3\n\n1) to place before, to set forth\n   1a) to set forth to be looked at, expose to view\n   1b) to expose to public view\n       1b1) of the bodies of the dead\n       1b2) to let lie in state\n2) to set before one's self, propose to one's self\n   2a) to purpose, determine
04389^4389 protrepomai {prot-rep'-om-ahee}\n\nmiddle voice from 4253 and the base of 5157;; v\n\nAV - exhort 1; 1\n\n1) to urge forwards, exhort, encourage
04390^4390 protrecho {prot-rekh'-o}\n\nfrom 4253 and 5143 (including its alternate);; v\n\nAV - run before 1, outrun 1; 2\n\n1) to run before, to outrun
04391^4391 prouparcho {pro-oop-ar'-kho}\n\nfrom 4253 and 5225;; v\n\nAV - be before 1, be beforetime 1; 2\n\n1) to be before, exist previously
04392^4392 prophasis {prof'-as-is}\n\nfrom a compound of 4253 and 5316;; n f\n\nAV - pretence 3, cloke 2, show 1, colour 1; 7\n\n1) a pretext (alleged reason, pretended cause)\n2) show\n   2a) under colour as though they would do something\n   2b) in pretence, ostensibly
04393^4393 prophero {prof-er'-o}\n\nfrom 4253 and 5342;; v\n\nAV - bring forth 2; 2\n\n1) to bring forth
04394^4394 propheteia {prof-ay-ti'-ah}\n\nfrom 4396 ("prophecy"); TDNT - 6:781,952; n f\n\nAV - prophecy 16, prophesying 3; 19\n\n1) prophecy\n   1a) a discourse emanating from divine inspiration and declaring\n       the purposes of God, whether by reproving and admonishing the\n       wicked, or comforting the afflicted, or revealing things\n       hidden; esp. by foretelling future events\n   1b) Used in the NT of the utterance of OT prophets\n       1b1) of the prediction of events relating to Christ's kingdom\n            and its speedy triumph, together with the consolations\n            and admonitions pertaining to it, the spirit of prophecy,\n            the divine mind, to which the prophetic faculty is due\n       1b2) of the endowment and speech of the Christian teachers\n            called prophets\n       1b3) the gifts and utterances of these prophets, esp. of the\n            predictions of the works of which, set apart to teach the\n            gospel, will accomplish for the kingdom of Christ
04395^4395 propheteuo {prof-ate-yoo'-o}\n\nfrom 4396; TDNT - 6:781,952; v\n\nAV - prophesy 28; 28\n\n1) to prophesy, to be a prophet, speak forth by divine inspirations,\n   to predict\n   1a) to prophesy\n   1b) with the idea of foretelling future events pertaining esp.\n       to the kingdom of God\n   1c) to utter forth, declare, a thing which can only be known\n       by divine revelation\n   1d) to break forth under sudden impulse in lofty discourse or\n       praise of the divine counsels\n       1d1) under like prompting, to teach, refute, reprove, admonish,\n            comfort others\n   1e) to act as a prophet, discharge the prophetic office
04396^4396 prophetes {prof-ay'-tace}\n\nfrom a compound of 4253 and 5346; TDNT - 6:781,952; n m\n\nAV - prophet 149; 149\n\n1) in Greek writings, an interpreter of oracles or of other hidden things\n2) one who, moved by the Spirit of God and hence his organ or\n   spokesman, solemnly declares to men what he has received by\n   inspiration, especially concerning future events, and in\n   particular such as relate to the cause and kingdom of God and to\n   human salvation\n   2a) the OT prophets, having foretold the kingdom, deeds and death,\n       of Jesus the Messiah.\n   2b) of John the Baptist, the herald of Jesus the Messiah\n   2c) of the illustrious prophet, the Jews expected before the advent\n       of the Messiah\n   2d) the Messiah\n   2e) of men filled with the Spirit of God, who by God's authority\n       and command in words of weight pleads the cause of God and\n       urges salvation of men\n   2f) of prophets that appeared in the apostolic age among Christians\n       2f1) they are associated with the apostles\n       2f2) they discerned and did what is best for the Christian\n            cause, foretelling certain future events. (Acts 11:27)\n       2f3) in the religious assemblies of the Christians, they were\n            moved by the Holy Spirit to speak, having power to\n            instruct, comfort, encourage, rebuke, convict, and\n            stimulate, their hearers\n3) a poet (because poets were believed to sing under divine\n   inspiration)\n   3a) of Epimenides (Tit. 1:12)
04397^4397 prophetikos {prof-ay-tik-os'}\n\nfrom 4396; TDNT - 6:781,952; adj\n\nAV - of the prophets 1, of prophecy 1; 2\n\n1) proceeding from a prophet\n2) prophetic
04398^4398 prophetis {prof-ay'-tis}\n\nfrom 4396; TDNT - 6:781,952; n f\n\nAV - prophetess 2; 2\n\n1) a prophetess\n2) a woman to whom future events or things hidden from others are at\n   times revealed, either by inspiration or by dreams and visions\n3) a female who declares or interprets oracles
04399^4399 prophthano {prof-than'-o}\n\nfrom 4253 and 5348; TDNT - 9:88,1258; v\n\nAV - prevent 1; 1\n\n1) to come before, to anticipate
04400^4400 procheirizomai {prokh-i-rid'-zom-ahee}\n\nmiddle voice from 4253 and a derivative of 5495;\n   TDNT - 6:862,*; v\n\nAV - choose 1, make 1; 2\n\n1) to put into the hand, to deliver into the hands\n2) to take into one's hands\n3) to set before one's self, to prostrate, to determine\n4) to choose, to appoint\n   4a) for one's use\n   4b) for one's salvation
04401^4401 procheirotoneo {prokh-i-rot-on-eh'-o}\n\nfrom 4253 and 5500;; v\n\nAV - choose before 1; 1\n\n1) to choose or designate beforehand
04402^4402 Prochoros {prokh'-or-os}\n\nfrom 4253 and 5525;; n pr m\n\nAV - Prochorus 1; 1\n\nProchorus = "leader of the chorus"\n1) one of the seven deacons chosen by the church at Jerusalem
04403^4403 prumna {proom'-nah}\n\nfrom prumnus (hindmost);; n f\n\nAV - hinder part of ship 1, stern 1, hinder part 1; 3\n\n1) the stern or hinder part of the ship
04404^4404 proi {pro-ee'}\n\nfrom 4253;; adv\n\nAV - in the morning 5, early in the morning 2, early 2, morning 1; 10\n\n1) in the morning, early\n2) the fourth watch of the night, from 3 o'clock in the morning\n   until 6 o'clock approximately
04405^4405 proia {pro-ee'-ah}\n\nfeminine of a derivative of 4404 as noun;; adj\n\nAV - morning 3, early 1; 4\n\n1) early, pertaining to the morning, at day break
04406^4406 proimos {pro'-ee-mos}\n\nfrom 4404;; adj\n\nAV - early 1; 1\n\n1) early\n   1a) of the early rain which fell from October on
04407^4407 proinos {pro-ee-nos'}\n\nfrom 4404;; adj\n\nAV - morning 1; 1\n\n1) pertaining to the morning
04408^4408 prora {pro'-ra}\n\nfeminine of a presumed derivative of 4253 as noun;; adj\n\nAV - forepart 1, foreship 1; 2\n\n1) the prow or forward part of a ship
04409^4409 proteuo {prote-yoo'-o}\n\nfrom 4413; TDNT - 6:881,965; v\n\nAV - have the preeminence 1; 1\n\n1) to be first, hold the first place
04410^4410 protokathedria {pro-tok-ath-ed-ree'-ah}\n\nfrom 4413 and 2515; TDNT - 6:870,965; n f\n\nAV - chief seat 2, uppermost seat 1, highest seat 1; 4\n\n1) to sit in the first seat, the first or chief seat
04411^4411 protoklisia {pro-tok-lis-ee'-ah}\n\nfrom 4413 and 2828; TDNT - 6:870,965; n f\n\nAV - uppermost room 2, chief room 2, highest room 1; 5\n\n1) the first reclining place, the chief place at table\n2) the relative rank of the several places at table varied among the\n   Persians, Greeks, and Romans; and what arrangements the Jews\n   had in the time of Christ can not be accurately determined
04412^4412 proton {pro'-ton}\n\nneuter of 4413 as adverb (with or without 3588); TDNT - 6:868,965; adv\n\nAV - first 51, at the first + 3588 2, first of all 2, misc 5; 60\n\n1) first in time or place\n   1a) in any succession of things or persons\n2) first in rank\n   2a) influence, honour\n   2b) chief\n   2c) principal\n3) first, at the first
04413^4413 protos {pro'-tos}\n\ncontracted superlative of 4253; TDNT - 6:865,965; adj\n\nAV - first 85, chief 9, first day 2, former 2, misc 7; 105\n\n1) first in time or place\n   1a) in any succession of things or persons\n2) first in rank\n   2a) influence, honour\n   2b) chief\n   2c) principal\n3) first, at the first
04414^4414 protostates {pro-tos-tat'-ace}\n\nfrom 4413 and 2476;; n m\n\nAV - ringleader 1; 1\n\n1) one who stands in the front rank\n   1a) a leader, chief, champion
04415^4415 prototokia {pro-tot-ok'-ee-ah}\n\nfrom 4416; TDNT - 6:871,965; n n\n\nAV - birthright 1; 1\n\n1) the right or advantages of the first born son
04416^4416 prototokos {pro-tot-ok'-os}\n\nfrom 4413 and the alternate of 5088; TDNT - 6:871,965; adj\n\nAV - firstborn 7, first begotten 2; 9\n\n1) the firstborn\n   1a) of man or beast\n   1b) of Christ, the first born of all creation
04417^4417 ptaio {ptah'-yo}\n\na form of 4098; TDNT - 6:883,968; v\n\nAV - offend 3, stumble 1, fall 1; 5\n\n1) to cause one to stumble or fall\n2) to stumble\n   2a) to err, make a mistake, to sin\n   2b) to fall into misery, become wretched
04418^4418 pterna {pter'-nah}\n\nof uncertain derivation;; n f\n\nAV - heel 1; 1\n\n1) the heel (of the foot)\n2) to lift up the heel against one\n   2a) to injure one by trickery (figure borrowed either from\n       kicking, or from a wrestler tripping up his antagonist)
04419^4419 pterugion {pter-oog'-ee-on}\n\nfrom a presumed derivative of 4420;; n n\n\nAV - pinnacle 2; 2\n\n1) a wing, a little wing\n2) any pointed extremity\n   2a) of fins of fishes\n   2b) of part of a dress hanging down in the form of a wing\n   2c) of the top of the temple at Jerusalem
04420^4420 pterux {pter'-oox}\n\nfrom a derivative of 4072 (meaning a feather);; n f\n\nAV - wing 5; 5\n\n1) a wing: of birds
04421^4421 ptenon {ptay-non'}\n\ncontraction for 4071;; adj\n\nAV - bird 1; 1\n\n1) furnished with wings\n2) winged, flying\n   2a) of birds
04422^4422 ptoeo {pto-eh'-o}\n\nprobably akin to the alternate of 4098 (through the idea of causing\n   to fall) or to 4072 (through that of causing to fly away);; v\n\nAV - terrify 2; 2\n\n1) to terrify\n2) be terrified\n\nFor Synonyms see entry 5841
04423^4423 ptoesis {pto'-ay-sis}\n\nfrom 4422;; n f\n\nAV - amazement 1; 1\n\n1) to be afraid of with terror
04424^4424 Ptolemais {ptol-em-ah-is'}\n\nfrom Ptolemaios (Ptolemy, after whom it was named);; n pr loc\n\nAV - Ptolemais 1; 1\n\nPtolemais or Accho = "warlike"\n1) a maritime city of Phoenicia, which got its name, apparently, from\n   Ptolemy Lathyrus, who captured it 103 BC, and rebuilt it more\n   beautifully
04425^4425 ptuon {ptoo'-on}\n\nfrom 4429;; n n\n\nAV - fan 2; 2\n\n1) a winnowing shovel
04426^4426 pturo {ptoo'-ro}\n\nfrom a presumed derivative of 4429 (and thus akin to 4422);; v\n\nAV - terrify 1; 1\n\n1) to frighten, affright
04427^4427 ptusma {ptoos'-mah}\n\nfrom 4429;; n n\n\nAV - spittle 1; 1\n\n1) spittle
04428^4428 ptusso {ptoos'-so}\n\nprobably akin to petannumi (to spread, and thus apparently allied\n   to 4072 through the idea of expansion, and to 4429 through\n   that of flattening, cf 3961);; v\n\nAV - close 1; 1\n\n1) to fold together, roll up
04429^4429 ptuo {ptoo'-o}\n\na root word (cf 4428);; v\n\nAV - spit 3; 3\n\n1) to spit
04430^4430 ptoma {pto'-mah}\n\nfrom the alternate of 4098; TDNT - 6:166,846; n n\n\nAV - dead body 3, carcase 1, corpse 1; 5\n\n1) a fall, downfall\n   1a) metaph. a failure, defeat, calamity\n   1b) an error, lapse into sin\n2) that which has fallen\n   2a) the fallen body of one dead or slain, a corpse, a carcase
04431^4431 ptosis {pto'-sis}\n\nfrom the alternate of 4098; TDNT - 6:167,846; n f\n\nAV - fall 2; 2\n\n1) a falling, downfall
04432^4432 ptocheia {pto-khi'-ah}\n\nfrom 4433; TDNT - 6:885,969; n f\n\nAV - poverty 3; 3\n\n1) beggary\n2) in the NT poverty\n   2a) the condition of one destitute of riches and abundance
04433^4433 ptocheuo {pto-khyoo'-o}\n\nfrom 4434; TDNT - 6:885,969; v\n\nAV - become poor 1; 1\n\n1) to be a beggar, to beg, to be poor
04434^4434 ptochos {pto-khos'}\n\nfrom ptosso {to crouch, akin to 4422 and the alternate of 4098);\n   TDNT - 6:885,969; adj\n\nAV - poor 30, beggar 2, poor man 1, beggarly 1; 34\n\n1) reduced to beggary, begging, asking alms\n2) destitute of wealth, influence, position, honour\n   2a) lowly, afflicted, destitute of the Christian virtues and\n       eternal riches\n   2b) helpless, powerless to accomplish an end\n   2c) poor, needy\n3) lacking in anything\n   3a) as respects their spirit\n       3a1) destitute of wealth of learning and intellectual culture\n            which the schools afford (men of this class most readily\n            give themselves up to Christ's teaching and proved them\n            selves fitted to lay hold of the heavenly treasure)\n\nFor Synonyms see entry 5870
04435^4435 pugme {poog-may'}\n\nfrom a primary pux (the fist as a weapon); TDNT - 6:915,973; n f\n\nAV - oft 1; 1\n\n1) the fist, clenched hand\n2) up to the elbow
04436^4436 Puthon {poo'-thone}\n\nfrom Putho (the name of the region where Delphi, the seat of the\n   famous oracle, was located); TDNT - 6:917,*; n m\n\nAV - divination 1; 1\n\n1) in Greek mythology the name of the Pythian serpent or dragon that\n   dwelt in the region of Pytho at the foot of Parnassus in Phocis,\n   and was said to have guarded the oracle at Delphi and been slain\n   by Apollo\n2) a spirit of divination
04437^4437 puknos {pook-nos'}\n\nfrom the same as 4635;; adj\n\nAV - often 2, oftener 1; 3\n\n1) thick, dense, compact\n   1a) in reference to time\n       1a1) frequently, often, recurring\n   1b) vigorously, diligently\n   1c) often, more frequently, the oftener
04438^4438 pukteuo {pook-te-yoo'-o}\n\nfrom a derivative of the same as 4435; TDNT - 6:915,973; v\n\nAV - fight 1; 1\n\n1) to be a boxer, to box
04439^4439 pule {poo'-lay}\n\napparently a primary word; TDNT - 6:921,974; n f\n\nAV - gate 10; 10\n\n1) a gate\n   1a) of the larger sort\n       1a1) in the wall of either a city\n       1a2) a palace\n       1a3) a town\n       1a4) the temple\n       1a5) a prison\n2) the gates of hell (likened to a vast prison)\n3) metaph. the access or entrance into any state
04440^4440 pulon {poo-lone'}\n\nfrom 4439; TDNT - 6:921,974; n m\n\nAV - gate 17, porch 1; 18\n\n1) a large gate: of a palace\n2) the front part of a house, into which one enters through the gate, porch
04441^4441 punthanomai {poon-than'-om-ahee}\n\nmiddle voice prolonged from a primary putho (which occurs only as\n   an alternate in certain tenses);; v\n\nAV - ask 7, demand 2, enquire 2, understand 1; 12\n\n1) to enquire, ask\n2) to ascertain, by enquiry
04442^4442 pur {poor}\n\na root word; TDNT - 6:928,975; n n\n\nAV - fire 73, fiery 1; 74\n\n1) fire
04443^4443 pura {poo-rah'}\n\nfrom 4442;; n f\n\nAV - fire 2; 2\n\n1) a fire, a pile of burning fuel
04444^4444 purgos {poor'-gos}\n\napparently a primary word ("burgh"); TDNT - 6:953,980; n m\n\nAV - tower 4; 4\n\n1) a tower\n2) a fortified structure rising to a considerable height, to repel a\n   hostile attack or to enable a watchman to see in every direction
04445^4445 puresso {poo-res'-so}\n\nfrom 4443; TDNT - 6:956,981; v\n\nAV - be sick of a fever 2; 2\n\n1) to be sick with a fever
04446^4446 puretos {poo-ret-os'}\n\nfrom 4445; TDNT - 6:956,981; n m\n\nAV - fever 6; 6\n\n1) fiery heat\n2) fever
04447^4447 purinos {poo'-ree-nos}\n\nfrom 4443; TDNT - 6:951,975; adj\n\nAV - of fire 1; 1\n\n1) fiery\n2) shining like fire
04448^4448 puroo {poo-ro'-o}\n\nfrom 4442; TDNT - 6:948,975; v\n\nAV - burn 3, fiery 1, be on fire 1, try 1; 6\n\n1) to burn with fire, to set on fire, kindle\n  1a) to be on fire, to burn\n      1a1) to be incensed, indignant\n  1b) make to glow\n      1b1) full of fire, fiery, ignited\n           1b1a) of darts filled with inflammable substances and\n                 set on fire\n      1b2) melted by fire and purged of dross
04449^4449 purrhazo {poor-hrad'-zo}\n\nfrom 4450;; v\n\nAV - be red 2; 2\n\n1) to become glowing, grow red, be red
04450^4450 purrhos {poor-hros'}\n\nfrom 4442; TDNT - 6:952,975; adj\n\nAV - red 2; 2\n\n1) having the colour of fire, red
04451^4451 purosis {poo'-ro-sis}\n\nfrom 4448; TDNT - 6:950,975; n f\n\nAV - burning 2, fiery trial 1; 3\n\n1) a burning\n   1a) the burning by which metals are roasted and reduced\n   1b) by a figure drawn from a refiners fire\n       1b1) calamities or trials that test the character
04452^4452 -po {po}\n\nanother form of the base of 4458;; particle\n\nAV - 0; 0\n\n1) yet, even\n2) used only in compound with words 3369, 3380, 3764, 3768, 4455
04453^4453 poleo {po-leh'-o}\n\nprobably ultimately from pelomai (to be busy, to trade);; v\n\nAV - sell 21, be sold 1; 22\n\n1) to barter, to sell\n2) sellers
04454^4454 polos {po'-los}\n\napparently a primary word; TDNT - 6:959,981; n m\n\nAV - colt 12; 12\n\n1) a colt, the young of a horse\n2) a young creature\n   2a) of a young ass\n   2b) an ass's colt
04455^4455 popote {po'-pot-e}\n\nfrom 4452 and 4218;; adv\n\nAV - at any time 3, yet never + 3762 1, never 1, never + 3364 1; 6\n\n1) ever, at any time
04456^4456 poroo {po-ro'-o}\n\napparently from poros (a kind of stone); TDNT - 5:1025,816; v\n\nAV - harden 3, blind 2; 5\n\n1) to cover with a thick skin, to harden by covering with a callus\n2) metaph.\n   2a) to make the heart dull\n   2b) to grow hard, callous, become dull, lose the power of understanding
04457^4457 porosis {po'-ro-sis}\n\nfrom 4456; TDNT - 5:1025,816; n f\n\nAV - blindness 2, hardness 1; 3\n\n1) the covering with a callus\n2) obtrusiveness of mental discernment, dulled perception\n3) the mind of one has been blunted\n   3a) of stubbornness, obduracy
04458^4458 -pos {poce}\n\nadverb from the base of 4225, an enclitic particle of\n   indefiniteness of manner;; particle\n\nAV - be any means 8, by some means 1, perhaps 1, haply 1, not tr 5; 16\n\n1) by any means, at all, perhaps
04459^4459 pos {poce}\n\nadverb from the base of 4226, an interrogative particle of\n   manner;; particle\n\nAV - how 99, by what means 2, after what manner 1, that 1; 103\n\n1) how, in what way
04460^4460 Rhaab {hrah-ab'}\n\nof Hebrew origin 07343;; n pr f\n\nAV - Rahab 2; 2\n\nRahab = "wide"\n1) a harlot of Jericho
04461^4461 rhabbi {hrab-bee'}\n\nof Hebrew origin 07227 with pronominal suffix; TDNT - 6:961,982; n m\n\nAV - Master (Christ) 9, Rabbi (Christ) 5, rabbi 3; 17\n\n1) my great one, my honourable sir\n2) Rabbi, a title used by the Jews to address their teachers (and also\n   honour them when not addressing them)
04462^4462 rhabboni {hrab-bon-ee'} or rhabbouni {hrab-boo-nee'}\n\nof Aramaic origin; TDNT - 6:962,982; n m\n\nAV - Lord (Christ) 1, Rabboni (Christ) 1; 2\n\n1) master, chief, prince\n2) Rabboni is a title of honour Mary used to address Jesus
04463^4463 rhabdizo {hrab-did'-zo}\n\nfrom 4464; TDNT - 6:970,982; v\n\nAV - beat 1, beat with rods 1; 2\n\n1) to beat with rods
04464^4464 rhabdos {hrab'-dos}\n\nfrom the base of 4474; TDNT - 6:966,982; n f\n\nAV - rod 6, staff 4, sceptre 2; 12\n\n1) a staff, a walking stick, a twig, rod, branch\n2) a rod with which one is beaten\n3) a staff\n   3a) as used on a journey, or to lean upon, or by shepherds\n   3b) when applied to kings\n       3b1) with a rod of iron, indicates the severest, most rigorous rule\n       3b2) a royal sceptre
04465^4465 rhabdouchos {hrab-doo'-khos}\n\nfrom 4464 and 2192; TDNT - 6:971,982; n m\n\nAV - sergeant 2; 2\n\n1) one who carries the rods i.e. the fasces\n2) a lictor, a public official who bore the fasces or staff and other\n   insignia of office before a magistrate
04466^4466 Rhagau {hrag-ow'}\n\nof Hebrew origin 07466;; n pr m\n\nAV - Ragau 1; 1\n\nReu = "associate ye: feed ye"\n1) one of the ancestors of Christ
04467^4467 rhadiourgema {hrad-ee-oorg'-ay-mah}\n\nfrom a comparative of rhaidios (easy, i.e. reckless) and 2041;\n   TDNT - 6:972,983; n n\n\nAV - lewdness 1; 1\n\n1) a piece of knavery, rascality, villainy
04468^4468 rhadiourgia {hrad-ee-oorg-ee'-a}\n\nfrom the same as 4467; TDNT - 6:972,983; n f\n\nAV - mischief 1; 1\n\n1) ease in doing, faculty\n2) levity or easiness in thinking or acting\n   2a) love of a lazy effeminate life\n3) unscrupulous, cunning, mischief
04469^4469 rhaka {rhak-ah'}\n\nof Aramaic origin cf 07386; TDNT - 6:973,983; n\n\nAV - Raca 1; 1\n\n1) empty, i.e. a senseless, empty headed man\n2) a term of reproach used among the Jews in the time of Christ
04470^4470 rhakos {hrak'-os}\n\nfrom 4486;; n n\n\nAV - cloth 2; 2\n\n1) a piece torn off\n2) a bit of cloth\n3) cloth
04471^4471 Rhama {hram-ah'}\n\nof Hebrew origin 07414;; n pr loc\n\nAV - Rama 1; 1\n\nRamah = "a hill"\n1) a town of the tribe of Benjamin, situated about 5 miles (8 km)\n   north of Jerusalem on the road to Bethel
04472^4472 rhantizo {hran-tid'-zo}\n\nfrom a derivative of rhaino (to sprinkle); TDNT - 6:976,984; v\n\nAV - sprinkle 4; 4\n\n1) to sprinkle\n2) to cleanse by sprinkling, hence to purify, cleanse
04473^4473 rhantismos {hran-tis-mos'}\n\nfrom 4472; TDNT - 6:976,984; n m\n\nAV - sprinkling 2; 2\n\n1) a sprinkling (purification)\n   1a) blood of sprinkling\n       1a1) i.e. appointed for sprinkling (serving to purify)
04474^4474 rhapizo {hrap-id'-zo}\n\nfrom a derivative of a primary rhepo (to let fall, "rap");; v\n\nAV - smite 1, smite with the palm of (one's) hand 1; 2\n\n1) to smite with a rod or staff\n2) to smite in the face with the palm of the hand, to box the ear
04475^4475 rhapisma {hrap'-is-mah}\n\nfrom 4474;; n n\n\nAV - strike with the palm of (one's) hand + 906 1,\n     strike with the palm of (one's) hand + 1325 1,\n     smite with (one's) hand + 1325 1; 3\n\n1) a blow with a rod or staff or a scourge\n2) a blow with the flat of the hand, a slap in the face, box the ear
04476^4476 rhaphis {hraf-ece'}\n\nfrom a primary rhapto (to sew; perhaps rather akin to the base of\n   4474 through the idea of puncturing);; n f\n\nAV - needle 3; 3\n\n1) a needle
04477^4477 Rhachab {hrakh-ab'}\n\nfrom the same as 4460; TDNT - 3:1,311; n pr f\n\nAV - Rachab 1; 1\n\nRahab = "wide"\n1) a harlot of Jericho
04478^4478 Rhachel {hrakh-ale'}\n\nof Hebrew origin 07354;; n pr f\n\nAV - Rachel 1; 1\n\nRachel = "ewe or sheep"\n1) the wife of Jacob
04479^4479 Rhebekka {hreb-bek'-kah}\n\nof Hebrew origin 07259;; n pr f\n\nAV - Rebecca 1; 1\n\nRebekah = "ensnarer"\n1) the wife of Isaac
04480^4480 rheda {hred'-ah}\n\nof Latin origin;; n f\n\nAV - chariot 1; 1\n\n1) a chariot, a type of vehicle having four wheels
04481^4481 Rhemphan {hrem-fan'}\n\nby incorrect transliteration for a word of Hebrew origin 03594;; n pr m\n\nAV - Remphan 1; 1\n\nRemphan = "the shrunken (as lifeless)"\n1) the name of an idol worshipped secretly by the Israelites\n   in the wilderness
04482^4482 rheo {hreh'-o}\n\na primary verb;; v\n\nAV - flow 1; 1\n\n1) to flow
04483^4483 rheo {hreh'-o}\n\nfor certain tenses of which a prolonged form ereo {er-eh'-o}, is\n   used, and both as alternate for 2036, perhaps akin (or ident.)\n   with 4482 (through the idea of pouring forth);; v\n\nAV - speak 12, say, speak of 3, command 1, make 1; 26\n\n1) to pour forth, to utter
04484^4484 Rhegion {hrayg'-ee-on}\n\nof Latin origin;; n pr loc\n\nAV - Rhegium 1; 1\n\nRhegium = "breach"\n1) an Italian town situated on the Bruttian coast, just at the\n   southern entrance of the Straits of Messina
04485^4485 rhegma {hrayg'-mah}\n\nfrom 4486;; n n\n\nAV - ruin 1; 1\n\n1) that which has been broken or rent asunder\n   1a) a fracture, breach, cleft\n   1b) rent clothes\n   1c) fall, ruin
04486^4486 rhegnumi {hrayg'-noo-mee} or rhesso {hrace'-so}\n\nboth prolonged forms of rheko (which appears only in certain forms,\n   and is itself probably a strengthened form of agnumi [see in\n   2608]);; v\n\nAV - burst 2, tear 1, rend 1, break 1, break forth 1, throw down 1; 7\n\n1) to rend, burst or break asunder, break up, break through\n   1a) to tear in pieces\n   1b) to break forth\n       1b1) into joy, of infants or dumb persons beginning to speak\n   1c) to distort, convulse\n       1c1) of a demon causing convulsions in a man possessed\n       1c2) to dash down, hurl to the ground (a common occurrence in\n            cases of demon possession and epilepsy)\n\nFor Synonyms see entry 5850
04487^4487 rhema {hray'-mah}\n\nfrom 4483; TDNT - 4:69,505; n n\n\nAV - word 56, saying 9, thing 3, no thing + 3756 1, not tr 1; 70\n\n1) that which is or has been uttered by the living voice, thing\n   spoken, word\n   1a) any sound produced by the voice and having definite meaning\n   1b) speech, discourse\n       1b1) what one has said\n   1c) a series of words joined together into a sentence (a\n       declaration of one's mind made in words)\n       1c1) an utterance\n       1c2) a saying of any sort as a message, a narrative\n            1c2a) concerning some occurrence\n2) subject matter of speech, thing spoken of\n   2a) so far forth as it is a matter of narration\n   2b) so far as it is a matter of command\n   2c) a matter of dispute, case at law
04488^4488 Rhesa {hray-sah'}\n\nprobably of Hebrew origin [apparently for 07509];; n pr m\n\nAV - Rhesa 1; 1\n\nRhesa = "head"\n1) the son of Zerubbabel in the genealogy of Christ
04489^4489 rhetor {hray'-tore}\n\nfrom 4483;; n m\n\nAV - orator 1; 1\n\n1) a speaker, an orator\n   1a) of a forensic orator or advocate
04490^4490 rhetos {hray-toce'}\n\nfrom a derivative of 4483;; adv\n\nAV - expressly 1; 1\n\n1) expressly, in express words
04491^4491 rhiza {hrid'-zah}\n\napparently a primary word; TDNT - 6:985,985; n f\n\nAV - root 17; 17\n\n1) a root\n2) that which like a root springs from a root, a sprout, shoot\n3) metaph. offspring, progeny
04492^4492 rhizoo {hrid-zo'-o}\n\nfrom 4491; TDNT - 6:990,985; v\n\nAV - root 2; 2\n\n1) to cause to strike root, to strengthen with roots, to render firm,\n   to fix, establish, cause a person or a thing to be thoroughly grounded
04493^4493 rhipe {hree-pay'}\n\nfrom 4496;; n f\n\nAV - twinkling 1; 1\n\n1) a throw, stroke, beat\n2) a moment of time
04494^4494 rhipizo {hrip-id'-zo}\n\nfrom a derivative of 4496 (meaning a fan or bellows);; v\n\nAV - toss 1; 1\n\n1) to raise a breeze, put air in motion, whether for the sake of\n   kindling a fire or cooling one's self\n   1a) to blow up a fire\n   1b) to fan, i.e. cool with a fan\n2) to toss to and fro, to agitate\n   2a) of the wind\n   2b) of persons whose mind wavers in uncertainty between hope and\n       fear, between doing and not doing a thing
04495^4495 rhipteo {hrip-teh'-o}\n\nfrom a derivative of 4496; TDNT - 6:991,*; v\n\nAV - cast off 1; 1\n\n1) to cast, throw\n2) throw down\n3) to cast forward or before\n4) to set down (with the suggestion of haste and want of care)\n5) to throw to the ground, prostrate
04496^4496 rhipto {hrip'-to}\n\na primary verb (perhaps rather akin to the base of 4474, through\n   the idea of sudden motion); TDNT - 6:991,987; v\n\nAV - cast down 2, cast 2, scatter abroad 1, cast out 1, throw 1; 7\n\n1) to cast, throw\n2) throw down\n3) to cast forward or before\n4) to set down (with the suggestion of haste and want of care)\n5) to throw to the ground, prostrate
04497^4497 Rhoboam {hrob-o-am'}\n\nof Hebrew origin 07346;; n pr m\n\nAV - Roboam 2; 2\n\nRehoboam = "enlarger of the people"\n1) the son of Solomon by an Ammonite princess Naamah
04498^4498 Rhode {hrod'-ay}\n\nprobably for rhode (a rose);; n pr f\n\nAV - Rhoda 1; 1\n\nRhoda = "rose"\n1) the name of a certain maid servant
04499^4499 Rhodos {hrod'-os}\n\nprobably from rhodon (a rose);; n pr loc\n\nAV - Rhodes 1; 1\n\nRhodes = "rosy"\n1) a well known island of the Cyclades opposite Caria and Lycia, with\n   a Rhodes as the capital city
04500^4500 rhoizedon {hroyd-zay-don'}\n\nfrom a derivative of rhoizos (a whir);; adv\n\nAV - with a great noise 1; 1\n\n1) with a loud noise
04501^4501 rhomphaia {hrom-fah'-yah}\n\nprobably of foreign origin; TDNT - 6:993,987; n f\n\nAV - sword 7; 7\n\n1) a large sword\n2) properly a long Thracian javelin, also a kind of long sword wont\n   to be worn on the right shoulder
04502^4502 Rhouben {hroo-bane'}\n\nof Hebrew origin 07205;; n pr m\n\nAV - Reuben 1; 1\n\nReuben = "behold a son"\n1) Jacob's firstborn child by Leah
04503^4503 Rhouth {hrooth}\n\nof Hebrew origin 07327; TDNT - 3:1,311; n pr f\n\nAV - Ruth 1; 1\n\nRuth = "a female friend"\n1) the ancestor of David and of Christ
04504^4504 Rhouphos {hroo'-fos}\n\nof Latin origin;; n pr m\n\nAV - Rufus 2; 2\n\nRufus = "red"\n1) name of a certain Christian
04505^4505 rhume {hroo'-may}\n\nprolongation from 4506 in its original sense;; n f\n\nAV - street 3, lane 1; 4\n\n1) a swing, rush, force, trail, of a body in motion\n2) a tract of way in a town shut in by buildings on both sides\n3) a street, a lane
04506^4506 rhoumai {rhoo'-om-ahee}\n\nmiddle voice of an obsolete verb, akin to 4482 (through the idea\n   of a current, cf 4511); TDNT - 6:998,988; v\n\nAV - deliver 17, Deliverer 1; 18\n\n1) to draw to one's self, to rescue, to deliver\n2) the deliverer
04507^4507 rhuparia {hroo-par-ee'-ah}\n\nfrom 4508;; n f\n\nAV - filthiness 1; 1\n\n1) to make filthy, befoul\n2) to defile, dishonour\n3) to make filthy
04508^4508 rhuparos {rhoo-par-os'}\n\nfrom 4509;; adj\n\nAV - vile 1; 1\n\n1) to be dirty, grow filthy\n2) metaph. to be defiled with iniquity
04509^4509 rhupos {hroo'-pos}\n\nof uncertain affinity;; n m\n\nAV - filth 1; 1\n\n1) filthy, dirty
04510^4510 rhupoo {rhoo-po'-o}\n\nfrom 4509;; v\n\nAV - filthy 2; 2\n\n1) to make filthy, defile, soil\n2) to be filthy (morally)
04511^4511 rhusis {hroo'-sis}\n\nfrom 4506 in the sense of its congener 4482;; n f\n\nAV - issue 3; 3\n\n1) a flowing issue
04512^4512 rhutis {hroo-tece'}\n\nfrom 4506;; n f\n\nAV - wrinkle 1; 1\n\n1) a wrinkle
04513^4513 Rhomaikos {rho-mah-ee-kos'}\n\nfrom 4514;; adj\n\nAV - Latin 1; 1\n\nLatin = "of Rome's strength"\n1) the language spoken by the Romans
04514^4514 Rhomaios {hro-mah'-yos}\n\nfrom 4516;; adj\n\nAV - Roman 12, of Rome 1; 13\n\n1) a resident of the city of Rome, a Roman citizen
04515^4515 Rhomaisti {hro-mah-is-tee'}\n\nfrom a presumed derivative of 4516;; adv\n\nAV - Latin 1; 1\n\nLatin = "of Rome's strength"\n1) the language spoken by the Romans
04516^4516 Rhome {hro'-may}\n\nfrom the base of 4517;; n pr loc\n\nAV - Rome 14; 14\n\nRome = "strength"\n1) the famous capital of the ancient world
04517^4517 rhonnumi {hrone'-noo-mee}\n\nprolongation from rhoomai (to dart, probably akin to 4506);; v\n\nAV - farewell 2; 2\n\n1) to make strong, strengthen\n2) to be strong, to thrive, prosper\n3) in the usual formula in closing of a letter, farewell
04518^4518 sabachthani {sab-akh-than-ee'}\n\nof Aramaic or 07662 with pronominal suffix;; Aramaic transliteration\n\nAV - sabachthani 2; 2\n\n1) thou hast forsaken me
04519^4519 sabaoth {sab-ah-owth'}\n\nof Hebrew origin 06635 in feminine plural;; n indecl\n\nAV - sabaoth 2; 2\n\n1) "Lord of Sabaoth"\n   1a) Lord of the armies of Israel, as those who are under the\n       leadership and protection of Jehovah maintain his cause in war
04520^4520 sabbatismos {sab-bat-is-mos'}\n\nfrom a derivative of 4521; TDNT - 7:34,989; n m\n\nAV - rest 1; 1\n\n1) a keeping sabbath\n2) the blessed rest from toils and troubles looked for in the\n   age to come by the true worshippers of God and true Christians
04521^4521 sabbaton {sab'-bat-on}\n\nof Hebrew origin 07676; TDNT - 7:1,989; n n\n\nAV - sabbath day 37, sabbath 22, week 9; 68\n\n1) the seventh day of each week which was a sacred festival on\n   which the Israelites were required to abstain from all work\n   1a) the institution of the sabbath, the law for keeping holy\n       every seventh day of the week\n   1b) a single sabbath, sabbath day\n2) seven days, a week
04522^4522 sagene {sag-ay'-nay}\n\nfrom a derivative of satto (to equip) meaning furniture,\n   especially a pack-saddle (which in the East is merely a bag of\n   netted rope);; n f\n\nAV - net 1; 1\n\n1) a large fishing net, a drag net\n\nFor Synonyms see entry 5808
04523^4523 Saddoukaios {sad-doo-kah'-yos}\n\nprobably from 4524; TDNT - 7:35,992; n m\n\nAV - Sadducees 14; 14\n\nSadducees = "the righteous"\n1) a religious party at the time of Christ among the Jews, who denied\n   that the oral law was a revelation of God to the Israelites, and\n   who deemed the written law alone to be obligatory on the nation,\n   as the divine authority. They denied the following doctrines:\n   1a) resurrection of the body\n   1b) immortality of the soul\n   1c) existence of spirits and angels\n   1d) divine predestination, affirmed free will
04524^4524 Sadok {sad-oke'}\n\nof Hebrew origin 06659;; n pr m\n\nAV - Sadoc 2; 2\n\nSadoc = "just"\n1) a descendant of Zerubbabel in the genealogy of Christ
04525^4525 saino {sah'-ee-no}\n\nakin to 4579; TDNT - 7:54,994; v\n\nAV - move 1; 1\n\n1) to wag the tail\n   1a) of dogs\n2) metaph.\n   2a) to flatter, fawn upon\n   2b) to move (the mind of one)\n       2b1) agreeably\n       2b2) to agitate, disturb, trouble
04526^4526 sakkos {sak'-kos}\n\nof Hebrew origin 08242; TDNT - 7:56,995; n m\n\nAV - sackcloth 4; 4\n\n1) a sack\n   1a) a receptacle for holding or carrying various things, as\n       money, food, etc.\n   1b) a course cloth, a dark course stuff made especially from the\n       hair of animals\n   1c) a garment of the like material, and clinging to the person\n       like a sack, which was wont to be worn (or drawn over the\n       tunic instead of the cloak or mantle) by mourners, penitents,\n       suppliants and also by those who like the Hebrew prophets,\n       lead an austere life
04527^4527 Sala {sal-ah'}\n\nof Hebrew origin 07974;; n pr m\n\nAV - Sala 1; 1\n\nSalah = "sprout"\n1) the son of Arphaxad, and father of Eber
04528^4528 Salathiel {sal-ath-ee-ale'}\n\nof Hebrew origin 07597;; n pr m\n\nAV - Salathiel 3; 3\n\nShealtiel = "I have asked of God"\n1) the son of Jeconiah in the genealogy of Christ
04529^4529 Salamis {sal-am-ece'}\n\nprobably from 4535 (from the surge on the shore);; n pr loc\n\nAV - Salamis 1; 1\n\nSalmis = "salt"\n1) a principal city at the east end of the island of Cyprus
04530^4530 Saleim {sal-ime'}\n\nprobably from the same as 4531;; n pr loc\n\nAV - Salim 1; 1\n\nSalim = "peace"\n1) a well known town 8 miles (11 km) south of Scythopolis
04531^4531 saleuo {sal-yoo'-o}\n\nfrom 4535; TDNT - 7:65,996; v\n\nAV - shake 10, move 1, shake together 1, that are shaken 1,\n     which cannot be shaken + 3361 1, stir up 1; 15\n\n1) a motion produced by winds, storms, waves, etc\n   1a) to agitate or shake\n   1b) to cause to totter\n   1c) to shake thoroughly, of a measure filled by shaking its\n       contents together\n2) to shake down, overthrow\n   2a) to cast down from one's (secure and happy) state\n   2b) to move, agitate the mind, to disturb one
04532^4532 Salem {sal-ame'}\n\nof Hebrew origin 08004;; n pr loc\n\nAV - Salem 2; 2\n\nSalem = "peace"\n1) the place where Melchizedek was king and thought to be the ancient\n   name of Jerusalem
04533^4533 Salmon {sal-mone'}\n\nof Hebrew origin 08012;; n pr m\n\nAV - Salmon 3; 3\n\nSalmon = "raiment: a garment"\n1) the father of Boaz in the genealogy of Christ
04534^4534 Salmone {sal-mo'-nay}\n\nperhaps of similar origin to 4529;; n pr loc\n\nAV - Salmone 1; 1\n\nSalmone = "clothed"\n1) a bold promontory on the east point of the island of Crete
04535^4535 salos {sal'-os}\n\nprobably from the base of 4525; TDNT - 7:65,996; n m\n\nAV - wave 1; 1\n\n1) the tossing or swell of the sea
04536^4536 salpigx {sal'-pinx}\n\nperhaps from 4535 (through the idea of quavering or\n   reverberation); TDNT - 7:71,997; n f\n\nAV - trumpet 9, trump 2; 11\n\n1) a trumpet
04537^4537 salpizo {sal-pid'-zo}\n\nfrom 4536; TDNT - 7:71,997; v\n\nAV - sound 10, sound of a trumpet 1, trumpet sounds 1; 12\n\n1) to sound a trumpet
04538^4538 salpistes {sal-pis-tace'}\n\nfrom 4537; TDNT - 7:71,997; n m\n\nAV - trumpeter 1; 1\n\n1) a trumpeter
04539^4539 Salome {sal-o'-may}\n\nprobably of Hebrew origin [feminine from 07965];; n pr f\n\nAV - Salome 2; 2\n\nSalome = "peaceful"\n1) the wife of Zebedee and the mother of the apostle James the elder\n   and John
04540^4540 Samareia {sam-ar'-i-ah}\n\nof Hebrew origin 08111; TDNT - 7:88,999; n pr loc\n\nAV - Samaria 11; 11\n\nSamaria = "guardianship"\n1) a territory in Palestine, which had Samaria as its capital
04541^4541 Samareites {sam-ar-i'-tace}\n\nfrom 4540; TDNT - 7:88,999; n pr m\n\nAV - Samaritans 9; 9\n\n1) a Samaritan,\n   1a) an inhabitant of the city of Samaria\n   1b) an inhabitant of the region of Samaria
04542^4542 Samareitis {sam-ar-i'-tis}\n\nfeminine of 4541; TDNT - 7:88,999; n pr f\n\nAV - Samaria 2; 2\n\n1) a Samaritan woman
04543^4543 Samothrake {sam-oth-rak'-ay}\n\nfrom 4544 and Thraike (Thrace);; n pr loc\n\nAV - Samothracia 1; 1\n\nSamothracia = "a sign of rags"\n1) an island on the Aegean Sea, about 38 Miles (60 km) from the coast\n   of Thrace at the mouth of the river Hebrus
04544^4544 Samos {sam'-os}\n\nof uncertain affinity;; n pr loc\n\nAV - Samos 1; 1\n\nSamos = "a sandy bluff"\n1) an island off that part of Asia Minor where Ionia touches Caria
04545^4545 Samouel {sam-oo-ale'}\n\nof Hebrew origin 08050;; n pr m\n\nAV - Samuel 3; 3\n\nSamuel = "his name is of God"\n1) the son of Elkanah and Hannah, the last of the judges, a\n   distinguished prophet, and a founder of the prophetic order,\n   he gave the Jews there first kings, Saul, David
04546^4546 Sampson {samp-sone'}\n\nof Hebrew origin 8123;; n pr m\n\nAV - Samson 1; 1\n\nSamson = "like the sun"\n1) a famous judge of Israel renowned for his physical strength
04547^4547 sandalion {san-dal'-ee-on}\n\nfrom a derivative of sandalon (a "sandal";  of uncertain origin);\n   TDNT - 5:310,702; n n\n\nAV - sandal 2; 2\n\n1) a sandal, a sole made of wood or leather, covering the bottom\n   of the foot and bound on with thongs
04548^4548 sanis {san-ece'}\n\nof uncertain affinity;; n f\n\nAV - board 1; 1\n\n1) a board, a plank
04549^4549 Saoul {sah-ool'}\n\nof Hebrew origin 07586;; n pr m\n\nAV - Saul (Paul) 8, Saul (son of Cis) 1; 9\n\nSaul = "desired"\n1) the Jewish name of the apostle Paul\n2) the son of Kish and the first king of Israel
04550^4550 sapros {sap-ros'}\n\nfrom 4595; TDNT - 7:94,1000; adj\n\nAV - corrupt 7, bad 1; 8\n\n1) rotten, putrefied\n2) corrupted by one and no longer fit for use, worn out\n3) of poor quality, bad, unfit for use, worthless
04551^4551 Sappheire {sap-fi'-ray}\n\nfrom 4552;; n pr f\n\nAV - Sapphira 1; 1\n\nSapphira = "a sapphire"\n1) the wife of Ananias
04552^4552 sappheiros {sap'-fi-ros}\n\nof Hebrew origin 05601;; n f\n\nAV - sapphire 1; 1\n\n1) sapphire, a precious stone
04553^4553 sargane {sar-gan'-ay}\n\napparently of Hebrew origin 08276;; n f\n\nAV - basket 1; 1\n\n1) a braided rope, a band\n2) a basket, a basket made of ropes, a hamper
04554^4554 Sardeis {sar'-dice}\n\nplural of uncertain derivation;; n pr loc\n\nAV - Sardis 3; 3\n\nSardis = "red ones"\n1) a luxurious city in Asia Minor, the capital of Lydia
04555^4555 sardinos {sar'-dee-nos}\n\nfrom the same as 4556;; adj\n\nAV - sardine 1; 1\n\n1) a sardius, a precious stone of which there are two types, the former\n   is called a carnelian (because flesh coloured) and the latter a sard
04556^4556 sardios {sar'-dee-os}\n\nproperly, an adjective from an uncertain base;; adj\n\nAV - sardius 1; 1\n\n1) a sardius, a precious stone of which there are two types, the former\n   is called a carnelian (because flesh coloured) and the latter a sard
04557^4557 sardonux {sar-don'-oox}\n\nfrom the base of 4556 and onux (the nail of a finger, hence the\n   "onyx" stone);; n m\n\nAV - sardonyx 1; 1\n\n1) a sardonyx, a precious stone marked by the red colours of the\n   carnelian (sard) and the white of the onyx
04558^4558 Sarepta {sar'-ep-tah}\n\nof Hebrew origin 06886;; n pr loc\n\nAV - Sarepta 1; 1\n\nSarepta = "smelting"\n1) the Greek name for Zarephath, a Phoenician town between Tyre and\n   Sidon, but nearer Sidon
04559^4559 sarkikos {sar-kee-kos'}\n\nfrom 4561; TDNT - 7:98,1000; adj\n\nAV - carnal 9, fleshly 2; 11\n\n1) fleshly, carnal\n   1a) having the nature of flesh, i.e. under the control of the\n       animal appetites\n       1a1) governed by mere human nature not by the Spirit of God\n       1a2) having its seat in the animal nature or aroused by the\n            animal nature\n       1a3) human: with the included idea of depravity\n   1b) pertaining to the flesh\n       1b1) to the body: related to birth,  linage, etc
04560^4560 sarkinos {sar'-kee-nos}\n\nfrom 4561; TDNT - 7:98,1000; adj\n\nAV - fleshly 1; 1\n\n1) fleshly, consisting of flesh, composed of flesh\n2) pertaining to the body (as earthly and perishable material)\n3) wholly given up to the flesh, rooted in the flesh as it were
04561^4561 sarx {sarx}\n\nprobably from the base of 4563; TDNT - 7:98,1000; n f\n\nAV - flesh 147, carnal 2, carnally minded + 5427 1, fleshly 1; 151\n\n1) flesh (the soft substance of the living body, which covers\n   the bones and is permeated with blood) of both man and beasts\n2) the body\n   2a) the body of a man\n   2b) used of natural or physical origin, generation or\n       relationship\n       2b1) born of natural generation\n   2c) the sensuous nature of man, "the animal nature"\n       2c1) without any suggestion of depravity\n       2c2) the animal nature with cravings which incite to sin\n       2c3) the physical nature of man as subject to suffering\n3) a living creature (because possessed of a body of flesh)\n   whether man or beast\n4) the flesh, denotes mere human nature, the earthly nature of man apart\n   from divine influence, and therefore prone to sin and opposed to God
04562^4562 Sarouch {sar-ooch'}\n\nof Hebrew origin 08286;; n pr m\n\nAV - Saruch 1; 1\n\nSerug = "intertwined"\n1) the son of Reu in the genealogy of Christ
04563^4563 saroo {sar-o'-o}\n\nfrom a derivative of sairo (to brush off, akin to 4951);; v\n\nAV - sweep 3; 3\n\n1) to sweep, clean by sweeping
04564^4564 Sarrha {sar'-hrah}\n\nof Hebrew origin 08283;; n pr f\n\nAV - Sarah 2, Sara 2; 4\n\nSarah = "princess"\n1) the wife of Abraham
04565^4565 Saron {sar'-one}\n\nof Hebrew origin 08289;; n pr loc\n\nAV - Saron 1; 1\n\nSharon = "plain or level"\n1) a level region extending from Caesarea of Palestine as far as\n   Joppa, abounding in good pasture and famous for its fertility
04566^4566 Satan {sat-an'}\n\nof Hebrew origin 07854; TDNT - 7:151,*; n pr m\n\nAV - Satan 1; 1\n\n1) adversary (one who opposes another in purpose or act), the\n   name given to\n   1a) the prince of evil spirits, the inveterate adversary of\n       God and Christ\n       1a1) he incites apostasy from God and to sin\n       1a2) circumventing men by his wiles\n       1a3) the worshippers of idols are said to be under his control\n       1a4) by his demons he is able to take possession of men and\n            inflict them with diseases\n       1a5) by God's assistance he is overcome\n       1a6) on Christ's return from heaven he will be bound with chains\n            for a thousand years, but when the thousand years are\n            finished he will walk the earth in yet greater power, but\n            shortly after will be given over to eternal punishment\n   1b) a Satan-like man
04567^4567 Satanas {sat-an-as'}\n\nof Aramaic origin corresponding to 4566 (with the definite\n   affix); TDNT - 7:151,1007; n pr m\n\nAV - Satan 36; 36\n\n1) adversary (one who opposes another in purpose or act), the\n   name given to\n   1a) the prince of evil spirits, the inveterate adversary of\n       God and Christ\n       1a1) he incites apostasy from God and to sin\n       1a2) circumventing men by his wiles\n       1a3) the worshippers of idols are said to be under his control\n       1a4) by his demons he is able to take possession of men and\n            inflict them with diseases\n       1a5) by God's assistance he is overcome\n       1a6) on Christ's return from heaven he will be bound with chains\n            for a thousand years, but when the thousand years are\n            finished he will walk the earth in yet greater power, but\n            shortly after will be given over to eternal punishment\n   1b) a Satan-like man
04568^4568 saton {sat'-on}\n\nof Hebrew origin 05429;; n n\n\nAV - measure 2; 2\n\n1) a kind of dry measure, 3 gallons (14 litres)
04569^4569 Saulos {sow'-los}\n\nof Hebrew origin, the same as 4549;; n pr m\n\nAV - Saul 17; 17\n\nSaul = "desired"\n1)  the Jewish name of the apostle Paul
04570^4570 sbennumi {sben'-noo-mee}\n\na prolonged form of an apparently primary verb; TDNT - 7:165,1009; v\n\nAV - quench 7, go out 1; 8\n\n1) to extinguish, quench\n   1a) of fire or things on fire\n       1a1) to be quenched, to go out\n   1b) metaph. to quench,  to suppress, stifle\n       1b1) of divine influence
04571^4571 se {seh}\n\naccusative case singular of 4771;; pron\n\nAV - thee 178, thou 16, thy house 1, not tr 2; 197\n\n1) thou, thee
04572^4572 seautou {seh-ow-too'}\n\ngenitive case from 4571 and 846;; pron\n\nAV - thyself 35, thine own self 2, thou thyself 1, thee 1, thy 1; 40\n\n1) thyself, thee
04573^4573 sebazomai {seb-ad'-zom-ahee}\n\nmiddle voice from a derivative of 4576; TDNT - 7:172,1010; v\n\nAV - worship 1; 1\n\n1) to fear, be afraid\n2) to honour religiously, to worship
04574^4574 sebasma {seb'-as-mah}\n\nfrom 4573; TDNT - 7:173,1010; n n\n\nAV - devotion 1, that is worshipped 2; 2\n\n1) whatever is religiously honoured, an object of worship\n   1a) of temples, altars, statues, idolatrous images
04575^4575 sebastos {seb-as-tos'}\n\nfrom 4573; TDNT - 7:174,1010; adj\n\nAV - Augustus 3; 3\n\n1) reverend, venerable\n2) the title of the Roman emperors\n   2a) Augustan, i,e, taking its name from the emperor\n   2b) a title of honour which used to be given certain legions, or\n       cohorts, or battalions, "for valour"
04576^4576 sebomai {seb'-om-ahee}\n\nmiddle voice of an apparently primary verb; TDNT - 7:169,1010; v\n\nAV - worship 6, devout 3, religious 1; 10\n\n1) to revere, to worship
04577^4577 seira {si-rah'}\n\nprobably from 4951 through its congener eiro (to fasten, akin to\n   138);; n f\n\nAV - chain 1; 1\n\n1) a line, a rope\n2) a chain
04578^4578 seismos {sice-mos'}\n\nfrom 4579; TDNT - 7:196,1014; n m\n\nAV - earthquake 13, tempest 1; 14\n\n1) a shaking, a commotion\n2) a tempest\n3) an earthquake
04579^4579 seio {si'-o}\n\napparently a primary verb; TDNT - 7:196,1014; v\n\nAV - shake 3, move 1, quake 1; 5\n\n1) to shake, agitate, cause to tremble\n   1a) of men, to be thrown into a tremor, to quake for fear\n   1b) metaph. to agitate the mind
04580^4580 Sekoundos {sek-oon'-dos}\n\nof Latin origin;; n pr m\n\nAV - Secundus 1; 1\n\nSecundus = "fortunate"\n1) a Thessalonian Christian
04581^4581 Seleukeia {sel-yook'-i-ah}\n\nfrom Seleukos (Seleucus, a Syrian king);; n pr loc\n\nAV - Seleucia 1; 1\n\nSeleucia = "white light"\n1) a city of Syria near the mouth of the Orontes, about 16 miles\n   (25 km) from Antioch
04582^4582 selene {sel-ay'-nay}\n\nfrom selas (brilliancy, probably akin to the alternate of 138,\n   through the idea of attractiveness);; n f\n\nAV - moon 9; 9\n\n1) the moon
04583^4583 seleniazomai {sel-ay-nee-ad'-zom-ahee}\n\nmiddle voice or passive from a presumed derivative of 4582;; v\n\nAV - be lunatick 2; 2\n\n1) to be moon-struck or lunatic\n2) to be epileptic\n  2a) epilepsy being supposed to return and increase with the\n      increase of the moon. This meaning is doubtful as the\n      Greeks knew nothing of epilepsy.
04584^4584 Semei {sem-eh-ee'}\n\nof Hebrew origin 08096;; n pr m\n\nAV - Semei 1; 1\n\nShimei = "harkeners: my report"\n1) the father of Mattathias in the genealogy of Christ
04585^4585 semidalis {sem-id'-al-is}\n\nprobably of foreign origin;; n f\n\nAV - fine flour 1; 1\n\n1) the finest wheat flour
04586^4586 semnos {sem-nos'}\n\nfrom 4576; TDNT - 7:191,1010; adj\n\nAV - grave 3, honest 1; 4\n\n1) august, venerable, reverend\n2) to be venerated for character, honourable\n   2a) of persons\n   2b) of deeds
04587^4587 semnotes {sem-not'-ace}\n\nfrom 4586; TDNT - 7:191,1010; n f\n\nAV - gravity 2, honesty 1; 3\n\n1) the characteristic of a thing or person which entitles to\n   reverence and respect, dignity, majesty, sanctity\n2) honour, purity
04588^4588 Sergios {serg'-ee-os}\n\nof Latin origin;; n pr m\n\nAV - Sergius (Paulus) 1; 1\n\nSergius = "earth-born: born a wonder"\n1) surnamed Paulus, a deputy or proconsul of Cyprus and converted to\n   Christianity by Paul
04589^4589 Seth {sayth}\n\nof Hebrew origin 08352;; n pr m\n\nAV - Seth 1; 1\n\nSeth = "compensation"\n1) the third son of Adam and the father of Enos
04590^4590 Sem {same}\n\nof Hebrew origin 08035;; n pr m\n\nAV - Sem 1; 1\n\nShem meaning "name"\n1) the eldest son of Noah
04591^4591 semaino {say-mah'-ee-no}\n\nfrom sema (a mark, of uncertain derivation); TDNT - 7:262,1015; v\n\nAV - signify 6; 6\n\n1) to give a sign, to signify, indicate\n2) to make known
04592^4592 semeion {say-mi'-on}\n\nfrom a presumed derivative of the base of 4591; TDNT - 7:200,1015; n n\n\nAV - sign 50, miracle 23, wonder 3, token 1; 77\n\n1) a sign, mark, token\n   1a) that by which a person or a thing is distinguished from\n       others and is known\n   1b) a sign, prodigy, portent, i.e. an unusual occurrence,\n       transcending the common course of nature\n       1b1) of signs portending remarkable events soon to happen\n       1b2) of miracles and wonders by which God authenticates the men\n            sent by him, or by which men prove that the cause they are\n            pleading is God's
04593^4593 semeioo {say-mi-o'-o}\n\nfrom 4592; TDNT - 7:265,1015; v\n\nAV - note 1; 1\n\n1) to mark, to note, distinguish by marking\n2) to mark or note for one's self
04594^4594 semeron {say'-mer-on}\n\nneuter (as adverb) of a presumed compound of the art. 3588 and\n   2250, on the (i.e. this) day (or night current or just\n   passed); TDNT - 7:269,1024; adv\n\nAV - this day 22, to day 18, this + 3588 1; 41\n\n1) this (very) day)\n2) what has happened today
04595^4595 sepo {say'-po}\n\napparently a primary verb; TDNT - 7:94,1000; v\n\nAV - be corrupted 1; 1\n\n1) to make corrupt, to destroy\n2) to become corrupt, corrupted, rotten
04596^4596 serikos {say-ree-kos'}\n\nfrom Ser (an Indian tribe from whom silk was procured, hence the\n   name of the silk-worm);; adj\n\nAV - silk 1; 1\n\n1) made of silk\n2) silk, i.e. the fabric, silken garments
04597^4597 ses {sace}\n\napparently of Hebrew origin 05580; TDNT - 7:275,1025; n n\n\nAV - moth 3; 3\n\n1) a moth, the clothes moth
04598^4598 setobrotos {say-tob'-ro-tos}\n\nfrom 4597 and a derivative of 977; TDNT - 7:275,1025; adj\n\nAV - motheaten 1; 1\n\n1) moth eaten
04599^4599 sthenoo {sthen-o'-o}\n\nfrom sthenos (bodily vigour, probably akin to the base of 2476);; v\n\nAV - strengthen 1; 1\n\n1) to make strong, strengthen\n   1a) of one's soul
04600^4600 siagon {see-ag-one'}\n\nof uncertain derivation;; n f\n\nAV - cheek 2; 2\n\n1) the jaw, the jaw bone
04601^4601 sigao {see-gah'-o}\n\nfrom 4602;; v\n\nAV - hold (one's) peace 4, keep silence 3, keep close 1, keep secret 1; 9\n\n1) to keep silence, hold one's peace\n2) to be kept in silence, be concealed\n\nFor Synonyms see entry 5847
04602^4602 sige {see-gay'}\n\nappr. from sizo (to hiss, i.e. hist or hush);; n f\n\nAV - silence 2; 2\n\n1) silence
04603^4603 sidereos {sid-ay'-reh-os}\n\nfrom 4604;; adj\n\nAV - of iron 4, iron 1; 5\n\n1) made of iron
04604^4604 sideros {sid'-ay-ros}\n\nof uncertain derivation;; n m\n\nAV - iron 1; 1\n\n1) iron
04605^4605 Sidon {sid-one'}\n\nof Hebrew origin 06721;; n pr loc\n\nAV - Sidon 11; 11\n\nSidon or Zidon = "hunting"\n1) an ancient and wealthy city of Phoenicia, on the east coast of the\n   Mediterranean Sea, less than 20 miles (30 km) north of Tyre
04606^4606 Sidonios {sid-o'-nee-os}\n\nfrom 4605;; adj\n\nAV - Sidon 1; 1\n\n1) an inhabitant of Sidon, a Sidonian
04607^4607 sikarios {sik-ar'-ee-os}\n\nof Latin origin; TDNT - 7:278,1026; n m\n\nAV - murderer 1; 1\n\n1) an assassin\n   1a) one who carries a dagger or short sword under his clothing, that\n       he may kill secretly and treacherously any one he wishes to\n   1b) a cutthroat\n\nFor Synonyms see entry 5811
04608^4608 sikera {sik'-er-ah}\n\nof Hebrew origin 07941;; n n\n\nAV - strong drink 1; 1\n\n1) strong drink, an intoxicating beverage, different from wine; it\n   was a artificial product, made of a mixture of sweet ingredients,\n   whether derived from grain and vegetables, or from the juice of\n   fruits (dates), or a decoction of honey
04609^4609 Silas {see'-las}\n\ncontraction for 4610;; n pr m\n\nAV - Silas 13; 13\n\nSilas = "woody"\n1) a Roman citizen, the companion of the apostle Paul on several of\n   his missionary journeys
04610^4610 Silouanos {sil-oo-an-os'}\n\nof Latin origin;; n pr m\n\nAV - Silvanus 4; 4\n\nSilas = "woody"\n1) a Roman citizen, the companion of the apostle Paul on several of\n   his missionary journeys
04611^4611 Siloam {sil-o-am'}\n\nof Hebrew origin 07975;; n pr loc\n\nAV - Siloam 3; 3\n\nSiloam = "sent"\n1) the Pool of Siloam, a fountain of water in Jerusalem, also called\n   Shiloah in Isa. 8:6\n2) the Tower of Siloam, may have been a tower near or over the\n   Pool of Siloam, which fell down killing 18 men; very likely\n   they were purifying themselves. (Gill)
04612^4612 simikinthion {sim-ee-kin'-thee-on}\n\nof Latin origin;; n n\n\nAV - apron 1; 1\n\n1) a narrow apron, or linen covering, which workmen and servants\n   were accustomed to wear
04613^4613 Simon {see'-mone}\n\nof Hebrew origin 08095;; n pr m\n\nAV - Simon (Peter) 49, Simon (Zelotes) 4, Simon (father of Judas) 4,\n     Simon (Magus) 4, Simon (the tanner) 4, Simon (the Pharisee) 3,\n     Simon (of Cyrene) 3, Simon (brother of Jesus) 2,\n     Simon (the leper) 2; 75\n\nPeter = "a rock or stone"\n1) Peter was one of the apostles\n2) Simon called Zelotes or the Kanaites\n3) Simon, father of Judas who betrayed Jesus.\n4) Simon Magus, the Samaritan wizard\n5) Simon the tanner, Ac. 10\n6) Simon the Pharisee, Luke 7:40-44\n7) Simon of Cyrene who carried the cross of Christ\n8) Simon the cousin of Jesus, the son of Cleophas\n9) Simon the leper, so called to distinguish him from others of\n   the same name
04614^4614 Sina {see-nah'}\n\nof Hebrew origin 05514; TDNT - 7:282,1026; n pr loc\n\nAV - Sina 2, Sinai 2; 4\n\nSinai = "thorny"\n1) a mountain or rather a mountainous region in the peninsula of\n   Arabia Petraea, made famous by the giving of the Mosaic law
04615^4615 sinapi {sin'-ap-ee}\n\nperhaps from sinomai (to hurt, i.e. sting); TDNT - 7:287,1027; n n\n\nAV - mustard seed 5; 5\n\n1) mustard, the name of a plant which in oriental countries grows\n   from a very small seed and attains to the height of a tree, 10\n   feet (3 m) and more; hence a very small quantity of a thing is\n   likened to a mustard seed, and also a thing which grows to a\n   remarkable size
04616^4616 sindon {sin-done'}\n\nof uncertain (perhaps foreign) origin;; n f\n\nAV - linen cloth 3, linen 2, fine linen 1; 6\n\n1) linen cloth, esp. that which was fine and costly, in which the\n   bodies of the dead were wrapped\n2) thing made of fine cloth\n   2a) of a light and loose garment worn at night over a naked body
04617^4617 siniazo {sin-ee-ad'-zo}\n\nfrom sinion (a sieve); TDNT - 7:291,1028; v\n\nAV - sift 1; 1\n\n1) to sift, shake in a sieve\n2) fig. by inward agitation to try one's faith to the verge of overthrow
04618^4618 siteutos {sit-yoo-ros'}\n\nfrom a derivative of 4621;; adj\n\nAV - fatted 3; 3\n\n1) fattened, fatted
04619^4619 sitistos {sit-is-tos'}\n\nfrom a derivative of 4621;; adj\n\nAV - fatling 1; 1\n\n1) fattened
04620^4620 sitometron {sit-om'-et-ron}\n\nfrom 4621 and 3358;; n n\n\nAV - portion of meat 1; 1\n\n1) a measured 'portion of' grain or 'food'
04621^4621 sitos {see'-tos}\n\nplural irregular neuter sita {see'-tah}, of uncertain derivation;; n m\n\nAV - wheat 12, corn 2; 14\n\n1) wheat, grain
04622^4622 Sion {see-own'}\n\nof Hebrew origin 06726; TDNT - 7:292,1028; n pr loc\n\nAV - Sion 7; 7\n\nSion or Zion = "a parched place"\n1) the hill on which the higher and more ancient part of\n   Jerusalem was built\n   1a) the southwestern most and highest of the hills on which the\n       city was built\n2) often used of the entire city of Jerusalem\n3) since Jerusalem because the temple stood there, was called\n   the dwelling place of God
04623^4623 siopao {see-o-pah'-o}\n\nfrom siope (silence, i.e. a hush, properly, muteness, i.e.\n   involuntary stillness, or inability to speak, and thus\n   differing from 4602, which is rather a voluntary refusal or\n   indisposition to speak, although the terms are often used\n   synonymously);; v\n\nAV - hold (one's) peace 9, peace 1, dumb 1; 11\n\n1) to be silent, hold one's peace\n   1a) used of one's silence because dumb\n2) metaph. of a calm, quiet sea\n\nFor Synonyms see entry 5847
04624^4624 skandalizo {skan-dal-id'-zo} ("scandalize")\n\nfrom 4625; TDNT - 7:339,1036; v\n\nAV - offend 28, make to offend 2; 30\n\n1) to put a stumbling block or impediment in the way, upon which\n   another may trip and fall, metaph. to offend\n   1a) to entice to sin\n   1b) to cause a person to begin to distrust and desert one whom\n       he ought to trust and obey\n       1b1) to cause to fall away\n       1b2) to be offended in one, i.e. to see in another what I\n            disapprove of and what hinders me from acknowledging his\n            authority\n       1b3) to cause one to judge unfavourably or unjustly of another\n   1c) since one who stumbles or whose foot gets entangled feels annoyed\n       1c1) to cause one displeasure at a thing\n       1c2) to make indignant\n       1c3) to be displeased, indignant
04625^4625 skandalon {skan'-dal-on} ("scandal")\n\nprobably from a derivative of 2578; TDNT - 7:339,1036; n n\n\nAV - offence 9, stumbling block 3, occasion of stumbling 1,\n     occasion to fall 1, thing that offends 1; 15\n\n1) the movable stick or trigger of a trap, a trap stick\n   1a) a trap, snare\n   1b) any impediment placed in the way and causing one to stumble or\n       fall, (a stumbling block, occasion of stumbling) i.e. a rock\n       which is a cause of stumbling\n   1c) fig. applied to Jesus Christ, whose person and career were so\n       contrary to the expectations of the Jews concerning the Messiah,\n       that they rejected him and by their obstinacy made shipwreck of\n       their salvation\n2) any person or thing by which one is (entrapped) drawn into error or sin
04626^4626 skapto {skap'-to}\n\napparently a primary verb;; v\n\nAV - dig 3; 3\n\n1) to dig
04627^4627 skaphe {skaf'-ay}\n\na primitive word;; n f\n\nAV - boat 3; 3\n\n1) anything dug out, hollow vessel, trough, tray, tub\n2) of a boat
04628^4628 skelos {skel'-os}\n\napparently from skello (to parch, through the idea of leanness);; n n\n\nAV - leg 3; 3\n\n1) the leg, from the hip to the toes inclusive
04629^4629 skepasma {skep'-as-mah}\n\nfrom a derivative of skepas (a covering;  perhaps akin to the base\n   of 4649 through the idea of noticeableness);; n n\n\nAV - raiment 1; 1\n\n1) a covering, spec. clothing
04630^4630 Skeuas {skyoo-as'}\n\napparently of Latin origin;; n pr m\n\nAV - Sceva 1; 1\n\nSceva = "mind reader"\n1) a certain chief priest residing at Ephesus
04631^4631 skeue {skyoo-ay'}\n\nfrom 4632;; n f\n\nAV - tackling 1; 1\n\n1) any apparatus, equipment, or furniture\n   1a) of the utensils or tackling of a ship
04632^4632 skeuos {skyoo'-os}\n\nof uncertain affinity; TDNT - 7:358,1038; n n\n\nAV - vessel 19, goods 2, stuff 1, sail 1; 23\n\n1) a vessel\n2) an implement\n   2a) in the plural\n       2a1) household utensils, domestic gear\n       2a2) the tackle and armament of vessels, used specifically\n            of sails and ropes\n3) metaph.\n   3a) a man of quality, a chosen instrument\n   3b) in a bad sense, an assistant in accomplishing an evil deed
04633^4633 skene {skay-nay'}\n\napparently akin to 4632 and 4639; TDNT - 7:368,1040; n f\n\nAV - tabernacle 19, habitation 1; 20\n\n1) tent, tabernacle, (made of green boughs, or skins or other materials)\n2) of that well known movable temple of God after the pattern of\n   which the temple at Jerusalem was built
04634^4634 skenopegia {skay-nop-ayg-ee'-ah}\n\nfrom 4636 and 4078; TDNT - 7:390,1040; n f\n\nAV - tabernacles 1; 1\n\n1) the construction of a tabernacle or tabernacles\n2) the feast of tabernacles; this festival was observed by the Jews\n   yearly for seven days, beginning with the 15th of the month Tisri\n   (approx. our Oct.) partly to perpetuate the memory of the time\n   when their ancestors after leaving Egypt dwelt in tents on their\n   way through the Arabian desert, and partly as a season of\n   festivity and joy on the completion of the harvest and the vintage\n   (the festival of ingatherings) In celebrating the festival the\n   Jews were accustomed to construct booths of the leafy branches of\n   trees, -- either on the roofs or in the courts of their dwellings,\n   or in the streets and squares, and to adorn them with flowers and\n   fruits of all kinds -- under which, throughout the period of the\n   festival, they feasted and gave themselves up to rejoicing.
04635^4635 skenopoios {skay-nop-oy-os'}\n\nfrom 4633 and 4160; TDNT - 7:393,1040; adj\n\nAV - tentmaker 1; 1\n\n1) a tentmaker\n2) one that makes small portable tents, of leather or cloth of goat's\n   hair or linen, for the use of travellers
04636^4636 skenos {skay'-nos}\n\nfrom 4633; TDNT - 7:381,1040; n n\n\nAV - tabernacle 2; 2\n\n1) a tabernacle, a tent\n2) metaph. of the human body, in which the soul dwells as in a tent,\n   and which is taken down at death
04637^4637 skenoo {skay-no'-o}\n\nfrom 4636; TDNT - 7:385,1040; v\n\nAV - dwell 5; 5\n\n1) to fix one's tabernacle, have one's tabernacle, abide (or live) in\n   a tabernacle (or tent), tabernacle\n2) to dwell
04638^4638 skenoma {skay'-no-mah}\n\nfrom 4637; TDNT - 7:383,1040; n n\n\nAV - tabernacle 3; 3\n\n1) a tent, a tabernacle\n   1a) of the temple as God's habitation\n   1b) of the tabernacle of the covenant\n   1c) metaph. of the human body as the dwelling of the soul
04639^4639 skia {skee'-ah}\n\napparently a primary word; TDNT - 7:394,1044; n f\n\nAV - shadow 7; 7\n\n1) shadow\n   1a) shade caused by the interception of light\n   1b) an image cast by an object and representing the form of that object\n   1c) a sketch, outline, adumbration
04640^4640 skirtao {skeer-tah'-o}\n\nakin to skairo (to skip); TDNT - 7:401,1046; v\n\nAV - leap 2, leap for joy 1; 3\n\n1) to leap
04641^4641 sklerokardia {sklay-rok-ar-dee'-ah}\n\nfrom a compound of 4642 and 2588; TDNT - 3:613,415; n f\n\nAV - hardness of heart 3; 3\n\n1) hardness of heart
04642^4642 skleros {sklay-ros'}\n\nfrom the base of 4628; TDNT - 5:1028,816; adj\n\nAV - hard 5, fierce 1 - 6\n\n1) hard, harsh, rough, stiff\n   1a) of men: metaph. harsh, stern, hard\n   1b) of things: violent, rough, offensive, intolerable
04643^4643 sklerotes {sklay-rot'-ace}\n\nfrom 4642; TDNT - 5:1028,816; n f\n\nAV - hardness 1; 1\n\n1) hardness\n2) obstinacy, stubbornness
04644^4644 sklerotrachelos {sklay-rot-rakh'-ay-los}\n\nfrom 4642 and 5137; TDNT - 5:1029,816; adj\n\nAV - stiffnecked 1; 1\n\n1) stiffnecked\n2) stubborn, headstrong, obstinate
04645^4645 skleruno {sklay-roo'-no}\n\nfrom 4642; TDNT - 5:1030,816; v\n\nAV - harden 6; 6\n\n1) to make hard, harden\n2) metaph.\n   2a) to render obstinate, stubborn\n   2b) to be hardened\n   2c) to become obstinate or stubborn
04646^4646 skolios {skol-ee-os'}\n\nfrom the base of 4628; TDNT - 7:403,1046; adj\n\nAV - crooked 2, untoward 1, froward 1; 4\n\n1) crooked, curved\n2) metaph.\n   2a) perverse, wicked\n   2b) unfair, surly, froward
04647^4647 skolops {skol'-ops}\n\nperhaps from the base of 4628 and 3700; TDNT - 7:409,1047; n m\n\nAV - thorn 1; 1\n\n1) a pointed piece of wood, a pale, a stake\n2) a sharp stake, splinter
04648^4648 skopeo {skop-eh'-o}\n\nfrom 4649; TDNT - 7:414,1047; v\n\nAV - mark 2, take heed 1, look on 1, look at 1, consider 1; 6\n\n1) to look at, observe, contemplate\n2) to mark\n3) to fix one's eyes upon, direct one's attention to, any one\n4) to look to, take heed to thyself\n\nFor Synonyms see entry 5822
04649^4649 skopos {skop-os'} ("scope")\n\nfrom skeptomai (to peer about ["skeptic"], perhaps akin to 4626 through\n   the idea of concealment, cf 4629); TDNT - 7:413,1047; n m\n\nAV - mark 1; 1\n\n1) an observer, a watchman\n2) the distant mark looked at, the goal or end one has in view
04650^4650 skorpizo {skor-pid'-zo}\n\napparently from the same as 4651 (through the idea of\n   penetrating); TDNT - 7:418,1048; v\n\nAV - scatter 3, scatter abroad 1, disperse abroad 1; 5\n\n1) to scatter\n   1a) of those who, routed or terror stricken or driven by some other\n       impulses, fly in every direction\n   1b) to scatter abroad (what others may collect for themselves), or\n       one dispensing blessings literally
04651^4651 skorpios {skor-pee'-os}\n\nprobably from an obsolete skerpo (perhaps strengthened from the\n   base of 4649 and meaning to pierce);; n m\n\nAV - scorpion 5; 5\n\n1) a scorpion, the name of a little animal, somewhat resembling\n   a lobster, which in warm regions lurk, esp. in stone walls; it\n   has a poisonous sting in its tail
04652^4652 skoteinos {skot-i-nos'}\n\nfrom 4655; TDNT - 7:423,1049; adj\n\nAV - full of darkness 2, dark 1; 3\n\n1) full of darkness, covered with darkness
04653^4653 skotia {skot-ee'-ah}\n\nfrom 4655; TDNT - 7:423,1049; n f\n\nAV - darkness 14, dark 2; 16\n\n1) darkness\n2) the darkness due to want of light\n3) metaph. used of ignorance of divine things, and its associated\n   wickedness, and the resultant misery in hell
04654^4654 skotizo {skot-id-zo}\n\nfrom 4655; TDNT - 7:423,1049; v\n\nAV - darken 8; 8\n\n1) to cover with darkness, to darken\n2) to be covered with darkness, be darkened\n   2a) of heavenly bodies as deprived of light\n   2b) metaph.\n       2b1) of the eyes\n       2b2) of the understanding\n       2b3) of the mind
04655^4655 skotos {skot'-os}\n\nfrom the base of 4639; TDNT - 7:423,1049; n n\n\nAV - darkness 32; 32\n\n1) darkness\n   1a) of night darkness\n   1b) of darkened eyesight or blindness\n2) metaph.\n   2a) of ignorance respecting divine things and human duties, and\n       the accompanying ungodliness and immorality, together with\n       their consequent misery in hell\n   2b) persons in whom darkness becomes visible and holds sway
04656^4656 skotoo {skot-o'-o}\n\nfrom 4655; TDNT - 7:423,1049; v\n\nAV - full of darkness 1; 1\n\n1) to darken, cover with darkness\n2) metaph. to darken or blind the mind
04657^4657 skubalon {skoo'-bal-on}\n\nneuter of a presumed derivative of 1519 and 2965 and 906;\n   TDNT - 7:445,1052; n n\n\nAV - dung 1; 1\n\n1) any refuse, as the excrement of animals, offscourings, rubbish, dregs\n   1a) of things worthless and detestable
04658^4658 Skuthes {skoo'-thace}\n\nprobably of foreign origin; TDNT - 7:447,1053; n pr m\n\nAV - Scythian 1; 1\n\nScythian = "rude or rough"\n1) a Scythian, an inhabitant of Scythia or modern day Russia\n   1a) by the more civilised nations of antiquity the Scythians were\n       regarded as the wildest of barbarians
04659^4659 skuthropos {skoo-thro-pos'}\n\nfrom skuthros (sullen) and a derivative of 3700; TDNT - 7:450,1053; adj\n\nAV - of a sad countenance 1, sad 1; 2\n\n1) of a sad and gloomy countenance
04660^4660 skullo {skool'-lo}\n\napparently a primary verb;; v\n\nAV - trouble 2, trouble (one's) self 1; 3\n\n1) to skin, flay\n2) to rend, mangle\n   2a) to vex, trouble, annoy\n   2b) to give one's self trouble, trouble one's self
04661^4661 skulon {skoo'-lon}\n\nfrom 4660;; n n\n\nAV - spoils 1; 1\n\n1) a (beast's) skin stripped off, a pelt\n2) the weapons and valuables stripped off from an enemy, spoils
04662^4662 skolekobrotos {sko-lay-kob'-ro-tos}\n\nfrom 4663 and a derivative of 977; TDNT - 7:456,1054; adj\n\nAV - eaten of worms 1; 1\n\n1) eaten of worms
04663^4663 skolex {sko'-lakes}\n\nof uncertain derivation; TDNT - 7:452,1054; n m\n\nAV - worm 3; 3\n\n1) a worm, spec. that kind which preys upon dead bodies
04664^4664 smaragdinos {smar-ag'-dee-nos}\n\nfrom 4665;; adj\n\nAV - emerald 1; 1\n\n1) of emerald, made of emerald
04665^4665 smaragdos {smar'-ag-dos}\n\nof uncertain derivation;; n f\n\nAV - emerald 1; 1\n\n1) a transparent precious stone noted especially for its light green colour
04666^4666 smurna {smoor'-nah}\n\napparently strengthened for 3464; TDNT - 7:457,1055; n f\n\nAV - myrrh 2; 2\n\n1) myrrh, a bitter gum and costly perfume which exudes from a certain\n   tree or shrub in Arabia and Ethiopia, or is obtained by incisions\n   made in the bark: as an antiseptic it was used for embalming
04667^4667 Smurna {smoor'-nah}\n\nthe same as 4666;; n pr loc\n\nAV - Smyrna 1; 1\n\nSmyrna = "myrrh"\n1) an Ionian city of Asia Minor, on the Aegean Sea, 40 miles (65 km)\n   north of Ephesus
04668^4668 Smurnaios {smoor-nah'-yos}\n\nfrom 4667;; adj\n\nAV - Smyrna 1; 1\n\n1) of or belonging to Smyrna, an inhabitant of Smyrna
04669^4669 smurnizo {smoor-nid'-zo}\n\nfrom 4667; TDNT - 7:458,1055; v\n\nAV - mingle with myrrh 1; 1\n\n1) to be like myrrh\n2) to mix and so flavour with myrrh\n   2a) wine with myrrh: i.e. wine flavoured with myrrh. The ancients\n       used to infuse myrrh into wine to give it a more agreeable\n       fragrance and flavour
04670^4670 Sodoma {sod'-om-ah}\n\nplural of Hebrew origin 05467;; n pr loc\n\nAV - Sodom 9, Sodoma 1; 10\n\nSodom = "burning"\n1) a city destroyed by the Lord raining fire and brimstone on it\n2) metaph. Jerusalem Rev. 11:8
04671^4671 soi {soy}\n\ndative case of 4771;; pron\n\nAV - thee 200, thou 14, thy 4, thine own 1, not tr 2; 221\n\n1) to you
04672^4672 Solomon {sol-om-one'}\n\nof Hebrew origin 08010; TDNT - 7:459,1055; n pr m\n\nAV - Solomon 12; 12\n\nSolomon = "peaceful"\n1) the son of David and was the wisest and richest king that ever lived
04673^4673 soros {sor-os'}\n\nprobably akin to the base of 4987;; n f\n\nAV - bier 1; 1\n\n1) an urn or receptacle for keeping the bones of the dead\n2) the funeral couch or bier on which the Jews carried their dead\n   forth to burial
04674^4674 sos {sos}\n\nfrom 4771;; pron\n\nAV - thy 13, thine 9, thine own 3, thy goods 1, thy friends 1; 27\n\n1) thy, thine
04675^4675 sou {soo}\n\ngenitive case of 4771;; pron\n\nAV - thy 358, thee 76, thine 50, thine own 7, thou 6, not tr 1; 498\n\n1) thy, thee
04676^4676 soudarion {soo-dar'-ee-on}\n\nof Latin origin;; n n\n\nAV - napkin 3, handkerchief 1; 4\n\n1) a handkerchief\n2) a cloth for wiping perspiration from the face and for cleaning\n   the nose and also used in swathing the head of a corpse
04677^4677 Sousanna {soo-san'-nah}\n\nof Hebrew origin 07799 feminine;; n pr f\n\nAV - Susanna 1; 1\n\nSusanna = "a lily"\n1) one of the women who ministered to Christ
04678^4678 sophia {sof-ee'-ah}\n\nfrom 4680; TDNT - 7:465,1056; n f\n\nAV - wisdom 51; 51\n\n1) wisdom, broad and full of intelligence; used of the knowledge\n   of very diverse matters\n   1a) the wisdom which belongs to men\n       1a1) spec. the varied knowledge of things human and divine,\n            acquired by acuteness and experience, and summed up in\n            maxims and proverbs\n       1a2) the science and learning\n       1a3) the act of interpreting dreams and always giving the\n            sagest advice\n       1a4) the intelligence evinced in discovering the meaning of\n            some mysterious number or vision\n       1a5) skill in the management of affairs\n       1a6) devout and proper prudence in intercourse with men not\n            disciples of Christ, skill and discretion in imparting\n            Christian truth\n       1a7) the knowledge and practice of the requisites for godly\n            and upright living\n   1b) supreme intelligence, such as belongs to God\n       1b1) to Christ\n       1b2) the wisdom of God as evinced in forming and executing\n            counsels in the formation and government of the world and\n            the scriptures\n\nFor Synonyms see entry 5826
04679^4679 sophizo {sof-id'-zo}\n\nfrom 4680; TDNT - 7:527,1056; v\n\nAV - make wise 1, cunningly devised 1; 2\n\n1) to make wise, teach\n2) to become wise, to have understanding\n   2a) to invent, play the sophist\n   2b) to devise cleverly or cunningly
04680^4680 sophos {sof-os'}\n\nakin to saphes (clear); TDNT - 7:465,1056; adj\n\nAV - wise 22; 22\n\n1) wise\n   1a) skilled, expert: of artificers\n   1b) wise, skilled in letters, cultivated, learned\n       1b1) of the Greek philosophers and orators\n       1b2) of Jewish theologians\n       1b3) of Christian teachers\n   1c) forming the best plans and using the best means for\n       their execution\n\nFor Synonyms see entry 5872
04681^4681 Spania {span-ee'-ah}\n\nprobably of foreign origin;; n pr loc\n\nAV - Spain 2; 2\n\nSpain = "scarceness"\n1) the whole peninsula south of the Pyrenees
04682^4682 sparasso {spar-as'-so}\n\nprolongation from spairo (to grasp, apparently strengthened from\n   4685 through the idea of spasmodic contraction);; v\n\nAV - tear 3, rend 1; 4\n\n1) to convulse, tear
04683^4683 sparganoo {spar-gan-o'-o}\n\nfrom sparganon (a strip, from a derivative of the base of 4682\n   meaning to strap or wrap with strips);; v\n\nAV - wrap in swaddling clothes 2; 2\n\n1) to wrap in swaddling clothes\n   1a) of an infant just born
04684^4684 spatalao {spat-al-ah'-o}\n\nfrom spatale (luxury);; v\n\nAV - live in pleasure 1, be wanton 1; 2\n\n1) to live luxuriously, lead a voluptuous life, (give one's self\n   to pleasure)
04685^4685 spao {spah'-o}\n\na primary verb;; v\n\nAV - draw 1, draw out 1; 2\n\n1) to draw\n2) to draw (one's sword)
04686^4686 speira {spi'-rah}\n\nof immed. Latin origin, but ultimately a derivative of 138 in the\n   sense of its cognate 1507;; n f\n\nAV - band 7; 7\n\n1) anything rolled into a circle or ball, anything wound, rolled up,\n   folded together\n2) a military cohort\n   2a) the tenth part of legion\n       2a1) about 600 men i.e. legionaries\n       2a2) if auxiliaries either 500 or 1000\n       2a3) a maniple, or the thirtieth part of a legion\n   2b) any band, company, or detachment, of soldiers
04687^4687 speiro {spi'-ro}\n\nprobably strengthened from 4685 (through the idea of extending);\n   TDNT - 7:536,1065; v\n\nAV - sow 43, sower 6, receive seed 4, vr sow 1; 54\n\n1) to sow, scatter, seed\n2) metaph. of proverbial sayings
04688^4688 spekoulator {spek-oo-lat'-ore}\n\nof Latin origin;; n m\n\nAV - executioner 1; 1\n\n1) a spy, scout\n2) under the emperors an attendant and member of the body guard,\n   employed as messengers, watchers, and executioners\n3) the name is transferred to an attendant of Herod Antipas that acted\n   as executioner
04689^4689 spendo {spen'-do}\n\napparently a primary verb; TDNT - 7:528,*; v\n\nAV - be ready to be offered 1, be offered 1; 2\n\n1) to pour out as a drink offering, make a libation\n2) in the NT to be offered as a libation\n3) fig. used of one whose blood is poured out in a violent death for\n   the cause of God
04690^4690 sperma {sper'-mah}\n\nfrom 4687; TDNT - 7:536,1065; n n\n\nAV - seed 43, issue 1; 44\n\n1) from which a plant germinates\n   1a) the seed i.e. the grain or kernel which contains within itself\n       the germ of the future plants\n       1a1) of the grains or kernels sown\n   1b) metaph. a seed i.e. a residue, or a few survivors reserved as\n       the germ of the next generation (just as seed is kept from the\n       harvest for the sowing)\n2) the semen virile\n   2a) the product of this semen, seed, children, offspring, progeny\n   2b) family, tribe, posterity\n   2c) whatever possesses vital force or life giving power\n       2c1) of divine energy of the Holy Spirit operating within the\n            soul by which we are regenerated
04691^4691 spermologos {sper-mol-og'-os}\n\nfrom 4690 and 3004;; adj\n\nAV - babbler 1; 1\n\n1) picking up seed\n   1a) of birds, esp. of the crow or daw that picks up grain in fields\n2) metaph.\n   2a) lounging about the market place and picking up a substance by\n       whatever may chance to fall from the loads of merchandise\n   2b) hence, beggarly, abject, vile, (a parasite)\n   2c) getting a living by flattery and bufferoonery\n   2d) an empty talker, babbler
04692^4692 speudo {spyoo'-do}\n\nprobably strengthened from 4228;; v\n\nAV - make haste 3, haste 1, haste unto 1, with haste 1; 6\n\n1) to haste, make haste\n2) to desire earnestly
04693^4693 spelaion {spay'-lah-yon}\n\nfrom a presumed derivative of speos (a grotto);; n n\n\nAV - den 5, cave 1; 6\n\n1) a cave, den
04694^4694 spilas {spee-las'}\n\nof uncertain derivation;; n f\n\nAV - spot 1; 1\n\n1) a rock in the sea, ledge, reef\n2) metaph.  of men who by their conduct damage others morally, wreck\n   them as it were
04695^4695 spiloo {spee-lo'-o}\n\nfrom 4696;; v\n\nAV - spot 2; 2\n\n1) to defile, spot
04696^4696 spilos {spee'-los}\n\nof uncertain derivation;; n m\n\nAV - defile 1, spot 1; 2\n\n1) a spot\n2) a fault, moral blemish\n   2a) of base and gluttonous men
04697^4697 splagchnizomai {splangkh-nid'-zom-ahee}\n\nmiddle voice from 4698; TDNT - 7:548,1067; v\n\nAV - have compassion 7, be moved with compassion 5; 12\n\n1) to be moved as to one's bowels, hence to be moved with compassion,\n   have compassion (for the bowels were thought to be the seat of\n   love and pity)
04698^4698 splagchnon {splangkh'-non}\n\nprobably strengthened from splen (the "spleen"); TDNT - 7:548,1067; n n\n\nAV - bowels 9, inward affection 1, tender mercy + 1656 1; 11\n\n1) bowels, intestines, (the heart, lungs, liver, etc.)\n  1a) bowels\n  1b) the bowels were regarded as the seat of the more violent\n      passions, such as anger and love; but by the Hebrews as the\n      seat of the tenderer affections, esp. kindness, benevolence,\n      compassion; hence our heart (tender mercies, affections, etc.)\n  1c) a heart in which mercy resides
04699^4699 spoggos {spong'-gos}\n\nperhaps of foreign origin;; n m\n\nAV - spunge 3; 3\n\n1) sponge
04700^4700 spodos {spod-os'}\n\nof uncertain derivation;; n m\n\nAV - ashes 3; 3\n\n1) ashes: placed on sackcloth as a token of grief
04701^4701 spora {spor-ah'}\n\nfrom 4687; TDNT - 7:536,1065; n f\n\nAV - seed 1; 1\n\n1) seed
04702^4702 sporimos {spor'-ee-mos}\n\nfrom 4703; TDNT - 7:536,1065; adj\n\nAV - corn field 2, corn 1; 3\n\n1) fit for sowing, sown\n2) sown fields, growing crops
04703^4703 sporos {spro'-os}\n\nfrom 4687; TDNT - 7:536,1065; n m\n\nAV - seed 4, seed sown 1; 5\n\n1) a sowing\n2) seed (used in sowing)
04704^4704 spoudazo {spoo-dad'-zo}\n\nfrom 4710; TDNT - 7:559,1069; v\n\nAV - endeavour 3, do diligence 2, be diligent 2, give diligence 1,\n     be forward 1, labour 1, study 1; 11\n\n1) to hasten, make haste\n2) to exert one's self, endeavour, give diligence
04705^4705 spoudaios {spoo-dah'-yos}\n\nfrom 4710; TDNT - 7:559,1069; adj\n\nAV - diligent 1; 1\n\n1) active, diligent, zealous, earnest\n2) very diligent
04706^4706 spoudaioteron {spoo-dah-yot'-er-on}\n\nneuter of 4707 as adverb;; adj\n\nAV - very diligently 1; 1\n\n1) very diligently
04707^4707 spoudaioteros {spoo-dah-yot'-er-os}\n\ncomparative of 4705;; adj\n\nAV - more forward 1, more diligent 1; 2\n\n1) active, diligent, zealous, earnest\n2) very diligent
04708^4708 spoudaioteros {spoo-dah-yot-er'-oce}\n\nfrom 4707;; adv\n\nAV - the more carefully 1; 1\n\n1) hastily, with haste\n2) diligently, earnestly
04709^4709 spoudaios {spoo-dah'-yoce}\n\nfrom 4705;; adv\n\nAV - instantly 1, diligently 1; 2\n\n1) hastily, with haste\n2) diligently\n3) earnestly
04710^4710 spoude {spoo-day'}\n\nfrom 4692; TDNT - 7:559,1069; n f\n\nAV - diligence 5, haste 2, business 1, care 1, forwardness 1,\n     earnest care 1, carefulness 1; 12\n\n1) haste, with haste\n2) earnestness, diligence\n   2a) earnestness in accomplishing, promoting, or striving after anything\n   2b) to give all diligence, interest one's self most earnestly
04711^4711 spuris {spoo-rece'}\n\nfrom 4687 (as woven);; n f\n\nAV - basket 5; 5\n\n1) a reed basket, (a plaited basket, a lunch basket, hamper)
04712^4712 stadion {stad'-ee-on}\n\nor masculine (in plural) stadios {stad'-ee-os}, from the base of 2476\n   (as fixed);; n n\n\nAV - furlong 5, race 1; 6\n\n1) a space or distance of about 600 feet (185 m)\n2) a race course\n   2a) place in which contests in running were held, the one who\n       outstripped the rest and reached the goal first, receiving\n       the prize. Courses of this description were found in most of\n       the larger Greek cities, and were like that at Olympia,\n       600 Greek feet in length
04713^4713 stamnos {stam'-nos}\n\nfrom the base of 2476 (as stationary);; n f\n\nAV - pot 1; 1\n\n1) among the Greeks an earthen jar, into which wine was drawn\n   off for keeping but also used for other purposes\n   1a) of the little jar in which the manna was kept, laid up in the\n       ark of the covenant
04714^4714 stasis {stas'-is}\n\nfrom the base of 2476; TDNT - 7:568,1070; n f\n\nAV - sedition 3, dissension 3, insurrection 1, uproar 1, standing 1; 9\n\n1) a standing, station, state\n2) an insurrection\n3) strife, insurrection
04715^4715 stater {stat-air'}\n\nfrom the base of 2746;; n m\n\nAV - piece of money 1; 1\n\n1) a stater, a coin\n   1a) in the NT a silver stater equal to four Attic or two\n       Alexandrian drachmas, a Jewish shekel
04716^4716 stauros {stow-ros'}\n\nfrom the base of 2476; TDNT - 7:572,1071; n m\n\nAV - cross 28; 28\n\n1) an upright stake, esp. a pointed one\n2) a cross\n   2a) a well known instrument of most cruel and ignominious\n       punishment, borrowed by the Greeks and Romans from the\n       Phoenicians; to it were affixed among the Romans, down to the\n       time of Constantine the Great, the guiltiest criminals,\n       particularly the basest slaves, robbers, the authors and\n       abetters of insurrections, and occasionally in the provinces,\n       at the arbitrary pleasure of the governors, upright and\n       peaceable men also, and even Roman citizens themselves\n   2b) the crucifixion which Christ underwent
04717^4717 stauroo {stow-ro'-o}\n\nfrom 4716; TDNT - 7:581,1071; v\n\nAV - crucify 46; 46\n\n1) to stake, drive down stakes\n2) to fortify with driven stakes, to palisade\n3) to crucify\n   3a) to crucify one\n   3b) metaph. to crucify the flesh, destroy its power utterly\n       (the nature of the figure implying that the destruction is\n       attended with intense pain)
04718^4718 staphule {staf-oo-lay'}\n\nprobably from the base of 4735;; n f\n\nAV - grapes 3; 3\n\n1) grapes, bunch of grapes
04719^4719 stachus {stakh'-oos}\n\nfrom the base of 2476;; n m\n\nAV - ear of corn 3, ear 2; 5\n\n1) an ear of corn or of growing grain
04720^4720 Stachus {stakh'-oos}\n\nthe same as 4719;; n pr m\n\nAV - Stachys 1; 1\n\nStachys = "a head of grain"\n1) a man with a Greek name, he is said to be one of the seventy\n   disciples, and bishop of Byzantium (Gill)
04721^4721 stege {steg'-ay}\n\nstrengthened from a primary tegos (a "thatch" or "deck" of a\n   building);; n f\n\nAV - roof 3; 3\n\n1) a roof: of a house
04722^4722 stego {steg'-o}\n\nfrom 4721; TDNT - 7:585,1073; v\n\nAV - can forbear 2, bear 1, suffer 1; 4\n\n1) deck, thatch, to cover\n   1a) to protect or keep by covering, to preserve\n2) to cover over with silence\n   2a) to keep secret\n   2b) to hide, conceal\n       2b1) of the errors and faults of others\n3) by covering to keep off something which threatens, to bear up\n   against, hold out against, and so endure, bear, forbear
04723^4723 steiros {sti'-ros}\n\na contraction from 4731 (as stiff and unnatural);; adj\n\nAV - barren 4; 4\n\n1) hard, stiff\n   1a) of men and animals\n2) barren\n   2a) of woman who does not conceive
04724^4724 stello {stel'-lo}\n\nprobably strengthened from the base of 2476; TDNT - 7:588,1074; v\n\nAV - avoid 1, withdraw (one's) self 1; 2\n\n1) to set, place, set in order, arrange\n   1a) to fit out, to prepare, equip\n   1b) to prepare one's self, to fit out for one's self\n   1c) to fit out for one's own use\n   1d) to prepare one's self, to fit out for one's self\n   1e) to fit out for one's own use\n       1e1) arranging, providing for this, etc.\n2) to bring together, contract, shorten\n   2a) to diminish, check, cause to cease\n   2b) to cease to exist\n   2c) to remove one's self, withdraw one's self, to depart\n   2d) to abstain from familiar intercourse with one
04725^4725 stemma {stem'-mah}\n\nfrom the base of 4735;; n n\n\nAV - garland 1; 1\n\n1) a fillet, a garland, put upon victims
04726^4726 stenagmos {sten-ag-mos'}\n\nfrom 4727; TDNT - 7:600,1076; n m\n\nAV - groaning 2; 2\n\n1) a groaning, a sigh
04727^4727 stenazo {sten-ad'-zo}\n\nfrom 4728; TDNT - 7:600,1076; v\n\nAV - groan 3, sigh 1, with grief 1, grudge 1; 6\n\n1) a sigh, to groan\n\nFor Synonyms see entry 5804
04728^4728 stenos {sten-os'}\n\nprobably from the base of 2476; TDNT - 7:604,1077; adj\n\nAV - strait 3; 3\n\n1) narrow, strait
04729^4729 stenochoreo {sten-okh-o-reh'-o}\n\nfrom the same as 4730; TDNT - 7:604,1077; v\n\nAV - straiten 2, distress 1; 3\n\n1) to be in a narrow place\n2) to straiten, compress, cramp, reduce to straits\n   2a) to be sorely straitened in spirit
04730^4730 stenochoria {sten-okh-o-ree'-ah}\n\nfrom a compound of 4728 and 5561; TDNT - 7:604,1077; n f\n\nAV - distress 3, anguish 1; 4\n\n1) narrowness of place, a narrow place\n2) metaph. dire calamity, extreme affliction
04731^4731 stereos {ster-eh-os'}\n\nfrom 2476; TDNT - 7:609,1077; adj\n\nAV - strong 2, sure 1, stedfast 1; 4\n\n1) strong, firm, immovable, solid, hard, rigid\n   1a) in a bad sense, cruel, stiff, stubborn, hard\n   1b) in a good sense, firm, steadfast
04732^4732 stereoo {ster-eh-o'-o}\n\nfrom 4731; TDNT - 7:609,1077; v\n\nAV - receive strength 1, make strong 1, establish 1; 3\n\n1) to make solid, make firm, strengthen, make strong\n   1a) of the body of anyone
04733^4733 stereoma {ster-eh'-o-mah}\n\nfrom 4732; TDNT - 7:609,1077; n n\n\nAV - stedfastness 1; 1\n\n1) that which has been made firm\n   1a) the firmament, the arch of the sky, which in early times\n       was thought to be solid\n       1a1) a fortified place\n   1b) that which furnishes a foundation\n       1b1) on which a thing rests firmly, support\n   1c) firmness, steadfastness\n       1c1) metaph. in a military sense: solid front
04734^4734 Stephanas {stef-an-as'}\n\nprobably contraction for stephanotos (crowned, from 4737);; n pr m\n\nAV - Stephanas 4; 4\n\nStephanas = "crowned"\n1) a Christian convert of Corinth
04735^4735 stephanos {stef'-an-os}\n\nfrom an apparently primary stepho (to twine or wreathe);\n   TDNT - 7:615,1078; n m\n\nAV - crown 18; 18\n\n1) a crown\n  1a) a mark of royal or (in general) exalted rank\n      1a1) the wreath or garland which was given as a prize to\n            victors in public games\n  1b) metaph. the eternal blessedness which will be given as a\n      prize to the genuine servants of God and Christ: the crown\n      (wreath) which is the reward of the righteousness\n  1c) that which is an ornament and honour to one\n\nFor Synonyms see entry 5833
04736^4736 Stephanos {stef'-an-os}\n\nthe same as 4735;; n pr m\n\nAV - Stephen 7; 7\n\nStephen = "crowned"\n1) one of the seven deacons in Jerusalem and the first Christian martyr
04737^4737 stephanoo {stef-an-o'-o}\n\nfrom 4735; TDNT - 7:615,1078; v\n\nAV - crown 3; 3\n\n1) to encircle with a crown, to crown: the victor in a contest\n2) to adorn, to honour
04738^4738 stethos {stay'-thos}\n\nfrom 2476 (as standing prominently);; n n\n\nAV - breast 5; 5\n\n1) the breast
04739^4739 steko {stay'-ko}\n\nfrom the perfect tense of 2476; TDNT - 7:636,1082; v\n\nAV - stand fast 6, stand 2; 8\n\n1) to stand firm\n2) to persevere, to persist\n3) to keep one's standing
04740^4740 sterigmos {stay-rig-mos'}\n\nfrom 4741; TDNT - 7:653,1085; n m\n\nAV - stedfastness 1; 1\n\n1) firm condition, steadfastness: of mind
04741^4741 sterizo {stay-rid'-zo}\n\nfrom a presumed derivative of 2476 (like 4731); TDNT - 7:653,1085; v\n\nAV - stablish 6, establish 3, strengthen 2, fix 1, stedfastly set 1; 13\n\n1) to make stable, place firmly, set fast, fix\n2) to strengthen, make firm\n3) to render constant, confirm, one's mind
04742^4742 stigma {stig'-mah}\n\nfrom a primary stizo (to "stick", i.e. prick); TDNT - 7:657,1086; n n\n\nAV - mark 1; 1\n\n1) a mark pricked in or branded upon the body. To ancient oriental\n   usage, slaves and soldiers bore the name or the stamp of their\n   master or commander branded or pricked (cut) into their bodies to\n   indicate what master or general they belonged to, and there were\n   even some devotee's who stamped themselves in this way with the\n   token of their gods
04743^4743 stigme {stig-may'}\n\nfrom 4742;; n f\n\nAV - moment 1; 1\n\n1) an instant (i.e. a moment) of time
04744^4744 stilbo {stil'-bo}\n\napparently a primary verb; TDNT - 7:665,1087; v\n\nAV - shining 1; 1\n\n1) to shine, glisten\n   1a) of garments
04745^4745 stoa {sto-ah'}\n\nprobably from 2476;; n f\n\nAV - porch 4; 4\n\n1) a portico, a covered colonnade where people can stand or walk\n   protected from the weather and the heat of the sun\n2) the portico built by Solomon in the eastern part of the temple\n   (which in the temple's destruction by the Babylonians was left\n   uninjured, and remained down to the time of King Agrippa, to whom\n   the care of the temple was entrusted by the emperor Claudius, and\n   who on account of its antiquity dare not demolish it and build anew.
04746^4746 stoibas {stoy-bas'}\n\nfrom a primary steibo (to "step" or "stamp");; n f\n\nAV - branch 1; 1\n\n1) branch, leafy limb
04747^4747 stoicheion {stoy-khi'-on}\n\nfrom a presumed derivative of the base of 4748; TDNT - 7:670,1087; n n\n\nAV - element 4, rudiment 2, principle 1; 7\n\n1) any first thing, from which the others belonging to some series or\n   composite whole take their rise, an element, first principal\n   1a) the letters of the alphabet as the elements of speech, not\n       however the written characters, but the spoken sounds\n   1b) the elements from which all things have come, the material\n       causes of the universe\n   1c) the heavenly bodies, either as parts of the heavens or (as\n       others think) because in them the elements of man, life and\n       destiny were supposed to reside\n   1d) the elements, rudiments, primary and fundamental principles\n       of any art, science, or discipline\n       1d1) i.e. of mathematics, Euclid's geometry
04748^4748 stoicheo {stoy-kheh'-o}\n\nfrom a derivative of steicho (to range in regular line);\n   TDNT - 7:666,1087; v\n\nAV - walk 4, walk orderly 1; 5\n\n1) to proceed in a row as the march of a soldier, go in order\n   1a) metaph. to go on prosperously, to turn out well\n2) to walk\n   2a) to direct one's life, to live
04749^4749 stole {stol-ay'}\n\nfrom 4724; TDNT - 7:687,1088; n f\n\nAV - robe 5, long clothing 1, long garment 1, them + 848 1, long robe 1; 9\n\n1) an equipment\n2) an equipment in clothes, clothing\n   2a) spec. a loose outer garment for men extending to the feet,\n       worn by kings, priests, and persons of rank
04750^4750 stoma {stom'-a}\n\nprobably strengthened from a presumed derivative of the base of\n   5114; TDNT - 7:692,1089; n n\n\nAV - mouth 73, face 4, edge 2; 79\n\n1) the mouth, as part of the body: of man, of animals, of fish, etc.\n   1a) since thoughts of a man's soul find verbal utterance by his\n       mouth, the "heart" or "soul" and the mouth are distinguished\n2) the edge of a sword
04751^4751 stomachos {stom'-akh-os}\n\nfrom 4750;; n m\n\nAV - stomach 1; 1\n\n1) the throat\n2) an opening, orifice, esp. of the stomach\n3) the stomach
04752^4752 strateia {strat-i'-ah}\n\nfrom 4754; TDNT - 7:701,1091; n f\n\nAV - warfare 2; 2\n\n1) an expedition, campaign, military service, warfare\n2) metaph. Paul likens his contest with the difficulties that\n   oppose him in the discharge of his apostolic duties, as warfare
04753^4753 strateuma {strat'-yoo-mah}\n\nfrom 4754; TDNT - 7:701,1091; n n\n\nAV - army 6, man of war 1, soldier 1; 8\n\n1) an army\n2) a band of soldiers\n3) bodyguard, guards men
04754^4754 strateuomai {strat-yoo'-om-ahee}\n\nmiddle voice from the base of 4756; TDNT - 7:701,1091; v\n\nAV - war 5, goeth a warfare 1, soldier 1; 7\n\n1) to make a military expedition, to lead soldiers to war or to\n   battle, (spoken of a commander)\n2) to do military duty, be on active service, be a soldier\n3) to fight
04755^4755 strategos {strat-ay-gos'}\n\nfrom the base of 4756 and 71 or 2233; TDNT - 7:701,1091; n m\n\nAV - captain 5, magistrate 5; 10\n\n1) the commander of an army\n2) in the NT a civic commander, a governor\n   2a) the name the highest magistrate in the municipia or colonies;\n       they had the power of administering justice in the less\n       important cases\n   2b) of civil magistrates\n3) captain of the temple, i.e. the commander of the Levites who kept\n   guard in and around the temple
04756^4756 stratia {strat-ee'-ah}\n\nfrom a derivative of stratos (an army from the base of\n   4766, as encamped); TDNT - 7:701,1091; n f\n\nAV - host 2; 2\n\n1) an army, band of soldiers\n2) in the NT, the hosts of heaven\n   2a) troops of angels\n   2b) the heavenly bodies, stars of heaven (so called on account\n       of their number and their order)
04757^4757 stratiotes {strat-ee-o'-tace}\n\nfrom a presumed derivative of the same as 4756; TDNT - 7:701,1091; n m\n\nAV - soldier 26; 26\n\n1) a (common) soldier\n2) metaph. a champion of the cause of Christ
04758^4758 stratologeo {strat-ol-og-eh'-o}\n\nfrom a compound of the base of 4756 and 3004 (in its original\n   sense); TDNT - 7:701,1091; v\n\nAV - choose to be a soldier 1; 1\n\n1) to gather (collect) an army, to enlist soldiers\n   1a) of the commander
04759^4759 stratopedarches {strat-op-ed-ar'-khace}\n\nfrom 4760 and 757;; n m\n\nAV - captain of the guard 1; 1\n\n1) the commander of a camp and army, a military tribune\n2) Praetorian prefect, commander of the praetorian cohorts, captain\n   of the Roman emperor's body guard\n\nThere were two praetorian prefects, to whose custody prisoners sent\nbound to the emperor were consigned.
04760^4760 stratopedon {strat-op'-ed-on}\n\nfrom the base of 4756 and the same as 3977; TDNT - 7:701,1091; n n\n\nAV - army 1; 1\n\n1) a military camp\n2) soldiers in camp, an army
04761^4761 strebloo {streb-lo'-o}\n\nfrom a derivative of 4762;; v\n\nAV - wrest 1; 1\n\n1) to twist, turn awry\n2) to torture, put to the rack\n3) metaph. to pervert, of one who wrests or tortures language\n   in a false sense
04762^4762 strepho {stref'-o}\n\nstrengthened from the base of 5157; TDNT - 7:714,1093; v\n\nAV - turn 11, turn (one's) self 2, turn (one) 1, turn again 1,\n     turn back again 1, turn (one) about 1, be converted 1,\n     vr turn 1; 19\n\n1) to turn, turn around\n2) to turn one's self (i.e. to turn the back to one\n   2a) of one who no longer cares for another)\n   2b) metaph. to turn one's self from one's course of conduct, i.e.\n       to change one's mind
04763^4763 streniao {stray-nee-ah'-o}\n\nfrom a presumed derivative of 4764;; v\n\nAV - live deliciously 2; 2\n\n1) to be wanton, to live luxuriously
04764^4764 strenos {stray'-nos}\n\nakin to 4731;; n n\n\nAV - delicacy 1; 1\n\n1) excessive strength which longs to break forth, over strength\n2) luxury\n3) eager desire
04765^4765 strouthion {stroo-thee'-on}\n\ndiminutive of strouthos (a sparrow); TDNT - 7:730,1096; n n\n\nAV - sparrow 4; 4\n\n1) a little bird, esp. of the sparrow sort, a sparrow
04766^4766 stronnumi {strone'-noo-mee} or simpler stronnuo {strone-noo'-o}\n\nprolongation from a still simpler stroo {stro'-o} (used only as an\n   alternate in certain tenses, probably akin to 4731 through the\n   idea of positing);; v\n\nAV - spread 2, straw 2, furnish 2, make (one's) bed 1; 7\n\n1) to spread\n2) furnish\n3) to spread with couches or divans
04767^4767 stugnetos {stoog-nay-tos'}\n\nfrom a derivative of an obsolete apparently primary stugo (to hate);; adj\n\nAV - hateful 1; 1\n\n1) hated, detestable
04768^4768 stugnazo {stoog-nad'-zo}\n\nfrom the same as 4767;; v\n\nAV - lower 1, be sad 1; 2\n\n1) to be sad, sorrowful\n2) metaph. of the sky covered with clouds
04769^4769 stulos {stoo'-los}\n\nfrom stuo (to stiffen, properly akin to the base of 2476);\n   TDNT - 7:732,1096; n m\n\nAV - pillar 4; 4\n\n1) a pillar\n2) a column\n   2a) pillars of fire i.e. flames rising like pillars\n3) a prop or support
04770^4770 Stoikos {sto-ik-os'}\n\nfrom 4745;; adj\n\nAV - Stoicks 1; 1\n\nStoics = "of the portico"\n1) pertaining to the Stoic philosophy, the author of which, Zeno of\n   Citium, taught at Athens
04771^4771 su {soo}\n\nthe person pronoun of the second person singular;; pron\n\nAV - thou 178; 178\n\n1) you
04772^4772 suggeneia {soong-ghen'-i-ah}\n\nfrom 4773; TDNT - 7:736,1097; n f\n\nAV - kindred 3; 3\n\n1) a kinship, relationship\n2) kindred, relations collectively, family
04773^4773 suggenes {soong-ghen-ace'}\n\nfrom 4862 and 1085; TDNT - 7:736,1097; adj\n\nAV - kinsman 7, cousin 2, kinsfolk 2, kin 1; 12\n\n1) of the same kin, akin to, related by blood\n2) in a wider sense, of the same nation, a fellow countryman
04774^4774 suggnome {soong-gno'-may}\n\nfrom a compound of 4862 and 1097; TDNT - 1:716,119; n f\n\nAV - permission 1; 1\n\n1) pardon, indulgence
04775^4775 sugkathemai {soong-kath'-ay-mahee}\n\nfrom 4862 and 2521;; v\n\nAV - sat + 2258 1, sit with 1; 2\n\n1) to sit together, to sit with one another
04776^4776 sugkathizo {soong-kath-id'-zo}\n\nfrom 4862 and 2523; TDNT - 7:787,1102; v\n\nAV - make sit together 1, be set down together 1; 2\n\n1) to cause to sit down together, place together\n2) to sit down together
04777^4777 sugkakopatheo {soong-kak-op-ath-eh'-o}\n\nfrom 4862 and 2553; TDNT - 5:936,798; v\n\nAV - be partaker of affliction 1; 1\n\n1) to suffer hardship together with one
04778^4778 sugkakoucheo {soong-kak-oo-kheh'-o}\n\nfrom 4862 and 2558;; v\n\nAV - suffer affliction with 1; 1\n\n1) to treat ill with another\n2) to be ill treated in company with,\n   share persecutions or come into a fellowship of ills
04779^4779 sugkaleo {soong-kal-eh'-o}\n\nfrom 4862 and 2564; TDNT - 3:496,394; v\n\nAV - call together 8; 8\n\n1) to call together, assemble\n2) to call together to one's self
04780^4780 sugkalupto {soong-kal-oop'-to}\n\nfrom 4862 and 2572; TDNT - 7:743,1098; v\n\nAV - cover 1; 1\n\n1) to cover on all sides, to conceal entirely, to cover up completely
04781^4781 sugkampto {soong-kamp'-to}\n\nfrom 4862 and 2578;; v\n\nAV - bow down 1; 1\n\n1) to bend together, to bend completely\n2) metaph. to subject one to error and hardness of heart, a figure taken\n   from bowing the back by captives compelled to pass under the yoke
04782^4782 sugkatabaino {soong-kat-ab-ah'-ee-no}\n\nfrom 4862 and 2597;; v\n\nAV - go down with 1; 1\n\n1) to go down with\n   1a) of those who descend from a high place to a lower place as\n       from Jerusalem to Caesarea
04783^4783 sugkatathesis {soong-kat-ath'-es-is}\n\nfrom 4784;; v\n\nAV - agreement 1; 1\n\n1) a putting together or joint deposit (of votes)\n   1a) hence approval, assent, agreement
04784^4784 sugkatatithemai {soong-kat-at-ith'-em-ahee}\n\nmid from 4862 and 2698;; v\n\nAV - consented + 2258 1; 1\n\n1) to deposit together with another\n2) to deposit one's vote in the urn with another\n3) to consent to, vote for, agree with
04785^4785 sugkatapsephizo {soong-kat-aps-ay-fid'-zo}\n\nfrom 4862 and a compound of 2596 and 5585; TDNT - 9:604,*; v\n\nAV - number 1; 1\n\n1) be depositing a ballot in the urn (i.e. by voting for) to\n   assign one a place among, to vote one a place among\n2) to vote against with others, i.e. to condemn with others
04786^4786 sugkerannumi {soong-ker-an'-noo-mee}\n\nfrom 4862 and 2767;; v\n\nAV - temper together 1, mix with 1; 2\n\n1) to mix together, commingle\n2) to unite\n   2a) caused the several parts to combine into an organic structure,\n       which is the body\n   2b) to unite one thing to another
04787^4787 sugkineo {soong-kin-eh'-o}\n\nfrom 4682 and 2795;; v\n\nAV - stir up 1; 1\n\n1) to move together with others\n2) to throw into commotion, excite, stir up
04788^4788 sugkleio {soong-kli'-o}\n\nfrom 4862 and 2808; TDNT - 7:744,1098; v\n\nAV - conclude 2, inclose 1, shut up 1; 4\n\n1) to shut up together, enclose\n   1a) of a shoal of fishes in a net\n2) to shut up on all sides, shut up completely
04789^4789 sugkleronomos {soong-klay-ron-om'-os}\n\nfrom 4862 and 2818; TDNT - 3:767 & 7:787,442 & 1102; n m\n\nAV - fellow heir 1, joint heir 1, heir together 1, heir with 1; 4\n\n1) a fellow heir, a joint heir\n2) one who obtains something assigned to himself with others,\n   a joint participant
04790^4790 sugkoinoneo {soong-koy-no-neh'-o}\n\nfrom 4862 and 2841; TDNT - 3:797,447; v\n\nAV - have fellowship with 1, communicate with 1, be partaker of 1; 3\n\n1) to become a partaker together with others, or to have fellowship\n   with a thing
04791^4791 sugkoinonos {soong-koy-no-nos'}\n\nfrom 4862 and 2844; TDNT - 3:797,447; n m\n\nAV - partaker with + 1096 1, partaker with 1, partaker 1, companion  1; 4\n\n1) participant with others in anything, joint partner
04792^4792 sugkomizo {soong-kom-id'-zo}\n\nfrom 4862 and 2865;; v\n\nAV - carry 1; 1\n\n1) to carry or bring together, to collect\n   1a) to house crops, gather into granaries\n2) to carry with others, help in carrying out, the dead to be buried\n   or burned\n   2a) to bury
04793^4793 sugkrino {soong-kree'-no}\n\nfrom 4862 and 2919; TDNT - 3:953,469; v\n\nAV - compare with 2, compare among 1; 3\n\n1) to joint together fitly, compound, combine\n2) to interpret\n3) to compare
04794^4794 sugkupto {soong-koop'-to}\n\nfrom 4862 and 2955;; v\n\nAV - bow together 1; 1\n\n1) to bend completely forwards, to be bowed together
04795^4795 sugkuria {soong-koo-ree'-ah}\n\nfrom a comparative of 4862 and kureo (to light or happen; from\n   the base of 2962);; n f\n\nAV - chance 1; 1\n\n1) accident, by chance
04796^4796 sugchairo {soong-khah'-ee-ro}\n\nfrom 4862 and 5463; TDNT - 9:359,1298; v\n\nAV - rejoice with 6, rejoice in 1; 7\n\n1) to rejoice with, take part in another's joy\n2) to rejoice together, to congratulate
04797^4797 sugcheo {soong-kheh'-o} or sugchuno {soong-khoo'-no}\n\nfrom 4862 and cheo (to pour) or its alternate;; v\n\nAV - confound 2, confuse 1, be in an uproar 1, stir up 1; 5\n\n1) to pour together, commingle\n2) to disturb the mind of one, to stir up to tumult or outbreak\n3) to confound or bewilder
04798^4798 sugchraomai {soong-khrah'-om-ahee}\n\nfrom 4862 and 5530;; v\n\nAV - have dealings with 1; 1\n\n1) to use with anyone, use jointly\n2) to associate with, to have dealings with
04799^4799 sugchusis {soong'-khoo-sis}\n\nfrom 4797;; n f\n\nAV - confusion 1; 1\n\n1) confusion, disturbance\n   1a) of riotous persons
04800^4800 suzao {sood-zah'-o}\n\nfrom 4862 and 2198; TDNT - 7:787,1102; v\n\nAV - live with 3; 3\n\n1) to live together with one\n   1a) of physical life on earth\n   1b) to live a new life in union with Christ, i.e. dedicated to God
04801^4801 suzeugnumi {sood-zyoog'-noo-mee}\n\nfrom 4862 and the base of 2201;; v\n\nAV - join together 2; 2\n\n1) to fasten to one yoke, yoke together\n2) to join together unite\n   2a) of the marriage tie
04802^4802 suzeteo {sood-zay-teh'-o}\n\nfrom 4862 and 2212; TDNT - 7:747,1099; v\n\nAV - question with 2, question 2, question one with another 1, enquire 1,\n     dispute with 1, dispute 1, reason together 1, reason 1; 10\n\n1) to seek or examine together\n2) in the NT to discuss, dispute, question
04803^4803 suzetesis {sood-zay'-tay-sis}\n\nfrom 4802; TDNT - 7:748,1099; n f\n\nAV - disputation 1, disputing 1, reasoning 1; 3\n\n1) mutual questioning, disputation, discussion
04804^4804 suzetetes {sood-zay-tay-tace'}\n\nfrom 4802; TDNT - 7:748,1099; n m\n\nAV - disputer 1; 1\n\n1) a disputer, i.e. a learned disputant, sophist
04805^4805 suzugos {sood'-zoo-gos}\n\nfrom 4801; TDNT - 7:748,1099; adj\n\nAV - yokefellow 1; 1\n\n1) yoked together\n   1a) of those united by the bond of marriage, relationship, office,\n       labour, study, business, or the like\n   1b) of a yoke fellow, consort, comrade, colleague, partner
04806^4806 suzoopoieo {sood-zo-op-oy-eh'-o}\n\nfrom 4862 and 2227; TDNT - 7:787,1102; v\n\nAV - quicken together with 1, quicken together 1; 2\n\n1) to make one alive together\n   1a) of Christians, with Christ
04807^4807 sukaminos {soo-kam'-ee-nos}\n\nof Hebrew origin 08256 in imitation of 4809; TDNT - 7:758,1100; n f\n\nAV - sycamine tree 1; 1\n\n1) sycamine tree, having the form and foliage of the mulberry, but\n   fruit resembling the fig
04808^4808 suke {soo-kay'}\n\nfrom 4810; TDNT - 7:751,1100; n f\n\nAV - fig tree 16; 16\n\n1) a fig tree
04809^4809 sukomoraia {soo-kom-o-rah'-yah}\n\nfrom 4810 and moron (the mulberry); TDNT - 7:758,*; n f\n\nAV - sycomore tree 1; 1\n\n1) a sycomore tree
04810^4810 sukon {soo'-kon}\n\napparently a primary word; TDNT - 7:751,1100; n n\n\nAV - fig 4; 4\n\n1) a fig, the ripe fruit of a fig tree
04811^4811 sukophanteo {soo-kof-an-teh'-o}\n\nfrom a compound of 4810 and a derivative of 5316; TDNT - 7:759,1100; v\n\nAV - accuse falsely 1, take by false accusation 1; 2\n\n1) to accuse wrongfully, to calumniate, to attack by malicious devices\n2) to exact money wrongfully\n   2a) to extort from, defraud\n\nAt Athens those were "sukophantia" whose business it was to inform\nagainst any one whom they might detect exporting figs out of Attica;\nand as sometimes they seemed to extort money from those loath to be\nexposed, the name "sukophantes" from the time of Aristophanes down\nwas a general term of opprobrium to designate, a malignant and base\naccuser from love of gain.
04812^4812 sulagogeo {soo-lag-ogue-eh'-o}\n\nfrom the base of 4813 and (the reduplicated form of) 71;; v\n\nAV - spoil 1; 1\n\n1) to carry off booty\n   1a) to carry one off as a captive (and slave)\n   1b) to lead away from the truth and subject to one's sway
04813^4813 sulao {soo-lah'-o}\n\nfrom a derivative of sullo (to strip, probably akin to 138, cf 4661);; v\n\nAV - rob 1; 1\n\n1) to rob, despoil
04814^4814 sullaleo {sool-lal-eh'-o}\n\nfrom 4862 and 2980;; v\n\nAV - talk with 2, talk 1, speak 1, commune with 1, confer 1; 6\n\n1) to talk with
04815^4815 sullambano {sool-lam-ban'-o}\n\nfrom 4862 and 2983; TDNT - 7:759,1101; v\n\nAV - take 8, conceive 5, help 2, catch 1; 16\n\n1) to seize, take: one as prisoner\n2) to conceive, of a woman\n   2a) metaph. of lust whose impulses a man indulges\n3) to seize for one's self\n   3a) in a hostile sense, to make (one a permanent) prisoner\n4) to take hold together with one, to assist, help, to succour
04816^4816 sullego {sool-leg'-o}\n\nfrom 4862 and 3004 in its original sense;; v\n\nAV - gather 5, gather up 2, gather together 1; 8\n\n1) to gather up\n2) to collect in order to carry off
04817^4817 sullogizomai {sool-log-id'-zom-ahee}\n\nfrom 4862 and 3049;; v\n\nAV - reason 1; 1\n\n1) to bring together accounts, reckon up, compute\n2) to reckon with one's self, to reason
04818^4818 sullupeo {sool-loop-eh'-o}\n\nfrom 4862 and 3076; TDNT - 4:323,*; v\n\nAV - be grieved 1; 1\n\n1) to affect with grief together\n2) give with one's self
04819^4819 sumbaino {soom-bah'-ee-no}\n\nfrom 4862 and the base of 939;; v\n\nAV - happen unto 4, happen 2, befall 1, so it be 1; 8\n\n1) to walk with the feet near together\n2) to come together, meet with one\n3) of things which fall out at the same time, to happen, turn out,\n   come to pass
04820^4820 sumballo {soom-bal'-lo}\n\nfrom 4862 and 906;; v\n\nAV - ponder 1, make 1, confer 1, encounter 1, help 1, meet with 1; 6\n\n1) to throw together, to bring together\n   1a) to converse\n   1b) to bring together in one's mind, confer with one's self\n   1c) to come together, meet\n       1c1) to encounter in a hostile sense\n       1c2) to fight with one\n       1c3) to bring together of one's property, to contribute, aid, help
04821^4821 sumbasileuo {soom-bas-il-yoo'-o}\n\nfrom 4862 and 936; TDNT - 1:591 & 7:787,1102; v\n\nAV - reign with 2; 2\n\n1) to reign together\n2) metaph. to possess supreme honour, liberty, blessedness, with one\n   in the kingdom of God
04822^4822 sumbibazo {soom-bib-ad'-zo}\n\nfrom 4862 and bibazo (to force, causative [by reduplication] of\n   the base of 939); TDNT - 7:763,1101; v\n\nAV - knit together 2, prove 1, assuredly gather 1, instruct 1, compact 1; 6\n\n1) to cause to coalesce, to join together, put together\n   1a) to unite or knit together: in affection\n2) to put together in one's mind\n   2a) to compare\n   2b) to gather, conclude, consider\n3) to cause a person to unite with one in a conclusion or come to the\n   same opinion, to prove, demonstrate\n   3a) to teach, instruct, one
04823^4823 sumbouleuo {soom-bool-yoo'-o}\n\nfrom 4862 and 1011;; v\n\nAV - consult 1, counsel 1, take counsel 1, give counsel 1,\n     take counsel together 1; 5\n\n1) to give counsel\n2) to take counsel with others, take counsel together, to consult,\n   deliberate
04824^4824 sumboulion {soom-boo'-lee-on}\n\nfrom a presumed derivative of 4825;; n n\n\nAV - counsel 5, council 2, consultation 1; 8\n\n1) counsel, which is given, taken, entered upon\n   1a) consult, deliberate\n2) a council\n   2a) an assembly of counsellors or persons in consultation (the\n       governors and procurators of provinces had a board of\n       assessors or advisers with whom they took council before\n       rendering judgment)
04825^4825 sumboulos {soom'-boo-los}\n\nfrom 4862 and 1012;; n m\n\nAV - counsellor 1; 1\n\n1) an adviser, counsellor
04826^4826 Sumeon {soom-eh-one'}\n\nfrom the same as 4613;; n pr m\n\nAV - Simeon 6, Simon Peter 1; 7\n\nSimon = "harkening"\n1) the second son of Jacob by Leah\n2) one of Abraham's descendants\n3) the one who took the infant Jesus in his arms in the temple\n4) a teacher at the church of Antioch\n5) the original name of Peter the apostle
04827^4827 summathetes {soom-math-ay-tace'}\n\nfrom a compound of 4862 and 3129; TDNT - 4:460,552; n m\n\nAV - fellowdisciples 1; 1\n\n1) a fellow disciple
04828^4828 summartureo {soom-mar-too-reh'-o}\n\nfrom 4862 and 3140; TDNT - 4:508,564; v\n\nAV - also bear witness 2, testify unto 1, bear witness with 1; 4\n\n1) to bear witness with, bear joint witness
04829^4829 summerizomai {soom-mer-id'-zom-ahee}\n\nmiddle voice from 4862 and 3307;; v\n\nAV - be partaker with 1; 1\n\n1) to divide at the same time, divide together\n2) to assign a portion\n3) to divide together with one (so that a part comes to me, a part to him)
04830^4830 summetochos {soom-met'-okh-os}\n\nfrom 4862 and 3353; TDNT - 2:830,286; adj\n\nAV - partaker 2; 2\n\n1) partaking together with one, a joint partaker\n   1a) of something
04831^4831 summimetes {soom-mim-ay-tace'}\n\nfrom a presumed compound of 4862 and 3401; TDNT - 4:659,594; n m\n\nAV - follower together 1; 1\n\n1) an imitator of others
04832^4832 summorphos {soom-mor-fos'}\n\nfrom 4862 and 3444; TDNT - 7:787,1102; adj\n\nAV - conformed to 1, fashioned like unto 1; 2\n\n1) having the same form as another, similar, conformed to\n\nFor Synonyms see entry 5873
04833^4833 summorphoo {soom-mor-fo'-o} or summorphizo {soom-mor-fee'-dzo}\n\nfrom 4832; TDNT - 7:787,*; v\n\nAV - make conformable unto 1; 1\n\n1) to be conformed to, receive the same form as
04834^4834 sumpatheo {soom-path-eh'-o}\n\nfrom 4835; TDNT - 5:935,798; v\n\nAV - have compassion 1, be touched with a feeling of 1; 2\n\n1) to be affected with the same feeling as another, to sympathise with\n2) to feel for, have compassion on
04835^4835 sumpathes {soom-path-ace'}\n\nfrom 4841; TDNT - 5:935,798; adj\n\nAV - having compassion one of another 1; 1\n\n1) suffering or feeling the like with another, sympathetic
04836^4836 sumparaginomai {soom-par-ag-in'-om-ahee}\n\nfrom 4862 and 3854;; v\n\nAV - come together 1, stand with 1; 2\n\n1) to come together\n2) to come to one's help
04837^4837 sumparakaleo {soom-par-ak-al-eh'-o}\n\nfrom 4862 and 3870;; v\n\nAV - comfort together 1; 1\n\n1) to call upon or invite or exhort at the same time or together\n2) to strengthen (comfort) with others
04838^4838 sumparalambano {soom-par-al-am-ban'-o}\n\nfrom 4862 and 3880;; v\n\nAV - take with 4; 4\n\n1) to take along together with\n2) in the NT to take with one as a companion
04839^4839 sumparameno {soom-par-am-en'-o}\n\nfrom 4862 and 3887;; v\n\nAV - continue with 1; 1\n\n1) to abide together with\n2) to continue to live together
04840^4840 sumpareimi {soom-par'-i-mee}\n\nfrom 4862 and 3918;; v\n\nAV - be here present with 1; 1\n\n1) to be present together
04841^4841 sumpascho {soom-pas'-kho}\n\nfrom 4862 and 3958 (including its alternate);\n   TDNT - 5:925 & 7:787,798 & 1102; v\n\nAV - suffer with 2; 2\n\n1) to suffer or feel pain together\n2) to suffer evils (troubles, persecutions) in the like manner with another
04842^4842 sumpempo {soom-pem'-po}\n\nfrom 4862 and 3992;; v\n\nAV - send 1, send with 1; 2\n\n1) to send together with
04843^4843 sumperilambano {soom-per-ee-lam-ban'-o}\n\nfrom 4862 and a compound of 4012 and 2983;; v\n\nAV - embrace 1; 1\n\n1) to comprehend at once\n2) to embrace completely
04844^4844 sumpino {soom-pee'-no}\n\nfrom 4862 and 4095;; v\n\nAV - drink with 1; 1\n\n1) to drink with
04845^4845 sumpleroo {soom-play-ro'-o}\n\nfrom 4862 and 4137; TDNT - 6:308,867; v\n\nAV - fill 1, be come 1, be fully come 1; 3\n\n1) to fill completely\n   1a) of the hold of a ship\n2) to complete entirely, be fulfilled: of time
04846^4846 sumpnigo {soom-pnee'-go}\n\nfrom 4862 and 4155; TDNT - 6:455,895; v\n\nAV - choke 4, throng 1; 5\n\n1) to choke utterly\n   1a) metaph. the seed of the divine word sown in the mind\n   1b) to press round or throng one so as almost to suffocate him
04847^4847 sumpolites {soom-pol-ee'-tace}\n\nfrom 4862 and 4177;; n m\n\nAV - fellowcitizens 1; 1\n\n1) possessing the same citizenship with others, a fellow citizen\n   1a) of Gentiles as received into communion of the saints\n   1b) of the people consecrated to God
04848^4848 sumporeuomai {soom-por-yoo'-om-ahee}\n\nfrom 4862 and 4198;; v\n\nAV - go with 3, resort 1; 4\n\n1) to go or journey together\n2) to come together, to assemble
04849^4849 sumposion {soom-pos'-ee-on}\n\nfrom a derivative of the alternate of 4844;; n n\n\nAV - company 1; 1\n\n1) a drinking party, entertainment\n   1a) of the party itself, the guests\n   1b) rows of guests
04850^4850 sumpresbuteros {soom-pres-boo'-ter-os}\n\nfrom 4862 and 4245; TDNT - 6:651,931; n m\n\nAV - also an elder 1; 1\n\n1) a fellow elder
04851^4851 sumphero {soom-fer'-o}\n\nfrom 4862 and 5342 (including its alternate); TDNT - 9:69,1252; v\n\nAV - be expedient 7, profit 4, be profitable 3, bring together 1,\n     be better 1, be good 1; 17\n\n1) to bear or bring together\n2) to bear together or at the same time\n   2a) to carry with others\n   2b) to collect or contribute in order to help\n   2c) to help, be profitable, be expedient
04852^4852 sumphemi {soom'-fay-mee}\n\nfrom 4862 and 5346;; v\n\nAV - consent unto 1; 1\n\n1) to consent, confess
04853^4853 sumphuletes {soom-foo-let'-ace}\n\nfrom 4862 and a derivative of 5443;; n m\n\nAV - countryman 1; 1\n\n1) one who is of the same people, a fellow countryman
04854^4854 sumphutos {soom'-foo-tos}\n\nfrom 4862 and a derivative of 5453; TDNT - 7:786,1102; adj\n\nAV - planted together 1; 1\n\n1) born together with, of joint origin\n   1a) connate, congenital, innate, implanted by birth or nature\n2) grown together, united with\n3) kindred
04855^4855 sumphuo {soom-foo'-o}\n\nfrom 4862 and 5453;; v\n\nAV - spring up with 1; 1\n\n1) to cause to grow together\n2) to grow together, grow with
04856^4856 sumphoneo {soom-fo-neh'-o}\n\nfrom 4859; TDNT - 9:304,1287; v\n\nAV - agree 3, agree with 2, agree together 1; 6\n\n1) to agree together\n2) to agree with one in making a bargain, to make an agreement, to bargain
04857^4857 sumphonesis {soom-fo'-nay-sis}\n\nfrom 4856; TDNT - 9:304,1287; n f\n\nAV - concord 1; 1\n\n1) concord, agreement
04858^4858 sumphonia {soom-fo-nee'-ah}\n\nfrom 4859; TDNT - 9:304,1287; n f\n\nAV - music 1; 1\n\n1) music
04859^4859 sumphonos {soom'-fo-nos}\n\nfrom 4862 and 5456; TDNT - 9:304,1287; adj\n\nAV - consent 1; 1\n\n1) harmonious, accordant, agreeing\n2) thing agreed upon, compact
04860^4860 sumpsephizo {soom-psay-fid'-zo}\n\nfrom 4862 and 5585; TDNT - 9:604,1341; v\n\nAV - count 1; 1\n\n1) to compute, count up\n2) to vote with one
04861^4861 sumpsuchos {soom'-psoo-khos}\n\nfrom 4862 and 5590;; adj\n\nAV - of one accord 1; 1\n\n1) of one mind, of one accord
04862^4862 sun {soon}\n\na primary preposition denoting union; TDNT - 7:766,1102; prep\n\nAV - with 123, beside 1, accompany + 2064 1; 125\n\n1) with
04863^4863 sunago {soon-ag'-o}\n\nfrom 4862 and 71;; v\n\nAV - gather 15, be gathered together 12, gather together 9,\n     come together 6, be gathered 4, be assembled 3, take in 3,\n     misc 10; 62\n\n1) to gather together, to gather\n   1a) to draw together, collect\n       1a1) of fishes\n       1a2) of a net in which they are caught\n2) to bring together, assemble, collect\n   2a) to join together, join in one (those previously separated)\n   2b) to gather together by convoking\n   2c) to be gathered i.e. come together, gather, meet\n3) to lead with one's self\n   3a) into one's home, i.e. to receive hospitably, to entertain
04864^4864 sunagoge {soon-ag-o-gay'}\n\nfrom (the reduplicated form of) 4863; TDNT - 7:798,1108; n f\n\nAV - synagogue 55, congregation 1, assembly 1; 57\n\n1) a bringing together, gathering (as of fruits), a contracting\n2) in the NT, an assembling together of men, an assembly of men\n3) a synagogue\n   3a) an assembly of Jews formally gathered together to offer\n       prayers and listen to the reading and expositions of the\n       scriptures; assemblies of that sort were held every sabbath\n       and feast day, afterwards also on the second and fifth days of\n       every week; name transferred to an assembly of Christians\n       formally gathered together for religious purposes\n   3b) the buildings where those solemn Jewish assemblies are held.\n       Synagogues seem to date their origin from the Babylonian\n       exile. In the times of Jesus and the apostles every town, not\n       only in Palestine, but also among the Gentiles if it contained\n       a considerable number of Jewish inhabitants, had at least one\n       synagogue, the larger towns several or even many. These were\n       also used for trials and inflicting punishment.
04865^4865 sunagonizomai {soon-ag-o-nid'-zom-ahee}\n\nfrom 4862 and 75;; v\n\nAV - strive together with 1; 1\n\n1) to strive together with one, to help one in striving
04866^4866 sunathleo {soon-ath-leh'-o}\n\nfrom 4862 and 118; TDNT - 1:167,25; v\n\nAV - strive together for 1, labour with 1; 2\n\n1) to strive at the same time with another
04867^4867 sunathroizo {soon-ath-royd'-zo}\n\nfrom 4862 and athroizo (to hoard);; v\n\nAV - gather together 2, call together 1; 3\n\n1) to gather together with others\n2) to assemble\n3) to be gathered together i.e. to come together
04868^4868 sunairo {soon-ah'-ee-ro}\n\nfrom 4862 and 142;; v\n\nAV - take 1, reckon 1, reckon + 3056 1; 3\n\n1) to take up together with another or others\n2) to bring together with others\n   2a) to cast up or settle accounts\n   2b) to make a reckoning with
04869^4869 sunaichmalotos {soon-aheekh-mal'-o-tos}\n\nfrom 4862 and 164; TDNT - 1:195,31; n m\n\nAV - fellowprisoner 3; 3\n\n1) a fellow prisoner
04870^4870 sunakoloutheo {soon-ak-ol-oo-theh'-o}\n\nfrom 4862 and 190; TDNT - 1:216,33; v\n\nAV - follow 2; 2\n\n1) to follow together with others, to accompany
04871^4871 sunalizo {soon-al-id'-zo}\n\nfrom 4862 and halizo (to throng);; v\n\nAV - assemble together 1; 1\n\n1) to gather together, assemble\n2) to be assembled, meet with
04872^4872 sunanabaino {soon-an-ab-ah'-ee-no}\n\nfrom 4862 and 305;; v\n\nAV - come up with 2; 2\n\n1) to ascend at the same time, come up together with to a higher place\n   1a) with one
04873^4873 sunanakeimai {soon-an-ak'-i-mahee}\n\nfrom 4862 and 345; TDNT - 3:654,425; v\n\nAV - sit at meat with 4, sit with 2, sit together with 1,\n     sit down with 1, sit at table with 1; 9\n\n1) to recline together, feast together\n   1a) of guests
04874^4874 sunanamignumi {soon-an-am-ig'-noo-mee}\n\nfrom 4862 and a compound of 303 and 3396; TDNT - 7:852,1113; v\n\nAV - company with 1, keep company 1, have company with 1; 3\n\n1) to mix up together\n2) to keep company with, be intimate with one
04875^4875 sunanapauomai {soon-an-ap-ow'-om-ahee}\n\nmiddle from 4862 and 373;; v\n\nAV - be refreshed with 1; 1\n\n1) to take rest together with\n2) to sleep together with, to lie with\n   2a) of a husband and wife\n   2b) metaph. to rest or refresh one's spirits with one (i.e. to give\n       and get refreshment by mutual intercourse)
04876^4876 sunantao {soon-an-tah'-o}\n\nfrom 4862 and a derived from 473;; v\n\nAV - meet 5, befall 1; 6\n\n1) to meet with\n   1a) of events: to happen or befall
04877^4877 sunantesis {soon-an'-tay-sis}\n\nfrom 4876;; n f\n\nAV - to meet + 1519 1; 1\n\n1) a meeting with
04878^4878 sunantilambanomai {soon-an-tee-lam-ban'-om-ahee}\n\nfrom 4862 and 482; TDNT - 1:375,62; v\n\nAV - help 2; 2\n\n1) to lay hold along with, to strive to obtain with others,\n   help in obtaining\n2) to take hold with another
04879^4879 sunapago {soon-ap-ag'-o}\n\nfrom 4862 and 520;; v\n\nAV - condescend 1, carry away with 1, lead away with 1; 3\n\n1) to lead away with or together\n2) metaph. to be carried away with\n   2a) of a thing, i.e. by a thing, so as to experience with others\n       the force of that which carries away\n   2b) to yield or submit one's self to lowly things, conditions,\n       employments: not to evade their power
04880^4880 sunapothnesko {soon-ap-oth-nace'-ko}\n\nfrom 4862 and 599; TDNT - 3:7 & 7:786,312 & 1102; v\n\nAV - die with 2, be dead with 1; 3\n\n1) to die together\n2) to die with one
04881^4881 sunapollumi {soon-ap-ol'-loo-mee}\n\nfrom 4862 and 622;; v\n\nAV - perish with 1; 1\n\n1) to destroy together\n2) to perish together (to be slain along with)
04882^4882 sunapostello {soon-ap-os-tel'-lo}\n\nfrom 4862 and 649;; v\n\nAV - send with 1; 1\n\n1) to send with
04883^4883 sunarmologeo {soon-ar-mol-og-eh'-o}\n\nfrom 4862 and a derivative of a compound of 719 and 3004 (in its\n   original sense of laying); TDNT - 7:855,1114; v\n\nAV - be fitly framed together 1, be fitly joined together 1; 2\n\n1) to join closely together\n2) to frame together\n   2a) parts of a building\n   2b) the members of the body
04884^4884 sunarpazo {soon-ar-pad'-zo}\n\nfrom 4862 and 726;; v\n\nAV - catch 4; 4\n\n1) to seize by force\n2) to catch or lay hold of (one so that he is no longer his own master)\n3) to seize by force and carry away
04885^4885 sunauxano {soon-owx-an'-o}\n\nfrom 4862 and 837;; v\n\nAV - grow together 1; 1\n\n1) to cause to grow together\n2) to grow together
04886^4886 sundesmos {soon'-des-mos}\n\nfrom 4862 and 1199; TDNT - 7:856,1114; n m\n\nAV - bond 3, band 1; 4\n\n1) that which binds together, a band, bond\n   1a) of ligaments by which the members of the human body\n       are united together\n2) that which is bound together, a bundle
04887^4887 sundeo {soon-deh'-o}\n\nfrom 4862 and 1210;; v\n\nAV - bound with 1; 1\n\n1) to tie together, to bind together\n2) to bind or fasten on all sides\n3) to bind just as (i.e. jointly with) another
04888^4888 sundoxazo {soon-dox-ad'-zo}\n\nfrom 4862 and 1392; TDNT - 2:253 & 7:787,178 & 1102; v\n\nAV - glorify together 1; 1\n\n1) to approve together, to join in approving\n2) to glorify together
04889^4889 sundoulos {soon'-doo-los}\n\nfrom 4862 and 1401; TDNT - 2:261,182; n m\n\nAV - fellowservant 10; 10\n\n1) a fellow servant, one who serves the same master with another\n   1a) the associate of a servant (or slave)\n   1b) one who with others serves (ministers to) a king\n   1c) a colleague of one who is Christ's servant in publishing\n       the gospel\n   1d) one who with others acknowledges the same Lord, Jesus, and\n       obeys his commands\n   1e) one who with others is subject to the same divine\n       authority in the Messianic economy\n       1e1) of angels as the fellow servants of Christians
04890^4890 sundrome {soon-drom-ay'}\n\nfrom (the alternate of) 4936;; n f\n\nAV - run together + 1096 1; 1\n\n1) a running together, concourse, esp. hostile or riotous
04891^4891 sunegeiro {soon-eg-i'-ro}\n\nfrom 4862 and 1453; TDNT - 7:786,1102; v\n\nAV - rise with 2, raise up together 1; 3\n\n1) to raise together, to cause to raise together\n2) to raise up together from mortal death to a new and blessed life\n   dedicated to God
04892^4892 sunedrion {soon-ed'-ree-on}\n\nfrom a presumed derivative of a compound of 4862 and the base of 1476;\n   TDNT - 7:860,1115; n n\n\nAV - council 22; 22\n\n1) any assembly (esp. of magistrates, judges, ambassadors),\n   whether convened to deliberate or pass judgment\n2) any session or assembly or people deliberating or adjudicating\n   2a) the Sanhedrin, the great council at Jerusalem, consisting of\n       the seventy one members, viz. scribes, elders, prominent\n       members of the high priestly families and the high priest, the\n       president of the assembly. The most important causes were\n       brought before this tribunal, inasmuch as the Roman rulers of\n       Judaea had left to it the power of trying such cases, and also\n       of pronouncing sentence of death, with the limitation that a\n       capital sentence pronounced by the Sanhedrin was not valid\n       unless it was confirmed by the Roman procurator.\n   2b) a smaller tribunal or council which every Jewish town had\n       for the decision of less important cases.
04893^4893 suneidesis {soon-i'-day-sis}\n\nfrom a prolonged form of 4894; TDNT - 7:898,1120; n f\n\nAV - conscience 32; 32\n\n1) the consciousness of anything\n2) the soul as distinguishing between what is morally good and bad,\n   prompting to do the former and shun the latter, commending one,\n   condemning the other\n   2a) the conscience
04894^4894 suneido {soon-i'-do}\n\nfrom 4862 and 1492; TDNT - 7:898,*; v\n\nAV - by privy 1, consider 1, be ware of 1, know 1; 4\n\n1) to see (have seen) together with others\n2) to see (have seen) in one's mind with one's self\n   2a) to understand, perceive, comprehend,\n3) to know with another\n4) to know in one's mind or with one's self, to be conscience of
04895^4895 suneimi {soon'-i-mee}\n\nfrom 4862 and 1510 (including its various inflections);; v\n\nAV - be with 2; 2\n\n1) to be with
04896^4896 suneimi {soon'-i-mee}\n\nfrom 4862 and eimi (to go);; v\n\nAV - gather together 1; 1\n\n1) to come together
04897^4897 suneiserchomai {soon-ice-er'-khom-ahee}\n\nfrom 4862 and 1525;; v\n\nAV - go with into 1, go in with 1; 2\n\n1) to enter together
04898^4898 sunekdemos {soon-ek'-day-mos}\n\nfrom 4862 and the base of 1553;; n m\n\nAV - companion in travel 1, travel with 1; 2\n\n1) a fellow traveller, companion in travel
04899^4899 suneklektos {soon-ek-lek-tos'}\n\nfrom a compound of 4862 and 1586;; adj\n\nAV - elected together with 1; 1\n\n1) elected or chosen (by God to eternal life) together with
04900^4900 sunelauno {soon-el-ow'-no}\n\nfrom 4862 and 1643;; v\n\nAV - set at one again + 1515 + 1519 1; 1\n\n1) to drive together, compel\n2) to constrain by extortion, urge
04901^4901 sunepimartureo {soon-ep-ee-mar-too-reh'-o}\n\nfrom 4862 and 1957; TDNT - 4:508,564; v\n\nAV - also bear witness 1; 1\n\n1) at attest together with\n2) to join in bearing witness, to unite in adding testimony
04902^4902 sunepomai {soon-ep'-om-ahee}\n\nmiddle voice from 4862 and a primary hepo (to follow);; v\n\nAV - accompany 1; 1\n\n1) to follow with, to accompany
04903^4903 sunergeo {soon-erg-eh'-o}\n\nfrom 4904; TDNT - 7:871,1116; v\n\nAV - work with 2, help with 1, workers together 1, work together 1; 5\n\n1) to work together, help in work, be partner in labour\n2) to put forth power together with and thereby to assist
04904^4904 sunergos {soon-er-gos'}\n\nfrom a presumed compound of 4862 and the base of 2041;\n   TDNT - 7:871,1116; adj\n\nAV - fellowlabourer 4, helper 3, fellowhelper 2, fellowworkers 1,\n     workfellow 1, labourer together with 1, companion in labour 1; 13\n\n1) a companion in work, fellow worker
04905^4905 sunerchomai {soon-er'-khom-ahee}\n\nfrom 4862 and 2064; TDNT - 2:684,257; v\n\nAV - come together 18, go with 4, come with 2, resort 2, come 2,\n     come with + 2258 1, company with 1, accompany 1, assemble with 1; 32\n\n1) to come together\n   1a) to assemble\n   1b) of conjugal cohabitation\n2) to go (depart) or come with one, to accompany one
04906^4906 sunesthio {soon-es-thee'-o}\n\nfrom 4862 and 2068 (including its alternate);; v\n\nAV - eat with 5; 5\n\n1) to eat with, take food together with
04907^4907 sunesis {soon'-es-is}\n\nfrom 4920; TDNT - 7:888,1119; n f\n\nAV - understanding 6, knowledge 1; 7\n\n1) a running together, a flowing together with\n2) knowledge\n   2a) understanding\n   2b) the understanding, i.e the mind so far forth as it understands\n\nFor Synonyms see entry 5826
04908^4908 sunetos {soon-et'-os}\n\nfrom 4920; TDNT - 7:888,1119; adj\n\nAV - prudent 4; 4\n\n1) intelligent, having understanding, wise, learned\n\nFor Synonyms see entry 5872
04909^4909 suneudokeo {soon-yoo-dok-eh'-o}\n\nfrom 4862 and 2106;; v\n\nAV - consent unto 2, be pleased 2, allow 1, have pleasure in 1; 6\n\n1) to be pleased together with, to approve together (with others)\n2) to be pleased at the same time with, consent, agree to\n   2a) to applaud
04910^4910 suneuocheo {soon-yoo-o-kheh'-o}\n\nfrom 4862 and a derivative of a presumed compound of 2095 and a\n   derivative of 2192 (meaning to be in good condition, i.e. [by\n   implication] to fare well, or feast);; v\n\nAV - feast with 2; 2\n\n1) to entertain together\n2) to feast sumptuously with
04911^4911 sunephistemi {soon-ef-is'-tay-mee}\n\nfrom 4862 and 2186;; v\n\nAV - rise up together 1; 1\n\n1) to place over or appoint together\n2) to rise up together\n   2a) against one
04912^4912 sunecho {soon-ekh'-o}\n\nfrom 4862 and 2192; TDNT - 7:877,1117; v\n\nAV - be taken with 3, throng 1, straiten 1, keep in 1, hold 1, stop 1,\n     press 1, lie sick of 1, constrain 1, be in a strait 1; 12\n\n1) to hold together\n   1a) any whole, lest it fall to pieces or something  fall away from it\n2) to hold together with constraint, to compress\n   2a) to press together with the hand\n       2a) to hold one's ears, to shut the heavens that it may not rain\n   2b) to press on every side\n       2b1) of a besieged city\n       2b2) of a strait, that forces a ship into a narrow channel\n       2b3) of a cattle squeeze, that pushing in on each side, forcing\n            the beast into a position where it cannot move so the\n            farmer can administer medication\n3) to hold completely\n   3a) to hold fast\n       3a1) of a prisoner\n   3b) metaph.\n      3b1) to be held by, closely occupied with any business\n      3b2) in teaching the word\n      3b3) to constrain, oppress, of ills laying hold of one and\n           distressing him\n      3b4) to be held with, afflicted with, suffering from\n      3b5) to urge, impel\n           3b51) of the soul
04913^4913 sunedomai {soon-ay'-dom-ahee}\n\nmiddle voice from 4862 and the base of 2237;; v\n\nAV - delight 1; 1\n\n1) to rejoice together with (another or others)\n2) in the NT once to rejoice or delight with one's self or inwardly
04914^4914 sunetheia {soon-ay'-thi-ah}\n\nfrom a compound of 4862 and 2239;; n f\n\nAV - custom 2; 2\n\n1) intercourse (with one), intimacy\n2) custom\n3) a being used to, accustomed
04915^4915 sunelikiotes {soon-ay-lik-ee-o'-tace}\n\nfrom 4862 and a derivative of 2244;; n m\n\nAV - equal 1; 1\n\n1) one of the same age, an equal in age
04916^4916 sunthapto {soon-thap'-to}\n\nfrom 4862 and 2290; TDNT - 7:786,1102; v\n\nAV - bury with 2; 2\n\n1) to bury together with\n\nFor all who in the rite of believer's baptism are plunged into the\nwater, thereby declare that they put faith in the expiatory death of\nChrist for the pardon of their past sins; therefore Paul likens\nbaptism to a burial by which the former sinfulness is buried, i.e.\nutterly taken away.
04917^4917 sunthlao {soon-thlah'-o}\n\nfrom 4862 and thlao (to crush);; v\n\nAV - break 2; 2\n\n1) to break to pieces, shatter
04918^4918 sunthlibo {soon-thlee'-bo}\n\nfrom 4862 and 2346;; v\n\nAV - throng 2; 2\n\n1) to press together, press on all sides
04919^4919 sunthrupto {soon-throop'-to}\n\nfrom 4862 and thrupto (to crumble);; v\n\nAV - break 1; 1\n\n1) break in pieces, to crush\n2) metaph.\n   2a) to break one's heart\n   2b) to deprive of strength and courage, dispirit, incapacitate for\n       enduring trials
04920^4920 suniemi {soon-ee'-ay-mee}\n\nfrom 4862 and hiemi (to send); TDNT - 7:888,1119; v\n\nAV - understand 24, consider 1, be wise 1; 26\n\n1) to set or bring together\n   1a) in a hostile sense, of combatants\n2) to put (as it were) the perception with the thing perceived\n   2a) to set or join together in the mind\n       2a1) i.e. to understand: the man of understanding\n       2a2) idiom for: a good and upright man (having the knowledge\n            of those things which pertain to salvation)\n\nFor Synonyms see entry 5825
04921^4921 sunistao {soon-is-tah'-o} or (strengthened) sunistano\n     {soon-is-tan'-o} or sunistemi {soon-is'-tay-mee}\n\nfrom 4862 and 2476 (including its collat. forms); TDNT - 7:896,1120; v\n\nAV - commend 10, approve 2, consist 1, make 1, stand 1,\n     stand with 1; 16\n\n1) to place together, to set in the same place,to bring or band together\n   1a) to stand with (or near)\n2) to set one with another\n   2a) by way of presenting or introducing him\n   2b) to comprehend\n3) to put together by way of composition or combination, to\n   teach by combining and comparing\n   3a) to show, prove, establish, exhibit\n4) to put together, unite parts into one whole\n   4a) to be composed of, consist
04922^4922 sunodeuo {soon-od-yoo'-o}\n\nfrom 4862 and 3593;; v\n\nAV - journey with 1; 1\n\n1) to journey with, travel in company with
04923^4923 sunodia {soon-od-ee'-ah}\n\nfrom a compound of 4862 and 3598 ("synod");; n f\n\nAV - company 1; 1\n\n1) a journey in company\n   1a) of a company of travellers, associates on a journey, a caravan
04924^4924 sunoikeo {soon-oy-keh'-o}\n\nfrom 4862 and 3611;; v\n\nAV - dwell with 1; 1\n\n1) to dwell together\n   1a) of the domestic association\n   1b) of intercourse of a husband and wife
04925^4925 sunoikodomeo {soon-oy-kod-om-eh'-o}\n\nfrom 4862 and 3618; TDNT - 5:148,674; v\n\nAV - build together 1; 1\n\n1) to build together\n   1a) to build together or with others\n   1b) to put together or construct by building, out of several\n       things to build up one whole\n       1b1) of the human body
04926^4926 sunomileo {soon-om-il-eh'-o}\n\nfrom 4862 and 3656;; v\n\nAV - talk with 1; 1\n\n1) to talk with
04927^4927 sunomoreo {soon-om-or-eh'-o}\n\nfrom 4862 and a derivative of a compound of the base of 3674 and\n   the base of 3725;; v\n\nAV - join hard + 2258 1; 1\n\n1) to border on, be contiguous to\n   1a) of a thing
04928^4928 sunoche {soon-okh-ay'}\n\nfrom 4912; TDNT - 7:886,1117; n f\n\nAV - distress 1, anguish 1; 2\n\n1) a holding together, a narrowing\n2) the contracting part of a way\n3) metaph. straits, distress, anguish
04929^4929 suntasso {soon-tas-so}\n\nfrom 4862 and 5021;; v\n\nAV - appoint 2; 2\n\n1) to put in order with or together, to arrange\n2) to (put together), constitute\n   2a) to prescribe, appoint
04930^4930 sunteleia {soon-tel'-i-ah}\n\nfrom 4931; TDNT - 8:64,1161; n f\n\nAV - end 6; 6\n\n1) completion, consummation, end
04931^4931 sunteleo {soon-tel-eh'-o}\n\nfrom 4862 and 5055; TDNT - 8:62,1161; v\n\nAV - end 4, fulfil 1, finish 1, make 1; 7\n\n1) to end together or at the same time\n2) to end completely\n   2a) bring to an end, finish, complete\n3) to accomplish, bring to fulfilment\n   3a) to come to pass\n4) to effect, make, (conclude)\n5) to finish\n   5a) to make an end of\n   5b) to bring to an end\n   5c) destroy
04932^4932 suntemno {soon-tem'-no}\n\nfrom 4862 and the base of 5114;; v\n\nAV - cut short 1, short 1; 2\n\n1) to cut in pieces\n2) to cut short\n3) metaph.\n   3a) to dispatch briefly, execute or finish quickly\n   3b) to hasten\n   3c) a short word i.e. an expedited prophecy or decree
04933^4933 suntereo {soon-tay-reh'-o}\n\nfrom 4862 and 5083; TDNT - 8:151,1174; v\n\nAV - preserve 2, observe 1, keep 1; 4\n\n1) to preserve (a thing from perishing or being lost)\n2) to keep within one's self, keep in mind (a thing, lest it be forgotten)
04934^4934 suntithemai {soon-tith'-em-ahee}\n\nmiddle voice from 4862 and 5087;; v\n\nAV - agree 2, covenant 1, assent 1; 4\n\n1) to put together with, to place together, to join together\n   1a) to place in one's mind\n       1a1) to resolve, determine\n       1a2) to make an arrangement, to engage\n   1b) to assent to, to agree to
04935^4935 suntomos {soon-tom'-oce}\n\nfrom a derivative of 4932;; adv\n\nAV - a few words 1; 1\n\n1) concisely, briefly, in a few words
04936^4936 suntrecho {soon-trekh'-o}\n\nfrom 4862 and 5143 (including its alternate);; v\n\nAV - run 1, run together 1, run with 1; 3\n\n1) to run together\n   1a) of the gathering of a multitude\n2) to run along with others\n3) metaph.\n   3a) to rush with, to cast one's self, plunge
04937^4937 suntribo {soon-tree'-bo}\n\nfrom 4862 and the base of 5147; TDNT - 7:919,1124; v\n\nAV - bruise 3, break 2, broken to shivers 1, brokenhearted + 2588 1,\n     break in pieces 1; 8\n\n1) break, to break in pieces, shiver\n2) to tread down\n   2a) to put Satan under foot and (as a conqueror) trample on him\n   2b) to break down, crush\n       2b1) to tear one's body and shatter one's strength
04938^4938 suntrimma {soon-trim'-mah}\n\nfrom 4937; TDNT - 7:919,1124; n n\n\nAV - destruction 1; 1\n\n1) that which is broken or shattered, a fracture\n2) calamity, ruin, destruction
04939^4939 suntrophos {soon'-trof-os}\n\nfrom 4862 and 5162 (in a passive sense);; adj\n\nAV - brought up with 1; 1\n\n1) nourished with one\n2) brought up with one\n3) companion of one's childhood and youth
04940^4940 suntugchano {soon-toong-khan'-o}\n\nfrom 4862 and 5177;; v\n\nAV - come at 1; 1\n\n1) to meet with, come
04941^4941 Suntuche {soon-too'-khay}\n\nfrom 4940;; n pr f\n\nAV - Syntyche 1; 1\n\nSyntyche = "with fate"\n1) a female member of the church of Philippi
04942^4942 sunupokrinomai {soon-oo-pok-rin'-om-ahee}\n\nfrom 4862 and 5271; TDNT - 8:559,1235; v\n\nAV - dissemble with 1; 1\n\n1) to dissemble with\n2) to act hypocritically with
04943^4943 sunupourgeo {soon-oop-oorg-eh'-o}\n\nfrom 4862 and a derivative of a compound of 5259 and the base of 2041;; v\n\nAV - help together 1; 1\n\n1) to help together
04944^4944 sunodino {soon-o-dee'-no}\n\nfrom 4862 and 5605;; v\n\nAV - travail in pain together 1; 1\n\n1) to feel the pains of travail with, be in travail together\n2) metaph. to undergo agony (like a woman in childbirth) along with
04945^4945 sunomosia {soon-o-mos-ee'-ah}\n\nfrom a compound of 4862 and 3660;; n f\n\nAV - conspiracy 1; 1\n\n1) a swearing together\n2) a conspiracy
04946^4946 Surakousai {soo-rak'-oo-sahee}\n\nplural of uncertain derivation;; n pr loc\n\nAV - Syracuse 1; 1\n\nSyracuse = "a Syrian hearing"\n1) a large maritime city of Sicily, having an excellent harbour and\n   surrounded by a 14 mile (23 km) wall
04947^4947 Suria {soo-ree'-ah}\n\nprobably of Hebrew origin 06865;; n pr loc\n\nAV - Syria 8; 8\n\nSyria = "exalted"\n1) a region of Asia bounded on the north by Taurus and Amanus ranges,\n   on the east by the Euphrates and Arabia, on the south by\n   Palestine, and the west by Phoenicia and the Mediterranean
04948^4948 Suros {soo'-ros}\n\nfrom the same as 4947;; n pr m\n\nAV - Syrian 1; 1\n\n1) an inhabitant of Syria
04949^4949 Surophoinissa {soo-rof-oy'-nis-sah}\n\nfrom a compound of 4948 and the same as 5403;; n pr f\n\nAV - Syrophenician 1; 1\n\nSyrophenician = "exalted palm"\n1) the name of a mixed nation, half Phoenicians and half Syrians
04950^4950 surtis {soor'-tis}\n\nfrom 4951;; n pr f\n\nAV - quicksands 1; 1\n\n1) Syrtis, the name of two places in the African or Libyan Sea\n   between Carthage and Cyrenaicia, full of shallows and sandbanks,\n   and therefore destructive to ships; the western Syrtis, between\n   the islands Cercina and Meninx (or the promontories of Zeitha and\n   Brachodes), was called Syris minor, the eastern (extending from\n   the promontories of Cephalae on the west to that of Boreum on the\n   east) was called Syris major; this latter must be the one referred\n   to in Acts 27:17, for upon this the ship in which Paul was sailing\n   might easily be cast after leaving Crete
04951^4951 suro {soo'-ro}\n\nprobably akin to 138; to trail;; v\n\nAV - draw 3, drag 1, hale 1; 5\n\n1) to draw, drag\n   1a) of one before the judge, to prison, to punishment
04952^4952 susparasso {soos-par-as'-so}\n\nfrom 4862 and 4682;; v\n\nAV - tear 1; 1\n\n1) to convulse completely
04953^4953 sussemon {soos'-say-mon}\n\nfrom a compound of 4862 and the base of 4591; TDNT - 7:269,1015; n n\n\nAV - token 1; 1\n\n1) a common sign or concerted signal\n2) a sign given according to agreement
04954^4954 sussomos {soos'-so-mos}\n\nfrom 4862 and 4983; TDNT - 7:1024,1140; adj\n\nAV - of the same body 1; 1\n\n1) belonging to the same body\n2) metaph. to the same church
04955^4955 sustasiastes {soos-tas-ee-as-tace'}\n\nfrom a compound of 4862 and a derivative of 4714;; n m\n\nAV - make insurrection with 1; 1\n\n1) a companion in insurrection, a fellow rioter
04956^4956 sustatikos {soos-tat-ee-kos'}\n\nfrom a derivative of 4921;; adj\n\nAV - of commendation 2; 2\n\n1) commendatory, introductory
04957^4957 sustauroo {soos-tow-ro'-o}\n\nfrom 4862 and 4717; TDNT - 7:786,1102; v\n\nAV - crucify with 5; 5\n\n1) to crucify alone with\n\nThe death of Christ on the cross has wrought the extinction of our\nformer corruption, by the death of Christ upon the cross I have\nbecome utterly estranged from (dead to) my former habit of feeling\nand action
04958^4958 sustello {soos-tel'-lo}\n\nfrom 4862 and 4724; TDNT - 7:596,1074; v\n\nAV - wind up 1, short 1; 2\n\n1) to place together\n   1a) to draw together, contact\n       1a1) to diminish\n       1a2) to shorten, abridge\n       1a3) the time has been drawn together into a brief compass,\n            is shortened\n   1b) to roll together, wrap up, wrap around with bandages, etc.,\n       to enshroud
04959^4959 sustenazo {soos-ten-ad'-zo}\n\nfrom 4862 and 4727; TDNT - 7:600,1076; v\n\nAV - groan together 1; 1\n\n1) to groan together
04960^4960 sustoicheo {soos-toy-kheh'-o}\n\nfrom 4862 and 4748; TDNT - 7:669,1087; v\n\nAV - answer to 1; 1\n\n1) to stand or march in the same row (file) with\n   1a) of soldiers\n   1b) to stand over against, be parallel with\n   1c) to answer to, resemble\n       1c1) so once of a type in the OT which answers to the antitype\n            in the NT
04961^4961 sustratiotes {soos-trat-ee-o'-tace}\n\nfrom 4862 and 4757; TDNT - 7:701,1091; n m\n\nAV - fellowsoldier 2; 2\n\n1) a fellow soldier\n2) an associate in labours and conflicts for the cause of Christ
04962^4962 sustrepho {soos-tref'-o}\n\nfrom 4862 and 4762;; v\n\nAV - gather 1; 1\n\n1) to twist together, roll together\n2) to collect, combine, unite\n   2a) of men, to (gather themselves together) assemble
04963^4963 sustrophe {soos-trof-ay'}\n\nfrom 4962;; n f\n\nAV - concourse 1, band together 1; 2\n\n1) a twisting up together, a binding together\n2) a secret combination, a coalition, conspiracy\n3) a concourse of disorderly persons, a riot
04964^4964 suschematizo {soos-khay-mat-id'-zo}\n\nfrom 4862 and a derivative of 4976;; v\n\nAV - conform to 1, fashion (one's) self according to 1; 2\n\n1) to conform one's self (i.e. one's mind and character) to\n   another's pattern, (fashion one's self according to)\n\nFor Synonyms see entry 5873
04965^4965 Suchar {soo-khar'}\n\nof Hebrew origin 07941;; n pr loc\n\nAV - Sychar 1; 1\n\nSychar = "drunken"\n1) probably another name for the town of Shechem, a town in Samaria,\n   near the well of Jacob
04966^4966 Suchem {soo-khem'}\n\nof Hebrew origin 07927;; n pr loc\n\nAV - Sychem (City in Ephraim) 1, Sychem (son of Emmor) 1; 2\n\nShechem = "shoulder (literal early rising): diligence"\n1) a city in Ephraim\n2) the son of Emmor
04967^4967 sphage {sfag-ay'}\n\nfrom 4969; TDNT - 7:935,1125; n f\n\nAV - slaughter 3; 3\n\n1) slaughter\n   1a) of sheep destined for slaughter\n   1b) of day of destruction
04968^4968 sphagion {sfag'-ee-on}\n\nfrom a derivative of 4967;; n n\n\nAV - slain beast 1; 1\n\n1) that which is destined for slaughter, a victim
04969^4969 sphazo {sfad'-zo}\n\na primary verb; TDNT - 7:925,1125; v\n\nAV - slay 8, kill 1, wound 1; 10\n\n1) to slay, slaughter, butcher\n2) to put to death by violence\n3) mortally wounded
04970^4970 sphodra {sfod'-rah}\n\nneuter plural of sphodros (violent, of uncertain derivation) as\n   adverb;; adv\n\nAV - exceeding 4, very 3, greatly 2, exceedingly 1, sore 1; 11\n\n1) exceedingly, greatly
04971^4971 sphodros {sfod-roce'}\n\nfrom the same as 4970;; adv\n\nAV - exceedingly 1; 1\n\n1) exceedingly
04972^4972 sphragizo {sfrag-id'-zo}\n\nfrom 4973; TDNT - 7:939,1127; v\n\nAV - seal 22, set to (one's) seal 1, stop 1, seal up 1, set a seal 1,\n     vr seal 1; 27\n\n1) to set a seal upon, mark with a seal, to seal\n   1a) for security: from Satan\n   1b) since things sealed up are concealed (as the contents of a\n       letter), to hide, keep in silence, keep secret\n   1c) in order to mark a person or a thing\n       1c1) to set a mark upon by the impress of a seal or a stamp\n       1c2) angels are said to be sealed by God\n   1d) in order to prove, confirm, or attest a thing\n       1d1) to confirm authenticate, place beyond doubt\n            1d1a) of a written document\n            1d1b) to prove one's testimony to a person that he is what\n                  he professes to be
04973^4973 sphragis {sfrag-ece'}\n\nprobably strengthened from 5420; TDNT - 7:939,1127; n f\n\nAV - seal 16; 16\n\n1) a seal\n   1a) the seal placed upon books\n   1b) a signet ring\n   1c) the inscription or impression made by a seal\n       1c1) of the name of God and Christ stamped upon their foreheads\n   1d) that by which anything is confirmed, proved, authenticated,\n       as by a seal (a token or proof)
04974^4974 sphuron {sfoo-ron'}\n\nfrom a presumed derivative probably of the same as sphaira (a ball,\n   "sphere", cf the feminine sphura, a hammer);; n n\n\nAV - ankle bone 1; 1\n\n1) the ankle
04975^4975 schedon {skhed-on'}\n\nneuter of a presumed derivative of the alternate of 2192 as adverb;; adv\n\nAV - almost 3; 3\n\n1) near, hard by\n2) well nigh, nearly, almost
04976^4976 schema {skhay'-mah}\n\nfrom the alternate of 2192; TDNT - 7:954,1129; n n\n\nAV - fashion 2; 2\n\n1) the habitus, as comprising everything in a person which strikes the\n   senses, the figure, bearing, discourse, actions, manner of life etc.\n\nFor Synonyms see entry 5865
04977^4977 schizo {skhid'-zo}\n\napparently a primary verb; TDNT - 7:959,1130; v\n\nAV - rend 5, divide 2, open 1, break 1, make a rent 1; 10\n\n1) to cleave, cleave asunder, rend\n2) to divide by rending\n3) to split into factions, be divided
04978^4978 schisma {skhis'-mah}\n\nfrom 4977; TDNT - 7:963,1130; n n\n\nAV - division 5, rent 2, schism 1; 8\n\n1) a rent\n2) metaph. a division, dissension
04979^4979 schoinion {skhoy-nee'-on}\n\ndiminutive of schoinos (a rush or flag-plant, of uncertain\n   derivation);; n n\n\nAV - small cord 1, rope 1; 2\n\n1) a cord or rope made of rushes\n2) a rope
04980^4980 scholazo {skhol-ad'-zo}\n\nfrom 4981;; v\n\nAV - empty 1, give (one's) self to 1; 2\n\n1) to cease from labour, to loiter\n2) to be free from labour, to be at leisure, to be idle\n   2a) to have leisure for a thing\n   2b) to give one's self to a thing\n3) of things\n   3a) of places, to be unoccupied, empty\n   3b) of a centurion's vacant office\n   3c) of vacant ecclesiastical offices\n   3d) of officers without charge
04981^4981 schole {skhol-ay'}\n\nprobably feminine of a presumed derivative of the alternate of 2192;; n f\n\nAV - school 1; 1\n\n1) freedom from labour\n2) a place where there is leisure for anything, a school
04982^4982 sozo {sode'-zo}\n\nfrom a primary sos (contraction for obsolete saoz, "safe");\n   TDNT - 7:965,1132; v\n\nAV - save 93, make whole 9, heal 3, be whole 2, misc 3; 110\n\n1) to save, keep safe and sound, to rescue from danger or destruction\n   1a) one (from injury or peril)\n       1a1) to save a suffering one (from perishing), i.e. one\n            suffering from disease, to make well, heal, restore to health\n       1b1) to preserve one who is in danger of destruction,\n            to save or rescue\n   1b) to save in the technical biblical sense\n       1b1) negatively\n            1b1a) to deliver from the penalties of the Messianic judgment\n            1b1b) to save from the evils which obstruct the reception\n                  of the Messianic deliverance
04983^4983 soma {so'-mah}\n\nfrom 4982; TDNT - 7:1024,1140; n n\n\nAV - body 144, bodily 1, slave 1; 146\n\n1) the body both of men or animals\n   1a) a dead body or corpse\n   1b) the living body\n       1b1) of animals\n2) the bodies of planets and of stars (heavenly bodies)\n3) is used of a (large or small) number of men closely united into one\n   society, or family as it were; a social, ethical, mystical body\n   3a) so in the NT of the church\n4) that which casts a shadow as distinguished from the shadow itself
04984^4984 somatikos {so-mat-ee-kos'}\n\nfrom 4983; TDNT - 7:1024,1140; adj\n\nAV - bodily 2; 2\n\n1) corporeal, bodily\n   1a) having a bodily form or nature\n   1b) pertaining to the body
04985^4985 somatikos {so-mat-ee-koce'}\n\nfrom 4984;; adv\n\nAV - bodily 1; 1\n\n1) bodily, corporally\n   1a) of the exalted spiritual body, visible only to the inhabitants\n       of heaven
04986^4986 Sopatros {so'-pat-ros}\n\nfrom the base of 4982 and 3962;; n pr m\n\nAV - Sopater 1; 1\n\nSopater = "saviour of his father"\n1) the son of Pyrhus of Berea, a companion of Paul
04987^4987 soreuo {sore-yoo'-o}\n\nfrom another form of 4673; TDNT - 7:1094,1150; v\n\nAV - heap 1, lade 1; 2\n\n1) to heap together, to heap up\n2) to overwhelm one with a heap of anything\n3) metaph. to load one with the consciousness of many sins
04988^4988 Sosthenes {soce-then'-ace}\n\nfrom the base of 4982 and that of 4599;; n pr m\n\nAV - Sosthenes 2; 2\n\nSosthenes = "saviour of his nation"\n1) a Jew at Corinth who was seized and beaten in the presence of Gallio\n2) a certain Christian associate of Paul
04989^4989 Sosipatros {so-sip'-at-ros}\n\nprolongation for 4986;; n pr m\n\nAV - Sosipater 1; 1\n\nSosipater = "saviour of his father"\n1) a kinsman or fellow tribesman of Paul
04990^4990 soter {so-tare'}\n\nfrom 4982; TDNT - 7:1003,1132; n m\n\nAV - Saviour 24; 24\n\n1) saviour, deliverer, preserver\n\nThe name was given by the ancients to deities, esp. tutelary deities,\nto princes, kings, and in general to men who had conferred signal\nbenefits upon their country, and in more degenerate days by the way\nof flattery to personages of influence
04991^4991 soteria {so-tay-ree'-ah}\n\nfeminine of a derivative of 4990 as (properly, abstract) noun;\n   TDNT - 7:965,1132; n f\n\nAV - salvation 40, the (one) be saved 1, deliver + 1325 1, health 1,\n     saving 1, that (one) be saved + 1519 1; 45\n\n1) deliverance, preservation, safety, salvation\n   1a) deliverance from the molestation of enemies\n   1b) in an ethical sense, that which concludes to the souls safety\n       or salvation\n       1b1) of Messianic salvation\n2) salvation as the present possession of all true Christians\n3) future salvation, the sum of benefits and blessings which the\n   Christians, redeemed from all earthly ills, will enjoy after the\n   visible return of Christ from heaven in the consummated and\n   eternal kingdom of God.
04992^4992 soterion {so-tay'-ree-on}\n\nneuter of the same as 4991 as (properly, concretely) noun;\n   TDNT - 7:1021,1132; adj\n\nAV - salvation 4, that brings salvation 1; 5\n\n1) saving, bringing salvation\n2) he who embodies this salvation, or through whom God is about to\n   achieve it\n3) the hope of (future) salvation
04993^4993 sophroneo {so-fron-eh'-o}\n\nfrom 4998; TDNT - 7:1097,1150; v\n\nAV - be in right mind 2, be sober 2, be sober minded 1, soberly 1; 6\n\n1) to be of sound mind\n   1a) to be in one's right mind\n   1b) to exercise self control\n       1b1) to put a moderate estimate upon one's self, think of\n            one's self soberly\n       1b2) to curb one's passions
04994^4994 sophronizo {so-fron-id'-zo}\n\nfrom 4998; TDNT - 7:1104,1150; v\n\nAV - teach to be sober 1; 1\n\n1) restore one to his senses\n2) to moderate, control, curb, disciple\n3) to hold one to his duty\n4) to admonish, to exhort earnestly
04995^4995 sophronismos {so-fron-is-mos'}\n\nfrom 4994; TDNT - 7:1104,1150; n m\n\nAV - sound mind 1; 1\n\n1) an admonishing or calling to soundness of mind, to moderation\n   and self-control\n2) self-control, moderation
04996^4996 sophronos {so-fron'-oce}\n\nfrom 4998;; adv\n\nAV - soberly 1; 1\n\n1) with sound mind, soberly, temperately, discreetly
04997^4997 sophrosune {so-fros-oo'-nay}\n\nfrom 4998; TDNT - 7:1097,1150; n f\n\nAV - sobriety 2, soberness 1; 3\n\n1) soundness of mind\n2) self-control, sobriety
04998^4998 sophron {so'-frone}\n\nfrom the base of 4982 and that of 5424; TDNT - 7:1097,1150; adj\n\nAV - sober 2, temperate 1, discreet 1; 4\n\n1) of a sound mind, sane, in one's senses\n2) curbing one's desires and impulses, self-controlled, temperate
04999^4999 Tabernai {tab-er'-nahee}\n\nplural of Latin origin;; n f\n\nAV - taverns 1; 1\n\n1) taverns\n2) Three Taverns, the name of a halting place on the Appian way\n   between Rome and the Market of Appius; it was 10 miles (16 km)\n   from the latter place and 33 miles (50 km) ) from Rome
05000^5000 Tabitha {tab-ee-thah'}\n\nof Aramaic origin cf 06646;; n pr f\n\nAV - Tabitha 2; 2\n\nTabitha = "female gazelle"\n1) the name of the woman that Peter raised from the dead
05001^5001 tagma {tag'-mah}\n\nfrom 5021; TDNT - 8:31,1156; n n\n\nAV - order 1; 1\n\n1) that which has been arranged, thing placed in order\n2) a body of soldiers, a corps\n3) band, troop, class
05002^5002 taktos {tak-tos'}\n\nfrom 5021;; adj\n\nAV - set 1; 1\n\n1) ordered, arranged, fixed, stated
05003^5003 talaiporeo {tal-ahee-po-reh'-o}\n\nfrom 5005;; v\n\nAV - be afflicted 1; 1\n\n1) to toil heavily, to endure labours and hardships\n2) to be afflicted\n3) to feel afflicted and miserable\n4) to afflict
05004^5004 talaiporia {tal-ahee-po-ree'-ah}\n\nfrom 5005;; n f\n\nAV - misery 2; 2\n\n1) hardship, trouble, calamity, misery
05005^5005 talaiporos {tal-ah'-ee-po-ros}\n\nfrom the base of 5007 and a derivative of the base of 3984;; adj\n\nAV - wretched 2; 2\n\n1) enduring toils and troubles\n2) afflicted, wretched
05006^5006 talantiaios {tal-an-tee-ah'-yos}\n\nfrom 5007;; adj\n\nAV - weight of a talent 1; 1\n\n1) a weight or worth of a talent\n   1a) a talent of silver weighed about 100 pounds (45 kg)\n   1b) a talent of gold, 200 pounds (91 kg)
05007^5007 talanton {tal'-an-ton}\n\nfrom a presumed derivative of the original form of tlao (to\n   bear, equivalent to 5342);; n n\n\nAV - talent 15; 15\n\n1) the scale of a balance, a balance, a pair of scales\n2) that which is weighed, a talent\n   2a) a weight varying in different places and times\n   2b) a sum of money weighing a talent and varying in different states\n       and according to the changes in the laws regulating currency\n       2b1) the Attic talent was equal to 60 Attic minae or 6000 drachmae\n       2b2) a talent of silver in Israel weighed about 100 pounds (45 kg)\n       2b3) a talent of gold in Israel weighed about 200 pounds (91 kg)
05008^5008 talitha {tal-ee-thah'}\n\nof Aramaic origin cf 02924;; n f\n\nAV - Talitha 1; 1\n\n1) damsel, maiden
05009^5009 tameion {tam-i'-on}\n\ncontraction of a presumed derivative of tamias (a dispenser or\n   distributor;; n n\n\nAV - closet 2, secret chamber 1, storehouse 1; 4\n\n1) a storage chamber, storeroom\n2) a chamber esp. an inner chamber\n3) a secret room
05010^5010 taxis {tax'-is}\n\nfrom 5021;; n f\n\nAV - order 10; 10\n\n1) an arranging, arrangement\n2) order\n   2a) a fixed succession observing a fixed time\n3) due or right order, orderly condition\n4) the post, rank, or position which one holds in civic or other affairs\n   4a) since this position generally depends on one's talents,\n       experience, resources\n       4a1) character, fashion, quality, style
05011^5011 tapeinos {tap-i-nos'}\n\nof uncertain derivation; TDNT - 8:1,1152; adj\n\nAV - of low degree 2, humble 2, base 1, cast down 1, of low estate 1,\n    lowly 1; 8\n\n1) not rising far from the ground\n2) metaph.\n   2a) as a condition, lowly, of low degree\n   2b) brought low with grief, depressed\n   2c) lowly in spirit, humble\n   2d) in a bad sense, deporting one's self abjectly, deferring\n       servilely to others
05012^5012 tapeinophrosune {tap-i-nof-ros-oo'-nay}\n\nfrom a compound of 5011 and the base of 5424; TDNT - 8:1,1152; n f\n\nAV - humility 3, humbleness of mind 1, humility of mind 1,\n     lowliness 1, lowliness of mind 1; 7\n\n1) the having a humble opinion of one's self\n2) a deep sense of one's (moral) littleness\n3) modesty, humility, lowliness of mind
05013^5013 tapeinoo {tap-i-no'-o}\n\nfrom 5011; TDNT - 8:1,1152; v\n\nAV - humble 6, abase 5, humble (one's) self 2, bring low 1; 14\n\n1) to make low, bring low\n   1a) to level, reduce to a plain\n   1b) metaph. to bring into a humble condition, reduce to meaner\n       circumstances\n       1b1) to assign a lower rank or place to\n       1b2) to abase\n       1b3) to be ranked below others who are honoured or rewarded\n       1b4) to humble or abase myself by humble living\n   1c) to lower, depress\n       1c1) of one's soul bring down one's pride\n       1c2) to have a modest opinion of one's self\n       1c3) to behave in an unassuming manner\n       1c4) devoid of all haughtiness
05014^5014 tapeinosis {tap-i'-no-sis}\n\nfrom 5013; TDNT - 8:1,1152; n f\n\nAV - low estate 1, humiliation 1, vile 1, be made low 1; 4\n\n1) lowness, low estate\n2) metaph.\n   2a) spiritual abasement, leading one to perceive and lament his\n       (moral) littleness and guilt
05015^5015 tarasso {tar-as'-so}\n\nof uncertain affinity;; v\n\nAV - trouble 17; 17\n\n1) to agitate, trouble (a thing, by the movement of its parts to and fro)\n   1a) to cause one inward commotion, take away his calmness of\n       mind, disturb his equanimity\n   1b) to disquiet, make restless\n   1c) to stir up\n   1d) to trouble\n       1d1) to strike one's spirit with fear and dread\n   1e) to render anxious or distressed\n   1f) to perplex the mind of one by suggesting scruples or doubts
05016^5016 tarache {tar-akh-ay'}\n\nfrom 5015;; n f\n\nAV - trouble 1, troubling 1; 2\n\n1) disturbance, commotion\n2) metaph. a tumult, sedition
05017^5017 tarachos {tar'-akh-os}\n\nfrom 5015;; n m\n\nAV - stir 2; 2\n\n1) commotion, stir (of mind)\n2) tumult
05018^5018 Tarseus {tar-syoos'}\n\nfrom 5019;; n pr m\n\nAV - Tarsus 2; 2\n\nTarsus = "a flat basket"\n1) belong to Tarsus, a native of Tarsus
05019^5019 Tarsos {tar-sos'}\n\nperhaps the same as tarsos (a flat basket);; n pr loc\n\nAV - Tarsus 3; 3\n\nTarsus = "a flat basket"\n1) a major city in Cilicia and the birthplace and early home of Paul.\n   Acts 9:11; 21:39; 22:3. Even in the flourishing period of Greek\n   history it was an important city. In the Roman civil wars, it\n   sided with Caesar and on the occasion of a visit from him its name\n   changed to Juliopolis. Augustus made it a free city. Its was\n   renowned as a place of education under the early Roman emperors.\n   Strabo compares it in this respect to Athens and Alexandria.\n   Tarsus also was a place of much commerce. It was situated in a\n   wild and fertile plain on the banks of the Cydnus. No ruins of any\n   importance remain.
05020^5020 tartaroo {tar-tar-o'-o}\n\nfrom Tartaros (the deepest abyss of Hell);; v\n\nAV - cast down to hell 1; 1\n\n1) the name of the subterranean region, doleful and dark, regarded by\n   the ancient Greeks as the abode of the wicked dead, where they suffer\n   punishment for their evil deeds; it answers to Gehenna of the Jews\n2) to thrust down to Tartarus, to hold captive in Tartarus
05021^5021 tasso {tas'-so}\n\na prolonged form of a primary verb (which latter appears only in\n   certain tenses); TDNT - 8:27,1156; v\n\nAV - appoint 3, ordain 2, set 1, determine 1, addict 1; 8\n\n1) to put in order, to station\n   1a) to place in a certain order, to arrange, to assign a\n       place, to appoint\n       1a1) to assign (appoint) a thing to one\n   1b) to appoint, ordain, order\n       1b1) to appoint on one's own responsibility or authority\n       1b2) to appoint mutually, i.e. agree upon\n\nFor Synonyms see entry 5844
05022^5022 tauros {tow'-ros}\n\napparently a primary word [cf 8450, "steer"];;  n m\n\nAV - ox 2, bull 2; 4\n\n1) a bull or ox
05023^5023 tauta {tow'-tah}\n\nnominative or accusative case neuter plural of 3778;; pron\n\nAV - these things 158, these 26, thus 17, that 7, these words 7,\n     this 6, afterwards + 3326 4, misc 22; 247\n\n1) these
05024^5024 tauta {tow-tah'}\n\nneuter plural of 3588 and 846 as adverb;; pron\n\nAV - like 1, like manner 1, so 1, even thus 1; 4\n\n1) even, thus, in the same way
05025^5025 tautais {tow'-taheece} and tautas {tow'-tas}\n\ndative case and accusative case feminine plural respectively of 3778;;\n   pron\n\nAV - these 12, those 6, them 1, that 1, hence 1; 21\n\n1) those, these
05026^5026 taute {tow'-tay} and tauten {tow'-tane} and tautes {tow'-tace}\n\ndative case, accusative case and genitive case respectively of the\n   feminine singular of 3778;; pron\n\nAV - this 105, that 4, the same 4, misc 9; 122\n\n1) this, that, the same, see 3778
05027^5027 taphe {taf-ay'}\n\nfrom 2290;; n f\n\nAV - to bury + 1519 1; 1\n\n1) burial
05028^5028 taphos {taf'-os}\n\nfrom 2290;; n m\n\nAV - sepulchre 6, tomb 1; 7\n\n1) burial\n2) a grave, a sepulchre
05029^5029 tacha {takh'-ah}\n\nas if neuter plural of 5036 (adverbially);; adv\n\nAV - peradventure 1, perhaps 1; 2\n\n1) hastily, quickly, soon\n2) peradventure, perhaps
05030^5030 tacheos {takh-eh'-oce}\n\nfrom 5036;; adv\n\nAV - shortly 4, quickly 2, soon 2, hastily 1, suddenly 1; 10\n\n1) quickly, shortly
05031^5031 tachinos {takh-ee-nos'}\n\nfrom 5034;; adj\n\nAV - shortly 1, swift 1; 2\n\n1) swift, quick
05032^5032 tachion {takh'-ee-on}\n\nneuter singular of the comparative of 5036 (as adverb);; adv\n\nAV - shortly 2, quickly 1, outrun + 4390 1, the sooner 1; 5\n\n1) more swiftly, more quickly
05033^5033 tachista {takh'-is-tah}\n\nneuter plural of the superlative of 5036 (as adverb);; adj\n\nAV - with all speed + 5613 1; 1\n\n1) very quickly
05034^5034 tachos {takh'-os}\n\nfrom the same as 5036;; n n\n\nAV - shortly + 1722 4, quickly + 1722 2, speedily + 1722 1; 7\n\n1) quickness, speed
05035^5035 tachu {takh-oo'}\n\nneuter singular of 5036 (as adverb);; adv\n\nAV - quickly 12, lightly 1; 13\n\n1) quickly, speedily (without delay)
05036^5036 tachus {takh-oos'}\n\nof uncertain affinity;; adj\n\nAV - swift 1; 1\n\n1) quick, fleet, speedy
05037^5037 te {teh}\n\na primary particle (enclitic) of connection or addition;; particle\n\nAV - and 130, both 36, then 2, whether 1, even 1, also 1, not tr 38; 209\n\n1) not only ... but also\n2) both ... and\n3) as ... so
05038^5038 teichos {ti'-khos}\n\nakin to the base of 5088;; n n\n\nAV - wall 9; 9\n\n1) the wall around a city, town wall
05039^5039 tekmerion {tek-may'-ree-on}\n\nfrom a presumed derivative of tekmar (a goal or fixed limit);; n n\n\nAV - infallible proof 1; 1\n\n1) that from which something is surely and plainly known\n2) on indubitable evidence, a proof
05040^5040 teknion {tek-nee'-on}\n\ndiminutive of 5043; TDNT - 5:636,759; n n\n\nAV - little children 9; 9\n\n1) a little child\n2) in the NT used as a term of kindly address by teachers to their disciples
05041^5041 teknogoneo {tek-nog-on-eh'-o}\n\nfrom a compound of 5043 and the base of 1096;; v\n\nAV - bear children 1; 1\n\n1) beget or bear children
05042^5042 teknogonia {tek-nog-on-ee'-ah}\n\nfrom the same as 5041;; n f\n\nAV - childbearing 1; 1\n\n1) childbearing
05043^5043 teknon {tek'-non}\n\nfrom the base of 5098; TDNT - 5:636,759; n n\n\nAV - child 77, son 21, daughter 1; 99\n\n1) offspring, children\n  1a) child\n      1a) a male child, a son\n  1b) metaph.\n      1b1) the name transferred to that intimate and reciprocal\n           relationship formed between men by the bonds of love,\n           friendship, trust, just as between parents and children\n      1b2) in affectionate address, such as patrons, helpers,\n           teachers and the like employ: my child\n      1b3) in the NT, pupils or disciples are called children of\n           their teachers, because the latter by their instruction\n           nourish the minds of their pupils and mould their\n           characters\n      1b4) children of God: in the OT of "the people of Israel" as\n           especially dear to God, in the NT, in Paul's writings, all\n           who are led by the Spirit of God and thus closely related\n           to God\n      1b5) children of the devil: those who in thought and action are\n           prompted by the devil, and so reflect his character\n    1c) metaph.\n        1c1) of anything who depends upon it, is possessed by a\n             desire or affection for it, is addicted to it\n        1c2) one who is liable to any fate\n             1c2a) thus children of a city: it citizens and inhabitants\n        1c3) the votaries of wisdom, those souls who have, as it\n             were, been nurtured and moulded by wisdom\n        1c4) cursed children, exposed to a curse and doomed to God's\n             wrath or penalty\n\nFor Synonyms see entry 5868
05044^5044 teknotropheo {tek-not-rof-eh'-o}\n\nfrom a compound of 5043 and 5142;; v\n\nAV - bring up children 1; 1\n\n1) to bring up children
05045^5045 tekton {tek'-tone}\n\nfrom the base of 5098;; n m\n\nAV - carpenter 2; 2\n\n1) a worker in wood, a carpenter, joiner, builder\n   1a) a ship's carpenter or builder\n2) any craftsman, or workman\n   2a) the art of poetry, maker of songs\n3) a planner, contriver, plotter\n   3a) an author
05046^5046 teleios {tel'-i-os}\n\nfrom 5056; TDNT - 8:67,1161; adj\n\nAV - perfect 17, man 1, of full age 1; 19\n\n1) brought to its end, finished\n2) wanting nothing necessary to completeness\n3) perfect\n4) that which is perfect\n   4a) consummate human integrity and virtue\n   4b) of men\n       4b1) full grown, adult, of full age, mature
05047^5047 teleiotes {tel-i-ot'-ace}\n\nfrom 5046; TDNT - 8:78,1161; n f\n\nAV - perfectness 1, perfection 1; 2\n\n1) perfection\n  1a) the state of the more intelligent\n  1b) moral and spiritual perfection
05048^5048 teleioo {tel-i-o'-o}\n\nfrom 5046; TDNT - 8:79,1161; v\n\nAV - make perfect 12, perfect 4, finish 4, fulfil 2, be perfect 1,\n     consecrate 1; 24\n\n1) to make perfect, complete\n   1a) to carry through completely, to accomplish, finish, bring to an end\n2) to complete (perfect)\n   2a) add what is yet wanting in order to render a thing full\n   2b) to be found perfect\n3) to bring to the end (goal) proposed\n4) to accomplish\n   4a) bring to a close or fulfilment by event\n       4a1) of the prophecies of the scriptures
05049^5049 teleios {tel-i'-oce}\n\nfrom 5046;; adv\n\nAV - to the end 1; 1\n\n1) perfectly, completely
05050^5050 teleiosis {tel-i'-o-sis}\n\nfrom 5448; TDNT - 8:84,1161; n f\n\nAV - performance 1, perfection 1; 2\n\n1) a completing, a perfecting\n   1a) fulfilment, accomplishment\n   1b) the event which verifies the promise\n   1c) consummation, perfection
05051^5051 teleiotes {tel-i-o-tace'}\n\nfrom 5048; TDNT - 8:86,1161; n m\n\nAV - finisher 1; 1\n\n1) a perfector\n2) one who has in his own person raised faith to its perfection and so\n   set before us the highest example of faith
05052^5052 telesphoreo {tel-es-for-eh'-o}\n\nfrom a compound of 5056 and 5342;; v\n\nAV - bring fruit to perfection 1; 1\n\n1) to bring to (perfection or) maturity\n   1a) of fruits\n   1b) of pregnant women\n   1c) of animals bringing their young to maturity
05053^5053 teleutao {tel-yoo-tah'-o}\n\nfrom a presumed derivative of 5055;; v\n\nAV - die 8, be dead 3, decrease 1; 12\n\n1) to finish, bring to and end, close\n2) to have an end or close, come to an end
05054^5054 teleute {tel-yoo-tay'}\n\nfrom 5053;; n f\n\nAV - death 1; 1\n\n1) the end of life, decease, death
05055^5055 teleo {tel-eh'-o}\n\nfrom 5056; TDNT - 8:57,1161; v\n\nAV - finish 8, fulfil 7, accomplish 4, pay 2, perform 1, expire 1,\n     misc 3; 26\n\n1) to bring to a close, to finish, to end\n   1a) passed, finished\n2) to perform, execute, complete, fulfil, (so that the thing done\n   corresponds to what has been said, the order, command etc.)\n   2a) with special reference to the subject matter, to carry out\n       the contents of a command\n   2b) with reference also to the form, to do just as commanded, and\n       generally involving the notion of time, to perform the last act\n       which completes a process, to accomplish, fulfil\n3) to pay\n   3a) of tribute
05056^5056 telos {tel'-os}\n\nfrom a primary tello (to set out for a definite point or goal);\n   TDNT - 8:49,1161; n n\n\nAV - end 35, custom 3, uttermost 1, finally 1, ending 1,\n     by (one's) continual + 1519 1; 42\n\n1) end\n   1a) termination, the limit at which a thing ceases to be\n       (always of the end of some act or state, but not of the end\n       of a period of time)\n   1b) the end\n       1b1) the last in any succession or series\n       1b2) eternal\n   1c) that by which a thing is finished, its close, issue\n   1d) the end to which all things relate, the aim, purpose\n2) toll, custom (i.e. indirect tax on goods)
05057^5057 telones {tel-o'-nace}\n\nfrom 5056 and 5608; TDNT - 8:88,1166; n m\n\nAV - publican 22; 22\n\n1) a renter or farmer of taxes\n   1a) among the Romans, usually a man of equestrian rank\n2) a tax gatherer, collector of taxes or tolls, one employed by a\n   publican or farmer general in the collection of taxes. The tax\n   collectors were as a class, detested not only by the Jews, but by\n   other nations also, both on account of their employment and of the\n   harshness, greed, and deception, with which they did their job.
05058^5058 telonion {tel-o'-nee-on}\n\nfrom a presumed derivative of 5057;; n n\n\nAV - receipt of custom 3; 3\n\n1) customs, toll\n2) toll house, place of toll, tax office\n3) the place in which the tax collector sat to collect the taxes
05059^5059 teras {ter'-as}\n\nof uncertain affinity; TDNT - 8:113,1170; n n\n\nAV - wonder 16; 16\n\n1) a prodigy, portent\n2) miracle: performed by any one
05060^5060 Tertios {ter'-tee-os}\n\nof Latin origin;; n pr m\n\nAV - Tertius 1; 1\n\nTertius = "third"\n1) amanuensis of Paul in writing the epistle to the Romans
05061^5061 Tertullos {ter'-tool-los}\n\nof uncertain derivation;; n pr m\n\nAV - Tertullus 2; 2\n\nTertullus = "triple-hardened"\n1) a Roman orator
05062^5062 tessarakonta {tes-sar-ak'-on-tah}\n\nthe decade of 5064; TDNT - 8:135,1172; adj\n\nAV - forty 22; 22\n\n1) forty
05063^5063 tessarakontaetes {tes-sar-ak-on-tah-et-ace'}\n\nfrom 5062 and 2094; TDNT - 8:135,1172; adj\n\nAV - forty years old 1, of forty years 1; 2\n\n1) of forty years, forty years old
05064^5064 tessares {tes'-sar-es} neuter tessara {tes'-sar-ah}\n\na plural number; TDNT - 8:127,1172; adj\n\nAV - four 42; 42\n\n1) four
05065^5065 tessareskaidekatos {tes-sar-es-kahee-dek'-at-os}\n\nfrom 5064 and 2532 and 1182;; adj\n\nAV - fourteenth 2; 2\n\n1) the fourteenth
05066^5066 tetartaios {tet-ar-tah'-yos}\n\nfrom 5064; TDNT - 8:127,1172; adj\n\nAV - four days 1; 1\n\n1) on the fourth day
05067^5067 tetartos {tet'-ar-tos}\n\nordinal from 5064; TDNT - 8:127,1172; adj\n\nAV - fourth 9, four 1; 10\n\n1) the fourth
05068^5068 tetragonos {tet-rag'-o-nos}\n\nfrom 5064 and 1137;; adj\n\nAV - foursquare 1; 1\n\n1) quadrangular, square
05069^5069 tetradion {tet-rad'-ee-on}\n\nfrom a presumed derivative of tetras (a tetrad, from 5064);; n n\n\nAV - quaternion 1; 1\n\n1) a quaternion\n\nA guard consisting of four soldiers (for among the Romans this was\nthe usual number of the guard to which the custody of captives and\nprisoners was intrusted; two soldiers were confined with the prisoner\nand two kept guard outside).  Four quaternions of soldiers would be\nused to guard one all night, one for each of the four night watches.
05070^5070 tetrakischilioi {tet-rak-is-khil'-ee-oy}\n\nfrom the multiplicative adverb of 5064 and 5507;; adj\n\nAV - four thousand 5; 5\n\n1) four thousand
05071^5071 tetrakosioi {tet-rak-os'-ee-oy}\n     neuter tetrakosia {tet-rak-os'-ee-ah}\n\nplural from 5064 and 1540;; adj\n\nAV - four hundred 4; 4\n\n1) four hundred
05072^5072 tetramenon {tet-ram'-ay-non}\n\nneuter of a compound of 5064 and 3376;; adj\n\nAV - four months 1; 1\n\n1) of four months, lasting four months
05073^5073 tetraploos {tet-rap-lo'-os}\n\nfrom 5064 and a derivative of the base of 4118;; adj\n\nAV - fourfold 1; 1\n\n1) quadruple, fourfold
05074^5074 tetrapous {tet-rap'-ooce}\n\nfrom 5064 and 4228;; adj\n\nAV - fourfooted beast 3; 3\n\n1) a fourfooted animal
05075^5075 tetrarcheo {tet-rar-kheh'-o}\n\nfrom 5076;; v\n\nAV - tetrarch 2, be tetrarch 1; 3\n\n1) to be a governor of a tetrarchy, be tetrarch of a region
05076^5076 tetrarches {tet-rar'-khace}\n\nfrom 5064 and 757;; n m\n\nAV - tetrarch 4; 4\n\n1) a tetrarch\n   1a) a governor of the fourth part of a region. Thus Strabo states\n       that Galactia was formerly divided into three parts, each one\n       of which was distributed into four smaller subdivisions each\n       of which was governed by a tetrarch. Strabo relates that\n       Thessaly, before the time of Philip of Macedon, had been\n       divided into four tetrarchies, each having its own tetrarch.\n   1b) the governor of a third part or half a country, or even a\n       ruler of an entire country or district provided it were of\n       comparatively narrow limits; a petty prince. Thus Antony made\n       Herod (afterwards king) and Phasael, sons of Antipater,\n       tetrarchs of Palestine. After the death of Herod the Great,\n       his sons, Achelaus styled an ethnarch but Antipas and Philip\n       with the title of tetrarchs, divided and governed the kingdom\n       left by their father.
05077^5077 tephroo {tef-ro'-o}\n\nfrom tephra (ashes);; v\n\nAV - turn into ashes 1; 1\n\n1) reduce to ashes
05078^5078 techne {tekh'-nay}\n\nfrom the base of 5088;; n f\n\nAV - art 1, occupation 1, craft 1; 3\n\n1) of the plastic art\n2) of a trade
05079^5079 technites {tekh-nee'-tace}\n\nfrom 5078;; n m\n\nAV - craftsman 3, builder 1; 4\n\n1) an artificer, craftsman
05080^5080 teko {tay'-ko}\n\napparently a primary verb;; v\n\nAV - melt 1; 1\n\n1) to make liquid\n2) to become liquid, to melt\n3) to perish or become destroyed by melting
05081^5081 telaugos {tay-low-goce'}\n\nfrom a compound of a derivative of 5056 and 827;; adv\n\nAV - clearly 1; 1\n\n1) at a distance and clearly
05082^5082 telikoutos {tay-lik-oo'-tos} feminine telikaute {tay-lik-ow'-tay}\n\nfrom a compound of 3588 with 2245 and 3778;; pron\n\nAV - so great 3, so mighty 1; 4\n\n1) of age\n   1a) of such an age\n   1b) of so great an age, so old\n   1c) so young\n2) of so great a size, in bulk\n3) such and so great
05083^5083 tereo {tay-reh'-o}\n\nfrom teros (a watch, perhaps akin to 2334); TDNT - 8:140,1174; v\n\nAV - keep 57, reserve 8, observe 4, watch 2, preserve 2, keeper 1,\n     hold fast 1; 75\n\n1) to attend to carefully, take care of\n   1a) to guard\n   1b) metaph. to keep, one in the state in which he is\n   1c) to observe\n   1d) to reserve: to undergo something\n\nFor Synonyms see entry 5874
05084^5084 teresis {tay'-ray-sis}\n\nfrom 5083; TDNT - 8:146,1174; n f\n\nAV - hold 1, prison 1, keeping 1; 3\n\n1) a watching\n   1a) of prisoners\n   1b) a place where prisoners are kept, a prison\n2) a keeping\n   2a) complying with, obeying
05085^5085 Tiberias {tib-er-ee-as'}\n\nfrom 5086;; n f\n\nAV - Tiberias 3; 3\n\nTiberias = "from the Tiber (as river-god)"\n1) a city of Galilee near the Lake of Gennesaret, which Herod\n   Antipas, tetrarch of Galilee, greatly enlarged and beautified, and\n   named Tiberias in honour of Tiberias Caesar
05086^5086 Tiberios {tib-er'-ee-os}\n\nof Latin origin;; n pr m\n\nAV - Tiberius 1; 1\n\nTiberius = "from the Tiber (as god-river)"\n1) the second Roman emperor
05087^5087 tithemi {tith'-ay-mee}\n\na prolonged form of a primary theo {theh'-o} (which is used only\n   as alternate in certain tenses); TDNT - 8:152,1176; v\n\nAV - lay 28, put 18, lay down 12, make 10, appoint 6,\n     kneel down + 1119 + 3588 5, misc 17; 96\n\n1) to set, put, place\n   1a) to place or lay\n   1b) to put down, lay down\n       1b1) to bend down\n       1b2) to lay off or aside, to wear or carry no longer\n       1b3) to lay by, lay aside money\n   1c) to set on (serve) something to eat or drink\n   1d) to set forth, something to be explained by discourse\n2) to make\n   2a) to make (or set) for one's self or for one's use\n3) to set, fix establish\n   3a) to set forth\n   3b) to establish, ordain
05088^5088 tikto {tik'-to}\n\na strengthened form of a primary teko {tek'-o} (which is used\n   only as alternate in certain tenses);; v\n\nAV - bring forth 9, be delivered 5, be born 3, be in travail 1,\n     bear 1; 19\n\n1) to bring forth, bear, produce (fruit from the seed)\n   1a) of a woman giving birth\n   1b) of the earth bringing forth its fruits\n   1c) metaph. to bear, bring forth
05089^5089 tillo {til'-lo}\n\nperhaps akin to the alternate of 138, and thus to 4951;; v\n\nAV - pluck 3; 3\n\n1) to pluck, pluck off
05090^5090 Timaios {tim'-ah-yos}\n\nprobably of Aramaic origin cf 02931;; n pr m\n\nAV - Timaeus 1; 1\n\nTimaeus = "highly prized"\n1) the father of the blind man, Bartimaeus
05091^5091 timao {tim-ah'-o}\n\nfrom 5093; TDNT - 8:169,1181; v\n\nAV - honour 19, value 2; 21\n\n1) to estimate, fix the value\n   1a) for the value of something belonging to one's self\n2) to honour, to have in honour, to revere, venerate
05092^5092 time {tee-may'}\n\nfrom 5099; TDNT - 8:169,1181; n f\n\nAV - honour 35, price 8, sum 1, precious 1; 43\n\n1) a valuing by which the price is fixed\n   1a) of the price itself\n   1b) of the price paid or received for a person or thing bought or sold\n2) honour which belongs or is shown to one\n   2a) of the honour which one has by reason of rank and state of office\n       which he holds\n   2b) deference, reverence
05093^5093 timios {tim'-ee-os} including the comparative\n     timioteros {tim-ee-o'-ter-os} and the superlative\n     timiotatos {tim-ee-o'-tat-os}\n\nfrom 5092;; adj\n\nAV - precious 8, most precious 2, more precious 1, dear 1,\n     honourable 1, had in reputation 1; 14\n\n1) as of great price, precious\n2) held in honour, esteemed, especially dear
05094^5094 timiotes {tim-ee-ot'-ace}\n\nfrom 5093;; n f\n\nAV - costliness 1; 1\n\n1) preciousness, costliness\n   1a) an abundance of costly things\n2) metaph. worth, excellence
05095^5095 Timotheos {tee-moth'-eh-os}\n\nfrom 5092 and 2316;; n pr m\n\nAV - Timotheus 19, Timothy 9; 28\n\nTimothy = "honouring God"\n1) a resident of Lystra, apparently, whose father was a Greek and\n   mother a Jewess; he was Paul's travelling companion and fellow\n   labourer
05096^5096 Timon {tee'-mone}\n\nfrom 5092;; n pr m\n\nAV - Timon 1; 1\n\nTimon = "honourable"\n1) one of the seven deacons of the church at Jerusalem
05097^5097 timoreo {tim-o-reh'-o}\n\nfrom a comparative of 5092 and ouros (a guard);; v\n\nAV - punish 2; 2\n\n1) to be a guardian or avenger of honour\n   1a) to succour, come to the help of\n2) to avenge\n3) in the NT, to take vengeance on one, to punish
05098^5098 timoria {tee-mo-ree'-ah}\n\nfrom 5097;; n f\n\nAV - punishment 1; 1\n\n1) a rendering help\n2) assistance\n3) vengeance, punishment, penalty\n\nFor Synonyms see entry 5859
05099^5099 tino {tee'-no}\n\nstrengthened for a primary tio {tee'-o} (which is only used as an\n   alternate in certain tenses);; v\n\nAV - be punished + 1349 1; 1\n\n1) to pay, to recompense\n2) to pay penalty, suffer punishment
05100^5100 tis {tis}\n\nan enclitic indefinite pronoun;; pron\n\nAV - certain 104, some 73, any man 55, any 38, one 34, man 34,\n     anything 24, a 9, certain man 7, something 6, somewhat 6,\n     ought 5, some man 4, certain thing 2, nothing + 3756 2, divers 2,\n     he 2, thing 2, another 2, not tr 17, misc 22; 450\n\n1) a certain, a certain one\n2) some, some time, a while
05101^5101 tis {tis}\n\nprobably emphat. of 5100;; pron\n\nAV - what 260, who 102, why 67, whom 25, which 17, misc 67; 538\n\n1) who, which, what
05102^5102 titlos {tit'-los}\n\nof Latin origin;; n m\n\nAV - title 2; 2\n\n1) a title\n2) an inscription, giving the accusation or crime for which a\n   criminal suffered
05103^5103 Titos {tee'-tos}\n\nof Latin origin but uncertain signification;; n pr m\n\nAV - Titus 15; 15\n\nTitus = "nurse"\n1) a Gentile Christian an Paul's companion in some of his journeys
05104^5104 toi {toy}\n\nprobably for the dative case of 3588;; particle\n\nAV - nevertheless 1; 1\n\n1) certainly, truly
05105^5105 toigaroun {toy-gar-oon'}\n\nfrom 5104 and 1063 and 3767;; particle\n\nAV - therefore 1, wherefore 1; 2\n\n1) wherefore then, for which reason, therefore, consequently
05106^5106 toinun {toy'-noon}\n\nfrom 5104 and 3568;; particle\n\nAV - therefore 3, then 1; 4\n\n1) therefore, then, accordingly
05107^5107 toiosde {toy-os'-deh} (including the other inflections)\n\nfrom a derivative of 5104 and 1161;; adj\n\nAV - such 1; 1\n\n1) such
05108^5108 toioutos {toy-oo'-tos} (including the other inflections)\n\nfrom 5104 and 3778;; adj\n\nAV - such 39, such thing 11, such an one 8, like 1, such a man 1,\n     such a fellow 1; 61\n\n1) such as this, of this kind or sort
05109^5109 toichos {toy'-khos}\n\nanother form of 5038;; n m\n\nAV - wall 1; 1\n\n1) a wall (of a house)
05110^5110 tokos {tok'-os}\n\nfrom the base of 5088;; n m\n\nAV - usury 2; 2\n\n1) birth\n   1a) the act of bringing forth\n   1b) that which has been brought forth, offspring\n2) interest of money, usury (because it multiplies money, and as it\n   were "breeds")
05111^5111 tolmao {tol-mah'-o}\n\nfrom tolma (boldness, probably itself from the base of 5056\n   through the idea of extreme conduct); TDNT - 8:181,1183; v\n\nAV - durst 7, dare 4, be bold 4, boldly 1; 16\n\n1) not to dread or shun through fear\n2) to bear, endure\n3) to bring one's self to\n4) to be bold\n5) bear one's self boldly, deal boldly
05112^5112 tolmeroteron {tol-may-rot'-er-on}\n\nneuter of the compound of a derivative of the base of 5111 (as\n   adverb); TDNT - 8:181,*; adj\n\nAV - the more boldly 1; 1\n\n1) more boldly
05113^5113 tolmetes {tol-may-tace'}\n\nfrom 5111; TDNT - 8:181,1183; n m\n\nAV - presumptuous 1; 1\n\n1) a daring man
05114^5114 tomoteros {tom-o'-ter-os}\n\ncomparative of a derivative of the primary temno (to cut, more\n   comprehensive or decisive than 2875, as if by a single stroke,\n   whereas that implies repeated blows, like hacking);; adj\n\nAV - sharper 1; 1\n\n1) sharper
05115^5115 toxon {tox'-on}\n\nfrom the base of 5088;; n n\n\nAV - bow 1; 1\n\n1) a bow
05116^5116 topazion {top-ad'-zee-on}\n\nfrom a presumed derivative (alternately) of topazos (a "topaz", of\n    uncertain origin);; n n\n\nAV - topaz 1; 1\n\n1) topaz, a greenish yellow precious stone (our chrysolite)
05117^5117 topos {top'-os}\n\napparently a primary word; TDNT - 8:187,1184; n m\n\nAV - place 80, room 5, quarter 2, licence 1, coast 1, where 1,\n     plain + 3977 1, rock + 5138 1; 92\n\n1) place, any portion or space marked off, as it were from\n   surrounding space\n   1a) an inhabited place, as a city, village, district\n   1b) a place (passage) in a book\n2) metaph.\n   2a) the condition or station held by one in any company or assembly\n   2b) opportunity, power, occasion for acting\n\nFor Synonyms see entry 5875
05118^5118 tosoutos {tos-oo'-tos}\n\nfrom tosos (so much, apparently from 3588 and 3739) and 3778\n   (including its variations);; adj\n\nAV - so much 7, so great 5, so many 4, so long 2, as large 1,\n     these many 1, so many things 1; 21\n\n1) of quantity: so great, so many\n2) of time: so long
05119^5119 tote {tot'-eh}\n\nfrom (the neuter of) 3588 and 3753;; adv\n\nAV - then 149, that time 4, when 1, not tr 5; 159\n\n1) then\n2) at that time
05120^5120 tou {too}\n\nproperly, the genitive case of 3588;; article\n\nAV - his 1; 1\n\n1) his
05121^5121 tounantion {too-nan-tee'-on}\n\ncontraction for the neuter of 3588 and 1726;; adv\n\nAV - contrariwise 3; 3\n\n1) on the contrary, contrariwise
05122^5122 tounoma {too'-no-mah}\n\ncontraction for the neuter of 3588 and 3686;; adv\n\nAV - name 1; 1\n\n1) by name
05123^5123 toutesti {toot-es'-tee}\n\ncontraction for 5124 and 2076;; conj\n\nAV - that is 12, that is to say 5, 17\n\n1) that is
05124^5124 touto {too'-to}\n\nneuter singular nominative or accusative case of 3778;; pron\n\nAV - this 199, therefore + 1223 44, that 25, for this cause + 1223 14,\n     wherefore + 1223 7, it 5, not tr 1, misc 25; 320\n\n1) that (thing), this (thing)
05125^5125 toutois {too'-toice}\n\ndative case plural masculine or neuter of 3778;; pron\n\nAV - these 7, these things 3, this 2, such 1, them 1, therein 1,\n     therewith 1, those 1, therewith + 1909 1, not tr 1; 19\n\n1) these
05126^5126 touton {too'-ton}\n\naccusative case singular masculine of 3778;; pron\n\nAV - this 39, him 18, that 4, this fellow 2, the same 1; 64\n\n1) this
05127^5127 toutou {too'-too}\n\ngenitive case singular masculine or neuter of 3778;; pron\n\nAV - this 64, that 4, him 2, thus 1, thereabout + 4012 1, it 1,\n     thenceforth 1, misc 3; 77\n\n1) of this one
05128^5128 toutous {too'-tooce}\n\naccusative case plural masculine of 3778;; pron\n\nAV - these 17, them 7, these men 1, this 1, such 1; 27\n\n1) these
05129^5129 touto {too'-to}\n\ndative case singular masculine or neuter of 3778;; pron\n\nAV - this 59, him 10, hereby + 1722 8, herein + 1722 7, misc 5; 89\n\n1) to this one
05130^5130 touton {too'-tone}\n\ngenitive case plural masculine or neuter of 3778;; pron\n\nAV - these 38, these things 21, such 2, these matters 1,\n     such matters 1, those 1, not tr 1, misc 4; 69\n\n1) of these
05131^5131 tragos {trag'-os}\n\nfrom the base of 5176;; n m\n\nAV - goat 4; 4\n\n1) male goat
05132^5132 trapeza {trap'-ed-zah}\n\nprobably contracted from 5064 and 3979; TDNT - 8:209,1187; n f\n\nAV - table 13, bank 1, meat 1; 15\n\n1) a table\n   1a) a table on which food is placed, an eating place\n       1a1) the table in the temple at Jerusalem on which the\n            consecrated loaves were placed\n   1b) equiv. to the food placed upon the table\n       1b1) to set a table\n       1b2) put food before one\n   1c) a banquet, feast\n2) the table or stand of a money changer, where he sits, exchanging\n   different kinds of money for a fee (agio), and paying back with\n   interest loans or deposits
05133^5133 trapezites {trap-ed-zee'-tace}\n\nfrom 5132;; n m\n\nAV - exchanger 1; 1\n\n1) a money changer, broker, banker\n2) one who exchanges money for a fee, and pays interest on deposits
05134^5134 trauma {trow'-mah}\n\nfrom the base of titrosko (to wound;  akin to the base of 2352,\n   5147, 5149, etc.);; n n\n\nAV - wound 1; 1\n\n1) a wound
05135^5135 traumatizo {trow-mat-id'-zo}\n\nfrom 5134;; v\n\nAV - wound 2; 2\n\n1) to wound
05136^5136 trachelizo {trakh-ay-lid'-zo}\n\nfrom 5137;; v\n\nAV - open 1; 1\n\n1) to seize and twist the neck or throat\n   1a) of combatants who handle thus their antagonist\n2) to bend back the neck of a victim to be slain, to lay bare or\n   expose by bending back\n3) to lay bare, uncover, expose\n4) laid bare, laid open, made manifest to one
05137^5137 trachelos {trakh'-ay-los}\n\nprobably from 5143 (through the idea of mobility);; n m\n\nAV - neck 7; 7\n\n1) to be ready to incur the most imminent peril to life
05138^5138 trachus {trakh-oos'}\n\nperhaps strengthened from the base of 4486 (as if jagged by rents);; adj\n\nAV - rough 1, rock + 5117 1; 2\n\n1) rough, rocky\n   1a) of places of the sea
05139^5139 Trachonitis {trakh-o-nee'-tis}\n\nfrom a derivative of 5138;; n pr loc\n\nAV - Trachonitis 1; 1\n\nTrachonitis = "a rugged region"\n1) a rough region, inhabited by robbers, situated between Antilibanus\n   on the west and on the east by the mountains of Batanaea and on\n   the north by the territory of Damascus
05140^5140 treis {trice} neuter tria {tree'-ah}\n\na primary (plural) number; TDNT - 8:216,1188; n f\n\nAV - three 69; 69\n\n1) three
05141^5141 tremo {trem'-o}\n\nstrengthened from a primary treo (to "dread", "terrify");; v\n\nAV - tremble 4; 4\n\n1) tremble\n2) to fear, be afraid\n\nFor Synonyms see entry 5841
05142^5142 trepho {tref'-o}\n\na primary verb (properly, threpho;  but perhaps strength. from the\n   base of 5157 through the idea of convolution);; v\n\nAV - feed 4, nourish 3, bring up 1; 8\n\n1) to nourish, support\n2) feed\n3) to give suck, to fatten\n4) to bring up, nurture
05143^5143 trecho {trekh'-o}\n\napparently a primary verb (properly, threcho, cf 2359),\n   which uses dremo {drem'-o} (the base of 1408) as alternate in\n   certain tenses; TDNT - 8:226,1189; v\n\nAV - run 19, have course 1; 20\n\n1) to run\n   1a) of persons in haste\n   1b) of those who run in a race course\n2) metaph.\n   2a) of doctrine rapidly propagated\n   2b) by a metaphor taken from runners in a race, to exert one's\n       self, strive hard\n   2c) to spend one's strength in performing or attaining something\n   2d) word occurs in Greek writings denoting to incur extreme peril,\n       which it requires the exertion of all one's effort to overcome
05144^5144 triakonta {tree-ak'-on-tah}\n\nthe decade of 5140;; adj\n\nAV - thirty 9, thirty fold 2; 11\n\n1) thirty
05145^5145 triakosioi {tree-ak-os'-ee-oy}\n\nplural from 5140 and 1540;; adj\n\nAV - three hundred 2; 2\n\n1) three hundred
05146^5146 tribolos {trib'-ol-os}\n\nfrom 5140 and 956;; n m\n\nAV - thistle 1, brier 1; 2\n\n1) a thistle, a prickly wild plant, hurtful to other plants
05147^5147 tribos {tree'-bos}\n\nfrom tribo (to "rub", akin to teiro, truo, and the base of\n   5131, 5134);; n f\n\nAV - path 3; 3\n\n1) a worn way, a path
05148^5148 trietia {tree-et-ee'-ah}\n\nfrom a compound of 5140 and 2094;; n f\n\nAV - space of three years 1; 1\n\n1) a space of three years
05149^5149 trizo {trid'-zo}\n\napparently a primary verb;; v\n\nAV - gnash 1; 1\n\n1) to squeak, make a shrill cry\n2) to gnash or grind one's teeth
05150^5150 trimenon {trim'-ay-non}\n\nneuter of a compound of 5140 and 3376 as noun;; adj\n\nAV - three months 1; 1\n\n1) of three months\n2) a space of three months
05151^5151 tris {trece}\n\nfrom 5140; TDNT - 8:216,1188; adv\n\nAV - thrice 11, three times 1; 12\n\n1) thrice
05152^5152 tristegon {tris'-teg-on}\n\nneuter of a compound of 5140 and 4721 as noun;; adj\n\nAV - third loft 1; 1\n\n1) having three roofs or stories, the third story
05153^5153 trischilioi {tris-khil'-ee-oy}\n\nfrom 5151 and 5507;; adj\n\nAV - three thousand 1; 1\n\n1) three thousand
05154^5154 tritos {tree'-tos}\n\nordinal from 5140; TDNT - 8:216,1188; adj\n\nAV - third 56, thirdly 1; 57\n\n1) the third
05155^5155 trichinos {trikh'-ee-nos}\n\nfrom 2359;; adj\n\nAV - of hair 1; 1\n\n1) made of hair
05156^5156 tromos {trom'-os}\n\nfrom 5141;; n m\n\nAV - trembling 4, tremble + 2192 1; 5\n\n1) a trembling or quaking with fear\n2) with fear and trembling, used to describe the anxiety of one who\n   distrusts his ability completely to meet all requirements, but\n   religiously does his utmost to fulfil his duty
05157^5157 trope {trop-ay'}\n\nfrom an apparently primary trepo {to turn};; n f\n\nAV - turning 1; 1\n\n1) a turning\n   1a) of the heavenly bodies
05158^5158 tropos {trop'-os}\n\nfrom the same as 5157;; n m\n\nAV - as + 3739 3, even as + 2596 + 3739 2, way 2, means 2,\n     even as + 3739 1, in like manner as + 3639 1, manner 1,\n     conversation 1; 13\n\n1) a manner, way, fashion\n   1a) as, even as, like as\n2) manner of life, character, deportment
05159^5159 tropophoreo {trop-of-or-eh'-o}\n\nfrom 5158 and 5409;; v\n\nAV - suffer (one's) manners 1; 1\n\n1) to bear one's manner, endure one's character
05160^5160 trophe {trof-ay'}\n\nfrom 5142;; n f\n\nAV - meat 11, food 2, some meat 2, not tr 1; 16\n\n1) food, nourishment
05161^5161 Trophimos {trof'-ee-mos}\n\nfrom 5160;; n pr m\n\nAV - Trophimus 3; 3\n\nTrophimus = "nutritious"\n1) an Ephesian Christian, and friend of the apostle Paul
05162^5162 trophos {trof-os'}\n\nfrom 5142;; n f\n\nAV - nurse 1; 1\n\n1) a nurse
05163^5163 trochia {trokh-ee-ah'}\n\nfrom 5164;; n f\n\nAV - path 1; 1\n\n1) a track of a wheel, a rut\n2) a track, a path
05164^5164 trochos {trokh-os'}\n\nfrom 5143;; n n\n\nAV - course 1; 1\n\n1) a wheel
05165^5165 trublion {troob'-lee-on}\n\nfrom a presumed derivative of uncertain affinity;; n n\n\nAV - dish 2; 2\n\n1) a dish, a deep dish
05166^5166 trugao {troo-gah'-o}\n\nfrom a derivative of trugo (to dry) meaning ripe fruit (as if dry);; v\n\nAV - gather 3; 3\n\n1) to gather in ripe fruits\n2) to gather the harvest or vintage\n   2a) of fruit gathered
05167^5167 trugon {troo-gone'}\n\nfrom truzo (to murmur;  akin to 5149, but denoting a duller\n   sound); TDNT - 6:63,830; n f\n\nAV - turtledove 1; 1\n\n1) turtledove
05168^5168 trumalia {troo-mal-ee-ah'}\n\nfrom a derivative of truo (to wear away, akin to the base of\n   5134, 5147 and 5176);; n f\n\nAV - eye 2; 2\n\n1) a hole, (eye of the needle)
05169^5169 trupema {troo'-pay-mah}\n\nfrom a derivative of the base of 5168;; n n\n\nAV - eye 1; 1\n\n1) a hole, (eye of the needle)
05170^5170 Truphaina {troo'-fahee-nah}\n\nfrom 5172;; n pr f\n\nAV - Tryphena 1; 1\n\nTryphena = "luxurious"\n1) a Christian woman
05171^5171 truphao {troo-fah'-o}\n\nfrom 5172;; v\n\nAV - live in pleasure 1; 1\n\n1) to live delicately, live luxuriously, be given to soft and\n   luxurious life
05172^5172 truphe {troo-fay'}\n\nfrom thrupto (to break up or [figuratively] enfeeble, especially\n   the mind and body by indulgence);; n f\n\nAV - delicately 1, to riot 1; 2\n\n1) softness, effeminate, luxurious living
05173^5173 Truphosa {troo-fo'-sah}\n\nfrom 5172;; n pr f\n\nAV - Tryphosa 1; 1\n\nTryphosa = "luxuriating"\n1) a Christian woman
05174^5174 Troas {tro-as'}\n\nfrom Tros (a Trojan);; n pr loc\n\nAV - Troas 6; 6\n\nTroas = "a Trojan"\n1) a city near Hellespont
05175^5175 Trogullion {tro-gool'-lee-on}\n\nof uncertain derivation;; n pr loc\n\nAV - Trogyllium 1; 1\n\nTrogyllium = "a cache"\n1) the name of a town and a promontory of Ionia, not far from the\n   island of Samos, at the foot of Mt. Mycale between Ephesus and the\n   mouth of the river Maeander
05176^5176 trogo {tro'-go}\n\nprobably strengthened from a collateral form of the base of 5134\n   and 5147 through the idea of corrosion or wear, or perhaps\n   rather of a base of 5167 and 5149 through the idea of a\n   crunching sound; TDNT - 8:236,1191; v\n\nAV - eat 6; 6\n\n1) to gnaw, crunch, chew raw vegetables or fruits (as nuts, almonds)\n   1a) of animals feeding\n   1b) of men\n2) to eat
05177^5177 tugchano {toong-khan'-o}\n\nprobably for an obsolete tucho (for which the middle voice of\n   another alternate teucho [to make ready or bring to pass] is\n   used in certain tenses, akin to the base of 5088 through the\n   idea of effecting; TDNT - 8:238,1191; v\n\nAV - obtain 5, be 1, chance 1, little 1, enjoy 1, may be 1, not tr 1,\n     misc 2; 13\n\n1) to hit the mark\n   1a) of one discharging a javelin or arrow\n2) to reach, attain, obtain, get, become master of\n3) to happen, chance, fall out\n   3a) to specify, to take a case, as for example\n4) to meet one\n5) of he who meets one or presents himself unsought, any chance,\n   ordinary, common person\n6) to chance to be
05178^5178 tumpanizo {toom-pan-id'-zo}\n\nfrom a derivative of 5180 (meaning a drum, "tympanum");; v\n\nAV - torture 1; 1\n\n1) to beat the drum or timbrel\n2) to torture with the tympanum, an instrument of punishment\n\nThe tympanum seems to have been a wheel shaped instrument of torture,\nover which criminals were stretched as though they were skins and then\nhorribly beaten with clubs or thongs (cf our "break upon the wheel")
05179^5179 tupos {too'-pos}\n\nfrom 5180; TDNT - 8:246,1193; n m\n\nAV - ensample 5, print 2, figure 2, example 2, pattern 2, fashion 1,\n     manner 1, form 1; 16\n\n1) the mark of a stroke or blow, print\n2) a figure formed by a blow or impression\n   2a) of a figure or image\n   2b) of the image of the gods\n3) form\n   3a) the teaching which embodies the sum and substance of religion\n       and represents it to the mind, manner of writing, the contents\n       and form of a letter\n4) an example\n   4a) in the technical sense, the pattern in conformity to which a\n       thing must be made\n   4b) in an ethical sense, a dissuasive example, a pattern of warning\n       4b1) of ruinous events which serve as admonitions or warnings\n            to others\n   4c) an example to be imitated\n       4c1) of men worthy of imitation\n   4d) in a doctrinal sense\n       4d1) of a type i.e. a person or thing prefiguring a future\n            (Messianic) person or thing
05180^5180 tupto {toop'-to}\n\na primary verb (in a strengthened form); TDNT - 8:260,1195; v\n\nAV - smite 9, beat 3, strike 1, wound 1; 14\n\n1) to strike, beat, smite\n   1a) with a staff, a whip, the fist, the hand\n   1b) of mourners, to smite their breast\n2) to smite one on whom he inflicts punitive evil\n3) to smite\n   3a) metaph. i.e. to wound, disquiet one's conscience
05181^5181 Turannos {too'-ran-nos}\n\na provincial form of the derivative of the base of 2962;; n pr m\n\nAV - Tyrannus 1; 1\n\nTyrannus = "sovereign"\n1) an Ephesian in whose school Paul taught the gospel
05182^5182 turbazo {toor-bad'-zo}\n\nfrom turbe (Latin turba, a crowd, akin to 2351);; v\n\nAV - trouble 1; 1\n\n1) disturb, trouble\n2) to be troubled in mind, disquieted
05183^5183 Turios {too'-ree-os}\n\nfrom 5184;; n m\n\nAV - of Tyre 1; 1\n\n1) a resident of Tyre
05184^5184 Turos {too'-ros}\n\nof Hebrew origin 06865;; n f\n\nAV - Tyre 11; 11\n\nTyre = "a rock"\n1) a Phoenician city on the Mediterranean, very ancient, large,\n   splendid, flourishing in commerce, and powerful by land and sea
05185^5185 tuphlos {toof-los'}\n\nfrom 5187; TDNT - 8:270,1196; adj\n\nAV - blind 44, blind man 9; 53\n\n1) blind\n2) mentally blind
05186^5186 tuphloo {toof-lo'-o}\n\nfrom 5185; TDNT - 8:270,1196; v\n\nAV - blind 3; 3\n\n1) to blind, make blind\n2) in the NT metaph. to blunt the mental discernment, darken the mind
05187^5187 tuphoo {toof-o'-o}\n\nfrom a derivative of 5188;; v\n\nAV - be proud 1, be lifted up with pride 1, highminded 1; 3\n\n1) to raise a smoke, to wrap in a mist\n   1a) metaph.\n       1a1) to make proud, puff up with pride, render insolent\n       1a2) to be puffed up with haughtiness or pride\n2) to blind with pride or conceit, to render foolish or stupid\n   2a) beclouded, besotted
05188^5188 tupho {too'-fo}\n\napparently a primary verb;; v\n\nAV - smoke 1; 1\n\n1) to cause or emit smoke, raise a smoke\n2) to smoke
05189^5189 tuphonikos {too-fo-nee-kos'}\n\nfrom a derivative of 5188;; adj\n\nAV - tempestuous 1; 1\n\n1) like a whirlwind, tempestuous
05190^5190 Tuchikos {too-khee-kos'}\n\nfrom a derivative of 5177;; n pr m\n\nAV - Tychicus 7; 7\n\nTychicus = "fateful"\n1) an Asiatic Christian, friend and companion of the apostle Paul
05191^5191 huakinthinos {hoo-ak-in'-thee-nos}\n\nfrom 5192;; adj\n\nAV - jacinth 1; 1\n\n1) hyacinth, of the colour of hyacinth\n   1a) of a red colour bordering on black
05192^5192 huakinthos {hoo-ak'-in-thos}\n\nof uncertain derivation;; n m\n\nAV - jacinth 1; 1\n\n1) hyacinth, the name of a flower, also of a precious stone of\n   the same colour, a dark blue verging on black
05193^5193 hualinos {hoo-al'-ee-nos}\n\nfrom 5194;; adj\n\nAV - of glass 3; 3\n\n1) of glass or transparent like glass, glassy
05194^5194 hualos {hoo'-al-os}\n\nperhaps from the same as 5205 (as being transparent like rain);; n m\n\nAV - glass 2; 2\n\n1) any stone transparent like glass\n2) glass
05195^5195 hubrizo {hoo-brid'-zo}\n\nfrom 5196; TDNT - 8:295,1200; v\n\nAV - entreat spitefully 2, reproach 1, use despitefully 1,\n     shamefully entreat 1; 5\n\n1) to be insolent, to behave insolently, wantonly, outrageously\n2) to act insolently and shamefully towards one, to treat shamefully\n3) of one who injures another by speaking evil of him
05196^5196 hubris {hoo'-bris}\n\nfrom 5228; TDNT - 8:295,1200; n f\n\nAV - hurt 1, harm 1, reproach 1; 3\n\n1) insolence\n   1a) impudence, pride, haughtiness\n2) a wrong springing from insolence, an injury, affront, insult\n3) mental injury and wantonness of its infliction being prominent\n4) injury inflicted by the violence of a tempest
05197^5197 hubristes {hoo-bris-tace'}\n\nfrom 5195; TDNT - 8:295,1200; n m\n\nAV - despiteful 1, injurious 1; 2\n\n1) an insolent man\n2) one who, uplifted with pride, either heaps insulting language upon\n   others or does them some shameful act of wrong
05198^5198 hugiaino {hoog-ee-ah'-ee-no}\n\nfrom 5199; TDNT - 8:308,1202; v\n\nAV - sound 6, be sound 1, be whole 1, whole 1, wholesome 1,\n     be in health 1, safe and sound 1; 12\n\n1) to be sound, to be well, to be in good health\n2) metaph.\n   2a) of Christians whose opinions are free from any mixture of error\n   2b) of one who keeps the graces and is strong
05199^5199 hugies {hoog-ee-ace'}\n\nfrom the base of 837; TDNT - 8:308,1202; adj\n\nAV - whole 13, sound 1; 14\n\n1) sound\n   1a) of a man who is sound in body\n2) to make one whole i.e. restore him to health\n3) metaph. teaching which does not deviate from the truth
05200^5200 hugros {hoo-gros'}\n\nfrom the base of 5205;; adj\n\nAV - green 1; 1\n\n1) damp, moist, wet\n2) full of sap, green
05201^5201 hudria {hoo-dree-ah'}\n\nfrom 5204;; n f\n\nAV - waterpot 3; 3\n\n1) a vessel for holding water\n2) a water jar, a water pot
05202^5202 hudropoteo {hoo-drop-ot-eh'-o}\n\nfrom a compound of 5204 and a derivative of 4095;; v\n\nAV - drink water 1; 1\n\n1) to drink water, be a drinker of water
05203^5203 hudropikos {hoo-dro-pik-os'}\n\nfrom a compound of 5204 and a derivative of 3700 (as if looking\n   watery);; adj\n\nAV - have the dropsy 1; 1\n\n1) dropsical, suffering from dropsy
05204^5204 hudor {hoo'-dore}\n\ngenitive case, hudatos {hoo'-dat-os}, etc., from the base of\n   5205; TDNT - 8:314,1203; n n\n\nAV - water 79; 79\n\n1) water\n   1a) of water in rivers, in fountains, in pools\n   1b) of the water of the deluge\n   1c) of water in any of the earth's repositories\n   1d) of water as the primary element, out of and through which the\n       world that was before the deluge, arose and was compacted\n   1e) of the waves of the sea\n   1f) fig. used of many peoples
05205^5205 huetos {hoo-et-os'}\n\nfrom a primary huo (to rain);; n m\n\nAV - rain 6; 6\n\n1) rain
05206^5206 huiothesia {hwee-oth-es-ee'-ah}\n\nfrom a presumed compound of 5207 and a derivative of 5087;\n   TDNT - 8:397,1206; n f\n\nAV - adoption 3, adoption of children 1, adoption of sons 1; 5\n\n1) adoption, adoption as sons\n   1a) that relationship which God was pleased to establish between\n       himself and the Israelites in preference to all other nations\n   1b) the nature and condition of the true disciples in Christ,\n       who by receiving the Spirit of God into their souls become\n       sons of God\n   1c) the blessed state looked for in the future life after the\n       visible return of Christ from heaven
05207^5207 huios {hwee-os'}\n\napparently a primary word; TDNT - 8:334,1206; n m\n\nAV - son(s) 85, Son of Man + 444 87 {TDNT 8:400, 1210},\n     Son of God + 2316 49, child(ren) 49, Son 42, his Son + 848 21,\n     Son of David + 1138 15 {TDNT 8:478, 1210},\n     my beloved Son + 27 + 3350 7, thy Son + 4575 5,\n     only begotten Son + 3339 3, his (David's) son + 846 3,\n     firstborn son + 4316 2, misc 14; 382\n\n1) a son\n   1a) rarely used for the young of animals\n   1b) generally used of the offspring of men\n   1c) in a restricted sense, the male offspring (one born by a father\n        and of a mother)\n   1d) in a wider sense, a descendant, one of the posterity of any one,\n       1d1) the children of Israel\n       1d2) sons of Abraham\n   1e)) used to describe one who depends on another or is his follower\n        1e1) a pupil\n2) son of man\n   2a) term describing man, carrying the connotation of weakness and\n       mortality\n   2b) son of man, symbolically denotes the fifth kingdom in Daniel 7:13\n       and by this term its humanity is indicated in contrast with the\n       barbarity and ferocity of the four preceding kingdoms (the\n       Babylonian, the Median and the Persian, the Macedonian, and the\n       Roman) typified by the four beasts. In the book of Enoch (2nd\n       Century) it is used of Christ.\n   2c) used by Christ himself, doubtless in order that he might\n       intimate his Messiahship and also that he might designate\n       himself as the head of the human family, the man, the one who\n       both furnished the pattern of the perfect man and acted on\n       behalf of all mankind. Christ seems to have preferred this to\n       the other Messianic titles, because by its lowliness it was\n       least suited to foster the expectation of an earthly Messiah\n       in royal splendour.\n3) son of God\n   3a) used to describe Adam (Lk. 3:38)\n   3b) used to describe those who are born again (Lk. 20:36) and of\n       angels and of Jesus Christ\n   3c) of those whom God esteems as sons, whom he loves, protects and\n       benefits above others\n       3c1) in the OT used of the Jews\n       3c2) in the NT of Christians\n       3c3) those whose character God, as a loving father, shapes by\n            chastisements (Heb. 12:5-8)\n   3d) those who revere God as their father, the pious worshippers of\n       God, those who in character and life resemble God, those who\n       are governed by the Spirit of God, repose the same calm and\n       joyful trust in God which children do in their parents (Rom.\n       8:14, Gal. 3:26 ), and hereafter in the blessedness and glory\n       of the life eternal will openly wear this dignity of the sons\n       of God. Term used preeminently of Jesus Christ, as enjoying\n       the supreme love of God, united to him in affectionate\n       intimacy, privy to his saving councils, obedient to the\n       Father's will in all his acts\n\nFor Synonyms see entry 5868
05208^5208 hule {hoo-lay'}\n\nperhaps akin to 3586;; n f\n\nAV - matter 1; 1\n\n1) a forest, a wood\n2) felled wood, fuel
05209^5209 humas {hoo-mas'}\n\naccusative case of 5210;; pron\n\nAV - you 376, ye 42, for your sakes + 1223 9, not tr 1, misc 9; 437\n\n1) you
05210^5210 humeis {hoo-mice'}\n\nirregular plural of 4771;; pron\n\nAV - ye 236, ye yourselves 1, you 1, not tr 5; 243\n\n1) you
05211^5211 Humenaios {hoo-men-ah'-yos}\n\nfrom Humen (the god of weddings);; n pr m\n\nAV - Hymenaeus 2; 2\n\nHymenaeus = "belonging to marriage"\n1) a heretic, one of the opponents of the apostle Paul
05212^5212 humeteros {hoo-met'-er-os}\n\nfrom 5210;; pron\n\nAV - your 7, yours 2, your own 1; 10\n\n1) you, yours\n   1a) to be possessed by you\n   1b) to be allocated by you\n   1c) proceeding from you
05213^5213 humin {hoo-min'}\n\nirregular dative case of 5210;; pron\n\nAV - you 597, ye 14, your 6, not tr 1, misc 3; 621\n\n1) you
05214^5214 humneo {hoom-neh'-o}\n\nfrom 5215; TDNT - 8:489,1225; v\n\nAV - sing an hymn 2, sing praise 2; 4\n\n1) to sing the praise of, sing hymns to\n2) to sing a hymn, to sing\n   2a) singing of paschal hymns  these were Psalms 113 - 118 and 136,\n       which the Jews called the "great Hallel"
05215^5215 humnos {hoom'-nos}\n\napparently from a simpler (obsolete) form of hudeo (to celebrate,\n   probably akin to 103, cf 5667); TDNT - 8:489,1225; n m\n\nAV - hymn 2; 2\n\n1) a song in tithe praise of gods, heroes, conquerors\n2) a sacred song, hymn\n\nFor Synonyms see entry 5876
05216^5216 humon {hoo-mone'}\n\ngenitive case of 5210;; pron\n\nAV - your 348, you 203, ye 9, yours 5, not tr 1, misc 17; 583\n\n1) of yours
05217^5217 hupago {hoop-ag'-o}\n\nfrom 5259 and 71; TDNT - 8:504,1227; v\n\nAV - go 55, go (one's) way 17, go away 3, get thee 3, depart 2,\n     get thee hence 1; 81\n\n1) to lead under, bring under\n2) to withdraw one's self, to go away, depart
05218^5218 hupakoe {hoop-ak-o-ay'}\n\nfrom 5219; TDNT - 1:224,34; n f\n\nAV - obedience 11, obedient 1, to make obedient + 1519 1,\n     to obey + 1519 1, obeying 1; 15\n\n1) obedience, compliance, submission\n2) obedience rendered to anyone's counsels, an obedience shown in\n   observing the requirements of Christianity
05219^5219 hupakouo {hoop-ak-oo'-o}\n\nfrom 5259 and 191; TDNT - 1:223,34; v\n\nAV - obey 18, be obedient to 2, hearken 1; 21\n\n1) to listen, to harken\n   1a) of one who on the knock at the door comes to listen who it is,\n       (the duty of a porter)\n2) to harken to a command\n   2a) to obey, be obedient to, submit to
05220^5220 hupandros {hoop'-an-dros}\n\nfrom 5259 and 435;; adj\n\nAV - which hath an husband 1; 1\n\n1) under i.e. subject to a man: married
05221^5221 hupantao {hoop-an-tah'-o}\n\nfrom 5259 and a derivative of 473; TDNT - 3:625,419; v\n\nAV - meet 4, go and meet 1; 5\n\n1) to go to meet, to meet\n2) in military reference\n   2a) of a hostile meeting
05222^5222 hupantesis {hoop-an'-tay-sis}\n\nfrom 5221; TDNT - TDNT - 3:625,419; n f\n\nAV - to meet + 1519 1; 1\n\n1) to go to meet
05223^5223 huparxis {hoop'-arx-is}\n\nfrom 5225;; n f\n\nAV - goods 1, substance 1; 2\n\n1) possessions, goods, wealth, property
05224^5224 huparchonta {hoop-ar'-khon-tah}\n\nneuter plural of present participle active of 5225 as noun;; v participle\n\nAV - goods 7, that (one) has 4, things which (one) possesses 2,\n     substance 1; 14\n\n1) possessions, goods, wealth, property
05225^5225 huparcho {hoop-ar'-kho}\n\nfrom 5259 and 756;; v\n\nAV - be 42, have 2, live 1, after 1, not tr 2; 48\n\n1) to begin below, to make a beginning\n   1a) to begin\n2) to come forth, hence to be there, be ready, be at hand\n3) to be
05226^5226 hupeiko {hoop-i'-ko}\n\nfrom 5259 and eiko (to yield, be "weak");; v\n\nAV - submit (one's) self 1; 1\n\n1) to resist no longer, but to give way, yield (of combatants)\n2) metaph. to yield to authority and admonition, to submit
05227^5227 hupenantios {hoop-en-an-tee'-os}\n\nfrom 5259 and 1727;; adj\n\nAV - contrary 1, adversary 1; 2\n\n1) opposite to\n   1a) set over against: meeting one another\n2) opposed to, contrary to, an adversary
05228^5228 huper {hoop-er'}\n\na primary preposition; TDNT - 8:507,1228; prep\n\nAV - for 104, of 12, above 12, for (one's) sake 8,\n     on (one's) behalf 3, more than 3, in (one's) stead 2, than 2,\n     very chiefest + 3029 2, beyond 1, to 1, over 1, more 1,\n     exceedingly abundantly + 1537 + 4053 1, exceedingly + 1537 + 4053 1,\n     very highly + 1537 + 4053 1, misc 5; 160\n\n1) in behalf of, for the sake of\n2) over, beyond, more than\n3) more, beyond, over
05229^5229 huperairomai {hoop-er-ah'-ee-rom-ahee}\n\nmiddle voice from 5228 and 142;; v\n\nAV - be exalted above measure 2, exalt (one's) self 1; 3\n\n1) to lift or raise up over some thing\n2) to lift one's self up, be exalted, be haughty\n3) to carry one's self haughtily to, behave insolently towards one
05230^5230 huperakmos {hoop-er'-ak-mos}\n\nfrom 5228 and the base of 188;; adj\n\nAV - pass the flower of (one's) age + 5600 1; 1\n\n1) beyond the bloom or prime of life\n2) overripe, plump and ripe, (and so in a greater danger of defilement)\n   2a) of a virgin
05231^5231 huperano {hoop-er-an'-o}\n\nfrom 5228 and 507;; adv\n\nAV - far above 2, over 1; 3\n\n1) above\n   1a) above a thing\n   1b) of a place\n   1c) of rank or power
05232^5232 huperauxano {hoop-er-owx-an'-o}\n\nfrom 5228 and 837; TDNT - 8:517,1229; v\n\nAV - grow exceedingly 1; 1\n\n1) to increase beyond measure\n2) to grow exceedingly
05233^5233 huperbaino {hoop-er-bah'-ee-no}\n\nfrom 5228 and the base of 939; TDNT - 5:743,772; v\n\nAV - go beyond 1; 1\n\n1) to step over, beyond\n2) metaph.\n   2a) to transgress\n   2b) to overstep the proper limits\n   2c) trespass, do wrong, sin\n       2c1) of one who defrauds another in business\n   2d) overreaches
05234^5234 huperballontos {hoop-er-bal-lon'-toce}\n\nfrom present participle active of 5235; TDNT - 8:520,1230; adv\n\nAV - above measure 1; 1\n\n1) above measure
05235^5235 huperballo {hoop-er-bal'-lo}\n\nfrom 5228 and 906; TDNT - 8:520,1230; v\n\nAV - exceed 3, excel 1, pass 1; 5\n\n1) to surpass in throwing, to throw over or beyond any thing\n2) to transcend, surpass, exceed, excel\n3) excelling, exceeding
05236^5236 huperbole {hoop-er-bol-ay'}\n\nfrom 5235; TDNT - 8:520,1230; n f\n\nAV - far more + 2596 1, exceeding + 2596 1, more excellent +2596 1,\n     out of measure + 2596 1, beyond measure + 2596 1, excellency 1,\n     abundance 1, exceeding + 1519 1; 8\n\n1) a throwing beyond\n2) metaph.\n   2a) superiority, excellence, pre-eminence\n   2b) beyond measure, exceedingly, preeminently\n   2c) beyond all measure
05237^5237 hupereido {hoop-er-i'-do}\n\nfrom 5228 and 1492;; v\n\nAV - wink at 1; 1\n\n1) to overlook, take no notice of, not attend to
05238^5238 huperekeina {hoop-er-ek'-i-nah}\n\nfrom 5228 and the neuter plural of 1565;; adv\n\nAV - beyond 1; 1\n\n1) beyond: the regions lying beyond the country of one's residence
05239^5239 huperekteino {hoop-er-ek-ti'-no}\n\nfrom 5228 and 1614; TDNT - 2:465,219; v\n\nAV - stretch beyond 1; 1\n\n1) to extend beyond the prescribed bounds, stretch out beyond measure,\n   stretch out overmuch
05240^5240 huperekchuno {hoop-er-ek-khoo'-no}\n\nfrom 5228 and the alternate form of 1632;; v\n\nAV - run over 1; 1\n\n1) to pour out beyond measure\n2) to overflow, run over
05241^5241 huperentugchano {hoop-er-en-toong-khan'-o}\n\nfrom 5228 and 1793; TDNT - 8:238,1191; v\n\nAV - make intercession for 1; 1\n\n1) to intercede for one
05242^5242 huperecho {hoop-er-ekh'-o}\n\nfrom 5228 and 2192; TDNT - 8:523,1230; v\n\nAV - higher 1, better 1, excellency 1, pass 1, supreme 1; 5\n\n1) to have or hold over one\n2) to stand out, rise above, overtop\n   2a) to be above, be superior in rank, authority, power\n       2a1) the prominent men, rulers\n   2b) to excel, to be superior, better than, to surpass
05243^5243 huperephania {hoop-er-ay-fan-ee'-ah}\n\nfrom 5244; TDNT - 8:525,1231; n f\n\nAV - pride 1; 1\n\n1) pride, haughtiness, arrogance\n2) the character of one who, with a swollen estimate of his own\n   powers or merits, looks down on others and even treats them with\n   insolence and contempt
05244^5244 huperephanos {hoop-er-ay'-fan-os}\n\nfrom 5228 and 5316; TDNT - 8:525,1231; adj\n\nAV - proud 5; 5\n\n1) showing one's self above others, overtopping, conspicuous\n   above others, pre-eminent\n2) with an overweening estimate of one's means or merits,\n   despising others or even treating them with contempt, haughty
05245^5245 hupernikao {hoop-er-nik-ah'-o}\n\nfrom 5228 and 3528; TDNT - 4:942,634; v\n\nAV - be more than conqueror 1; 1\n\n1) to be more than a conqueror, to gain a surpassing victory
05246^5246 huperogkos {hoop-er'-ong-kos}\n\nfrom 5228 and 3591;; adj\n\nAV - great swelling 2; 2\n\n1) overswollen\n2) metaph. immoderate, extravagant
05247^5247 huperoche {hoop-er-okh-ay'}\n\nfrom 5242; TDNT - 8:523,1230; n f\n\nAV - excellency 1, authority 1; 2\n\n1) elevation, pre-eminence, superiority\n2) metaph. excellence
05248^5248 huperperisseuo {hoop-er-per-is-syoo'-o}\n\nfrom 5228 and 4052; TDNT - 6:58,828; v\n\nAV - much more abound 1, exceeding 1; 2\n\n1) to abound beyond measure, abound exceedingly\n2) to overflow, to enjoy abundantly
05249^5249 huperperissos {hoop-er-per-is-soce'}\n\nfrom 5228 and 4057;; adv\n\nAV - beyond measure 1; 1\n\n1) beyond measure, exceedingly
05250^5250 huperpleonazo {hoop-er-pleh-on-ad'-zo}\n\nfrom 5228 and 4121; TDNT - 6:263,864; v\n\nAV - to be exceeding abundant 1; 1\n\n1) to be exceedingly abundant\n2) to overflow\n3) to possess in excess
05251^5251 huperupsoo {hoop-er-oop-so'-o}\n\nfrom 5228 and 5312; TDNT - 8:606,1241; v\n\nAV - highly exalt 1; 1\n\n1) metaph. to exalt to the highest rank and power, raise to supreme majesty\n2) to extol most highly\n3) to be lifted up with pride, exalted beyond measure\n4) to carry one's self loftily
05252^5252 huperphroneo {hoop-er-fron-eh'-o}\n\nfrom 5228 and 5426;; v\n\nAV - think more highly 1; 1\n\n1) to think more highly of one's self than is proper
05253^5253 huperoon {hoop-er-o'-on}\n\nfrom a derivative of 5228;; n n\n\nAV - upper chamber 3, upper room 1; 4\n\n1) the highest part of the house, the upper rooms or story where\n   the women resided\n2) a room in the upper part of a house, sometimes built upon the flat\n   roof of the house, whither Orientals were wont to retire in order\n   to sup, meditate, pray
05254^5254 hupecho {hoop-ekh'-o}\n\nfrom 5259 and 2192;; v\n\nAV - suffer 1; 1\n\n1) to hold under, to put under, place underneath\n2) metaph. to sustain, undergo\n   2a) suffer punishment
05255^5255 hupekoos {hoop-ay'-ko-os}\n\nfrom 5219; TDNT - 1:224,34; adj\n\nAV - obedient 2, obey + 1096 1; 3\n\n1) giving ear, obedient
05256^5256 hupereteo {hoop-ay-ret-eh'-o}\n\nfrom 5257; TDNT - 8:530,1231; v\n\nAV - serve 1, minister unto 1, minister 1; 3\n\n1) to act as a rower, to row\n2) to minister, render services
05257^5257 huperetes {hoop-ay-ret'-ace}\n\nfrom 5259 and a derivative of eresso (to row); TDNT - 8:530,1231; n m\n\nAV - officer 11, minister 5, servant 4; 20\n\n1) servant\n  1a) an underrower, subordinate rower\n  1b) any one who serves with hands: a servant\n      1b1) in the NT of the officers and attendants of\n           magistrates as -- of the officer who executes penalties\n      1b2) of the attendants of a king, servants, retinue, the\n           soldiers of a king, of the attendant of a synagogue\n      1b3) of any one ministering or rendering service\n  1c) any one who aids another in any work\n      1c1) an assistant\n      1c2) of the preacher of the gospel\n\nFor Synonyms see entry 5834
05258^5258 hupnos {hoop'-nos}\n\nfrom an obsolete primary (perhaps akin to 5259 through the idea\n   of subsilience); TDNT - 8:545,1233; n m\n\nAV - sleep 6; 6\n\n1) sleep
05259^5259 hupo {hoop-o'}\n\na primary preposition;; prep\n\nAV - of 116, by 42, under 48, with 14, in 1, not tr 6, misc 3; 230\n\n1) by, under
05260^5260 hupoballo {hoop-ob-al'-lo}\n\nfrom 5259 and 906;; v\n\nAV - suborn 1; 1\n\n1) to throw or put under\n2) to suggest to the mind\n3) to instruct privately, instigate, to bribe or induce (someone)\n   unlawfully or secretly to perform some misdeed or commit a crime\n4) to induce (a person esp. a witness) to give false testimony
05261^5261 hupogrammos {hoop-og-ram-mos'}\n\nfrom a compound of 5259 and 1125; TDNT - 1:772,128; n m\n\nAV - example 1; 1\n\n1) a writing copy, including all the letters of the alphabet,\n   given to beginners as an aid in learning to draw them\n2) an example set before one
05262^5262 hupodeigma {hoop-od'-igue-mah}\n\nfrom 5263; TDNT - 2:32,141; n n\n\nAV - example 4, pattern 1, ensample 1; 6\n\n1) a sign suggestive of anything, delineation of a thing,\n   representation, figure, copy\n2) an example: for imitation\n   2a) of the thing to be imitated\n   2b) for a warning, of a thing to be shunned
05263^5263 hupodeiknumi {hoop-od-ike'-noo-mee}\n\nfrom 5259 and 1166;; v\n\nAV - show 3, warn 2, forewarn 1; 6\n\n1) to show by placing under (i.e. before) the eyes\n2) to show by words and arguments, i.e. to teach\n3) to show by make known future things
05264^5264 hupodechomai {hoop-od-ekh'-om-ahee}\n\nfrom 5259 and 1209;; v\n\nAV - receive 4; 4\n\n1) to receive as a guest
05265^5265 hupodeo {hoop-od-eh'-o}\n\nfrom 5259 and 1210; TDNT - 5:310,702; v\n\nAV - bind on 1, shod 1, be shod with 1; 3\n\n1) to underbind\n2) to bind under one's self, bind on
05266^5266 hupodema {hoop-od'-ay-mah}\n\nfrom 5265; TDNT - 5:310,702; n n\n\nAV - shoe 10; 10\n\n1) what is bound under, a sandal, a sole fastened to the foot with thongs
05267^5267 hupodikos {hoop-od'-ee-kos}\n\nfrom 5259 and 1349; TDNT - 8:557,1235; adj\n\nAV - guilty 1; 1\n\n1) under judgment, one who lost his suit\n2) debtor to one, owing satisfaction to\n   2a) of liable to punishment from God
05268^5268 hupozugion {hoop-od-zoog'-ee-on}\n\nneuter of a compound of 5259 and 2218;; adj\n\nAV - ass 2; 2\n\n1) under the yoke\n2) a beast of burden, an ass\n   2a) the ass was the common animal used by the Orientals on journey\n       and for carrying burdens
05269^5269 hupozonnumi {hoop-od-zone'-noo-mee}\n\nfrom 5259 and 2224;; v\n\nAV - undergird 1; 1\n\n1) to undergird\n   1a) to bind a ship together laterally: i.e. with girths or cables,\n       to enable it to survive the force of waves and tempest
05270^5270 hupokato {hoop-ok-at'-o}\n\nfrom 5259 and 2736;; v\n\nAV - under 9; 9\n\n1) under, underneath
05271^5271 hupokrinomai {hoop-ok-rin'-om-ahee}\n\nmiddle voice from 5259 and 2919; TDNT - 8:559,1235; v\n\nAV - feign 1; 1\n\n1) to take up another's statements in reference to what one has\n   decided for one's self\n   1a) to reply, answer\n2) to make answer (speak) on the stage\n   2a) to impersonate anyone, play a part\n3) to simulate, feign, pretend
05272^5272 hupokrisis {hoop-ok'-ree-sis}\n\nfrom 5271; TDNT - 8:559,1235; n f\n\nAV - hypocrisy 5, dissimulation 1, condemnation 1; 7\n\n1) an answering\n2) an answer\n3) the acting of a stage player\n4) dissimulation, hypocrisy
05273^5273 hupokrites {hoop-ok-ree-tace'}\n\nfrom 5271; TDNT - 8:559,1235; n m\n\nAV - hypocrite 20; 20\n\n1) one who answers, an interpreter\n2) an actor, stage player\n3) a dissembler, pretender, hypocrite
05274^5274 hupolambano {hoop-ol-am-ban'-o}\n\nfrom 5259 and 2983; TDNT - 4:15,495; v\n\nAV - suppose 2, answer 1, receive 1; 4\n\n1) to take up in order to raise, to bear on high\n   1a) to take up and carry away\n2) to receive hospitably, welcome\n3) to take up\n   3a) follow in speech, in order either to reply to or controvert or\n       supplement what another has said\n4) to take up in the mind\n   4a) to assume, suppose
05275^5275 hupoleipo {hoop-ol-i'-po}\n\nfrom 5295 and 3007; TDNT - 4:194,*; v\n\nAV - leave 1; 1\n\n1) to leave behind\n2) to be left behind, left remaining\n   2a) of a survivor
05276^5276 hupolenion {hoop-ol-ay'-nee-on}\n\nfrom a presumed compound of 5259 and 3025; TDNT - 4:254,531; n n\n\nAV - winefat 1; 1\n\n1) a vessel placed under a press (and in the Orient usually sunk\n   in the earth) to receive the expressed juice of the grapes, a pit
05277^5277 hupolimpano {hoop-ol-im-pan'-o}\n\na prolonged form for 5275;; v\n\nAV - leave 1; 1\n\n1) to leave, leave behind
05278^5278 hupomeno {hoop-om-en'-o}\n\nfrom 5259 and 3306; TDNT - 4:581,581; v\n\nAV - endure 11, take patiently 2, tarry behind 1, abide 1, patient 1,\n     suffer 1; 17\n\n1) to remain\n   1a) to tarry behind\n2) to remain i.e. abide, not recede or flee\n   2a) to preserve: under misfortunes and trials to hold fast to\n       one's faith in Christ\n   2b) to endure, bear bravely and calmly: ill treatments
05279^5279 hupomimnesko {hoop-om-im-nace'-ko}\n\nfrom 5259 and 3403;; v\n\nAV - put in remembrance 3, remember 2, bring to remembrance 1,\n     put in mind 1; 7\n\n1) to cause one to remember, bring to remembrance, recall to mind:\n   to another\n2) to put one in remembrance, admonish, of something\n3) to be reminded, to remember
05280^5280 hupomnesis {hoop-om'-nay-sis}\n\nfrom 5279; TDNT - 1:348,56; n f\n\nAV - remembrance 2, put in remembrance 1; 3\n\n1) a reminding\n2) remembrance\n\nFor Synonyms see entry 5809
05281^5281 hupomone {hoop-om-on-ay'}\n\nfrom 5278; TDNT - 4:581,581; n f\n\nAV - patience 29, enduring 1, patient continuance 1,\n     patient waiting 1; 32\n\n1) steadfastness, constancy, endurance\n   1a) in the NT the characteristic of a man who is not swerved from\n       his deliberate purpose and his loyalty to faith and piety by\n       even the greatest trials and sufferings\n   1b) patiently, and steadfastly\n2) a patient, steadfast waiting for\n3) a patient enduring, sustaining, perseverance\n\nFor Synonyms see entry 5861
05282^5282 huponoeo {hoop-on-o-eh'-o}\n\nfrom 5259 and 3539; TDNT - 4:1017,636; v\n\nAV - think 1, suppose 1, deem 1; 3\n\n1) to suppose, surmise
05283^5283 huponoia {hoop-on'-oy-ah}\n\nfrom 5282; TDNT - 4:1017,636; n f\n\nAV - surmising 1; 1\n\n1) a surmising
05284^5284 hupopleo {hoop-op-leh'-o}\n\nfrom 5259 and 4126;; v\n\nAV - sail under 2; 2\n\n1) to sail under, that is, to sail close by\n2) to the leeward of
05285^5285 hupopneo {hoop-op-neh'-o}\n\nfrom 5259 and 4154;; v\n\nAV - blow softly 1; 1\n\n1) to blow underneath\n2) to blow softly
05286^5286 hupopodion {hoop-op-od'-ee-on}\n\nfrom a compound of 5259 and 4228;; n n\n\nAV - footstool + 4228 8, footstool 1; 9\n\n1) a footstool\n   1a) to make one a footstool of one's feet, i.e. to subject, to\n       reduce under one's power\n   1b) metaph. taken from the practice of conquerors who placed their\n       feet on the necks of their conquered enemies
05287^5287 hupostasis {hoop-os'-tas-is}\n\nfrom a compound of 5259 and 2476; TDNT - 8:572,1237; n f\n\nAV - confidence 2, confident 1, person 1, substance 1; 5\n\n1) a setting or placing under\n   1a) thing put under, substructure, foundation\n2) that which has foundation, is firm\n   2a) that which has actual existence\n       2a1) a substance, real being\n   2b) the substantial quality, nature, of a person or thing\n   2c) the steadfastness of mind, firmness, courage, resolution\n       2c1) confidence, firm trust, assurance
05288^5288 hupostello {hoop-os-tel'-lo}\n\nfrom 5259 and 4724; TDNT - 7:597,1074; v\n\nAV - keep back 1, shun 1, withdraw 1, draw back 1; 4\n\n1) to draw back, let down, lower\n   1a) to withdraw: of a timid person\n2) to withdraw one's self, i.e. to be timid, to cover, shrink\n   2a) of those who from timidity hesitate to avow what they believe\n   2b) to be unwilling to utter from fear\n   2c) to shrink from declaring, to conceal, dissemble
05289^5289 hupostole {hoop-os-tol-ay'}\n\nfrom 5288; TDNT - 7:599,1074; n f\n\nAV - of them who draw back 1; 1\n\n1) the timidity of one stealthily retreating
05290^5290 hupostrepho {hoop-os-tref'-o}\n\nfrom 5259 and 4762;; v\n\nAV - return 28, return again 3, turn back 1, turn again 1,\n     return back again 1, come again 1; 35\n\n1) to turn back\n   1a) to turn about\n2) to return
05291^5291 hupostronnumi {hoop-os-trone'-noo-mee}\n\nfrom 5259 and 4766;; v\n\nAV - spread 1; 1\n\n1) to strew, spread under
05292^5292 hupotage {hoop-ot-ag-ay'}\n\nfrom 5293; TDNT - 8:46,1156; n f\n\nAV - subjection 4; 4\n\n1) the act of subjecting\n2) obedience, subjection
05293^5293 hupotasso {hoop-ot-as'-so}\n\nfrom 5259 and 5021; TDNT - 8:39,1156; v\n\nAV - put under 6, be subject unto 6, be subject to 5,\n     submit (one's) self unto 5, submit (one's) self to 3,\n     be in subjection unto 2, put in subjection under 1, misc 12; 40\n\n1) to arrange under, to subordinate\n2) to subject, put in subjection\n3) to subject one's self, obey\n4) to submit to one's control\n5) to yield to one's admonition or advice\n6) to obey, be subject
05294^5294 hupotithemi {hoop-ot-ith'-ay-mee}\n\nfrom 5259 and 5087;; v\n\nAV - lay down 1, put in remembrance 1; 2\n\n1) to place under\n2) metaph. to supply, suggest (supply from one's own resources)
05295^5295 hupotrecho {hoop-ot-rekh'-o}\n\nfrom 5259 and 5143 (including its alternate);; v\n\nAV - run under 1; 1\n\n1) to run under\n   1a) of navigators\n       1a1) to run past a place on the shore, and therefore in a\n            higher position\n       1a2) running under the lee of
05296^5296 hupotuposis {hoop-ot-oop'-o-sis}\n\nfrom a compound of 5259 and a derivative of 5179; TDNT - 8:246,1193; n f\n\nAV - pattern 1, form 1; 2\n\n1) an outline, sketch, brief and summary exposition\n2) an example, pattern\n   2a) for an example of those who should hereafter believe\n   2b) to show by the example of my conversation that the same grace\n       which I had obtained would not be wanting also to those who\n       should hereafter believe
05297^5297 hupophero {hoop-of-er'-o}\n\nfrom 5259 and 5342;; v\n\nAV - endure 2, bear 1; 3\n\n1) to bear by being under, bear up (a thing placed on one's shoulders)\n2) to bear patiently, to endure
05298^5298 hupochoreo {hoop-okh-o-reh'-o}\n\nfrom 5259 and 5562;; v\n\nAV - withdrew + 2258 1, go aside 1; 2\n\n1) to go back\n2) withdraw
05299^5299 hupopiazo {hoop-o-pee-ad'-zo}\n\nfrom a compound of 5259 and a derivative of 3700; TDNT - 8:590,1239; v\n\nAV - weary 1, keep under 1; 2\n\n1) to beat black and blue, to smite so as to cause bruises and livid spots\n   1a) like a boxer one buffets his body, handle it roughly, discipline\n       by hardships\n2) metaph.\n   2a) to give one intolerable annoyance\n       2a1) beat one out, wear one out\n   2b) by entreaties\n3) that part of the face that is under the eyes
05300^5300 hus {hoos}\n\napparently a primary word;; n f\n\nAV - sow 1; 1\n\n1) swine
05301^5301 hussopos {hoos'-so-pos}\n\nof foreign origin 0231;; n f\n\nAV - hyssop 2; 2\n\n1) hyssop\n2) a plant used by the Hebrews in their ritual sprinklings
05302^5302 hustereo {hoos-ter-eh'-o}\n\nfrom 5306; TDNT - 8:592,1240; v\n\nAV - lack 3, be behind 2, want 2, come short 1, be in want 1, fail 1,\n     come behind 1, be destitute 1, misc 4; 16\n\n1) behind\n   1a) to come late or too tardily\n       1a1) to be left behind in the race and so fail to reach the\n            goal, to fall short of the end\n       1a2) metaph. fail to become a partaker, fall back from\n   1b) to be inferior in power, influence and rank\n       1b1) of the person: to be inferior to\n   1c) to fail, be wanting\n   1d) to be in want of, lack\n2) to suffer want, to be devoid of, to lack (be inferior) in\n   excellence, worth
05303^5303 husterema {hoos-ter'-ay-mah}\n\nfrom 5302; TDNT - 8:592,1240; n n\n\nAV - which is lacking 3, want 3, which is behind 1, lack 1, penury 1; 9\n\n1) deficiency, that which is lacking\n2) in reference to property and resources, poverty, want, destitution
05304^5304 husteresis {hoos-ter'-ay-sis}\n\nfrom 5302; TDNT - 8:592,1240; n f\n\nAV - want 2; 2\n\n1) want, poverty
05305^5305 husteron {hoos'-ter-on}\n\nneuter of 5306 as adverb; TDNT - 8:592,1240; n n\n\nAV - afterward 8, last 2, at the last 1, last of all 1; 12\n\n1) latter, later, coming after, the second\n2) afterward, after this, later, lastly
05306^5306 husteros {hoos'-ter-os}\n\ncomparative from 5259 (in the sense of behind); TDNT - 8:592,1240; adj\n\nAV - latter 1; 1\n\n1) latter, later, coming after, the second\n2) afterward, after this, later, lastly
05307^5307 huphantos {hoo-fan-tos'}\n\nfrom huphaino {to weave};; adj\n\nAV - woven 1; 1\n\n1) woven
05308^5308 hupselos {hoop-say-los'}\n\nfrom 5311;; adj\n\nAV - high 8, higher 1, highly esteemed 1, high things 1; 11\n\n1) high, lofty\n   1a) exalted on high\n   1b) with an uplifted arm, i.e. with signal power\n2) metaph. eminent, exalted\n   2a) in influence and honour\n   2b) to set the mind on, to seek, high things (as honours and\n       riches), to be aspiring
05309^5309 hupselophroneo {hoop-say-lo-fron-eh'-o}\n\nfrom a compound of 5308 and 5424;; v\n\nAV - be highminded 2; 2\n\n1) to be high minded, proud
05310^5310 hupsistos {hoop'-sis-tos}\n\nsuperlative from the base of 5311; TDNT - 8:614,1241; adv\n\nAV - highest 8, most high 5; 13\n\n1) highest, most high\n   1a) of place: the highest regions\n   1b) of rank: the most high God
05311^5311 hupsos {hoop'-sos}\n\nfrom a derivative of 5228; TDNT - 8:602,1241; n n\n\nAV - on high 2, height 2, high 1, be exalted 1; 6\n\n1) height\n   1a) of measurement\n   1b) of place, heaven\n   1c) metaph. rank, high station
05312^5312 hupsoo {hoop-so'-o}\n\nfrom 5311; TDNT - 8:606,1241; v\n\nAV - exalt 14, lift up 6; 20\n\n1) to lift up on high, to exalt\n2) metaph.\n   2a) to raise to the very summit of opulence and prosperity\n   2b) to exalt, to raise to dignity, honour and happiness
05313^5313 hupsoma {hoop'-so-mah}\n\nfrom 5312; TDNT - 8:613,1241; n n\n\nAV - height 1, high thing 1; 2\n\n1) thing elevated, height\n   1a) of space\n   1b) elevated structure i.e. barrier, rampart, bulwark
05314^5314 phagos {fag'-os}\n\nfrom 5315;; n m\n\nAV - gluttonous 2; 2\n\n1) a voracious man, a glutton
05315^5315 phago {fag'-o}\n\na primary verb (used as an alternate of 2068 in certain tenses);; v\n\nAV - eat 94, meat 3; 97\n\n1) to eat\n2) to eat (consume) a thing\n   2a) to take food, eat a meal\n   2b) metaph. to devour, consume
05316^5316 phaino {fah'-ee-no}\n\nprolongation for the base of 5457; TDNT - 9:1,1244; v\n\nAV - appear 17, shine 10, be seen 2, seem 1, think 1; 31\n\n1) to bring forth into the light, cause to shine, shed light\n2) shine\n   2a) to shine, be bright or resplendent\n   2b) to become evident, to be brought forth into the light,\n       come to view, appear\n       2b1) of growing vegetation, to come to light\n       2b2) to appear, be seen\n       2b3) exposed to view\n   2c) to meet the eyes, strike the sight, become clear or manifest\n       2c1) to be seen, appear\n   2d) to appear to the mind, seem to one's judgment or opinion\n\nFor Synonyms see entry 5837
05317^5317 Phalek {fal'-ek}\n\nof Hebrew origin 06389;; n pr m\n\nAV - Phalec 1; 1\n\nPeleg = "division"\n1) the son of Eber
05318^5318 phaneros {fan-er-os'}\n\nfrom 5316; TDNT - 9:2,1244; adj\n\nAV - manifest 9, openly + 1722 + 3588 3, known 3, abroad + 1519 2,\n     spread abroad 1, outwardly + 1722 + 3588 1, outward 1, appear 1; 21\n\n1) apparent, manifest, evident, known\n2) manifest i.e to be plainly recognised or known
05319^5319 phaneroo {fan-er-o'-o}\n\nfrom 5318; TDNT - 9:3,1244; v\n\nAV - make manifest 19, appear 12, manifest 9, show 3, be manifest 2,\n     show (one's) self 2, manifestly declare 1, manifest forth 1; 49\n\n1) to make manifest or visible or known what has been hidden or unknown,\n   to manifest, whether by words, or deeds, or in any other way\n   1a) make actual and visible, realised\n   1b) to make known by teaching\n   1c) to become manifest, be made known\n   1d) of a person\n       1d1) expose to view, make manifest, to show one's self, appear\n   1e) to become known, to be plainly recognised, thoroughly understood\n       1e1) who and what one is\n\nFor Synonyms see entry 5812
05320^5320 phaneros {fan-er-oce'}\n\nfrom 5318;; adv\n\nAV - openly 2, evidently 1; 3\n\n1) manifestly\n   1a) plainly, clearly\n   1b) openly
05321^5321 phanerosis {fan-er'-o-sis}\n\nfrom 5319; TDNT - 9:6,1244; n f\n\nAV - manifestation 2; 2\n\n1) manifestation
05322^5322 phanos {fan-os'}\n\nfrom 5316;; n m\n\nAV - lantern 1; 1\n\n1) a torch
05323^5323 Phanouel {fan-oo-ale'}\n\nof Hebrew origin 06439;; n pr m\n\nAV - Phanuel 1; 1\n\nPhanuel = "the face of God"\n1) the father of Anna, the prophetess of the tribe of Asher
05324^5324 phantazo {fan-tad'-zo}\n\nfrom a derivative of 5316; TDNT - 9:6,1244; v\n\nAV - sight 1; 1\n\n1) to cause to appear, make visible, expose to view, show\n   1a) the appearance, sight
05325^5325 phantasia {fan-tas-ee'-ah}\n\nfrom a derivative of 5324;; n f\n\nAV - pomp 1; 1\n\n1) show, showy appearance, display, pomp
05326^5326 phantasma {fan'-tas-mah}\n\nfrom 5324; TDNT - 9:6,1244; n n\n\nAV - spirit 2; 2\n\n1) an appearance\n2) an apparition, spectre
05327^5327 pharagx {far'-anx}\n\nproperly, strengthened from the base of 4008 or rather of 4486;; n f\n\nAV - valley 1; 1\n\n1) a valley shut off by cliffs and precipices\n2) a ravine
05328^5328 Pharao {far-ah-o'}\n\nof foreign origin 06547;; n m\n\nAV - Pharaoh 5; 5\n\nPharaoh = "his nakedness"\n1) was a common title of the native kings of Egypt
05329^5329 Phares {far-es'}\n\nof Hebrew origin 06557;; n pr m\n\nAV - Phares 3; 3\n\nPharez = "a breach"\n1) the son of Judah and Tamar, his daughter-in-law
05330^5330 Pharisaios {far-is-ah'-yos}\n\nof Hebrew origin cf 06567; TDNT - 9:11,1246; n m\n\nAV - Pharisee 100; 100\n\n1) A sect that seems to have started after the Jewish exile. In\n   addition to OT books the Pharisees recognised in oral tradition a\n   standard of belief and life. They sought for distinction and\n   praise by outward observance of external rites and by outward\n   forms of piety, and such as ceremonial washings, fastings,\n   prayers, and alms giving; and, comparatively negligent of genuine\n   piety, they prided themselves on their fancied good works. They\n   held strenuously to a belief in the existence of good and evil\n   angels, and to the expectation of a Messiah; and they cherished\n   the hope that the dead, after a preliminary experience either of\n   reward or of penalty in Hades, would be recalled to life by him,\n   and be requited each according to his individual deeds. In\n   opposition to the usurped dominion of the Herods and the rule of\n   the Romans, they stoutly upheld the theocracy and their country's\n   cause, and possessed great influence with the common people.\n   According to Josephus they numbered more than 6000. They were\n   bitter enemies of Jesus and his cause; and were in turn severely\n   rebuked by him for their avarice, ambition, hollow reliance on\n   outward works, and affection of piety in order to gain popularity.
05331^5331 pharmakeia {far-mak-i'-ah}\n\nfrom 5332;; n f\n\nAV - sorcery 2, witchcraft 1; 3\n\n1) the use or the administering of drugs\n2) poisoning\n3) sorcery, magical arts, often found in connection with idolatry and\n   fostered by it\n4) metaph. the deceptions and seductions of idolatry
05332^5332 pharmakeus {far-mak-yoos'}\n\nfrom pharmakon (a drug, i.e. spell-giving potion);; n m\n\nAV - sorcerer 1; 1\n\n1) one who prepares or uses magical remedies\n2) sorcerer
05333^5333 pharmakos {far-mak-os'}\n\nthe same as 5332;; adj\n\nAV - sorcerer 1; 1\n\n1) pertaining to magical arts
05334^5334 phasis {fas'-is}\n\nfrom 5346 (not the same as "phase", which is from 5316);; n f\n\nAV - tidings 1; 1\n\n1) in the Attic orators, the exposure of (informing against)\n   those who have embezzled the property of the state, or\n   violated the laws respecting the importation or exporting of\n   merchandise, or defrauded their wards\n2) the disclosure of secret crime
05335^5335 phasko {fas'-ko}\n\nprolongation from the same as 5346;; v\n\nAV - say 2, affirm 1, profess 1; 4\n\n1) to affirm, allege, portend or profess
05336^5336 phatne {fat'-nay}\n\nfrom pateomai (to eat); TDNT - 9:49,1251; n f\n\nAV - manger 3, stall 1; 4\n\n1) a crib, a manger
05337^5337 phaulos {fow'-los}\n\napparently a primary word;; adj\n\nAV - evil 4; 4\n\n1) easy, slight, ordinary, mean, worthless, of no account\n2) ethically, bad, base, wicked
05338^5338 pheggos {feng'-gos}\n\nprobably akin to the base of 5457 [cf 5350];; n n\n\nAV - light 3; 3\n\n1) light\n   1a) of the moon\n   1b) of a candle or lamp\n2) the bright sunshine, the beam of light\n\nFor Synonyms see entry 5817
05339^5339 pheidomai {fi'-dom-ahee}\n\nof uncertain affinity;; v\n\nAV - spare 9, forbear 1; 10\n\n1) to spare\n2) to abstain
05340^5340 pheidomenos {fi-dom-en'-oce}\n\nfrom participle of 5339;; adv\n\nAV - sparingly 2; 2\n\n1) sparingly
05341^5341 phelones {fel-on'-ace}\n\nby transposition for a derivative probably of 5316 (as showing\n   outside the other garments);; n m\n\nAV - cloke 1; 1\n\n1) a travelling cloke, used for protection against stormy weather
05342^5342 phero {fer'-o}\n\na primary verb (for which other and apparently not cognate ones\n   are used in certain tenses only, namely, oio {oy'-o}; and\n   enegko {en-eng'-ko); TDNT - 9:56,1252; v\n\nAV - bring 34, bear 8, bring forth 5, come 3, reach 2, endure 2,\n     carry 1, misc 9; 64\n\n1) to carry\n   1a) to carry some burden\n       1a1) to bear with one's self\n   1b) to move by bearing; move or, to be conveyed or borne, with\n       the suggestion of force or speed\n       1b1) of persons borne in a ship over the sea\n       1b2) of a gust of wind, to rush\n       1b3) of the mind, to be moved inwardly, prompted\n   1c) to bear up i.e. uphold (keep from falling)\n       1c1) of Christ, the preserver of the universe\n2) to bear, i.e. endure, to endure the rigour of a thing, to bear\n   patiently one's conduct, or spare one (abstain from punishing\n   or destroying)\n3) to bring, bring to, bring forward\n   3a) to move to, apply\n   3b) to bring in by announcing, to announce\n   3c) to bear i.e. bring forth, produce; to bring forward in a speech\n   3d) to lead, conduct
05343^5343 pheugo {fyoo'-go}\n\napparently a primary verb;; v\n\nAV - flee 26, escape 3, flee away 2; 31\n\n1) to flee away, seek safety by flight\n2) metaph. to flee (to shun or avoid by flight) something\n   abhorrent, esp. vices\n3) to be saved by flight, to escape safely out of danger\n4) poetically, to flee away, vanish
05344^5344 Phelix {fay'-lix}\n\nof Latin origin;; n pr m\n\nAV - Felix 9; 9\n\nFelix = "happy"\n1) a Roman procurator of Judea appointed by the emperor Claudius in\n   A.D. 53. He ruled the province in a mean, cruel, and profligate\n   manner. His period of office was full of troubles and seditions.\n   Paul was brought before Felix at Caesarea. He was remanded in\n   prison, and kept there two years in hopes of extorting money from\n   him. Acts 24:26,27. At the end of that time Porcius Festus was\n   appointed to supersede Felix, who, on his return to Rome, was\n   accused by the Jews in Caesarea, and would have suffered the\n   penalty due to his atrocities had not his brother Pallas prevailed\n   with the emperor Nero to spare him. The wife of Felix was\n   Drusilla, daughter of Herod Agrippa I., who was his third wife and\n   whom he persuaded to leave her husband and marry him.
05345^5345 pheme {fay'-may}\n\nfrom 5346;; n f\n\nAV - fame 2; 2\n\n1) fame, report
05346^5346 phemi {fay-mee'}\n\nproperly, the same as the base of 5457 and 5316;; v\n\nAV - say 57, affirm 1; 58\n\n1) to make known one's thoughts, to declare\n2) to say
05347^5347 Phestos {face'-tos}\n\nof Latin derivation;; n pr m\n\nAV - Festus 13; 13\n\n[Porcius] Festus = "festival"\n1) the successor of Felix as procurator of Judea
05348^5348 phthano {fthan'-o}\n\napparently a primary verb; TDNT - 9:88,1258; v\n\nAV - come 4, already attain 1, attain 1, prevent 1; 7\n\n1) to come before, precede, anticipate\n2) to come to, arrive at\n3) to reach, attain to
05349^5349 phthartos {fthar-tos'}\n\nfrom 5351; TDNT - 9:93,1259; adj\n\nAV - corruptible 6; 6\n\n1) corruptible, perishing
05350^5350 phtheggomai {ftheng'-gom-ahee}\n\nprobably akin to 5338 and thus to 5346;; v\n\nAV - speak 3; 3\n\n1) to give out a sound, noise or cry\n   1a) of any sort of sound or voice, whether of man or of animal or\n       inanimate object as thunder, musical instruments, etc.
05351^5351 phtheiro {fthi'-ro}\n\nprobably strengthened from phthio (to pine or waste);\n   TDNT - 9:93,1259; v\n\nAV - corrupt 4, corrupt (one's) self 1, be corrupt 1, defile 1,\n     destroy 1; 8\n\n1) to corrupt, to destroy\n   1a) in the opinion of the Jews, the temple was corrupted or\n       "destroyed" when anyone defiled or in the slightest degree damaged\n       anything in it, or if its guardians neglected their duties\n   1b) to lead away a Christian church from that state of knowledge\n       and holiness in which it ought to abide\n   1c) to be destroyed, to perish\n   1d) in an ethical sense, to corrupt, deprave
05352^5352 phthinoporinos {fthin-op-o-ree-nos'}\n\nfrom derivative of phthino (to wane;  akin to the base of 5351)\n   and 3703 (meaning late autumn);; adj\n\nAV - whose fruit withereth 1; 1\n\n1) autumn trees\n   1a) trees such as they are at the close of autumn, dry, leafless\n       and without fruit\n   1b) metaph. of unfruitful, worthless men
05353^5353 phthoggos {ftong'-gos}\n\nfrom 5350;; n m\n\nAV - sound 2; 2\n\n1) musical sound, whether vocal or instrumental
05354^5354 phthoneo {fthon-eh'-o}\n\nfrom 5355;; v\n\nAV - envy 1; 1\n\n1) to envy
05355^5355 phthonos {fthon'-os}\n\nprobably akin to the base of 5351;; n m\n\nAV - envy 8, envying 1; 9\n\n1) envy\n2) for envy, i.e. prompted by envy
05356^5356 phthora {fthor-ah'}\n\nfrom 5351; TDNT - 9:93,1259; n f\n\nAV - corruption 7, to perish + 1519 1, destroy 1; 9\n\n1) corruption, destruction, perishing\n   1a) that which is subject to corruption, what is perishable\n   1b) in the Christian sense, eternal misery in hell\n2) in the NT, in an ethical sense, corruption i.e. moral decay
05357^5357 phiale {fee-al'-ay}\n\nof uncertain affinity;; n f\n\nAV - vial 12; 12\n\n1) a broad shallow bowl, deep saucer
05358^5358 philagathos {fil-ag'-ath-os}\n\nfrom 5384 and 18; TDNT - 1:18,3; adj\n\nAV - lover of good men 1; 1\n\n1) loving goodness
05359^5359 Philadelpheia {fil-ad-el'-fee-ah}\n\nfrom Philadelphos (the same as 5361); TDNT - 1:144,*; n pr loc\n\nAV - Philadelphia 2; 2\n\nPhiladelphia = "brotherly love"\n1) a city of Lydia in Asia Minor, situated near the eastern base of\n   of Mount Tmolus, founded and named by the Pergamene king, Attalus\n   II Philadelphus. After the death of Attalus III Philometor, 133 BC,\n   it together with his entire kingdom came by his will under the\n   jurisdiction of the Romans.
05360^5360 philadelphia {fil-ad-el-fee'-ah}\n\nfrom 5361; TDNT - 1:144,22; n f\n\nAV - brotherly love 3, brotherly kindness 2, love of the brethren 1; 6\n\n1) love of brothers or sisters, brotherly love\n2) in the NT the love which Christians cherish for each other as brethren
05361^5361 philadelphos {fil-ad'-el-fos}\n\nfrom 5384 and 80; TDNT - 1:144,22; adj\n\nAV - love as brethren 1; 1\n\n1) loving brother or sister\n2) in a broader sense, loving one like a brother, loving one's fellow\n   countrymen\n   2a) of an Israelite\n   2b) of a Christian loving Christians
05362^5362 philandros {fil'-an-dros}\n\nfrom 5384 and 435;; adj\n\nAV - love their husbands 1; 1\n\n1) loving her husband
05363^5363 philanthropia {fil-an-thro-pee'-ah}\n\nfrom the same as 5364; TDNT - 9:107,1261; n f\n\nAV - kindness 1, love toward man 1; 2\n\n1) love of mankind, benevolence
05364^5364 philanthropos {fil-an-thro'-poce}\n\nfrom a compound of 5384 and 444; TDNT - 9:107,1261; adv\n\nAV - courteously 1; 1\n\n1) humanely, kindly
05365^5365 philarguria {fil-ar-goo-ree'-ah}\n\nfrom 5366;; n f\n\nAV - love of money 1; 1\n\n1) love of money, avarice
05366^5366 philarguros {fil-ar'-goo-ros}\n\nfrom 5384 and 696;; adj\n\nAV - covetous 2; 2\n\n1) loving money, avarice
05367^5367 philautos {fil'-ow-tos}\n\nfrom 5384 and 846;; adj\n\nAV - lover of (one's) own self 1; 1\n\n1) loving one's self\n2) too intent on one's interest, selfish
05368^5368 phileo {fil-eh'-o}\n\nfrom 5384; TDNT - 9:114,1262; v\n\nAV - love 22, kiss 3; 25\n\n1) to love\n   1a) to approve of\n   1b) to like\n   1c) sanction\n   1d) to treat affectionately or kindly, to welcome, befriend\n2) to show signs of love\n   2a) to kiss\n3) to be fond of doing\n   3a) be wont, use to do
05369^5369 philedonos {fil-ay'-don-os}\n\nfrom 5384 and 2237; TDNT - 2:909,303; adj\n\nAV - lover of pleasure 1; 1\n\n1) loving pleasure
05370^5370 philema {fil'-ay-mah}\n\nfrom 5368; TDNT - 9:114,1262; n n\n\nAV - kiss 7; 7\n\n1) a kiss\n2) the kiss with which, as a sign of fraternal affection, Christians\n   were accustomed to welcome or dismiss their companions in the faith
05371^5371 Philemon {fil-ay'-mone}\n\nfrom 5368;; n pr m\n\nAV - Philemon 2; 2\n\nPhilemon = "one who kisses"\n\n1) a resident of Colosse, converted to Christianity by Paul, and the\n   recipient of the letter bearing his name
05372^5372 Philetos {fil-ay-tos'}\n\nfrom 5368;; n pr m\n\nAV - Philetus 1; 1\n\nPhiletus = "beloved"\n1) a heretic and a disciple of Hymenaeus,
05373^5373 philia {fil-ee'-ah}\n\nfrom 5384; TDNT - 9:146,1262; n f\n\nAV - friendship 1; 1\n\n1) friendship
05374^5374 Philippesios {fil-ip-pay'-see-os}\n\nfrom 5375;; n pr m\n\nAV - Philippians 2; 2\n\n1) a resident of the town of Philippi
05375^5375 Philippoi {fil'-ip-poy}\n\nplural of 5376;; n pr loc\n\nAV - Philippi 6; 6\n\nPhilippi = "Lover of horses"\n1) a city of Macedonia located on or near the northern coast of the\n   Aegean Sea, between the rivers Strymon and Nestus, and the cities\n   Neapolis and Amphipolis
05376^5376 Philippos {fil'-ip-pos}\n\nfrom 5384 and 2462;; n pr m\n\nAV - Philip (the apostle) 16, Philip (the evangelist) 16,\n     Philip (Herod) 3, Philippi (an adjunct of Caesarea) 2,\n     Philip (the tetrarch) 1; 38\n\nPhilip = "lover of horses"\n1) an apostle of Christ\n2) an evangelist and one of the seven deacons of the Jerusalem church\n3) tetrarch of Trachonitis, was brother to Herod Antipas, by the\n   father's, but not by the mother's side.  Philip was born of\n   Cleopatra, of Jerusalem, and Herod of Malthace, a Samaritan: he\n   died in the twentieth year of Tiberias, five years after his\n   mention in Lk. 3:1. He built Caesarea Philippi. His step brother\n   Herod Antipas, married his wife unlawfully. (Gill)\n4) see 2542, Caesarea Philippi
05377^5377 philotheos {fil-oth'-eh-os}\n\nfrom 5384 and 2316;; adj\n\nAV - lover of God 1; 1\n\n1) loving God
05378^5378 Philologos {fil-ol'-og-os}\n\nfrom 5384 and 3056;; n pr m\n\nAV - Philologus 1; 1\n\nPhilologus = "lover of the Word"\n1) a Christian Paul greets in his epistle to Romans
05379^5379 philoneikia {fil-on-i-kee'-ah}\n\nfrom 5380;; n f\n\nAV - strife 1; 1\n\n1) love of strife, eagerness to contend\n2) contention\n   2a) in a good sense, emulation
05380^5380 philoneikos {fil-on'-i-kos}\n\nfrom 5384 and neikos (a quarrel, probably akin to 3534);; adj\n\nAV - contentious 1; 1\n\n1) fond of strife, contentious\n   1a) in a good sense, emulous
05381^5381 philoxenia {fil-ox-en-ee'-ah}\n\nfrom 5382; TDNT - 5:1,*; n f\n\nAV - hospitality 1, lover of strangers 1; 2\n\n1) love to strangers, hospitality
05382^5382 philoxenos {fil-ox'-en-os}\n\nfrom 5384 and 3581; TDNT - 5:1,661; adj\n\nAV - given to hospitality 1, lover of hospitality 1, use hospitality 1; 3\n\n1) hospitable, generous to guests
05383^5383 philoproteuo {fil-op-rote-yoo'-o}\n\nfrom a compound of 5384 and 4413;; v\n\nAV - love to have the preeminence 1; 1\n\n1) to aspire to pre-eminence, to desire to be first
05384^5384 philos {fee'-los}\n\na primitive word; TDNT - 9:146,1262; adj\n\nAV - friend 29; 29\n\n1) friend, to be friendly to one, wish him well\n   1a) a friend\n   1b) an associate\n   1c) he who associates familiarly with one, a companion\n   1d) one of the bridegroom's friends who on his behalf asked the\n       hand of the bride and rendered him various services in closing\n       the marriage and celebrating the nuptials
05385^5385 philosophia {fil-os-of-ee'-ah}\n\nfrom 5386; TDNT - 9:172,1269; n f\n\nAV - philosophy 1; 1\n\n1) love of wisdom\n   1a) used either of zeal for or skill in any art or science, any\n       branch of knowledge. Used once in the NT of the theology, or\n       rather theosophy, of certain Jewish Christian ascetics, which\n       busied itself with refined and speculative enquiries into the\n       nature and classes of angels, into the ritual of the Mosaic\n       law and the regulations of Jewish tradition respecting\n       practical life
05386^5386 philosophos {fil-os'-of-os}\n\nfrom 5384 and 4680; TDNT - 9:172,1269; n m\n\nAV - philosopher 1; 1\n\n1) a philosopher, one given to the pursuit of wisdom or learning\n2) in a narrower sense, one who investigates and discusses the cause\n   of things and the highest good
05387^5387 philostorgos {fil-os'-tor-gos}\n\nfrom 5384 and storge (cherishing one's kindred, especially\n   parents or children);; adj\n\nAV - kindly affectioned 1; 1\n\n1) the mutual love of parents and children and wives and husbands\n2) loving affection, prone to love, loving tenderly\n   2a) chiefly of the reciprocal tenderness of parents and children
05388^5388 philoteknos {fil-ot'-ek-nos}\n\nfrom 5384 and 5043;; adj\n\nAV - love (one's) children 1; 1\n\n1) loving one's offspring or children
05389^5389 philotimeomai {fil-ot-im-eh'-om-ahee}\n\nmiddle voice from a compound of 5384 and 5092;; v\n\nAV - strive 1, labour 1, study 1; 3\n\n1) to be fond of honour\n   1a) to be actuated by love of honour\n   1b) from a love of honour to strive to bring something to pass\n2) to be ambitious\n   2a) to strive earnestly, make it one's aim
05390^5390 philophronos {fil-of-ron'-oce}\n\nfrom 5391;; adv\n\nAV - courteously 1; 1\n\n1) kindly, in a friendly manner
05391^5391 philophron {fil-of'-rone}\n\nfrom 5384 and 5424;; adj\n\nAV - courteous 1; 1\n\n1) friendly, kind
05392^5392 phimoo {fee-mo'-o}\n\nfrom phimos (a muzzle);; v\n\nAV - put to silence 2, hold (one's) peace 2, muzzle 2,\n     be speechless 1, be still 1; 8\n\n1) to close the mouth with a muzzle, to muzzle\n2) metaph.\n   2a) to stop the mouth, make speechless, reduce to silence\n   2b) to become speechless\n3) to be kept in check
05393^5393 Phlegon {fleg'-one}\n\nactive participle of the base of 5395;; n pr m\n\nAV - Phlegon 1; 1\n\nPhlegon = "burning"\n1) a resident at Rome greeted by Paul of the book of Romans
05394^5394 phlogizo {flog-id'-zo}\n\nfrom 5395;; v\n\nAV - set on fire 2; 2\n\n1) to ignite, set on fire\n2) to burn up\n3) fig. to operate destructively, have a most pernicious power\n   3a) of that in which the destructive influences are kindled
05395^5395 phlox {flox}\n\nfrom a primary phlego (to "flash" or "flame");; n f\n\nAV - flame 6, flaming 1; 7\n\n1) a flame
05396^5396 phluareo {floo-ar-eh'-o}\n\nfrom 5397;; v\n\nAV - prate against 1; 1\n\n1) to utter nonsense, talk idly, prate\n2) to bring forward idle accusations, make empty charges\n3) to accuse one falsely with malicious words
05397^5397 phluaros {floo'-ar-os}\n\nfrom phluo (to bubble);; adj\n\nAV - tattler 1; 1\n\n1) of persons uttering or doing silly things, garrulous, babbling\n2) of things, foolish, trifling, vain
05398^5398 phoberos {fob-er-os'}\n\nfrom 5401;; adj\n\nAV - fearful 2, terrible 1; 3\n\n1) inspiring fear, terrible, formidable\n2) affected with fear, timid\n\nFor Synonyms see entry 5835
05399^5399 phobeo {fob-eh'-o}\n\nfrom 5401; TDNT - 9:189,1272; v\n\nAV - fear 62, be afraid 23, be afraid of 5, reverence 1, misc 2; 93\n\n1) to put to flight by terrifying (to scare away)\n   1a) to put to flight, to flee\n   1b) to fear, be afraid\n       1b1) to be struck with fear, to be seized with alarm\n            1b1a) of those startled by strange sights or occurrences\n            1b1b) of those struck with amazement\n       1b2) to fear, be afraid of one\n       1b3) to fear (i.e. hesitate) to do something (for fear of harm)\n   1c) to reverence, venerate, to treat with deference or\n       reverential obedience\n\nFor Synonyms see entry 5841
05400^5400 phobetron {fob'-ay-tron}\n\nfrom a derivative of 5399;; n n\n\nAV - fearful sight 1; 1\n\n1) that which strikes terror, a terror, (cause of) fright
05401^5401 phobos {fob'-os}\n\nfrom a primary phebomai (to be put in fear); TDNT - 9:189,1272; n m\n\nAV - fear 41, terror 3, misc 3; 47\n\n1) fear, dread, terror\n   1a) that which strikes terror\n2) reverence for one's husband
05402^5402 Phoibe {foy'-bay}\n\nfrom phoibos (bright, probably akin to the base of 5457);; n pr f\n\nAV - Phebe 2; 2\n\nPhoebe = "radiant"\n1) a deaconess of the church at Cenchrea, near Corinth
05403^5403 Phoinike {foy-nee'-kay}\n\nfrom 5404;; n pr loc\n\nAV - Phenice 2, Phenicia 1; 3\n\nPhenicia = "land of palm trees"\n1) a territory of the province of Syria, situated on the coast of the\n   Mediterranean between the river Eleutherus and the promontory of\n   Carmel, some 30 miles (50 km) long and 3 (5 km) broad
05404^5404 phoinix {foy'-nix}\n\nof uncertain derivation;; n m\n\nAV - palm tree 1, palm 1; 2\n\n1) a palm tree, date palm
05405^5405 Phoinix {foy'-nix}\n\nprobably the same as 5404;; n pr loc\n\nAV - Phenice 1; 1\n\nPhenice = "palm tree"\n1) the name of a haven in Crete on the south coast
05406^5406 phoneus {fon-yooce'}\n\nfrom 5408;; n m\n\nAV - murderer 7; 7\n\n1) a murderer, a homicide\n\nFor Synonyms see entry 5811
05407^5407 phoneuo {fon-yoo'-o}\n\nfrom 5406;; v\n\nAV - kill 10, do murder 1, slay 1; 12\n\n1) to kill, slay, murder\n2) to commit murder
05408^5408 phonos {fon'-os}\n\nfrom an obsolete primary pheno (to murder);; n m\n\nAV - murder 8, slaughter 1, be slain + 599 1; 10\n\n1) murder, slaughter
05409^5409 phoreo {for-eh'-o}\n\nfrom 5411; TDNT - 9:83,1252; v\n\nAV - bear 3, wear 3; 6\n\n1) to bear constantly, wear\n   1a) of clothing, garments, armour
05410^5410 Phoron {for'-on}\n\nof Latin origin;; n pr loc\n\nAV - Forum 1; 1\n\n1) Appius Forum, a town in Italy, 43 Roman miles (70 km) from Rome on\n   the Appian Way
05411^5411 phoros {for'-os}\n\nfrom 5342; TDNT - 9:78,1252; n m\n\nAV - tribute 5; 5\n\n1) tribute, esp. the annual tax levied upon houses, lands, and persons
05412^5412 phortizo {for-tid'-zo}\n\nfrom 5414; TDNT - 9:86,1252; v\n\nAV - be heavy laden 1, lade 1; 2\n\n1) to place a burden upon, to load\n2) metaph. to load one with a burden (of rites and unwarranted precepts)
05413^5413 phortion {for-tee'-on}\n\ndiminutive of 5414; TDNT - 9:84,1252; n n\n\nAV - burden 5; 5\n\n1) a burden, load\n   1a) of the freight or lading of a ship\n2) metaph.\n   2a) of burdensome rites\n   2b) of the obligations Christ lays upon his followers, and styles\n       a "burden" by way of the contrast to the precepts of the\n       Pharisees, the observance of which was most oppressive\n   2c) faults of the conscience which oppress the soul\n\nFor Synonyms see entry 5819
05414^5414 phortos {for'-tos}\n\nfrom 5342;; n m\n\nAV - lading 1; 1\n\n1) a load, burden\n   1a) of a ship
05415^5415 Phortounatos {for-too-nat'-os}\n\nof Latin origin;; n pr m\n\nAV - Fortunatus 2; 2\n\nFortunatus = "well freighted"\n1) a Christian of Corinth
05416^5416 phragellion {frag-el'-le-on}\n\nfrom a derivative from the base of 5417;; n n\n\nAV - scourge 1; 1\n\n1) a scourge or whip
05417^5417 phragelloo {frag-el-lo'-o}\n\nfrom a presumed equivalent of the Latin flagellum;; v\n\nAV - scourge 2; 2\n\n1) to scourge
05418^5418 phragmos {frag-mos'}\n\nfrom 5420;; n m\n\nAV - hedge 2, hedge around about + 4060 1, partition 1; 4\n\n1) a hedge, a fence\n2) that which separates, prevents two from coming together
05419^5419 phrazo {frad'-zo}\n\nprobably akin to 5420 through the idea of defining;; v\n\nAV - declare 2; 2\n\n1) to indicate plainly, make known, declare, whether by gesture\n   or by writing or speaking, or in some other ways\n2) to explain
05420^5420 phrasso {fras'-so}\n\napparently a strengthening form of the base of 5424;; v\n\nAV - stop 3; 3\n\n1) to fence in, block up, stop up, close up\n2) to put to silence
05421^5421 phrear {freh'-ar}\n\nof uncertain derivation;; n n\n\nAV - pit 5, well 2; 7\n\n1) a well\n2) the pit of the abyss (because the nether world is thought to increase\n   in size the further it extends from the surface of the earth and so\n   resemble a cistern, the orifice of which is narrow)
05422^5422 phrenapatao {fren-ap-at-ah'-o}\n\nfrom 5423;; v\n\nAV - deceive 1; 1\n\n1) to deceive any one's mind
05423^5423 phrenapates {fren-ap-at'-ace}\n\nfrom 5424 and 539;; n m\n\nAV - deceiver 1; 1\n\n1) a mind deceiver, a seducer
05424^5424 phren {frane}\n\nprobably from an obsolete phrao (to rein in or curb, cf 5420);\n   TDNT - 9:220,1277; n f\n\nAV - understanding 2; 2\n\n1) the midriff or diaphragm, the parts of the heart\n2) the mind\n   2a) the faculty of perceiving and judging
05425^5425 phrisso {fris'-so}\n\napparently a primary verb;; v\n\nAV - tremble 1; 1\n\n1) to bristle, stiffen stand up\n2) to shudder, to be struck with extreme fear, to be horrified
05426^5426 phroneo {fron-eh'-o}\n\nfrom 5424; TDNT - 9:220,1277; v\n\nAV - think 5, regard 4, mind 3, be minded 3, savour 2,\n     be of the same mind + 846 2, be like minded + 846 2, misc 8; 29\n\n1) to have understanding, be wise\n2) to feel, to think\n   2a) to have an opinion of one's self, think of one's self, to be\n       modest, not let one's opinion (though just) of himself exceed\n       the bounds of modesty\n   2b) to think or judge what one's opinion is\n   2c) to be of the same mind i.e. agreed together, cherish the same\n       views, be harmonious\n3) to direct one's mind to a thing, to seek, to strive for\n   3a) to seek one's interest or advantage\n   3b) to be of one's party, side with him (in public affairs)
05427^5427 phronema {fron'-ay-mah}\n\nfrom 5426; TDNT - 9:220,1277; n n\n\nAV - mind 2, carnally minded + 4561 1, spiritually minded + 4151 1; 4\n\n1) what one has in the mind, the thoughts and purposes
05428^5428 phronesis {fron'-ay-sis}\n\nfrom 5426; TDNT - 9:220,1277; n f\n\nAV - wisdom 1, prudence 1; 2\n\n1) understanding\n2) knowledge and holy love of the will of God\n\nFor Synonyms see entry 5826
05429^5429 phronimos {fron'-ee-mos}\n\nfrom 5424; TDNT - 9:220,1277; adj\n\nAV - wise 14; 14\n\n1) intelligent, wise\n2) prudent, i.e. mindful of one's interests\n\nFor Synonyms see entry 5872
05430^5430 phronimos {fron-im'-oce}\n\nfrom 5429;; adv\n\nAV - wisely 1; 1\n\n1) prudently, wisely
05431^5431 phrontizo {fron-tid'-zo}\n\nfrom a derivative of 5424;; v\n\nAV - be careful 1; 1\n\n1) to think, to be careful\n2) to be thoughtful or anxious
05432^5432 phroureo {froo-reh'-o}\n\nfrom a compound of 4253 and 3708;; v\n\nAV - keep 3, keep with a garrison 1; 4\n\n1) to guard, protect by a military guard, either to prevent hostile\n   invasion, or to keep the inhabitants of a besieged city from flight\n2) metaph.\n   2a) under the control of the Mosaic law, that he might\n       not escape from its power\n   2b) to protect by guarding, to keep\n   2c) by  watching and guarding to preserve one for the attainment of\n       something
05433^5433 phruasso {froo-as'-so}\n\nakin to 1032, 1031;; v\n\nAV - rage 1; 1\n\n1) to neigh, stamp the ground, prance, snort\n2) to be high-spirited\n   2a) of horses\n   2b) of men\n       2b1) to take on lofty airs\n       2b2) behave arrogantly\n   2c) to be tumultuous, to rage
05434^5434 phruganon {froo'-gan-on}\n\nfrom a presumed derivative of phrugo (to roast or parch, akin to the\n   base of 5395);; n n\n\nAV - stick 1; 1\n\n1) a dry stick, a twig\n2) all dry sticks, bush wood, fire wood, or similar material used as fuel\n   2a) of straw, stubble
05435^5435 Phrugia {froog-ee'-ah}\n\nprobably of foreign origin;; n pr loc\n\nAV - Phrygia 4; 4\n\nPhrygia = "dry, barren"\n1) a region in Asia Minor bounded by Bithynia, Galatia, Lycaonia,\n   Pisidia, Lydia, Mysia and it contained the cities of Laodicea,\n   Hierapolis, and Colosse
05436^5436 Phugellos {foog'-el-los}\n\nprobably from 5343;; n pr m\n\nAV - Phygellus 1; 1\n\nPhygellus = "a little fugitive"\n1) a Christian who was with Paul and deserted him
05437^5437 phuge {foog-ay'}\n\nfrom 5343;; n f\n\nAV - flight 2; 2\n\n1) flight
05438^5438 phulake {foo-lak-ay'}\n\nfrom 5442; TDNT - 9:241,1280; n f\n\nAV - prison 36, watch 6, imprisonment 2, hold 1, cage 1, ward 1; 47\n\n1) guard, watch\n   1a) a watching, keeping watch\n       1a1) to keep watch\n   1b) persons keeping watch, a guard, sentinels\n   1c) of the place where captives are kept, a prison\n   1d) of the time (of night) during which guard was kept, a watch\n       i.e. a period of time during which part of the guard was on\n       duty, and at the end of which others relieved them.  As the\n       earlier Greeks divided the night commonly into three parts,\n       so, previous to the exile, the Israelites also had three\n       watches in a night; subsequently, however, after they became\n       subject to the Romans, they adopted the Roman custom of\n       dividing the night into four watches
05439^5439 phulakizo {foo-lak-id'-zo}\n\nfrom 5441;; v\n\nAV - imprison 1; 1\n\n1) to cast into prison, imprison
05440^5440 phulakterion {foo-lak-tay'-ree-on}\n\nneuter of a derivative of 5442;; n n\n\nAV - phylactery 1; 1\n\n1) a fortified place provided with a garrison, a station for a\n   guard or garrison\n2) a preservative or safeguard , an amulet. The Jews used this word\n   to describe small strips of parchment on which were written the\n   following passages of the law of Moses, Ex.  13:1-10, 11-16; Dt.\n   6:4-9, 11:13-21, and which, enclosed in small cases, they were\n   accustomed when engaged in prayer to wear fastened by a leather\n   strap to the forehead and to the left arm over against the heart,\n   in order that they might thus be solemnly reminded of the duty of\n   keeping the commands of God in the head and in the heart,\n   according to the directions given in Ex. 13:16, Dt. 6:8, 11:18;\n   These scrolls were thought to have the power, like amulets, to\n   avert various evils and to drive away demons. The Pharisees were\n   accustomed to widen, make broad, their phylacteries, that they\n   might render them more conspicuous and show themselves to be more\n   eager than the majority to be reminded of the law of God.
05441^5441 phulax {foo'-lax}\n\nfrom 5442;; n m\n\nAV - keeper 3; 3\n\n1) a guard, keeper
05442^5442 phulasso {foo-las'-so}\n\nprobably from 5443 through the idea of isolation; TDNT - 9:236,1280; v\n\nAV - keep 23, observe 2, beware 2, keep (one's) self 1, save 1,\n     be ... ware 1; 30\n\n1) to guard\n   1a) to watch, keep watch\n   1b) to guard or watch, have an eye upon: lest he escape\n   1c) to guard a person (or thing) that he may remain safe\n       1c1) lest he suffer violence, be despoiled, etc. to protect\n       1c2) to protect one from a person or thing\n       1c3) to keep from being snatched away, preserve safe\n            and unimpaired\n       1c4) to guard from being lost or perishing\n       1c5) to guard one's self from a thing\n   1d) to guard i.e. care for, take care not to violate\n       1d1) to observe\n2) to observe for one's self something to escape\n   2a) to avoid, shun flee from\n   2b) to guard for one's self (i.e. for one's safety's sake) so\n       as not to violate, i.e. to keep, observe (the precepts of\n       the Mosaic law)\n\nFor Synonyms see entry 5874
05443^5443 phule {foo-lay'}\n\nfrom 5453 (cf 5444); TDNT - 9:245,1280; n f\n\nAV - tribe 25, kindred 6; 31\n\n1) a tribe\n   1a) in the NT all the persons descending from one of the twelve\n       sons of the patriarch, Jacob\n2) a nation, people
05444^5444 phullon {fool'-lon}\n\nfrom the same as 5443;; n n\n\nAV - leaf 6; 6\n\n1) a leaf
05445^5445 phurama {foo'-ram-ah}\n\nfrom a prolonged form of phuro (to mix a liquid with a solid,\n   perhaps akin to 5453 through the idea of swelling in bulk),\n   mean to knead;; n n\n\nAV - lump 5; 5\n\n1) any substance mixed with water and kneaded\n2) a mass, a lump\n   2a) of dough\n   2b) of clay
05446^5446 phusikos {foo-see-kos'}\n\nfrom 5449; TDNT - 9:251,1283; adj\n\nAV - natural 3; 3\n\n1) produced by nature, inborn\n2) agreeable to nature\n3) governed by (the instincts of) nature
05447^5447 phusikos {foo-see-koce'}\n\n from 5446; TDNT - 9:251,1283; adv\n\nAV - naturally 1; 1\n\n1) in a natural manner, by nature, under the guidance of nature: by\n   the aid of the bodily senses
05448^5448 phusioo {foo-see-o'-o}\n\nfrom 5449 in the primary sense of blowing;; v\n\nAV - puff up 7; 7\n\n1) to make natural, to cause a thing to pass into nature\n2) to inflate, blow up, to cause to swell up\n   2a) to puff up, make proud\n   2b) to be puffed up, to bear one's self loftily, be proud
05449^5449 phusis {foo'-sis}\n\nfrom 5453; TDNT - 9:251,1283; n f\n\nAV - nature 10, natural + 2596 2, kind 1, mankind + 442 1; 14\n\n1) nature\n   1a) the nature of things, the force, laws, order of nature\n       1a) as opposed to what is monstrous, abnormal, perverse\n       1b) as opposed what has been produced by the art of man: the\n           natural branches, i.e. branches by the operation of nature\n   1b) birth, physical origin\n   1c) a mode of feeling and acting which by long habit has become nature\n   1d) the sum of innate properties and powers by which one person\n       differs from others, distinctive native peculiarities, natural\n       characteristics: the natural strength, ferocity, and\n       intractability of beasts
05450^5450 phusiosis {foo-see'-o-sis}\n\nfrom 5448;; n f\n\nAV - swelling 1; 1\n\n1) a puffing up of soul, loftiness, pride
05451^5451 phuteia {foo-ti'-ah}\n\nfrom 5452;; n f\n\nAV - plant 1; 1\n\n1) a planting\n2) the thing planted, a plant
05452^5452 phuteuo {foot-yoo'-o}\n\nfrom a derivative of 5453;; v\n\nAV - plant 11; 11\n\n1) to plant
05453^5453 phuo {foo'-o}\n\na primary verb, probably originally, to "puff" or blow, i.e. to\n   swell up;; v\n\nAV - spring up 1, spring 1, as soon as it be sprung up 1; 3\n\n1) to beget, bring forth, produce\n2) to be born, to spring up, to grow\n3) to shoot forth, spring up
05454^5454 pholeos {fo-leh-os'}\n\nof uncertain derivative;; n m\n\nAV - hole 2; 2\n\n1) a lurking hole, a burrow\n2) a lair
05455^5455 phoneo {fo-neh'-o}\n\nfrom 5456; TDNT - 9:301,1287; v\n\nAV - call 23, crow 12, cry 5, call for 2; 42\n\n1) to sound, emit a sound, to speak\n   1a) of a cock: to crow\n   1b) of men: to cry, cry out, cry aloud, speak with a loud voice\n2) to call, to call one's self, either by one's own voice or\n   though another\n3) to send for, summon\n   3a) to call out of (i.e. bid one to quit a place and come to one\n   3b) to invite\n   3c) to address, accost, call by a name
05456^5456 phone {fo-nay'}\n\nprobably akin to 5316 through the idea of disclosure;\n   TDNT - 9:278,1287; n f\n\nAV - voice 131, sound 8, be noised abroad + 1096 1, noise 1; 141\n\n1) a sound, a tone\n   1a) of inanimate things, as musical instruments\n2) a voice\n   2a) of the sound of uttered words\n3) speech\n   3a) of a language, tongue
05457^5457 phos {foce}\n\nfrom an obsolete phao (to shine or make manifest, especially by\n   rays, cf 5316, 5346); TDNT - 9:310,1293; n n\n\nAV - light 68, fire 2; 70\n\n1) light\n   1a) the light\n       1a1) emitted by a lamp\n       1a2) a heavenly light such as surrounds angels when they\n            appear on earth\n   1b) anything emitting light\n       1b1) a star\n       1b2) fire because it is light and sheds light\n       1b3) a lamp or torch\n   1c) light, i.e brightness\n       1c1) of a lamp\n2) metaph.\n   2a) God is light because light has the extremely delicate,\n       subtle, pure, brilliant quality\n   2b) of truth and its knowledge, together with the spiritual\n       purity associated with it\n   2c) that which is exposed to the view of all, openly, publicly\n   2d) reason, mind\n       2d1) the power of understanding esp. moral and spiritual truth\n\nFor Synonyms see entry 5817
05458^5458 phoster {foce-tare'}\n\nfrom 5457; TDNT - 9:310,1293; n m\n\nAV - light 2; 2\n\n1) that which gives light, an illuminator\n   1a) of the stars, sun and moon\n2) light, brightness
05459^5459 phosphoros {foce-for'-os}\n\nfrom 5457 and 5342; TDNT - 9:310,1293; adj\n\nAV - day star 1; 1\n\n1) light bringing, giving light\n2) the planet Venus, the morning star, day star\n3) metaph. Christ
05460^5460 photeinos {fo-ti-nos'}\n\nfrom 5457; TDNT - 9:310,1293; adj\n\nAV - full of light 4, bright 1; 5\n\n1) light\n   1a) composed of light\n   1b) of a bright character\n   1c) full of light\n   1d) well lit
05461^5461 photizo {fo-tid'-zo}\n\nfrom 5457; TDNT - 9:310,1293; v\n\nAV - give light 2, bring to light 2, lighten 2, enlighten 2, light 1,\n     illuminate 1, make to see 1; 11\n\n1) to give light, to shine\n2) to enlighten, light up, illumine\n3) to bring to light, render evident\n   3a) to cause something to exist and thus come to light and become\n       clear to all\n4) to enlighten, spiritually, imbue with saving knowledge\n   4a) to instruct, to inform, teach\n   4b) to give understanding to
05462^5462 photismos {fo-tis-mos'}\n\nfrom 5461; TDNT - 9:310,1293; n m\n\nAV - light 2; 2\n\n1) the act of enlightening, illumination\n2) brightness, bright light
05463^5463 chairo {khah'-ee-ro}\n\na primary verb; TDNT - 9:359,1298; v\n\nAV - rejoice 42, be glad 14, joy 5, hail 5, greeting 3, God speed 2,\n     all hail 1, joyfully 1, farewell 1; 74\n\n1) to rejoice, be glad\n2) to rejoice exceedingly\n3) to be well, thrive\n4) in salutations, hail!\n5) at the beginning of letters: to give one greeting, salute
05464^5464 chalaza {khal'-ad-zah}\n\nprobably from 5465;; n f\n\nAV - hail 4; 4\n\n1) hail
05465^5465 chalao {khal-ah'-o}\n\nfrom the base of 5490;; v\n\nAV - let down 6, strike 1; 7\n\n1) to loosen, slacken, relax\n2) to let down from a higher place to a lower
05466^5466 Chaldaios {khal-dah'-yos}\n\nprobably of Hebrew or 03778;; n pr m\n\nAV - Chaldean 1; 1\n\nChaldean = "as clod breakers"\n1) a Chaldean
05467^5467 chalepos {khal-ep-os'}\n\nperhaps from 5465 through the idea of reducing the strength;; adj\n\nAV - fierce 1, perilous 1; 2\n\n1) hard to do, to take, to approach\n2) hard to bear, troublesome, dangerous\n   2a) harsh, fierce, savage
05468^5468 chalinagogeo {khal-in-ag-ogue-eh'-o}\n\nfrom a compound of 5469 and the reduplicated form of 71;; v\n\nAV - bridle 2; 2\n\n1) to lead by a bridle, to guide\n2) to bridle, hold in check, restrain
05469^5469 chalinos {khal-ee-nos'}\n\nfrom 5465;; n m\n\nAV - bit 1, bridle 1; 2\n\n1) a bridle
05470^5470 chalkeos {khal'-keh-os}\n\nfrom 5475;; adj\n\nAV - brass 1; 1\n\n1) brazen, made of brass
05471^5471 chalkeus {khalk-yooce'}\n\nfrom 5475;; n m\n\nAV - coppersmith 1; 1\n\n1) a worker in copper or iron, a smith
05472^5472 chalkedon {khal-kay-dohn'}\n\nfrom 5475 and perhaps 1491;; n m\n\nAV - chalcedony 1; 1\n\n1) chalcedony is a precious stone of misty grey colour, clouded with\n   blue, yellow, or purple
05473^5473 chalkion {khal-kee'-on}\n\ndiminutive from 5475;; n n\n\nAV - brasen vessel 1; 1\n\n1) a (copper or) brazen vessel
05474^5474 chalkolibanon {khal-kol-ib'-an-on}\n\nfrom a compound of 5475 and 3030 (in the implied mean of whiteness or\n   brilliancy);; n n\n\nAV - fine brass 2; 2\n\n1) some metal like gold if not more precious
05475^5475 chalkos {khal-kos'}\n\nperhaps from 5465 through the idea of hollowing out as a vessel\n   (this metal being chiefly used for that purpose);; n m\n\nAV - brass 3, money 2; 5\n\n1) brass\n2) what is made of brass, money, coins of brass (also of silver and gold)
05476^5476 chamai {kham-ah'-ee}\n\nperhaps from the base of 5490 through the idea of a\n   fissure in the soil;; adv\n\nAV - on the ground 1, to the ground 1; 2\n\n1) on the ground, on the earth\n2) to the ground
05477^5477 Chanaan {khan-ah-an'}\n\nof Hebrew origin 03667;; n pr loc\n\nAV - Chanaan 2; 2\n\nCanaan = "lowland"\n1) the land of Canaan\n2) in a narrower sense: the part of Palestine lying west of the Jordan\n3) in a wider sense: all of Palestine
05478^5478 Chanaanaios {khan-ah-an-ah'-yos}\n\nfrom 5477;; adj\n\nAV - of Canaan 1; 1\n\n1) Canaanite, the name of the ancient inhabitants of Palestine\n   before its conquest by the Israelites\n2) in Christ's time: a Phoenician
05479^5479 chara {khar-ah'}\n\nfrom 5463; TDNT - 9:359,1298; n f\n\nAV - joy 51, gladness 3, joyful 1, joyous 1, joyfulness 1,\n     joyfully + 3326 1, greatly 1; 59\n\n1) joy, gladness\n   1a) the joy received from you\n   1b) the cause or occasion of joy\n       1b1) of persons who are one's joy
05480^5480 charagma {khar'-ag-mah}\n\nfrom the same as 5482; TDNT - 9:416,1308; n n\n\nAV - mark 8, graven 1; 9\n\n1) a stamp, an imprinted mark\n   1a) of the mark stamped on the forehead or the right hand as the\n       badge of the followers of the Antichrist\n   1b) the mark branded upon horses\n2) thing carved, sculpture, graven work\n   2a) of idolatrous images
05481^5481 charakter {khar-ak-tare'}\n\nfrom the same as 5482; TDNT - 9:418,1308; n m\n\nAV - express image 1; 1\n\n1) the instrument used for engraving or carving\n2) the mark stamped upon that instrument or wrought out on it\n   2a) a mark or figure burned in (Lev. 13:28) or stamped on, an impression\n   2b) the exact expression (the image) of any person or thing, marked\n       likeness, precise reproduction in every respect, i.e facsimile
05482^5482 charax {khar'-ax}\n\nfrom charasso (to sharpen to a point, akin to 1125 through the\n   idea of scratching);; n m\n\nAV - trench 1; 1\n\n1) a pale or stake, a palisade\n2) a palisade or rampart\n   2a) pales between which earth, stones, trees, and timbers are\n       heaped and packed together
05483^5483 charizomai {khar-id'-zom-ahee}\n\nmiddle voice from 5485; TDNT - 9:372,1298; v\n\nAV - forgive 11, give 6, freely give 2, deliver 2, grant 1,\n     frankly forgive 1; 23\n\n1) to do something pleasant or agreeable (to one), to do a favour to,\n   gratify\n   1a) to show one's self gracious, kind, benevolent\n   1b) to grant forgiveness, to pardon\n   1c) to give graciously, give freely, bestow\n       1c1) to forgive\n       1c2) graciously to restore one to another\n       1c3) to preserve for one a person in peril
05484^5484 charin {khar'-in}\n\naccusative case of 5485 as preposition;; prep\n\nAV - for this cause + 5127 3, because of 2, wherefore + 3739 1,\n     wherefore 5101 1, for ... sake 1, to speak reproachfully + 3059 1; 9\n\n1) in favour of, for the pleasure of\n2) for, for the sake of\n3) on this account, for this cause
05485^5485 charis {khar'-ece}\n\nfrom 5463; TDNT - 9:372,1298; n f\n\nAV - grace 130, favour 6, thanks 4, thank 4, thank + 2192 3,\n     pleasure 2, misc 7; 156\n\n1) grace\n   1a) that which affords joy, pleasure, delight, sweetness, charm,\n       loveliness: grace of speech\n2) good will, loving-kindness, favour\n   2a) of the merciful kindness by which God, exerting his holy\n       influence upon souls, turns them to Christ, keeps, strengthens,\n       increases them in Christian faith, knowledge, affection, and\n       kindles them to the exercise of the Christian virtues\n3) what is due to grace\n   3a) the spiritual condition of one governed by the power of\n       divine grace\n   3b) the token or proof of grace, benefit\n       3b1) a gift of grace\n       3b2) benefit, bounty\n4) thanks, (for benefits, services, favours), recompense, reward
05486^5486 charisma {khar'-is-mah}\n\nfrom 5483; TDNT - 9:402,1298; n n\n\nAV - gift 15, free gift 2; 17\n\n1) a favour with which one receives without any merit of his own\n2) the gift of divine grace\n3) the gift of faith, knowledge, holiness, virtue\n4) the economy of divine grace, by which the pardon of sin and eternal\n   salvation is appointed to sinners in consideration of the merits of\n   Christ laid hold of by faith\n5) grace or gifts denoting extraordinary powers, distinguishing certain\n   Christians and enabling them to serve the church of Christ, the\n   reception of which is due to the power of divine grace operating on\n   their souls by the Holy Spirit
05487^5487 charitoo {khar-ee-to'-o}\n\nfrom 5485; TDNT - 9:372,1298; v\n\nAV - be highly favoured 1, make accepted 1; 2\n\n1) to make graceful\n   1a) charming, lovely, agreeable\n2) to peruse with grace, compass with favour\n3) to honour with blessings
05488^5488 Charrhan {khar-hran'}\n\nof Hebrew origin 02771;; n pr loc\n\nAV - Charran 2; 2\n\nHaran = "a mountaineer"\n1) a city in Mesopotamia, of great antiquity and made famous by the\n   defeat of Crassus
05489^5489 chartes {khar'-tace}\n\nfrom the same as 5482;; n m\n\nAV - paper 1; 1\n\n1) paper
05490^5490 chasma {khas'-mah}\n\nfrom a form of an obsolete prim chao (to "gape" or "yawn");; n n\n\nAV - gulf 1; 1\n\n1) a gaping opening, a chasm, a gulf
05491^5491 cheilos {khi'-los}\n\nfrom a form of the same as 5490;; n n\n\nAV - lip 6, shore 1; 7\n\n1) a lip, of the speaking mouth\n2) metaph. the sea shore
05492^5492 cheimazo {khi-mad'-zo}\n\nfrom the same as 5494;; v\n\nAV - be tossed with tempest 1; 1\n\n1) to afflict with a tempest, to toss about upon the waves
05493^5493 cheimarrhos {khi'-mar-hros}\n\nfrom the base of 5494 and 4482;; adj\n\nAV - brook 1; 1\n\n1) flowing in winter, a torrent
05494^5494 cheimon {khi-mone'}\n\nfrom a derivative of cheo (to pour, akin to the base of 5490 through\n   the idea of a channel), meaning a storm (as pouring rain);; n m\n\nAV - winter 4, tempest 1, foul weather 1; 6\n\n1) winter\n   1a) stormy or rainy weather, a tempest\n   1b) winter, the winter season
05495^5495 cheir {khire}\n\nperhaps from the base of 5494 in the sense of its congener the\n   base of 5490 (through the idea of hollowness for grasping);\n   TDNT - 9:424,1309; n f\n\nAV - hand 178, not tr 1; 179\n\n1) by the help or agency of any one, by means of any one\n2) fig. applied to God symbolising his might, activity, power\n   2a) in creating the universe\n   2b) in upholding and preserving (God is present protecting\n       and aiding one)\n   2c) in punishing\n   2d) in determining and controlling the destinies of men
05496^5496 cheiragogeo {khi-rag-ogue-eh'-o}\n\nfrom 5497; TDNT - 9:435,1309; v\n\nAV - lead by the hand 2; 2\n\n1) to lead by the hand
05497^5497 cheiragogos {khi-rag-o-gos'}\n\nfrom 5495 and a reduplicated form of 71; TDNT - 9:435,1309; n m\n\nAV - some to lead by the hand 1; 1\n\n1) leading one by the hand
05498^5498 cheirographon {khi-rog'-raf-on}\n\nfrom a compound of 5495 and 1125; TDNT - 9:435,1309; n n\n\nAV - handwriting 1; 1\n\n1) a handwriting, what one has written by his own hand\n2) a note of hand or writing in which one acknowledges that money\n   has either been deposited with him or lent to him by another,\n   to be returned at the appointed time
05499^5499 cheiropoietos {khi-rop-oy'-ay-tos}\n\nfrom 5495 and a derivative of 4160; TDNT - 9:436,1309; adj\n\nAV - made with hands 5, made by hands 1; 6\n\n1) made by the hands i.e the skill of men\n   1a) of temples\n   1b) of circumcision\n   1c) of idols
05500^5500 cheirotoneo {khi-rot-on-eh'-o}\n\nfrom a comparative of 5495 and teino (to stretch); TDNT - 9:437,1309; v\n\nAV - ordain 3, choose 1; 4\n\n1) to vote by stretching out the hand\n2) to create or appoint by vote: one to have charge of some\n   office or duty\n3) to elect, create, appoint
05501^5501 cheiron {khi'-rone}\n\nirregular comparative of 2556;; adj\n\nAV - worse 7, sorer 1, worse + 1519 + 3588 1,\n     worse and worse + 1909 + 3588 1, a worse thing + 5100 1; 11\n\n1) worse
05502^5502 cheroubim {kher-oo-beem'}\n\nplural of Hebrew origin 03742; TDNT - 9:438,1312; n n pl\n\nAV - cherubim 1; 1\n\n1) cherubim, two golden figures of living creatures with two wings;\n   they were fastened to the lid of the ark of the covenant in the\n   holy of holies (both at the sacred tabernacle and of Solomon's\n   temple) in such a manner that their faces were turned towards each\n   other and down towards the lid, which they overshadowed with their\n   expanded wings. Between these figures God was regarded as having\n   fixed his dwelling place.
05503^5503 chera {khay'-rah}\n\nfeminine of a presumed derivative apparently from the base of\n   5490 through the idea of deficiency; TDNT - 9:440,1313; n f\n\nAV - widow 27; 27\n\n1) a widow\n2) metaph. a city stripped of its inhabitants and riches is represented\n   under the figure of a widow
05504^5504 chthes {khthes}\n\nof uncertain derivation;; adv\n\nAV - yesterday 3; 3\n\n1) yesterday
05505^5505 chilias {khil-ee-as'}\n\nfrom 5507; TDNT - 9:466,1316; n f\n\nAV - thousand 23; 23\n\n1) a thousand, the number one thousand
05506^5506 chiliarchos {khil-ee'-ar-khos}\n\nfrom 5507 and 757;; n m\n\nAV - chief captain 19, captain 2, high captain 1; 22\n\n1) a chiliarch, the commander of a thousand soldiers\n2) the commander of a Roman cohort (a military tribunal)\n3) any military commander
05507^5507 chilioi {khil'-ee-oy}\n\nplural of uncertain affinity; TDNT - 9:466,1316; adj\n\nAV - thousand 11; 11\n\n1) a thousand
05508^5508 Chios {khee'-os}\n\nof uncertain derivation;; n pr loc\n\nAV - Chios 1; 1\n\nChios = "snowy"\n1) is an island in the Aegean, between Samos and Lesbos, not far\n   from the shore of Lydia
05509^5509 chiton {khee-tone'}\n\nof foreign origin 03801;; n m\n\nAV - coat 9, garment 1, clothes 1; 11\n\n1) a tunic, an undergarment, usually worn next to the skin, a garment,\n   a vestment
05510^5510 chion {khee-one'}\n\nperhaps akin to the base of 5490 (5465) or 5494 (as descending\n   or empty);; n f\n\nAV - snow 3; 3\n\n1) snow
05511^5511 chlamus {khlam-ooce'}\n\nof uncertain derivation;; n f\n\nAV - robe 2; 2\n\n1) a chalamys, an outer garment usually worn over the tunic\n2) a kind of short cloak worn by soldiers, military officers,\n   magistrates, kings, emperors
05512^5512 chleuazo {khlyoo-ad'-zo}\n\nfrom a derivative probably of 5491;; v\n\nAV - mock 2; 2\n\n1) to mock, deride, jeer
05513^5513 chliaros {khlee-ar-os'}\n\nfrom chlio (to warm); TDNT - 2:876,296; adj\n\nAV - lukewarm 1; 1\n\n1) tepid, lukewarm\n2) metaph. of the condition of the soul wretchedly fluctuating\n   between a torpor and a fervour of love
05514^5514 Chloe {khlo'-ay}\n\nfrom apparently a primary word, "green";; n pr f\n\nAV - Chloe 1; 1\n\nChloe = "a green herb"\n1) a Christian woman of Corinth
05515^5515 chloros {khlo-ros'}\n\nfrom the same as 5514;; adj\n\nAV - green 3, pale 1; 4\n\n1) green\n2) yellowish pale
05516^5516 chi xi stigma {khee xee stig'-ma}\n\nthe 22d, 14th and an obsolete letter (4742 as a cross) of the\n   Greek alphabet (intermediate between the 5th and 6th), used as\n   numbers;; number representation\n\nAV - six hundred threescore and six 1; 1\n\n1) six hundred and sixty six, the meaning of which is the basis\n   of much vain speculation
05517^5517 choikos {kho-ik-os'}\n\nfrom 5522; TDNT - 9:472,1318; adj\n\nAV - earthly 4; 4\n\n1) made of earth, earthy
05518^5518 choinix {khoy'-nix}\n\nof uncertain derivation;; n f\n\nAV - measure 2; 2\n\n1) a choenix, a dry measure, containing four cotylae or two\n   setarii (less than our quart, one litre) (or as much as would support\n   a man of moderate appetite for a day)
05519^5519 choiros {khoy'-ros}\n\nof uncertain derivation;; n m\n\nAV - swine 14; 14\n\n1) a swine
05520^5520 cholao {khol-ah'-o}\n\nfrom 5521;; v\n\nAV - be angry 1; 1\n\n1) to be atrabilious\n2) to be mad\n3) to be angry, enraged
05521^5521 chole {khol-ay'}\n\nfrom an equivalent perhaps akin to the same as 5514 (from the greenish\n   hue);; n f\n\nAV - gall 2; 2\n\n1) bile, gall\n2) in the OT used of other bitter things\n   2a) wormwood\n   2b) possibly myrrh
05522^5522 choos {kho'-os}\n\nfrom the base of 5494;; n m\n\nAV - dust 2; 2\n\n1) earth dug out, an earth heap\n2) dust
05523^5523 Chorazin {khor-ad-zin'}\n\nof uncertain derivation;; n pr loc\n\nAV - Chorazin 2; 2\n\nChorazin = "a furnace of smoke"\n1) a town in Galilee
05524^5524 choregeo {khor-ayg-eh'-o}\n\nfrom a compound of 5525 and 71;; v\n\nAV - minister 1, give 1; 2\n\n1) to be a chorus leader, lead a chorus\n2) to furnish the chorus at one's own expense\n3) to procure and supply all things necessary to fit out a chorus\n4) to supply, furnish abundantly
05525^5525 choros {khor-os'}\n\nof uncertain derivation;; n m\n\nAV - dancing 1; 1\n\n1) a band (of dancers and singers), circular dance, a dance, dancing
05526^5526 chortazo {khor-tad'-zo}\n\nfrom 5528;; v\n\nAV - fill 12, be full 1, satisfy 1, feed 1; 15\n\n1) to feed with herbs, grass, hay, to fill, satisfy with food,\n   to fatten\n   1a) of animals\n2) to fill or satisfy men\n3) to fulfil or satisfy the desire of any one
05527^5527 chortasma {khor'-tas-mah}\n\nfrom 5526;; n n\n\nAV - sustenance 1; 1\n\n1) feed, fodder for animals\n2) food, (vegetable) sustenance, whether for men or flocks
05528^5528 chortos {khor'-tos}\n\napparently a primary word;; n m\n\nAV - grass 12, blade 2, hay 1; 15\n\n1) the place where grass grows and animals graze\n2) grass, herbage, hay, provender\n   2a) of green grass\n   2b) of growing crops
05529^5529 Chouzas {khood-zas'}\n\nof uncertain origin;; n pr m\n\nAV - Chuza 1; 1\n\nChuza = "the seer"\n1) the house steward of Herod Antipas
05530^5530 chraomai {khrah'-om-ahee}\n\nmiddle voice of a primary verb (perhaps rather from 5495, to handle);; v\n\nAV - use 10, entreat 1; 11\n\n1) to receive a loan\n2) borrow\n3) to take for one's use, to use\n   3a) to make use of a thing
05531^5531 chrao {khrah'-o}\n\nprobably the same as the base of 5530;; v\n\nAV - lend 1; 1\n\n1) to lend\n\nFor Synonyms see entry 5827
05532^5532 chreia {khri'-ah}\n\nfrom the base of 5530 or 5534;; n f\n\nAV - need 25, need + 2192 14, necessity 3, use 2, needful 1,\n     necessary 1, business 1, lack 1, wants 1; 49\n\n1) necessity, need\n2) duty, business
05533^5533 chreopheiletes {khreh-o-fi-let'-ace}\n\nfrom a derivative of 5531 and 3781;; n m\n\nAV - debtor 2; 2\n\n1) a debtor
05534^5534 chre {khray}\n\nthird person singular of the same as 5530 or 5531 used\n   impersonally;; v\n\nAV - ought 1; 1\n\n1) it is necessary\n2) it behooves\n\nFor Synonyms see entry 5829
05535^5535 chrezo {khrade'-zo}\n\nfrom 5532;; v\n\nAV - have need 3, need 2; 5\n\n1) to have need of, to be in want of
05536^5536 chrema {khray'-mah}\n\na primitive word; TDNT - 9:480,1319; n n\n\nAV - money 4, riches 3, 7\n\n1) a thing, a matter, affair, event, business\n   1a) spec. money, riches
05537^5537 chrematizo {khray-mat-id'-zo}\n\nfrom 5536; TDNT - 9:480,1319; v\n\nAV - be warned of God 3, call 2, be admonished of God 1, reveal 1,\n     speak 1, be warned from God 1; 9\n\n1) to transact business, esp. to manage public affairs\n   1a) to advise or consult with one about public affairs\n   1b) to make answer to those who ask for advice, present enquiries\n       or requests, etc.\n       1b1) of judges, magistrates, rulers, kings\n2) to give a response to those consulting an oracle, to give a\n   divine command or admonition, to teach from heaven\n   2a) to be divinely commanded, admonished, instructed\n   2b) to be the mouthpiece of divine revelations, to promulgate the\n       commands of God\n3) to assume or take to one's self a name from one's public business\n   3a) to receive a name or title, be called
05538^5538 chrematismos {khray-mat-is-mos'}\n\nfrom 5537; TDNT - 9:482,1319; n m\n\nAV - answer of God 1; 1\n\n1) a divine response, an oracle
05539^5539 chresimos {khray'-see-mos}\n\nfrom 5540;; adj\n\nAV - profit 1; 1\n\n1) fit for use, useful
05540^5540 chresis {khray'-sis}\n\nfrom 5530;; n f\n\nAV - use 2; 2\n\n1) use\n   1a) of the sexual use of a woman
05541^5541 chresteuomai {khraste-yoo'-om-ahee}\n\nmiddle voice from 5543; TDNT - 9:491,1320; v\n\nAV - be kind 1; 1\n\n1) to show one's self mild, to be kind, use kindness
05542^5542 chrestologia {khrase-tol-og-ee'-ah}\n\nfrom a compound of 5543 and 3004; TDNT - 9:492,1320; n f\n\nAV - good words 1; 1\n\n1) fair speaking, the smooth and plausible address which simulates goodness
05543^5543 chrestos {khrase-tos'}\n\nfrom 5530; TDNT - 9:483,1320; adj\n\nAV - kind 2, easy 1, better 1, goodness 1, good 1, gracious 1; 7\n\n1) fit, fit for use, useful\n   1a) virtuous, good\n2) manageable\n   2a) mild, pleasant (as opp. to harsh, hard sharp, bitter)\n   2b) of things: more pleasant, of people, kind, benevolent
05544^5544 chrestotes {khray-stot'-ace}\n\nfrom 5543; TDNT - 9:489,1320; n f\n\nAV - goodness 4, kindness 4, good 1, gentleness 1; 10\n\n1) moral goodness, integrity\n2) benignity, kindness
05545^5545 chrisma {khris'-mah}\n\nfrom 5548; TDNT - 9:493,1322; n n\n\nAV - anointing 2, unction 1; 3\n\n1) anything smeared on, unguent, ointment, usually prepared by\n   the Hebrews from oil and aromatic herbs. Anointing was the\n   inaugural ceremony for priests
05546^5546 Christianos {khris-tee-an-os'}\n\nfrom 5547; TDNT - 9:493,1322; n pr m\n\nAV - Christian 3; 3\n\n1) Christian, a follower of Christ
05547^5547 Christos {khris-tos'}\n\nfrom 5548; TDNT - 9:493,1322; adj\n\nAV - Christ 569; 569\n\nChrist = "anointed"\n1) Christ was the Messiah, the Son of God\n2) anointed
05548^5548 chrio {khree'-o}\n\nprobably akin to 5530 through the idea of contact; TDNT - 9:493,1322; v\n\nAV - anoint 5; 5\n\n1) to anoint\n   1a) consecrating Jesus to the Messianic office, and furnishing\n       him with the necessary powers for its administration\n   1b) enduing Christians with the gifts of the Holy Spirit\n\nFor Synonyms see entry 5805
05549^5549 chronizo {khron-id'-zo}\n\nfrom 5550;; v\n\nAV - delay 2, tarry 2, tarry so long 1; 5\n\n1) to linger, delay, tarry
05550^5550 chronos {khron'-os}\n\nof uncertain derivation; TDNT - 9:581,1337; n m\n\nAV - time 33, season 4, while 2, a while 2, space 2,\n     oftentimes + 4183 1, not tr 5, misc 4; 53\n\n1) time either long or short\n\nFor Synonyms see entry 5853
05551^5551 chronotribeo {khron-ot-rib-eh'-o}\n\nfrom a presumed compound of 5550 and the base of 5147;; v\n\nAV - spend time 1; 1\n\n1) to wear away time, spend time
05552^5552 chruseos {khroo'-seh-os}\n\nfrom 5557;; adj\n\nAV - golden 15, of gold 3; 18\n\n1) golden\n2) made of gold\n3) overlaid or covered with gold
05553^5553 chrusion {khroo-see'-on}\n\ndiminutive of 5557;; n n\n\nAV - gold 9; 9\n\n1) gold, both that which lies imbedded in the earth and is dug out of it\n2) that which has been smelted and wrought\n   2a) of a gold coin\n   2b) of golden ornaments\n   2c) of precious things made of gold
05554^5554 chrusodaktulios {khroo-sod-ak-too'-lee-os}\n\nfrom 5557 and 1146;; adj\n\nAV - with a gold ring 1; 1\n\n1) gold ringed, adorned with gold rings
05555^5555 chrusolithos {khroo-sol'-ee-thos}\n\nfrom 5557 and 3037;; n m\n\nAV - chrysolite 1; 1\n\n1) chrysolite is a precious stone of golden colour
05556^5556 chrusoprasos {khroo-sop'-ras-os}\n\nfrom 5557 and prason (a leek);; n m\n\nAV - chrysoprasus 1; 1\n\n1) chrysoprasus is a stone of green colour, inclined to that of\n   gold, from whence it has its name; for this is agate in the\n   breast plate, which was Naphtali's stone. (Gill)
05557^5557 chrusos {khroo-sos'}\n\nperhaps from the base of 5530 (through the idea of the utility of\n   the metal), gold;; n m\n\nAV - gold 13; 13\n\n1) precious things made of gold, golden ornaments\n   1a) an image made of gold\n   1b) stamped gold, gold coin
05558^5558 chrusoo {khroo-so'-o}\n\nfrom 5557;; v\n\nAV - deck 2; 2\n\n1) to adorn with gold, to gild\n   1a) of a woman ornamented with gold so profusely that she seems to\n       be gilded
05559^5559 chros {khroce}\n\nprobably akin to the base of 5530 through the idea of handling;; n m\n\nAV - body 1; 1\n\n1) the surface of the body, the skin
05560^5560 cholos {kho-los'}\n\napparently a primary word;; adj\n\nAV - lame 10, halt 4, cripple 1; 15\n\n1) lame\n   1a) deprived of a foot, maimed
05561^5561 chora {kho'-rah}\n\nfrom a derivative of the base of 5490 through the idea of empty\n   expanse;; n f\n\nAV - country 15, region 5, land 3, field 2, ground 1, coast 1; 27\n\n1) the space lying between two places or limits\n2) a region or country i.e. a tract of land\n   2a) the (rural) region surrounding a city or village, the country\n   2b) the region with towns and villages which surround a metropolis\n3) land which is ploughed or cultivated, ground\n\nFor Synonyms see entry 5875
05562^5562 choreo {kho-reh'-o}\n\nfrom 5561;; v\n\nAV - receive 3, contain 2, come 1, go 1, have place 1,\n     cannot receive + 3756 1, be room to receive 1; 10\n\n1) to leave space (which may be filled or occupied by another),\n   to make room, give place, yield\n   1a) to retire\n   1b) metaph. to betake one's self, turn one's self\n2) to go forward, advance, proceed, succeed\n3) to have space or room for receiving or holding something\n\nFor Synonyms see entry 5818
05563^5563 chorizo {kho-rid'-zo}\n\nfrom 5561;; v\n\nAV - depart 8, separate 3, put asunder 2; 13\n\n1) to separate, divide, part, put asunder, to separate one's self from,\n   to depart\n   1a) to leave a husband or wife\n       1a) of divorce\n   1b) to depart, go away
05564^5564 chorion {kho-ree'-on}\n\ndiminutive of 5561;; n n\n\nAV - field 3, land 3, place 2, parcel of ground 1, possession 1; 10\n\n1) a space, a place, a region, a district\n2) a piece of ground, a field, land\n\nFor Synonyms see entry 5875
05565^5565 choris {kho-rece'}\n\nfrom 5561;; adv\n\nAV - without 35, beside 3, by itself 1; 39\n\n1) separate, apart\n   1a) without any\n   1b) besides
05566^5566 choros {kho'-ros}\n\nof Latin origin;; n m\n\nAV - north west 1; 1\n\n1) the northwest wind\n2) for the quarter of the heavens from which the wind blows
05567^5567 psallo {psal'-lo}\n\nprobably strengthened from psao (to rub or touch the surface,\n   cf 5597); TDNT - 8:489,1225; v\n\nAV - sing 3, sing psalms 1, make melody 1; 5\n\n1) to pluck off, pull out\n2) to cause to vibrate by touching, to twang\n   2a) to touch or strike the chord, to twang the strings of a musical\n       instrument so that they gently vibrate\n   2b) to play on a stringed instrument, to play, the harp, etc.\n   2c) to sing to the music of the harp\n   2d) in the NT to sing a hymn, to celebrate the praises of God in song
05568^5568 psalmos {psal-mos'}\n\nfrom 5567; TDNT - 8:489,1225; n m\n\nAV - psalm 5, Psalm 2; 7\n\n1) a striking, twanging\n   1a) of a striking the chords of a musical instrument\n   1b) of a pious song, a psalm\n\nFor Synonyms see entry 5876
05569^5569 pseudadelphos {psyoo-dad'-el-fos}\n\nfrom 5571 and 80; TDNT - 1:144,22; n m\n\nAV - false brother 2; 2\n\n1) a false brother\n2) one who ostentatiously professes to be a Christian, but is\n   destitute of Christian knowledge and piety
05570^5570 pseudapostolos {psyoo-dap-os'-tol-os}\n\nfrom 5571 and 652; TDNT - 1:445,67; n m\n\nAV - false apostle 1; 1\n\n1) a false apostle, one who falsely claims to be an ambassador of Christ
05571^5571 pseudes {psyoo-dace'}\n\nfrom 5574; TDNT - 9:594,1339; adj\n\nAV - liar 2, false 1; 3\n\n1) lying, deceitful, false
05572^5572 pseudodidaskalos {psyoo-dod-id-as'-kal-os}\n\nfrom 5571 and 1320; TDNT - 2:160,161; n m\n\nAV - false teacher 1; 1\n\n1) a false teacher
05573^5573 pseudologos {psyoo-dol-og'-os}\n\nfrom 5571 and 3004;; adj\n\nAV - speaking lies 1; 1\n\n1) speaking (teaching) falsely, speaking lies
05574^5574 pseudomai {psyoo'-dom-ahee}\n\nmiddle voice of an apparently primary verb; TDNT - 9:594,1339; v\n\nAV - lie 11, falsely 1; 12\n\n1) to lie, to speak deliberate falsehoods\n2) to deceive one by a lie, to lie to
05575^5575 pseudomartur {psyoo-dom-ar'-toor}\n\nfrom 5571 and a kindred form of 3144; TDNT - 4:513,*; n m\n\nAV - false witness 3; 3\n\n1) a false witness
05576^5576 pseudomartureo {psyoo-dom-ar-too-reh'-o}\n\nfrom 5575; TDNT - 4:513,564; v\n\nAV - bear false witness 6; 6\n\n1) to utter falsehoods in giving testimony, to testify falsely,\n   to bear false witness
05577^5577 pseudomarturia {psyoo-dom-ar-too-ree'-ah}\n\nfrom 5575; TDNT - 4:513,564; n f\n\nAV - false witness 2; 2\n\n1) false witness, false testimony
05578^5578 pseudoprophetes {psyoo-dop-rof-ay'-tace}\n\nfrom 5571 and 4396; TDNT - 6:781,952; n m\n\nAV - false prophet 11; 11\n\n1) one who, acting the part of a divinely inspired prophet, utters\n   falsehoods under the name of divine prophecies\n2) a false prophet
05579^5579 pseudos {psyoo'-dos}\n\nfrom 5574; TDNT - 9:594,1339; n n\n\nAV - lie 7, lying 2; 9\n\n1) a lie\n2) conscious and intentional falsehood\n3) in a broad sense, whatever is not what it seems to be\n   3a) of perverse, impious, deceitful precepts
05580^5580 pseudochristos {psyoo-dokh'-ris-tos}\n\nfrom 5571 and 5547;; n m\n\nAV - false Christ 2; 2\n\n1) a false Christ (or Messiah)\n2) one who falsely lays claim to the name and office of the Messiah
05581^5581 pseudonumos {psyoo-do'-noo-mos}\n\nfrom 5571 and 3686; TDNT - 5:282,694; adj\n\nAV - falsely so called 1; 1\n\n1) falsely named
05582^5582 pseusma {psyoos'-mah}\n\nfrom 5574; TDNT - 9:594,1339; n n\n\nAV - lie 1; 1\n\n1) a falsehood, a lie\n2) the perfidy by which a man by sinning breaks faith with God
05583^5583 pseustes {psyoos-tace'}\n\nfrom 5574; TDNT - 9:594,1339; n m\n\nAV - liar 10; 10\n\n1) a liar\n2) one who breaks faith\n3) a false and faithless man
05584^5584 pselaphao {psay-laf-ah'-o}\n\nfrom the base of 5567 (cf 5586);; v\n\nAV - handle 2, feel after 1, touch 1; 4\n\n1) to handle, touch and feel\n2) metaph. mentally to seek after tokens of a person or a thing
05585^5585 psephizo {psay-fid'-zo}\n\nfrom 5586; TDNT - 9:604,1341; v\n\nAV - count 2; 2\n\n1) to count with pebbles, to compute, calculate, reckon\n2) to give one's vote by casting a pebble into the urn\n3) to decide by voting
05586^5586 psephos {psay'-fos}\n\nfrom the same as 5584; TDNT - 9:604,1341; n f\n\nAV - stone 2, voice 1; 3\n\n1) a small worn smooth stone, a pebble\n   1a) in the ancient courts of justice the accused were\n       condemned by black pebbles and the acquitted by white\n2) a vote (on account of the use of pebbles in voting)
05587^5587 psithurismos {psith-oo-ris-mos'}\n\nfrom a derivative of psithos (a whisper; by implication, a\n   slander, probably akin to 5574);; n m\n\nAV - whispering 1; 1\n\n1) a whispering, i.e. secret slandering\n2) of the magical murmuring of a charmer of snakes
05588^5588 psithuristes {psith-oo-ris-tace'}\n\nfrom the same as 5587;; n m\n\nAV - whisperer 1; 1\n\n1) a whisperer, secret slanderer, detractor
05589^5589 psichion {psikh-ee'-on}\n\ndiminutive from a derivative of the base of 5567 (meaning a crumb);; n n\n\nAV - crumb 3; 3\n\n1) a little morsel, a crumb
05590^5590 psuche {psoo-khay'}\n\nfrom 5594; TDNT - 9:608,1342; n f\n\nAV - soul 58, life 40, mind 3, heart 1, heartily + 1537 1, not tr 2; 105\n\n1) breath\n   1a) the breath of life\n       1a1) the vital force which animates the body and shows itself\n            in breathing\n            1a1a) of animals\n            1a12) of men\n   1b) life\n   1c) that in which there is life\n       1c1) a living being, a living soul\n2) the soul\n   2a) the seat of the feelings, desires, affections, aversions\n       (our heart, soul etc.)\n   2b) the (human) soul in so far as it is constituted that by\n       the right use of the aids offered it by God it can attain\n       its highest end and secure eternal blessedness, the soul\n       regarded as a moral being designed for everlasting life\n   2c) the soul as an essence which differs from the body and is not\n       dissolved by death (distinguished from other parts of the body)
05591^5591 psuchikos {psoo-khee-kos'}\n\nfrom 5590; TDNT - 9:661,1342; adj\n\nAV - natural 4, sensual 2; 6\n\n1) of or belonging to breath\n  1a) having the nature and characteristics of the breath\n      1a1) the principal of animal life, which men have in common with\n           the brutes\n  1b) governed by breath\n      1b1) the sensuous nature with its subjection to appetite and passion
05592^5592 psuchos {psoo'-khos}\n\nfrom 5594;; n n\n\nAV - cold 3; 3\n\n1) cold
05593^5593 psuchros {psoo-chros'}\n\nfrom 5592; TDNT - 2:876,296; adj\n\nAV - cold 4; 4\n\n1) cold, cool\n   1a) of cool water\n2) metaph.\n   2a) cold i.e. sluggish, inert\n   2b) in mind: of one destitute of warm Christian faith and the desire\n       for holiness
05594^5594 psucho {psoo'-kho}\n\na primary verb;; v\n\nAV - wax cold 1; 1\n\n1) to breathe, blow, cool by blowing\n2) to be made or grow cool or cold\n3) metaph. of waning love
05595^5595 psomizo {pso-mid'-zo}\n\nfrom the base of 5596;; v\n\nAV - bestow to feed 1, feed 1; 2\n\n1) to feed by putting a bit or crumb (of food) into the mouth\n   1a) of infants, young animals etc.\n2) to feed, nourish\n3) to give a thing to feed someone, feed out to
05596^5596 psomion {pso-mee'-on}\n\ndiminutive from a derivative of the base of 5597;; n n\n\nAV - sop 4; 4\n\n1) a fragment, bit, morsel
05597^5597 psocho {pso'-kho}\n\nprolongation from the same base as 5567;; v\n\nAV - rub 1; 1\n\n1) to rub, to rub to pieces
05598^5598 omega {o'-meg-ah}\n\na primitive word; TDNT - 1:1,*; n\n\nAV - Omega 4; 4\n\n1) the last letter in the Greek alphabet\n2) the last
05599^5599 o {o}\n\na primary interj.;; interj\n\nAV - O 15, not tr 1; 16\n\n1) the interjection, O!
05600^5600 o {o} including the oblique forms, as well as es {ace},\n     e {ay}, etc.\n\nthe subjunctive of 1510;; v\n\nAV - be 22, may be 22, should be 6, is 5, might be 2, were 1,\n     not tr 4, misc 4; 66\n\n1) be, may be, etc.
05601^5601 Obed {o-bade'}\n\nof Hebrew origin 05744;; n pr m\n\nAV - Obed 3; 3\n\nObed = "serving"\n1) the grandfather of king David
05602^5602 hode {ho'-deh}\n\nfrom an adverb form of 3592;; adv\n\nAV - here 44, hither 13, in this place 1, this place 1, there 1; 60\n\n1) here, to this place, etc.
05603^5603 ode {o-day'}\n\nfrom 103; TDNT - 1:164,24; n f\n\nAV - song 7; 7\n\n1) a song, lay, ode\n\nFor Synonyms see entry 5876
05604^5604 odin {o-deen'}\n\nakin to 3601; TDNT - 9:667,1353; n f\n\nAV - sorrow 2, pain 1, travail 1; 4\n\n1) the pain of childbirth, travail pain, birth pangs\n2) intolerable anguish, in reference to the dire calamities\n   precede the advent of the Messiah
05605^5605 odino {o-dee'-no}\n\nfrom 5604; TDNT - 9:667,1353; v\n\nAV - travail in birth 2, travail 1; 3\n\n1) to feel the pains of child birth, to travail
05606^5606 omos {o'-mos}\n\nperhaps from the alternate of 5342;; n m\n\nAV - shoulder 2; 2\n\n1) a shoulder
05607^5607 on {oan} including the feminine ousa {oo'-sah} and the\n     neuter on {on}\n\npresent participle of 1510; TDNT - 2:398,*; v participle\n\nAV - being 36, when ... was 8, which is 12, that is 8, not tr 10,\n     misc 80; 154\n\n1) being, etc.
05608^5608 oneomai {o-neh'-om-ahee}\n\nmiddle voice from an apparently primary onos (a sum or price);; v\n\nAV - buy 1; 1\n\n1) to buy
05609^5609 oon {o-on'}\n\napparently a primary word;; n n\n\nAV - egg 1; 1\n\n1) an egg
05610^5610 hora {ho'-rah}\n\napparently a primary word; TDNT - 9:675,1355; n f\n\nAV - hour 89, time 11, season 3, misc 5; 108\n\n1) a certain definite time or season fixed by natural law and\n   returning with the revolving year\n   1a) of the seasons of the year, spring, summer, autumn, winter\n2) the daytime (bounded by the rising and setting of the sun), a day\n3) a twelfth part of the day-time, an hour, (the twelve hours of\n   the day are reckoned from the rising to the setting of the sun)\n4) any definite time, point of time, moment
05611^5611 horaios {ho-rah'-yos}\n\nfrom 5610;; adj\n\nAV - beautiful 4; 4\n\n1) blooming, beautiful (used of the human body)
05612^5612 oruomai {o-roo'-om-ahee}\n\nmiddle voice of an apparently primary verb;; v\n\nAV - roaring 1; 1\n\n1) to roar, to howl (of a lion, wolf, dog, and other beasts)\n   1a) of men, to raise a loud and inarticulate cry: either of grief,\n       or of joy\n2) to sing with a loud voice
05613^5613 hos {hoce}\n\nprobably from comparative from 3739;; adv\n\nAV - as 342, when 42, how 18, as it were 20, about 14, misc 56; 492\n\n1) as, like, even as, etc.
05614^5614 hosanna {ho-san-nah'}\n\nof Hebrew origin 03467 and 04994; TDNT - 9:682,1356; interj\n\nAV - Hosanna 6; 6\n\n1) hosanna\n2) be propitious
05615^5615 hosautos {ho-sow'-toce}\n\nfrom 5613 and an adverb from 846;; adv\n\nAV - likewise 13, in like manner 2, even so 1,\n     after the same manner 1; 17\n\n1) in like manner, likewise
05616^5616 hosei {ho-si'}\n\nfrom 5613 and 1487;; adv\n\nAV - about 18, as 7, like 5, as it had been 2, as it were 1,\n     like as 1; 34\n\n1) as it were, (had been), as though, as, like as, like\n2) about, nearly\n   2a) before numerals\n   2b) before a measure of time
05617^5617 Hosee {ho-say-eh'}\n\nof Hebrew origin 01954;; n pr m\n\nAV - Osee 1; 1\n\nHosea = "salvation"\n1) the well known Hebrew prophet, son of Beeri and  contemporary with\n   Isaiah
05618^5618 hosper {hoce'-per}\n\nfrom 5613 and 4007;; adv\n\nAV - as 39, even as 2, like as 1; 42\n\n1) just as, even as
05619^5619 hosperei {hoce-per-i'}\n\nfrom 5618 and 1487;; adv\n\nAV - as 1; 1\n\n1) as, as it were
05620^5620 hoste {hoce'-teh}\n\nfrom 5613 and 5037;; particle\n\nAV - so that 25, wherefore 17, insomuch that 16, therefore 9, that 6,\n     so then 5, to 3, as 1, insomuch as 1; 83\n\n1) so that, insomuch that\n2) so then, therefore, wherefore
05621^5621 otion {o-tee'-on}\n\ndiminutive of 3775; TDNT - 5:558,744; n n\n\nAV - ear 5; 5\n\n1) the ear
05622^5622 opheleia {o-fel'-i-ah}\n\nfrom a derivative of the base of 5624;; n f\n\nAV - profit 1, advantage 1; 2\n\n1) usefulness, advantage, profit
05623^5623 opheleo {o-fel-eh'-o}\n\nfrom the same as 5622;; v\n\nAV - profit 11, prevail 2, better 1, advantage 1; 15\n\n1) to assist, to be useful or advantageous, to profit
05624^5624 ophelimos {o-fel'-ee-mos}\n\nfrom a form of 3786;; adj\n\nAV - profitable 3, profit + 2076 1; 4\n\n1) profitable
05625^5625 Synonym Strong's Number\n\nThe Greek word has more than one possible Strong's number.
05626^5626 Greek Word not translated in English version.
05627^5627 Tense - Second Aorist               See 5780\n     Voice - Active                      See 5784\n     Mood  - Indicative                  See 5791\n     Count - 2138 plus 1 in a variant reading in a footnote
05628^5628 Tense - Second Aorist               See 5780\n     Voice - Active                      See 5784\n     Mood  - Imperative                  See 5794\n     Count - 459
05629^5629 Tense - Second Aorist               See 5780\n     Voice - Active                      See 5784\n     Mood  - Infinitive                  See 5795\n     Count - 454
05630^5630 Tense - Second Aorist               See 5780\n     Voice - Active                      See 5784\n     Mood  - Optative                    See 5793\n     Count - 15
05631^5631 Tense - Second Aorist               See 5780\n     Voice - Active                      See 5784\n     Mood  - Participle                  See 5796\n     Count - 889
05632^5632 Tense - Second Aorist               See 5780\n     Voice - Active                      See 5784\n     Mood  - Subjunctive                 See 5792\n     Count - 449
05633^5633 Tense - Second Aorist               See 5780\n     Voice - Middle Deponent             See 5788\n     Mood  - Indicative                  See 5791\n     Count - 260
05634^5634 Tense - Second Aorist               See 5780\n     Voice - Middle Deponent             See 5788\n     Mood  - Imperative                  See 5794\n     Count - 7
05635^5635 Tense - Second Aorist               See 5780\n     Voice - Middle Deponent             See 5788\n     Mood  - Infinitive                  See 5795\n     Count - 42
05636^5636 Tense - Second Aorist               See 5780\n     Voice - Middle Deponent             See 5788\n     Mood  - Optative                    See 5793\n     Count - 18
05637^5637 Tense - Second Aorist               See 5780\n     Voice - Middle Deponent             See 5788\n     Mood  - Participle                  See 5796\n     Count - 137
05638^5638 Tense - Second Aorist               See 5780\n     Voice - Middle Deponent             See 5788\n     Mood  - Subjunctive                 See 5792\n     Count - 66
05639^5639 Tense - Second Aorist               See 5780\n     Voice - Middle                      See 5785\n     Mood  - Indicative                  See 5791\n     Count - 65
05640^5640 Tense - Second Aorist               See 5780\n     Voice - Middle                      See 5785\n     Mood  - Imperative                  See 5794\n     Count - 6
05641^5641 Tense - Second Aorist               See 5780\n     Voice - Middle                      See 5785\n     Mood  - Infinitive                  See 5795\n     Count - 9
05642^5642 Tense - Second Aorist               See 5780\n     Voice - Middle                      See 5785\n     Mood  - Participle                  See 5796\n     Count - 19
05643^5643 Tense - Second Aorist               See 5780\n     Voice - Middle                      See 5785\n     Mood  - Subjunctive                 See 5792\n     Count - 15
05644^5644 Tense - Second Aorist               See 5780\n     Voice - Passive Deponent            See 5789\n     Mood  - Indicative                  See 5791\n     Count - 13
05645^5645 Tense - Second Aorist               See 5780\n     Voice - Passive Deponent            See 5789\n     Mood  - Imperative                  See 5794\n     Count - 2
05646^5646 Tense - Second Aorist               See 5780\n     Voice - Passive Deponent            See 5789\n     Mood  - Infinitive                  See 5795\n     Count - 2
05647^5647 Tense - Second Aorist               See 5780\n     Voice - Passive Deponent            See 5789\n     Mood  - Subjunctive                 See 5792\n     Count - 2
05648^5648 Tense - Second Aorist               See 5780\n     Voice - Passive                     See 5786\n     Mood  - Indicative                  See 5791\n     Count - 72
05649^5649 Tense - Second Aorist               See 5780\n     Voice - Passive                     See 5786\n     Mood  - Imperative                  See 5794\n     Count - 9
05650^5650 Tense - Second Aorist               See 5780\n     Voice - Passive                     See 5786\n     Mood  - Infinitive                  See 5795\n     Count - 4
05651^5651 Tense - Second Aorist               See 5780\n     Voice - Passive                     See 5786\n     Mood  - Participle                  See 5796\n     Count - 32 plus one in a footnote in a variant reading
05652^5652 Tense - Second Aorist               See 5780\n     Voice - Passive                     See 5786\n     Mood  - Subjunctive                 See 5792\n     Count - 20
05653^5653 Tense - Second Aorist               See 5780\n     Voice - No Voice Stated             See 5799\n     Mood  - Imperative                  See 5794\n     Count - 0
05654^5654 Tense - Second Aorist               See 5780\n     Voice - No Voice Stated             See 5799\n     Mood  - Participle                  See 5796\n     Count - 1
05655^5655 Tense - Second Aorist               See 5780\n     Voice - No Voice Stated             See 5799\n     Mood  - Subjunctive                 See 5792\n     Count - 2
05656^5656 Tense - Aorist                      See 5777\n     Voice - Active                      See 5784\n     Mood  - Indicative                  See 5791\n     Count - 2319
05657^5657 Tense - Aorist                      See 5777\n     Voice - Active                      See 5784\n     Mood  - Imperative                  See 5794\n     Count - 376
05658^5658 Tense - Aorist                      See 5777\n     Voice - Active                      See 5784\n     Mood  - Infinitive                  See 5795\n     Count - 516
05659^5659 Tense - Aorist                      See 5777\n     Voice - Active                      See 5784\n     Mood  - Optative                    See 5793\n     Count - 19
05660^5660 Tense - Aorist                      See 5777\n     Voice - Active                      See 5784\n     Mood  - Participle                  See 5796\n     Count - 714
05661^5661 Tense - Aorist                      See 5777\n     Voice - Active                      See 5784\n     Mood  - Subjunctive                 See 5792\n     Count - 512
05662^5662 Tense - Aorist                      See 5777\n     Voice - Middle Deponent             See 5788\n     Mood  - Indicative                  See 5791\n     Count - 352
05663^5663 Tense - Aorist                      See 5777\n     Voice - Middle Deponent             See 5788\n     Mood  - Imperative                  See 5794\n     Count - 54
05664^5664 Tense - Aorist                      See 5777\n     Voice - Middle Deponent             See 5788\n     Mood  - Infinitive                  See 5795\n     Count - 37
05665^5665 Tense - Aorist                      See 5777\n     Voice - Middle Deponent             See 5788\n     Mood  - Optative                    See 5793\n     Count - 1
05666^5666 Tense - Aorist                      See 5777\n     Voice - Middle Deponent             See 5788\n     Mood  - Participle                  See 5796\n     Count - 88
05667^5667 Tense - Aorist                      See 5777\n     Voice - Middle Deponent             See 5788\n     Mood  - Subjunctive                 See 5792\n     Count - 55
05668^5668 Tense - Aorist                      See 5777\n     Voice - Middle                      See 5785\n     Mood  - Indicative                  See 5791\n     Count - 88
05669^5669 Tense - Aorist                      See 5777\n     Voice - Middle                      See 5785\n     Mood  - Imperative                  See 5794\n     Count - 30
05670^5670 Tense - Aorist                      See 5777\n     Voice - Middle                      See 5785\n     Mood  - Infinitive                  See 5795\n     Count - 29
05671^5671 Tense - Aorist                      See 5777\n     Voice - Middle                      See 5785\n     Mood  - Participle                  See 5796\n     Count - 61
05672^5672 Tense - Aorist                      See 5777\n     Voice - Middle                      See 5785\n     Mood  - Subjunctive                 See 5792\n     Count - 43
05673^5673 Tense - Aorist                      See 5777\n     Voice - Middle or Passive Deponent  See 5790\n     Mood  - Indicative                  See 5791\n     Count - 5
05674^5674 Tense - Aorist                      See 5777\n     Voice - Middle or Passive Deponent  See 5790\n     Mood  - Participle                  See 5796\n     Count - 2
05675^5675 Tense - Aorist                      See 5777\n     Voice - Passive Deponent            See 5789\n     Mood  - Indicative                  See 5791\n     Count - 79
05676^5676 Tense - Aorist                      See 5777\n     Voice - Passive Deponent            See 5789\n     Mood  - Imperative                  See 5794\n     Count - 29
05677^5677 Tense - Aorist                      See 5777\n     Voice - Passive Deponent            See 5789\n     Mood  - Infinitive                  See 5795\n     Count - 7
05678^5678 Tense - Aorist                      See 5777\n     Voice - Passive Deponent            See 5789\n     Mood  - Optative                    See 5793\n     Count - 1
05679^5679 Tense - Aorist                      See 5777\n     Voice - Passive Deponent            See 5789\n     Mood  - Participle                  See 5796\n     Count - 164
05680^5680 Tense - Aorist                      See 5777\n     Voice - Passive Deponent            See 5789\n     Mood  - Subjunctive                 See 5792\n     Count - 15
05681^5681 Tense - Aorist                      See 5777\n     Voice - Passive                     See 5786\n     Mood  - Indicative                  See 5791\n     Count - 602
05682^5682 Tense - Aorist                      See 5777\n     Voice - Passive                     See 5786\n     Mood  - Imperative                  See 5794\n     Count - 40
05683^5683 Tense - Aorist                      See 5777\n     Voice - Passive                     See 5786\n     Mood  - Infinitive                  See 5795\n     Count - 159
05684^5684 Tense - Aorist                      See 5777\n     Voice - Passive                     See 5786\n     Mood  - Optative                    See 5793\n     Count - 5
05685^5685 Tense - Aorist                      See 5777\n     Voice - Passive                     See 5786\n     Mood  - Participle                  See 5796\n     Count - 215
05686^5686 Tense - Aorist                      See 5777\n     Voice - Passive                     See 5786\n     Mood  - Subjunctive                 See 5792\n     Count - 219
05687^5687 Tense - Second Future               See 5781\n     Voice - Active                      See 5784\n     Mood  - Indicative                  See 5791\n     Count - 0
05688^5688 Tense - Second Future               See 5781\n     Voice - Middle Deponent             See 5788\n     Mood  - Indicative                  See 5791\n     Count - 2
05689^5689 Tense - Second Future               See 5781\n     Voice - Middle                      See 5785\n     Mood  - Indicative                  See 5791\n     Count - 1
05690^5690 Tense - Second Future               See 5781\n     Voice - Passive Deponent            See 5789\n     Mood  - Indicative                  See 5791\n     Count - 4
05691^5691 Tense - Second Future               See 5781\n     Voice - Passive                     See 5786\n     Mood  - Indicative                  See 5791\n     Count - 26
05692^5692 Tense - Future                      See 5776\n     Voice - Active                      See 5784\n     Mood  - Indicative                  See 5791\n     Count - 814
05693^5693 Tense - Future                      See 5776\n     Voice - Active                      See 5784\n     Mood  - Infinitive                  See 5795\n     Count - 1
05694^5694 Tense - Future                      See 5776\n     Voice - Active                      See 5784\n     Mood  - Participle                  See 5796\n     Count - 11
05695^5695 Tense - Future                      See 5776\n     Voice - Middle Deponent             See 5788\n     Mood  - Indicative                  See 5791\n     Count - 271
05696^5696 Tense - Future                      See 5776\n     Voice - Middle Deponent             See 5788\n     Mood  - Infinitive                  See 5795\n     Count - 1
05697^5697 Tense - Future                      See 5776\n     Voice - Middle Deponent             See 5788\n     Mood  - Participle                  See 5796\n     Count - 3
05698^5698 Tense - Future                      See 5776\n     Voice - Middle                      See 5785\n     Mood  - Indicative                  See 5791\n     Count - 33
05699^5699 Tense - Future                      See 5776\n     Voice - Middle or Passive Deponent  See 5790\n     Mood  - Indicative                  See 5791\n     Count - 8
05700^5700 Tense - Future                      See 5776\n     Voice - Passive Deponent            See 5789\n     Mood  - Indicative                  See 5791\n     Count - 7
05701^5701 Tense - Future                      See 5776\n     Voice - Passive                     See 5786\n     Mood  - Indicative                  See 5791\n     Count - 251
05702^5702 Tense - Future                      See 5776\n     Voice - Passive                     See 5786\n     Mood  - Participle                  See 5796\n     Count - 1
05703^5703 Tense - Future                      See 5776\n     Voice - Passive                     See 5786\n     Mood  - Subjunctive                 See 5792\n     Count - 1
05704^5704 Tense - Future                      See 5776\n     Voice - No Voice Stated             See 5799\n     Mood  - Indicative                  See 5791\n     Count - 188
05705^5705 Tense - Future                      See 5776\n     Voice - No Voice Stated             See 5799\n     Mood  - Infinitive                  See 5795\n     Count - 5
05706^5706 Tense - Future                      See 5776\n     Voice - No Voice Stated             See 5799\n     Mood  - Participle                  See 5796\n     Count - 2
05707^5707 Tense - Imperfect                   See 5775\n     Voice - Active                      See 5784\n     Mood  - Indicative                  See 5791\n     Count - 855
05708^5708 Tense - Imperfect                   See 5775\n     Voice - Middle Deponent             See 5788\n     Mood  - Indicative                  See 5791\n     Count - 1
05709^5709 Tense - Imperfect                   See 5775\n     Voice - Either Middle or Passive    See 5787\n     Mood  - Indicative                  See 5791\n     Count - 1
05710^5710 Tense - Imperfect                   See 5775\n     Voice - Middle                      See 5785\n     Mood  - Indicative                  See 5791\n     Count - 34
05711^5711 Tense - Imperfect                   See 5775\n     Voice - Middle or Passive Deponent  See 5790\n     Mood  - Indicative                  See 5791\n     Count - 184
05712^5712 Tense - Imperfect                   See 5775\n     Voice - Passive                     See 5786\n     Mood  - Indicative                  See 5791\n     Count - 83
05713^5713 Tense - Imperfect                   See 5775\n     Voice - No Voice Stated             See 5799\n     Mood  - Indicative                  See 5791\n     Count - 532
05714^5714 Tense - Second Pluperfect           See 5783\n     Voice - Active                      See 5784\n     Mood  - Indicative                  See 5791\n     Count - 1
05715^5715 Tense - Pluperfect                  See 5779\n     Voice - Active                      See 5784\n     Mood  - Indicative                  See 5791\n     Count - 83
05716^5716 Tense - Pluperfect                  See 5779\n     Voice - Middle Deponent             See 5788\n     Mood  - Indicative                  See 5791\n     Count - 1
05717^5717 Tense - Pluperfect                  See 5779\n     Voice - Middle                      See 5785\n     Mood  - Indicative                  See 5791\n     Count - 1
05718^5718 Tense - Pluperfect                  See 5779\n     Voice - Passive                     See 5786\n     Mood  - Indicative                  See 5791\n     Count - 7
05719^5719 Tense - Present                     See 5774\n     Voice - Active                      See 5784\n     Mood  - Indicative                  See 5791\n     Count - 3019
05720^5720 Tense - Present                     See 5774\n     Voice - Active                      See 5784\n     Mood  - Imperative                  See 5794\n     Count - 592
05721^5721 Tense - Present                     See 5774\n     Voice - Active                      See 5784\n     Mood  - Infinitive                  See 5795\n     Count - 647
05722^5722 Tense - Present                     See 5774\n     Voice - Active                      See 5784\n     Mood  - Optative                    See 5793\n     Count - 8
05723^5723 Tense - Present                     See 5774\n     Voice - Active                      See 5784\n     Mood  - Participle                  See 5796\n     Count - 2549
05724^5724 Tense - Present                     See 5774\n     Voice - Active                      See 5784\n     Mood  - Impersonal                  See 5797\n     Count - 1
05725^5725 Tense - Present                     See 5774\n     Voice - Active                      See 5784\n     Mood  - Subjunctive                 See 5792\n     Count - 352
05726^5726 Tense - Present                     See 5774\n     Voice - Middle Deponent             See 5788\n     Mood  - Participle                  See 5796\n     Count - 1
05727^5727 Tense - Present                     See 5774\n     Voice - Either Middle or Passive    See 5787\n     Mood  - Indicative                  See 5791\n     Count - 10
05728^5728 Tense - Present                     See 5774\n     Voice - Either Middle or Passive    See 5787\n     Mood  - Imperative                  See 5794\n     Count - 6
05729^5729 Tense - Present                     See 5774\n     Voice - Either Middle or Passive    See 5787\n     Mood  - Infinitive                  See 5795\n     Count - 2
05730^5730 Tense - Present                     See 5774\n     Voice - Either Middle or Passive    See 5787\n     Mood  - Participle                  See 5796\n     Count - 13
05731^5731 Tense - Present                     See 5774\n     Voice - Middle                      See 5785\n     Mood  - Indicative                  See 5791\n     Count - 69
05732^5732 Tense - Present                     See 5774\n     Voice - Middle                      See 5785\n     Mood  - Imperative                  See 5794\n     Count - 41
05733^5733 Tense - Present                     See 5774\n     Voice - Middle                      See 5785\n     Mood  - Infinitive                  See 5795\n     Count - 30
05734^5734 Tense - Present                     See 5774\n     Voice - Middle                      See 5785\n     Mood  - Participle                  See 5796\n     Count - 111
05735^5735 Tense - Present                     See 5774\n     Voice - Middle                      See 5785\n     Mood  - Subjunctive                 See 5792\n     Count - 7
05736^5736 Tense - Present                     See 5774\n     Voice - Middle or Passive Deponent  See 5790\n     Mood  - Indicative                  See 5791\n     Count - 618
05737^5737 Tense - Present                     See 5774\n     Voice - Middle or Passive Deponent  See 5790\n     Mood  - Imperative                  See 5794\n     Count - 152
05738^5738 Tense - Present                     See 5774\n     Voice - Middle or Passive Deponent  See 5790\n     Mood  - Infinitive                  See 5795\n     Count - 109
05739^5739 Tense - Present                     See 5774\n     Voice - Middle or Passive Deponent  See 5790\n     Mood  - Optative                    See 5793\n     Count - 4
05740^5740 Tense - Present                     See 5774\n     Voice - Middle or Passive Deponent  See 5790\n     Mood  - Participle                  See 5796\n     Count - 544
05741^5741 Tense - Present                     See 5774\n     Voice - Middle or Passive Deponent  See 5790\n     Mood  - Subjunctive                 See 5792\n     Count - 40
05742^5742 Tense - Present                     See 5774\n     Voice - Passive Deponent            See 5789\n     Mood  - Participle                  See 5796\n     Count - 2
05743^5743 Tense - Present                     See 5774\n     Voice - Passive                     See 5786\n     Mood  - Indicative                  See 5791\n     Count - 271
05744^5744 Tense - Present                     See 5774\n     Voice - Passive                     See 5786\n     Mood  - Imperative                  See 5794\n     Count - 48
05745^5745 Tense - Present                     See 5774\n     Voice - Passive                     See 5786\n     Mood  - Infinitive                  See 5795\n     Count - 105
05746^5746 Tense - Present                     See 5774\n     Voice - Passive                     See 5786\n     Mood  - Participle                  See 5796\n     Count - 360
05747^5747 Tense - Present                     See 5774\n     Voice - Passive                     See 5786\n     Mood  - Subjunctive                 See 5792\n     Count - 18
05748^5748 Tense - Present                     See 5774\n     Voice - No Voice Stated             See 5799\n     Mood  - Indicative                  See 5791\n     Count - 1612
05749^5749 Tense - Present                     See 5774\n     Voice - No Voice Stated             See 5799\n     Mood  - Imperative                  See 5794\n     Count - 23
05750^5750 Tense - Present                     See 5774\n     Voice - No Voice Stated             See 5799\n     Mood  - Infinitive                  See 5795\n     Count - 135
05751^5751 Tense - Present                     See 5774\n     Voice - No Voice Stated             See 5799\n     Mood  - Optative                    See 5793\n     Count - 12
05752^5752 Tense - Present                     See 5774\n     Voice - No Voice Stated             See 5799\n     Mood  - Participle                  See 5796\n     Count - 186
05753^5753 Tense - Present                     See 5774\n     Voice - No Voice Stated             See 5799\n     Mood  - Subjunctive                 See 5792\n     Count - 68
05754^5754 Tense - Second Perfect              See 5782\n     Voice - Active                      See 5784\n     Mood  - Indicative                  See 5791\n     Count - 97
05755^5755 Tense - Second Perfect              See 5782\n     Voice - Active                      See 5784\n     Mood  - Infinitive                  See 5795\n     Count - 8
05756^5756 Tense - Second Perfect              See 5782\n     Voice - Active                      See 5784\n     Mood  - Participle                  See 5796\n     Count - 43
05757^5757 Tense - Second Perfect              See 5782\n     Voice - Passive                     See 5786\n     Mood  - Participle                  See 5796\n     Count - 1
05758^5758 Tense - Perfect                     See 5778\n     Voice - Active                      See 5784\n     Mood  - Indicative                  See 5791\n     Count - 516
05759^5759 Tense - Perfect                     See 5778\n     Voice - Active                      See 5784\n     Mood  - Imperative                  See 5794\n     Count - 1
05760^5760 Tense - Perfect                     See 5778\n     Voice - Active                      See 5784\n     Mood  - Infinitive                  See 5795\n     Count - 30
05761^5761 Tense - Perfect                     See 5778\n     Voice - Active                      See 5784\n     Mood  - Participle                  See 5796\n     Count - 193
05762^5762 Tense - Perfect                     See 5778\n     Voice - Active                      See 5784\n     Mood  - Subjunctive                 See 5792\n     Count - 10
05763^5763 Tense - Perfect                     See 5778\n     Voice - Middle Deponent             See 5788\n     Mood  - Indicative                  See 5791\n     Count - 1
05764^5764 Tense - Perfect                     See 5778\n     Voice - Middle                      See 5785\n     Mood  - Indicative                  See 5791\n     Count - 1
05765^5765 Tense - Perfect                     See 5778\n     Voice - Middle                      See 5785\n     Mood  - Participle                  See 5796\n     Count - 5
05766^5766 Tense - Perfect                     See 5778\n     Voice - Middle or Passive Deponent  See 5790\n     Mood  - Indicative                  See 5791\n     Count - 19
05767^5767 Tense - Perfect                     See 5778\n     Voice - Middle or Passive Deponent  See 5790\n     Mood  - Infinitive                  See 5795\n     Count - 0
05768^5768 Tense - Perfect                     See 5778\n     Voice - Middle or Passive Deponent  See 5790\n     Mood  - Participle                  See 5796\n     Count - 4
05769^5769 Tense - Perfect                     See 5778\n     Voice - Passive                     See 5786\n     Mood  - Indicative                  See 5791\n     Count - 215
05770^5770 Tense - Perfect                     See 5778\n     Voice - Passive                     See 5786\n     Mood  - Imperative                  See 5794\n     Count - 3
05771^5771 Tense - Perfect                     See 5778\n     Voice - Passive                     See 5786\n     Mood  - Infinitive                  See 5795\n     Count - 9
05772^5772 Tense - Perfect                     See 5778\n     Voice - Passive                     See 5786\n     Mood  - Participle                  See 5796\n     Count - 463
05773^5773 Tense - No Tense Stated             See 5799\n     Voice - No Voice Stated             See 5799\n     Mood  - Imperative                  See 5794\n     Count - 22
05774^5774 Tense - Present\n\n    The present tense represents a simple statement of fact\n    or reality viewed as occurring in actual time.  In most cases\n    this corresponds directly with the English present tense.\n\n    Some phrases which might be rendered as past tense in English\n    will often occur in the present tense in Greek.  These are\n    termed "historical presents," and such occurrences dramatize\n    the event described as if the reader were there watching the\n    event occur.  Some English translations render such historical\n    presents in the English past tense, while others permit the\n    tense to remain in the present.
05775^5775 Tense - Imperfect\n\n    The imperfect tense generally represents continual or repeated\n    action.  Where the present tense might indicate "they are\n    asking," the imperfect would indicate "they kept on asking."\n\n    In the case of the verb "to be," however, the imperfect tense\n    is used as a general past tense and does not carry the\n    connotation of continual or repeated action.
05776^5776 Tense - Future\n\n    The future tense corresponds to the English future, and\n    indicates the contemplated or certain occurrence of an event\n    which has not yet occurred.
05777^5777 Tense - Aorist\n\n    The aorist tense is characterized by its emphasis on punctiliar\n    action; that is, the concept of the verb is considered without\n    regard for past, present, or future time.  There is no\n    direct or clear English equivalent for this tense, though it is\n    generally rendered as a simple past tense in most translations.\n\n    The events described by the aorist tense are classified into a\n    number of categories by grammarians.  The most common of these\n    include a view of the action as having begun from a certain\n    point ("inceptive aorist"), or having ended at a certain point\n    ("cumulative aorist"), or merely existing at a certain point\n    ("punctiliar aorist").  The categorization of other cases can\n    be found in Greek reference grammars.\n\n    The English reader need not concern himself with most of these\n    finer points concerning the aorist tense, since in most cases\n    they cannot be rendered accurately in English translation,\n    being fine points of Greek exegesis only.  The common practice\n    of rendering an aorist by a simple English past tense should\n    suffice in most cases.
05778^5778 Tense - Perfect\n\n    The perfect tense in Greek corresponds to the perfect tense in\n    English, and describes an action which is viewed as having been\n    completed in the past, once and for all, not needing to be\n    repeated.\n\n    Jesus' last cry from the cross, TETELESTAI ("It is finished!")\n    is a good example of the perfect tense used in this sense,\n    namely "It [the atonement] has been accomplished, completely,\n    once and for all time."\n\n    Certain antiquated verb forms in Greek, such as those related\n    to seeing (eidw) or knowing (oida) will use the perfect tense\n    in a manner equivalent to the normal past tense.  These few\n    cases are exception to the normal rule and do not alter the\n    normal connotation of the perfect tense stated above.
05779^5779 Tense - Pluperfect\n\n    The pluperfect tense in Greek occurs rarely.  It corresponds\n    in a single Greek word to the sense of the English pluperfect,\n    which indicates an event viewed as having been once and for\n    all accomplished in past time.  In contrast, the perfect tense\n    reflects the final completion of an action at the present\n    moment described.\n\n    In translation the Greek pluperfect may not always follow the\n    rendering of the English pluperfect, due to excessive wordiness.\n    The English pluperfect is normally formed with the past tense\n    of the "helping" verbs "to have" or "to be," plus the past\n    participle, e.g., "He had finished."   The English perfect\n    is formed by the present tense of the helping verb plus the\n    past participle, e.g., "He has finished."
05780^5780 Tense - Second Aorist\n\n    The "second aorist" tense is identical in meaning and\n    translation to the normal or "first" aorist tense.  The only\n    difference is in the form of spelling the words in Greek, and\n    there is no effect upon English translation.\n\n    See "Aorist" # 5777
05781^5781 Tense - Second Future\n\n    The "second future" is identical in meaning to that of the\n    normal or "first" future tense.  The classification merely\n    reflects a spelling variation in Greek of the "first future"\n    tense, and has no effect on English meaning beyond that of the\n    normal future.\n\n    See "Future" # 5776
05782^5782 Tense - Second Perfect\n\n    The second perfect is identical in meaning to that of the\n    normal or "first" perfect tense, and has no additional effect\n    on English translation.  The classification merely represents\n    a spelling variation in Greek.\n\n    See "Perfect" # 5778
05783^5783 Tense - Second Pluperfect\n\n    The second pluperfect is identical in meaning to that of the\n    normal or "first" pluperfect tense.  It has no additional\n    meaning or effect on English translation, and merely reflects\n    a spelling variation in Greek.
05784^5784 Voice - Active\n\n    The active voice represents the subject as the doer or\n    performer of the action.  e.g., in the sentence, "The\n    boy hit the ball," the boy performs the action.
05785^5785 Voice - Middle\n\n    The middle voice indicates the subject performing an action\n    upon himself (reflexive action) or for his own benefit.  E.g.,\n    "The boy groomed himself."  Many verbs which occur only in\n    middle voice forms are translated in English as having an\n    active sense; these are called "deponent" verbs, and do not\n    comply with the normal requirements for the middle voice.
05786^5786 Voice - Passive\n\n    The passive voice represents the subject as being the\n    recipient of the action.  E.g., in the sentence, "The boy was\n    hit by the ball," the boy receives the action.
05787^5787 Voice - Either Middle or Passive\n\n    Many of the so-called "deponent" verbs can have either a\n    middle or passive form.  These are normally translated as\n    having an active voice, since they have no active form in\n    their outward spelling.  At times, however, they retain their\n    middle or passive significance.
05788^5788 Voice - Middle Deponent\n\n    The middle deponent forms in almost all cases are translated\n    as being in the active voice.\n\n    See "Active" # 5784
05789^5789 Voice - Passive Deponent\n\n    The passive deponent forms in almost all cases are translated\n    as being in the passive voice.\n\n    See "Passive" # 5786
05790^5790 Voice - Middle or Passive Deponent\n\n    The middle or passive deponent forms in almost all cases are\n    translated as being in the active voice.\n\n    See "Active" # 5784
05791^5791 Mood - Indicative\n\n    The indicative mood is a simple statement of fact.  If an\n    action really occurs or has occurred or will occur, it will be\n    rendered in the indicative mood.
05792^5792 Mood - Subjunctive\n\n    The subjunctive mood is the mood of possibility and\n    potentiality.  The action described may or may not occur,\n    depending upon circumstances.  Conditional sentences of the\n    third class ("ean" + the subjunctive) are all of this type, as\n    well as many commands following conditional purpose clauses,\n    such as those beginning with "hina."
05793^5793 Mood - Optative\n\n    The optative mood is generally used in the so-called\n    "fourth-class" conditions which express a wish or desire for\n    an action to occur in which the completion of such is\n    doubtful.  By the time of the New Testament, the optative mood\n    was beginning to disappear from spoken and written Greek, and\n    such rarely occurs in the New Testament.\n\n    In a few cases, verbs in the optative mood stand apart from a\n    conditional clause to express the strongest possible wish\n    regarding an event.  The most common of these appears in the\n    phrase "mh genoito" (AV,"God forbid"; NKJV "Certainly not").
05794^5794 Mood - Imperative\n\n    The imperative mood corresponds to the English imperative, and\n    expresses a command to the hearer to perform a certain action\n    by the order and authority of the one commanding.  Thus,\n    Jesus' phrase, "Repent ye, and believe the gospel" (Mk.1:15)\n    is not at all an "invitation," but an absolute command\n    requiring full obedience on the part of all hearers.
05795^5795 Mood - Infinitive\n\n    The Greek infinitive mood in most cases corresponds to the\n    English infinitive, which is basically the verb with "to"\n    prefixed, as "to believe."\n\n    Like the English infinitive, the Greek infinitive can be used\n    like a noun phrase ("It is better to live than to die"), as\n    well as to reflect purpose or result ("This was done to\n    fulfil what the prophet said").
05796^5796 Mood - Participle\n\n    The Greek participle corresponds for the most part to the\n    English participle, reflecting "-ing" or "-ed" being suffixed\n    to the basic verb form.  The participle can be used either\n    like a verb or a noun, as in English, and thus is often termed\n    a "verbal noun."
05797^5797 Mood - Impersonal\n\n    The impersonal mood is used only in a few verb forms which do\n    not conjugate in the full sense.  The most common of these is\n    the Greek word "dei," which is most often rendered "it is\n    necessary" or "one must."
05798^5798 Mood - Imperative-Sense Participle\n\n    This reflects a Greek participle which implies that a command\n    to perform the action is implicit, even though it is not\n    outwardly or directly expressed.
05799^5799 No Tense or Voice Stated\n\n    In a number of places certain verbs are cited in Perschbacher's\n    "The New Analytical Greek Lexicon" which do not have any tense\n    or voice directly stated.\n\n    In almost all of these cases, one can assume that the tense is\n    Present and the voice is Active, especially when the sense is\n    that of a command (Imperative).\n\n    See "Present" # 5774\n    See "Active"  # 5784
05800^Greek Synonym Index\n~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~\nStrong's No.        Definition No.\n~~~~~~~~~~~~        ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~\n     126   aidos          5801\n     154   aiteo          5802\n     157   aitiama        5803\n     166   aionios        5801\n     214   alalazo        5804\n     218   aleipho        5805\n     243   allos          5806\n     260   hama           5807\n     293   amphiblestron  5808\n     364   anamnesis      5809\n     372   anapausis      5810\n     425   anesis         5810\n     443   anthropoktonos 5811\n     601   apokalupto     5812\n     649   apostello      5813\n     692   argos          5814\n     737   arti           5815\n     744   archaios       5816\n     827   auge           5817\n     898   bathmos        5818\n     922   baros          5819\n     970   bia            5820\n     979   bios           5821\n     991   blepo          5822\n     994   boao           5823\n    1006   bosko          5824\n    1021   bradus         5814\n    1097   ginosko        5825\n    1108   gnosis         5826\n    1145   dakruo         5804\n    1155   daneizo        5827\n    1162   deesis         5828\n    1163   dei            5829\n    1167   deilia         5835\n    1189   deomai         5802\n    1203   despotes       5830\n    1209   dechomai       5877\n    1212   delos          5812\n    1213   deloo          5831\n    1218   demos          5832\n    1238   diadema        5833\n    1249   diakonos       5834\n    1325   didomi         5836\n    1348   dikastes       5838\n    1350   diktuon        5808\n    1380   dokeo          5837\n    1390   doma           5839\n    1394   dosis          5839\n    1402   douloo         5834\n    1411   dunamis        5820\n    1431   dorea          5839\n    1433   doreomai       5836\n    1435   doron          5839\n    1462   egklema        5803\n    1492   eido           5825\n    1506   eilikrines     5840\n    1605   ekplesso       5841\n    1653   eleeo          5842\n    1718   emphanizo      5831\n    1753   energeia       5820\n    1763   eniautos       5843\n    1781   entellomai     5844\n    1783   enteuxis       5828\n    1849   exousia        5820\n    1939   epithumia      5845\n    1987   epistamai      5825\n    2064   erchomai       5818\n    2065   erotao         5802\n    2087   heteros        5806\n    2094   etos           5843\n    2124   eulabeia       5835\n    2222   zoe            5821\n    2226   zoon           5846\n    2233   hegeomai       5837\n    2235   ede            5815\n    2270   hesuchazo      5847\n    2300   theaomai       5848\n    2305   theiotes       5849\n    2320   theotes        5849\n    2324   therapon       5834\n    2334   theoreo        5848\n    2342   therion        5846\n    2352   thrauo         5850\n    2354   threneo        5804\n    2359   thrix          5851\n    2479   ischus         5820\n    2513   katharos       5840\n    2537   kainos         5852\n    2540   kairos         5853\n    2549   kakia          5855\n    2564   kaleo          5823\n    2608   katagnumi      5850\n    2723   katagoreo      5803\n    2730   katoikeo       5854\n    2753   keleuo         5844\n    2766   keramos        5858\n    2799   klaio          5804\n    2812   kleptes        5856\n    2830   kludon         5857\n    2851   kolasis        5859\n    2864   kome           5851\n    2873   kopos          5860\n    2896   krazo          5823\n    2904   kratos         5820\n    2905   kraugazo       5823\n    2923   krites         5838\n    2949   kuma           5857\n    2962   kurios         5830\n    2983   lambano        5877\n    2992   laos           5832\n    3027   lestes         5856\n    3115   makrothumia    5861\n    3338   metamellomai   5862\n    3339   metamorphoo    5863\n    3340   metanoeo       5862\n    3345   metaschematizo 5863\n    3392   miaino         5864\n    3396   mignumi        5858\n    3435   moluno         5864\n    3444   morphe         5865\n    3449   mochthos       5860\n    3501   neos           5852\n    3507   nephele        5866\n    3509   nephos         5866\n    3543   nomizo         5837\n    3568   nun            5815\n    3576   nothros        5814\n    3591   ogkos          5819\n    3602   odurmos        5804\n    3614   oikia          5867\n    3624   oikos          5867\n    3628   oikturmos      5842\n    3633   oiomai         5837\n    3674   homou          5807\n    3708   horao          5822\n    3806   pathos         5845\n    3808   paidarion      5868\n    3813   paidion        5868\n    3814   paidiske       5868\n    3816   pais           5868\n    3820   palaios        5816\n    3853   paragello      5844\n    3939   paroikeo       5854\n    3967   patrikos       5869\n    3971   patroos        5869\n    3992   pempo          5813\n    3993   penes          5870\n    4160   poieo          5871\n    4165   poimaino       5824\n    4189   poneria        5855\n    4192   ponos          5860\n    4198   poreuomai      5818\n    4238   prasso         5871\n    4335   proseuche      5828\n    4422   ptoeo          5841\n    4434   ptochos        5870\n    4486   rhegnumi       5850\n    4522   sagene         5808\n    4601   sigao          5847\n    4607   sikarios       5811\n    4623   siopao         5847\n    4648   skopeo         5822\n    4678   sophia         5826\n    4680   sophos         5872\n    4727   stenazo        5804\n    4735   stephanos      5833\n    4832   summorphos     5873\n    4907   sunesis        5826\n    4908   sunetos        5872\n    4920   suniemi        5825\n    4964   suschematizo   5873\n    4976   schema         5865\n    5021   tachinos       5844\n    5043   teknon         5868\n    5083   tereo          5874\n    5098   timoria        5859\n    5117   topos          5875\n    5141   tremo          5841\n    5207   huios          5868\n    5215   humnos         5876\n    5257   huperetes      5834\n    5280   hupomnesis     5809\n    5281   hupomone       5861\n    5316   phaino         5837\n    5319   phaneroo       5812\n    5338   pheggos        5817\n    5398   phoberos       5835\n    5399   phobeo         5841\n    5406   phoneus        5811\n    5413   phortion       5819\n    5428   phronesis      5826\n    5429   phronimos      5872\n    5442   phulasso       5874\n    5457   phos           5817\n    5531   chrao          5827\n    5534   chre           5829\n    5548   chrio          5805\n    5550   chronos        5853\n    5561   chora          5875\n    5562   choreo         5818\n    5564   chorion        5875\n    5568   psalmos        5876\n    5603   ode            5876
05801^Synonyms\n\n   See Definition for aidios           126\n   See Definition for aionios          166\n\n   126 - covers the complete philosophical idea -- without beginning\n         and without end; also either without beginning or without\n         end; as respects to the past it is applied to what has\n         existed time out of mind\n   166 - gives prominence to the immeasurableness of eternity
05802^Synonyms\n\n   See Definition for aiteo            154\n   See Definition for deomai          1189\n   See Definition for erotao          2065\n\n    154 - denotes a request of the will\n   1189 - the asking of the need\n   2065 - denotes the form of the request
05803^ Synonyms\n\n   See Definition for aitiama          157\n   See Definition for egklema         1462\n   See Definition for kategoreo       2723\n\n    157 - to accuse with primary reference to the ground of the\n          accusation, the crime\n   1462 - to make a verbal assault which reaches its goal\n   2723 - to accuse formally before a tribunal, bring a charge against\n          publicly
05804^Synonyms\n\n   See Definition for alalazo          214\n   See Definition for dakruo          1145\n   See Definition for threneo         2354\n   See Definition for klaio           2799\n   See Definition for odurmos         3602\n   See Definition for stenazo         4727\n\n    214 - to wail in oriental style, to howl in a consecrated,\n          semi-liturgical fashion\n   1145 - to shed tears, weep silently\n   2354 - to give formal expression to grief, to sing a dirge\n   2799 - to weep audibly, cry as a child\n   3602 - to give verbal expression to grief, to lament\n   4727 - to express grief by inarticulate or semi-articulate sounds,\n          to groan
05805^Synonyms\n\n   See Definition for aleipho          218\n   See Definition for chrio           5548\n\n    218 - is the mundane and common word for anoint\n   5548 - is the sacred and religious word for anoint
05806^Synonyms\n\n   See Definition for allos            243\n   See Definition for heteros         2087\n\n243 as compared with 2087 denotes numerical in distinction from\nqualitative differences; 243 adds ('one besides'), 2087 distinguishes\n('one of two'); every 2087 is an 243 but not every 243 is a 2087; 243\ngenerally denotes simple distinction of individuals, 2087 involves\nthe secondary idea of difference of kind.
05807^Synonyms\n\n   See Definition for hama             260\n   See Definition for homou           3674\n\nThe distinction for these is 260 is temporal and 3674 is local.\nThis seems to hold in most places. However, see Rom. 3:12.
05808^Synonyms\n\n   See Definition for amphiblestron    293\n   See Definition for diktuon         1350\n   See Definition for sagene          4522\n\n   1350 - seems a more general name for nets of all kinds\n    293 - a net for fishing, a casting net generally pear shaped\n   4522 - a net for fishing, a seine or drag net
05809^Synonyms\n\n   See Definition for anamnesis        364\n   See Definition for hupomnesis      5280\n\n364 denotes an unassisted recalling, 5280, a remembrance prompted\nby another, however in classical Greek the words are easily\ninterchangeable.
05810^Synonyms\n\n   See Definition for anapausis        372\n   See Definition for anesis           425\n\nBoth words denote a temporary rest, a respite, i.e. of soldiers.
05811^Synonyms\n\n   See Definition for anthropoktonos   443\n   See Definition for sikarios        4607\n   See Definition for phoneus         5406\n\n5606 any "murderer", -- the type of which 4607 "the assassin" is a\nspecial kind; while 443 has in the NT a special emphasis
05812^Synonyms\n\n   See Definition for apokalupto       601\n   See Definition for delos           1212\n   See Definition for phaneroo        5319\n\nCompare: 5319, 601\n\n   5319 is thought to describe an external manifestation, to the\n   senses hence open to all, single or isolated; 601 is an\n   internal disclosure, to the thinking believer, and abiding. The\n   601 or "unveiling" precedes and produces the 5319 or\n   "manifestation"; the former looks toward the object revealed,\n   the latter toward the persons to whom the revelation is made.\n   Some question this explanation.\n\nCompare: 5319, 1212\n\n   1212 - evident, what is known and understood\n   5319 - manifest, as opp. to what is concealed and invisible\n\n   1212 points rather to inner perception, 5319 to outward appearance.
05813^Synonyms\n\n   See Definition for apostello        649\n   See Definition for pempo           3992\n\n   3992 - is the general term and may even imply accompaniment (as\n          when sent from God)\n    649 - includes a reference to equipment and suggests official or\n          authoritative sending
05814^Synonyms\n\n   See Definition for argos            692\n   See Definition for bradus          1021\n   See Definition for nothros         3576\n\n  692 - idle, involving blameworthiness\n 1021 - slow, tardy, having purely a temporal reference and no\n        necessary bad sense\n 3576 - sluggish, descriptive of constitutional qualities\n        and suggestive of censure
05815^Synonyms\n\n   See Definition for arti             737\n   See Definition for ede             2235\n   See Definition for nun             3568\n\n    737 - "just, now, even now", marks time closely connected with\n          the present; later, strictly present time\n   2235 - "now (already)", with a suggested reference to some other\n          time or to some expectation, the subjective present\n   3568 - "now", marks a definite point or period of time, the\n          (objective) immediate present
05816^Synonyms\n\n   See Definition for archaios         744\n   See Definition for palaios         3820\n\nIn 3820 the simple idea of time dominates, while 744 often carries\nwith it a suggestion of nature or original character.
05817^Synonyms\n\n   See Definition for auge             827\n   See Definition for pheggos         5338\n   See Definition for phos            5457\n\n   5457 - the general term for light: light of a fire\n   5338 - is a more concrete and emphatic term: the bright sunshine,\n          the beam of light\n    827 - is a still stronger term, suggesting the fiery nature of\n          light; used of shooting, heating rays
05818^Synonyms\n\n   See Definition for bathmos          898\n   See Definition for erchomai        2064\n   See Definition for poreuomai       4198\n   See Definition for choreo          5562\n\n   2064 - denotes motion or progress generally, and of any sort,\n          hence to "come" and arrive at, as well as "to go"\n    898 - primarily signifies "to walk", "take steps", picturing the\n          mode of motion; to "go away"\n   4198 - expresses motion in general, often confined within certain\n          limits, or giving prominence to the bearing; hence the\n          regular word for the march of an army.\n   5562 - always emphasises the idea of separation, change of place,\n          and does not, like e.g. 4198, note the external and\n          perceptible motion.
05819^Synonyms\n\n   See Definition for baros            922\n   See Definition for ogkos           3591\n   See Definition for phortion        5413\n\n922 refers to weight, 3591 to bulk, and either may be oppressive;\n922 is a load in so far as it is heavy, 5413 a burden in so far as\nit is borne; hence 5413 may be either heavy or light
05820^Synonyms\n\n   See Definition for bia              970\n   See Definition for dunamis         1411\n   See Definition for energeia        1753\n   See Definition for exousia         1849\n   See Definition for ischus          2479\n   See Definition for kratos          2904\n\n    970 - force, effective, often oppressive power exhibiting itself\n          in single deeds of violence\n   1411 - power, natural ability, general and inherent\n   1753 - working, power in exercise, operative power\n   1849 - primarily liberty of action; then authority -- either as\n          delegated power, or as unrestrained, arbitrary power\n   2479 - strength, power, (especially physical) as an endowment\n   2904 - might, relative and manifested power -- in the NT chiefly\n          of God
05821^Synonyms\n\n   See Definition for bios             979\n   See Definition for zoe             2222\n\n   2222 - existence, having death as its antithesis\n    979 - the period, means, manner, of existence. Hence the former is\n          more naturally used of animal, the later of men; zoology,\n          biography. NT usage exalts 2222 and tends to debase 979.
05822^Synonyms\n\n   See Definition for blepo            991\n   See Definition for horao           3708\n   See Definition for skopeo          4648\n\nCompare: 991, 3708\n\n   3708 gives prominence to the discerning mind, 991 to the\n   particular mood or point.  When the physical side recedes,\n   3708 denotes perception in general (as resulting principally\n   from vision), the prominence being in the mental element.\n   991 on the other hand, when the physical side recedes, gets\n   a purely outward sense.\n\nCompare: 991, 4648\n\n   4648 is more pointed than 991, often meaning "to scrutinize,\n   observe". When the physical sense recedes, "to fix one's\n   (mind's) eye on, direct one's attention to" a thing in order\n   to get it, or owing to interest in it, or a duty towards it.\n   Hence often the same as "to aim at, care for etc."
05823^Synonyms\n\n   See Definition for boao             994\n   See Definition for kaleo           2564\n   See Definition for krazo           2896\n   See Definition for kraugazo        2905\n\n    994 - to cry out as a manifestation of feeling, esp. a cry for help\n   2564 - to cry out for a purpose\n   2896 - to cry out harshly, often of inarticulate and brutish sound\n   2905 - intensive of 2896 denotes to cry coarsely, in contempt, etc.\n\n   2564 suggests intelligence; 994 sensibilities; 2896 instincts
05824^Synonyms\n\n   See Definition for bosko           1006\n   See Definition for poimaino        4165\n\n   4165 is the wider, 1006 is the narrower term; the former\n   include oversight, the latter denotes nourishment; 4165 may\n   be rendered "tend", 1006 specifically "feed".
05825^Synonyms\n\n   See Definition for ginosko         1097\n   See Definition for eido            1492\n   See Definition for epistamai       1987\n   See Definition for suniemi         4920\n\n   1097 - a knowledge grounded on personal experience\n   1492 - to see with the mind's eye, signifies a clear and purely\n          mental perception\n   1987 - a knowledge obtained by proximity to the thing known,\n          cf. our understanding\n   4920 - implies a native insight, knowledge gained through the\n          five senses
05826^Synonyms\n\n   See Definition for gnosis          1108\n   See Definition for sophia          4678\n   See Definition for sunesis         4907\n   See Definition for phronesis       5428\n\nCompare: 1108 4678\n\n   1108 denotes knowledge by itself, 4678 denotes wisdom as\n   exhibited in action, 1108 applies chiefly to the\n   apprehension of truths, 4678 adds the power of reasoning\n   about them and tracing their relationships.\n\nCompare: 4678, 4907, 5428\n\n   4678 - denotes a "mental excellence of the highest sense", to\n          details\n   4907 - critical, apprehending the bearing of things\n   5428 - practical, suggesting lines of action
05827^Synonyms\n\n   See Definition for daneizo         1155\n   See Definition for chrao           5531\n\n   1155 - to lend on interest, as a business transaction\n   5531 - to lend, grant the use of, as a friendly act
05828^Synonyms\n\n   See Definition for deesis          1162\n   See Definition for enteuxis        1783\n   See Definition for proseuche       4335\n\n1163 is petitionary, 4335 is a word of sacred character, being\nlimited to prayer to God, whereas 1163 may also be used of a\nrequest addressed to man. 1783 expresses confiding access to\nGod, 1163 gives prominence to the expression of personal need.\n4335 to the element of devotion, 1783 to that of childlike\nconfidence, by representing prayer as the heart's conversion\nwith God.
05829^Synonyms\n\n   See Definition for dei             1163\n   See Definition for chre            5534\n\n   1163 - seems to be more suggestive of moral obligation, denoting esp.\n          that constrain which arises from divine appointment\n   5534 - signifies the necessity resulting from time and circumstances
05830^Synonyms\n\n   See Definition for despotes        1203\n   See Definition for kurios          2962\n\n   1203 - relates only to a slave and denotes absolute ownership and\n          uncontrolled power\n   2962 - has a wider meaning, applicable to the various ranks and\n          relations of life and not suggestive of either property or\n          of absolutism
05831^Synonyms\n\n   See Definition for deloo           1213\n   See Definition for emphanizo       1718\n\n   1213 - to render evident to the mind, of such disclosures as exhibit\n          character or suggest inferences\n   1718 - to manifest to the sight, make visible
05832^Synonyms\n\n   See Definition for demos           1218\n   See Definition for laos            2992\n\n   In classical Greek\n      1218 - denotes the people as organised into a body politic\n      2992 - an unorganised people at large\n   In Biblical Greek\n      1218 - the chosen people of God\n      2992 - the people of a heathen city
05833^Synonyms\n\n   See Definition for diadema         1238\n   See Definition for stephanos       4735\n\n   1238 - is a crown as a badge of royalty\n   4735 - like the Latin "corona" is the crown in the sense of a\n          chaplet, wreath or garland -- the badge of "victory in\n          the games of civic worth, of military valour, of\n          nuptial joy, of festive gladness"
05834^Synonyms\n\n   See Definition for diakonos        1249\n   See Definition for douloo          1402\n   See Definition for therapon        2324\n   See Definition for huperetes       5257\n\n1249 represents the servant in his activity for the work; not in\nhis relation, either servile, as that of that 1402, or more\nvoluntary, as in the case of 2324, to a person. 1402 opp. to 1249\ndenotes a bondman, one who sustains a permanent servile relation to\nanother. 2324 is the voluntary performer of services, whether as a\nfreeman or a slave; it is a nobler tenderer word than 1402. 5257\nsuggests subordination.
05835^Synonyms\n\n   See Definition for deilia          1167\n   See Definition for eulabeia        2124\n   See Definition for phoberos        5398\n\n   1167 - always used in a bad sense\n   2124 - usually used in a good sense\n   5398 - used in a good or bad sense
05836^Synonyms\n\n   See Definition for didomi          1325\n   See Definition for doreomai        1433\n\n1325 "to give" in general, opposite to 2983 "to take"; 1433\nspecific, "to bestow, present"; 1325 might be used even of evils,\nbut 1433 could be used of such things only ironically.
05837^Synonyms\n\n   See Definition for dokeo           1380\n   See Definition for hegeomai        2233\n   See Definition for nomizo          3543\n   See Definition for oiomai          3633\n   See Definition for phaino          5316\n\nCompare: 1380, 5316\n\n   1380 - refers to the subjective judgment, which may or may not\n          conform to the fact\n   5316 - refers to the actual external appearance, generally\n          correct, but possibly deceptive\n\nCompare: 1380, 2233 (2), 3543 (2), 3633\n\n   2233 and 3543 denote a belief resting not on one's inner\n   feeling or sentiment, but on the due consideration of\n   external grounds, and the weighing and comparing of facts.\n   1380 and 3633 on the other hand, describe a subjective\n   judgment growing out of inclination or a view of facts in\n   their relation to us. 2233 denotes a more deliberate and\n   careful judgment than 3543; 3633 a subjective judgment which\n   has feeling rather than thought (1380) for its ground.
05838^Synonyms\n\n   See Definition for dikastes        1348\n   See Definition for krites          2923\n\n   1348 - is the more dignified and official term\n   2923 - gives prominence to the mental process, whether the\n          judge is a magistrate or not
05839^Synonyms\n\n   See Definition for doma            1390\n   See Definition for dosis           1394\n   See Definition for dorea           1431\n   See Definition for doron           1435\n\n1390 refers to giving or a thing given, cf. a medical dose. 1435\nrefers to a present yet not always gratuitous or wholly unsuggestive\nof recompence; 1431 differs from 1435 in denoting a gift which is\nalso a gratuity, hence of the gift of a sovereign. 1394 is what God\nconfers as a possessor of all things.
05840^Synonyms\n\n   See Definition for heilikrines     1506\n   See Definition for katharos        2513\n\n   1506 - denotes freedom from falsehoods\n   2513 - denotes freedom from defilements, of the flesh and\n          the world
05841^Synonyms\n\n   See Definition for ekplesso        1605\n   See Definition for ptoeo           4422\n   See Definition for tremo           5141\n   See Definition for phobeo          5399\n\n   1605 - "to be astonished", prop. to be struck with terror, of a\n          sudden and startling alarm; but like our "astonish" in\n          popular use, often employed on comparatively slight occasions\n   4422 - "to terrify", to agitate with fear\n   5141 - "to tremble", predominately physical\n   5399 - "to fear", the general term; often used of a protracted state
05842^Synonyms\n\n   See Definition for eleeo           1653\n   See Definition for oiktirmos       3628\n\n   1653 - to feel sympathy with the misery of another, esp. such\n          sympathy as manifests itself in act, less freq. in word\n   3628 - denotes the inward feeling of compassion which abides in\n          the heart. A criminal begs 1653 of his judge; but hopeless\n          suffering is often the object of 3628.
05843^Synonyms\n\n   See Definition for eniautos        1763\n   See Definition for etos            2094\n\n   1763 - denotes a year as viewed as a cycle or period of time\n   2094 - denotes a year as a division or sectional portion of time
05844^Synonyms\n\n   See Definition for entellomai      1781\n   See Definition for keleuo          2753\n   See Definition for paraggello      3853\n   See Definition for tasso           5021\n\n   1781 - to enjoin, is used esp. of those whose office or position\n          invests them with claims, and points rather to the contents\n          of the command, cf "our instruction"\n   2753 - to command, designates verbal orders, coming usually from a\n          superior\n   3853 - to charge, is used esp. of the order of a military commander\n          to his troops\n   5021 - assign a post to, with a suggestion of duties connected with\n          it, often used of military appointments\n\n   3853 differs from 1781 in denoting fixed and abiding obligations\n   rather than specific or occasional instructions, duties arising from\n   the office rather than coming from the personal will of a superior.
05845^Synonyms\n\n   See Definition for epithumia       1939\n   See Definition for pathos          3806\n\n   3806 represents the passive, 1939 the active side of vice;\n   1939 is more comprehensive in meaning than 3806; 1939 is\n   (evil) desire, 3806 is ungovernable desire.
05846^Synonyms\n\n   See Definition for zoon            2226\n   See Definition for therion         2342\n\n   2226 - means a living creature\n   2342 - means a beast
05847^Synonyms\n\n   See Definition for hesuchazo       2270\n   See Definition for sigao           4601\n   See Definition for siopao          4623\n\n   2270 - describes a quiet condition in general, inclusive of silence\n   4601 - describes a mental condition and its manifestation, esp.\n          in speechlessness (silence from fear, grief, awe, etc.)\n   4623 - describes the more external and physical term, denotes\n          abstinence from speech
05848^Synonyms\n\n   See Definition for theaomai        2300\n   See Definition for theoreo         2334\n\n   2334 - word not used of an indifferent spectator, but of one who\n          looks at a thing with interest and for a purpose; would be\n          used of a general officially reviewing or inspecting his army\n   2300 - is used of a lay spectator looking at a parade. 2334 denotes\n          a careful observation of details whereas 2300 denotes only\n          perception in general
05849^Synonyms\n\n   See Definition for theiotes        2305\n   See Definition for theotes         2320\n\n   2320 "deity" differs from 2305 "divinity" as essence differs from\n   quality or attribute.
05850^Synonyms\n\n   See Definition for thrauo          2352\n   See Definition for katagnumi       2608\n   See Definition for rhegnumi        4486\n\n   4486 - "rend asunder", makes pointed reference to the separation\n          of the parts\n   2608 - "to break", denotes the destruction of a things unity or\n          completeness\n   2352 - "to shatter", is suggestive of many fragments and minute\n          dispersion
05851^Synonyms\n\n   See Definition for thrix           2359\n   See Definition for kome            2864\n\n   2359 - the anatomical or physical term for hair\n   2864 -  designates the hair as an ornament (notion of length being\n           only secondary and suggested) and hence differs from the\n           word 2359 referring to physical hair
05852^Synonyms\n\n   See Definition for kainos          2537\n   See Definition for neos            3501\n\n   2537 - denotes the new primarily in reference to quality,\n          the fresh, unworn\n   3501 - denotes the new primarily in reference to time, the young,\n          recent
05853^Synonyms\n\n   See Definition for kairos          2540\n   See Definition for chronos         5550\n\n   2540 - a definitely limited portion of time with the added notion\n          of suitableness\n   5550 - time in general
05854^Synonyms\n\n   See Definition for katoikeo        2730\n   See Definition for paroikeo        3939\n\n   2730 - to dwell, settle, temporarily\n   3939 - to dwell, permanently
05855^Synonyms\n\n   See Definition for kakia           2549\n   See Definition for poneria         4189\n\n   2549 - denotes a vicious disposition\n   4189 - denotes the active exercise of a vicious disposition
05856^Synonyms\n\n   See Definition for kleptes         2812\n   See Definition for lestes          3027\n\n   2812 - denotes one who steals by stealth\n   3027 - denotes one who steals openly
05857^Synonyms\n\n   See Definition for kludon          2830\n   See Definition for kuma            2949\n\n   2949 - a wave, suggesting uninterrupted successions\n   2830 - a billow, surge, suggesting size and extension. So to in\n          fig. application of the words.
05858^Synonyms\n\n   See Definition for keramos         2766\n   See Definition for mignumi         3396\n\n   2766 - denotes in a strict sense, mixing as combines the\n          ingredients into a new compound, chemical mixture\n   3396 - such a mixture as merely blending or intermingling of them\n          promiscuously, as in a mechanical mixture
05859^Synonyms\n\n   See Definition for kolasis         2851\n   See Definition for timoria         5098\n\n   2851 differs from 5098  as that which is disciplinary and has\n   reference to the him who suffers, while the latter is penal\n   and has reference to the satisfaction of him who inflicts it
05860^Synonyms\n\n   See Definition for kopos           2873\n   See Definition for mochthos        3449\n   See Definition for ponos           4192\n\n   4192 - gives prominence to the effort (work as requiring force)\n   2873 - refers to the fatigue\n   3449 - refers to the hardship (chiefly poetic)
05861^Synonyms\n\n   See Definition for makrothumia     3115\n   See Definition for hupomone        5281\n\n   5281 is the temper which does not easily succumb under\n   suffering, 3115 is the self restraint which does not hastily\n   retaliate a wrong.  The one is opposed to cowardice or\n   despondency, the other to wrath and revenge.
05862^Synonyms\n\n   See Definition for metamellomai    3338\n   See Definition for metanoeo        3340\n\n   The distinction often given between these is; 3338 refers to\n   an emotional change, 3340 to an change of choice, 3338 has\n   reference to particulars, 3340 to the entire life, 3338\n   signifies nothing but regret even amounting to remorse, 3340\n   that reversal of moral purpose known as repentance; does not\n   seem to be sustained by usage. But that 3340 is the fuller\n   and nobler term, expressive of moral action and issues, is\n   indicated not only by its derivation, but by the greater\n   frequency of its use and by the fact it is often used in the\n   imperative.
05863^Synonyms\n\n   See Definition for metamorphoo     3339\n   See Definition for metaschematizo  3345\n\n   3339 - refers to the permanent state to which a change takes place\n   3345 - refers to the transient condition from which a change happens
05864^Synonyms\n\n   See Definition for miaino          3392\n   See Definition for moluno          3435\n\n   3392, "to stain", differs from 3435, "to smear", not only in\n   its primary and outward sense, but in the circumstance that\n   (like Eng.  "stain") it may be used in good part, while 3435\n   has no worthy reference
05865^Synonyms\n\n   See Definition for morphe          3444\n   See Definition for schema          4976\n\n   3444 "form" differs from 4976 "figure, shape, fashion", as\n   that which is intrinsic and essential, from that which is\n   outward and accidental. Fritzsche in Php. 2:7 to relate to\n   the complete form or nature of a servant; and 4976 to the\n   external form, or human body in 2:8.
05866^Synonyms\n\n   See Definition for nephele         3507\n   See Definition for nephos          3509\n\n   3509 is general, 3507 is specific; the former denotes a great,\n   shapeless collection of vapour obscuring the heavens; the latter\n   designates particular and definite masses of the same, suggesting\n   limit and form.
05867^Synonyms\n\n   See Definition for oikia           3614\n   See Definition for oikos           3624\n\n   3624 denotes one's household establishment, one's entire property\n   3614 denotes the dwelling itself
05868^Synonyms\n\n   See Definition for paidarion       3808\n   See Definition for paidion         3813\n   See Definition for paidiske        3814\n   See Definition for pais            3816\n   See Definition for teknon          5043\n   See Definition for huios           5207\n\n   3813 - refers exclusively to little children\n   3808 - refers to a child up to his first school years\n   3816 - refers to a child of any age\n   3814 - refers to late childhood and early youth\n\n   3816, 5043 denote a child alike as respects to descent and\n   age, reference to the later being more prominent in the\n   former word, to descent in 3813; but the period 3816 cover\n   is not sharply defined; and, in classic usage as in modern,\n   youthful designations cleave to the female sex longer than\n   to the male\n\nCompare: 5043, 5207\n\n   5043 - gives prominence to physical and outward aspects of\n          parentage\n   5207 - gives prominence to the inward, ethical, legal aspects of\n          parentage
05869^Synonyms\n\n   See Definition for patrikos        3967\n   See Definition for patroos         3971\n\n   3971 - denotes descending from father to son\n   3967 - denotes descending from persons in friendship or feud
05870^Synonyms\n\n   See Definition for penes           3993\n   See Definition for ptochos         4434\n\n   3993 - one who is so poor he earns his bread by daily labour\n   4434 - one who only obtains his living by begging
05871^Synonyms\n\n   See Definition for poieo           4160\n   See Definition for prasso          4238\n\n   4160 - denotes "to do", 4238 - "to practise"; 4160 to\n   designate performance, 4238 intended, earnest, habitual,\n   performance; 4160 to denote merely productive action, 4238\n   definitely directed action; 4160 to point to the action\n   result, 4238 to the scope and character of the result.
05872^Synonyms\n\n   See Definition for sophos          4680\n   See Definition for sunetos         4908\n   See Definition for phronimos       5429\n\n   4680 - denotes wise, skilled, an expert\n   4908 - "intelligent", denotes one who can put things together, who\n          has insight and comprehension\n   5429 - "prudent", denotes primarily one who has quick and correct\n          perceptions, hence, "discreet, circumspect"
05873^Synonyms\n\n   See Definition for summorphos      4832\n   See Definition for suschematizo    4964\n\n   4832 - describes what is the essence in character and thus complete\n          or durable, not merely a form or outline\n   4964 - to shape one thing like another and describes what is\n          transitory, changeable, and unstable
05874^Synonyms\n\n   See Definition for tereo           5083\n   See Definition for phulasso        5442\n\n   5083 - "to watch or keep"\n   5442 - "to guard"\n\n   5083 expresses watchful care and is suggestive of present\n   possession, 5442 indicates safe custody and often implies assault\n   from without; 5083 may mark the result of which 5442 is the means.
05875^Synonyms\n\n   See Definition for topos           5117\n   See Definition for chora           5561\n   See Definition for chorion         5564\n\n   5117 - "place", indefinite; a portion of space viewed in reference\n          to its occupancy, or as appropriated to itself\n   5561 - "region, country", extensive; space, yet unbounded\n   5564 - "parcel of ground", circumscribed; a definite portion of\n          space viewed as enclosed or complete in itself
05876^Synonyms\n\n   See Definition for humnos          5215\n   See Definition for psalmos         5568\n   See Definition for ode             5603\n\n   5603 is the generic term; 5568 and 5215 are specific, the\n   former designating a song which took its general character\n   from the OT Psalms, although not restricted to them, the\n   later a song of praise.  While the leading idea of 5568 is a\n   musical accompaniment, and that of 5215 praise to God, 5603\n   is the general word for a song, whether accompanied or not,\n   whether of praise  or on any other subject. Thus it is quite\n   possible for the same song to be at once described by all\n   three of these words.
05877^Synonyms\n\n   See Definition for dechomai        1209\n   See Definition for lambano         2983\n\n   The words overlap and distinctions often disappear; yet the\n   suggestion of a welcoming or appropriating reception\n   generally cleaves to 1209.
05878^Synonyms
05879^Synonyms
05880^Synonyms
05881^Synonyms
05882^Synonyms
05883^Synonyms
05884^Synonyms
05885^Synonyms
05886^Synonyms
05887^Synonyms
05888^Synonyms
05889^Synonyms
05890^Synonyms
05891^Synonyms
05892^Synonyms
05893^Synonyms
05894^Synonyms
05895^Synonyms
05896^Synonyms
05897^Synonyms
05898^Synonyms
05899^next 5800